GERMAN  GRAMMAR- 


FOR   BEGINNERS 


BY 

PAUL  VALENTINE  BACON 


A  L  L  Y  N '  AND    BACON 
Boston  ani  Chicago 


COPYRIGHT,    1907  AND    1912,    BY 
PAUL  VALENTINE   BACON. 


EDT 


PREFACE. 

IN  beginning  German,  most  teachers  use  simple  stories  in 
connection  with  the  grammar  drill.  Difficulties  arise  from 
the  necessity  of  learning  two  vocabularies,  as  well  as  from  the 
lack  of  correlation  between  the  stories  and  the  grammar.  In 
this  book  the  commonest  words  of  the  reading  form  the 
vocabulary  of  the  exercises,  thus  allowing  more  time  for  gram- 
mar work.  The  stories  were  written  expressly  for  this  pur- 
pose and  give  the  pupil  at  the  outset  familiar  and  usable  words. 
These  are  mainly  cognates,  so  that  the  reading  may  begin  as 
soon  as  the  German  letters  have  been  learned. 

The  book  includes  seventy-two  lessons,  of  which  every  fifth 
one  is  a  review.  In  addition  to  this,  Lessons  XXXVII- XL 
review  the  first  half,  and  Lessons  LXV-LXXII  the  whole 
book,  taking  up  at  the  same  time  the  irregular  verbs.  These 
last  eight  lessons  form  an  excellent  summary  with  which  to 
begin  the  second  year. 

Special  attention  is  invited  to  the  way  in  which  the  gram- 
mar is  developed.  After  the  first  essentials  are  finished,  each 
important  topic  is  treated  in  a  group  o£jive  lessons,  making  the 
book  particularly  systematic  and  thorough.  Modals  are  intro- 
duced early,  as  they  are  vital.  The  treatment  of  the  Depend- 
ent Order  is  put  off  till  the  relative  pronoun  occurs,  and  then 
the  first  half  of  the  book  is  reviewed  with  the  Dependent  Order, 
making  that  the  one  new  subject  in  Lessons  XXXVII-XL.  The 
Subjunctive  is  brought  in  earlier  than  in  most  books,  to  allow 
more  time  for  practice. 

The  plan  of  each  lesson  is  simple.  The  memory  gems  or 
idioms  are  to  be  learned  by  heart.  Up  to  Lesson  XX  they  are 
translated  for  the  pupil.  The  rules  are  stated  as  simply  as 


313170 


PREFACE. 

possible,  and  analogies  between  English  and  German  are  con- 
stantly brought  out.  The  vocabulary  contains  the  main  words 
of  the  reading  that  is  meant  to  accompany  each  Lesson,  but 
those  who  wish  to  anticipate  or  postpone  the  reading  may  use 
the  grammar  independently,  as  all  the  exercises  are  limited  to 
the  words  in  the  separate  vocabularies. 

It  is  impossible  to  learn  German  without  constant  practice 
and  thorough  drill.  One  object  of  this  book  is  to  furnish  a 
large  number  of  simple  exercises.  The  first  division  in  each 
consists  of  half  a  dozen  questions  about  the  story,  suiting  the 
book  to  the  "direct  method."  Next  come  ten  sentences  in 
German  illustrating  the  principles  in  the  lesson,  followed  by 
about  fifteen  English  sentences  to  be  put  into  German.  After 
Lesson  XV  connected  discourse  is  introduced.  Instead  of 
monotonous  work  on  forms,  this  book  has  the  unique  device 
of  getting  the  pupil  to  put  the  story  into  a  different  tense, 
thereby  keeping  up  the  thought  interest  and  at  the  same- time 
giving  syntax  drill. 

To  the  many  teachers  who,  consciously  or  unconsciously, 
have  contributed  to  this  book,  I  wish  to  express  my  hearty 
thanks.  In  nearly  every  German  class  that  I  have  visited, 
some  point  of  difficulty  has  been  cleared  up  or  some  subject 
presented  in  a  better  way  than  I  had  previously  seen.  All  the 
best  of  these  suggestions  I  have  tried  to  embody  in  this  work. 
Those  teachers  who  detect  their  own  peculiar  methods  of  pre- 
sentation will,  I  trust,  approve  the  appropriation.  For  inspi- 
ration, past  and  present,  I  am  indebted  to  two  former  pro- 
fessors, Kuno  Francke  of  Harvard  and  Hugo  K.  Schilling  of 
the  University  of  California,  but  most  of  all  to  my  former 
teachers,  Fraulein  Anna  and  Fraulein  Minna  Sannemann  of 
Hanover,  whose  wonderful  knowledge  of  language  and  unusual 
talent  for  teaching  first  initiated  me  into  the  beauties  of 
German. 

PAUL   VALENTINE   BACON. 


CONTENTS. 


INTRODUCTION 
Alphabet 
Vowels 
Consonants 


Xll 

xiii 
xiv 


EASY  READING 
Die  Schuler  ' 
Wand'rers  Nachtlied 
Vergissmeinnicht 
Der  Fischer  und  i 
Die  Lorelei 
Die  Dummen 
Heidenroslein 
Du  bist  wie  eine  Blume 
Der  Holzhauer 
Du,  du  liegst  n 
Der  Wirtin  Tochterlein 
Peter  Zwirn 
O  Strassburg 
Goldener 

Das  Schloss  am  Meer 
Das  Handwerk 
Der  Fiedelboge 
Der  gute  Kamerad 
•  Die  Siebenmeilenstiefel 

SYNTAX 

Grammatical  Terms 


1 

iied     .         .         .       Goethe 

.      9 

Fallersleben 

.       9 

seine  Frau  

.     10 

Heine 

.     23 

....... 

.     24 

Goethe 

.     46 

Blume         .         .       Heine 

.     47 

...                         0 

.     47 

im  Herzen          .         .         .         .  *       . 

.     54 

:erlein         .         ,        Uhland 

.     55 

•         ••••••• 

.     56 

...... 

.     67 

•         ••••••• 

.     68 

leer    .         .         .        Uhland 

.     85 

...... 

.     86 

des  Neck    

.     88 

xi                                 Uhland 

.     96 

stiefel          ...... 

97 

105 


vii 


viii  CONTENTS. 

LESSON  PAG1 

I.    Present  Indicative  Active  of  tyabett  and  fcitt.    Gender. 

German  Questions     .         .         .  *       .         .         .         .107 

n.     Past  Indicative  Active  of  tyabett  and  feitt.     Nominative 

and  Accusative  Cases.     Predicate  Adjective        .         .109 

m.     Present  Indicative  Active  of  Weak  Verbs.     Declension  of 

the  Definite  Article Ill 

IV.  Past  Indicative  Active  of  Weak  Verbs.  Declension  of  the 
Indefinite  Article.  Progressive  and  Emphatic  Forms. 
Useofntd)* 113 

V.     Present  Indicative  Active  of  Strong  Verbs.     Principal 

Parts  of  Verbs.     Review 115 

VI.     Past    Indicative  Active    of    Strong  Verbs.     Masculine 

Nouns  of  the  First  Class.     The  Possessive  Genitive    .     117 

VII.     Present  Indicative  Active  of  toerfcett.     Feminine  Nouns 

of  the  First  Class.     The  Indirect  Object    .         .         .120 

VTCI.    Past  Indicative  Active  of  toerfcett.     Neuter  Nouns  of  the 

First  Class.     Terms  of  Address 122 

IX.  Formation  of  the  Future  Tense.  Position  of  the  Infini- 
tive  124 

X.     Review.     Imperative 126 

« 

XI.    Perfect  Indicative  Active.    Use  of  Tenses.    Nouns  of  the 

Second  Class 128 

XII.     Past  Perfect  Indicative  Active.     Nouns    of  the  Third 

Class 132 

XIII.  Gender  and  Number  of  Nouns.     Review        .         .         .     134 

XIV.  Declension  of  the  First  Four  Classes  of  Nouns.     The 

Cases.     Apposition    .         .         .         .         .         .         .138 

XV.     Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active.    Infinitive  of  Purpose. 

Review 142 

XVI.    Prepositions  with  the  Dative  or  Accusative    .        .         .145 
XVII.     Personal  Pronouns.     Position  of  Objects       .        .         .147 


INTRODUCTION. 

I.  VOWELS/ 

1.  LONG  VOWELS. 

Long  a  as  in  father;  SSciter,  dber. 

"     e  "  "   they;  jeljn,  2Beg. 

"     i   "   "   machine;  ifytten,  bir. 

"     o  "  "  note;  @of)tt,  lobett. 

«     u  «   "  mfe;  Sul),  flttt. 

2.  SHORT  VOWELS. 

Short  a  as  in  a(ha) ;  Staffer,  SKann. 

"     c  "  "  net;  toenn,  genfter. 

«     i  "   "  pm;  gift^,  id)  bin* 

«    o  «  «  o&ey;  @onne,  t)otL 

«    u  «  «  pw«;  glui  Gutter. 

e  in  unaccented  syllables  is  never  silent,  but  is  always 
distinctly  pronounced :  ®arten,  Stttter,  ©otte$.  Pronounce 
German  final  unaccented  e  like  English  final  unac- 
cented a.  Pronounce  @(Je  to  rhyme  with  Mecca,  ifyre 
like  era. 

3.  VOWELS  WITH  UMLAUT. 

Long  a  like  e  in  where;  SKtibctien,  jdfytett. 

Short  a  like  e  in  net;  Scanner,  |)dnbe. 

Long  ij  not  in  English ;  fcfyon,  ^ontg. 

Short  o  "    «        «  finmett,  SBotfe. 

Long  ii  "    "        «  J!)itre,  fitf)Ien. 

Short  ii   "    «         «  §ittte, 
xiii 


xiv  INTE  OD  UCTIOJST. 

(a)  To  pronounce  long  5,  round  the  lips  as  for  o  in  fold, 
and,  while  keeping  them  in  this  position,  try  to  pronounce 
a  in  dale.  Short  o  is  the  same  sound,  only  shorter. 

(6)  To  pronounce  long  it,  round  the  lips  as  for  oo  in  boot, 
and  while  keeping  them  in  this  position,  try  to  pronounce 
ee  in  feet.  Short  it  is  the  same  sound,  only  shorter. 

NOTE.  —  Be  sure  not  to  pronounce  long  d  or  long  0  like  long  e, 
nor  short  i>  like  short  e,  nor  it  like  u 

4.  LENGTH  OF  VOWELS.  —  In  accented  syllables  a  vowel  is 
short  if  followed  by  two  or  more  consonants  or  by  a  double 
consonant,  as  in  £5ett,  SBaffer,  gtfcl),  SBinter,  $imftfer  ;  other- 
wise it  is  long,  as  in  SSater,  Sfyal,  tfyun,  ©cpler,  ba. 

EXCEPTIONS.  —  A  vowel  is  always  long  before  silent  I)  :  <2>ofytt, 


Some  indeclinables,  like  an,  ab,  man,  etc.,  have  the  vowel  short. 
5.  DIPHTHONGS. 


at)  v 
.  v  li 
etj. 


v,  fSatfer. 

like  ai  in  aisle  :  J 

1  ©inter,  em. 


aw  like  ou  in  house;  §au$,  Taut. 

cu]rl  ftreu,  8eute. 

Hike  01  in  ^oiZ;  ^  ^ 

auj  {§auferr  tauten. 

6.  DIGRAPHS,  ETC. 

ic  like  long  t  ;  fie,  triet. 

aa  "      "a;  @aal* 

cc  «      «    c;  (geele. 

t)  like  a  ; 


CONSONANTS.  xv 


II.  CONSONANTS. 

Classification. 

1.  8  and  r  are  called  liquids;  m,  Tt,  and  ng,  nasals.     The 
remaining  consonants  are  either  stops  or  spirants.     A  stop  is 
produced  by  a  short  puff  following  a  complete  closure  of  the 
oral  passage;  as  b,  b,  f,  t,  p*     In  pronouncing  a  spirant,  the 
breath  passes  through  a  narrow  opening,  producing  a  hissing 
or  buzzing  sound ;  as  \,  f,  t),  fd). 

2.  A  consonant  is  voiced  if  the  vocal  cords  vibrate  in  pro- 
ducing it,  as  m,  b,  b  ;  otherwise  it  is  voiceless,  as  §,  f,  p,  t* 
Compare  zeal  (z  voiced),  seal  (s  voiceless)  ;  van  (v  voiced),  fan 
(f  voiceless)  ;  bat  (b  voiced),  pat  (p  voiceless). 

3.  A  consonant  is  guttural  if  it  is  produced  between  the  back 
part  of  the  tongue  and  the  soft  palate  ;  as  g  in  good,  ck  in  luck. 
If  produced  in  a  similar  way,  but  farther  forward,  it  is  palatal; 
as  y  in  year.     It  is  dental  if  produced  between  the  fore  part 
of  the  tongue  and  the  upper  teeth;  as  d,  t.     It  is  labial  if 
produced  between  the  lips ;  as  b,  p. 

III.  Pronunciation. 

1.  Of  the  consonants,  f,  I),  I,  {,  m,  tt,  p,  q,  t,  and  £,  and  gen- 
erally b  and  b,  are  pronounced  as  in  English :  bdbetl,  £)tebe, 
Ijoten,  beteti,  frcmf,  Sftcmn,  ^cwr,  quer,  §e£e,  ftnben.  But  at 
the  end  of  a  word  or  part  of  a  compound  word,  and  before 
voiceless  consonants,  b  is  pronounced  like  p,  and  b  like  t. 
Thus,  ab,  Slob,  2lbfic^t,  9ftabtf)en,  er  Uebt,  bu  labft,  grcibft,  Iteb, 
are  pronounced  as  if  written  d£,  £ot,  Sfyfidjt,  2fttitd:)en,  er  Itept, 
etc. 


x  vi  INTR  OD  uc  r;  oy. 

(a)  bt  like  t:  Stabt,  gefanbt 

(6)  1)  after  an  accented  vowel  is  silent :  Sttl),  faf),  fufyfett. 

(c)  d  like  k:  Stocf,  SRitcfen. 

2.  Simple  c  is  found  only  in  foreign  words. 

(a)  c  before  a,  0,  U,  or  a  consonant,  like  fe:  gcntdba, 
Sabtnet,  (£cmaf,  Contract,  grebit. 
(&)  c  before  e,  t,  a,  or  ft,  like  te :  Sebar,  Stgarre,  Sentner. 

3.  d)  is  a  voiceless  spirant.     It  has  two  different  sounds  not 
found  in  English. 

(a)  After  a,  0,  U,  au,  it  is  guttural,  as  in  Scotch  loch : 
Slid),  £)aa%  bod),  aud). 

(6)  After  other  vowels  and  after  consonants  it  is  pala- 
tal: 8td)t,  redjt,  id),  toetdj. 

NOTE  1.  —  To  pronounce  the  guttural  d),  raise  the  back  of  the 
tongue  till  it  almost  touches  the  soft  palate  and  expel  the  breath 
forcibly. 

NOTE  2.  —  To  pronounce  the  palatal  <i),  press  the  tip  of  the 
tongue  firmly  against  the  lower  front  teeth  and  try 'to  pronounce 
sh  in  wish. 

NOTE  3.  —  Do  not  pronounce  d)  like  English  k  or  sh. 

4.  d)$  at  the  end  of  a  root-syllable  is  pronounced  like  Jcs: 
T)ad)3,  $uc!f)3.     B11*  where  the  3  is  added  as  an  ending,  as  in 
ba$  9tetd),  be3  9tetd)3,  the  d)  retains  its  proper  sound. 

o.  d)  in  foreign  words  is  like  Jc  or  sh :  k  in  Greek  words,  as 
Efyor,  Sfjrtft,  g^arafter  ;  sh  in  French  words,  as  eijorabe,  Sfytf* 
fer,  gfyocofabe. 

6.   g  has  three  different  sounds. 

(a)  When  doubled,  or  at  the  beginning  of  a  word  or 
syllable,  it  is  pronounced  like  the  English  g  in  go :  ge&en, 


CONSONANTS.  xvii 

(6)  When  final,  after  a,  0,  11,  or  ait,  it  is  a  voiceless 
guttural  spirant,  like  tf)  in  ad)  (III.,  3,  a) :  £ag,  ,3ug. 

(c)  When  final,  after  e,  t,  et,  a,  8,  or  a  consonant,  it  is 
a  voiceless  palatal  spirant,  like  d)  in  id)  (III.,  3,  6).  $ontg, 
2Beg,  £eig,  «erg. 

NOTE.  —  In  gb,  gt,  and  gft,  g  has  the  same  sound  as  above  in  (&) 
and  (c) :  2ftagb,  er  fagte,  fliegt,  bit  biegft. 

7.  ng  is  always  pronounced  like  ng  in  singer,  never  like 
ng  in  hunger :  ginger,  fingen,  fang,  bringen. 

8.  j  like  y  in  yes:  Qat)V,  {a. 

9.  r  is  always  pronounced  sharply  and  distinctly.     It  is 
either  guttural  or  trilled  with  the  top  of  the  tongue.     It  must 
never  be  slurred,  as  in  English,  fuhthah  for  further. 

10.  \,  3,  has  two  sounds. 

(a)  It  is  like  the  English  s  in  mouse:  (1)  at  the  end 
of  a  word,  where  it  is  always  written  3,  as  in  §an$,  ©ta$  ; 
(2)  in  other  positions,  before  or  after  a  voiceless  conso- 
nant, er  Itebt  fie,  er  fyat  fetn  33nd),  8aft,  Sno&pe  ;  (s)  when 
-  doubled,  effen,  totffen. 

(&)  In  all  other  cases  it  has  the  same  sound  as  English 
s  in  rose  or  z  in  size :  etn  f efyr  toetfer  SKann,  etnfant,  9Jofe. 

11.  Initial  fp  and  ft,  like  shpy  sht:  fpred)en,  ©tetn. 

12.  f i^  like  s^  in  ship :  (Srfjtff,  lt)af djen. 

13.  §  is  like  ss:  ©d^Io^. 

(a)  After  a  short  vowel,  §  is  changed  to  ff  when  an 
ending  beginning  with  a  vowel  is  added :  @(J)IoJ3,  ©cfylijffer. 

(6)  After  a  long  vowel  or  a  diphthong  or  before  a  con- 
sonant, it  remains  unchanged :  guft,  gufee,  id)  toetj},  urir 
itriffen,  ic^  mugtc. 


, 
xviii  INTRODUCTION. 

14.  before  another  vowel  in  foreign  words  is  like   tsee. 
Station,  Jattent. 

15.  tl)  is  like  t:  tf)Utt,  £f)iire,  Zfyat. 

NOTE.  —  Spelling  reform  in  Germany  has  abolished  the  silent  f) 
after  t.  The  older  form  is  retained  in  this  book  for  two  reasons. 
Only  recent  books  and  editions  have  the  new  spelling,  so  that  in 
ordinary  reading  the  older  form  usually  occurs.  It  is  easier  for  a 
pupil  who  is  used  to  tl)  to  recognize  the  change  to  t,  than  for  one  , 
used  only  to  t  to  account  for  the  extra  Ij  in  much  of  his  reading. 


16    £  is  like  ts:  jifeett,  bitten, 

17.  t)  is  like  /:  2>ater,  23oget.     But  in  foreign  words  it  is 
pronounced  like  English  v:  2$enu3,  SSevcmba,  23erbum. 

18.  ft)  is  like  English  v  in  vice  :  ttrir,  SBoIf  . 

19.  i  is  like  ts  in  hats:  ju,  3ett,  §erj.     (For  §  and  |,  see  13 
and  16.) 

20.  In  pf,  gn,  and  fn,  both  letters  must  be  distinctly  enun- 
ciated, as  in  English,  hopfarm,  ignoble,  banknote:  ^ferb,  ©ttdbe, 


h 
I 


PABT'L 

EASY  READING. 


mar  em  ©emitter.    -S^^tt  Xt)ar  fe™  -SSruber. 
rid)  mar  aurf)  fein  33ruber. 

gr%  $ol)ann  unb  Detnrid)  maren  ^3ritber»    ®ie  bret 
ber  tuaren  Ilein.    S)te  bret  33riiber  fatten  etnen  23atei\    ©er 
3Sater  iuar  gut.    ®ie  bret  33riiber  fatten  and)  etne   SJJutter.  5 
©ie  Gutter  tt)ar  aucl)  gut. 

©ie  bret  Keinen  33ritber  gint3en   in  bte  @tf)ule.    £)te  brei 
Sritber  tt>aren  gute  ©cfyitler.    @ie  gingen  jebett  Slag  in  bte 
©djute.     $a,  fie  toaren  gute  (Sc^itler.    ©te  fatten  and)  etnen 
8e!)rer.    J)er  Se^rer  tnar  alt.    ®er   Se^rer   mar   etn  guter,  ic 
alter  2JJann. 

£)ie  bret  Hetnen  ©djitler  ternten  gut.  @te  gingen  immer 
in  bte  @d^u(e.  ©ie  gingen  im  ©ommer,  menn  e^  mann  mar* 
£)ann  mar  ba^  ©ra^  gritn.  Sftote  9tofen  maren  im  ©arten. 
£)er  ©ommer  i(t  fe^r  fdjon.  15 

©ie  gingen  aucl)  im  Sinter  jur  ©tfjule.  $m  Sinter  ift 
e$  fait,  ©ann  ift  trie!  ©d)nee  auf  ber  ©tra^e,  unb  gte  ift 
auf  bent  Saffer.  9?einr  ber  Sinter  ift  nicfyt  f(^on. 

gute,   alte   ?eljrer   tobte  bie   brei  ^Sritber.    @r  fagte: 

i 


2    .      .    • .    ,  •  -  •:  ,  EAS  Y  HEADING. 

,,Sie   brei  Sritber   firib  gute  ©cpler.    ®te  lenten  fefyr  gut 
©e  fommen  jeben  Jag  gur  ©cljule.    (2te  f ommen  immer  gur 
Scljule.    £ie  fommen  im  SBinter  imb  and)  im  Sommer.    Sie 
fyaben  and)  einen  guten  23ater  imb  eine  gute  SJhttter/ 
5       S)er  Secret  toar  alt.    @r  fag  auf  etnem  (£tu^Ie. 

©er  erfte  53ruber  li)ar  feljr  Kein.  Gr  I)ieJ3  gri^.  (5r  gtng 
Jeben  Jag  gur  Sdjute.  Gr  gtng  im  SBinter,  luenn  e§  fait 
tt)ar,  unb  er  gtng  im  (Sommer,  tDenn  e^5  tDami  luai. 

X)er  Heine  Scfyitler  fag  anf  etner  53an!» 
10  Gr  lernte  immer  gut.  Gr  I)atte  em  Kernel  ^3nrf).  £)a$ 
33nd)  mar  braitn.  G\<  mar  ein  engttfdjes  53uc^.  G^  mar  etn 
Sefebnd).  3iber  ber  Heine  Sdjitter  fonnte  nod)  ntd)t  gnt  lefen. 
•Gr  mar  nod)  gu  flein,  Gr  t)atte  nur  ba^  9t  53  G  gelernt. 
£a$  2(  53  G  (jatte  er  gnt  gelernt. 

15      Gr  fonnte  and)  gtifylen.     Gr  3a^Ite :   f,Gin^,  gmet,  bret,  nier, 
fitnf,  fed)^  fieben,  adjt,  nenn,  gefyn." 
,,2Bte  I)eigt  bn?"  fagte  ber  8et)rer. 
n$d)  I)eige  gri^/'  antmortete  ber  fteine  Skitter. 
,fSarnm  tommft  bu  jeben  Jag  gnr  (gdjule?" 
20      ,,3d)  tt)t(t  Diet  lernen.    ^tf)  ^^H  Softer  merben.    Gin  Sof- 
ter mug  tnel  miffen.    9)lein  3Sater  nnb  meine  3ftntter  fagen 
immer :  ,  grit^,  bn  mngt  gut  (ernen/ " 

„$&,"  fagte   ber   gute,  alte  Setter,   ,,bu  mugt   gut   lernen. 
3lber  bu  bift  nod)  tlctti.     Su  ^aft  nod)  t)tef  ^ett     Su  fannfr 
25  nod)  totete  -3al)re  lernen.     S)ie  alt  bift  bu  ?/y 

^^d)  6tti  fed)3  ^al)re  alt/'  fagte  ber  Heine  ©center. 
Ser  ^meite  Sruber  mar  and)  Hein.    Gr  ^ieg  3°^ann-    ®r 
ging  aud)  Jeben  Jag  gur  ©cf)ule.    Gr  ging  im  ©ommer,  menn 
grim  mar,  unb  er  ging  im  2Binter,  menu  Gi3  unb 


DIE   SCHULER.  3 

©djnee  auf  ber  Strafe  maren.    Sr  mar  ein  guter  @rf)uter.    Sr 
ternte  immer  gut, 

Sr  fjatte  jtoet  33ud)er.  Sr  fjatte  ein  beutfd)e3  Sud)  unb 
ein  engtifd)e$  33ud).  £)a$  beutfdje  S3ud)  mar  braun. 
papier  in  bem  33ud)£  mar  ntdjt  braun.  (£3  mar  meift, 
engtifd)e  33ut^  mar  rot.  Sa^  beutfd)e  ®ud)  mar  ftein,  aber 
ba3  engtifd)e  53u(^  mar  nit^t  llein.  &>  mar  gro^.  S^  mar 
ein  Sefebud). 

gmeite  Sruber  lonnte  gut  ©eutfd)  tefenr  aber  er  fonnte 
nit^t  gut  ©eutfd)  fprecben.    @r  fagte:  10 

n$d)  !ann  nod)  ni(^t   gut  ©eutft^   fpredjen  unb  ii)  Derfte^e 
e^  auc^  noc^  nit^t  gut.    2tber  id)  mitt  e^  gut  ternen.    SBenn 
id)  gro^   bin,  mitt  id)  nad)   S5eutf(^tanb   gefjen.    ®eutfc^tanb 
ift  ein  fdjbnes  8anb.    $n  ©eutfd)tanb   fpredjen  atte  ©eutft^. 
3Keiu  3Sater  mar  einmaf  in  £)eutfd)tanb.    (Sr  ^at  ben  9?f)ein  15 
'gefefyen  unb  bte  ©tabt  Sertin  unb  t>iefe  anbere  ©tabte.    ^n 
55eutfd)(anb  ift  e^  fe^r  ft^on." 
,,2Bte  t)ei^t  bein  SSater?"   fragte  ber  Se^rer. 

,,2Bie  tange  mar  er  in  ©eutfdjtanb  ?u  20 

ff@r  mar  brei  ^a^re  in  ©eutft^tanb." 

ff2Ba^  t^at  bein  SSater  ba?" 

„&  ftubierte." 

ffa23o  ftubierte  er?" 

,,Sr  ftubierte  auf  ber  Untocrfitftt  in  33ertin."  25 

mittft  bu  merben?  2Bittft  bu  and)  £)oftor  merben?" 
>u  fagte  ber  @d)uter,  ,,id)  mitt  nid)t  Sjoltor  merben. 
^d)  mitt  triet  ternen,  unb  menu  id)  gro£  bin,  mitt  id)  53itd)er 
fd)reiben." 


EASY  READING. 


fitr  em  33ucfy  t)aft  bit  ba?" 
„(£$  ift  ntein  englifd)e$  Sefebudj." 
,,2Bo  Ijaft  bu  betn  beutfcfyeS  33ucl)?" 
,,3ct)  toetB  titd^t.    .^d)  farm  e$  nid)t  finben.    D   {a,  metn 
5  33ruber  |)einridf)   fyat  e$.    ^einric^!    ^itte,  gieb  mir   rnein 


fftann(t  bu  gut  £)eutfcf)  tcfcn?" 
fel)r  pt." 

ben  erften  ©a^  auf  ber  erften  @eite." 
tt)ar    einmal    em   SKann.    liefer  SJiann  ^atte   etn 
3^  Dcrftc^c  ba^  9Bort    ,Sinb'  nic^t.    $Ba^  tft  cm 


f,Sm  Stnb  tft  Hem,  uub  tt)enn  e^  fed^^  $afjre  alt  tft,  ge^t 
e^  in  bte  ©i^ule.    SBte  t)tele  33utf)ftaben  ftnb  in  bent  SBorte 
15  ,£inb<  ?" 

tr$n  biefent  SBorte  finb  t)ier  SSuc^ftaben^' 
fr©utr  (erne  Me  erften  Stocm^ig  3e^en  auf  ^^efer  ©cite.    ®a^ 
tft  beine  9lufgabe  fitr  ^eute.    Serne  bie  3lufgabe  gut." 

„$&,  ify  leme  meine   beutf^e  2lufgabe  tmnter   gut.    -3d) 

20  mill  Seutfcf)  lernen,  fo  ba^  td^  e§  gut  tierftefyen  unb  fprec^en 

!ann.     9ftein    9Sater    lann    gut    ©eutftf)    fpredjen,    imb    er 

t)erfte()t    e^    fefyr  gut.     (5r  ^at  aut^   fctefe    beutf(i)e  53itc^er. 

@r    Heft   oft  beutfcf)e  53it^er.    Sr  fprtc^t  oft  ntit  un^  tion 


25  £)er  britte  Sruber  ^te^  ^etnrirf).  (5r  lernte  aud^  gut  unb 
ging  aurf)  Jeben  Stag  jur  S(i)u(e.  @r  ^atte  t)te(e  53itrf)er. 
gr  I)atte  beutf^e  53itcf)er  unb  englifcfye  Sitter.  "@r  fonnte 
gut  S5eutfd)  lefen.  gr  fonnte  auc!)  X>eutf(^  fprerf)en.  Sr 
lernte  immer  gut,  unb  er  mar  ein  guter  ©cpter. 


f 

DIE   SCHULER.  5 

toittft  bu   toerben?"  fragte  ber  Scorer  ben  britten 
Sruber.    ,,2Biflft  bu  and)  Softer  merben?" 

,,5ftein,"  fagte  ber  britte  Srnber.  n$tf)  tirilt  nid)t  Softer 
toerben.  Qi)  twit  gefyrer  toerben.  .gd)  ^itt  ^rofeffor  toerben 
an  einer  gro^en  Unifcerfitat  Qtf)  toerbe  ©entfcf)  le^ren,  nnb  5 
ttf)  tuerbc  Dtclc  ©tnbenten  ^aben*  Slber  erft  ntu^  id)  nod) 
Did  lernen.  ^c^  toil!  nad)  Scrim  gefjen.  Sertin  tft  eine 
gro§e,  fd)one  ©tabt  $d)  tottt  in  Berlin  ftubieren  nnb  triel 
lernen." 

,,§ter  anf  bem  Stifle  Kegt  ein  fe^r  bi(Je§  53n^.    g«  ift  10 
eine  SibcL    SBa^  tft  ber  erfte  @a^  in  ber  Sibet?    SBei^t 
bn  ba^?" 

n,Qm  3lnfang  macfyte  ®ott  §immel  nnb  grbe/  £)a$  ift 
ber  erfte  ©afe." 

rrSrja^Ie  mir  bie  gabet  Don  bem  flngen  i^amnte  nnb  bent  15 
bnmnten  SBoIfe." 

ff@in  8amm  tear  bnrftig  nnb  ging  jnm  glnffe  gn  trinfen* 
@in  ffiolf  tear  and^  bnrftig  nnb  !am  andj  jnm  gtnffe  gu  trin* 
fen.    £)er  SBotf  tear  an(^  Ijnngrig.    @r  faf)  ba^  8amm  nnb 
badjte :   ,®ut,  id)  trntt  ba§  8amm  freffen/  nnb  er  fprang  anf  20 
ba^  8amm  nnb  tootttc  e§  freffen. 

,,£)a$  8amm  fagte  :  ,3^  mn£  fterben,  aber  id)  m5d)te  frigid) 
fterben.  ^^  mod)te  erft  tan^en.  SBillft  bn  nid)t  fingen? 
SBenn  bn  fingft,  fann  tc^  gnt  tcm$en/ 

,fSa   fang    ber   SBoIf,  nnb  ba^  8amm  tangtc.    Slber  ber  25 

^orte  e$.    @r  lam  fefjr  fc^nelt,  nnb  ber  ffiolf  fonnte 
8amm  nid)t  freffen." 
©aft  bn  frfjott  ein  8amm  in  ber  @d)nte  gefef)en?" 

,  aber  id^  fyabe  Don  einem  8ammd  getefen.    £)a$  fam 


6  EASY  READING. 

gur  (Scljule.    £)ie  ©djiiler  fagten:  ,2BaS  imtt  baS  8amm  in 
ber  @d)ule?"' 

,,9Barum  lam  ba$  8amm   jur  ©cfyule?     SBottte  e$  auci) 
£)eutfd)  lernen?" 
5       ,,Da3  toetB  id)  nidjt." 

,,l£a$   ttmr  gut/'  fagte  ber  Scorer.    ,,$annft  bit  and)  Me 
anbere  $abe(  tion  bem  SBotfe  unb  bem  8amme 
ff6itt  28olf  tt)ar  fel)r  ^ungrtg,    gr  lam  $um 
fal)  er  em  Samm,    S)a§  8amm  tear  tm  gluffe  unb  tranf. 
10     ,f,8amm/  ttcf  ber  SSotf,  ,toa$  t^uft  bu  ba?     ©u  ma^ft 
ba^  SEaffer  triibe,    3d)  fanti  e^  ^ter  gar  utt^t  trinlen/ 

ff,3lc^  nem/  fagte  ba^  8ammr  ,ba§  faun  id)  gar  nidjt  3^ 
bin  unteu,  uub  ba$  SBaffer  lommt  t)on  to  ju  mtiV 

,,,23or  fet^§  SBodjen  Ijaft  bu  auc^'  S35fe§  t)on  mir  gefagt/ 
15  rtef  ber  SSotf. 

,,,33or  fed)§  So^en  n?ar  it^  nodj  gar  nid)t  geboren/ 
njSann  tear  e3  beiu  ^Bruber  ober  beine  ©d)mefter/ 
„,$&)  t)abe  aber  feiueu  53ruber  uub  feiue  @d)U)efter/ 
,f,3)auu  lt)ar  e^  beiu  23ater  ober  betue  Gutter/  rief  ber 
20  28o(f  unb  er  fprang  auf  ba$  ^amm  unb  fra^  e3." 

,,®a^  ift  genug/j  fagte  ber  8ef)rer.  ,,3)Jorgeu  faunft  bu  bie 
nad)fte  gabel  lerueu." 

geljrer  fa§  auf  feinem  ©tu^Ic.    £)er  ©tutjl  ftanb  am 
2luf  bem  5tifcf)e  lageu  Diclc  JBttdjer.    3luf  bem 
25  ftanb   aud)   ein  ®fa^,     ^  bem  ®Iaf/   h)ar  SBaffer, 
SBaffer  tear  fait 

£)er  Se^rer  fyatte  ein  S3ud^  in  ber  §anb.  @r  I)atte  ba^ 
Sud)  in  ber  Itnfen  §anb.  Qn  bem  33ud)l  lt)aren  gro^e 
59ud)ftaben  unb  fleine  53ud)ftaben,  g§  mar  ein  Sefebudj. 


DIE  SCHULER, 

£)er  8el)ter  tjatte  etne  geber  in  ber  redjten  §anb. 
ber  geber  lann  man  fdjreiben, 

35er  Setjrer  twr  ein  guter,  alter  2Kann,    Sr  fyatte 
§aar  nnb  etnen  grauen  33art    (Sr  toofynte  in  einem  fdjdnen, 
fieinen  §aufe.      @r  ^atte    tiiele   ©fitter,  aber    bie    ©tauter  5 
tuaren  nt(^t  alfe  gut, 

£)er  SBi(^eIm  tuar  and)  fein  ©tfjitler.    (§r  lt)o^nte  in  einem 
groj^en  §aufe.    ®a^  §an$  ftanb  an  etner  fdjonen  @tra£e. 
2lber  ber  SBil^etm  (ernte  ntdjt  gut*    Sr  tear  ntc^t  Hug.    gr 
mar  bumm.    ^m  SBuiter  ging  er  auf  ba§  ©«  unb  lam  nic^t  w 
gur  ©c^ule.    @r  fagte: 

/f^  bin  nod)  Jung.    3^  ^abe^nodE)  ^eit  genug.    ©a^  ©^ 
auf  bem  gfotffe  tft  fel)r  fd)5n.    ^^  geljc  ^eute  auf  ba§  ©$«, 
SKorgeu  gel)e  ic^  in  bie  ©cfjufe,  nit^t  ^eute.    ^^  totH  nic^t 
Jeben  Sag  in  bie  ©(^u(e  gel)en.    S^  ift  nid)t  gut,  lt)enn  man  15 
gu  t)te(  ternt*    S)a^  Semen  mad)t  bie  ©fitter  bumm/' 

,,5Benn  bu  nid)t^  ternft,  mirft  bu  and)  nid)t3  tuiffen,"  fagte 
ber  Sefyrer* 

f,933a^  in  ben  Sitc^ern  fteljt   mitt  id)  aud|  gar  nic^t  miffen. 
Qtf)  wilt  ntc^t  Softer  toerben."  20 

mittft  bu  benn  toerbeti?" 
mei^  id)  nid)t" 
benlft  bu  benn?    ®u  mu§t  boc^  cttt)a«  fyun." 

,,SBenn  id)  grop  bin,  ge^e  tc^  nad)  bem  SBefteu.    Sort  tft  e$ 

)5n."  25 

mitift  buba  tf)un?" 

mei^  id)  nod)  nid).t.  ^d)  benfe,  id)  fdjiefee  SBoIfe 
unb  anbere  mitbe  Siere.  Qdj  fjabe  einen  guten  §unb,  @r  ift 
fe{)r  grofi*  Qd)  faun  aut^  gut  fcfjieften.  ®a^  I)abe  ic^  nid)t 


8  EASY  READING. 

an£  ben  SBitdjern  gelernt    Qm  SBeften  fann  man  and)  ®ofb 
finben,    Qd)  morf)te  triel  ®olb  finben." 
,,2Biltft  bn  ntd)t  ©etttfd)  lernen?" 

,,3Zem,  im  SBeften,  too  man  ba§  ®o(b  finbet,  fprirfjt  man 
5  fetn  £)eutfd)." 

,f2lber  bn  mn§t  gnt  lefen  nnb  frf)retben  lernen*'1 
,,2ftem  25ater  erja^Ite  mir  Don  etnem  SJJanne.    1)tefer  3JJann 
lonnte  nidjt  lefen  nnb  and^  ntd^t  fcfjretben,  aber  er  fanb  met)r 
©olb  afe  bte  anbern," 

10  ©er  SBtlfyetm  mnrbe  fiebjefjn  Qafye  alt.  £)ann  gtng  er 
nac^  bem  SBe[ten»  Sort  tDaren  feme  ©table  nnb  feme 
©trapen.  @r  fcfyrieb  an  fetncn  SSater  nnb  an  feme  SKutter. 
3lber  er  fc^rieb  nit^t  oft  @r  fc^rieb  feme  33rtefe  ntcf)t  mit 
etner  geber.  gr  ^atte  feme  geber  nnb  feme  Zinte.  @r 
15  fcfyrieb  feme  ^Sriefe  mit  etnem  33(etfttft 

@r  fc^oB  SBotfe  nnb  anbere  S^iere,  aber  er  fanb  Tent  @olb. 
gr  tourbe  etn  btffer  3Kann.  Sr  tear  bet  bofen  SKannern  nnb 
fie  t^aten  fete!  ®i)fe^,  gr  oolite  etnen  3)fann  fd^ie^en,  aber 
ber  9Jfann  fcf)op  i^n  tot. 

20     ©ann  fam  ein  33rief.    Qn  bem  Sriefe  ftanb:  „ ©er  SBit- 
fyefm  lebt  nirf)t  me^r." 

T)er  25ater  Ia^  ben  ®rief.  ©er  alte  Se^rer  &&  ben  Srief 
and).  „%$,"  fagte  -err  afe  er  ben  Srief  gefe'en  ^atte,  ,ffo 
gel)t  c«.  ©in  bdfer  Slnfang  mact)t  ein 


WANDERERS  NACHTLIED. 


Solemn  Solfgcmg  Don  ©oetfje  (1749-1832). 
Uber  alien  ©ipfeln 
Q}t  3tnf), 
$n  alien  SBtpfetn 

bn 

etnen  §ancf) ;  5 

Me  9Si3gtetn  fcfyttetgen  tm  SSatbe. 
SBarte  nnr,  balbe 
$Rn^e(t  bn  and). 


3. 

§offmann  t)on  gaUerSleben  (1798-1874). 

&  Mttljt  ein  j^one^  Stu 
Slnf  nnfrer  Qtiinen  2ln?; 
@cm  3lngr  i[t  tDte'ber  §i 
@o  Better  nnb  fo  Mem. 

@§  trei^  ntdjt  Did  jn  reben, 
llnb  atle§,  tDa^  e$  frri^t, 
3ft  immer  nnr  baSfetbe, 
t  nnr: 


10  EASY  READING. 


4,  &er  Jftfdjet  unb  feine 

tour  einmal  em  3D?ann.    ©er  3JJann  toar  arm. 
tear  em  $ifd)er.    2r  fyatte  ein  §au$.    £)a£  §au3  be$ 
toar  ftein.    £)a$  §au§  fyatte  nur  erne  £f)ur  unb  em 
genfter,    G^  umr  erne  §ittte.    !Der  3Jiann  lt»ar  in  bent  §aufe, 
5  Sr   fa§   am   Stfdje   unb   a§.    Gr  a£  9)?iW)  nnb  33rot.    Sr 
.toar  feljr  ^ungrtg,  benn  cr  ^attc    bte    gan^e    5JJa^t    gefif^t* 
£)er  glup  iDar  tief  unb  in  bem  gluffc  toarcn  Dtele  gtfd)e. 

Der  gtfd^er  ^atte  au^  etne  grau.    35te  gran  fa§  and)  am 
£ifd)e  unb  a§.    @te  ijatte  ein  attc^  ^ieib  an0.    @tc  tear  auct) 
»o  fc^r  ^ungrig.    @te  a§  auc^  W\i§  unb  53rot.     ffQ^  bin  feljt 
^ungrtg/j  fagte  bie  gran. 

£er   gifd)err   ber  fel)r   gut  loar,  ^attc  au^   eine   Xo^ter. 

£)ie   Xodjter   be^   gifd;er^    tear   fefyr   fdjon.    ©ie   »ar   nit^t 

f)ungrtg,  unb  fie  fa§  nidjt  am  £tfd)e.    Sie  ftanb  am  'genfter 

15  unb   fdjaute  in   ben   ©arten,   ber  fc^r   Itein   toar.    $n  bem 

©arten  toaren  eine  Sa^c,  ein  §unb  unb  eine  $uf). 

©ie  3Dtottcr  fagte  :  W8iebe  Softer,  I)ole  mir  SBaffcr  au^ 
bem  gluffc*    ^d)  toil!  SBaffer  I)aben." 

35a^  9)?abd)en,  ba6  fo  j^on  tear,  na^m  ben  Grater   unb 
20  ging  au^  bem  §aufe.    G^  ging  in  ben  ©arten.    3Da  l^ar  bie 
Sa£e.    ®ic  Sa^e  tuar  Hein.    @ie  lag  in  ber  ftarmen  ©onne 
unb  fonnte  fic^. 

,,?iebe   Safec/'   fagte   ba§   TOabdjen,  ,,tdj   mu^   SBaffcr  au^ 
bem  gtuffe  ^olen.    Somm  mit  mir.    §ilf  mir." 
25      n$ltm,"   fagte   bie   Safee,   bie   in  ber   iDarmen  @onne  lag, 
rfba^  t^ue  id)  nid^t.    ^di  tiitH  nid)t  mit  bir  ge^en.    ^^  ^H 
2)Wd)  Ijaben." 


DER   FISCHER    UND   SEINE   FRAU.  11 

,,®nt,"  fagte  ba£  3ftabd)en,  ,,id)  fann  and)  attein  gefyen." 
£)a$  fdjone  3#abd)en  ging  toeiter*    @3  fam  311  bem  §unbe. 
£)er  §nnb   tear  audj   Item.    Sr  fafj  unb   fdjante  nad)   bem 


,,8ieber  §unb,"  fagte   ba§  3ftabd)en,  fffomm  mit  mtr 
gluffc.    §itf  mtr  SBaffer  ^olen." 

W9lem/'  fagte  ber  §unbr  ,,ba^  tottt  ic^  nic^t  $tf)  bin  fe^r 
^ungrtg.  ^d)  \rnll  erft  Srot  ^aben^'  —  ,,®ut/'  fagte.  ba3  SIRab* 
d)enr  ,,bann  mu^  id)  aHein  geljcn." 

3)a§  9J?cib(^en  ging   better,    J)ann  lam  e6   311  ber  $ul).  10 
©ie    $uf)    U)ar    gro^.    S)ie   §5rner   ber   $ul)    lr>aren   lang. 
@ie  ftanb  unter  einem  ^aume, 

,,®uten  3ftorgen,  Su^/'  fagte  ba§  3)?ab^en,  ,,®elj'  mit 
mtr  3um  gluffe,  Qd)  mu§  SBaffer  ^olen,  ®u  mufct  mtr 
^dfen/  15 

,f5Rcm/J  fagte  Me  grofce,  braune  ^u^  ffba^  t^ue  id)  ntd^t 
3^  fann  Mr  nidjt  t)elfen.  Qi)  mn£  SJKild^  geben,  nnb  ba^ 
ift  genug." 

!Da§  3Jfabc^en  ging  toetter.    g«  fam  balb  3um  glnffe.    Sim 
gtnffe  ftanb  ein  fefyr  grower  53anm»    2lm  gn^e  be3  ^Banme^  20 
ftanb  ein  Jnnger  3)?ann,     J)er  Jnnge   SKann   toar  anc^  ein 
gift^er*    Sr  tear  and)  feljr  arm* 

ff®nten  SJtorgen,  fd)one6  SKabd^cn/;  fagte  ber  jnnge  3JJann, 
w@otl  id^  bir  Ijelfen?  $tf)  fann  ben  gtmer  mit  SBaffer  gnt 
fitr  btd^  tragen."  ,  25 

rf9cein,  id)  banfe,"  fagte  bo«  aJiabd^en,  ffid^  fann  ba$  SBaffer 
gnt  cittern  tragen." 

9J?ab(^en  aber  ftanb  am  Ufer  be^  gluffe«  nnb  fdjattte 
in  ba§  SBaffer,  ba$  fe^r  tief  tear,  nnb  e$  fa^  etnen  fe^r  gro^en 


12  EASY  READING. 


£)ann  ndfym  ba3  SDtabdjen  fdjneft  ben  gimer  mit 
2Baffer  unb  ging  nad)  §aufe.  ,,$d)  muB  &em  2?ater  fagen, 
ba|  id)  ben  gropen  $ifd)  gefefyen  fyabe,"  fagte  e3. 

£)a$  2ftabd)en  lam  balb  nad)  §aufe,    £)a3  §au$  tear  fefyr 

5  Hern  unb  f(^Iecf)t.    @3  tt)ar  nur  eine  a(te  §Utte.    J)te  X^iir 

ber  §utte  tear  offen.    ®a  mar  meber  33ett  no^  gtu^I,  nur  etn 

Xi]i)  unb  eine  alte  ^Sanf,    93et(  ber  gtf^er  fetn  53ett  fyatte, 

mupie  er   auf  etnem   33imbet   @tro^   fc^Iafen.    Seine   gran 

fcfjlief  and)  auf  einem  ^3unbet  ©trofy  unb  and)  feine  Jotter, 

10  Qa,  fie  tDaren  fe^r  arm.    @ie  fatten  nur  bie  alte  §ittte,  bie 

^a^e,  ben  §unb  unb  bie  gro^e,  braune  $ul). 

,f2Sater/'  fagte  ba^  3Kabd)enr  afe  e^  nac^  §aufe  fam,  ffict)  ^abe 

einen  fe^r  gro^en  gifdf)  im  gluffe  gefet|en."  —  ff©ut/'  fagte  ber 

gtftfjer,  ffic^  inill  gleirf)  jum  gluffe  ge^en  unb  ben  gifrf)  fangen." 

15     ®er   ^ifdjer   na^m  fein   %lty  unb   ging   jum  ^fuffe.    (Sr 

fifdjte  ben  gan^en  Jlag,  aber  er  fing  feine  gif^e. 

e$  fcfjon  3lbenb  tuar,  fing  er  einen  feljr  gro^en 

,,8affen  @ie  micf)  Io^°/'  fagte  ber  §tfd).    ,,3 

auc^  aCe^  geben,  lt)a^  @ie  ttmnfcfyen.    Qfy  bin  gar  fein  gifrf). 

20  ^cf)  bin  ber  ©ofyn  eine^  ganbevtic%." 

,,yinn,  bann  gefyen  @ie  nur  mieber  in§  2Baffer,"  fagte  ber 
gif^er.  ,,^cf)  ttritt  auc^  feinen  §if(^r  ber  fpredjen  faun.  (Sof 
je^t  finb  @ie  tDteber  frei,"  unb  er  toarf  i^n  au^  bem  ?f 
in^  SBaffcr. 

25      „  3)anfe  ftfjBn,"  fagte  ber   gif(^r  ffjcfet  fonnen  @ie  fic^ 
etnxx^  ttrimfcfyen.    Qd)  \mU  e^  Qfynen  gerne  geben*" 

ff^a/'  fagte  ber  2ftann,  Irid)  rt)ei^  nirf)t,  toad  id)  mir 
fd)en  fod.     §ier  im  gluffe  finb  t)iele 
fangen,  unb  ba£  ift  genug/' 


DER   FISCHER    UND   SEINE   FRAU.  13 

2U3  er  nacl)  §aufe  lam,  fagte  er  311  feiner  gran :  ,,§eute 
fyabe  id)  nur  einen  gifd)  gefangen.  2lber  e$  twr  gar  fern 
gifd).  (S3  toar  ber  ©ofyn  eine$  gro^en  3auberer3,  barum 
fyabe  id)  tfyn  toieber  in$  SBaffer  gett)orf en*  (Sr  fagte  and),  id) 
foHte  mtr  ettca^  n)i:n[(^en,"  5 

tf%lnn,  n>aS  I)a(t  bit  btr  benn  gemunf rf)t  ?"  fagte  bte  gran. 

,,@ar  nic^t^,  2Ba§  folltc  id)  mir  tt)Unf(ften?  ^^  Icinn  }a 
genug  gtfrf)e  fangen/'  fagte  ber  3ftatm. 

f,2)tt  bift  aber  bod)  bimun,"  rief    bte  ^rau  unb  tt)urbe  fef)r 
bofe.    ,,©ef)?  fogfeicf)  sit  bem  Sif^e  juritd0  wtb  tDunft^e  bir  ein  10 
Hcmc3  §au^,  bentt  biefe  atte  §utte  tft  gu  fd)Ierf)t." 
raur  ba^  fann  i(^  ntcrjt,"  fagte  ber  9)iann» 
benn  ntcf)t?" 
tft  Ja  gan^  nnb  gar  ju  t)teL" 

,,9ld),  netnr  ge^  nur,     @et  bod)  ntd)t  fo  bnmm,     ©e^  nnr  15 
fogfetd).    ®er  gifd^  ttrirb  e^  bir  gerne  geben/' 

£)a  ntn^te  ber  SJfann  gef)enr  ftett  bie  gran  e^  l^aben 
toottte.  2tber  er  gtng  nid^t  gerne,  nnb  er  fyatte  gro^e  3lngft. 
2lte  er  an  ben  glnft  lam,  fa!)  ba§  SBaffer  grim  nnb  ge(b  an^°. 

ffM^r  flfofcer  Sif^r  lommen  @tc  bot^,"  fagte  ber  gtfd)er/ 20 
nnb  fogleid)  fa^  er  ben  gifd),  ber  fdjnett  an^  ber  Sliefe  be3 
gtnffe^  ^eranflam. 

ff®nten  2ag,  £>err  gifd)er,  ma^  molten  @tc  benn?'" 

,,2Icf),  tt^  tDtlt  ntc^t^,  aber  metne  gran  — ** 

,,97nn,  ix»a§  tottl  ^^re  gran  benn  ?"  25 

,,@ie  tDttt  gern  ein  fd)i)ne§,  HeineS  §an3  tjaben,  unb  mtfl 
nid)t  me^r  in  ber  atten  ©tttte  n?of)nen,"  fagte  ber  gif^er. 

rr®el)cn  @ie  nur  Ijiti0,"  fa9te  ^er  M^/  'fo  ift  f^on  tm 
neuen  £wufe." 


14  EASY  READ  ING. 


£)er  2ftcmn  ging  I)in°  unb  fanb  fcine  grau  in  ber  £f)iire 
eine$  fcfyonen,  neuen  §aufe$.  §mter  bem  §aufe  toar 
ein  §of  mit  §iiljnent  unb  Snten  unb  ein  ©tall  mit  trier 
$uf)en.  2Sor  bem  §aufe  aber  toar  ein  fainter,  grower  @ar* 
5  ten,  Unb  Me  genfter  nnb  Dimmer  ^  §aufe^  to&ren  gro§ 
unb  fcfjon, 

ff©iel)ft  bur  Iteber  3)iann/'  fagte  bie  ^raur  fftft  e§  benn  nun 
nid)t  tiief  beffer?    llnjere  alte  @ittte  toar  borfj  triel  gu  fd^Ied^t" 
rf-3^/"  f^9^e  ^er  3)^nn,  ,,Je^^  ^oflen  tt)tr  in  unferent  neuen 
10  §aufc  and)  fe^r  fro^  unb  g(udficf)  leben." 

fagte  bie  grau,  ,,ba$  Pollen  unr  erft  nocf)  fe^en." 
Xoc^ter   be$   gifc^er^    aber   fagte:    n$a,   25ater,    ba^ 
neue  §au^  tft  fefjr  fdjon  unb  ftrir  iDoIIen  ^ier  nun  fefyr  glitd* 
Itc^   leben,"     Sie   trug   ein   fcf)bne3,  neue§   Sleib,    @ie   luar 
15  fe^r  fro1^  unb  menu  fie   gum  ^fuffe  ging,  SBaffer  ju  ^olen, 
fang  fie  fo  fcfyon,  ba^  bie  gifcfye  au^  bem  SBaffer  famen  um 


arme,  }unge  9)Zann  fam  bann  and)  oft  §um  gluffe,  aber 
toenn  er  i^r  ^effen  lnollte,  fagte  fie  immer:  ,,9?ein,  idf)  banfe. 
Qd)  faun  ba§  SSaffer  fe^r  gut  allein  tragen." 

lamen  auc^  anbere  junge  Scanner  unb  lt)ollten  if)r 
,  aber  fie  fagte  immer:  ^^ein,  gefyen  ©ie  nat^  §aufe 
gu  3I)rer  Gutter,  ^^  ^itt  ia  9ar  n^ir  ^aB  ®^e  m^  fjelfen 
fotlen.  ©efjen  @ie  nur  fdjnefl." 

5      3u^efet  fam  ein  Junger  SRann,  ber  fetjr  retrf)   tear.     f,@ie 
finb  fe^r  f^on/'  fagte  ei\ 
ff5lc^r  nein,  U)ie  limnen  @ie  ba6  toiffen!"  fagte 
ff3^  bod^r  @ie  finb  fo  fcfjon  tuie  ein  Gmgel." 
SBte  U)iffen  @ie  benn 


DBR   FISCHER    UND   SEINE   FRAU.  15 

ba$  !ann  ia  ein  jeber  ganj  gut  feljen." 
,,<£>aben  ©te  fdjon  einen  Snget  gefefyen?" 
,  ba3  fyabe  id)  ntdjt" 

@ie  inerben  aucf)  toofjf  nie  etnen  feljen.    9Ba$  @tc 
ba  fpredjen  ift  t)tel  311  bumm,"  fagte  ba^  9J?cibrf)enr  unb  ber  5 
Jitnge  9)iann  ging  traurtg  fort0. 

iT)er  ^ifdjer  lebte  nun  erft  fel)r  gludltd)  mit  ^yrau  unb 
in  bent  neuen  §aufe.  9Iuf  ber  anberen  ©ette  be^ 
lt)ol)nte  after  em  ®raf,  ber  jel)r  reid)  n)ar  unb  etn 
gro£e3  @c^(oJ3  ()atte,  Sine§  SDforgen^  fa^en  fie  iDieber  10 
aHe  am  Sijdje  unb  a^en  SJfitcf)  unb  33rot  55a  fagte  bie 
gran:  f,Qn  biefcm  fteinen  5Refte  ift  e^  bod)  ^u  eng.  @s  tft 
l)ter  attcS  ju:  Hein.  3d)  it)it(  ein  @(^(o^  fyaben,  itjte  e§  ber 
®raf  fjat  ®e()'  jum  gtfd^c.  Sr  fott  un^  ein  gro^e^,  fd^one^ 
©d)toft  geben."  15 

,r^ld)  ^rau,"  fagte  ber  3ftann,  ,fe§  ift  ()ier  affe^  *fo  fd^on  in 
nnferem  neuen  v*paufe,  Qdj  gel)e  nidjt  gern  ju  bent  gifc^e. 
•Sr  I)at  un^  fd)on  fo  tne(  gegeben.  Sr  I)at  fdjon  fo  trie!  fitr 
•itniS  getljan.  Crr  n)trb  bofe  merben,  menu  er  l)drt,  ba^  tt)tr 
nod)  mefyr  ^aben  iDoUen."  20 

,^a,  bu  foHft  gel)en/'  fagte  bie  grau.  ,,35er  gtfd^  fann  e^ 
ganj  gut  geben  unb  er  t()ut  e§  auc^  gern.  ®e()'  nttiv 

S)er  3)?ann  ging  nun  toieber  junt  gifdje,  meil  e§  bie  gran 
fo  Ijaben  iDoKte,  aber  ba§  §er^  toar  tljut  fdjmer.    Unb  afe  er 
an.  ben  g(u^  fam,  mar  ba^  Staffer  ganj  rul)ig  unb  ftil(r  aber  25 
triolett  unb  gran  unb  bunfetbtau.     ,,8ieber  §M'd)/  fontnten  @te 
fdjnell/'  fagte  ber  9Kann,  unb  fogleid)  mar  ber  gifc^  ba. 

U)a§  tootten  @ie  benn  I)eute?"  fagte  ber 
\m(l  nid)t^r  aber  meine 


16  EASY  READING. 


,,9?un,  toaS  ttrifl  ^t)re  gran?" 

,&§,  id)  fann  e£  gar  nidjt  fagen  imb  bin  ganj  traurig,  — 
eitt  fcf)dne3,  grofteS  ©djlofc   mill   fie   fyaben,"   antroortete  ber 


5  ,,®efyen  @te  nur  Ijin0/'  fagte  ber  gifd).  ,,@ie  ift  fdjon  itn 
©djloffe."  £)a  ging  ber  Wann  Ijin0  unb  fanb  feine  grau  in 
ber  Jf)iire  eineS  fe^r  fcf)onen  ^atafte^. 

w©tc^ft  bu,  lieber  3)?ann,  tote  fcf)on  e$  t)ier  ift/1  fagte  bie 
grau  unb  ging  mit  ifym  in  ba3  @^foB»  Ste  fatten  ie£t 

10  t)iele  ©iener,  nnb  im  @d)Ioffe  toar  ailed  tounberfc^on.  ©ie 
fa^en  auf  gotbenen  ©tiif)len  unb  apen  t)on  golbenen  Xifc^en. 
SDfeffer,  ©abeln  unb  8offelr  atle^  toar  Don  ©olb»  @ic  !onn* 
ten  jefet  effen  unb  trinfen,  toa^  fie  luollten,  nic^t  Srot  unb 
Sfttlrf)  ;  ac^  nein,  fie  tranfen  ben  beften  SBein  unb  aften,  toa^ 

15  fie  nur  toimfdjten.    £ein  ^dnig  fjatte  e§  beffei\ 

§inter  b*em  ©c^Ioffe  ftar  ein  ®arten,  ber  brei  2)M(en  lang 
unb  jtoei  9)^ei(en  breit  toar,  unb  ^inter  bem  ©arten  toar  ein 
2Ba(br  fo  grojj,  ba^  er  gar  !ein  Snbe  ^atte,  unb  barin  mar 
diet  2BUb,  §irfcf)e  unb  §afen,  Qn  ben  ©talkn  auf  bem 

20  §ofe  aber  ftanben  bie  fcfyonften  ^ferbe, 

fr^un^   ^ier   auf  bem  @d)Ioffe   ift   e§    bo^   fd^dn   genug/' 
fagte  ber  Sfflann.     ,,£)a$  iDotlen  tDtr  erft  norf)  fe()en/'  fagte  bie 
^rau,  benn  fie  fonnte  nie  jufrieben  fein. 
35ie  Xo^ter  aber  trar  imnter  frol)  unb  glitcflic^^    @ie  ^atte 

25  je£t  bie  fcf)dnften  Steiber,  unb  SBaffer  brau^te  fie  nidjt  ntefyr 
ju  ^olen.  @ie  ^atte  aud)  ein  ft^dne^  ^ferb  unb  ritt  burdj 
Salber  unb  gelber.  £)rei  Diener  ntuBten  aber  imnter  mit* 
reiten,  unb  o^ne  Wiener  ging  fie  nie  au$°. 

armen  jungen  SD^ann,   ber  imnter   jum   gtuffe  fam, 


DER  FISCHER  UND  SEINE  FRAU.  17 

menn  fie  SBaffer  fyolte,  fafy  fie  je^t  nie,  abet  tnete  anbere 
junge  banner  fanten,  bie  atle  fdjon  unb  reid)  toaren.  @ie 
fagten  alle  ba$  fdpnfte,  ft)a$  fie  ftmpten,  unb  ber  eine  ,tool(te 
e$  nod)  beffer  fagen  al8  ber  anbere,  aber  ba$  3Kabcf)en  tadjte 
nur  unb  fagte :  ,,@eien  @ie  bod)  ftilt !  $d)  will  e3  ja  gar  nicf)t  5 
fyinm  &  tft  Ja  Die!  gu  buntm,  ma^  @ic  ba  fagen,"  unb 
bann  blieben  fie  nicfyt  (ange. 

3u(e^t  lam  ein  reiser,  junger  ®raf.  @r  lam  in  etnem 
f^onen  SBagen  mtt  trielen  ©ienern  unb  ^Jferben*  SBa^  er 
fagte  twr  and)  bid  fcfjoner,  a(§  \va$  bie  anberen  gefagt  I)at^  10 
ten,  aber  e3  Ijalf  i^m  atte«  nic^t^.  SBenn  ba§  9J?abc^en  in 
ben  SBalb  reiten  mottte,  fagte  er :  ,,graulein,  barf  id)  mitred 
ten?"  9lber  ba3  3Rttb^cn  fagte:  f,2lrf)  nein,  ic^  banfe.  ^d) 
fann  ganj  gut  adein  reiten ;  meine  Wiener  reiten  mit°  unb 
bas  tft  genug,"  i5 

(Simnat  fagte  er:  ff^rau(ein,  ©ie  finb  fel)r  fd)5n/'  S)a 
ladjte.  ba$  3)Mbd)en  taut  unb  fagte :  ,,£)a£  ^at  mir  fd)on 
einmal.  ein  arnter  §if^e^  G^fctgt  afe  ic^  nod)  in  ber  fleinen 
^ittte  iDo^nte,  SBaffer  I)o(en  mu^te  unb  nacf)t^  auf  einem 
SHtnbel  ©tro1^  fd^Iief,  Qdj  benle  aber,  ber  ttmftte  gerabe  fc  fciel  20 
bat)on,  it)ie  ©ie  and)," 

J)a  rief  ber  ®raf  feine  ©iener,  nai)m  ein  ^ferb  unb  rttt 
traurig  nad)  §aufe,  £)a3  ©(^Io^  be^  ©rafen  ftanb  auf  ber 
anberen  ©eite  be^  g-htffeS. 

Die   grau  aber   tt)ar  nid)t  jufrieben,     v9JJann,"  fpra^  fie  25 
eine3  SKorgcn^  wgc^'  totebcr   ^um  gifd).    $d)  mu^  S'onigin 
roerben  itber  ato  8anb,.tt)eit  unb  breit  umljer!" 

ff^ld),  grau."  fagte  ber  Sttann,  ,,it)arum  toittft  bu  fidnigin 
merben?  $d)  will  nifyt  $onig  fein,  unb  ber  gifc^  ftrirb  KUU 


18  EASY  READING. 

geftrig  bofe  toerben."  —  ,,3)ummt)eit,"   fagte  bie   $rau,   ,,get/ 
nur  I)tn° !" 

£)a  ging  ber  3)?ann  sum  §ifd)e,  aber  ba$  §er$  toar  if)tn 

fd)tt)er,  unb   er   toar  fefyr   traurig,     £)a$  SBaffer  im    gluffe 

s  aber  toar  ganj  fc^toarj  unb  unruljtg  unb  lam  fyorf)  an^  lifer, 

J)er    3)?ann    fprarf)    iDteber :    w®ro^er    §tfd>,    lomtnen    (Ste 

jc^nett !"  unb  ber  gifd)  tDar  fdion  ba.    ,,9?un,  ti)a^  lt)oCen  @te 

benn?" 

,r^^   ttJtfi  nid)t^,   aber  meine   grau — "    ffllnb 

grau  benn?"     f,9l(^,   id)   lann  e^   gar   ntt^t   fagen 
m  'will  fie  iperben." 

,f©ef)en  @ie  nur  ^tn°,  fie  tft*e$  fdjon,"  fagte  ber 
Site  er  junt  ^alaft  fam,  faf)  er  bort  t»iele  @olbaten, 
gran  fa§  auf  etnem  fyofyen  2i)ronr  ber  ganj  Don  ®o(b 
15  3^  betben  Setten  be§   J^rone^   ftanben  ©rafen  unb   anbere 
§en:en,  iDunberf^dne  grauen  unb  Sftabdjen.    @ie  felbft  aber 
trug   eine   golbene   Srone,   unb    atfe  mu^ten   t^un,   toa§    fie 
i^nen  befai)L 

,f4Btft   bu    benn    nun    $bnigin,   Hebe    gran?"    fragte    ber 
20  SKatuu 

r,3fa,  ba§  bin  id)  nun/'  fagte  fie,  ,,ba£  fietjft  bu  \a.u 
S)a  fat)   fie  ber  Sftann  eine  SBeite   an0  unb   fagte :   ,,$a, 
gran,   e^3  ift  aber  bod)   ettoaS  @d)5ne^,  toenn  man  Sonigin 
%    fein  !ann.    Slber  nun  tootten  li)ir  and)  nid^t^  mefyr  n)iinfd)en." 
25  —  ,,I)a§  tooften  tt)ir   erft  noc^   fe^en/'   fagte  Me  $rau,  benn 
fie  lonnte  nie  jufrieben  fein. 

5)ie  £od)ter  tt)ar  immer  fro^  unb  gufrieben.  SBenn  fie  j;e^t 
in  ben  SBalb  reiten  tuottte,  mupten  immer  jtootf  ®iener  mit- 
reiten,  unb  ba$  tparen  atte  ©rafen.  3lud^  famen  t)iete 


DER  FISCHER  UND  SEINE  FRAU.  19 

au3  alien  Sanbern  an  ben  §of  if)re3  23ater3,  bet  Ja  nun  ®ontg 
toar.  ©ie  tuaren  atte  fo  fcfyon  nnb  fatten  fo  triete  ©tenet, 
unb  fie  fonnten  fo  frfjon  fprecfjen,  aber  e§  fyalf  ifynen  bodj 
dies  tttdjts.  £)ie  ^rtnsefftn  fyorte  e3  gar  nid)t  gerne,  unb 
toenn  bic  Sautter  fie  fragte:  ,,3:ocf)ter,  toaS  benfft  bu  t)on  5 
biefem  ober  jenem  ^rinjen  ?"  f o  fagte  fie  immer :  ,f3lrf)r  9Jhtt^ 
Lev,  er  ift  ja  fc^on  genug,  aber  teas  er  fagt  ift  imnter  fo 
bumm  ;  it^  mag  e§  gar  niif)t  ^oren/' 

©ie  grau  tear  aber  nic^t  jufrtcben,  unb  fo  fagte   fie  balb 
gu  i!)rem  3)Janne :  f,^onigin  bin  id)  nun   (ange   genug   ge*  10 
lt)efen ;  irf)  mu^  auc^  nocf)  Saiferin  inerben^ 

,,Std),  ba§  lann  ber  gife^  ja  gar  ni^t/'  fagte  ber  9ftann ; 
ni$  mag  e§  ifym  nii)t  fagen." 

3lber  bie  gran  toottte  e^  ^aben,  unb  ba  mu^te  ber  9Jfann 
toiebcr  fyingetjen,    Unb   ate  er  an  ben  g(u£  lamr  trar  ber  15 
SBinb  Idt  unb  rau^.    £)a$  SBaffer  be§  gluffcS  toar 
unb  ber  §immel  U)ar  bunlcL    3)er  gifdjer  ^atte  b 
ni^t,    ben   gifrf)    ju   rufen,   iDeil   er  ft^on   fo    triel    gegeben 
Slber  er  fitrdjtete  fid^  Dor  feiner  gran,  unb  fo  rief  er 
borf):  „ (grower  f^if^,  fommen  @ie  fdjnell!"  20 

,,§ier  bin  id)  Ja.    2Ba^  milt  ^^rc  grau  benn  Jefet  mieber?" 

,,9l(^,w  fagte  ber  gifdjer,  ffnun  tt)ilt  fie  $atfertn  tDerben," 
n  @ie  nur  fyin0/'  fftflte  ber  gifi),  fffic  ift  ba£  and) 
©a  fanb  fie  ber  3ftann  no^  Diet  Ijerrtitfjer   ate   ju- 
dor.    Urn  %en  S^ron  ftanben  SRiefen,  fo  gro£  unb  fo  t)od),  25 
toie    ein    Xurm;    auc^    fgn)er9er    f°    ^e^    ^ie    e^ 
ginger,    5lud^  ftanben  t?or  ifyrem  JI)rone  Diele  ^onige, 
fen  unb  anbere  §erren,  unb  afte  mu^ten  tf)un,  tt>a^  fie  tfyttett 
befall    ,fgrau,w  fagte  ber  3ftann,  ffbift  bu  nun  taiferin?" 


20  EASY  READING. 


fie,  ,,ba3  bin  id)  nun." 
,,gs  ift  aber  bod)  etttmS  ®d)one3,  toenn  man  taiferin  fcin 
farm/  fagte  ber  9ftann,  afe  er  fie  anf  ifjrem  £I)rone  fi^en  fal). 
,,3ld),  fo  feljr  Did  tft  e3  bod)  nidjt,"  fprad)   bie  gran,  benn 
s  fie  fonnte  ntdjt  jnfrieben  fern. 

,,@ei  bod)  enblid)  jufrteben!"  fagte  ber  9R<mtu  ,,2Beiter 
tannft  bn  bod)  ni(^t§  ioerben.  3)n  bift  ja  jc^t  ba^  §ot^fte 
anf  ber  SBdt." 

ff  ®a^  iDotten  tt)tr  erft  noc^  fe^en,"  fagte  bie  gran, 
10     Slber  bie  Softer  toar  gliidli^  nnb   jufrieben  n?ie  immer. 
©ie  tt)ar  fa  anc^   bie   eingige   3^od)ter  be^   ^aifer^,  nnb   ba$ 
fann  nid)t  ein  jeber  fein,    2Benn  fie  an^ritt,  mnftten  I)nnbert 
Diener  ntitreiten,  nnb  ba$  ioaren  atle  Sonige  nnb  ^rinjen. 

^alb  fant  an^  ein  Jnnger  ^aifer  an^  einem  fernen,  fer* 

15  nen  8anbe»    3)er  fyatte  feine  gran  nnb  feine  $inber,  barnnt 

lonnte  er  reifen,  fo  Diet  er  tootlte.    @ein  8anb  tt>ar  fo  tueit, 

iDeit   toeg,    ba^    bie    gran   fagte  :    ,f£)a$   ift   gett)i^,    IDO   bie 

®onne   nnr   einmat    int   Qafyn   fd^etnt."     llnb    ber    9)?ann 

fragte  :  ,,$ft  ba^  nit^t,  IDO  bie  8ente  anf  bem  So^fe  geljen?" 

20     !Der   jnnge    Saifer   er^afylte   aber   tiiel   t>on   Jenem   fernen 

Sanbe,  too  alle^  ganj  anber$  tt)ar  nnb  boc^  fo  tmmberfdjon. 

Unb   bie   ^rinjeffin  ^orte   e§   gerne,   benn   er   er^a^Ite   fefyr 

gnt.    @o  (ange  er  nnr  eqafylte,  lonnte  e^  gar  nid)t  beffer  gef)en; 

al^  er  aber  bann  gntet^t  fagte  :   ,,Gtma3   fo  Sd^one^  tt)ie  ©e, 

25  ift  aber  in  meinem  gan^en  Sanbe  nid)t,"  bann  lt)nrbe  fie  bofe 

nnb  fagte,  fie  toolle  ba§  nte  ioieber  ^oren» 

llnb  inenn  bie  9)Mter  fragte:  f,8iebe  Jod)ter,  iDa§  benlft 
bn  tion  biefem  jnngen  Saifer?"'fo  antioortete  fie:  ,,@rja()fen 
fann  er  ganj  gnt,  aber  er  fpricf)t  oft  fo  bnmm,  ba^  id)  e^ 


£>ER  FISCHER  UND  SEINE  FRAU.  21 

gar  nidjt  fyoren  mag/  llnb  fo  nutate  ber  Jnnge  Uaifer  enb* 
lief)  tranrig  ftrieber  nacf)  §anfe  gefyen,  benn  e§  fyalf  ifym  al(e$ 
nid)t3.  £)a  eqafylte  er  bann  feinen  9ftiniftern  tton  ber  ttmnber* 
fdjonen  ^rin^effin,  nnb  er  erjafylte  e§  intnter  unb  immer 
tt)teberr  bi^  fie  jute^t  einfc^Hefen*  2lber  ber  ^atfer  fafy  e^  5 
gar  nt(^t,  benn  er  bacfyte  nur  an  bie  fcfyone  ^rinseffin, 

J)te  grau  toar  aber  not^  gar  nirf)t  jnfrieben,  3uerf^ 
iDu^te  fie  aber  nicfyt,  tt)a§  fie  fi(^  nod)  ttwnfdjen  foQte.  @te 
fonnte  an  gar  ntcf)t$  me^r  benfen,  3lber  bafb  ging  bie  ©onne 
gn  fritl)  nnter0,  ober  ber  3Konb  ging  ju  fpat  auf°,  nnb  e$  10 
tt)ar  fmfter,  toenn  fie  3J?onbfd)ein  t)aben  rnoHte.  3)a  ttoflte 
fie  benn  anc^  @onne  nnb  9J?onb  auf*  nnb  nnterge!)en  faff  en* 
3d,  fie  oolite  ber  liebe  ®ott  tDerben, 

SRann  toollte   aber  nic^t   tDieber   gnm   $Inffe   gef)en, 
fann  ja  ber  gifcf)  ntd)t/'  fagte  er,    ,,(5r  ift  Ja  nnr  ber  15 
ine§   3au^erer^/  un^    ^er   9r^te  3au^erer  fann  bod^ 
nirfjt  fo   diet   ate  ber  liebe  ®ott    ®e^'  (ieber  in  bie  @tabt 
unb  fanfe  bir  einen  nenen  §itt" 

2tber  ba^  I)a(f  nic^td,  fie  mnrbe  f(f)recf(i(f)  bbfe,  fie  toar  fo 
ftolg,  ba£  fie  ben  93erftanb  fc^on  Derloren  f)atte ;  nnb  fo  tnnfcte  20 
ber  9D?ann  ^inge^en,  Unb  afe  er  an  ben  glufj.fam,  toar  ber 
§imnte(  gan^  finfter,  ba^  SBaffer  ging  I)od)  Uber  ba^  Ufer, 
ber  @tnrm  fyentte  nnb  jerbrac^  bie  ftarfften  -SBannte,  nnb  ba^ 
iDttbe  SBaffer  im  ^Inffe  trng  fie  fort0  jnm  3Keere.  Unb  e^ 
bti^te  nnb  bonnerte  ganj  fcfjrecflid),  25 

Sa  f)atte  ber  9)?ann  fotc^e  5lngftr  bafc  er  t'anm  fpred)en 
lonnte;  aber  er  fyatte  nod)  nte^r  3lngft  t)or  fetner  ^ran,  nnb 
fo  rief  er  benn  enblid)  ben  $ifd)*  U^^  bw  gifd)  toar  fogteic|> 
ba,  aber  er  toar  feftr  t)5fe,  ,,Sa^  tt)oHen  @ie  benn  je^t?" 


22  EASY  READING. 

,,2lcf),  meine  grew  toift  fo  t»tel  toerben  tote  ber  liebe  ©ott/ 
,,®efjen   ©ie  nur   Ijin0,"   fagte   ber    gifrf),  ,,fie    jifct  fd)on 
toieber  in  ber  alien  §ittte." 

Sort  fanb  fie  ber  3)?ann  benn  and),  unb  fie  toeinte  bitter* 

s  li^.    £)a  tourbe  ber  Sftann  fefyr  bofe.    ,,S)a  bir  ba3  §od)fte 

nirf)t  genug  toar,  Ijaft  bu  Je^t  atte^  it)ieber  berloren,"  fagte  er. 

3l6er  lt>eil  nun  Me  $rcm  fo  tranrtg  toar  unb  fo  bitterltc^ 

iDeinte,  ging  ber  9ftann  bod)  iDteber  I)tn°  unb  rief  ben  gifrf), 

obftfjon  er  bac^te:  ffgr  tutrb  bod)  nirfjt  lontnten/' 

10     f,®eben  ©ie  un^  nur  ba^  Heine  §au$  tuieber0/'  fagte  er. 

rf3Bir  tooften  je^t  gerne  bamit  gufrieben  fetn."    2lber  ber  gif^ 

fam  nicfjt  me^r*    ©a  murbe  ber  Sftann  fdjredti^  bbfe,    ^n 

ber  9lad)t  ging  er  fort0  unb  fam  nie  nrieber0  unb   (iep  Me 

grau  in  ber  alten  §ittte  ^uriid0.    ©a  ntupte  fie  bkiben  all 

15  i^r  8eben  lang,  mu^te  it)ieber  auf  einem  33imbef  ©tro^  fd)Ia* 

fen  unb  f)atte  nidjt^  ate  Wlild)  unb  33rot  ju  effenr  unb  baoon 

fyatte  fie  and)  nid)t  intmer  genug. 

©ie  Softer  aber  blieb  bet  if)r  unb  tear  if)r  gut,  ate  fie  alt 

ttmrbe.    $e^t  ntu^te  ba^  3)iabcf)en  tt)ieber  Staffer  au§  bent 

20  gluffe  fyolen,  unb  bann  fang  e^  fo  fcfyon,  ba§  bie  gifd)e  au$ 

bent  SBaffer  fanten,  urn  e$  gu  {)orenr  benn  fte  tear  intnter 

fro^  unb  glitdlid), 

£)ann  lam  aut^  ber  junge  Sftann,  ber  i^r  immer  f)e(fen 
tooftte,  ba^  SBaffer  ju  tragen,  aber  fie  fagte,  bap  fie  e£  gang 
25  gut  atiein  tragen  t'onnte.  Unb  a(^  er  bann  jufe^t  fagte : 
,f9Dlabcf)en,  bu  toeiftt  gar  ni^t  tote  fdjon  bu  btft/J  ba  (adjte  fie 
laut  unb  fagte :  ,,3)a3  fiaben  mir  fcf)on  ^onige  unb  $aifer 
gefagt,  tmb  id)  benle,  bie  tou^ten  gerabe  fo  t>iet  bat)on,  tote 
bu 


DIE  LORELEI.  23 


5*  $ie  Soreleu 

£einridj  §eine  (1799-1856). 

nit^t,  toaS  fott  e£  bebenten, 
id}  fo  tranrig  bin; 
gin  SDtardjen  cms  alten  3e^ett/ 
fommt  mir  nic^t  au$  bem 

8uft  tft  Bl^I  unb  e^  bunfelt, 
Unb  ruf)ig  fltept  ber  St^eitt; 
©tpfet  be^  ®erge§  funfelt 
2lbenbfonnenf(f)em, 


ft^onfte 
S)ort  oben  immbeibar; 
Qfy  go(b^ne§  ®ef(^metbe  blt^et, 
@te  famtnt  t^r  golbene§  §aar, 

@ie  Idtnmt  e^  mtt  golbenem  Samme 
Unb  fingt  etn  8ieb  babei; 

Sa^  ^at  eine  ttmnberfame, 
©etoalttge  9Ke(obet, 

Sen  ©differ  im  fletnen  ©c^iffe 
(Srgreift  e3  mit  milbem  SBe^; 

(Sr  fdjcuit  ntrf)t  bte  gelfenriffe, 
(Sr  fdjaut  nur  ^tnauf  in  bie 


Qd)  glanbe,  bie  ^Befien  fcerfcfyltngen 

2lm  (Snbe  ©Differ  unb  fiafjn; 
Unb  ba^  ^at  ntit  tfyrem  @tngen 
8ore(ei 


24  EASY  READING. 

6,  S>ie  3)ummetu 

(§S  toar  einmal  em  armer  SKann,  ber  toofynte  mit  feinet 

gamttie  in  einer  ffeinen  §ntte,  bie  fyatte  nur  eine*£l)itr  wtb 

ein  Heine3   genfter.    £)te  §ntte   ftanb   am  SBege  t>or  etner 

Ifeinen  ©tabt    §inter  bent  ©anfe  tnar  etn  ^tnp,  nnb  auf  ber 

5  anberen  ©eite  be^  §NTe^  ^ar  e^n  9r°Ber  SBcilb. 

3)tefer  arme  3JJann  ^atte  brei  @o^ne.  J)er  altefte  So()n 
fyteB  ber  ?ange,  ber  gwcttc  f}te£  ber  Side,  nnb  ber  jimgfte 
^ie^  ber  ©nmme,  S)ie  brei  ©b^ne  gingen  nie  in  bie  (Sdjule, 
nnb  fie  fatten  feine  4BUc^erf  benn  tf>r  SSater  -ttmr  jn  arm, 
10  @r  fonnte  ifynen  feine  Sitdjer  faufen,  £)arnm  lernten  fie  anc^ 
ntd^t^.  @ie  fonnten  tueber  lefen  noc^  frfjreiben.  Ste  luaren 
alle  fe^r  bnmmr  aber  ber  jitngfte  mar  ber  bitmmfte.  @ie 
tuaren  bnmm  geboren  nnb  ba^  war  ja  nicfyt  i^re  @c^ulb. 
3)ie  Snmmen  fyaben  aber  oft  ba^  meifte  ®IM,  benn  ®ott 
15  uertci^t  bie  Snmmen  nttf)tr  nnb  ba§  ift  and)  ja  ganj  recf)tr 
benn  bie  anberen  fonnen  fic^  felber  I)elfen.  9?nn  merben  iDtr 
fefyen,  benn  bie§  ift  eine  iDafyre  ©eft^i^te. 

5lte  ber  altefte  <SoI)n  g^anjig  ^a^re  a^  ^^^  fa9*e  er  3U 
feinem  93ater :  nQdj  \rnii  in  bie  SBelt  tjinan^ge^en  nnb  metn 
20  ®IM  fnc^en." 

©o  ging  er  anf  bie  ©tra^en  nnb  SBege  t)tnans°  nnb  fucf)te 
fein  ®Incf,  X)ie  ©tra^en  nnb  2Bege  maren  aber  (ang.  (5r 
ging  bnr^  SBalber  nnb  gelber  t)on  einer  ©tabt  gnr  anberen* 

^n  ben  ©tabten  maren  f^one  §cinfer  nnb  ^alafte.    Qwt 

25  mo^nten  reic^e  8"eute.    ,,®ie  f)aben  i^r  ©Ilicf  gefnnben,"  ba^te 

ber  ?ange.    ff^te  nriffen  »o  man  ba^  ©fitcE  fn^en  mn^" 

nnb  er  ging  an  a((e  S^nren  nnb  fragte,  aber  leiner  mollte  e^ 


DIE  DUMMEN.  25 

tfyttt  fagen.  Unb  bet  gauge  ging  £age  unb  SBorfjen  unb 
fucfjte  fein  ®Iit(f,  aber  er  faub  e§  nicfyt,  benn  auf  ben  SBegen 
unb  ©trajsen  lagen  tooty!  gro^e  ©teine,  aber  fein  ®litd 

£)a  nntrbe  er  enbltd^  fetjr  traurig,  aber  er  ttmrbe  nicfyt  nur 
traurig ;  er  nmrbe  and)  fynngrtg,  nnb  ba^  war  ba^  Stranrigfte.  5 
Sr  trar  gerabe  in  einem  fcfjonen,  ftilten  2Batber  too  fiin  §an^ 
iDar  unb  fein  Sftenjd)  tDotjnte,  (Snbticf)  fa^  er  etnen  fleinen, 
bicfen  3Kann.  S)er  ftanb  unter  einem  gro^en  33aunte  am 
SBege. 

SRann  trug  etnen  grauen  §ut,  etnen  (angen,  grauen  10 
toeite  33einfleiber  unb   gro^er   [(J)tDere  @tiefet  an  ben 
pfeetu    ,,®uten  Jag/'  fagtc  ber  aKann,  ,,SBa^  fudjft  bu  fo 
traurig  ?" 

n$i)  fudjje  mein  ®(it(J  unb  fann  e$  ni(f)t  finben." 
,,SBo  unb  toann  ()a[t  bu  e^  t)erloren?"  15 

,,3?dj  tjabe  e^  ntcf)t  t)ertorenr  i{^  fuc^e  e§  nur." 
,,9Ba3  man  gar  nirf)t  t)erloren  fjat,  fann  man  ntd^t  gut  fin* 
ben.    Slber  ge^e  ^ier  breimal  urn  biefen  53aum  tierum0,  bann 
fommft  bu  jum  ^Jalafte  be$  Sonig^  SBalbmann*    ©a  toirft 
bu  melteicfyt  bein  ®l'it(J  finben."  20 

£)a  ging  ber  8ange  breimal  um  ben  33aum   ^erurn0  unb 
fianb  fcor  bent  ^alafte.    £)ort  fa^  er  diele  ©olbaten  gu  ^Jferbe 
unb  gu  gu^,  aber  er  ging  gletcfj  in  ben  ^Salaft.    ®a  fag-  ber 
Sonig   auf   einem   f)errlicf)en   J!)roner  unb    tt)a$    er    befa^(r 
tourbe  getfyan.    Unb  bie  Srone  toar  t)on  ®olb  unb  and)  ber  25 
Xljron.    S5a§  war  aber  fdjon!    3)o^  ^atte  ber  Sange  feljt 
Orope  Slngft,  al$  er  ben  ftotjen  Sonig  auf  feinem  Sfyrone 
fi|}cn  faf),  benn  er  fyatte  nod)  nie  einen  Sbnig  gefefyen. 
,,2Ber  fein  ®(U(f  fu^en  mill,  barf  feine  2Ingft  ^abcn/'  barf)te 


26  EASY  READING, 

er  abet  unb  ging  t>or  ben  $onig,    £)er  Sbntg  toar  fefyr  frog, 
tfytt  gu  fefyen  unb  fragte,  toa3  er  tooKte. 

,,3^  ttrift  mein  ®(iicE  fudjen,"  fagte  er,    ,,2Iber  id)  I)abe 
fd)on  lange  gefu^t  unb  fann  e3  nidjt  finben,    $8nnen  @ie 
5  mir  nidjt  fyelfen?" 

,,$3er  su  mir  fommt,  ^at  fein  ©liicE  fd)on  gefunben," 
fagte  ber  ^onig.  ,,2lber  bn  meipt  bod),  ba^  ®IM  ift  nur  fiir 
bie  5)nmmen.  £)te  ^aben  nte^r  ®iM  ate  23erftanb." 

,,©ann  n?erbe  id)  fe^r  t>iel  ©litcf  i)aben.    9Benn  man  bie 
10  Snmmen  rnftr  bin  id)  immer  einer  toon  ben  Srften.    £)a§ 
Itegt  in  nnferer  gamttie." 

„ J)ad  ift  gut/'   fagte  ber   $ontg,  f,bann  mu^t  bu  ^ier  bei 

mir  b(eiben»    £)u  follft  mein  9Jfinifter  iDerben.    !Die  ©umm- 

ften  geben  oft  ben  beften  9tatr  unb  man  fann  immer  nod) 

15  etmaS  Don  ifynen  lernen,    Sannft  bu  audj  lefen  unb  fd)reiben  ?" 

,,9?ein,  ba^  fann  id)  nid)t,"  fagte  ber  £ange  ftolj. 

^Sann  fannft  bu  nid)t  mein  3)finifter  toerben/  fagte  ber 
Sonig,  ,fbenn  id)  fann  e^  aud)  nid)t,  unb  barum  mu^  id)  etnen 
9)iinifter    ^abenr    ber    e§    fann,     3lber    bu    fannft    ja    mein 
20  Wiener  merben,  unb  ba^  ift  gerabe  fo  gut," 

rt$a,  id)  bin  and)  (ieber  ©iener,"  fagte  ber  3)umme,  f,benn 
ein  Sftinifter  I)at  gu  Diet  ^opfarbett,  unb  ba3  ift  fd)tr>ere  Sir- 
beit,  ba$  l)abe  id^  fc^on  auf  bem  gelbe  an  ben  Ddjfen  ge- 
fe!)en,  wit  bie  ba$  ^od^  Dor  bem  So^fe  tragen," 
25  So  tDurbe  er  nun  be3  ^i)nig^  ®iener,  @r  trug  einen 
roten  9tod!,  getbe  §ofen  unb  @d&ul)e  mit  filbernen  ©djnatlen. 
S)a^  ii?ar  aber  ft^bn!  gr  mu^te  3)?efferr  ©abeln  unb 
86ffel,  Xefler  unb  Xaffen  auf  ben  Xi]tf)  tragen  unb  mu^te 
28ein  fiir  ben  Sbnig  au^  bem  tetter  Ijokn.  !Da^  mar  fefjr 


DIE  DUMMEN.  27 

fd)fln,  benn  toenn  er  SBein  fyolte,  tranl  er  immer  felbft  bte 
§alfte,  unb  menu  er  bann  etnen  teller  ober  eine  £affe 
fallen  liej},  gab  tfym  ber  $ontg  tmmer  etnen  Staler.  £)a 
modjte  id)  auci)  £)tener  fein. 

Sine3  £age&  aber  fagtc  ber   ®ontg :  ,,£)u  bift  nun  fcfyon  5 
triele  donate  bet  mtr  getnefen*    SBenn-  bn  aber  jn  lange  I)ter 
bletb(tf  tDerben  betne  (Htern  benfen,  ba^  bu  gar  ntd)t  JDteber^ 
fommft.    ©arnm  mn^t  bu  nun  fyetmgefyen,    S)u  btft  tmmer 
em  fel)r   guter  Wiener  getoefen.    ©afitr  gebe  id)  btr  btefen 
Hetnen  Xi\tf).    @r  ift  beffer  ate  ®olb  unb  (gilber.    SBenn  bu  10 
^ungrtg  btft,  braudjft  bu  nur  gu  fagen :  ,£tfcf)letn,  bed'  btd^  !c 
unb  fogletcf)  trierben  bte  jrf)onften  ©petfen  unb   ©etranfe  ba^ 
rauf  ftefyen*" 

S)a  na^m  ber  Junge  3)tann  ba^  Jifd)Ietn  unb  gtng  bamit 
fort0.  &  tt)ar  ntt^t  jd)tt)er,  unb  er  lonnte  e§  ganj  gut  tra*  15 
gen.    33a(b    fam    er   3U   bem   33aume,    tno    er   ben   ftetnen, 
btden  3J?ann  gefe^en  ^atte.    (Sr  gtng  bretmat  um  ben  ^aum 
Jfyerum0  unb  ftanb  tmeber  in  bem  gro^en  SSalbe.    Sort  tt)ar 
'e$  fc^on  unb  fttIL    5Tcur  bte  2SogeI  fangen. 

?angfam  gtng  er  auf  bem  SBege  meiter0.    Site  e$  Slbenb  20 
tear,  fam  er  ju  etnem  SBirt^^aufe  t>or  bem  SBalbe/    ©er 
bi(!e,  runbe  SBtrt  ftanb  t)or  ber  £f)itre.    !j)er  §unb  lag  neben 
ifym,  unb  bte  fd)i)ne  SBtrt^tocftter  fcfyaute  gum  genfter  bittau^0 * 

,,®uten  2lbenb,  §err  SBtrt,"  fagte  ber  8ange,  ,ffann  i(^  l)ter 
itber  ^ad^t  bletben?"  25 

,,Qa,  ba^  fdnnen  @ter  tt)enn  ©te  ©elb  {)aben/' 

,,®elb  ^abe  id)/'  fagte  ber  Junge  SJiann  ftolj,  ffunb  id)  I)abe 
and)  nod)  ettoaS  Diet  53effere^."  2lte  ber  SBirt  ba^  ^orter 
tDurbe  er  feljr  ^ofli(^,  unb  er  ging  mit  il)m  in^  §au^,  unb 


28  EASY  HEADING. 

ba$  Sftabcfyen  mnftte  bem  jnngen  Sttanne  em  ©fa§  bom  beften 
SBein  bringen, 

llnb  ate  ba$  Sftabdjen  ifym  ben  28ein  brad)te,  fat)  er,  baft 

fie  mnnberfdjone,  Mane  Slngen  l)atte.    llnb  ate  er  ben  SBetn 

5  getrnnfen  fyatte,  brad)te  fie  ifjm  nodj  ein  ©Ia8.    £)a  fat)  er, 

ba£   fie  and)   ttnmberfcJjone,  rote  Stppen  nnb   b(onbe$   §aar 

I)atte,    llnb  ate  fie  it)m  ba^  britte  ®(a§  bradjte,  fal)  er,  bag 

fie  ba$  fd£)onfte  3)lcib(^en  in  ber  ganjen  Sett  war,  benn  ant^ 

bte  ©nmmen  tDiffen  ganj   gnt,  tt>a3  fdjtin  ift,  tnenn  fie   e$ 

10  fe^en. 

Sie  mar  and)  fdjon,  t)tel  fdjoner  ate  bie  5)amen  nnb  ^rtn- 
jeffinnen,  bie  er  am  §ofe  be^  SonigS  gefel)en  ^atte.  @o 
tranf  er  ein  ®(a3  nad)  bem  anbern,  nnb  ber  SBirt  fa^  neben 
fym  nnb  erjd^Ite  i^m  ©efd)id)ten,  benn  er  mar  ©olbat  getoefen, 
'15  mar  in  fernen  Sanbern  gemefen  nnb  I)atte  t?iel  gefefjen,  aber 
ber  jnnge  3)iann  fytirte  e^  gar  nid)tr  benn  er  fat)  nnr  ba$ 
fc^one  DJZabdjen,  ba§  it)m  ben  2Bein  bradjte. 

@onne  mar  nntergegangen,  nnb  e3  mnrbe  fd^on  bnnfet, 
fd^marge,  finftere   9?ac^t  fam,  nnb  ber  Sinb  me^te  faft 
20  nnb  ranf).    5)a  macf)te  ba$  9J?abd^en  Spren  nnb  genfter  jn° 
nnb  marf  §0(3  anf  ba$  gener  nnb  jitnbete  bie  8ampe  an0. 
J)a  mar  e^  fyett  nnb  marm  in  ber  @tnbe. 

I35er  jnnge  9J?ann  aber  fagte :  ,f^)err  SBirt,  id^  f)abe  etma^, 

ba^  t?iet  beffer  ift    ate  @olb  nnb  ©ilber.    3J?tid)ten  @ie  e^ 

25  feljen  ?"    35a^  mar  gerabe,  ma^  ber  SBirt  miffen  motlte,  benn 

er  mar   ein  bofer  3Kann,    ©arnm   mar   er   fro^   nnb    fagte 

g(eid):  „$*." 

^Jifc^tein,  bed'  bid)!"   fagte  ber  Jnnge  9)?ann  jn   feinem 
Xif^Iein,  nnb  fog(eid)  ftanben  bie  fc^onften  @peifen  nnb  ber 


DIE   DUMMEN.  29 

befte  2Bein  barauf.     £)a  fe^ten  fie  fid)  an  ben  £tfdj,  ber  2Birt 
unb  ba$  Sftabcfyen  unb  ber  junge  9)?ann,  unb  fie  aften  unb  tranfen. 

2lber  ber  2Birt  erjafylte  nicfyt  mefyr.    @r  tranf  ben  SBein 
unb  badjte  bofe  ©ebanfen,  benn  er  tt>ar  ein  fdjlecfyter  Sftenfrf). 
fylte  ber  junge  2JJann,    S^eben  i^m  fa^  ba$  f(^one  5 
nnb  er  erjd^tte  i^r    it)nnbert)otte    ®efrf)tcf)ten   t>on 
il)ren  fdjbnen,  blauen  2lugen,    £)te  tt)aren  fo  gro^  unb  ttef 
unb   blau   tt)ie  ber   §mtme(   im   Sommer,   unb   trenn  man 
fytneinfcfiaute,   ftanben   bie    S£^ore   be$   §intmete   lt?eit   offen, 
unb  man  fonnte  bie  Itetnen  (Snget  feljen,  tDte  fie  mit  ben  w 
©ternen  fptetten, 

Unb  er  erjaljlte  t^r  t)on  i^rem  fc^onen  §aar ;  ba^  U)ar  tDte 
@olb  unb  @onnenf(i)etn.  Unb  er  erjcifylte  i^r  Don  if)ren  8tp* 
pen ;  bie  iDaren  fo  rot  ttrie  bie  9?ofen,  tt)enn  bie  @onne  fie 
fii^t.  Qa,  e$  triaren  gqnj  munbertjotte  ©ef^i^ten,  unb  ba$  15 
2Jtab(i)en  ^orte  fie  gem,  2Bo  er  fie  geternt  I)atte,  tDU^te  er 
felber  nicfyt  3lu^  ben  Sit^ern  ^atte  er  fie  nid)t  gelernt,  benn 
er  fonnte  toeber  lefen  not^  fcfyreiben,  unb  in  ben  Sud)ern 
fte^en  folrfje  ®efd)irf)ten  aut^  ni(^t. 

Unb  er  tranl  ein  ®Ia$  nad)  bem  anbern,  unb  nac^  {ebem  20 
erja^Ite  er  immer  biefelben  ®ef(^i(f)ten,  aber  ba§  3ftab* 
^orte   fie  ja  gent*    Unb  jute^t  fagte  er  ifjr,  tuie  er  in 
i^ren  Slugen  lefen  fonnte.    3)a  ftanben  bie  f^onften  ©efd^td^* 
ten  Don  alien,  aber  bie  ttmren  fo  ftf)5n,  bag  felbft  ein  ©ngel 
fie  ntdjt  lefen  bitrfte,    iX)a  ftanb  ba^  9JJab(^en  aber  ^Bfeltd^  25 
auf°,    &  tear  and)  fd)on  fe^r,  fe^r  fpat,  unb  ber  2Birt  gab 
bem  {ungen  3J?anne  ba§  befte  3imtnerr  ba^  er  Ijatte.    2lber 
er  fonnte  nic^t  frf)(afen,  benn  er  bacfjte  Immer  an  ba$  fc^5ne 


30  EASY  HEADING. 

$anm  tear  er  eingefd)Iafen,  ba  rtef  ifyn  fdjon  ber  SBtrt 

&  toar  nod)  fefjr  fritf),  unb  bte  (gonne  mar  nod)  nid)t  anfge* 

gangen.    9htr  an£  bem  Often  fd)ien  ein  granes  8id)t    ,,@ie 

mnffen    fyente    nod)    einen    toeiten    SBeg   marfjen,"    fagte   er, 

s  ,,£)arnm  biirfen  @te  ntd)t  ?u  (ange  fcfjlafen." 

®a  ftanb  ber  Junge  20?ann  auf°r  aber  in  fetnem  ®o^f  lag 
e§  [c^iDer  trie  ein  9JJiil)lftein  nnb  er  war  gar  nid)t  In|tig»  (5r 
I)atte  Ja  nid)t  gnt  gefd)Iafen,  S)a3  griifjftnc!  (tanb  [d)on  anf 
bem  Zifdje.  !Die  |d)dne  SSirt^to^ter  fyatte  e^  gentad)tr  barnm 
10  a£  err  obfc^on  er  feinen  2lppetit  ^atte.  S)ann  fagte  er  bem 
SBirte  ,,Sebemo^(/'  aber  jn  ber  fdjonen  gBirt^to^ter  fagte  er 
,,2lnf  SBteberfe^en/'  nafjm  fein  Jifd)(ein  nnb  ging  bamit  (ort°. 

2lber  e£  tnar  fein  Stfd^Iein  gar  nid)t  !Ea^  ^atte  ber  bofe 
SSirt  ttJd^renb  ber  97ad^t  genommen  nnb  I)atte  il)m  ein  an- 
15  bere£  Jifd)lein  bafiir  gegeben,  ba$  g^rabe  fo  an^fa^. 

211^  er  nad)  §anfe  famr  erja^tte  er  t»on  feiner  9?eife,  t»on 
bem  ^alafte  be^  S'bnig^  2Ba(bmann  nnb  Don  bem  number- 
DoHen  £ifd)Iein,  ba^  biefer  i^m  gegeben  I)atte,  aber  leiner 
Oolite  e^  glanben.  ©er  jnnge  %)laun  fad)te.  f,@ie  luerben  e^ 
20  ba(b  glanben,  toenn  fie  t?on  meinem  £ifdj(etn  effen/'  bat^te 
er. 

,,2ifc^tein,  be<f  bic^  lu  fagte  err  aber  e$  famen  leine  ©peifen 
nnb  lein  SBein,  nnb  er  fagte  e$  gnm  jiucttcn  nnb  britten 
9)tele,  aber  ber  Xifd^  ftanb  ba,  tme  jeber  anbere  £ifd),  nnb 
25  e^  h)ar  nidjte  baranf. 

©a  Iad)ten  bie  anberen  tant,  nnb  ber  Sange  tmirbe  fe^r 
tranrig.  @ein  ©litcE  fyatte  er  luieber  t?er(orenr  aber  er  itm^te 
nid)t  marnm.  3)er  3?er(nft  feine§  ©Hided  madE)te  i^n  fefyr 
tranrig» 


DIE  DUMMEN.  31 

211$  ber  jtoeite  ©ofyn,  ber  £)ide,  jtoanjig  $al)re  alt  ttmrbe, 
ttoftte  er  and)  in  bie  SBett  fyinau^gefjen,  um  fein  ®litd  311 
fucfyen.  (Sr  fam  and)  burd)  ttiele  ©tabte,  fanb  lange  9S?ege 
unb  ©traften,  unb  auf  ben  SBegen  lagen  gro|e  ©teine,  abet 
fein  ®liid  fanb  er  nidjjt  s 

3ule^t  fam  er  and)  in  ben  SBalb  nnb  fat)  ben  Heinen, 
biden  3JJann,  Unb  ber  2ftann  fagte  i^m  alte^,  gerabe  fo 
ttrie  er  e^  bem  Sangen  gefagt  ^atte.  tlnb  ber  Side  tfjat,  lt)te 
ber  8ange  getfyan  fjatte.  gr  ging  breimal  um  ben  33anm 
^erurn0  unb  fam  balb  gum  @tf)Ioffe  be^  ®onig3  Salbmann.  10 

!t)er  ^onig  fyatte  fcfton  einen  neuen  SJJinifter,  aber  er  mu^te 
gerabe  einen  $ciger  I)aben,  unb  fo  rt)urbe  ber  Side  be$  ®fc 
nig^  ^tiger.  ®er  ^onig  gab  il)m  einen  griinen  2tnjug,  einen 
§ut  mtt  etner  geber  baran,  unb  ©tiefet  mit  ©poren,  & 
mu^te  jeben  Stag  in  ben  SBalb  reiten  unb  §'rf^e  un^  §afen  Js 
fd^ie^en.  J)er  Sonig  gab  ifym  ein  fleine^  ^Pferb,  unb  ba$ 
^ferb  toar  faum  fo  gro£  unb  f^lDer  mie  ber  9?eitet\  SBenn 
banu  ber  gro^e,  bide  9ftann  auf  bem  fleinen  ^3ferb  ritt, 
mupten  atle  ?eute  ladjen* 

Hub  fitr  jeben  §afenr  ben  er  fcfjof;,  gab  i!)m  ber  $tinig  20 
erne  3Jiarf,  unb  fur  jeben  §irf(^,  einen    Staler ;   aber    fitr 
jeben  §afen  unb  jeben  §irfd^,  ben  er  nidjt  f(^o^r  gab  er  tfym 
boppelt  fo  i3ieL    ©a  mocfyte  id)  au^  ^ager  fein*    £)ann  ^atte 
man  immer  ®elb   genug,  unb   bei  fd)led)tem  SBetter  fonnte 
man  in6  SBtrt^^au^  ge^en  unb   STtjee  trinfen,  benn  ba$  ift  25 
gut  bei  fd)led)tem  SBetter.    ®a^  tf)at  ber  Side  and),  unb  fo 
iDurbe  er  jeben  Jag  nod)  bider. 

3ule^t  aber  fagte  ber  Stfnig:  ff©u  bift  I)ier  je^t  (ange  ge* 
nug  ^ager  getcefen,  ®u  mu^t  Je^t  ju  beinen  @(tern 


32  EASY  HEADING. 


gef)en.  £)a$  ^ferb  fannft  bu  mitnefymen.  &  tft  ba& 
33efte,  toa3  id)  bir  geben  fann.  SBenn  bu  ®elb  nrittft,  braudjft 
bu  nur  ^ferb^en,  ftrecfe  bid)!'  jju  fagen,  unb  e$  ftrirb  bir  g(eid) 
eine  ^panbtiott  ©olb  niefen." 

5       ,,©o  ein  "JJferb  fann  man  gut  braudjen,"  bacf)te  ber  ©icfe, 
baufte  bent  tonige  bafiir,  unb  ritt  bantit  fort°, 

2lte  er  fo  toeiter  ritt,  fam  er  bafb  ju  bem  Saunte,  IDO  er 
ba$  bide  9)?ann(ein  gefe^en  fyatte.  @r  ritt  breimal  urn  ben 
fflaum  t)erum°  unb  ttiar  nrieber  in  bem  gro^en,  ftilten  SBatbe, 

10  tt)o  nur  bie  23bg(ein  fangen,    @r  rt)ar  fetjr  frofy,  benn  nun 
^atte  er  ja  fein  ©titcf  gefunben. 

3lber   er  tooltte   aud)  f  e^en,  ob  e$  f  o  tucire,  lt)ie  ber  ®5nig 
gefagt  I)atte,  barum  fagte  er  ju  feinem  ^ferbe:   ^^ferbd^en^    / 
ftrecfe  bi^!"  unb  foglei^  niefte  eS  eine  §anbt3ol(  ®o(b,    £)ct/l 

15  fprang  er  t)om  ^ferbe,  na^m  ba^  ®olb  unb  ftedte  e^  inett      * 


,,3lber  tt)arum  fott  id)  ba^  fdjroere  ©o(b  in  ber  Jafdje  tra* 
gen?"  fagtc  er  gu  fid).    ,,@o  (ange  id)  ba§  ^Jferb  ^aber  fann 
id)  e^  311  jeber  £tit  niefen  laffen,"  unb  ate  er  einen  armen 
20  -Jftann  faf),  inarf  er  il)nt  ba^  ©olb  .in  ben  §ut. 

2lm    Hbenb    fam   er   aud)    ^u    bem    SBirt^^aufe,  trie   fein 
23ruber. 

1)er  SBtrt   ^atte   fid)   aber   ein  neue£  §au^  bauen   laffen, 

benn  er  ^atte  }a  ba^  Jifd)(ein  unb  inurbe  jeben  Sag  reidjer. 

25  (5r  I)atte  einen  gropen  @ta((r  barin  ftanben   fd)one  Sii^e  unb 

^f  erbe  ;  and)  l)atte  er   iriefe  ®iener  ;   bie  mu^ten   bie  3lrbeit 

tl)un. 

3(te  bie  £)iener  ben  grofeen,  biden  3Rann  auf   bem   Keinen 
fa^en,  (ad)ten  fie  taut.    5tte  ber  £)irfe  ba^  fa^,  tDurbe 


DIE   DUMMEN.  33 

er  fefyr  bofe.  ,,3Barutn  ladjen  @tc  fo?"  fagte  er.  ,,3Bir  tadjen 
nur,  toeil  e$  morgen  @onntag  ift,"  fagten  bie  Wiener.  £)ann 
gab  er  ifynen  ba$  ^ferb  unb  ging  in  Da3  §au$. 

©er  SBtrt  fafs   gerabe  in  einem  groften  @tn^Ie  am  gener, 
unb   bte  fd)8ne  SBtrt^todjter  fa^  am  genfter  unb   Ia^    eine  5 


,,©uten   3lbenb,    §err   SBirt.    Scnm  id)   ^ier   itber 
bteiben?^ 

,,$a,  ba§  fonnen  @ier  toenn  @ie  @elb  ^aben," 

ff®elb!   3ar  ®e(b  ^abe  ic^  genug  unb  ettt>a$,  ba§  no^  t)iel  10 
beffer  tft  afe  ®etb«    3Ba$  benfen  @te  benn  t)on  mir?    SBenn 
ic^   ®etb   ^aben  ftriff,  fo  braud^e  i(^  nirfjt  bafitr  su  arbeiten, 
tt)ie  anbere  8eute.    S^ein,  ba^  fann  ic^  triel  beffer," 

Site  ber  SBirt  baS  l)orter   tourbc  er  fe^r   Ijflflicf).    w!Da«  ift 

h)ieber   etner  t)on  ben  ©ummen,"  bac^te  er,    „(£$  ift  15 
gut,  ba§  fo  Dtele  ©umme  auf  ber  SBeft  finb,    ©ie  brin* 
gen  einem  ba^  ®IU(J  in$  §au^,  fo  ba^  man  e3  nitf)t  auf  ben 
(Strain  ju  fuc^en  braud^t." 

Unb  bie  frfjone  SBirt^torf)ter  mu^te  ein  ®(a^  Dom  beften 
SBetn  f)olen,  unb  ber  £>idfe  tranl  e^  f^nett,  benn  er  tt>ar  fe^r  20 
burftig,  tote  attc  3^9er*  ®^  fd)fine  9Jfabc^en  brac^te  aber 
immer  norf)  me^r  SBein,  unb  al§  er  fo  ba  fag  unb  trattf,  fa^ 
er  gar  balb,  tt)ie  f(^on  fie  lt)ar,  @o(d)e  groften,  btauen  Slugen 
^atte  er  notf)  nie  gefe^en, 

J)er  SBirt  erjafylte  ®efrf)t(^ten  t)on  fernen  Sanbern,  too  er  25 
Sotbat  getoefen   toar.    ©er   junge  3)?ann   lonnte   aber   fein 
2Bort  fagen.    g^  ift  audj  nid)t  leidjt,  Diet  gu  fpre^en,   toenn 
man  fott^  ein  fdjdneS  9Jicibcf)en  fiel)t.    S)a^  fyat  f(^on  mandjer 
au^gefunben, 


84  EASY  HEADING. 

Site  eS  bnnfet  mnrbe,  rief  ber  SBtrt  bie  ©iener.  @r  Kefl 
grope  8ampen  an^unben ;  bie  brannten  fdjdn  unb  Ijett.  Slndj 
lie£  er  mefyr  @olj  aitf  ba$  getter  merfen.  ©ann  gingen  fie 
in  ba3  (Shimmer,  ©ort  mar  em  £ifd),  baranf  ftanben  bie 

5  fdjdnften  ©peifen.  letter  unb  £affen  maren  fel)r  f^on, 
Sein  ®raf  i)at  fc^dnere,  3)ieffer,  ©abefn  nnb  8dffe(  n?aren 
nom  feinften  @ilber.  ©er  SBirt  erjd^Ite  intmer  nod)  feine 
©eftfjicfjten.  £)er  jnnge  3ftann  fap  neben  bem  f(i)dnen  3JJtib* 
d^en  nnb  bergap  ba^  @pred)en,  aber  ba^  Sffen  nnb  £rinfen 

10  uerga^  er  nit^t. 

S^ac^  bem  Sffen  fpielten  fie  Garten,  nnb  ber  jnnge  3Jfann 
tierlor  imnter,  benn  er  ntn^te  immer  baran  benfen,  toa6  fitr 
it)nnbert)olle,  b(ane  Slngen  bie  fdjdne  28irt§tod)ter  tjatte.  llnb 
er  fi^ante  tiiel  met)r  in  i^re  3lngenr  al^  in  feine  Sarten.  Sr 

15  fonnte  in  iljren   2lngen  an^   Diet   ntefyr   fe^en,  ate  in   feinen 

Garten*    @r  bac^te,  bap  er  bort  fein  ©(nd  fa^,  aber  ba^  ^at 

fc^on  manner   gebadjjt,    it)enn   er   in  ein  ^aar  gro^e,   blane 

2lngen  ^ineinfdjante, 

SIfe  fie  jn  ^Bett  gingen,   tear  e$  fdjon    fe^r    fpat.    ©er 

20  Sirt  gab  bem  jnngen  3JZanne  ba^  befte  ,3imme^  ftber  ^iefer 
fonnte  lange  nidjt  fd)(afen,  benn  er  ba^te  immer  an  bie 
gro^en,  blanen  SIngen  ber  2Birt£toct)ter. 

Site  er  am  3)torgen  anfmad)ter  iDar  e^  @onntagr  nnb  bie 
@onne  ftanb  fc^on  fyod)  am  §imme(,  aber  fein  $opf  n)ar  fo 

25  fcfjwer,  nnb  er  mar  gar  nic^t  fo  frof),  \me  er  am  Slbenb  ge# 
iDcfcn  mar.  gr  ftanb  au£,  a^  fein  grii^ftncE,  nnb  I)atte  nid)t 
t)ie(  gn  fagen.  ©er  SSirt  mar  an^  ganj  ftill,  benn  er 
Ja  gerabe  fo  Diet  SBein  getrnnten,  mie  ber  jnnge  Sftann. 
bie  fd^dne  2Birt^tocf)ter  mar  frofy  nnb  fang  mie  ein  SSogeL 


DIE  DUMMEN.  35 

id)  erft  ®elb  fyolen,"  fagte  ber  junge  9ftann, 
afe  er  gegeffen  fyatte,  unb  ging  gum  Static,  too  fein  ^ferb 
ftanb.  £)er  3Birt  folgte  ifjm,  benn  er  tooflte  feljen  toaS  ber 
junge  9ftann  tfjat 

Sin  ber  Satire  be3  ©tailed  blieb  er  ftefyen  unb  fd)aute  5 
Ijinetnf,  ©a  fal)  er,  mfe  ber  junge  3)?ann  ju  bem  ^5ferbe 
gtng  unb  fagte:  ff^5ferbc^enr  ftrede  bid)!"  unb  trie  ba^ 
eine  §anbt>ott  ©olb  niefte*  ®a§  tear  e^  aber  gerabe, 
er  feljeti  tooHte.  Sann  gtng  er  fd)nett  tDteber  gum 
§aufe  juritd:0.  10 

Site  bann  ber  Junge  2Kann  fam  unb  t^m  ba$  ©elb  geben 
ttjottte,  fagte  er:  ,,2ld)  nein,  ge^en  ©ie  bodj  no(^  nitf)t  fort0. 
§eute  ift  ja  ©onntag*  3lm  ©onntag  biirfen  @tc  bo^  nt^it 
reifen,  33teiben  @ie  bi§  3)Jorgen,  @ie  fyaben  ja  ^t\i  genug 
unb  fonnen  tnorgen  autf)  nod)  na(^  §aufe  fommen^'  15 

Unb  aucf)  bie  fcfyone  SBirt^toc^ter  fagte :  ,,33feiben  @ie  boc^. 
Sim  ©onntag  ift  e$  ^ier  immer  fo  fd)tin.  @ie  miiffen  blet* 
ben/'  unb  fie  fal)  ifyn  mit  ifyren  gro^en,  blauen  Slugen  fo 
freunblid)  an0,  bap  er  gleid^  '„$&"  fagte* 

@o  blieb  er,  unb  e^  it)av  ein  luftiger  ©onntag.    @ie  tanj*  20 
ten  unb  fangen,  a^en  unb  tranfen  bi$  fpat  in  bie  Stac^t;  gur 
^ird)e  gingen  fie  aber  nicfjt 

,,§ier  mocfjte  i(^  immer  fein,"  badjte  ber  junge  3)?ann,  ,ftoenn 
jeber  3:ag  ©onntag  mare,"    £angen  fonnte  er  aber  ni(^t  fefjr 
gut,  benn  er  it)ar  ja  fo  groft  unb  bicf,  baft  bie  8eute  i^n  ben  25 
£)i<fen  nannten,    (Sffen  unb   trinlen  fonnte   er  aber  fo   tnet 
beffer.    Qa,  e^  tt)ar  ein  luftiger  ©onntag, 

Slber  in  ber  9?arf)t,  afe  ber  SicEe  frfjtief,  na^m  ber  biJfc 
SBirt  ba$  ^ferb  au^  bem  ©talle  .unb  bratf)te  ein  anbere^ 


36  EASY  HEADING. 


bafitr  fyinein0;  ba$  falj  gerabe  fo  anS^,  aber  ©oft  !onnte 
e$  nidjt  niefen.  Unb  am  anberen  Sftorgen  nafjm  ber  3Mcfe 
baS  ^Pferb  unb  badjte,  baft  e3  fern  "pferb  toare,  unb  ritt  ba* 
mit  nadj  §anfe. 

5  3lfe  er  nad)  §anfe  fam,  fanb  er  bort  feine  ©tern  unb 
33riiber,  unb  fie  tr>aren  nod)  gerabe  fo  arm  tt)ie  tmmer.  @ie 
iDaren  aber  bod)  feljr  fro^r  afe  fie  if)n  fafyen,  nnb  er  erja^Ite 
i^nen,  too  er  getoefen  nnb  toie  er  fein  ©IncE  gefnnben  ptte, 
aber  fie  ladjten  nnr  nnb  toottten  e^  ntd^t  glanben. 

10  ,,y§i  fottt  e^  f  ogleid)  -  f  efyen,  ob  e^  ttwfyr  ift  ober  ntt^t/'  rief 
er.  ,,^ferbd)en,  ftrede  bicf)!"  aber  ba$  ^ferb  ftanb  ba,  toie 
jebe$  anbere  ^ferb  nnb  niefte  nid)t  S)a  lac^ten  bte  anberen 
nod)  tanter,  aber  ber  S)i(fe  ftmrbe  fo  tranrig,  ba^  er  brei 
2^age  (ang  ntd^td  effen  fonnte.  ^a,  ber  SScrluft  feine^ 

15  ©litcf  e^  ntad)te  it)n  fe^r  tranrtg. 

tonrbe  ber  jiingfte  Srnber,  ber  ®nmmer  and^ 
alt,  nnb    ba    ging    and)    er    in    bie    SBelt 
nm   fein  ®Iiid   jn   fnc^en.    Unb    er  lam,  toie  feine  Sritber 
gnm  ^alafte  be^  ^i)nig^.    ,f2Ba^  'tuiflft  bn  toerben?"  fragte  bet 

20  Sonig. 

nQi)  mocljte  ©olbat  toerben/'  fagte  err  nnb  fo  tonrbe  er 
@olbat  2Ber  am  toenigften  fonnte,  gar  nicfyts  ton^te,  nnb  am 
bitmntften  toar,  ber  toar  beim  ^onig  SBalbmann  ber  befte 
Sotbat.  !l)er  £mmme  aber  fonnte  nnb  tonj^te  gar  nid)t& 

25  SBenn  bie  anberen  Solbaten  re^t^  gtngen,  ging  er  linfe,  nnb 
oft  lag  er  nod)  im  33ette  nnb  fcfjltef,  toenn  e§  fc^on  SJfittag 
toar.  £)arnm  ^atte  ber  ^onig  iljn  fe^r  gent,  nnb  baft  tonrbe 
er  Offijicr  nnb  gute^t  an^  ©eneral.  ®a  mot^te  ic^  and) 
©ofbat  fein.  Qfy  tonrbe  baft  ©eneral  toerben. 


DIE   DUMMEN.  37 

@o  torn*  er  nun  ©enerat,  nnb  trng  einen  blanen  9to(J  nttt 
golbenen  $nityfen,  unb  cine  geber  anf  bent  §nte.  $a,  ba$ 
tear  fcfyon,  nnb  foenn  er  bnrdf)  bie  ©traften  ritt,  liefen  bie 
9Kcib(f)en  atte  an£  genfter,  nm  iljn  jn  fefyen.  SBer  modjte  ba 
nicfyt  ®eneral  fetn! 

toar  er  aber  lange  genng  betm  ^onig  gemefen  nnb 
ftrieber  ^eintge^en.  ®a  fagte  ber  @8ntg  jn  i^m  :  f,SBa^ 
id^  b^inen  Sritbern  gab  ft)ar  beffer  aU  ®olb  nnb  ©tlber,  aber 
fie  Ijaben  e§  gteic^  ftrieber  t)erlorenr  nnb  e^  fjat  ttynen  ntt^t^ 
gef)olfen»  ®a^  ©titcJ  tft  nnr  fnr  bte  Snntnten,  aber  id)  toeij}  10 
ntc^t,  ob  beine  Sritber  jn  bnmnt  toaren,  ober  ni^t  bnntnt  ge* 
nng.  ®arnm  tt)itt  \§  btr  ettoaS  anbere^  geben*  §^er/  ^i^^t 
biefen  @acf  t)otl  ®olb.  33iellet^t  fyaft  bn  nte^r  ®Iit(J  banttt*" 
.  £)a  na^m  er  ben  @a<f  nnb  gtng  bantit  fort0.  9lfe  er  ^n 
bent  Sannte  fant,  nnt  ben  er  breintat  fjernmgefjen  ntn^te,  15 
ftanb  bort  ber  Heine,  bi(fe  9Kann  nttt  bent  granen  9tod 
,fS)eine  Sritber  ttxiren  jn  bnmnt.  ,3U  bumm  tft  and^  nirf)t 
gnt.  Sn  mn^t  e^  beffer  ma^en/'  fagte  er. 

HQa,  tt)ie  lann  irf)  ba6?  $tf)  bin  ja  ber  Sitmntfte  in  ber 
gantilie."  *  20 

r,£)a3  tt)ifl  i(^  bir  erflaren.  9Kan  ntn^  gnr  red^ten  $eit 
bnntnt  fein.  Unb  ?nr  recfyten  &it  mn§  man  and^  etn  toenig 
SSerftanb  ^aben.  Sa  Ijaben  beine  Sritber  i^ren  gefjler  ge* 
mad^t  SSenn  bie  ein  fd)tfne$  9Kabi^en  fc^cn,  ^aben  fie  gar 
leinen  3Serftanb  me^r,  nnb  fo  t)aben  fie  if)r  ®(itcf  ftrieber  t)er*  25 
toren.  !Darnm  fei  bn  nidjt  fo  bnmm,  nnb  toenn  bn  ein  frfjone^ 
Sftabcfyen  fte^ft,  Dergi^  nirf)tr  mo  bn  beinen  SSerftanb  !)aft,  nnb 
berliere  ant^  ben  Sopf  ni(i)t." 

,,9Benn  ba^  afie^  ift,"  fagte  ber  Jnnge  3Kann,  ,,tt)irb  e§  mtr 


38  EASY  READING. 

fdjon  gut  geljen.  £)ie  3Kabd>en  fonnen  mir  nicfjts  tljun.  $$ 
fyabe  fie  gar  nicfyt  gern,  unb  fie  toerben  mid)  fdjon  laufen 
faff  en." 

@o  ging  er  nun.mit  f  einem  ®olbe  toeiter0,  abet  e3  toar  fetjr 
s  fdjtuer,  unb  bte  Sonne  fd)ien  toarm,  unb  ber  SBeg  tear  fanbig, 
3ute^t  fam  ba  ein  Better  auf  einem  fcfyonen  ^Jfcrbc.    3)er 
fagte:  ,,®uten  Sag,  tnein  §err.    2Bie  gel)t  e$  3f)nen?" 

^Sld)/'  fagte  err  ,,mir  ge^t  e6  gar  ni^t  gut.  @8  ift  Ijeute 
fo  fyei£,  unb  ber  SacE  ift  fo  fairer,  ba§  id)  i^n  faum  tragen 
10  lann.  (5^  ift  and)  ©olb  barin,  aber  id)  oolite  bod),  ii^  ^atte 
ein  ^5ferb  bafiir.  &  ift  fo  fdjon,  trenn  man  reiten  !ann. 
2)a  fitjt  man  auf  bent  ^ferbe,  gerabe  lt)ie  auf  einem  ©tuljte, 
unb  man  fommt  nad)  §aufe  unb  n)irb  bo^  nic^t  mube^; 

ff©oren  @tc/  fagte  ber  9teiter.    „$&)  gebe  ^^nen  mein 
15  ^ferb,  unb  @ie  geben  mir  ^^ren  @a(f.    $d)  tf)ue  ba^  genre, 
toeil  @ie  fo  mitbe  finb,  unb  tueil  id)  ein  fo  gute$  §er?  tjabe, 
bag  idj  immer  fro^  bin,  ben  8euten  gu  Ijelfen." 

ff3)a^  ift  fefyr  gut  t)on  ^^etl*   -34  ^an^e  -3^^  taufenb* 

ma(.    3^  toerbe  e^  nie  Dergeffen.    3lber  ber  @ad  ift  fc^toer, 

20  ba$  fage  n^  3^)nen»    ®^e  toerben  tniibe  fein,  menu  @ie  fyeim- 

fommen."    @o  fpra^  ber  junge  2Jiann,  na^m  ba^  ^Jferb,  unb 

ritt  bamit  foit2- 

311^    er    nun    fo  ritt   unb  an  gar  nid)t$  bacfjte,   lief  ein 

§afe  Dor  it)m  itber  ben  3Beg.    S)a  fprang  ba§  ^ferb  p(o^Ii(^ 

25  auf  bie  (geite,  unb  ber  5)umme  lag  auf  ber  Srbe.    9)Ht  bem 

•  Sopfe  fiel  er  gerabe  auf  einen  ©tein,  unb   ber  ©tein  rt)ar 

I)art,  luie  afle  Steine.    @§  trar  gut,  ba^  gerabe   ein  Saner 

mit  einer  Sufy  lam.    ©er  fing  ba$  s$ferb  unb  brac^te  e^  bem 

$)ummen. 


DIE  DUMMEN.  39 

Stetten,"  fagte  biefer,  ,,ift  abet  gar  nicfjt  fd)on,  menn 
man  fo  auf  einen  (Stein  Ijerunterfattt  Da  ift  $l)re  ®uf) 
beffer.  Die  giebt  Jeben  £ag  2JWd),  gutter  unb  ®cife,  unb 
man  mirb  and)  nidjt  Ijeruntergemorfen.  $a,  menu  id)  fo  eine 
$ul)  fyatte,  bann  fcritrbe  id)  mir  ntdjtS  meljr  wimfdjen."  5 

,,§oren  ©ie,  Iteber  grennb/'  fagte  ber  ^Saner,  ,,©te  finb 
etn  gnter,  junger  3JJann ;  ba§  !ann  ii^  an  -3^^  2Iugen  fe^en, 
barnm  modjte  id)  ^^nen  ^dfen.  ®eben  @ie  mir  ^^r  ^ferb, 
unb  nefymen  @ie  meine  Su^"  ©a§  t()at  ber  ©umnte  fo* 
gtetdj  unb  tear  fo  frofy  tt)ie  ein  itemed  ^inb  ju  SBetl)nac^ten.  10 
S)er  Saner  aber  fprang  auf  ba$  ^ferb  unb  rttt  bation0,  fo 
fdjnett  er  nur  fotmte. 

55er  ©umme  naljm  feme  Su^  unb  gtng  Better0,  unb  bacijte 
intmer  an  ba^  gro^e  ©(ucf,  ba^  er  l)atte,  ,,©o  Die!  ®Iit(f 
tt)ie  id),  I)at  nod)  letn  3)?enfd)  gefjabt,"  fagte  er  gu  fid)  felbft,  15 
S$  lr»ar  aber  fel)r  tuarm,  unb  jule^t  ipurbe  er  au^  burfttg. 
fc^on  tft  e^  bod),  baft  id)  je^t  bie  Sulj  ^abe !"  fagte  ei\ 
fann  id)  bie  Su1^  melfen  unb  lann  bie  WHlty  trinfen. 
tft  gut  fiir  §unger  unb  Durft" 

Unb  er  fing  an0   bie  $ul)   ju  ntelfen,  aber  e^  lam  leine  20 
aftilcf),  unb  gule^t  gab  il)m  bie  ®u^  einen  fol^en  ©d)(ag  t?or 
ben  ^opf  mtt  bent  ginterfufte,  ba^  er  auf  bie  (Srbe  fiel  unb 
gar  nicfyt  me^r  mu^te,  mo  er  mar,    Unb  afe  er  fo  auf  ber 
6rbe  lag,  fam  ba  ein  SKann,   ber  trieb  ein  ©djtoein.    ®er 
SRann  ^atf  bent  £)untmen  mieber  auf  bie  Seine,    Stber  btefer  25 
mar  gar  nidjt  me^r  fo  fro^. 

,,£)a$  mar  aber  gar  nid)t  fd)bn/'  fagte  er:  ff3BU^  mill  fie 
nid)t  geben,  aber  fd)(agen  fann  fie  mie  ber  SU^,  £)a$  [jdtte 
id)  ni^t  gebac^t," 


40  EASY  READING. 


,,3a,"  fagte  ber  2ftann,  ,,bie  Sufy  ift  fcfyon  tuel  ju  alt,    £)ie 
ttrirb  feine  SDftld)  meljr  geben." 

wlXiS  benfe  id)  aud),"  fagte  ber  £)umme,  ,,aber  toa$  fod  id) 
tfyun?    3a/  toe*™  id)  !°  efa  SdjtDein  fyatte!    3)a§  giebt  triel 
5  (Sdjmeinefleifcf).    ®te  SBurfte  finb  fe^r  fd^Cn,  unb  33utterbrot 
mit  @c^m!en  effe  tc^  and)  feljr  gerne." 

,,§5ren  ©te/'  fagte  ber  9ftann,  ,,t(^  gebe  3^)neTl  me^ 
©c^tDein  fiir  3^re  ®ufyr  ^6er  t(^  t^uc  e§  nur,  tuetl  @ie  e^ 
finb,  unb  toett  ©ie  fo  gerne  33utterbrot  mit  @d)in!en  effen." 
10  3)a  iDar  ber  ®umme  tpieber  fo  frofy  tuie  ein  Sngel  unb  bantte 
bem  3)?anne  taufenbmaL  ,f2ld)  bitte/'  fagte  ber  3Kann,  ,,icf) 
^abe  e§  }a  gerne  getfyan,  ttjeil  @ie  e^  ftnb/'  unb  trieb  f^nell 
mit  feiner  £ul)  baDon0^, 

911^  aber  ber  Dumme  fein  @d)U)ein  forttreiben  oolite,  ging 

15  e$  gar  nid)t  fo  fcfyon,  benn  nic^t  ein  {eber  fann  @(^tt)eine  trei* 

ben.      (£3  lief  bur^   gelber  unb  33iifd)e,  unb  ber   J)umme 

mu^te  mitlaufen.    @^  tDar  aber  fe^r  fjeift,  unb  jule^t  tt)ar  er 

fo  mitbe,  ba§  feine  53eine  if)n  ni(^t  me^r  tragen  fonnten.    j)a 

Hep  er  ba^  @c^tt)ein  laufen  unb  legte  fic^  am  SBege  nieber. 

20  2lt^  er  fo  lag,  fam  ba  ein  33auernjunge,  ber  trug  eine  fette, 

toeipe  ®an^  unter  bem  5lrm.    ©er  £)umme  er^a^lte  il)m  fein 

UngUtd 

e^    mac^t    nid)t^  au£^Jagte   er.    n$i)  taffe   ba^ 
(aufen.    ©a^  S^beinefleif^  ift  bod)  $u  fett.     ^c^ 
25  effe  e§  nt^t  gern.    ^ar  toenti  id)  fo  ^tne  fd)t5ne  ©an$  ^atte  !" 
Unb  ba  gab  ifim  ber  3un9e  ^e  ®an^  un^  trieb  ba^  @^tt)ein 
nadj  §aufe. 

Unb  aud^  ber  J)umme  ging  mit  ber  ®an^  toeiter0  unb  bat^te 
tmmer  nur  an  fein  ©(ltd    (£o  lam  er  batb   in  ein  Heine^ 


DIE    DUMMEN.  41 

£)orf.  £)ort  begegneten  ifym  brei  2ftcibd)en,  brei  ©djmeftern. 
,,@ef)t,  ma$  fitr  fdjflne,  mei£e  gebern  bie  @an3  l)at !"  fagte  bie 
altefte  unb  ftreidjettc  bie  ®an$.  2lber  iljre  §anb  bUeb  feft 
an  bet  ®an$  fyangen,  unb  fie  fonnte  nid)t  fort0,  unb  fie  nutate 
bent  3)ummen  folgen.  5 

,,SBo  gef)ft  bu  ^in°  ?"  rief  bte  gtoette  Sc^lDefter  unb  na^m 
ifjre  §anb,  unb  ba  mar  aut^  fie  feft  unb  ntuBte  nutgeljen. 
Uttb  bte  Jitngfte  @d^tt)efter  fa^te  bte  jtDette  an0  unb  tooflte  fie 
fatten,  unb  ba  ft>ar  fie  and)  feft  unb  muftte  tnttge^en.  Unb  fo 
muBten  bte  bret  9)labd)en  bent  ©untnten  fotgen*  @r  aber  10 
fal)  fie  gar  nid)t,  benn  er  bad)te  nur  an  fein  ©Iit(f, 

21(3  fie  aber  mitten  im  £)orfe  it)arenr  fam  ber  ^JJaftor,  unb 
al$  er  fie  fa^,  ftmrbe  er  fe^r  bofe,  ^Sftabc^en/'  rief  er,  ,,iDa$ 
ma^t  t^r  ba?  $ft  ba^  fd)on,  ba§  ifjr  ba  ^inter  bent  jungen 
Sftanne  f)ertauft?  ®e^t  nac^  §aufe  ju  eurer  2Kutter!"  15 

er  mar  fo  bofe,  ba^  er  bie  jitngfte  ©djmefter  an  ba$ 
fa^te,  unb  ba  tr>ar  er  and)  feft  unb  nutate  au^  ntitge{)en. 
aber  fal)   er  ben  ©djuttefyrer,  unb   ba  rief  er :   ,,§err 
,  lomnten  @ie   bod),  unb  Ijelfen  @ie  mir!"    Ser 
fam  unb  moHte  i^m  ^elfen,  aber  ba  mar  and)  er  20 
feft  unb  nutate  bent  3)ummen  fotgen. 

X)a  lam  gerabe  bie  grau  be§  ^aftor^,  unb  afe  fie  i^ren 
3)?ann  faf)  rief  fie :  ,,2Ba§  miltft  bu  mit  ben  2ftabd)en !  8a£ 
fie  bo^  ge^en!^ 

ff9ld),  fei  bu  bod)  rul)ig  unb   gel)'  nad)  §aufe  lu  fagte  ber  25 
^aftor.    ,,2Ba^  mitlft  bu  benn  fyier?" 

,,©o/''  rief  bie  gran,  ,,id)  foil  na^  §aufe  ge^en,  unb  bu 
faufft  l)ier  mit  ben  9)Jabd)en  auf  ber  (Strafte  krunt0  L  ®>eW  bu 
felber  nad)  §aufe!"  unb  fie  mar  fo  bofe,  baft  fie  ifyren  3Kann 


42  EASY  READJNG. 

in  bie  ^rnare  faftte.    £)a  war  aucf)  fie  feft  unb  ntuftte  audj 

mttfommen.    Unb  bie  $rau  fdjrie,  unb  ber  ^aftor  fcfyrie,  unb  bie 

Sftabcfyen  fcfyrieen,  unb  afte  §unbe  im  £)orfe  ^famen  nnb  bellten. 

Qtyt  crft  fal)  ber  £)mmne  bie  8eute,  bie  i^m  folgten,  benn 

5  er  ^atte  immer  noc^  an  fein  &iM  gebatfjt,  unb   er  fa^  and) 

bie  §unbe,  bie  il)n  beij^en  itiollten,  unb    ba   ^atte   er   folrf)e 

Hngft,  ba^  i^m  bie  ,3dl)ne  Happerten,  unb  bie  ^>aare  ju 

ftanben,    (Sin  grower,  fdjtDaqer  §unb   luottte  i^n  gerabe 

®ein  beipen,  ba  ftanb  fclo^lirf)  ein  graue^  9J?annIein  t)or 

10  ba§  t)atte  einen  groften  @a(J  auf  ber  (Sdjulter, 

,f$nitypel  au§  bem  ©ad!"  rief  ba§  9JMnnIeinr  unb  ba  fam 
ein  $nitppet  au§  bent  @ad  unb  frfjlug  auf  ben  fdt)tt)ar^en 
§unb  unb  auf  bie  anberen  §unbe,  fo  ba^  fie  laut 
unb  fortliefen,  fo  fcfjnelt  fie  nur  fonnten* 
15  ffSnitppeI  in  ben  ©acf !"  rief  ba§  2Rannlem,  unb  ba 
ber  ^nitppel  tDieber  im  Sacfe. 

,,®ie  ^aben  ba  eine  iDunberf^dne  ©an$,"  fagte  ba^ 
(ein.    ,,3Bo  ^aben  ©ie  bie  ^er?" 

,,£)ie  ^abe  ic^  fiir  ein  ©cfytDein  befommen." 
20     ffUnb  ba^  @d)tuein?" 

,,§abe  id^  fiir  eine  $ul)  befommen." 
ffUnb  bie  Su^?" 

,,§abe  ic^  fitr  ein  ^3ferb  befommen." 
ffllnb  ba^  ^ferb?" 

:s      ,,£>abe  ic^  fiir  einen  @acf  tood  ®o(b  befommen/ 
rrUnb  ba^  ®o(b?" 

^at  mir  ber  ®bnig  Salbmann  gegeben." 
t)aben  Sie  aber  gut  gemarf)t.    §at  ^fyr  25ater 
f otdje  flugen  ©i)I)ne  ?u 


DIE   DUMMEN.  43 

,,6r  l)at  beren  brei" 

,,ttnb  mi)cf)ten  @ie  mir  je^t  nid)t  bie  ®an$  fitr  meinen 
@acf  geben?" 

"•3ar  0etotB !    @oW)  eitt  (Sad:  ift  bod)  fdjito.    SBenn  id)  ben 
fjabe,  brancfye  id)  leine  Slngft  ttor  ben  §nnben  ju  fyaben."  llnb  5 
fogleid)  gab  er  bent  2ftannlein  bte  @an^  fitr  ben  @ad  ,f2Bie  gnt 
ttnb  frennbltd^  @te  finb,"  fagte  er,  n$d)  njerbe  e^  nte  tiergeffen," 

@o  gtng  er  nnn  nttt  fetnent  @atfe  Better0,  nnb  gnle^t  lam 
er  ant^  gn  bent  2Btrte,  tt)o  feme  betben  33riiber  getDefen  toaren, 
®ort  luar  e$  nnn  fd)on !  S)er  SBirt  Ijatte  ja  ben  Sltf^  nnb  10 
ba^  ^ferb,  nnb  fo  mar  er  fefyr  retd)  geftorben.  @r  ^atte  ftc^ 
etn  nene$  3Btrt§^an^  banen  laffen.  5)a^  ttmr  gro^  nnb  fc^on 
lt)te  etn  @cf){oj3,  nnb  ©elb  l^atte  er  ntefyr  tt)te  ein  Sdntg, 

S3  tt)ar  fdjon  Slbenb,  afe  er  ^n  bent  SBtrt^^anfe  lamr  aber 
fyetteS  8tc^)t  fd)ien  an^  ben  I)ol)en    genftern,  nnb    er    Ijorte  15 
tt)nnberf(^one   2J?nftf,    Ser  SBtrt  ftanb  t)or  ber  X^ttre,  nnb 
randjte  etne   fe^r  feme  Stgarre.    2)er  Slnpg,  ben  er  trng, 
mar  Dont  beften  @d)netber  gentad)t  morben,  nnb  fo  fa^ 
h)te  etn  grower  §err. 

Site  er  ben  Jnngen  3)Jann  nttt  bent  grofjen  @acE  fa^r  fragte  20 
er  fogtetd) :  ,,2Ba$  mollen  @te  nttt  bent^alten  ©acf?" 

nQa,  ba^  fann  tt^  ^fynen  ntd;t  fagen/'  mar  bie  2lntmort 
f,2lber  biefer  @ad  ift  nteljr  mert  ate  ®olt)  nnb  Sttber.  ^8ttte, 
nel)tnen  @te  il)n  bte  Sftorgen  fril^  menn  ic^  mieber  fortge^e. 
,®niip^cl  an§  bent  Sad!'  ntitffen  ©ie  aber  nt(^t  fagen*"  25 

S)a  mnrbe  ber  SBtrt  fe!)r  I)dfli(^,  wS)a«  ift  gemift  mieber 
einer  t)on  ben  ©nntnten,"  ba^te  er.  ,f2Benn  no<^  ntefyr  font* 
menr  merbe  id)  jnle^t  nod)  ^ontg  merben.  Sinn,  mir  merben 
e^  ja  fe^en." 


44  EASY  READING. 

$a,  toir  toerben  e$  feljen. 

£)er  £)umme  aber  ging  in  bie  ©tube,  too  bie  fcfytine  SJiufif 
tear,  £>a  toaren  fcfjon  mele  junge  8eute  unb  tanjten.  £)er 
£)umme  tangte  and),  gr  tanjte  mit  ber  fdjonen  2Birt$tocf)ter, 
s  toeldje  fo  tdjflneS,  blonbeS  §aar  unb  gro£e,  blaue  5lugen  I)atte. 
5r  tanjie  fo  gntr  ba^  bie  ft^bne  9Birt^tod)ter  nur  mit  i!)m 
tan^en  ttjottte.  @r  toar  aud)  ja  ©olbat  getoefen^  nnb  ©olbaten 
tanjen  atle  gut. 

®er  SSBtrt  fonnte  fawn  marten,  bte  ber  ®a(t  gu  4Bette  ge* 
10  gangen  toar,  benn  er  bac^te :  ,,£)er  @ad  ift  getoi^  nod)  beffer 
al^  ber  Jifc^  unb  ba§  ^ferb."    ®ann  na^m  er  ben  @ad  unb 
fagte :  v^nuppet  au^  bem  @ad !"  unb  tote  ber  53Itt^  lam  ber 
l  au^  bem  @acf  unb  feeing  auf  ben  Sfttcfen  be§  SStrte^  unb 
tmmer  fort,  fo  ba^  er  braun  unb  blau  tourbe,  unb  ber  9Btrt 
15  fd^rte  unb  Ijeutte,  ba^  a((e  ?eute  au$  ben  -93etten  fprangen. 

®ie  Seute  famen  unb  fafjen,  toarum  ber  SBirt  fo  ^eutte. 
liefer  aber  rief:  ,,§Ufe!  §itfe!"  aber  letner  toottte  t^m 
^elfen,  benn  Jeber  toar  fro^,  bap  er  ben  Snitopel  nt^t  auf 
feinem  9tit(fen  fufylte.  ®er  ©umme  fam  auc^  unb  fagte: 
20  ,,£)a$  ift  recfyt!  -3^  ^)a&e  e^  3^netl  ia  9efa9t»  @i^  ^aben 
ben  £ifd)  unb  ba^  ^JJferb  gefto^ten  unb  toottten  no^  mefjr 
^aben,  §aben  (gie  }e^t  genug?" 

w©clfcn  @ie  mir  bod)!"  fd)rie  ber  SBirt,  benn  ber  Puppet 
arbeitete    immer  nod)  fleiftig.    n$d)   toiH  $!)nen   ben   Jifcf) 
25  unb  ba$  ^JJferb  and)  jurudgeben," 

f,T)ie   braudjen   @ie  mir  gar   nit^t  ju  geben,    !Die    toerbe 
ic^  neljmen,  o^ne  @ie  barnac^  ju  fragen,"  fagte  ber  35umme. 
,,§elfen  ©ie  mir  bo^!"  f^rie  ber  SBtrt    n$tf)  gebe 
toa^  i^  ijabe." 


DIE  DUMMEN.  45 

,,@o?  2lud)  $l)re  Jotter?" 

,,3<a,   attes.    §etfen  @ie   mir  nur!    (Jd)   bin  fcfyon  fjalb 
tot." 

,,SnitypeI  in  ben  @acf!"  fagte  ber  £)nmme,  unb  tote  ber 
33ti£  fear  ber  ihiitypel  ttrieber  im  ©acfe.  £)er  SBtrt  abet  toar  5 
frol),  ba£  er  nod)  lebte,  barum  gab  er  bem  £)nmmen  gern 
attes,  toa^  er  ^attc :  £tftf),  ^5ferbr  ®eib,  fcinc  fcijtine  ^o^ter 
unb  atte§.  ©er  S)umnte  nafjm  e^  nnb  ging  batnit  na(f) 
.paufe,  nnb  afe  er  bort  anfam,  toaren  bie  4Briiber  fo 
ba^  fie  anf  ba$  S)arf)  (tiegen* 

£)er  ©nntnte  ^atte  nnn  eine  immberfcfyone  gran  nnb 
er    fid)    nnr  toimfrfjett    fonnte,  nnb    im  ganjen   Sanbe 
man   Don   feinem   groften   @IncE.    3)er    S5nig   be§ 
toar   alt  nnb    fcfjtoad)   nnb  ^attc  feine  ^inber*     3lte 
er  ftarb,  famen   aKe   8ente  jn  bem   ©nmmen   nnb    fagten :  15 
,,@ie  mitffen  nnfer  ^onig  toerben." 

@o   toar   er   nnn   ^ontg,  nnb    feine    gran   toar   ^onigin, 
benn  ba$  Otiid  ift  ja  fitr  bie    X)nmmen.    Unb  er  toar  ein 
fet)r   gnter    Sbnig,   benn  bie    ©nmmen  ^aben   meiften^   ein 
gnte$  §crj,  nnb  ba^  ift  beffer  a(3  Diet  2Serftanb.    ©olbaten  20 
brand)te    er    gar   nidjt,  benn    er    I)atte  Ja   ben  ,,®nity:pel   im 
@ad.w    SBenn  feine  3ftinifter  @e(b  f)aben  toottten,  ging  er  in 
ben  ©talf  nnb  fagte:  .^ferbcfyen,  ftrecfe  bicf)!"   $n  ber  §anpt* 
ftabt  HeB   er  einen  fdjimen  ^ataft  banen.    3Sor   bem  ^afafte 
aber  ftanb  anf  offener  ©tra^e  ba^  „ £ifdjlein  becfe  bi(^/j  nnb  25 
toer  §nnger  ^atte,  fonnte  fommen  nnb  effen,  fo  triel  er  tooftte. 


46  EASY  READING. 


3of)ann  Solfgang  toon  ®oetf)e  (1749-1832). 


@al)  ein  ®naV  cm  9to3(ein  ftefjn, 
9W$lein  auf  ber  §etben, 
SBar  fo  jung  unb  morgenfd^on, 
8ief  er  f^nett  e^  na()  311  fefytt, 
^'§  mtt  trielen  greuben. 

9to^Iem,  9J5^(ein  rot, 
SRoSfem  auf  ber  §eiben, 

Sttabe  fpra^:  ,,3^  bret^e  bid), 
{RBSletn  auf  ber  §eiben!" 
10  SRo^feiu  fpra^:  f,^(f)  fted)e  bt^, 

£)aft  bu  etcig  benfft  an  mid), 
Unb  trf)  iDttt^  nidf)t  letben." 

9Jo^Iein,  §R5^(ein  rot, 
ein  auf  ber 


15  Unb  ber  tottbe  Snabe 

'«  $Ro§Iein  auf  ber  ©cibcn; 
SR5«Icm  iDe^rte  fi^  unb 
§alf  i^m  bod^  fein  SBe^  unb 

eben  letben. 
5R56letn,  9?5^Iein  rot, 
ein  auf  ber  §eiben» 


DER   HOLZHAUER. 


8.  $u  fcift  ttiie  cine 

£einrtd)  £eine  (1799-1856). 

3)u  bift  toie  erne  33lume, 
©o  fyolb  unb  fcfjon  imb  rein; 

3d)  fcljau'  bicf)  an  nnb  SBefymut 
@cf)Ieicf)t  mir  in$  §eq  Ijmehu 


ift  ate  ob  i^  btc  §anbe 
aupt  btr  (egen  foCf, 
33etenb,  ba^  ©ott  btt^  erratic 
@o  rein  unb  fd^on  nnb  fyolb 


g^  iwr  einmat  etn  3)?ann.     @o  fangen  atte  SKarc^en 
unb  btefe^  ift  ein  9Jtarcf)en,  barum  ntu^  e§  au^)  fo  anfangen.  10 
£)tefer   3Jiann   ^te^    §an^    unb    tDar   fe^r   arm.    (Sr   l^atte 
toeber  §au^  nod)  §iitte,  toeber  |)unb  noc^  -Su^    @r  mu^te 
fern  S3rot  o^ne  gutter  effen,  unb  iDenn  am  Sonntag  anbere 
8eute   ^Bier  tranfen,  ^atte   er  ntd)t$   ate   SBaffer   fur   feinen 
Surft.    3<ar  &  ^cir  fo  arm  tote  etne  ^irrfjenmau^.    3lber  ber  15 
Hebe  ©ott  (ct§t  feine  ©onne  f  feinen   iiber  9teicfte  unb  Stone. 
U)ir  toerben  bifren. 

Jage^  ging  er  in  ben  $8alb,  um  §olj  ju  ^auen. 
Sr  mu^te  flet^ig  arbeiten;  bie  Sonne  frf)ien  aud^  fefyr  toarm, 
unb  ba  tourbe  er  fefyr  burftig.  ®arum  ging  er  jum  Sacf)e,  20 
um  ju  ttinfen.  Sort  fanb  er  einen  SSogel,  ber  toar  in  einem 
gefangenr  ba^  an  einem  groften,  alten  Saume  ^)ing. 
toar  ein  fdjoner,  toei^er  SSogef,  ein  toei^er 


48  EASY  READING. 

,,®a$  tft  jc  fdjon,"  fagte  ber  9Jiann.    ,,S)a8  tft  gettrift  erne 
Derjanberte   gee,  unb   toenn  id)   fie  fret  laffe,  giebt   fie  mir 
brei  SBitnfdje,  fo   geljt  ba$  ja  immer  in  ben  3ftard)en.    Qa, 
je£t  ift  mein  ©IM  gemacfyt,"  fprad)  er ;   bann   offnete  er  ba3 
unb  fogteidj  ftanb  eine  tonnberfdjone  gee  Dor  ifym. 

ift  redjt,"  fagte  er,  ,,gerabe  lt)ie  id)  e^  ntir  gebac^t 
^atte!  3lber  je^t,  mein  liebe^  grdnlein  gee,  fagen  @ie  mir 
bocf),  itrie  @ie  in  ba^  91e^  gefommen  finb." 

„ ®a^  ift  eine  lange,  tranrige  ®efd)icf)te,  nnb  i(^  fjabe  leine 

ic  3eit,  ^f)nen  a^e^  Su  erjd^Ien,    3Ikr  e6  tear  einmat  ein  alter 

^anbe.rer,   ber  fjatte  einen  @ol)n.    Siefer  (Soljn  tDottte  mid^ 

^eiraten,  nnb   ba   tDnrbe   ber   3llte   ftfjrecEIic^   bofe   nnb    t)er* 

janberte   mic^   in  einen  3Soge(   nnb    feinen   Sofyn  in   einen 

gifd).    33on  bem  @of)n  f)aben  ©ie  gelDi^   fcfyon   ge^ort.    @r 

15  lebte  im  gtnffe  nnb  it)nrbe  Don  einem  gifc^er  gefangen.    Stber 

je^t  gebe  id)  ^J^e^  au(i)  ^re^  SBwifcfye,  gerabe  tt)ie  immer  in 

ben  2JJdrc^en " 

„ £)anfe   fct)on,  liebe^   grantein,  aber   bitte,   fagen  @ie  mir 
bod),  toa3  id)  mir  tDitnfdjen  foil.     Q&  lelber   inet^  e 
20  nid)t" 

lt)imfd)en  @ie  fid)  fitr  ba^  etuc  etn  fd)one3, 
mit  §of  nnb  2Wer  nnb  Sit^en  nnb  ^ferben." 
,,3l(^  netn,  ba^  ift  nidjt  met)r,  ate  tra^  anbere  Sente 
Ijaben.    ^^  iDttt  ettt>a$  Seffere^." 

25     ff%lnn  gnt,  id)  ^abe  einmat  einem  SJfanne  brei  SBimfdje  ge-- 
geben,  ber  iwtnfd)te   fid^  fiir  ba^  erfte  feljr  Die!  Sierf  fitr  ba^ 
3tt)eite  nod)  me^r  53ier,  nnb  fitr  ba3  britte  fo  Diet  33ier,  al^ 
er  nnr  trinfen  lonnte.    SSa^  tenfen  @ie  baDon?" 
ift  and)  ni^t  Diet  beffer," 


DER  HOLZHAUER.  49 

,,9hm,  @tc  ttriffen  ja  ttrie   e$  bem  gifdjer   gegangen  tft. 
£)er  tnoflte  and)   immer  mefyr   f)aben,  unb   jule^t   fyatte   er 


f)at  feme  gratt  getfjan.    Die  toar  nie  jufrieben,  unb 
bumm  toar  fie  and).    -^(i)  ()abe  aber  feme  grau."  5 

,,3)ann  ttmnfdjen  @te  fi(^  bot^  erne.  9lber  mac^en  @te 
fdjnett!  8affen  @te  mtt^  nttf)t  erne  ganje  ©tunbe  luarten, 
SBiinf^en  @te  bot^  fdjnetU" 

w^a^   tt)iC   ic^   aut^r   aber   leine   bumme   gift^erfrau,   bte 
ntd)t6   tt)ct§.    ^    tDtft   erne   ^rmjeffin   ?ur    grau    ^aben.  10 
3lber  e§  mu^  erne  n)trf(td)e  ^rmjeffin  fern,  mtt  blauen  2lugen 
wtb   btonbem  §aar,  unb  fie  muf;  and)  jung  unb  fd^on  unb 
fhtg  fein,  unb  eine  tone  foH  fie  tragen  t)on  retnem  ®olbe," 

,,gilr  ba§  smette  ttritt  id)  ein  f^5ne^  ©cf)(o^  mit  gro^en 
genftern  unb  Stpren,  unb  an  jeber  J^iire  folten  jtoei  Siener  15 
ftefjen,  bie  [often  bunte  ^leiber  tragen  unb  eine  geber  am 
§ute.  Hub  fitr  ba§  britte  tt)unfd)e  id)  mir  —  i^  trift  --  " 
Slber  ba^  tear  gerabe  ba^  @e^ttmmfte.  gr  tou^te  ni^t  foaS 
er  iDoftte. 

@ie  fic^  bod^  ein  ^onigrei^.    2Benn  @tc  eine  20 
^etraten,  fo  miiffen  @ie   bot^   au(^   ein   ®5nigreid£) 


^^^r  ^^»>  bann  fommt  eine^  Sage^  ein  anberer  ®5ntg  mit 
Dieten    ©olbaten,  nimmt  mir  mein  ®5nigreid)   unb  fyeiratet 
meine  ^rin^effin,  unb  mi(^  felber  ta^t   er  binben  ober  titten.  25 
-3d)  toet^  fcf)on,  tt>ie  ba§  in  ben  3Kcir(^en  immer  gefyt. 


,,@o  tt)unfd)en  @te  fii^  bod),  ba^  ©ie  in  ben  £rimmet  lorn* 
men,  lt)enn  @ie  fterben." 


50  EASY  READING. 

,,©a£  ift  Krirfiidf)  ein  guter  ©ebante,  abet  fterben  ttritt  tdj 
nod)  lange  nidjt  Slber  feien  @ie  nur  rufyig!  2ftorgen  ift 
and)  nod)  em  Slag,  unb  toir  fyaben  }a  geit  genug.  $$  ^eift 
fdjon,  toa$  id)  imH.  giir  ba$  britte  geben  @ie  mir  nod) 

5  brei  anbere  SBiinfdje." 

f,2lber,  lieber  §an^,  ba^  !ann  id)  ja  ntd^t.  @o  gel)t  ba$ 
ja  nid^t  in  ben  9)2tird)en.  @ie  finben  ba^  in  feinem  anberen 
3)idrd)en,  nnb  tuenn  ®ie  and)  alte  DJidrt^en  lefen,  bie 
gefdjrieben  limrben/' 

10  ,,£)ie  anbern  SBMrc^en  finb  an^  t>ief  gu  bumm.  ^ 
aber  nteinen  britten  SBunfd)  I)aben,  unb  toenn  ©ie  i^n  mir 
nicfyt  geben,  fo  iDunfdje  ic^r  baft  @ie  ein  gif^  toerben.  @ie 
miiffctt  bann  tief  im  bunfeln  SSBaffer  leben,  bi^  ein  5ifrf)er 
fommt  nnb  3ie  fangt.  £)ann  i^erben  @ie  gebraten  nnb  ge* 

15  geffen,  nnb  ba^  ift  lein  23ergnngen.  ^a,  bann  toerben  ©ie 
anber^  benfen." 

Sa  mnfcte  bie  gee  i^m  geben,  iwS  er  fi^  tDiinf^te :  bie 
^rinjeffin,  ba^  ©t^Ioft  nnb  bie  brei  anberen .  SBiinfdje.  :Dann 
wunfc^tc  er  fid)  an^  nod)  fd)nell  ein  grofte^  .^onigreid^  mit 

20  nieten  ©olbaten,  einen  fd)onen  golbenen  S^ron  nnb  noc^  brei 
anbere  SBimfdje. 

~X)ann  gtng  er  in  ba§  @(^(oft,  ®ort  toaren  t)iefe  ®iener 
nnb  grofte  §erren  unb  ©amen,  unb  bort  fafc  aud^  bie  ^rin^ 
geffin  an  einem  golbenen  Sifd^c.  5lber  niemanb  fa^  ben ' 

25  §an3,  benn  er  trug  noc^»  feine  alien  £Ieiber,  unb  grofte 
§erren  unb  ©amen  fel)en  feine  geute,  twelve  fd)Ied)te  Sleiber 
iragen.  ©arum  n?itnfd)te  er  fid)  fd)ne(I  eine  $  rone  unb  neue  Slei* 
ber  unb  nodj  brei  anbere  SBimfcfje.  ©a  muftten  fie  gleid)  atle, 
bap  er  Sonig  ttmr,  unb  fie  t^aten  gern,  toa$  er  i^nen  befa^L 


DER  HOLZHAUER.  51 

©o  toar  er  nun  $onig  unb  lebte  erft  rerf)t  glMlicf)  mit 
feiner  $onigin  in  bem  fyerrlicfyen  ^alafte.  2lber  balb  fal)  er, 
ba£  feme  $rau  bodj  nidjt  jufrteben  toar.  33alb  twr  bie$ 
nid)t  rerf)t,  balb  }ene$;  ba(b  tear  ein  £ifcf)  gn  f)0(f),  ober 
eine  £l)ur  ju  flein,  ober  ein  ©tnfyl  tt)ar  t)ietteict)t  nirfjt  fcfjim  5 
genug. 

®ann  fagte  ber  §an^  fc^nett  etnen  SBnnfd^  nnb  ma^te 
e^  anber^r  abet  bann  lt)ar  e^  ber .  ®ontgin  and)  noc^  nicf)t 
rerf)tr  unb  fie  ging  auf  ifjr  3mmw  unb  fprad)  ben  gan^en 
£ag  fein  SBort.  10 

3lber  ber  §cm$  barter  ,,@o  t^un  geit)i§  a(Ie  ^oniginnen/' 
unb  barum  blieb  er  intmer  gleic^  fro^  unb  glurflicf).  S^ur 
ba^  Steiten  macfjte  i^m  fein  25ergnitgenr  unb  ein  S'tfnig  mu§ 
diet  reiten*  @r  ^atte  einen  gro^en  SSalb*  £)arin  trar  t)iel 
SBilb,  §^rWe  un^  ©afen*  SBenn  er  bann  mit  ben  §erren  15 
unb  ©amen  in  ben  2Ba(b  reiten  toptfte,  um  ju  jagen,  ftel  er 
oft  ti^rn  ^Jferbe,  benn  ate  er  jung  ttiar,  ^atte  er  ba3  9teiten 
nit^t  geternt,  unb  ie^t  mar  er  gu  alt  ba^u.  ©ann  la^te 
bie  Sonigin  Iautr  unb  ba^  tpar  gettri^  nit^t  Wfli^, 

Sine^  3^age§  toolite  bie  Sonigin  einen  neuen  ©arten  ^aben,  20 
unb  ba  toiitif d(jte  i^r  ber  ^'dnig  einen ;  barin  toaren  bie  Slumen 
t)on  ©otb  unb  ®Ia^r  unb  bie  SBege  non  @Uber.  ©old)  einen 
©arten  I)at  nic^t  jeber  $onig. 

2lber  bie  ^onigin  iDoIIte  gar  nid)t  ^ineinge^en.    ,f©otb  unb 
©ilber  fann  ic^  im  ©t^toffe  genug  feljen,"  fagte  fie.    ,,3lber  25 
ba^  Derfte^en  @ie  toteber  ntd)t,"  unb  bann  fprad^  fie  eine  gauge 
fein  SBort  meljr. 

fagte  fie :  f,SBir  mitffen  au^  ein  neue^  @cf)to§ 
alte  tft  gar  ju 


52  EASY  READING. 

,,2cf)on  gut/'  fagte  ber  $8nig  unb  mimfdjte  fid)  fdpiefl  ein 
neue£  ©d)IoB,  fo  fdjim  urie  er  e$  fid)  mtr  benlen  fonnte. 

xHber  Me  gran  mar  mieber  nidjt  gufrieben.    ,,®Ia$  unb  ©olb 
unb  2ilbcr  ift  genug  ba,  aber  ganj  uub  gar  Icin  ©efd)tnadL 
5  2Ba$  meifc  and)  fo  cm  Sonig,  ber  bod)  nur  eiu  §otjf)auer 
in?"  fagtc  fie. 

3)a$  mar  uuu  boc^  ju  bid,  uub  ber  gute  §att$  hntrbe  aud^ 
bofc  unb  fagtc :  ff3fefct  .tmll  tc^  aber  au^  Icin  SBort  me^r 
^oren.  2Bcnn  @ie  nidf)t  fogtet^  rut)tg  finb,  merbe  id^  @ie  in 
10  cine  alte  ©ttttc  ^incinlDimft^cn.  2)ort  tocrbcn  @ie  auf  einent 
^iinbd  @tro^  fd)Iafen  mitffen,  unb  bann  merben  @ie  balb 
anber^  benfen  unb  jufrteben  fein." 

Hub  cr  war  fo  bofe,  bap  er  fyinauSging  unb  bie  Sonigin 
allctn  im  3^mmcr   iUriidlie^    §inter  bent  @d)Ioffe  auf  ber 
is  Jraw  fanb  er  brei  3)iener,  bie  bort  fa^en  unb  Garten  fjrid* 
ten.     ,,^ao  mad)t  ^l)r  ba?"  fragte  er. 

fpielen  farten,  §err  tonig,"  mar  bie  Slnttoort. 
ift  gut,"  fagte  er.  ,,£)a  fpide  ii)  g(eid)  mit0/'  unb  er 
fcote  fid)  unb  legte  feine  Srone  neben  fid)  auf  Tte~  Stre^^e. 
20  Unb  line  er  fo  ba  fafc  unb  ftridte,  tuurbe  er  nrieber  fro^r  unb 
balb  ijatte  cr  gan^  dergeffen,  ba^  er  $8nig  mar,  unb  ma^  fur 
cine  bofc  ivrau  er  ^atte.  gr  fptdte  aud^  fe^r  gerne,  obfcfyon 
cr  immcr  ocrlor. 

;Hbcr  bie  Momgtn  fam  i^nt  nad^°  unb  afe  fie  it)n  fa^  ttrie  er 

25  auf  ber  Ircppe  fa^  unb  mit  ben  £)ienern  tarten  fpielte,  ba  fing 

fie  a£>  ju  fd)dten.     2ie  frfjalt  fo  laut,  bap  man  e^  im  gan^en 

2diloffc  horcn  fonnte,  unb  bie  J)iener  famen  ade  unb  ftanben 

auf  ben  Ircppcn,  unb  bie  ,f)erren  unb  2)amen  ftanben  an  ben 

ucrn  unb  fdjautcn  su°  unb  (ac^ten. 


DER   HOLZHAUER.  53 

3uerft  ftriette  er  rufyig  better0,  benn  er  Ijatte  gute  Sarten 
unb  toottte  ba$  (Spiel  getmnnen,  unb  ttwS  bie  Sonigin  fagte, 
toar  iljm  nitfjtS  5fteue$,  benn  er  fyatte  e$  fd^on  oft  genug  ge* 
l)ort  gr  mnrbe  oft  genug  gefdjottetu  3lfe  er  aber  fa^,  bag 
atte  tauten,  fprang  er  ple^t  auf°,  nnb  bte  golbene  Srone  ftel  5 
t)on  ber  Jreppe  Ijerunter0  unb  jerbrat^* 

,,grau/'  rtef  er,  ,ffeien  @te  bot^  rufytg !  53in  it^  benn  $8* 
nig  getoorben,  bamit  meine  ©iener  itber  mic^  Iacf)en  fotlen! 
SBa3  benfen  @ie  benn?  ,.§aben  @ie  ben  93erftanb  t^erloren? 
^c^  iDolUe  bot^,  ba^  it^  nie  einen  SBunfcf)  ge^abt  l^citte !"  TO 

Unb  faum  ^atte  er  ba§  gefagtr  ba  maren  @rf)to^  unb  Die* 
ner  unb  afte$  plo^tid^  tterf^tDunben.  @r  ftanb  mieber  am  33acl)e 
tm  SBatbe,  unb  t>or  ifjm  I)ing  ba6  S^e^  am  33aume.  S)er  3So* 
get,  ben  er  frei  gelaffen  Ijatte,  t)erft^tt)anb  gerabe  j^ifc^en  ben 
Saumen,  unb  in  ber  gerne  fjdrte  er  eine  ©timme :  ,,@ie  15 
bummer  2ftenfcf)!" 


54  EASY  READING. 

10,  $>«,  bit  Hcgft  mir  im 

(FOLKSONG.) 

£m,  bu  liegft  mir  im  §ergen, 
£)u,  bu  liegft  mir  im  @inn, 
£)u,  bu  mcufjft  mtr  triel  ©djmerjen, 
SBei^t  tticf)t  h)ie  gut  it^  btr  bin! 
Q&,  K  K  ja,  iDei^t  nic^t  luie  gut  id)  bir  bin! 


o,  fo  ftrie  i(^  bic^  liebe, 
or  fo  tiebe  aud)  mid)! 
er  bie  gartlidjften  Xriebe 
gii^f  ic^  nur  ein^ig  fiir  bid)! 
10  Qa,  yi,  W,  W,  W  id)  nur  eingig  fiir  bic^  ! 

3)od),  bod)  barf  it^  bir  trauen; 
J)ir,  bir  mit  Ieid)tem  @inn? 
!j)ur  bu  barfft  auf  mid)  bauen, 
$£ei$t  Ja,  ttrie  gut  id)  bir  bin! 
15  3ar  K  jci,  ja,  toeiftt  ja  rt)ie  gut  ic^  bir  bin! 

Unb,  unb  tt)enn  in  ber  gerne 
)irr  bir  mein  33ilb  erfdjeint, 
r  bann  tt>imfd)f  id)  fo  gerne, 
un$  bie  8iebe  Dereint! 
K  ba§  un£  bie  8iebe  Dereint! 


DER    WIRTIN  TOCHTERLE1N.  55 


11* 

Subttig  Ufytanb  (1787-1862). 

(£$  gogen  brei  -SBurfcIjen  toofyl  itber  ben 
4Bet  einer  $rau  SBtrttn  ba  fefyrten  fie  ein. 


,,$rau  SBtrttn,  I)at  @te  gut  53ier  unb  3Bem? 
2Bo  ^at  @ie  ^{jr  [(^5ne^  SHdjterlem  ?" 


Sier  unb  3Bein  tft  frtfc^  unb  flat, 
SJJetn  So^terletn  Itegt  auf  ber  £otenbal)rV' 

Unb  ate  fie  traten  gut  hammer  f)tnetn, 
®a  lag  fie  in  einetn  f(^tt)arjen  @d)rein, 

£)er  erfte,  ber  f(f)Iug  ben  ©djfeier  jurittf 
Unb  fc^aute  fie  an  mtt  traurigem  SSlid: 


lebtcft  bu  not^,  bu  fdjone 
iDitrbe  bid)  tieben  fcon  biefer 


£)er  jlt)eite  becfte  ben 

Unb  fe^rte  fit^  ab  unb  toeinte  baju: 

r,3l^r  ba§  bu  liegft  auf  ber  STotenba^rM  15 

Qd)  $aV  bi(^  geliebet  fo  mandjeS  Qafy." 


©er  britte  Ijob  itjn  mieber 

Unb  ftiftte  fie  an  ben  9)?unb  fo  bletrf)  : 


tiebf  id)  immer,  bi(^  Iteb'  t(^  nod) 
Unb  merbe  bi^  lieben  in  ©ttrigfeit" 


56  EASY  READING. 


g$  twr  einmal  ein  @d)neiber,  ber  fafe  auf  bem  £ifd)e  unb 
nafyte  ttrie  anbere  ©cfyneiber  aud).  (5r  l)ie£  ^eter  gmirn.  £)a$ 
ift  ein  jefyr  guter  Statue  fitr  einen  Sdjneiber,  unb  bod)  mar  er 
nidjt  gufrieben.  <2cf)neiber  mar  er  gemorben,  meil  fein  SSater 

5  e^  and)  getoefen  trar,  aber  gute  2lrbeit  ^atte  er  no^  nte  ge* 
madE)t,  obiro^I  ber  9Keifter  ifjn  geuug  gefdjolteu  ^atte. 

^eter  aber  badjte  immer  :  ,,9Barum  bin  id)  nitf)t  3;^9er  9e* 
njorben?  Ser  uinttut  bie  Siicf)fe  auf  Me  ©d)ulter,  gel)t  in 
ben  grimen,  bunften  SBalb,  uub  fdjieftt  §irf^e  unb  §afen» 

10  3a,  e^  ift  bo^  eiu  frifdjeS,  frete^r  fro^Iicfje^  8eben»  Qtf)  toei£ 
aud)  gar  nirf)t,  n^arunt  id)  ^ier  not^  langer  bleibe/' 

Unb  jo  fafc  er  benn  auc^  ^eute,  unb  tt)ar  bei  fefyr  [(^(ec^ter 
8aune.  @r  jerri^  einen  gaben  nad)  bem  anberen;  ft)a$  er 
aber  babei  jagte  mar  lein  ©ebet  ©ann  fo§  er  hrieber  eine 

15  SBeile  unb  fdjaute  burc^  ba^  Heine  tritbe  ^enfter  auf  ben  §of 

fyinauS0.     ,,Ser  ma^t   ^eute  mieber  fd)led)te  Slrbeit/'  bac^te 

ber  SKeifter.     £)ie  anberen  ©efetlen  aber  arbeiteten  fleifng. 

®ie  murben  nie  gefcftolten* 

&  tear  je^t  grueling,    S5ie  2ftorgenfonne  fdjien  fo  milb 

20  unb  toarm  tiom  blauen  §immel  fyerab0,  unb  bie  23ogel 
fangen  liberal!  in  ben  Saumen.  ^Cbrau^en  mar  e§  ganj 
anber^  al6  in  ber  engen,  bumpfen  ©tube. 

£)a  marf  er  auf  einmal  bem  Sfteifter  bie  Slrbeit  an  ben 
Sopf,  marf  @d)ere  unb  33itge(eifen  in  bie  nat^fte  (ScJe,  toarf 

25  ©tittle  unb  ®an!e  um^  ergriff  feinen  §ut  unb  fyrang  jur 


£)er  3Keifter  aber  faqte  nid)t$,  obfdjon  er  bofe  genug  mar, 


PETER  ZW2RN.  57 

6    fitrd)tete  fid),  betm  er  mn£te,  baft  ^Jeter  eine  ftarfe  ganft 
fjatt*. 

,,®ott  fei  £)anf !"  rtef  ^Jeter,  ate  er  branften  mar,  ,,ba$  mar 
em  gnter  ©ebanfe  son  mir !  Sftnn  mag  fommen  ma§  ba  mitt, 
e3  ift  bod)  immer  nodf)  beffer,  ate  in  ber  bnmpfen  @d)neiberftnbe  5 
fi^en!  3Bie  fonnte  icf)  nut  fo  butmtt  feinr  ein  ©cfjneiber  gu 
merben !  ©rau^en  im  SBalbe  ate  ^^9^  ^a^  ift  ba^  8eben  fitr 
mid^!  @$  ift  noc^  nirfjt  311  fpat  bagu." 

llnb  fogleic^  ging  er  311  einem  Sc^miebe,  ber  nidjt  l^eit  ba- 
Don  iDo^nte  unb  SBaffen  ju  Derfaufen  l)atte.    £)a  fanfte  er  10 
eine  alte  San^e,  bie  JDar  tt)ol)l  fitnf  gtten  Iang»    ©a^  (Stfen 
baran  mar  attein  eine  @I(e  lang  nnb  fo  fd^toer,  ba^  ein  ftar^ 
ler  2Jfann  fie  fanm  tragen  lonnte,    3lud^  fanfte  er  eine  grofte 
©topfnabel  nnb  feijr  ftarlen  gaben.     ff!Da^  fann  icf)  anf  ber 
9teife  t)ietteidE)t  nod)  gnt  gebrandjen,"  fagte  er;  bann  ging  er  15 
l)inan£°  in  bie  tueite  S3elt. 

s^ort  fam  er  benn  and)  balb  in  einen  fefyr  gro^en/  bnnfetn 
SBalb,  toie  alle  ©c^neiber,  tt)enn  fie  anf  SReifen  ge^en.  2lber 
er  trng  ja  feine  gro^e  Sanje  anf  ber  @d)n(ter.  !Da  ^atte  er 
benn  and)  feine  2lngft  nnb  ging  frtit)lid)  meij^f^:  3c^^e^  tiefer  20 
fam  er  in  ben  ftitten,  griinen  2BaIbr  mo  bie  33anme  fo  gro^ 
nnb  bidjt  maren,  ba^  er  ben  btanen  §immel  balb  gar  nifyt 
mel)r  fe^en  fonnte* 

3u(e|t  mnrbe  e3  aber  ftodfinfter,  nnb  ba  ftmfste  ber  (St^neiber, 
ba^  e§  Sftadjt  mar*    @r  legte  fid^  mit  feiner  8ange  nnter  einen  25 
48anm  nnb  fdf)Iief  fogteid^  ein°,  benn  er  mar  fe^r  mitbe. 

Site  er  einige  ©tnnben  gef^tafen  fyatte,  mad)te  er  ^lo^tit^  anf°. 
!£)a  mar  e^  in  bent  finftern  SBalbe  nod()  Better  ate  bei  £age,  fo 
^ell,  ba^  er  fanm  fefyen  fonnte.  g^  mar  aber  fetn  ©onnenfcfjein, 


58  EASY  HEADING. 

and)  tear   fein  geuer   ba.     £>er  ©djneiber  fyatte    aber  feme 
2lngft,  benn   er  Ijatte  feine   grofte  Sanje,    9?nl)ig   fdjante   er 
umtjer0. 
3uk^t  fat)   er   etttaS  22ei£e3  fyinter  ben  groften,  bnnften 

5  SBaumen  in  ber  gerne.  £)a  fprang  er  anf°  unb  rannte  mit 
fetner  £anje  barauf  Io$°,  fo  fdjnelt  er  nur  lonnte.  Slber  ^lo^- 
Ii(^  ftanb  ein  |)rac^ttge^,  tt)etJ3e$  ^ferb  tior  i^mr  nnb  barauf 
fap  eine  tt)unberfd)dner  Junge  Same  mit  einem  grimen  Steib, 
nnb  enter  tDeipen  geber  am  §nte, 

10     ©a  ftanb  ber  ^eter  nnb  lonnte  lein  SBort  fprerfjen. 
fo  ec^dne^  t)atte  er  in  feinem  8eben  nod^  nie  gefefyen,  nnb 
er  e$  felber  gar  lunate,  it)ar  ifym  bie  ?an^e  an^  ber  §anb 
faflen  nnb  lag  ba  anf  ber  (Srbe. 
2lber  bie  fc^one  S)ame  fadjette  nnb  fagte  :  ^u 

15  ftrie  fommen  @te  I)ierf)er  ?  SBiffen  @ie  nidjt,  ba^  bte§  ber 
SBalb  ber  Dergauberten  ^rin^effin  ©olbrdsrfjen  ift?" 

w@o!"  rief  ber  ©cfyneiber,  ber  je^t  lt)ieber  fpredtien  fonnte, 
al^  er  fa^r  ba^  e§  bod)  !ein  ©efpenft  tt>ar.  ,,£>ie  fc^dne  ^rin* 
'  jcffin  finb  @ie  tt)o^t  gar  felber  ?" 

20  ®a  nidte  bie  fdjdne  Same  la^elnb  nnb  fagte :  „$$  I)abe 
an^  ein  gro£e$,  ^errtid)e^  @(^Iop  nid^t  mett  Don  Ijier,  ®arin 
tft  ei3  gar  fd)dn.  Slber  leiber  bin  id)  Deqanbert,  tt)ie  fo  t)tele 
$rin}effntnen,  bie  biefem  ober  jenem  alten  3au^erer  i^r^  §atl^ 
nid)t  geben  tDottten.  @o  l^abe  icf)  benn  and)  fdjon  itber  ^nnbert 

25  3a^re  ^it  meinen  ®tenem  nnb  £)ienerinnen  tm  @d)Ioffe  ge* 
fdjfafen.    3Jnr  eine  einjige  ©tnnbe  in  ber  9Bod)e  barf  id)  in 
ben  SSalb  reiten,  nnb  ba$  tft  jnr  9J?itternac^t  Don  ©amftag 
anf  ©onntag." 
rf@d)dne  ©ante/'  fagte  ^Seter,  ,,c«  frent  mtt^ 


PETER   ZWIRN.  59 


latmtfdjaft  31:  madjen.    £)arf  id)  Qfy  fitter  fein?    £)arf  id) 
@ie  Don  bem  bofen  3au^er  befreien?" 

,,3a,  bad  bitrfen  @ie  ganj  gettrift,  unb  toenn  @ie  mid)  be* 
freien,  mu£  id)  ^fyre  grau  toerben,  unb  @ie  ftnb  bann  ber 
§err  tion  atfetn,  iDa^'tc^  Ijabe:  em  prac^ttge^  @rf)to^  t)tefe  5 
£)tener,  gro^e  SBalber  unb  getber  unb  Jonnen  ®olbe^." 

,,3ja^  ift  aber  bod)  gar  nifyt  fcfylecfyt,"  ba^te  ^etei\  nQa,  ba^ 
tft  gett)t^  beffer,  ate  treun  man  (Sdjnetber  ift,  unb  in  ber 
bumpfen,  engeu  ©tube  fi^en  muf;."  S)ann  fagte  er  taut  : 
f,Sine  ftfjone,  Junge  grau  unb  nod)  ®olb  basu,  ba^  finbet  10 
man  nid)t  alle  £age,  nocf)  auf  alfen  @tra^en»  ©agen  @te 
mir,  fd)one  ^rin^effin,  toaS  tnu§  it^  tf)un,  um  biefen  f)errlic^en 
^5refe  gu  gett)innen?" 

f,geidjt  ift  e^  nid^t/'  fagte  ®ofi>r8Sd)etu    ,,^n  bem  SBaibe 
t)or  meinem  @(^Ioffe  lebt  ein  fdjredlit^  grower  -S3ixr,  unb  ber  15 
I)at  bi§  Je^t  nod)  jeben  jerriffen,  ber  mtc^  Je  befreien  tooflte. 
S)iefen  53aren  aber  mitfjen  @ie  tfiten." 

,,Qd)  merbe  ben  33eiren  ganj  gettjij^  t5ten,  fcfibne  ^finjeffin, 
aber  tt)a^  mu^  ic^  bann  tljun,  tt)enn  ber  53av  tot  ift?" 

ff-3?a,  bann  bin  id)  au§  bem  @d)Iafe  ermad)t,  unb  meine  20 
Diener  and),    ©ie  fommen  aber  fogtei^  auf  ito$  @d)Io^r  unb 
no^   an  bemfelben  Sage  iDerben  loir  ©oc^jett   tyaltetu    @ie 
finb  ein  ed)ter  fitter,  ntd^t  ma^r?" 

,,®ett)t^  bin  id)  ba§,"  anttDortete  ber  ©c^netber  ftolj. 

ff93Bte  ^ei^en  @ie,  unb  toad  fitr  ein  SSBa^en  ^aben  @ie?"  25 
fragte  bte  ^Jrtngcffni* 

,,$d)  bin  ber  fitter  ^eter  toon  ber  Site,  unb  mein 
pen  ift  bie  @d)ere,  bad  -Sitgeleifen,  unb  jtoei  3la^nabe 

,,@o?"  fragte  bte  ^rinjeffin,  ^eter  toon   ber  gtfe? 


60  EASY  READING. 


fenne  id)    aber  nicfyt   unb    and)   nidjt.  ben  9?amen. 
ift  toof)l  em  gang  neuer  Slbel?" 
,,®etoi|V'  antirortete  ^eter  ftolg,    ,,$)er  neitefte  unb  befte." 
,,@onft   mar  bod)   hnmer  ber    aite    Slbel  ber    befte,"  fagte 
5  bie  £)ame.     ,,£)od)  ftenn   @ie  mid)   befreit  fyaben  unb  mein 
®emal)l  finb,    t^erben   ©te  Ja  ber  retdjfte   fitter  im  gan^en 
^anbe  fein.    ®ann  tutrb  e§  au^  ntd)t3    au^mad)enr  ob  ^^r 
9lbel  alt  ift,  ober  neu." 

@o  fprad)  bte  ©ante  ©otbro^cfjen  unb   ftmr  ^Io^It(^    tier- 

10  fd)tt>unben,     ©tocffinfter   lt)ar    e^    irteber   im    2Ba(be,    5)er 

@d)neiber  fa^  unb  fjorte  ni(^t^   me^r,    ©djiDarje  9la(^t  unb 

tiefe  ©tide    lag  ring^   umfjer.    S)a    legte  ber  @d)neiber  fid) 

nicber0  unb  fdjlief  ein°,  o()ne  itber  ba^r  luaS  er  gefet)en  I)attef 

nac^gubenfen,  benn  er  toar  nodft  fe^r  mitbe, 

15     grul)  am  3Korgen  tt)ad)te  er  auf°.    ®a  toar  e^  im  SBalbe 

nocf)  ganj  bunfet;  nur  au$  bent  Often  lam  ein  graue§  Sic^t. 

Sr  bac^te  iDteber  an  Me  fdjone  ^rinjeffin,  aber    er  fagte  ju 

fid)  felbft:   ,,'DaS  mar  gett)i^  nur  ein  Xraum.    2lber  ^ungrig 

bin    id)   babei    gemorben,   unb    je^t   mu^    id)   mad)enr    ba^ 

«o  id)  ettoaS  gu  effen    finbe,    S)a^  ftrirb    aber  tnof)I  nid)t  (eic^t 

fein,  benn   id)  benfe   ni(^t,  baft   fyier  in  biefem   SBatb  8eute 


@r  nagm  feine  Sange  unb  ging  lueiter0  in  ben  2Ba(b  ^in* 
ein,  fo  fdjnett  er  fonnte*  (5f)e  er  abr.r  tneit  gegangen  tt)ar, 
fam  er  pI5^(id)  an  einen  fd)()nen  gro^en  ®arten,  ®a  ftan* 
ben  fciele  ^Btumen,  f(^one  53aume,  unb  in  ber  $erne  fa^  er 
and)  ein  prad)tige$  ©d)(o^.  £)ie  SD^orgenfonne  fdjien  auf  bie 
Ijofjen  Jiirrne,  unb  fie  glangten  ttrie  ®olb. 

(Sdjneiber  toollte  gerabe  in  ben  ®arten  ge^en,  afe  et 


PETER  ZWIRN.  61 

em  faute^  ©eranfd)  fyorte.  g$  toar  al$  ob  ein  ©tnrmtmnb 
bnrd)  ben  SBalb  lam,  2lfe  er  aber  fyinfal),  tag  ba  ein  fdjrecf* 
ticf)  grower  33ar  nnb  frfinarcijte  fo  lant,  bafc  fief)  bie  33anme 
bogen* 

,,©o,"  bad)te    ^eter,  ,,ba  Ijaben  ttrir  il)n  ja.    5ftnn   toerben  5 
tDtr  fe^en,"    Unb  f^nett  na^m  er  9Za^nabeI  nnb  gaben  nnb 
begann  ben  (Scfytoanj  be^  53aren  an  ben  nacfyften   Sanm  jn 
na^en, 

3lfe   bet  ©cfyneiber   gerabe   fertig   tear,  ertoacfjte   ber  4Bar 
unb  fd^ante  tl)n  mit  f^redtirfjen  3Ingen  an0.    ,,2Ba3  tt)iC(t  bu  10 
^ier  in  meinent  SBaIbe?j'  brnmntte  er  t^i!^  nnb  ftanb  anf°r 
merfte  aber  nidjt,  ba^  fein  @c^tt)anj  am  33anme  fe(tgentt|r" 


t)i(I  id),"  fagte  ^Jeter  rn^ig.    ,, 
9lrbeit   fitr  mid),  ober    lann  id^  anf  bent  @d)Ioffe  i)tettet^t  15 
etrna^  jn  tfynn  flnbcn?    ®ieb  mir  3lrbeit,  toenn  it^   bitten 
barf." 

W35a«  ift  nicfjt  iDa^r,"  rief  ber  33ar.    ,,35n  bift  ein  fitter 
ttrie  bie  2tnbernr  bie  dor  bir  ^ier  lr>aren.    2lber  bie  ttmrben 
at(e  jerriffen.    ©n  bcnfft  ancf)  bie  ft^one  ^Jrin^effin  jn  ge*  20 
trinnen,  aber  bn  ftrirft  batb  anbere^©ebanlen  ^aben." 

3)?it    biefen    SBorten    itjottte   er    fit^    ancf)    fcfjon  anf   ben 
@rf)neiber  ftur^en,  ber  aber    fagte  :    ,,@et  bod^  rn^ig,  lieber 
^Bar!    ®n  barf  ft  ba^  Ja  ni^t  tfynn!    $tf)  bin  tuirfli^  nnr 
ein  armer  @rf)neiber  nnb  fam  fyierfyer,  nm  Slrbeit  gn  finben.  25 
@tel),  fjier  l)abe  id)  9?abel  nnb  gafcen  tt^ie  atte  @(i)neiber." 

,fDu  bift  atfo  mirfli^  nnr  ein  @cf)neiber,"  fagte  ber  Sar 
ettoaS  milber.  ^^nn,  bn  fie^ft  and)  {a  gar  nicfjt  an$°  ttrie 
ein  fitter.  Qtf)  mn^  mir  einen  nenen  Dtod 


62  EASY  READING. 

etnen  fatten  brannen,  ben  id)  ©onntagS  tragen  lann.    £)iefen 

fjabe  id)  in  ber  ©tabt  madjen  laffen,  nnb  er  ift  fdjon  alt  nnb 

Ijat  Sdcfjer.    2lber  toa$  tragft  bn  benn  ba  auf  ber  @d;nlter?" 

,,2Mj,  ba$  ift  ja  nitr  mein  3a^nft0(i)er«    ®u  ^eijst  kodj, 

5  ftrie  bie  gebrancfyt  toerben?" 

,,@inen  ^aljnftodjer  fyabe  i^  mir  au^  f(^on  oft  gettjiinfrfjt, 
©eftern  Slbenb  I)abe  i(^  etnen  9?itter  gegeffen,  nnb  bc^  ^leift^ 
fifct  mir  jei^t  no^  jtoifd^en  ben  3^^nen»  ^annft  bn  mir  ba 
ttid)t  ttiit  beinem  $at)n]totf)tr  bie  $<fyne  ^n^en  ?" 

10     f,®ettri6,  mit  bent  grb^ten  SSergnitgen:    ©a  fann  id)  bir 
ganj  gnt  Ijelfen.    2Ka^e  nnr  gefdtligft  ba^  3Kan(  anf°,  fo 

toeit  bn  lannft." 
J)a^    t^at    ber   $arr  nnb  ber    @rf)neiber    ftie^    bie    8anje 

']^inetn°,  jo  ba^   fie  eine    fyatbe  Stte    lang    jnm   §interlopfe 
15  fieranefam.    '^a  brnmmte  ber  53itr  13111*  fcl)recf(trf)  nnb  brad) 
bie  8anje  ti)ie  ®ta$.    (5r  tt)otfte  fid)  fogleid)  anf  ben  @d)nei* 
ber  ftitr^en,  aber  ba  er  mit  bem  ©cfytoanje    an  bent  ^Banme 
feftgena^t  toar,  fonnte   er  nid)t  t)on  ber  ©tette  Iommen»    @r 
fiel  nieber0  nnb  tear  tot,    @o  toerben  S3aren  getbtet 
20     J)a  naljm  ^eter  fein  Iange§  3JJeffer  nnb  jog    bem  33tiren 
bie  §ant  ab°,    ®ie  §ant,  bie  fefyr  fc^tuer  toarr  nal)tn  er  anf 
bie  Scantier  nnb  trng   fie  fort0  anm  ^Badje.    2)ort  tonfcf)  er 
fic^    bie   §dnber  toetcfye    ganj    blntig    tuaren,    @r    tear    aber 
mitbe   gett)orbenr    barnm    legte  er  fid)  anf  bie  @ant  nieber °_ 
25  nnb  fd)(ief  ein°. 

3(fe  er  fo  am  33ad)e  fd^Iief,  fam  ein  langer,  bnrrer  fitter 
anf   einem   langen,    bitrren    ^3ferbe    bnrd)    ben   2Ba(b,    3)er 
fa^  ben  toten  Saren  nnb  ba  tmr  er  fe!)r  frof). 
„$&,"  bac^te  er,  ffba^  ift  ber   33ar,  ber  ba§  @cf)lo£  ^ittet. 


PETER   ZWIRN.  63 

ift  er  tot,  unb  ber  Sftann,  ber  ifyn'  getotet,  fiat  bie 
genommen  unb  ift  bamit  fortgegangen,  ineil  er  gar 
nicfyt  ttmftte,  baft  er  jefct  bie  ^rinseffin  gur  grau  fyaben 
fonnte.  £)a  ttriff  id)  gleid)  fyingefyen  unb  tfjr  fagen,  bafs  id) 
ben  33aren  getotet  ^abe.  2lber  ben  (Scfytoanj  tt)tll  it^  mit*  s 
ne^men,  bamit  man  e§  and)  glaubt" 

(Sogfeit^  f prang  er  fcom  ^|3ferber  na^m  ben  ©c^tDanj,  ber 
nod)  am  33attme  feftgena^t  toar,  unb  bann  ritt  er  fdjnelt 
jum  @c^(o(fe»  3)ort  iDaren  je^t  atle  Don  i^rem  langen  @cf)Iafe 
aufgett)a(f)tf  unb  Dtele  Stener  rannten  Ijig^  unb  1]^.  @te  10 
tDaren  fe^r  flet^ig,  benn  je£t,  ba  bie  ^rinjeffin  befreit  tear, 
muftten  fie  au^  g(eirf)  atteS  fitr  bie  ^oc^^eit  fertig  madden. 

©ie  ^rinjeffin  ftanb  auf  ber  £reppe  t)or  bent  ©d^Ioffc, 
ate  ber  SRittcr  fam  unb  i^r  ben  ©dfjiDanj  be^  53aren  ju 
git^en  legte.  S5a  layette  fie,  gab  ifym  bie  ©anb  unb  15 
fprad) :  f/@tc  finb  alfo  ber  ftolje  fitter,  ber  ben  Saren  ge= 
totet  Ijat  35a§  tuar  fe^r  fdjon  t>on  3f)nen.  9Bie  fonnten 
@ie  aber  eine  fo  grofte  Jf)at  fcottbringen?" 

,,^a/'  fagte  ber  9titterr  ,,um  eine  ftfione  Same  ^u  befreien, 
fann  ber  ftarfe  3Kann  aHe$.  ®er  SSar  ftitrgte  fid^  fogleit^  auf  20 
wtf)  -Jfil^r  ft&er  W)  3°9  me^  ©c^toert  unb  fd^Iug  i^n  jtuei* 
mat  iiber  ben  So^f,  fo  ba^  er  tot  gur  Srbe  nieberfieL 
Urn  aber  eine  fo  f^one  Same  tme  &ie  ju  befreien,  tote 
idj  ganj  gerne  nod^  gefyn  anbere  33aren." 

©a  tt)ar  bie  Same  fefyr  fro^,  ate  fie  ben  fitter  fo  fpre*  25 
djen  I)brte.    n$a,u  fagte  fie,  ,,@ie  finb  \mtilify  ein  edjter  fitter. 
Slber  ba  @tc  nun  ben  ^reis  gemonnen  I)aben,  fo  lommen  @ie 
benn  audf)  fyerein0,  bamit  tt>ir  bie  §od^^eit  fatten  lonnen." 

®a    i)5rte   man    pfo^Hd)    ein  f^redli^e^   ^3rummen,    & 


64  EASY  READING. 

mar  ber  33ar*    ©er  lam  au$  bem  SBalbe,  rannte  mie  mutenb 
iiber  ben  ©of,  unb  fam  gerabe  auf  bie  £reppe  ju°. 

©a  liefen  bie  ©tenet  afle  in  ba3  6d)lo£,  fo*"fd)nel(  mie 
fie  nur  fonnten.  ©er  fitter  fprang  auf  fein  $ferb  nnb  mar 

5  fort  mie  ber  SBtnb,  aber  bie  s}Jrmgeffin  fonnte  &or  SBfagft 
nid)t  t)on  ber  ©tcllc  fommen.  3)er  53ar  aber  la^te  tout, 
marf  bie  §aut  t^on  fid),  nnb  ba  ftanb  ber  ^eter  t>or  ber 
frf}onen  ^rmgeffin.  Sir  madjte  eine  SSerbengnng,  fo  gnt  er 
e^  nnr  fonnter  nnb  e£  war  iDtrftt^  gar  nirfjt  fo  ft^Iedjt. 

10  „ J)aJ3  ii)  e^  bin,  ber  ben  ^Baren  getotet  l)at,  tranche  id) 
$I)nen  tt)ol)(  nidjt  me^r  gn  fagen,  fc^onfte  ^rin^effin!" 

f,3ld)r  ja,.@ie  finb  e^,  §err  t>on  ber  @tte.  Sel(^  ein  SScrgniU 
gen!  ®enrij$  gtanbe  id)  ba^  nnn  ganj  gerne,  nnb  barnm  molten 
tt)tr  and)  fogleid)  in  ba$  ©c^to^  ge^en  nnb  ^oc^jeit  fyalten." 

15  Unb  am  nac^ften  SKorgen  mar  alle§  ferttg  nnb  ©odjgett 
mnrbe  ge^aften,  fo  ^errlic^  nnb  pra^tig,  mie  e§  nnr  auf 
bem  @d)Ioffe  einer  tjerjauberten  ^rinjeffm  mog(td)  tft. 

9tun  mar  unfer  ^3eter  ein  reid)er  9Jfannr  Ijatte  er  bod) 
fd)bne^  ©d)(o^  gro^e  SBalber  unb  gelber  nub  £onnen 

20  @o  lebte  er  benn  aut^  erft  ganj  gtucflid)  unb  pfrieben  mtt 
feiner  jungen  gran,  aber  jule^t  murbe  e§  i^m  tm  ©c^toffe  bod) 
etma$  langmeilig,  ©arum  fagte  er  eineS  3)?orgen§ : 

,,8iebe  $rau,  ^ier  tm  ©c^Ioffc  tft  e$  mir  ju  bumpf  unb  eng. 
$d)  mod)te  ein  menig  im  ©arten  fpajieren  ge^en,  ©a  ift  e$ 

25  fo  fdjon.  3Bei£er  @anb  liegt  auf  ben  SBegen,  bie  53Iumen 
bliil)enr  unb  bie  Sonne  f^eint  fo  jc^on,  Sotten  @ie  nicfjt 
^ttfommen?" 

©a^  tt)at  bie  gran  bann  aucf)  gan(}  gerne,  aber  mie  fie  fo 
tn  bem  fc^onen  ®arten  auf*  unb  abgingen,  lief  ein  grower, 


PETER   ZWIRN.  65 

alter  §aje  auS  bem  SBalbe,  gr  fefete  fid)  Dor  ifjnen  auf  ben 
2Beg  unb  macfyte  bem  ^eter  ettte  5Rafe.  ©a  imtrbe  ber  ^5eter 
bofe  unb  fttcB  erft  mtt  bem  gu^c  nad)  iljm,  bann  toolltc 
er  gerabe  einen  (Stem  aufljeben,  um  tljn  bem  -§afen  an  ben 
u  toerfen,  ate  biefcr  anfing  ^u  tyredjen  : 


nrifl  fo  em  ©d)netber  jetn? 

etn  fitter,  [to^  unb  fein? 
3ft  bod)  tuir  ber  ^3eter  S^^rn, 
©at  nur  gaben  ftatt  ©eljirn. 

O^ne  Sitct,  o^ne  ©elb  10 

Sauft  er  bur(^  bie  gatt^e  SBett." 

ift  ba§  ?"  rief  bie  ^rtn^effin  unb  toar  fe^r  erfcfjrod  en, 
,,@ie  finb  etn  ©djnetber,  unb  3f^r  Slante  ift  ^Jeter  $mim? 
Unb  fol(f)  etn  SJJenfrf)  Ijat  mt^  au^  metnem  fiifeen  ©glummer 
aufgetDedt,  mt(f),  bie   ^rtnjefftn  ©otbrd§(f)en,  unb   ba  bin  id)  15 
je^t  bie  gran  eine$  @cf)neiber^  getDorben!" 

,,!Dumm^eit/'  rief  ber  <Scf)neiber,  ,,\ioa%  fo  ein  @afe  fpri^t  \" 
ff^3itte  fefyr,  §err  @(^neiber,  ber  §afe  fpricJjt  nur  bie  SBa^r* 
^eit,  Q&e&mal,  tnenn  id)  ettna^  genau  ttriffen  will,  frage  ic^ 
it)n,  unb  er  ^at  mir  nod)  immer  bie  ret^te  9lntttjort  gegeben.  20 
@r  t)at  mit^  nod^  nie  betrogen.  ^a,  nun  tpei§  id)  and)  erft, 
ftarum  @ie  mir  Don  3lnfang  an  fo  geiftloS  Dorgefommen  finb 
unt)  fo  gans  o!)ne  SJJanieren." 

f,5lber,  Hebe  gran/'  rief  ber  ^eter,  ,fmie  lonnen  @ie  nur 
glauben,  ba§  id)  @ie  betrogen  ^abe?  ©agte  id)  benn  nic^t  bie  25 
SBaljrljeit,  ate  ic^  mid^  ben  fitter  Don  ber  Slie  nannter  ber 
©cfyere  unb  Sugeleifen  im  SBappen  I)atte?  SBtffen  @ie  benn 
nidjt,  ba^  ber  ©c^neiber  bie[e  Dinge  jeben  2^ag  gebraud^en 
£)arum  fjabe  id)  bod;  geun^  ba$  befte  9ted)t  auf  ber 


66  EASY  HEADING. 

SBett,  mid)  fo  gu  nennen.    Unb  fyabe  id)  nifyt  $f)retmegen  ben 
JBftren  getotet?" 

,,Sin  33etriiger  finb  ©ie,  em  elenber  33etruger!"  fd)rie  bie 
£)ame  unb  fal)  gang  grim  unb  getb  qu£%  fo  bofe  mar  fie. 
5  £)a$  mar  aber  ju  Diet  fur  ben  gitten  ©djneiber.  ,,@o,"  rief 
er,  f,ba  Will  id)  ja  Iteber  g(eicf)  mieber  in  bie  Sett  fjinanSgefyen. 
®a  I)abe  id)  meine  greifyeit,  unb  ma^  it^  bin  ober  mar,  barum 
fummert  fid)  fein  Sftenfrf).  2(uf  ^^)rem  bnmmen  ©djloffe  tft 
e^  mir  bod^  fdjon  t)iel  jn  langmeitig." 

10  @o  fprad)  ber  @(^neiberr  ri^  ba3  reic^e,  gotbene  ©t^mert  t»on 
ber  ©eite,  marf  e^  ber  ©ante  tior  bie  g^Be  un^  ^ar  fcfjon  int 
nal)en  SBalbe  t>erfd)mnnben,  noc^  e^e  fie  n!galt"  fagen  fonnte. 
S)a  mn^te  fie  attein  junt  ©t^toffe  juritdgetjen;  ber  ©dfjneiber 
aber  mar  im  fit!)(enr  bunflen  SBalbe  unb  fang  ein  fro^Ii^e^  8ieb. 
15  ,,©a§  ©c^Ummfte  ift  nur,  baft  id)  meine  San^e  babei  t»er* 
loren  I)abe/'  fagte  er,  aber  er  ging  fdjnelt  meiter0^  unb  ma§  er 
nad)f)er  noc^  alle^  gett)an  ^at,  lann  man  ntd)t  einmat  in  einem 
bicfen  Su^e  befd)reiben.  (5r  murbe  ein  grower  ^ager,  i^at 
Diele  SRiefen  getotet  unb  bie  ^^O6  ^a^en  ^m  ^Ityt  ein 
20  ®d)Ioft  gebaut,  ba§  gans  toon  ®olb  mar  unb  fo  fciele  5tiirme 
t)atte,  ba^  man  fie  gar  nidjt  ja^ten  lonnte. 

Db  bie  fdione  ®ame  ©otbrd^c^en  traurig  murbe,  ate  il)r 
®emat)I  ploi^i^i  fortging,  meift  man  nidjt,  unb  in  ben  33u* 
d&ern  fte^t  aud&  nic&t^  baoon. 

25  gte  lebt  tmmer  nod)  allein  mit  ifyren  ©ienern  im  @d^foffer 
benn  ein  anberer  9?itter  ift  nie  gefommen.  3)a  ift  e^  nun  aber 
fefyr  einfam  unb  langmeilig,  unb  ba^  ift  nod^  t)ie(  f^timmer, 
ate  menu  man  einen  @d)neiber  ge^eiratet  fyat.  !Da^  fyat  fie 
jei^t  and)  fdjon  auSgefunben,  aber  e^  I)i(ft  i^r  nidjtS 


O   STRASSBURG.  67 


13*  O 

(FOLKSONG). 

£)  ©trapnrg!  D  ©trapurg! 
Du  ttmnberfrfjone  @tabt! 
Darinnen  liegt  begraben 
@o  ntanirfjer  @olbat 

@o  manner,  fo  fcfjoner, 
2lucf)  tapferer  @o(batr 
3)er  SSater  imb  Iteb'  Gutter 
@o  frii^  berlaffen  ^at» 


3SerIaffen,  t)erlaffen, 

6«  fann  ja  nt^t  anber^  fein  ;  10 

!Denn  ju  ©trapurg,  ja  311  ©trapurg, 

Da  miiffen  ©olbaten  fein» 

S)te  SKuttcr,  btc  SKutter, 

Die  gtng  uor^  §aupttnann^  §au^  : 

ff2Ic^  §auPttnannr  I^ber  ^auptmann,  15 

®ebt  mtr  ben  @oljn 


f,Unb  tuenn  t^r  mtr  gebet 

9lucf)  nod^  fo  trieteS  ®elb  ; 

guer  @o^n  unb  ber  tnu^  fterben 

Qm  ftetten,  bretten  gelb,"  20 


toeiten  unb  tm  bretten, 
brau^en  tior  bent  getnb; 
fein  fdjtoarjbranneS 
@o  bitterli^  nm  ifyn 


S§  lueinet,  eS  gretnet, 
g^  Haget  gar  fo  fe^r  : 
^Slbe,  ntein  §er5a((ertiebfter, 
SBir  fe^'n  nn§  ntntmermefyr!" 


68  EASY  READING. 

14,  (Softener* 

•  ©  toar  einmat  t»or  Icmgen  ^afyren  em  artner  Sftann,  bet 

Ijatte  fein  §ciu$d)en  in  einem  bitten  SBalbe,  barin  toofynte  er 

mit  gran  unb  fecfys  finbern,  unb  ba$  ttmren  atte  ®naben. 

Obfdjon  ba3  §au£d)en  Hetn  unb  fdjtedjt  toar,  fo  fatten  fie 
5  bod)  genug  ju  ef[en,  unb  frol)  unb  gufrieben  inaren  fie  and). 

(Sie  luaren  glMttcfj.     2)2el)r  ^at  and)   ein  ^aifer  nid^t,  unb 

manner  Sonig  Ijat  nid)t  fo  t>ieL 
®er  JUngfte  t>on  ben   Snaben  lt)ar  blog  3tt)ei   Qafye  alt, 

aber  er  toar  grower  unb  ftdrler  ate  fern  -SSruber,  ber  boppett 
10  fo  alt  tear,    (ir  fjatte  auc^  ^)aare  fo  Ijdl  ttrie  ©olb  unb  @on* 

nenf^ein,    3)arum  I)ie^  i^n  ber  93ater  nur  ^©olbener/' 
Gtne^  Jage§  ging   ber  $ater  in  ben  SBalb,  urn  Dots  ju 

I)auen.    Da  rief  ber  ^itngfte:    f,3Sater,  td^  gef)e  mttf  it^  tt)itt 

bir  fyelfen,"  unb  lief  i^m  nad).    ,,©ut,"  fagte  ber  SSater,  ,,fomm 
15  nur,  fleine^  9)iannd)en^'    !Da  nal)m  i^n  ber  3Sater  bei  ber 

§anb,  unb  fie  gingen  jufamnten  in  ben  SBalb  ^tnein. 
SBie  fie  nun  fo  gingen,  !am  ba  ein  §afe.    Dcr  lief  fo  fdjnett 

er  nur  fonnte,  aber  er  tt?ar  t)ertDunbetf  unb  bte  §unbe  iDaren 

^inter  ifynt  I)er.    @r  fturste  tnie  tot  ju  il)ren  git^en 
20  ®a  I)ob  i^n  ber  $nabe  fd)nel(  auf,  unb  ber  SSater  fterf te 

in  feme  grofte  Jaf^e. 
®(eid)  iDaren  and)  fdjon  bie  §unbe  ba ;  bte  bettten  laut  unb 

tDodten  ben  §afen  tjaben,  aber  ber  $nabe  na^m  einen  @tod, 

unb  jagte  fie  fort.    Da  liefen  fie  guriid  in  ben  SBalb,  toofyer 
25  fie  gefommen  tDaren. 

Der  33ater  ging  bann  mit  bem  ^naben  Better,  bi^   fie  ju 

etnem  53ac^e  tauten.    §ter  nafym  er  ben  §afen  au^  ber  £afdje, 


GOLDENER.  69 

unb  al§  er  fal>,  bap  er  nod)  lebte,  tmtfd)  er  if)m  bie  SBunben, 
benn  er  liebte  bte  £iere  gar  fefyr. 

33alb  tourbc  ber  §afe  frifd)  unb  munter,  fo  bag  er  ftneber 
laufen  fotmte.  ,,£)u  bift  fo  gut  getoefen,  bag  id)  bir  gar  ntdjt 
genug  banfen  lann,"  fagte  er.  ,,3dj  modjte  e3  bir  lofjnen,  5 
aber  attcm  faun  ict)  ba3  nicSt*  ©arum  get)t  mit  mir  tia^ 
metner  SBol)uung,  beun  id)  btene  bem  3^er9e  ^tafebeht  3)er 
tft  fe^r  rett^  ;  ber  gan^e  SBalb  tft  fein,  unb  in  ber  @rbe  ^ot 
er  ganje  Serge  tjon  ©o(b/' 

@o  fpratf)  ber  gafe,  unb  ba  gingen  fie  in  ben  bidden  28a(b,  mo  10 
fie  balb  gu  einer  fel)r  gro^en  ©dje  famen.    ©reintat  Hopfte  ba§ 
§a§d)en  baran.     vSBer  ift  benn  ba§  ?"  rtef  jentanb  tm  Saume, 

,,^^  6m  e^r  bein  §a3d)en,  mit  jmei  SKenfd^eu.  ^omm 
l)erau§,  ic^  ^abe  bir  ettra^  ju  fagen/' 

!Der  Saum  tDar  fyofyt  unb  Ijatte  leine  flatter  mefyr,  unb  15 
^ot^  oben  tear  ein  8od);  barau^  fam  ber  3it)er9  un^  f^ratl9 

<5v(J\A/^^ 

fd)net(  l)erunterr  obft^on  er  einen  langen  33art  f)atte.    2lfe  er 
faf)  bag  ber  ^afe  Dertt)unbet  tear,  twtrbe  er  feared  lid)   b5fe. 
©a  er  badjte,  ba§  bie  beiben  9Kenfd)en  e^  get^an  fatten,  er* 
griff  er  einen  ©tocf  unb  ftiirjtc  fid^  auf  ben  Ihtaben,  ber  20 
gerabe  na^e  am  33aume  ftanb, 

©er  aber  fitefj  ben  3^^  3ur^^  f°  ^a^  er  m^  ^etn  So|)fe 
tjart  an  ben  53aum  f(^Iug.  ©a  rief  ba§  §a^c()en :  ,,@etb  bod) 
rut)ig.  ©iefe  3)?enf{^en  fyaben  mid)  Ja  gerettet,  fonft  fatten 
bte  Qa§ev  unb  §unbe  mid)  getoift  getdtet/'  25 

©a  ftanb  ber  3^er9  tutebcr  auf  unb  toar  auf  einmal  ganj 
freunblid).    (5r  mar  gerabe  fo  grop  mie  ber  ^)nabe. 
Sart,  unb  ^)aare  maren  dott  ©olbftaub  unb  aud)  fein 
fo  bap  er  ganj  gelb  au$faf). 


70  EASY  READING. 

,,$ommt,"  fagte  er,  ,,ttrir  tootten  un$  l)ier  auf  ben  33aum« 
ftamm  fe^en.  3ftein  §a$rf)en  fott  mir  ersafylen,  ime  e§  ge* 
fommen  ift."  £)a$  tfyaten  fie  bann  and),  unb  ba$  §a$djen 
erjafjlte. 

5  Site  eS  ju  gnbe  tear,  fagte  ber  3toerg  3U  &em  ©olgljaufcr: 
,,3fc^  bin  bir  fe^r  banfbar  fiir  ba^r  lt)a^  bu  getfyat:  ^aft  SBte 
fann  id^  bid)  bafiir  belo^nen?  §aft  bu  nicljt  t)ietleid^t  einen 
SBunfrf)?  aBiinf^e  bir  ettoaS!" 

^Slrf)/'  fagte  ber  2Jfann,  wn)a^  fott  id^  mir  tt)iinfcf)en!    $$ 
10  ^abe  ja  etn  §au§,  eine  grau  unb  fecf)§  Sinber,  genug  ?u  effen 
unb  norf)  ein  it>enig  ©etb.    SReljr  fann  man  ja  gar  nirfjt  f)a* 
ben/' 

Sa  f(^aute  ber  3*t)er9  i^)n  ganj  erftaunt  an. 
fagte  er,  ffbu  I)aft  gar  letnen  SBunfc^ !  6olrf)  einen 
15  ^abe  id)  nod)  nie  gefe^en*  ®a^  ift  ja  gar  nic^t  mogli^/'  <5o 
f-prac^  ber  3tt)er9  un^  3°9  ^e  ?f«fc  au^  ber  £afdje,  urn  gu 
raurfjen.  ®ie  3it)er9e  Knnen  aber  leinen  Slabaf  befommen, 
barum  mitffen  fie  immer  9J?oo$  rauc^en. 

Site  ber  r3U)er9  nun  ^e  ^feife  m^  3Koo§  fittten  trottte, 
20  gab   i^m   ber   ^otj^auer   feinen   Seutel  unb   fagte :    ,,?teber 
3ti)erg,  nimm  eintnal  t)on  meinem  Xabat    (Sr  ift  nicfyt  gerabe 
nom  Seften,  aber  man  fann  ifyn  bo^  gans  gut  rau^en/' 

3^a  fprang  ber  3tt)er9  ^or  iJtcubc  in  Me  8uft,  unb  fetn  ®e* 
fitfjt  Iarf)te  irie  ber  SSoHmonb.    gr  fittttc  fc^nelt  bte  ^Jfctfe,  fdjlug 
25  geuer  au^  einem  ©tetne,  fet^te  fic^  i^ieber  auf  ben  33attm* 
ftamm  unb  rauct)te  nrie  ein  Dfen  ober  ein  ®d)ornftein. 

^Ioi^(i(^  fagte  er  gans  fremtblid) :  rfSomm  ^er,  fleiner 
3unge,  ic^  \rnll  bir  einmal  in  Me  Slugen  fe^en."  60  fprad) 
er  unb  ftellte  ben  Snaben  Dor  fid)  ^in,  ®ann  blie$  er  i^m 


GOLDENER.  71 

t*F' 

auf  einmal  ben  bidden  9taud)  in  bie  Slugen.  3ja$  mar  fdjarf 
untr  biiTgar  fefyr,  aber  ber  Snabe  falj  iljm  feft  unb  ru^ig  in$ 
©eficf)t.  „!$&,"  fagte  ber  3^9'  ffba^  ift  ein  prad)tiger  3wtge* 
9Iu§  bem  mirb  noc^  etma$  9ted)te^." 

S)ann  fprang  er  pld^lid)  am  Saum  ^inauf.  unb  fdjlitpfte  in  5 
ba3  8ocf).    Slber  nod)  einmal  fcfjaute  er  ftrieber 
fagte  err  ,fau§  bem  ^Un9en  ^^  not^   ettua^ 
merben  bie  8eute  \ii)  noc^  Dermunbern.    Unb  ber  £abaf  ift 


ei  f^iittelte  er  ben  Sopf,  fo  bap  ber  ©olbftaub  lt)ie  10 
9tegen  t)on  bem  langen  Sart  nnb  §aar  ^ernnter  ftet,  —  nnb 
fort  toar  er.  2)er  ©olbftanb  aber  fiet  bem  ^naben  anf  ben 
Sopf,  benu  er  ftanb  gerabe  nnten  am  gu^e  be^  33anme§ ;  ba 
glanjte  fein  §aar  nod)  feller  ate  jutior,  unb  Don  nun  an  nann* 
ten  U)ti  attc  8eute  nur  fr®olbcncr."  15 

^a^re  famen  unb  gingenr  grii^ing,  ©ommer,  ©erbft,  unb 
SBinter.  ©ie  Jungen  53aume  be^  2Batbe8  touc^fen  im  'SRegen 
unb  ©onnenfc^ein,  2lber  Don  ben  6o^nen  be$  ^)ol5^auer^ 
IDU^^  leiner  it)te  ©olbener,  unb  obfc^on  ber  jungfte,  toar  er  bocf) 
batb  ber  ftarffte  Don  alien,  unb  auc^  ber  grd^te.  20 

3Benn  ber  3Sater  bann  tief  in  ben  SSatb  ging,  um  §0(3  gu 
l)auen,  fo  mu^ten  i^m  bie  Sinber  ju  SJfittag  ba^  (Sffen  nacf)* 
bringen.  ©ofbener  ging  bann  immer  mit  einem  -SSaumjiDeige 
Doran ;  fonft  tuotlte.  fein§  gefjen,  benn  jebe^  fitrc^tete  fic^  in 
bem  finfteren  Satbe.  25 

Senn  aber  (Softener  Doran  ging,  fo  folgten  fie  freubig, 
tin%  ^inter  bem  anberen,  burd)  ba^  bunfelfte  £)i<fid)t,  unb 
tt)enn  auc^  ber  SKonb  fd)on  iiber  ben  Bergen  ftanb.  (StneS 
^,  auf  bem  9tud:mege  Dom  SSater,  fpteften  bie  Sinber 


72  EASY  READING. 

fpat  tm  SBaibe ;  unb  ©otbener  fcor  alien  fjatte  fo  triel  gefpteft, 

bap  er  fyett  au£fal)  urie  ba3  Slbenbrot. 
f,8afct  un$  yiritcfgefyen/'  jagte  ber  altefte,  ,,eS  fdjeint  bunfel 

ju  toerben."— ,,Sel)t,  ba  ift  fd)on  ber  9ftonb,"  fprad)  ber  .jtueite. 
5   Da  ftarb   e$  auf  einmat  Itc^t  gtcifc^cn  ben   bnnften  Xannen, 

nnb  eine   graucngcftalt.  fe^te  fid)  auf  einen   gro^en,  ntoofigen 

Stem,   fpann    mit   etner  frtyftalfenen   ©pinbet    einen   listen 

gaben  in  bie  9Zadf)t  ^tnau^,  nidte  mit  bem  §anpte   gegen 

©olbener  unb  fang : 

ic  ,,2)er  meifje  gtn!f  bie  golbne  ffirf, 

£)ie  ^aiferfron'  tm  9JJeereg  @d)og." 

SBetter  fang   fie  nic^t,  benn  ber  gaben  brad^,  unb   fie  er* 

lofd)  lute  ein  8i(^t,    ^ftun  tuar  e^  ganj  3Zad)t.    <§in  ©raufen 

erfapte  bie  Sinber.    @ie  fprangen  mit  !faglt(^em  ©eft^ret  au$* 

15  etnanber,   ba^   eine   ba()tn,   ba^   anbere  bortl)in,  itber   8*elfen 

unb  S(ufte,  unb  ein§  tterlor  ba^  anbere. 

2?te(e  Jage  unb  5)?ad)te  irrte  and)  ©olbener  in  bem  bid)ten 

SJatbe  um()er,  fanb  aber  lueber  feme  S3riiber,  nod)  bie  §ittte 

feine^   9?ater^   nod)  fonft  bie   ©pur    eine'S  2Kenfd)ett,  benn 

20  ber  Salb  mar  gar  tmtb  unb   bunfeL    gin  33erg   luar   nber 

ben  anbern  geftellt,  unb  eine  Sluft  unter  bie  anbere. 

®ie  Seeren,  me(c6e  itberatl  tt)ud)fen,  ftilften  fetnen  ^unger 

unb  Durft;  fonft  tt)dre  er  gar  jammerUd)  geftorben.    Snblid)  am 

fiinften  Sage  tuurbe  ber  33alb  ^ell  unb  immer  fjelter,  unb  ba 

25  fam  ©olbener  jule^t  I)inau^  auf  eine  fdjone,  grime  SBiefe.    '3)a 

toar  er  frof),  tuieber  in  ber  frifdjen,  freten  Cujt  ju  fein* 

3luf  berfelben  Siefe  toaren  9?e^e  geftellt,  benn  ba  toofynte 
ein  $a§w ;  ber  ftng  SSbgel,  bie  au3  bem  9Balbe  flogen  unb 
fcerfaufte  fie  in  ber  2tabt^ 


GOLDENER.  73 


,,Da$  tft  gerabe  ber  redjte  33urfd)e  fitr  mid),"  bacfjte  ber/ 
^ager,  afe  er  ben  ©otbener  fal),  ber  auf  ber  gritnen  2Biefe 
nafye  an  ben  Sie^en  ftanb  unb  in  ben  toeiten,  blauen  §im* 
met  I)tnetnfd)cmte, 

£)er  -3^9er  oolite  fid)  etnen  6paJ3  madjen,  @r  jog  feme  5fte£e,  5 
nnb  ba  tear  ©otbener  gefangenr  unb  ba  lag  er  im  9?e^e  unb 
twr  gang  erftaunt,  benn  er  tnu^te  ntdjt  n)te  ba§  gefd^e^en  toar. 

f,6o  fangt   man  bte  33oget,  bte  au^  bent   9Ba(be  fomnten," 
ber  -3^9er   fcidjenb,    ffSDu  btft  mtr  gerabe   ber  recfyte, 
faun  tc^    gebraud)en«    33Ietbe   bet   mtr,   id)   le^re   bid)  10 
and)  bte  SSdget  fangen." 

®olbener  t^at  e§  gerne,  ,,§ier  unter  ben  3?i)geln  tft  e$ 
ein  (uftige^  Seben/'  bad)te  er*  lud)  ^atte  er  bie  §offnung 
aufgegeben,  bte  §ittte  [eine§  33ater3  ju  ftnben. 

ffSa^  fef)en  toa§  bu  gelernt   Ijaft/   fprad)  ber  ^ager   nad)  15 
etnigen  £agen  ^u  i^m,    ©otbener   sog   bie   Sfct^e,  unb    bet 
bent  erften  3u9e  fin9  er  e^netl  jdjneetoeijsen  ginfen, 

^^ort  mit  bent  toeij^en  5yin!en!"   fd^rie  ber  -^ager,  unb  tear 
ganj   iDittenb,  ,,btr   Ijat  ber  ^Bofe   ge^offen."     llnb    fo   ftie^ 
er  i^n  Don  ber  9Siefe,    S5en  tt)ei^en  ginfen  aber,  ben  @olbe-  20 
ner  ifym  geretd)t  f)atter  jertrat  er  mit  ben  giipen. 

©olbener  fonnte  bte  SBorte  be^  ^ciger^  nid)t  begretfen. 
J)te  Qa$ev  glauben  aber,  baft  mei^e  gtnlen  Ungtitcf  bringen, 
unb  ba3  tDU^te  ©olbener  ntdjt. 

5tber    eine    t)on  ben  iDet^en   gebern  tDar   in  feiner   §anb  25 
geblteben.    Sie  naf>m  er  unb  ftetfte  fie  ftt^    gum  Slnbenfen 
an  ben  §ut»    !Dann  ging  er  auf  ber  Sanbftra^e  fuftig  Better. 
Sa(b  begegneten  i^m  bret  9?duber,     ,,©uten  5H?orgen/'  fagte 
©olbener,  benn  mit  9faubern  mu§  man  fyofHcf)  fein. 


74  EASY  READING. 

Da    ftanben  bie   9ftiuber  [till,  unb  fdjauten  untfyer,  fetner 
abet  fafy  ben  ©olbener.     ,,2Bo  bift  bit  benn?"  rtefen  fie. 
,,§ier  ftelj'  id)  ja  &or  $I)nen,"  fagte  ©otbener. 
,,9Bo,  too?"    fdjrieen  fie,  unb  tmtrben  fcfyon  gang    ftmtenb. 
5       ,,@eien  <5ie  bod)  nid)t  bbfer  meine  §erren,"  fagte  ©olbe- 
ner,  unb  nafytn  ganj  I)ofUd)  ben  §ut  ab»    Da  fa^en  fie  il)n 
auf  einmat   unter    fi(^   ftefyen  unb    erfd^rafen   ganj  getDalttg 
baritber. 

rrDo«  ift  ber  Sofe!^  frfjrieen  fie,  tDarfen  ®elb  unb  SBaffcn 

10  fort   unb   (iefen   bation,    fo   fdjnett  fie   nur   !onnten,    ,,Da$ 

finb   ja  fonberbare  SRduber/'  bad)te   ©olbener,   na^m  fo  t)iet 

©elb  er   luollte,  unb  ba§   befte  ©etoefyr,   unb  bann  ging   er 

toeiter. 

Satb    begegnete  ifjm   ein  -Saner,    f,®uten   Xag,   S'auer/1 
15  fagte    ©olbener,    ,fit)ie    rneit  ift  e$  bi^   sur  nci(i)ften  ©tabt?" 
Da  blieb  ber  53auer    gang  erfcfyrocfen    ftefjen,  matfjte  3)iunb 
unb  2lugen  tt)eit  auf  unb  fdjaute  untfjer. 

,,§ier  ftetje  ic^  ja  Dor  $f)Tten*    ©agen  6ie  tnir  bo^,  lt)ie 

meit   e^  ift   bis  gur  nci(f)ften    ©tabt/'    fagte    ©olbener,    unb 

20  fapte   itjn   beim   3lrm,    ff§crrgott/'    fc^rie    ber   Saner,  ,ft)Uf 

mir,  baS  ift  ber  33ofe!"  unb   lief   bat)on,  fo    frf)neH  er  nur 

fonnte. 

,,Da6  ift  Ja  ein  fonberbarer  Saner,"  bac^te   ©otbener,  unb 
ging    tteiter.    Salb   fam   er    an   einen   Sad).    Die    ©onne 
25  ftant   fcf)on  ^o^,   unb  e§   n)ar  ^ei^,   ba  tranf   er  bann  tjon 
bent   fit^Ien  2Baffer.    Dann   fe^te    er    fic^   ane   Ufer,    legte 
unb  ©etoefyr  neben  fic^  ins  ®ra§,  unb  rufyte. 

SSaffer    luar  ffar,   unb  ber  blaue  §intntet   fpiegefte 
fid)    barin,   unb   and)    bie    gritnen    Sciunte,  unb   ©olbener^ 


GOLDENER.  75 

eigene  ©eftalt  mit  ben  fyetten  gotbenen  £ocfen.  211$  er  aber 
ben  £mt  ttrieber  anffe^te,  mar  feine  ®eftalt  dnf  einmaf  anS 
bent  SBaffer  Derfrfjumnben. 

,,<5o,"  fagte  ©olbener,  ffje^t  toei£  id),  toa$  fttr  eine  geber 
ba$  ift,  bie  id)  ba  am  §nte   ^abe."    @r  na^m  fie  Ijerunter  5 
nnb  ftecfie^fie  in  Me  £afrf)e. 

SBa^renb  er  fo  ba  ftanb,  lanten  brei  ^rinjen  be^  2Bege^ 
,,®itten  2:ag,  meine  §erren,"  fagte  ©olbener,  ,ftt)o  geljen  @ie 
benn  fo  eilig  fyin?" 

ff2Bir  ge^en  pr  ©tabt/'  fagten  fie,  ,,bort  ift  ^eitte  ein  gro*  10 
^e^  geft    £)er  Sonig  ^at  einen  SSogel  aufftelten  laffen,    SSer 
ben  2?ogel  I)erunfer  frfjte^t,  be!omntt  bie  ^rin^effin  jnr  gran 
nnb  tuirb  nadf)^er  felbft  Sonig." 

,,!Da^  ift  ja  fd)on,"  fagte  ©olbener,  ffba  ge^r  id)  gleit^  mit 
nnb  rt)ilt  mein  ®IM  and)  t)erfnd)en,"  15 

f/9lrf)  nein/j  fagten  bie  3lnberen,  ,,ftenn  it)ir  ^rin^en  ben  3Sogel 
nid)t  treffen  Ibnnen,  bran^en  @te  e$  an(^  ni(J)t  jn  t)erfn^en/rt 

,,©a$  luerben  it)ir  fc^on  fe!)en/'  fagte  ©olbener,  nnb  fie 
gingen  toeiter. 

3a(b  lamen  fie  jnr  ©tabt    ©a  mar  a((e^  SSoIf  anf  einer  20 
gro^en  2Biefe  fcerfammelt    Ser  SSoget  tnar  anf  einer  langen 
<  ©tange  anfgeftellt,  nnb  mele  Sonige  nnb  ^rinjen  toaren  an§ 
fernen  Sdnbern  gefommen,  nm  iljr  ®IM  jn  t^erfn^en,    £)er 
^dnig  nnb  bie  ^rinjeffin  fa^en  anf  gotbenen  ©tit^len,  nnb 
fcfjanten  jn,    (Siner  nat^  bem  anbent  f^offen  fie,  aber  feiner  25 
fonnte  ben  33ogel  treffen, 

^nle^t  trat  ©otbener  t)or,  ,,®a§  ift  gettrift  ber  6of)n  eine^ 
$aifer$,"  fagte  ber  ^onig,  afe  er  feine  golbenen  Sodfen  fal). 

ff2l(^  netn,  S5ater/'  fagte  bie  93rinjeffin,  ,ffie^  nnr,  ma^  er 


76  EASY  READING. 

fiir  fcfyledjte  Sleiber  Ijat;   er  foft  nid)t  auf  ben  25oget  fdjie, 

§en*" 

,,@et  nnr  rutytg,"  fagte  ber  Sonig,  ,,ba  bte  ^rmjen  ifyn  nidjt 
getroffen  fyaben,  nrirb  er  e§  and)  nid)t  fimnen." 
5  9lber  ©olbener  ftanfyyfrfton  nnb  jielte  unb  fd)o§,  nnb  ba 
lag  ber  3?oget,  mitten  bnfdjge[d)offenr  am  gn^e  ber  ©tangc. 
gtn^umje^nrer  ^nbetrnf  be^  ganjen  25olle^  erfd^ott,  nnb  alk^ 
rtef :  ,,§eil!"  nnb  ,,§0^!"  {o  lant  e$  nnr  lonnte,  nnb  frente 

W- 

10     5Rnr  bte  ^rinjen  madjten  bbfe  ©eftrfjter,  nnb  bte 
lt)ar  t.ranrtg,  n)ei(  fie  am  nac^ften  Jage  ben  6of)n  etne§ 
l^aner^  ^etraten  follte, 

3eW  9^9^  a^e  3um  Wafte.    ®ot*t  n?nrbe  gegeffen,  ge* 

r  -  •        : 

trnnfen,  nnb  getan^t,  aber  fo  rerf)t  fro^(td)  luar  bo^  ntemanb. 

15  f/§^er  ^P  e^  n^)^  9U^  fem//;  bat^te  ©olbener,  al§  er  bte 
bofen  -33Itcfe  fat).  2)a  naf)m  er  feme  geber,  ftecfte  fie  tmeber 
an  ben  §nt,  nnb  je^t  f'onnte  i()n  niemanb  fe^en. 

3n  einer  gcfe  be§  ©aale^  ftanben  bte  bret  ^rtn^en  nnb 
fprad^en  jnfammen.    rf3)cr  altc  Sonig  ift  fel)t  bofe/'  fagte  ber 

20  etne,  ,faber  er  ift  em  ganjcr  ilontg  nnb  irirb  fein  ffiort  ^al 
ten."    rtQa,"  fagte  ber  anbere,  f,ber  ^i)nig  ift  aber  nod)  lange 
nic^t    fo    bofe    n)te    bte    ^rtn^efftn.    3J?an    fann    gar    nid)t 
totffen,  lt>a^  bte  nod)  tf>nn  tt>trbr  e^e  fie  ifyn  ^eiratet." 
2lnf  ber  £reppe  t)or  bem  ©c^Ioffe   ftanben  etntge 

*5  „$&,"   fagte  ber  etner  ber  n?ar   em  grower,  grober, 
Stexlf  ,fbte  ^rmjefftn  mitt,  bap  id)  ben  ©otbener  toten  fott ;  fie 
ttitt  mir  aber  nnr  einen  Staler  geben,  aber  id)  unit 
ften§  ^ef)n.    Safitr  fanfe  id)  mir  jnerft  ein  groped  Jyaj"; 
imb  fiir  ba^  iibrtge  fanfe  ic^  'mir  ein  HeineS  Sdntgrei^, 


GOLDENEK.  7? 

gerabe  grog  genug  ift,  bag  man  otjne  ©orgen  bafcon  leben 
faun,  unb  bann  f-ottt  ifyr  metne  SKmtftcr  fein.  3lber  Je^t 
mug  id)  fort,  benn  um  ©onnenuntergang  ftritt  bie  ^rinjeffin 
micf)  erft  nod)  fprecfyen  ;  betm  ©t^toctneftafl  fyinter  bem 


tt)trb  fie  mid)  treffen,  unb   id)  benfe    fie   tntrb   mtr  frfjon  fo  5 
t)iel  ®elb  geben,  wit  tt^  niir  fyabenmfljL    —  -  & 


fort,   unb    ©olbener    fo(gte    i^m.    Die 
tDartete  frfjon  auf  if)n  beim  6(f)U)eineftaH. 

,,®uten  3tbenb,  §err  ^ciger/'  fagte  fie,  ,,id)  U)erbe  ^^nen 
gern  ettoa$  mel)r  geben,  aber  @ie  fcerfcmgen  bo^  tptrflic^  ju  10 
trieL    2tber    la^t   un^  ^ier  in   ben  ©djtDeineftatt   treten  ;  ba 
toerben   un^   bie  Seute   nicfjt   fe^en,   unb    bann   Idnnen   roir 
ru^ig  jufammen  fpre^en." 

2lber  ©olbener  ftanb  ^inter  bem  ^dger  unb  fdjlug  i^n 
redf)t§  unb  IhtfS  itber  bie  Q{)ren,  fo  bag  er  taufenb  ©terne  15 
auf  einmal  fa^»  35a  finite  er  unb  fcfyrie:  n&itfel  Qitfei 
S5er  Sofe  ift  I)inter  mir!"  benn  er  fonnte  ben  ©olbener  ja 
nid)t  fe^en,  unb  er  fprang  in  ben  @(^n)einefta(L  S5a  fdjob 
©olbener  fc^neK  ben^  ^Riegel  t>or  bie  ^itr,  fo  bag  er  nicfyt 
tDieber  ^erau^fonnte.  ^  20 

£)ie  ?prittjcfftn  tuar  in  tljrer  2lngft  in  ben  '©anfeftafl  ge* 
laufen,  ber  neben  bem  ©djtoeineftaft  ftanb,  unb  afe  ©olbener 
ba$  faf),  fd)ob  er  ba  and)  fcfynett  ben  9tieget  t>or  bie  Jfyiir, 
fo  bag  fie  aud)  nitf)t  I)erau^!onnte, 

^e^t  tt)urbe  e$   Stac^t,  unb  bie  ^rin^effin   toar    fort,  unb  25 
niemanb  tougte  ttio^in,  unb  niemanb  fonnte  fie  finben,  obfc^on 
man  iiberatt  fudjte,  nur  nic^t  Winter  bem  ©ctjfoffe  im  ©dnfe* 
ftatt,  benn  bort  fut^t  man  ja  feine  ^rmjeffin. 

So  mugte  fie  benn  bie  ganje  9?a^t  im  ©cinfeftaH 


78  EASY  HEADING. 


unb    bie   $rfauefftn   fc&rie,  obfcfjon  fie   eine  ^rinjeffin   toar, 

* 
unb  ber  Qtytr   fhtdjte,  benn  er    iwr  eben  em  grober,  fya^ 

lidjer  Serl 

Srft   am   nadjften^orgen,    ate   ber    <5d)ti)eineiunge   fam 

5  um  bie  Sdjtoeine  guv ^iiftern,  unb  ben  (Stall   aufmad)te,  ba 

fanb    er   ben    -Sager   unb    tie£   ifyn   ^erau§r   unb    and)    bie 

^rinjeffin,    2lber  fie  fcfjamte  fic^  fo  fefjr,  baB  fie  tout  meinte, 

unb  fie  fitrd)tete  fic^  auc^  t)or  i^rem  33ater. 

®a    ging    ©olbener   jum  Sdnig  unb  fagte,  er   ^abe   nod) 
10  feine   8uft  ju  fyeiraten,  er   tnitrbe  mieber  in  bie  toeite    SBelt 
t)inau^  gef)en,  and)  toitrbe  bie    ^rinjeffin  gett)i^  lieber  einen 
toon  ben  ^rinjen  fyeiraten. 

S)ie    ^rin^en    aber    fagten :    ^ein,    eine    ^rinseffin    bie 

eine  ganje  9]ac^t  im  ©anfeftatl  gefeffen  Ijat,  iDotten  tDir  auc^ 

15  nicfjt,"  unb  bann   gingen  fie  and)  fort;  unb  tr>enn  bie  $rin* 

jeffin    ni^t   geftorben  ift,   fo    ift  fie   gert)ip    jefct   eine   alte, 


©olbener    ging   aber  mieber  in  ben   SBalb    sitritd:,  um  bie 
§ittte    feine^,  33ater§   ju   fud^en,    Jag    unb   iJiadjt   lief   er 
20  uber   gelfen   unb  alte,    gefaKene  Sa^imftamme ;  and)  fiel  er 


gar  oft  iiber  bie  fcfytoarjen  surseln,'  bie  iiberad  au$  bem 
Soben  ^erDorragten.^  VXr^l^*^ 

2tm    britten    Jage   aoer    tourbe  ber   SBalb    enbti^    tt)ieber 

Better,   unb    ba    fam    er    fyinauS    in    einen    fdpnen,    listen 

25  ©arten.    S)er   luar    t?o(I    ber    Iieblid)ften  Slumen,  unb   tueil 

©otbener    foIcfyeS   noc^  nie  gefe^en  ^atte,  btieb    er  Doll   53e* 

wunberung  ftetjen  unb  freute  fic^  tt)ie  ein  Smb. 

£)er  ©artner  im  ©arten  erblidte  i^n  nirfjt  foglei^,  benn 
©olbener  ftanb  unter  ben  (Sonnenblumen,  unb  feine 


$f 

m 


GOLDENER. 


glanjten  gerabe  fo  itrie  etne  33lnme.  ,,£)a$  ift  gerabe  ber 
recfjte  33nrfd)e  fur  mid)/'  fpracf)  er,  fobalb  er  ifyn  faf),  nnb 
fdjlofc  ba§  £I)dr  be$  ©arten§. 

©olbener  toar  snfrieben  bamit.    ,,§ier  nnter  ben  33lnmen 
ift   e$    ein    gar    bunted   8eben,"    bacfyte    er.    ,,23on    Sonigen  5 
nnb    ©tabten   fyabe  id)   fdjon  genng    gefefjen;    ba  bleibe  icf) 
Ueber  I)ier." 

2lntf)   fjatte   er   fd)on  ganj  bie   §offnnng    anfgegeben,   bie 
§ittte  feine^  23ater^  tDieber  jn  finben. 

,,gort  in  ben  SOJalb,"  fprat^  ber  ©artner  eine§  3ftorgen$  gn  10 
©olbener,  ,,!^ole  mir  einen  hrifben  Stofenftotf,  bamit  id)  ga^me  $j$" 
9?ofen  baranf  pflanje." 

©olbener   ging   nnb  lam   mit   einem   ©tod   ber   fdjbnften 
SRofen   jnritd.    J)ie  it)aren  gerabe    ate   tyatte  fie  ber 
tefte  ©olbfdjmieb  fitr  einen  ^5nig  gefc^miebet. 

,,gort  mit  ben  golbenen  3tofen!"  fdjrie  ber  ©artner,  ,,bte 
l)at  ber  33ofe  bir  gegeben/'  nnb  fo  ftieft  er  i^n  an^  bem  ©arten 
nnb  feeing  ba^  £f)or  jn.  ®ie  golbenen  9tofen  aber  jertrat 
er  mit  ben  Stiffen,  ©olbener  lonnte  bie  SBorte  be$  ©drtner^ 
nid^t  begreifen.  5)ie  ©artner  glanben,  baj}  golbene  9?ofen  20 
Unglitd  bringen,  aber  ©olbener  ttmftte  e^  nit^t. 

(Sin  3n)e^9  &°tt  ^em  SRofenftod  war  i^m  in  ber  §anb 
geblieben.  !Camit  ging  er  nnn  anf  ber  Sanbftrafte  toeiter. 
53alb  fam  er  jn  einem  53ad)e.  ,,§ier  Will  id)  ben  $wei$  jnm 
Stnbenlen  in  bie  (§rbe  pfl'anjen/'  bai^te  ©olbener.  Slber  fo*  25 
gleic^  .ttmd^  ber  3^e^  un^  ^urbe  in  einigen  3)Jinnten  ein 
f^5ner,  rgro^er  9tofenftod  mit  ben  pra^tigften,  golbenen  SRofen. 

,,SBenn   ba^  fo   gefyt,"  fagte   ©olbener,  ,,tt)erben   wiv  fyier 
balb    einen   l)errlid)en  ©arten   fyaben,"  nnb    f(^nel(   brac^  er 


80  -  EASY  READING. 

emeu  nnjeren  3»eig  ab  unb  ppan3te  ^n  auc^  in 
unb  atebalb  trug  er  aud)  ebenfo  fctyflne,  golbene  SRofcn.  2lber 
ber  anbere  SRofenftocf  trug  jefet  btofi  gembfynlidje,  rcte  SRofen 
unb  toar  em  getobljnltcfier,  intlber  Wofenfted. 

,/JJitr  au^  rerf)t/'  fagte  (Mbener,  ppiidttc  bie  fc^onen, 
golbeneu  SRofett  unb  ftecfte  fie  in  feine  £afdje.  SSon  bem 
9iofenftod  aber  brad),  er  einen  3^9  a^  un^  ^a^)m  ^)n  m^» 
T)ann  gtng  er  lueiter  unb  fam  in  eine  ©tabt  mit  engen 
unb  I)ol)en  §ciufern,  §ier  Derfaufte  er  feine  golbenen 
an  einen  ©olbfc^mieb.  $e£t  ^atte  er  ®e^ 
unb  fonnte  fic^  ebenfo  fd^one  $feiber  faufen  tnte  ein 


?llx>  er  aber  bur^  bie  6tabt  gingr  fam  er  an  einen  fyerrlicfyen 
Garten,    an    beffen    £I)oren    ein    grower,    pBlid)er    6olbat 


15      ,,9S?em  ge^brt  biejer  ©arten/'   fragte  ©olbener. 

,.(5r  gefjort  bem  Sonig/'  fagte  ber  ©ottmt,  ,faber  freten 
©ie  nur  ein,  ber  Stntritt  ift  frei  fiir  jebermann." 

Ta  ging  er  fyinein,  unb  tmr  gan?  erftaunt  itber  bie 
Dielen  prad)ttgen  53(umen  unb  33aume,  bie  er  no^  nte  ge* 
2ofel)en  l)atte,  2(ber  er  bad)te  bet  fic^:  fr@ol^c  Stumen,  mie 
bu  fie  pflan^en  tannft,  befi^t  ber  Sonig  bod)  nidjt." 

iiMc  er  fo  bac^te,  ftanb  er  ^Ib^lic^  i?or  bem  $8nig,  ber 
gerabe  in  bem  ©arten  fpa^ieren  ging. 

,,0tim,  mein  greunb,"  fagte  biefer,  ntoit  gefaflt  bir  ber 
^arten?" 

,.C>  gang  gut,"  anttoortete  ©otbener,  ffaber  icf|  fjabe  boc^ 
fc^on  fc^bnere  Slumen  gepflattjt,  al^  bie  finb,  toclt^c  in 
biefem  ©arten  madjfen." 

Grftaunt  fdjaute  ber  fbnig    i^n  an  unb  fprad)  :   ,,33ift  bu 


GOLDENER.  81 


betm  ©cirtner?  ,3eige  m*r  flktd)/  ^a^  ^u  fatmft,  unb  toenn 
id)  mit  bit  gufrieben  bin,  fottft  bu  mein  ^ofgartner  toerben, 
benn  ber  meinige  ift  Dor  einigen  Stagen  geftorben,  ©onft 
aber  laj}7  id)  bid)  in$  ©efcingniS  toerfen." 

£)a  pffangte  ©olbener  fdjnett  ben    SRofenjtDeig  in  bie  (£rber  5 
unb    er   toucf;8    unb   iwrbe  jogleit^  ein  .  prac^ttger  9?ofenftod 
mit  I)err(i(f)en  gotbenen  5Ro[en. 

„$&,"  fagte  ber  ®onig,  ,,ba^  I)a(t  bu  tt)irlli^  gut  gemadjt, 
unb   bon  Ijeute  an  bift  bu  ntein  §ofgartner."      £)ann  rtef 
er    bie    ^rtnjeffttraen,    unb    fie   fanten    unb    ftatfd^ten    t)or  10 
greube  tnit  ben  |)anben,  unb   bann   befam  Jebe  eine  golbene 


,,9JZorgen  totrft  bu  ben  gangen  ©arten   t)oll  fofcfyer   S^ofen 
^flanjen/'  fagte  ber    $8nig  ju  ©otbener,  fffonft  laffc  ic^  bit^ 
in^  ©efangni^    tDerfen,    bort   fotlft  bu  t»erl)ungern   unb  tier-  15 
burftcn."    Sa  tourbc  ©olbener  ganj  traurig,    benn  er  ftmftte 
gar  tt)o^(,  ba^  er  nur  einen  fold)en  SRofcnftod  pflan^en  fonnte. 
3lber  e^  fing  an  ju  regnen  unb  e^  bli^te  unb  bonnerte 
unb   ber  $onig  gtng  mit  ben  ^rin^effinnen  in  ba£ 
©olbener    aber  ftedte    feine   meifee   geber    an    ben  £mt  unb  20 
folgte  ifytten. 

2)er  ©olbat  ber  tjor  bem  ©d^Ioffc  SSat^e  ^telt  fa^  ifyn  nidjt, 
gr  ging  alfo  fyinein  unb  lam  in  ben  groften  ©aal,  tt)o  ber 
S'onig  mit  ben  ^Jrmgcffinnen  jufammen  .fag.  @ie  beit)unber= 
ten  bie  fcf)onen,  golbenen  9tofenr  aber  ber  Sonig  fpradf):  25 

„$&)  fiird)te  nur  ba£  unfer  neuer  ©artner  ein  3<mkrer 
ift,  unb  ba^  er  eine£  2:age^  mit  feinen  golbenen  Dtofen  »er^ 
ftf)tt)inben  totrb.  3lu^  fal)  er  eben  gang  betriibt  au^r  unb 
e§  ftf)ien  i^m  fyier  gar  ntrf)t  %n  gefallen.  ©drum  toerbe  icf) 


82  EASY  HEADING. 

tfjn  fjente  97arf)t  titten  laffen  ;  bann  fyaben  toil  bod)  toenigftenS 
ben  etnen  SRofenftocf,  nnb"  ein  anberer  ©artner  faun  {a 
©tedfinge  baton  pffansen." 

•Sefet  toeig  id)  genng,"  bad)te  ©otbener,  brad)  einen  3*r>eig 

5  ton  bem  Stofenftocf  unb  ging  bamit  gur  @tabt  l)tnau^,  ofyne 

bag  bte  ©otbaten,  inelrfje  S?ac^e  ^telten,  i^n  jafjen,  benn  er 

fyatte  nod^  bte  geber  am  ©ute.    2lm  anbern  2Jforgen  aber, 

al6  ber  ^bntg  in  ben  ®arten  fam,  fanb  er  bort  nur  etnen 

getDo^nltc^en,  tDtlben  SRofenftod    3ja  tpnrbe  er  fo  bofe,  bap 

:o  er  atle  Solbaten  an^  bem  8anbe  jagen  Ite£. 

©otbener  ^atte  bte  it)et^e  geber  t)om  ^)nte  ^erunter  genom- 
men,  nnb  gtng  trteber  in  ben  SBalb,  nm  bie  ^ittte  fetne5 
n  fuc^cn.    &  lief  Sag  nnb  ^ftadjt  Don  33anm  gn 


Sanm,  ton  gel^  sn  gefe,    Slber  bie  Serge  twren  fo 
15  bte  SHitfte  fo  ttef,  nnb  ber  Satb  fo  bi^t,  ba^  e^  Jag  nnb 

9?q$t  faft  gletd)  ftnfter  tt)ar. 
>^ 

/^  (Snblid)  am  brttten  Sage  tt)urbe  ber  SBalb  !)el(  nnb  immer 
Better,  nnb  ba  !am  ©otbener  l)tnan^  an  ba§  blane  2)?eer, 
Sa  lag  eS  tor  tl)m,  fo  enbloS  nnb  meit,  nnb  bie  @onne,  bte 
20  eben  nntergmg,  fpiegelte  fid)  in  ber  frtyftattenen  gladje.  S5a 
Jt)ar  e^  tute  fliepenbe^  ®olb,  gerrlit^e  @^iffe  f(^tt)ammen 
baranf,  mit  ftotjen  golbenen  %a^nen»  ©rftannt  fc^ante  er 
nml)er. 

(vinige  gifcfyer  luaren  in  einem   fd)onen  4Boote  am  Ufer. 
25  T)a  trat  ©olbener  I)inein  nnb  fa1^  mit   (grftannen  anf  ba§ 
ttjeite  2fteer  ^inan^.    f,35a^  ift  gerabe  ber  redjte  Snrfc^e  fitr 
^/  fpradjen  bie  ^ifd)er  nnb  ftie^en  torn  Sanbe  ab. 
©olbener  n)ar  gerne  bamit  ^nfrieben.    ff§ier  anf  ben  9Bef* 
n/  bac^te  er,  ,,ift  e^  ein  golbene^  8eben»"    2lnd)  ^atte  er 


GOLDENER.  83 

feine  §offnung  mefyr,  feineS  33ater$  £wtte  ttriebequfinben. 
1)te  gifcfyer  rwrfen  tljre  5fte^e  au§  unb  fingen  nicfyts.  ,,8afj 
fefjen  ob  bu  glitdlidjer  bift,"  fpraS)  eitt  alter  gifdjer  mit 
filbernen  ^waren  ju  ©olbener. 

Sftit  ungefrfjicften  Danbeft  fenfte  ©olbener  ba^  ^e^  in  bte  5 
Xiefe,  gog  unb  fifdjte  cine  feone  Don  I)eHem  ©olbe, 

rief  ber  atte  gif^er  unb  fiel  bem  ©olbener  ju 
f,3Sor  ^unbert  ^a^ren  Derfenfte  ber  a(te  Saifer,  ber 
feine  (Srben  l^atte,  fterbenb,  bte  Srone  tn§  9JJeer.  9?ur  ber 
©IM'ltcfye,  ber  bie  Srone  ttrieber  au§  ber  Sttefe  ^erau^jog,  10 
follte  fein  ?ta(^folger  tuerben.  33i%  je^t  lt)ar  ber  J^ron  aber 
in  £rauer  get)ulltr  unb  e$  tDar  lein  S?atfer  im  Sanbe." 

n&tii  unferm  Saifer!"  rief  en  bie  Sifcl)^  unb  fe^ten  bem 
©olbener  bie  Srone  auf. 

Sa  erfdjott  t)on  ©d^tff  su  @d)tff  bie  ^unbe  t)ott  ©ofbener  15 
unb  ber  lidjten  Saiferlrone,      @ie   erfrfjofl  itber  ba^  3Reer, 
toett  in  ba?  5anb  ^tnein*    -33a(b  tnar  bte  golbene  gladtje  mtt 
bunten  ^acfyen  befei^t,  unb  mtt  (to(jenr  prtidjtigen  Stiffen. 

55iefe  grit^ten  atte  mit  lantern  ^ubel  ba^  @(f)iff  auf  toet 
c^em  ^atfer  ©olbener  ftanb.    @r  ftanb  mit  ber  Ijeften  ^rone  20 
auf    bem    |)aupte,   auf    bem    93orbertet(e   be^   @cl)iffe3   unb 
fc^aute  ber  @onne  ju,  lt)ie  fie  im  3Jfeere  erlofd), 

^m  2lbenbtt)tnbe  fee^ten  feine  golbenen  ?ocfen. 

2lm  fetben   2lbenb    fam   ber    ^ot^auer  mit   ben  anbern 
©o^nen  au^   bem   SS5alber    too   fie   gearbeitet   fatten.     Sett  25 
©olbener  fortgegangen,  toar  er  nie  mefjr  fo  re^t  glitdlid^  unb 
frot)  getoefen,    f,8a^t  un^  fcfynett  ge^en/'  fagte  ber  Slltefte,  ,,e$ 
tt)irb  fdjon  bunfeL" 

ba,  ber  3ftonb!"  fagte  ber  ^todte.    llnb  ba  fam  e^  fyett 


84  EASY  HEADING. 


ben  bunfien  £annen  fyer&or,  unb  erne  grauengeftatt, 
(euc^tenb  tt)ie  ber  2ftonb,  fefcte  fid)  auf  einen  ber  moofigen 
Steine,  fpann  mit  frtyftaltener  ©pinbel  einen  listen  gaben 
in  bie  3ladjt  fyinauS,  burdj  ©tabte  nnb  8anbe,  nid'te  mit  bem 
@aupte  gegen  ben  ^ol^auer,  unb  fang  : 


,,2)er  ttJeige  gin!,  bie  golb'ne 
®ie  $aifertron'  tm  SJJeere 
Unb  ^od^  ait}  feinem  ^aifert 
SDer  ©olbener,  bein  jiingfter 

10  Unb  ber  SBalb  ftintmte  ein  in  ben  Qnbd,  unb  bie  53erge 
bonnerten  e3  guritd  ;  unb  ber  fyette  (St^ein  breitete  fi(^  au$ 
iiber  SSalber  unb  Serge  unb 


SBalbe   aber  Hang  e$  r\atf)  t  \me  taufenb   luunberbare 
" 


(Stintmen,  unb  bie  $aume*flitfterten  miteinanber  in  g 
15  ni$fcotlen  SBorten, 

ffSommtr  ti)ir  ge^en  gu  unferm  Sruber  ©olbener/'  riefen 
bie  Sdfyne,  unb  ba  frfjlo^  ber  ^oljljauer  bie  S^pre  feiner 
£wtte  ju,  unb  fie  gingen  in  bie  28ett  ^inau§. 

2lber  faum  traren  fie  nocb  auf  balbent  SBege,  ba  begegneten 

f\     Tj|jry^J 

20  i^nen  fd)on  ©olbener^  Soten  ju  ^3ferbe  unb  ?u  SBagen, 

ju  ©olbener,  unferm  marfjtigen  Saifer/'  f|)racf)en  fie, 
^od^  auf  feinem  St^rone  t>on  li^tem  ®otbr  unb 
ju  feiner  ?infen  fte^en  gitrften,  unb  ju  feiner  9?e(^ten  fte^en 
e,  unb  feine  Sefet)(e  ge^en  au^  in  atte  8dnber^ 


DAS  SCHLOSS   AM  MEER.  85 


15.  $a$  ^rfjloft  am  SSJleer* 

Subraig  Uljfonb  (1787-1862). 

£>aft  bu  ba$  @djloj3  gefeljen, 
£)a§  t)ol)e  @ci)lo$  am 
©often  unb  rofig  U)et)en 
SOBolfen  britber  f)er. 


fief)  niebernetgen 
bte  fptegelftare  glut, 
mbd)te  ftreben  unb  fteigen 
ber  SlbenbtDotlen  ®Iut« 


am 

Unb  ben  Sftonb  bariiber  fte^en 
Unb  9tebet  tt)eit  um^er*" 


©er  Stub  unb  be$  3Kcere«  SBaHen, 
®aben  fie  frif^en  Slang? 
3Serna^mft  bu  au$  l^o^en  fallen  15 

(gatten  unb  geftgefang? 


SBinbe,  Me  SBogen  aKe 
8agen  in  tiefer  9tu^  ; 
@inem  Slagetieb  au$  ber 
d   mit 


86  EASY  READING. 

@al)eft  bu  oben  geljen 
£)en  ®ontg  nnb  fein  ©entafyl? 
£er  roten  2ftantef  SBdjen, 
£)er  goftmen  kronen  ©traljl? 


giifjrten  fie  nid)t  mit  SBonne 
(Sine  fcfyone  ^ungfrau  bar, 
§errlid)  ttrie  eine  @onne, 
@tral)lenb  im  .golbnen 


fa^  tc^  bte  (Sttern  betbe, 
ber  kronen  8t(f)tr 

Jrauerlleibe  ; 


16 

S$  i(t  fc^on  metjr  ate  fynnbert  Qaljrt  ^er,  ba  lebte  in  etnem 
ftetnen  Sorfe  in  £)eittfd)(anb   ein  Snabe,  ber  ^o^^^ 
15  f,30^an^  f°0  Sc^mieb  luerben,"  fagte  ber  SSater. 

^ot)ann  muftte  erft  bei  einem  alien  ©cfymiebe  in  bie 
geften.     £)a$  tljat  er  ate  er  trier^n  ^a^re  a^  ^ar.     Sr 
roofynte   bet   fetnem   3Keifter    nnb    arbeitete   unb    lernte   ba§ 
^anbinerf.    Qr  tuar  je^t  8e^rling,    Sin  Sealing  belam  aber 
20  gemb^nlid)  tetnen  So^n ;  nnr  bie  $oft  tt)nrbe  i^m  gegeben, 

gr  mut$te  mel)rere  3fat)re  bei  bent  3fteifter  bleiben ;   bann 
macf)te  er  fetn  ©efeUenftitcf,  nnt  jn  jeigen  lt)a^   er  gelernt 


DAS  HANDWERK.  87 

fjatte.  £)a$  ©efettenftitcf  mar  gut,  barum  murbe  er  ®efette« 
Qtty  fonnte  er  gefyen,  mofyin  er  mottte,  unb  ®e(b  tierbienen. 
Slber  er  burfte  nur  bei  einem  3)£eifter  arbeiten.  (£r  burfte 
nitfjt  fitr  anbere  8eute  arbeiten  unb  ®elt)  bafitr  nefymen. 

@o  arbeitete  er  mefyrere  ^afyre.    ^r  9^9  ^°^  e^e^  @tabt  5 
jur    anbern,   arbeitete    unb    ternte    trieL    T)a^    maren   feine 
2Banber}al)re.    ^ule^t  fam  er  ju  bent  ©orfe  juritcf  mo  feine 
§eimat  mar.    Qtyt  Derftanb  er  fein  ^wnbmerf  gut  unb  mar 
ein  titdjtiger  @rf)mieb.    Qtyt  macfyte  er  aut^  fein  sJJJeifterftit(f. 
&  mar  fefjr  f corner  gu  macfyen,  aber  er  ma^te  e§  gut,  unb  10- 
barum  murbe  er  3JJeifter. 

Sr  faufte  fic^  ein  §au$,  unb  bort  arbeitete  er,  unb  menu 
jemanb  fi^  etma$  ma^en  laffen  moltte,  fam  er  pm  3°^)a^ 
unb  ber  3ofyatm  §attt  immer  t)iet  2lrbeit,  benn  er  mar  ein 
fefyr  guter  @df)mieb.    ®a  er  'nun  9)feifter  mar,  l)atte  er  aut^  15 
ba$  9?ecf)t,  8e^rlinge  unb  ®efelfen  ju  ne^men* 

@o  mu^te  man  fritfjer  in  Seutfc£)Ianb  ein  §anbmerf  lernen, 
aber  Je^t  ift  ba$  aui)  atfe^  anber^  gemorben,  unb  jeber  fann 
ein  §anbmerf  ternen,  mie  er  mitt. 


88  EASY  HEADING. 


(§S  toar  einmal  ein  junger  Snabe,  ber  Ijtefc  gri£,  unb  Ijatte 
toeber  23ater  nod)  SKutter.  Sr  mar  ein  bttbfdjoneS  Sinb, 
mit  blonben  Socfett,  unb  menu  cr  Dor  ber  S^iire  auf  ber 
@tra£e  fpielte,  blieben  bie  8eute  fteljett,unb  fragten:  ,,9Bem 

5  ge^brt  ber  fitehie?" 

Sann  antmortete  bte  bofe,  alte   grau,  bte  i^n  nttt  biinnen 
J\  \@itppen  unb  Dtclcn  ©cfyeltttorten  aufjog:  ,,@r  ift  ein  SBaifen* 
!inb,  unb  ba§  53e(te  mare  fitr  tfjn,  tt)enn  i^n  ber'Iiebe  ®ott 
ju  ftc^  in^  §imnte(reid)  nd^me," 

10  gril^  aber  tootlte  no^  gar  ntd^t  to  §tmme(ret(f).  @§  ge* 
fiel  i()nt  fjier  unten  ganj  gut,  unb  er  tt)U(^^  auf,  it)ie  bie  rot* 
fopfigen  S)ifte(n  I)inter  bem  §aufe.  S)ie  fatten  auc^  fetnen 
guten  ^(a^  unb  bot^  trurben  fie  grof$  unb  ftarf.  ©pielfame* 
raben  ^atte  er  ntd&t-^i;nb  menu  bie  anbern  ^naben  be^  ©or* 

15  fe$  im  S3arf)e  iWu^Ien  bauten  unb  ffetne  @d)iffe 


V    ^**t 

liepen  ober  im  !Q£  u  fpietten,  fag  gri^  im  SBatbe  brau^en  unb 

pftff  ben  33ogeln  i^re  8ieberjtad|> 
@o  fanb  ifyn  eine^  5tage§  ber  alte   StauS,  ber  ein  25oget* 

[tetter  fear.    $t)m  gefiel  ber  ^iibfdie  .^unge,  unb  balb  tDurben 
20  fie  gute  greunbe.    9Zun  faf)  man  bte  beiben  I)aufig   &or  ber 

§utte   be^  SSogetftetter^  nebeneinanber  fi^eit,   it)ie   jipei  alte 

>irieg$fameraben.    Slau^  mu^te  ntc^t  nur  allertei  hmnberbare 

®efd)irf)ten  5U  er^a^Ien,  bie  ber  grit^  balb   au^tnenbig   lernte; 

er  lonnte  aut^   bie  ®eige  fpieten  unb  le^rte  bem  gri£   biefe 
25  ^unft,  tiarf)bem  er  ifym  eine  alte  ®eige  jum  ®eburt^tag   ge* 

fcfjenft  t)atte. 

©djitler  lernte  frfjnett.    ©enn  ef)e  ein  SDtonat  Merging 


DER   FIEDELBOGEN  DES  NECK.  89 

fpielte  er-  fdjon  bie  gieber,  „£),  bu  lieber  Sluguftin,"  ,,@uter 
SDtonb,  bit  geljft  fo  ftitte,"  unb  ,,2lte  ber  ©rojftater  bte  ©rofc 
mutter  nafytn."  Saritber  toar  ber  SJogelftetfet  ttef  geritljrt, 
unb  fpracf)  bte'propljetifdjett  SBorte:  ,,§r%  benl  an  m^J  ^ 
fefje  bid),  toenn  mtr  ©ott  ba§  8eben  fcfjeuft,  no2|  oerentft  am  5 
ftrcfytag  ate  erfteu  ©etger!" 

Site  grt£  fitnfje^n  3<at)re   a^  getoorben  toar,  famett    bie 
9iarf)barn  jufammen  unb  fjtelten  3?at  iiber  t^n»    „(£$  ift  3e^/' 
fagten  ftef  ffba§  er  ettua^  Drbenttt^e^  (ernt,  um  fetn  Srot  ju 
tierbtenen*"    Unb  ate  fie  ifyn  fragten,  ttm$  er  tDerben  tt)o((e,  10 
fagte  er,  ,,(5in  ©^telmann/' 

©a  fdjhtgat  bte  8eute  bte  §anbe  itber  bte  So^fe  jufammen 
unb  enffe|fen  ftc^*    Slu^  ber  iDienge  aber  trat  etn  JtioIjtbeleibiJ^1 
ster  Sftann  ^ertior,  ber  trug   einen  fcf) marten  ©amtrod -  uftt) 
eine  tuet^e  SBefte.    (Sr  fa^tc  ben  S3urfd)en  an  ber  §anb  unb  15 
fagte  mtt  3Sitrbe :  „$<§  toil!  t>erfuc^en,  ob  t(^  au§  tfym  eth)a^ 
•Dtbentli^e?  mat^en  fann,"    Unb  atte  fagten,  ir>te  glitdHcf)  ber 
grt£  fet,  ba§  er  einen  foldjen  3Jieifter    gefunben   ^abe,  bet 
bem  er  ein  nit^licfyeS  ^anbtoerf  krnen  fdnne. 

liefer  aber  mar  and)  ntcfjtS  ©eringe^ ;   er  trar  ber 
bier  be$   Sorfe6   unb   ftf)or   ben   33auern   ^Bart  unb 
Slber  er  gab  t^nen  and)  Bitten,  unb  ri^  tijnen  and)  bte  Iranfen 
3cU)ne  au§,  man^mal  and)  bte  gefunben ;  barum  nannten  t^n 
bie  8eute  nid)t  anber3  ate  ,,§err  ©oftor«" 

9ln   bemfetben   STage   noc^    tuanberte   grt^  in    ba$    §au^  25 
feine^  neuen  |)errn,  unb  fd)oty  am  Slbenb  fyotte  er  ba^  Sier 
fitr  ben  SJfeifter  au^  ber  @5^fe ;  ja,  ber  grt^  ternte  ft^nelf. 
Salb  ternte  er  and)  nod)  toa$  fonft  jum  §anblt?erf  gefytfrt, 
unb  fein  SJietftcr  war  jufrieben  mit  i^m.    9?ur  f)atte   er  e$ 


V 


90  ^6-F  REDING. 


nicfyt  gent,  baft  gri£  in  f  enter  fieien  £eit  fo  fleiftig   auf  ber 


®eige  fpiefte.    ,,@$  ift  eine  brot 


ofe  Swift,"  fagte  er. 


(Sin  paar  .Qafyre  ttergingen.  £)a  fam  ber  £ag  Ijeran,  an 
toetdjent  gri£  fein  ©efellenftitd:  ntacf)en  fottte.  SBenn  ber 
SReifter  bantit  jufrieben  twre,  bann  bitrfte  er  ^inau^  geljen, 
in  bie  tt)eite  SBeItr  nnb  fein  ©IU(f  fud^en,  2)a^  ©efeHenftud 
aber  »ar,  ba^  er  feinent  ^)errn  ben  Sart  fdjeren  nutate,  unb 
ba^  tear  nic^t^  ®eringe$. 

gro^e  Jag  tt)ar  ba.    ®er  S3arbier  fo§  auf  bent  ©tuljle. 


»ciic""5tu(Lum  ben  §ate  nnb  Ief)nte  ben 

«i*^  •'*  »«  -•  - 

naf)tn  ®eifc  nnb  2fteffer,  nnb  tote  er  gerabe 


fc^on  an  ber  2lrbeit  ttwr,  ^orte  er  ^lo^Ii^  t)or  bent  §aufe 
©eigenfpiel  nnb  ®efang.    (Sin  3ftann  mit  einent  53aren  fam 


/ 


15  5)a  gntfte  bent  grife  bie  §anb  tote  er  bie  SKuftl  ^5rter  nnb 
anf  ber  SBange  be^  2Jietfter$  fa^  eine  btntige  St^rantnte,  bie 
reic^te  t)ont  D^r  bte  ?nr  SWafe. 

D  toe^  bn  arm|Lfir^l|<  ®er  ©tu^I,  tooranf  ber  SDieifter 
gefeffen  ^atte,  fiet  rudllng^  auf  ben  ^Boben,    SSittenb  fprang 
vao  ber  ^(utenbe  in  bie  ^pofye  unb  gab  bent  <93urfrf)en  eine  fcfyaf* 
\  lenbe  O^rfeige,  bann  ri^  er  bie  S^itr  auf  unb  fcfyrie  :   n®etf 


£)a  pacfte  ber  gri£  feine  Sadden  gufantmen,  nafynt  feine 

©eige  unter  ben  2lrm  unb  gtngimnt  fiudud.    £)er  Sudud 

25  toofynte  int  $3albe  auf  einer  ^t^e^unb  toar  gerabe  ju  §aufe, 

J)er  33urfd)e  erja^tte,  unb  ber  Sudud  fjorte  e§  aufmerffam 

an;  bann  aber  judte  er  bie  glitgel  unb  fpra^: 

greunb,  toenn  ic^  aHen  I)e(fen  toottte,  bie  ju  mtr 
toerben,  ^atte  ic^  rtel  ju  t^utu     Sie  ^eiten  ftnb 


ga 
j^^in 


DER   FIEDELBOGEN  DES  NECK.  91 

fdjmer,  nnb  id)  mnft  frofy  fein  ba$  meine  eigenen  Sinber  et= 
toa$  gn  effen  fyaben.    Sen  2Uteften  fyabe  id)  bei  einer  8erd)e 
in  Soft  gegeben ;   ben  ^toeiten  I)at  ber  sJtat^bar  ginf  in$  §an$ 
genommen ;  ba$  britte  Sinb,  ein  Sftabcfyen,  ift  bei  einer  £)rof- 
fel;  nnb  bie   beiben  Sleinften   ftnb   beim   ©pa^,  benn   eine 
beffere   gamilie  fonnte  id)  fitr  fie  ntd)t  finben ;  jar  e§  ftnb 
f^mere  3e^e^»    3$  felber  fann  fanm  mein  33rot  fcerbte 
@eit  t)ier3ef)n  2^agen  effe  idj  nid)t§  ate  9?anpen,  nnb 
Soft  ift  nidjts  fitr  beinen  2ftagen.    ^a,  e^  t^nt  mir   feljr 
leib,  aber  ^elfen  fann  id)  bir  nit^t." 

Sa   tie^   ber   gri£   tranrig   ben    So))f  fyangen,  fagte 
Sndnd  8ebett)o^(,  nnb  ging  mit  feinen  trnben"^e8an!e 

@r  tuar  aber  nid)t  tneit  gegangen,  ba  rief  ifym  ber  Sncfncf 
nad) :  ff§alt,  gri^ !  SDftr  fommt  ein  gnter  ©ebanfe.  33iefleid)t 
fann  id)  bir  bo(^  fyetfen*  Somm  mit!"  15 

@o  fyrad)  er,  flog  t»or  bent  grife  I)err  nnb  fit^rte  i^n  in 
ben  SBalb.  Unb  er  flog  in  baS  ©i(Jic^t,  bnrd^  Sornen  nnb 
©ebitf^e,  nnb  ba  mar  e§  ni^t  lei^t,  i^m  gn  folgen.  2lnd^ 

—JL 

brannte  bie  @onne  fo  red^t  I)ei^  tjom  §tmmel  tjerg^  Snb* 
lid^  ttJitrbc  e§  lid)t  sttrifdjen  ben  S3anmenr  nnb  ein  Staffer  20 
glanjte  im  ©onnenf^ein. 

Bir  finb  jnr  ©tefle,"  f^rat^  ber  Sndnd,  nnb  fe^te  fic^ 
eine  Srle.    3Sor  bent  jnngen  Snrft^en  lag  ber  bnnfet 
gritne  Seiner ;  SBafferpflanjen  nnb  SBafferblnmen  ftanben  am 
Ufer,  ober  fd)tr)ammen  mit  groften  Slattern  anf  ber  ftilten  25 


,,9lnn  gieb  ad)t,"  f^rad^  ber  flnge  3SogeIr  ,,tt)enn  bte  @onne 
nntergefyt,  nnb  ber  ©lanj  be^  9BafferfatI§  in  fieben  garben 
lenditet,  bann  fommt  ber  Stecf  an^  bent  SBeifyer,  tt)o  er  ein 

i  L>°      ^ 


92  EASY  HEADING. 

frt)ftattene§  ©d&fofe  fjat,  unb  fi£t  am  Ufer.  £)atm  furdjte  bid) 
nicljt,  fonbern  fprid)  if)n  an.  £)a§  ilbrige  ttrirb  fid)  finben. 
Qdj  modjte  gent  bfeiben  unb  bid)  bem  SBaffermann  fcorftellen, 
benn  id)  fenne  ifyn  redjt  gut,  aber  leiber  fyabe  id)  leine  gtit 
unb  ntufe  gletd^  i^teber  narf)  §aufe," 

beban!te  fief)  ber  gri^  bei  bem  Sucfud,    f,9lcf)  bitte, 
fo  einer  ^Heinigfeit,"  fagte  ber  Sucfucf,  unb  fort 
toar  er, 

311^  iiber  bem  SBafferfatf  bie  fieben  garben  leu^teten,  fam 
10  ber  9?ecf  iDtrflid)  aud  ber4rS:ie|e,    gr  Ijatte  ein  rote§  9Jod(etn 

an  unb  einen  toeipen  ^ragen,    Seine  ©aare  iDaren  griin  unb 
^t**Xv*^-**^* 

!)ingen  i^m  nne  erne!  intrre  Sftaljne  auf  bie  @d)ultern  nieber, 

Sr   fe^te   ftd^   auf  einen  ©tein,   tie^  bie   git^e  in^  Staffer 

^angen  unb  begann,  fein  §aar  mit  ben    jefjn  gingern   ju 

bKmmen.    5)a§  ging  aber  nidit  leidit,  benn  in  ben  §aaren 

V*  ^ingen  3llgen  unb  Heine  '(gfyntdentyanfa,  unb  ber  9lecf  mat^te 

ein  bofe§  ®efi(^t  ju  bem  fdjtoeren  SBert 

n&aS  ift  gerabe  bie  redjte  3ctt/'  ba^te  ber  gr%    @r  trat 
fed  au3  bem  (Sr(engeblifd)    ^eruor,  naf)m  ben  §ut  ab  unb 
20  fprad) :  f,@uten  2lbenb,  §err  9?ecf !" 

§II§  aber  ber  Sftecf  bie  (Stimme  ^rter  fprang  er  toie  ein 
gefc^redter  grofc^  in$  Staffer  unb  t)erfc^tDanb.  53alb  aber 
fam  er  ttrieber  mit  bem  $opf e  f)ert)or  unb  fprad)  unfreunblic^  : 
M®a^  trillft  bu?" 

25  ffSttte,  §err  9?ecf,"  fing  ber  gri^  an,  ,,itf)  bin  Sarbier,  unb 
e^  toare  mir  eine  grofte  g^re,  tpenn  id)  3=^nen  ba^  §aar 
Icimmen  bitrfte." 

,,&l"  fpra^  ber  Wed  erfreut  unb  ftieg  au§  bem  SBaffer. 
wSu  fommft  mir  rec^t.  2ftir  gel)t  e^  gar  fd)Iimm  mit  meinem 


DER  FIEDELBOGEN  DES  NEC. 


gcmr,  fcitbem  bie  gorelei,  meine  Slidjte,  mid)  fo  fdjanblidj 
serlaffen  tyat.  2Bct3  fyabe  id)  ntdjt  atteS  fiir  bie  unbanfbare 
^erfon  getljatu  Unb  eineS  3ftorgen3  ift  fie  fort,  unb  mein 
gofbener  Samm  ift  aud)  fort,  unb  jefct  fifet  fie,  tote  id)  Ijore, 
aitf  einem  getfen  im  SRfjein  unb  t)at  fid)  in  einen  jungen  5 
©Differ  in  einem  3Mne  tierliebt.  Sa  toirb  ber  gotbene 

au^  baib'W^ufdt  fein." 
Jit  biefen  SBorten  fe^te   fidf)  ber  9^e(J.    !Der  grife   banb 


i^m  em  iDet^e^  2iu$»  urn  ben  §al$  unb   fdmmte  ifym  ba^ 
§aar,  ba^  e^  gtatt  tourbe  line'lSetbe;  bann  jog  er  ifjm  einen  10 


l,  ber  toar  fo  gerabe  ttrie  eine  @i^nur  unb  ging  tton 
ber  @tirn  bie  auf  ben  ^acfen,  na^nt  ifjm  ba§  Zndj  ab  unb 
t^ernetgte  fi^,  tme  er  e^  tjon  feinem  2JMfter  gelernt  I)atte, 

!Der   5Red   ftanb   auf  unb   fpiegelte  fid)   im   Staffer.    & 
ftf)ien  fet)r  jufrieben  ju  fein.    ,,SBa^  bin  idf)  fc^utbig  ?u  fragte  15 
er  bann. 

£)a  bad)te  ber  grifc,  ba^  fein  ®(u(f  je^t  lommen  miiffe, 
unb  er^ci^Ite  bem  <Kecl  feine  ©ef^tc^te. 

wSUfo  ein  ©pielmann  mdrf)teft  bu  toerben,"  fagte  ber  Sftetf, 
ate  §ri^  f^tnieg.    ^imm  einmal  beine  giebel  gur  §anb  unb  20 
Ia^  mid)  ettoa§  Don  beiner  ^unft  ^5ren»" 

£)a  nal)m  ber  Surfd^e  bie  (Seige  unb  fptette  fein  befte§ 
©tiuf  :  ,f2lte  ber  ©ro^ater  bie  ©ro^mutter  nal)m.w  Slber 
afe  er  geenbet  ^atte,  Icidjelte  ber  ^edf  unb  fagte  :  ^^un  tjifre 
au^  mic^  I"  ®ann  griff  er  in  ba$  9?5I)ri(^t  unb  jog  eine  25 
©eige  unb  einen  giebelbogen  ^ert)or,  fe^te  fid)  toieber  auf  ben 
©tein  unb  fing  an  gu  f^iefen. 

©o  ettoaS  f)atte  ber  arme  gri^  noc^  nie  ge^drt.    @rft  toar 
e^,  ate  toenn  ber  Slbenbtoinb  im  @d)ilfgra^  fpielt,  bann  Hang 


94  -^EASY  READING. 

e$  tote  baS  Sfofen  cities  SBafferfalte,  unb  jute^t  ttrie  ba§  $tau* 
bern  eineS  ftaren  SacfyeS.  £)ie  23ogel  in  ben  ^meigen  tturben 
ftitt,  unb  bie  Sienen  faften  auf  ben  Slurnen  nnb  tofcfyten, 
unb  bte  ftifdje  lamen  au$  bent  3Baffet\  ©em  33urfcf)en  (tan* 

5  ben  bte  fyetten  £i)ranen  in  ben  2lugen. 

,,§err  9?e(f,"  fprarf)  er,  ate  ber  SBaffermann  ju  ©nbe  toar, 
,,§err  S^edf,  netjmen  @ie  micfy  in  bie  8e^re»"  wS)ad  gefyt  nt^t, 
f^on  nteiner  ertt)adE)fenen  £otf)ter  l^egen  get)t  e^  ni^t»  (£3 
ift  aber  ntrfjt  notig,  ®teb  mir  beinen  ^amm,  unb  bit  foUft 

10  etn  ®etger  iDerben,  tote  letn  jttjeiter*'' 

f,3)Zetnen  gansen  ©(i)er6eutet,  tt)enn  @ie  tDotten,"  rief  gri^ 
unb  retdjte  il)n  bent  SSBaffermann,    ©tefer  naf)nt  ben  33eutel 
mit  etnem  rafrf)en  ©riff  unb  twr  int  Seiner  Dcrfd^tDunbcn. 
,,|)att,  ^att!"  rief  i^nt  ber  Surfdje  nad),  aber  fein  9?ufen 

15  tyaff  tym  nid)t$.  gr  toartete  eine  ©tunbe,  er  tuartete  jtoei, 
aber  tro^  SRufen  unb  SBarten  tuar  fein  Teed  3U  fefyen.  '4)a 
nxir  ber  amte  gri£  gar  traurig,  benn  e^  toar  i!)m  flar,  ba^ 
ber  fatfdje  SBaffertnann  i^n  betrogen  Ijatte,  unb  mit  fcfjtoerem 
^erjen  lr>anbte  er  fitf),  um  ju  ge^en,  —  toofyin,  ba^  tDU^te  er 

20  felber  ntc^t* 

©a  fa^  er  $u  feinen  giiBen  am  SBeiljer  ben  giebelbogen 
be«  9le(f  liegen.  (Sr  I)ob  i^n  auf,  unb  ttrie  er  i^n  in  ber 
§anb  ^ielt,  fiti)Ite  er  einen  SRucf,  ber  ging  Don  ben  ginger* 
fpi^en  bi^  in  bie  ©gutter,  unb  er  mu^te  ben  33ogen  foglei^ 

25  t)erfud)en.  ,,®uter  3Jfonb,  bu  gel)ft  fo  ftitte"  tuolltc  er  fpielen, 
aber  bie  S£8ne  tDaren  fo  fug  unb  fitberrein,  tme  er  fie  fritter 
nur  einmal  in  feinem  8eben  ge^brt  f)atte,  namli^  furj 
ate  ber  3Jed  fpiette. 

5BogeI  famen  geflogen,  fa|en  in  ben  ^ttmQeu  unb 


DER   FIEDELBOGEN  DES  NECK.  95 


ten,  Me  gifdje  fyoben  bie  Sityfe  au3  bem  SBaffer,  unb 
feits  unb  jenfeitS  be§  SBeiljerS  traten  bie  £rirftf)e  unb  £>afen 
au$  bem  SBalbe  unb  fafyen  ben  ©pietmann  mit  Hugen  Slugen 
an.  £)er  $ri£  nmfcte  nidjt,  tote  ifjm  gefcf)a^  SBa^  i^m  burd^ 
bie  Seele  jog,  unb  toa$  fern  §crg  bemegte,  ba$  fanb  feinen  5 
2Beg  in  bie  §anb  unb  Hang  in  ftijsett  3:onen,  unb  ber  sJJe(! 
fam  au^  bem  SSBaffcr  IjerDor  unb  nidte  mit  bem  fio^f,  bann 
t>erfd^tt)anb  er  unb  liefc  fiiij  nidjt  tDieber  fe^en. 

Unb  gri^  fdjritt  ftebelnb  au§  bem  2Mb  f)inau§  unb  jog 
bnrcf)  alte  9?eid^e  ber  @rbe  unb  fptefte  tior  Sonigen  unb  Sat*  10 
fern*  ©a§  gelbe  ©olb  regnete  in  feinen  §ut,  unb  er  toare 
ein  fteinrei^er  3J?ann  gett)orbenr  tDenn  er  lein  ridjtiger  Spiel* 
mann  getrefen  tuare.  Sin  riiijtiger  ©pielmann  aber  tDirb  fern 
reiser  3Kann,  benn  er  jpiett  ntd^t  um  be^  ©olbe^  ttriften* 

@einen  ©cfjerbeutel  I)atte  er  fyingegeben,  barum  lie^  er  fid)  15 
ba$    §aar    iDad^fen,    inie    fritter    ber   ftarle   ©imfon.     S)ie 
anbern  ©pteHeute  marten  e§  i^m  na^r  unb   fie  tragen  feit 
jener  ,3e^  Iangc«,  totrre^  §aar,  bi§  auf  biefen  Slag. 
9Ze<J  aber  ftcl)t  in  Ijo^en  @!)ren,  unb  t»on  einem  @nbe 
tanb6  bi^  pm  anbern  fingt  man  ba$  8ieb  t>on  feiner  SRtefjte,  20 
ber  [d)5nen  Sorefet. 


96  EASY  READING. 


18.  3>er  gutc 

gubtoig  Utylanb  (1787-1862). 
3d)  Ijatf  einen  ®ameraben, 
(ginen  beffent  finbft  bu  nit  ; 
$)ie  Xrommcl  jrf)Iug  jum  @trcttcf 
gr  gtng  an  metner  @eite 
$n  glei^em  e^ritt  unb  £rttt 


gtne  ^uget  lam  geflogen  ; 
@Uf«  mir  ober  gt(t  e^  bit? 
g<^n  ^at  e^  toeggertffeti, 
gr  Itegt  mir  Dor  ben  p^en, 
10  911^  toftrt  etn  ©tttd  Don  mir. 


mir  bie  §anb  nodE)  rei(J)en, 
£)ertueit  td^  eben  lab'; 
,tann  bir  bie  §anb  nirf)t  geben; 
33teib'  bn  tm  etu'gen  8eben, 
15  3Jiein  gnter  Samcrab!" 


DIE   SIEBENME1LENSTIEFEL.  97 


\:    /!:--  I 

Sluf  fanbigentl  ^fabe  fd)dtt  cm  mitber  ^ 
burd)  ben  9Ba(b.  @r  Ijatte  Me  gcmbftrafce  Derlaffett,  toetl  em 
Sauer  il)tn  emeu  fitrjeren  2Beg  gejetgt  Ijatte.  Stan  toanberte 
er  fdjon  fett  gtuet  ©tunben  bur^  bte  Zannen,  unb  ber  2Ba(b 
tDotlte  fein  (Snbe  nefjmen.  5 

£)te    3lbenbfonne   Dergolbete   bte    fdjlcmfen   ©tcimme,   unb 

LAw* 

bte  fSfpfel  fu^r  fitter  SBtnb,  £)er  ©anb  be^  SBege^ 
tmmer  ttefer,  nnb  bte  Sntee  be3  SBanbernben  tmmer 
mitber,  J)a  fam  burd^  ba^  §ot^  etn  ftctncr  3J?ann  gefc^ritten, 
ber  etnen  ©ad  auf  ber  ©gutter  trng.  10 

35er  §anbtt)erf§burfd)e  nat)tn  ben  §ut  ab  unb  fprad;  : 
r;@ntf(f)ulbtgen  ®te,  lt)te  tnett  tft  e$  nod)  6fe  jur  nct^ften 
©tabt  ?u 

r^acf)  ber  ©tabt  totltft  bu?^  [ragte  ba^  SKanntem,  ,,ba  bift 
bu  aber  ganj  auf  bem  unre^ten  5Bege»  ©te  ©tabt  Itegt  15 

bort/'  unb  babet  getgte  er  na^  red)t^.    ,,SBenn  bu  iiber  ben 

,.  ,  .    /-  .  -  .-  .  .  . 

!Jarinen^uget  gegangen  btftr  bann  fommft  bu  an  etnen  SBafy, 
ben  mujH  bu  burd)f  diretten  ;  bann  f  olgft  bu  bem  $fabe  burd) 
bte  SBtefe,  bt§  bu  jur  8anbftra§e  fommft,  unb  t)on  ba  ^aft  bu 
no^  bret  gute  ©tunben  bt#  jur  ©tabt."  20 

,,©d)onen  ®anf/'  fprac^  ber  mitbe  ^8urfcf)e  unb  feufjte  ttef  auf, 
bann  toottte  er  Better  geljen,  aber  ber  ^letne  trat  fcor  i!)m  in 
ben  SBeg.  ,,2Bte  ^et^t  bu,  unb  ma^  fur  etn  §anbit)erf  ^aft 
bu?"  fragte  er.  ,,£)aJ3  bu  etn  ©fttcMtnb  bift,  iuei^  td^  fd^on, 
benn  fonft  ^atteft  bu  mid)  nidjt  angefprot^en."  ^ 

„$&)  ^ei^e  (SrtSpm  unb  bin  ©djufter." 
,,(gin  ©^ufter  bift  bu!"  rief  ba^  -Sfttinnlein  erfreut 


98  EASY  READING. 


... 


ift  ja  gut,  fomm  mit  mtr.    Qd)  unit  btr  Soft  unb  Strbeit 

geben,  nritlft  bu?" 
,,®ern,"  anttuortete  ber  33urfcf)e,  unb  bann  gingen  fie  ju* 

fammen  in  ben  SBatb  fjinein.  33alb  lamen  fie  an  etne  8icfc 
5  tung,  auf  ber  ein  Heine3  §au§cf)en  ftanb.  3)er  blaue  9?aud) 
^og  langfam  empor,^f*^ 

,,@ie  finb  bafieim,"  fpra.d)  ber  fletne  9Kann.    ,,£ritt  l)ereinr 

greunb  Sri^tn,  unb  fiirdjte  bic^  nicf)t,"    ®ie  2l)ure  toarb  ge* 

offnet.  3ln  einem  SEifdje  fa§en  fe(^^  graubartige  ,3tt)erge  urn 
16-  etne  bampfenbe  @d)UffeI  ^erum.  (Sin  fiebenter  @tufyl  aber 

ftanb  leer.    £)ie  9J?dnnIein  fprangen  auf  unb  begriipten  bie 

9lnfommenben. 


.'  • 

I, 


/, 


finb  metne  53ruber/'  erflarte  ber  erfte  ,3iT)er9  ; 

n<  -'  \  ^  •• 

bae  @rj  in  ben  Sergen,  forfjen  ba^ 
15  fen  bie  (Sbeffteine,    9lber  bei  unferer  Slrbeit  in  ben  ®ergen 


n<  -  \      •• 

frfjme^en  bae  @rj  in  ben  Sergen,  forfjen  ba^  ©atj  unb 


kiben  unfere  ©djufye,  unb  fcfjon  (ange  fyaben  toir  un$  einen 
guten  ©d)ufter  geftmnfd)t    33(eib'  ein  paar/  Sage  bei  un$  unb 
^  flicfe  un^   bie  ©djit^Iein,   tf>   foil   bein   (Sd^dben   ni^t   fein. 

^e^t  aber  fomm  unb  i£  mit  un$." 

20      Da^  (ie^  ftdi  ber  fmngrtge  SurfAe  nid)t  ^tDeimal  faqen.    (Sr 
:v  iDarf  fetnen  Jornifter  in  bie  (jcfe,  jog  eine  33anf  an  ben  Xifc^ 

/unb  fefete   fid)   ju  ben  fieben  3ir)er9en»     S^if^/  53^ot  unb 
^. 
anoere  ^pet]en  iDurben  tl)m  retd)itd)   gegeben.     Dann  l)olten 
fie  einen  gropei^.' JSrug,  unb  barin  U)ar  ein  9Betn,  mie  ber 


25  @d)ufter  nod)  leinen  getrunfen  fjatte. 

(S3  mar  ein  frbfjtidjer  3lbenb.  grft  itjollten  bie  2}Janntein 
toiffcn,  it)te  e^  brau^en  in  ber  SBeft  au^fe^e,  unb  fatten  gar 
fciete  gragen.  5)ann  erja^Iten  fie  Don  einer  ®onig$tod)ter, 
rteiB  »tc  Sdjnee,  rot  toic  53Iut,  unb  fdjtoarj  lt)ie 


DIE   SIEBENMEILENSTIEFEL.  99 


bte  fcor  langen  ^aljren  bet  ifynen  getoofynt  fyatte.    S)er 
(ter  fannte  bte  ®efd)id)te  fdjon,  bemrfeme  ®ro£mntter  fjatu 
fie  tf)tn  oft  eqaljlt,  abet  er  toottte  bie  Sftannlein  nidjt  beleibt* 
gen,  unb  fo  fyorte  er  aufmerffam  jn,  bi§  an3  Snbe. 

£)ann  gingen  fie  atte  ju  Sette,  unb  bedor  grtSpin  fetn 
Slbenteuer  itberbenfen  lonnte,  lt)ar  er  eingefdjlafen. 
ant  anbern  2Korgen  ertra^te,  (aa  in  fetner  hammer  etn 
gcfriffcner  @t^nt)e.  8eber,f$ed^  nnb  gaben  fanb  er  -aui^  ba, 
nnb  aitf  einem  £ifcf)lein  ftanb  ret(i)Ii(^e  ©peife.  3)ie  3it)er9e 
aber  maren  an^gegangen.  UikJttfa  I0 

@r  gtng  an  bie  3lrbeit  nnb  flidte  nnb  Ilo^fte  bte  @on* 
nennntergang.  ©a  lanten  bie  fieben  SJJanntein  snritcf,  nnb 
e$  begann  i^ieber  ein  fro!)Ii(J)e^  Seben.  @o  ging  e^  fort  eine 
22Bocf)e  fang.  3tm  le^ten  9lbenb  f^ante  ber  flet^ige  Snrfrf)e 
anf  eine  tange  SRettje  fd^oner,  fdjtDaqer  @c^n^e.  Slber  er  15 
toottte  ben  3^er9fe^  e^en  befonbern  ©efatten  t!)nn,  nnb 

'  M*N*ir** 

in  ber  Sftacfyt,  tDd^renb  fie  fdjliefen,  nix^te  er  einem  jeben 
einen  fyerjftfrmiaen  ,8eberfleden  anf  bie  |)ofen,  jnm  @d^n^  ge^ 
gen  ba$  rantje  ©eftetn,  anf  bem  fie  bei  ber  2lrbeit  fi^en 
mnftten.  20 

3Ktt  gerit^rten  53Iicfen  faljen  bie  ^^^O0  am  anbern  9Jcor* 
gen  ba^  SBerl  ber  8iebe.  Sann  ftetften  fie  bie  $dpfe  jnfant* 
nten,  Sri^pin,  ber  ©djnfter,  nal)m  feinen  Stornifter  anf  ben 
sJtitcfen  nnb  fagte  ^Sebemot)!,"  ©antenb  brittften  i^nt  bte 
3^)erge  bie  §anb,  aber  ber  eine,  ben  er  jnerft  int  SBalbe  ge*  25 
troffen,  nai)m  einen  @ad  anf  bie  ©d^ntter,  „$<§  toitt  bid) 
anf  ben  red)ten  SBeg  bringen/'  fagte  er. 

9lfe  fie  an$  bem  §anfe   traten,  tag  bidjter,  graner  9lebel 
itber  bem  SBalbe.    @ie  gingen  eine  2BeiIe  f(^n)eigenb  nebenein* 


100  EASY  HEADING. 


anber  Ijer,  bann  I)ielt  ber  3lt)er9  an>  °ffaete  fetnen  ©ad  nnb 
nafym  ein  ^aar  a(te  ©tiefel  I^erang. 

,,'DaS  fott  bein  gofyn   fein,"  fprad)   er  jn   bem  ©djnfter, 

^Derarfjte  ba3  ©efdjenf  nidjt,"   fnljr  crjort.  afe  er  faf),  tme  ber 

Snrfcfye  ben  SJhmb   fceqog.    ,,£)a$  finb  bie  ©tiefel  nnfere§ 

33ort)ater§,  be£  berit^mten  £)anmling3,  Don  bem  bn  fidjer  fcfjon 


w!Die  ©tiefel  be^  Keinen  <£)anmling$,"  rief  ber  ©c^nfter  er* 
frent,  ,,bie  ©iebenmeilenftiefel?"  /h**J$ 

10     f,@o   ift   e§/'   ertDiberte   ber  3^er9^  w^tmm   fie   f)in,  nnb 
brandy  fie  3n  beinem  ®Iit(f. 
©o  fprad)  ber  f3it)er9'  UTl^ 
£)er  ben  SBatb  bebedenbe  9?ebel  toar  antf) 
ben;   Sri^pin  ftanb  anf  ber  breiten  8anbftra£e.     35ie  ©onne 
15  fdjien  l)dl  anf  bie  alten,  am  SBege  fte^enben  Slpfelbanme. 

f,!Da^  foil  ein  8eben  toerben,"  Jnbelte  er  nnb  fefete  fid)  anf 

einen  ©teinfyanfen,  nm  bie  SBnnberftiefet  fogleid)   an^njie^en* 

,,9?nn  gefye  it^  jnerft  in^  ©olbfanb  nnb  fiitte  mir  alte  STaf^en 

mit  ©olbfcmb,  ba^  SBeitere  ft)irb  fit^  bann  finben«" 

20     ©c^on  fyatte  er  feine  SBanberfdjn^e  an^gejogen,  ba  liejs  er 

^B^tid)  bie  3trme  finfen  nnb  fa^  na^benftit^  fcor  fid)  nieber. 

r,3Benn  mir  nnr  einer  fagen  tooflte,  in  toetcfjer  9?id^tnng  ba§ 

©olblanb  liegt!"    @r  fc^ante  na^  red^t§  nnb  nad)  Ihife,  aber 

nirgenb^  tuar  ein  SBegtoeifer  jn  fe^en,  ber  mit  bem  Strm  nad) 

25  bem  ©otblanbe  geigte. 

Sri^pin  frat3te  fid)  Ijinter  bem  D^r,  f,®en  9Beg  iDei^  ic^ 
nnn  leiber  nid)t,  nnb  fo  in  bie  SBelt  i)inein  jn  lanfen,  miirbe 
ntdjt  ting  fcin.  SInftatt  in^  ©olblanb,  fonnte  itf)  an  ben  9?orb* 
|jot  ober  jn  ben  2Kenfdjenfreffern  fommen,  ^a,  e§  toare  redjt 


DIE   SIEBENMEILENSTfF.FEL.  101 

bitmm  getoefen.  £)a$  33efte  toirb  fern,  toenn  id)  in  ber  nacljften 
@tabt  cine  $eit  fang  arbeite  unb  mid)  anf  meine  grofte  3teife 
toorbereite." 

.Y<.-.-.~V,  v- 

£)a3  ttmr '  fcernttnftig  gebadjt    (§r  pacfte  Me  ©iebenmeiten* 
ftiefet  anf  ben  Xornifter,  fa^te  feinen  berben  @tod  fefter  nnb  5 
toanberte  mnnter  fcortoartS,  nm  balb  jnr  ©tabt  jn  fommen. 

&  mar  ein  [onniger  3Jiorgen,  3lnf  ben  SBiefen,  bnrd)  toelc^e 
bie  ©tra^e  [ii^rte,  mtifjten  bie  Sanern  ba^  ®ra^r  nnb  2ftagbe 
mtt  roten  ^opftfiyern  arbeiteten  im  §en.  ^.S11611)^  9e^e  *fy 
in  bie  ^ei^en  8anber/'  fprac^  ber  ©c^nfter,  f,lDO  bie  fdjtoarjen  10 
3JJof)ren  gndmsfy  [(^neiben  nnb  ber  Saffee  tDac^ft*  Qn  ein 
paar  9Bod)en  ge^e  ic^  nnter  Batmen  fpa^ieren  nnb  fc^tage 
mir  ^ofo^nnffe  mit  bem  @tode  ab,  nnb  ftatt  ber  ©pa^en  nnb 
ginlen  mie  ^ier,  fi^en  bort  SIffen  nnb  ^Ja^ageien  im  8anb. 
Sommt  bann  ein  ?on?e  ober  ein  2iger,  ber  mid)  freffen  mitt —  15 
ein^r  jtuei,  brei,  fringe  id)  itber  atte  ^erge  nnb  ta^e  ba^ 
£ier  an^>  Slein,  fo  gtitdlid)  mie  id|  i[t  bocf)  fein  SKenfcf)  anf 
ber  SBelt11 

©egen  SRittag  fam  ber  ©d^nfter  in  bie  @tabt  nnb  fanb  fo* 
fort  SIrbeit,    Son  feinem  erften   £oljne  fanfte   er  in  einem  20 
33ncf)Iaben  eine  ^arte»    ©aranf  toaren  atte  Siinber  ber  (Srbe, 
2lnd)  lanfte  er  ein  alte^r  t)on  einem  gele^rten  "profeffor  ge* 
fd)riebene$  ^Bnd)r   barin  ta§  er   fcon  tt)nnber(icf)en  Steifen  ^n 
Saffer  nnb  jn  8anb,    SiBenn  bann  am  3lbenb  bie  anbern  ®e* 
fetten  in  ber  @d^en!e  tranfen  nnb   tanjten,  fa§  (Sri^pin  in  25 
feiner  hammer  nnb  ftnbierte  toie  ein  ^5^i(ofop^. 

Sem  3J?eifter  aber  gefiel  ber  ftitte,  flei^ige  ©efette,  nnb  an 
einem  Sonntag   Stacfjmittag   Inb   er  i^n  311  einem 

S^re.    211^  fie  aber  jnm 


102'  •,--./••       '  ' ;  ;  .E^S'Y  .READING. 


IjinanSgingen,  toaren  ba  nicfjt  jtoei,  fonbern  brei.  £)ie  britte 
^erfon  toar  aber  granlein  Slnna,  be$  3fteifter§  bilbf^one  Zofy 
ter.  Sim  Slbenb  beSfelben  £age§  fafc  SriSpin  nicfyt  nber  feiner 
Sanbfarte,  fonbern  er  ging  mft  9™$ett  ©Britten  in  feiner 

5  hammer  anf  nnb  ab,  bi$  fein'fffitift^r  Sfiitgefette  bofe  tonrbe 
unb  anfing  jn  fcfyeften.  ©a^fraJ)  and)  Sri^in  in^  33ett,  aber 
er  fonnte  bie  ganje  Wafyt  fein  Singe  ^nmai)en.^J^ 

311$  er  aber  am  nadjften  ©onnabenb  feinen  8o^n  befommen 
l^atte,  ging  SriSpin  ni^t  in  ben  8aben,  toot^r  ba6  alte  $8n&) 

10  gelanft  fyatte,  fonbern  in  einen  gro^en  ffanfMen,  nnb  am 
©onntag^Dtorgen  trng  bie  fi^dne  3J?eifter^totf)terr  afe  fie  ^nr 
£ir^e  ging,  ein  nene$,  blanfeibene^  Sanb,  ©aranf  ftanb 
mit  golbenen  ®nrf)ftabett:  ^( 

,,9?ofett  tiAtbellen,  2JJartnor  gerbrtc^t, 

15  S)odj  treue  ?tebe  t?ermet!et  tti(^t!"A  . 

•'  'rf&*> 
n&ntyin,"  fprad^)  fein  -OKttgefetf,  ein  bo§t)after,  mf^giinftiger 

Sftenfrf),  ,,Sri^in,   bn  bift  t)erliebt,  in  bie  2Jieifter$tO(i)ter  bift 

V    bn  fceriiebt,  aber  e^-I)ifft  bir  a(fe3  nic^t^.    ©er  blonbe  8aben* 

^  biener  gerabf J  |t§^nn6er,  ba$  ift  ber  ©Indli(i)e,  ba  bift  bn  ftfjon 

20  t)ie(  jn  fpat    ©a$  ^aft  bn  natiirli^  nicfjt  bemerlt,  bn  gelef)rter 

^Jrofcffor   bit."    ff@tf)n)eig  I11  ferric  Sri^pin,  ,,frf)tDeig,   ober  ify 

frf)(age  bic^  gn  ^Boben,"    ©ann  ging  er  anf  feine  hammer. 

nQtty  ift  e£  3e^  in  bie  tneite  $Be(t  jn  ge^en/V  fpracf)  er 

nnb  nal)m  bie  ®iebenmeiknftiefet  an^  bem  Stomtfter.    ,,8ebe 

25  IDO^I,  bn   liebe  §eimat,  tebe   toot)!,  lieber  §err  3)?eifter,  nnb 

bn  fd)one  galfcbe — " 

fi  .  '  •       . 

§ier  fing  er  an  gn  frf)fud)3en,  ba^  c$  jnm  (Srbdfrmen  tDar. 
211$  er  fi^  ett^a^  berut)igt  ^atte,  pacfte  er  feine  @a^en  in 
ben  Xornifter,  bie  Sanbfarte  aber  fterfte  er  in  bie  Safc^e, 


DIE   SIEBENMEILENSTIEFEL.  103 


bcmn  ftieg  er  Me  £reppe  tjinunter,  urn  betn  Sfteifter 
ju  fagen. 

,,SBenn  ba3  gefcfyeljen  tft,"  farad)  er  ju/  fid),  fffo  gefye  id) 
tor  ba§  Stfyor,  jiefye  meine  ©iebenmeUenfttefet  an,  unb  am 
Slbenb  lonn  id)  fcfyon  im  8anbe  ber  bejopften  Sfytnefen  Opium  5 
raudjen."  3lfe  ber  Slbenb  gefomtnen  war,  fa§  er  nid^t  tm 
Sfjinefenlanb,  fonbent  am  Stifd^,  jimfdjen  feincm  SDietfter  unb 
ber  fc^onen  3Inna,  unb  nannte  bte  9ftetfter3tod)ter  feine  Itebe 
Sraut; 

S)a  bacfyte  er  natiirltc^  ntrf)t  an  bte  grofte  SBeltretfe.  S)a  10 
er  nur  ©efeft  tuarr  mu^te  er  crft  fcin  SKetfterftttd  mat^en, 
unb  bann  fam  bie  ^oc^jett.  ©^ater  famen  au^  ©orgen  tn^ 
S5te  3a^  ^er  ^^fe  toud)3  twit  jebem  5af)rr  ^ub 
mu^te  Don  3Jforgen  bi^  3lbenb  fltcfen  unb  Uopfen, 
unb  toenn  er  bann  enb(idf)  mtt  ber  3lrbett  fertig  tuar,  na^m  15 


er  bie  Sanbt'arte  -  tor,  ober^eine   3?etfebefcf)reibung.    £)ie  @te- 

.'  /'. /f  *•„•  *  -'"' 
benmeilenftiefePfjiftete  er  forgfattig. 

©obatb  ber  altefte  @of)n  f)erangett)ad)fen  toar,  tooffte  er  ifym 
ba^  ©efd)dft  itbergeben,  unb   bann  enb(td)   tDitrbe  er  bocf)  bte 

V  *  k*--*  '/U^ 

SBanberung  antreten.    V©ebutb,"  ba^te  Eriflpiri;    ©ie  Sinber  20 
touc^fen  ^eran,  unb  ber  altefte  ©o^n  faf;  ate  Junger  3Jfeifter 
in  ber  engen  ©tube*    5lber  je^t  mu^te'n  bie  Jod)ter  tercet- 
ratet  unb   au$geftattet  merben.     35ie  gro^e  SReife  fonnte  er 
ja  au^  ftfjtp  nodft  autreten,    ,f@ebulb,  Srfepin,  ®ebu(b !" 

SBteber  tef|titgv  etne  SReifye  ton  Qafytn.    3Weifter  Sri^ptn  25 
trug  ein  $appd)en  ton  fcfytoaqem  ©ammet  auf  bem  fasten 
©cfjeitef,  unb  gran  3lnna  fing  an,  ton  ber  guten,  alten  £tit 
ju  reben.    35ie   Sinber   toaren  terforgt  unb   t)ieften  bie   @I* 
tern  in  @^ren.    @ie  fatten  ein  fonnige^  ©titbfein,  unb  bort 

[**£? 


104  EASY  READING. 

fag  ber  2ttte  ben  graven  Ztii  beS  £age£  im  grofcen,  toeidjen 
@tnl)t  unb  las  in  feinen  -Sndjern. 

3In  einem  ©onntagnadjmittag,  ate  bte  genfterfcfyetben  in  ber 

@onne  btinften,  ftanb   Srtepin   Don    feinent   @i§e   anf    unb 

5  Ijolte  bte  ©iebenmeitenftiefeL     (Sr  l)atte  einen  3)littag^fd^Iaf 

geljalten  nnb  fitl)tte  fic^  fo  leicfyt,  tt)ie  5nr   ^eit  fetner  frofjlt- 

c^en  SBanberJa^re, 

oolite  er  enblirf)   feine  SBeltretfe  antreten.    Slber  er 
e,  ba^  e^  bie  @einen  ni^t  gerne  fatten,  barum 
10  er  gan^  in  ber  @tit(e  fortgef)en  nnb  tf)nen  bie  @atf)e  f^ 
Ud^  mittetfen. 

Site  er  abenb^  ni^t  wZi]tf)  lam,  fprad)  grauSlnna: 
tirirb  itber  feinen  Silvern  eingefcf)Iafen  fern/'  nnb  frfjtcfte 
jitngfte  Gnfetfinb  Ijtnauf,  nm  ben  ©ro^Dater  gn  toetfen, 
15  Itd^  ^orten  bte  guri^gebliebenen  ctncn  ©cfjretfen^mf,  nnb  ate 
fie  beftitrgt  in  bie  Stnbe  be^  ©rogDatcrd  eilten,  fanben  fie 
il)n  tot  im  Setjnftu^I  fifcetu 
2lnf  bent  Zi\d)  aber  ftanb  mit  ^reibe  gefd^rieben  : 
,,3^  [)abe  bie  grope  SReife  angetreten." 


PAET    II. 

SYNTAX. 

German  Equivalents  for  Grammatical  Terms. 

The  letter  (of  the  alphabet),  ber  Sudj'ftabe. 
The  vowel,  ber  SSoIal'. 
The  consonant,  ber  Sonfottdttt'. 

The  sentence,  ber  @di^ 
The  subject,  bd$  @ub{eft'. 
The  predicate,  bd$  ^rabifaf. 
The  main  clause,  ber  §aupt'fafe* 
The  subordinate  clause,  ber  ^e'benfd^. 

The  parts  of  speech,  bte  SRe'betette* 
The  article,  ber  Slrti'fel,  or  bd3  ©efd)Iedjt$ftoort. 
The  definite  article,  ber  befttmm'te  Slrtt'feL 
The  indefinite  article,  ber  utt'befttmmte  Slrti'feL 
The  noun,  bd§  ©ub'ftantb,  or  bd$  §aupt'tuort. 

First,  second,  third  class,  er'fte,  gtpei'te,  brtt'te 
The  pronoun,  ba$  ^rono'men,  or  ba$  gur'lport* 
The  adjective,  bd§  Stb'jectto,  or  bd§  (5t'genf(J)dft^tDort 
The  numeral,  bd^  ^umerd'Ie,  or  bd^  ^afyt'toort* 
The  adverb,  bd^  3lbt)erbfr  or  bd§  Um'ftdnb^tDOrt, 
The  verb,  bd§  aSer'b(um),  or  bd^  ^e 

Strong,  ftarf  ;  weak,  f(f)U)dC^* 
The  preposition,  bte  ^rdpofttton',  or  bd$ 
The  conjunction,  bte  SottjimfttOtt',  or  bd§  4Binfbett)ort 
The  interjection,  bte  ^ttterjettUrtt',  or  bd^  2lu$' 

The  gender,  bd^  ©efdjled&t'. 
Masculine,  mdnnf(t(^). 
Feminine,  tDetb'Itc^* 
Neuter,  fdrf)'(t(f)» 

105 


106  SYNTAX. 


The  number,  bte  3a^'f  orm- 

Singular,  ber  ©in'flufor,  or  bte  ght'gal)!. 

Plural,  ber  ^tn'ral,  or  bte  aftetyr'jaljl. 
The  case,  ber  gall  (pi.  bte  gitl'Ie). 

The  nominative,  bet  SRo'mhiatfo. 

The  genitive,  ber  ©e'ttitto. 

The  dative,  ber  Sto'tfo. 

The  accusative,  ber  SH'fufatto. 
The  inflection,  bte  33ie'gmtg. 

To  decline,  beflinte'ren. 

The  declension,  bte  £)e!tittatiottr. 

To  conjugate,  fonjngte'ren. 

The  conjugation,  £)te  Conjugation'. 
To  compare,  ftet'gent. 

The  comparison,  bte  Somparatton',  or  bte  ©tet'gerung. 

The  positive,  ber 

The  comparative,  ber 

The  superlative,  ber  ( 
The  tense,  ba^  £em'pu$,  bte 

The  present,  ba§  ^5ra'|en^» 

The  past,  ba^  Qm'pcrfcft. 

The  future,  ba^  gutur'  (ba§  er'ftc  guturf). 

The  perfect,  ba§ 

The  past  perfect,  ba§ 

The  future  perfect,  ba$  JtDei'te  gnturf. 
The  mode,  ber  Wbn§. 

The  indicative,  ber  .Qftt'btfath). 

The  subjunctive,  ber 

The  imperative,  ber 

The  infinitive,  ber  Qt 

The  participle, 


NOTE.  —  Properly  the  foreign  terms  should  have  the  accent  on  the  last 
syllable  ;  but  in  the  language  of  the  schoolroom  the  accent  has  been 
shifted  from  the  meaningless  ending  to  the  distinctive  part  of  the  word. 


LESSON  I. 
(PAGE  1  i-is.) 

PRESENT   INDICATIVE  ACTIVE    OF   fjaben,  to   have,  AND   feht, 
to  be.     GENDER. 

Learn :  — 

grifd)  begonnen,  fyalb  getoonnen.— £)eutfrf)e$  ©prtdjtoort 

(Fresh  begun,  half  won.) 

Well  begun  is  half  done.  —  German  Proverb. 

1.   Conjugation  of  fyaben  and  fetn. 


PRESENT  TENSE   OF  fettt 

(to  be). 

id)  bin,  /  am. 

felt  bift,  thou  art. 

tvt  fie,  e$  ift,  he,  she,  it  is. 

ttrir  ftttti,  we  are. 
fie  l)abenf  they  have.  fie  ftnbf  they  are. 

2.  Gender  (bd$  ©efdjtecfjt')-  —  Like  English,  German  has 
three  genders:  masculine  (mcmn'It$),  feminine  (lt)etb'Itrf)),  and 
neuter 


PRESENT  TENSE  (ba§  ^ 
Ijaben  (to  have). 

id)  Ijabe,  I  have. 

bit  tyaft,  thou  hast. 

e*,  fie,  e3  tyat,  he,  she,  it  has. 

ttrir  tyaben,  toe  have. 


(a)  The  gender  of  a  noun  (ba$  |)attpt'tt)ort)  does  not  neces- 
sarily depend  upon  natural  sex,  as  in  English,  but  utterly  dis- 
regards meaning.  Thus  the  German  word  for  knife  is  neuter; 
for  fork,  feminine ;  and  for  spoon,  masculine. 

107 


108  SYNTAX. 

(6)  The  definite  article  (ber  beftumn'te  2lrtt'fef,  mas.  bet,  fern. 
Me,  neut.  bd$,  the)  is  placed  before  the  noun  to  indicate  gender, 
and  should  be  learned  with  every  noun.  It  should  be  consid- 
ered a  part  of  the  noun  and  learned  as  its  first  syllable.  The 
word  is  not  33ater,  but  ber  33ater  ;  not  SJhttter,  but  bte  3Jhttter  ; 
not  33ucf),  but  ba§ 


3.  German  Questions.  —  In  German,  as  in  English,  a  question 
is  asked  by  inverting  subject  and  predicate,  or  by  using  an 
interrogative  adverb  or  pronoun.  SSin  id)  ?  Am  1  9  SBo  btft 
bit?  IVhere  art  thou?  3Ba3  I)at  er?  What  has  he? 

(a)  The  English  repetition  of  the  auxiliary  in  a  question,  as 
isn't  he?  don't  you?  won't  they?  can't  I?  etc.,  is  given  in  Ger- 
man by  the  single  phrase  nicf)t  tDdfyr  (isn't  it  true?). 


He  is  the  teacher,  isn't  he?        &c  tft  ber  8el)rer,  ntdjt 
We  are  the  pupils,  aren't  we?    2Btr  ftnb  bte  @df)itler,  ntci)t 

4.  Vocabulary. 

ber  Snt'ber,  the  brother.  itf),  I.    twrf  we.     t§,  it. 

ber  2el)'rcr,  the  teacher.  bit,  thou.    tyv,  you. 

ber  3d)ii'(erf  the  pupil   (compare      er,  he;  it  (when  referring  to  a  mas- 

scholar).  culine  noun  not  a  person). 

ber  2?tt'terr  the  father.  fte^  she;  they;  it  (when  referring 

bte  9)htt'ter,  the  mother.  to  a  feminine  noun  not  a  per- 

ba3  SJitd),  the  book.  son). 

l)a'bcttf  to  have.           .  ttw3,  interrog.  pron.,  what? 

fcttt,  to  be.  eittf  indefinite  article,  an. 

J0r  adv.,  yes.  ettten  (accusative  singular   mascu- 

nctn,  adv.,  no.  line  of  indefinite  article  eitt),  a,  an. 

Note  that  the  same  form,  jte,  stands  for  the  singular  she  and  the  plural 
they. 


HABEN  AND   SEIN.  109 

5.  Exercises. 

(a)   Questions   about  the  story.  —  ']..    3Bci$    (wJiat)   ift 
2.  3ft  er  em  (Staler?      3.  9Ba§  fyaben  bie  Sriiber?     4. 
bin  id)?      5.  SBaMaft  ^? 

(6)  1.  3d)  fjabe  einen  SSater.  2.  £)n  fyaft  einen  23ater,  3.  @r 
(fie,  e$)  f)dt  einen  SJruber.  4.  2Bir  ^aben  einen  Scorer.  5.  ^^r 
{jabt  einen  Srnber,  nid)t  tna^r?  6.  ^ci,  fie  Ijaben  einen  Setter. 
7.  ^{^  bin  ein  ©djitter.  8.  @r  ift  ber  Secret.  9.  9Bir  finb 
©cpter.  10.  ^a,  fie  finb  33ritber.  11.  5Du  bift  ber  Secret, 
ntc^t  rna^r?  12.  $a,  fie  ift  bie  SKutter* 

(c)  1.  He  is.  2.  I  am.  3.  He  has,  hasn't  he  ?  4.  We  have. 
5.  It  is.  6.  You  are.  7.  They  have.  8.  You  have.  9.  She 
has.  10.  Thou  art.  11.  We  are,  aren't  we?  12.  I  have. 
13.  They  are.  14.  Thou  hast. 

LESSON  II. 

(PAGES  1  ie-2  9.) 

PAST  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE  OF  fyaben  AND  fein*    NOMINATIVE 

AND  ACCUSATIVE  CASES. 
Learn :  — 

2H(er  SInfang  ift  fcfytoer.  —  3)entfd)e$  (Spricfjtoort, 
Every  beginning  is  hard.  —  German  Proverb. 
6. 

PAST   (ba§  Sm'perfeft)   TENSE  OF  PAST  TENSE  OF  fettt* 

Ijttlicn. 

id)  I)attef  1  had.  id)  mar,  1  was. 

bit  l)atteftf  thou  Jiadst.  bu  ttwrft,  thou  wast. 

er,  fie,  t§  l)atte,  he,  she,  it  had.  erf  ftef  e$  tuarf  he,  she,  it  was. 

ttrir  l)attenf  we  had.  tint  ttiaren,  toe  toere. 

il)r  Jjattet,  ?/o^«  /iad  il)r  tt»artf  you  were. 

fie  Ijatten,  i/ie?/  had.  fie  ttwrettf  i/ie?/  toere. 


110  SYNTAX. 

7.  Nominative  and  Accusative  Cases. 

(a)  The  Nominative  (ber  Wtntnatto),  as  in  English,  is  the 
case  (ber  gall  or  ber  fia'fuS)  (1)  of  the  subject  and  (2)  of  the 
predicate  after  the  verbs  fettl,  to  be,  and  toerben,  to  become. 
£)er  33ater  toar  gut,  the  father  was  good.  @r  tft  ber  Sefyrer,  he  is 
the  teacher. 

(6)  The  Accusative  (ber  2lf'fufatit)),  like  the  English  objective, 
is  the  case  of  the  direct  object.  @te  fyat  ettten  33ruber,  she  has 
a  brother.  SBir  fatten  etnen  Sefyrer,  we  had  a  teacher. 

(c)  The  forms  of  nominative  and  accusative  are  identical  for 
all  genders  in  the  plural  and  for  the  feminine  and  neuter 
singular.  They  are  different  only  in  the  masculine  singular. 

8.  Table  of  Forms. 

Definite  Article  (bet  beftimm'te  5frti'lel). 
MASCULINE  (mamt'(icf)).         FEMININE  (ttmb'lid)).         NEUTER  (jad)'ttcf)). 

Singular. 

Norn.       bctr  the  bter  the  ba3f  the 

Ace.        bcnf  the  bier  the  ba3,  the 

Plural. 

Norn.       btcf  the  bie,  the  bie,   the 

Ace.        bicf  the  bie,  the  bief  the 

Indefinite  Article  (ber  utt'befttmmte  ^tti'fel). 

Singular. 

Nom.       ettt,  a  cinef  a  eitt,  a 

Ace.        cineuf  a  einef  a  eiitf  a 

Note  that  the  forms  of  the  definite  article  for  all  genders  in  the  plural 
and  for  the  feminine  singular  are  all  the  same. 

9.  A  Predicate  Adjective   is   not  declined.     £)a$  48urf)  Wtb 
bie  SRofe  finb  rot,  the  book  and  the  rose  are  red. 


WEAK  VERBS.  Ill 

10.  Vocabulary. 

trie  Ofa'fe,  the  rose.  Hem,  adj.,  little,  small. 

Me  Sdju'fe,  the  school.  rot,  adj.,  red. 

fcer  €>tul)f,  £fte  cto'r.  ntdjt,  adv.,  not. 

gut,  adj.,  </ood  ttttb,  conj.,  a?id 


11.  Exercises. 

(a)  Questions  about  the  story.  —  1.  3Ba$  ttwrett  §rt^  Utlb 
Solemn?  2.  SBaren  fie  Srtiber?  3.  2Ba3  fyatte  ber  Scorer? 

4.  SSar  ber  Secret  gut?      5.  SBar  bte  @^ulc  Hem? 

(6)  1.  ^(^  ^atte  ba§  S&ntf).  2.  ®u  ^attcft  em  93nd).  3.  5Die 
9?ofe  trar  rot,  ntd)t  tua^r?  4.  ©er  @d)iUer  ^atte  bte  9?ofe. 

5.  3Me  Gutter  ^attc  erne  $Rofe.     6.  £)er  Scorer  fjatte  ben  (StutjL 
7.  35er  ©tuf)I  ift  fichu      8.  'g«  tuar  etne  SRofe.      9.  2Btr  tcaren 
bie  ©(fjiiler,  ntc^t  tr>a^r? 

(c)  1.  They  had  the  book.  2.  The  mother  has  the  rose. 
3.  Thou  hadst  a  brother.  4.  The  school  was  small,  wasn't 
it?  5.  You  have  the  rose.  6.  The  teacher  had  the  rose  and 
the  book.  7.  She  has  the  book.  8.  I  was.  9.  She  was. 
10.  They  were.  11.  We  had  a  teacher,  didn't  we?  12.  You 
were  good.  13.  They  have  the  book.  14.  We  were  small. 
15.  The  rose  was  little  and  red. 

LESSON  III. 

(PAGE  2  10-22.) 

WEAK    VERBS.      PRESENT    INDICATIVE  ACTIVE   OF    lobett,  to 
praise.      DECLENSION  OF  THE  DEFINITE  ARTICLE,  ber,  bie, 
bd3,  the. 
Learn  :  — 

®uten  3ftorgetu      ©uteri  Jag.      ®uten  3lbenb.      ®ute  5Rad)t. 
Good  morning.          Good  day.         Good  evening.        Good  night. 


112  SYNTAX. 

12.  Present  Tense  of  loben* 

id)  lobe,  I  praise.  ttitr  lobett,  we  praise. 

bu  lobft,  Mow  praisest.  il)r  (obt,  yow  praise. 

er,  fie,  e3  (obt,  /ie,  s/ie,  if  praises.  fie  (oben,  £/iez/  praise. 

13.  The  Weak  Verb  (ba$  fd)toad)e  ^eit'toort)  has  the  following 
personal  endings  in  the  present  and  past  tenses,  except  the 
third  person  singular  of  the  past,  which  is  the  same  as  the  first 
singular. 

SINGULAR  (Me  (Sin'gat)!).  PLURAL  (tie  SDfceljr'galjl). 

1st c  eit 

2d (c)ft  (e)t 

3d (c)t  en 

(a)  In  the  second  person  (bte  Jtoette  ^JSerfott')  singular  and 
plural  and  in  the  third  (btttte)  singular,  e  is  sometimes  pre- 
fixed to  the  ending  for  euphony ;  that  is,  when  the  stem  of  the 
verb  ends  in  the  same  letter  as  the  ending,  or  in  one  of  a 
similar  sound  :  bit  gritfteft,  tlwu  greetest ;  er  ftartet,  lie  waits. 
Naturally  we  cannot  say  bit  gritftft  or  er  ftartt  So  also  for 
similar  sounds:  bit  reijeft,  tlwu  provoJcest;  er  bdbet,  he  bathes. 

14.  Learn  the  present  tense  of  fagen  and  (ernetu    They  are  conjugated 
like  foben. 

15.  The  Definite  Article. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

Masc.  Fern.  Neut.  All  Genders. 

Norn,     ber,  the.  bief  the.  ba3,  the.  fcief  the. 

Gen.     be$,  of  the.  bcrf  of  the.  fce3f  of  the.  bcr,  ofthe< 

Dat.      bcmf  to  the.          berr  to  the.  bcmf  to  the.  ben,  to  the. 

Ace.      bcnf  the.  bicf  the.  ba^f  the.  bicf  the. 

Learn  the  declension  of  ber  by  cases  and  by  genders;  that 
is,  across  and  up  and  down. 


DEFINITE  ARTICLE.  113 

16.  Vocabulary. 

ba3  &va$f  the  grass.  lo'bett  (weak),  to  praise. 

ber  Som'mer,  (the)  summer.  fa'gett  (weak),  to  say. 

&er  SSMtt'tcr,  («Ae)  winter.  brawt,  adj.,  brown. 

ler'ttett  (weak),  to  Zearrc.  (jriht,  adj'., 


i 


17.  Exercises. 

(a)  Questions  about  the  story.  —  1.  2Bat  bd3  33ud)  braun? 
2.  3Ba$  Ijat  ber  ©cpter?  3.  gernen  Me  Sritber  gut  (well)?- 
4.  8obt  ber  ?e^rer  ben  SSater?  o.  8ernft  bit  ba§  «ut^? 

(6)  1.  3?cf)  lobe  ben  ©filter.  2.  ®n  lobft  ben  Sefyrer.  3.  gr 
tobt  bte  SRofe.  4.  9Btr  loben  ben  9Sater.  5.  3<^r'tobt  ba$ 
Sud^*  6.  @te  lobenben  ^ruber,  ntcf)t  iM^r?  7.  S)er  3?ater 
tobt  bte  aflutter. 

(c)  1.  The  teacher  praises  the  pupil.  2.  The  pupil  praises 
the  book.  3.  He  learns.  4.  They  say.  5.  We  praise  the 
winter.  6.  The  mother  praises  the  rose.  7.  You  praise 
the  summer.  8.  I  learn.  9.  She  learns.  10.  He  says. 
11.  The  pupil  learns  tKe  book,  doesn't  he?  12.  Thou  prais- 
est  the  grass.  13.  We  learn  a  book.  14.  I  praise  the 
school.  15.  We  say. 


LESSON  IV. 
(PAGE  2  23-3  s). 

PAST  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE  OF  toben.     DECLENSION  OF  INDEFI- 
NITE ARTICLE,  etn,  etne,  etn,  a. 
Learn :  — 

9Bte  gel)t  e$  ?    ©anj  gut ;  id)  banfe. 

How  goes  it  9     (Familiar  for  How  do  you  do  f)     Quite  well. 
I  thank  (you). 


114  SYNTAX. 


18.                          Past  Tense  of  loben. 

id)  (obte,  /  praised.  twr  lobtett,  we  praised. 

bit  lobteft,  MOM  dieted  praise.  iljr  (obtet,  ?/oi«  praised. 

er,  ficf  c3  lobte,  7*e,  s/ie,  Upraised.  fie  fobtett,  ^ey  praised. 


(a)  All  weak  verbs  form  the  past  tense  by  adding  te  to  the 
present  stem.  Note  that  the  personal  endings  are  the  same  as 
in  the  present  tense,  except  in  the  third  person  singular. 
(See  §  13.) 


19.  The  Indefinite  Article. 

SINGULAR. 


Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nora. 

Ctnf  a. 

tint,  a. 

ettt,  a. 

Gen. 

ettteS,  of  a. 

etner,  of  a. 

tint§r  of  a. 

Dat. 

cincmf  to  a. 

einer,  to  a. 

cittern,  to  a. 

Ace. 

eitteit,  a. 

cine,  a. 

eitt,  a. 

The  plural  of  course  is  wanting. 

Learn  the  declension  of  the  indefinite  article  (ber  im'beftimmte  5lrtt'!e() 
ein  by  cases  and  by  genders.  Conjugate  the  past  of  lenten  and  jagen  like 
lobett. 

20.  Progressive   and    Emphatic   Forms.  —  For    the    English 
forms,  he  praises,  he  is  praising,  he  does  praise,  German   has 
only  the  form  er  lobt     He  ivas  praising,  he  did  praise,  er  fobte. 
So   also   in   questions:    Did    he  praise?      Was  he  praising? 
8obte  er? 

21.  Use  of  ntdjt  —  When  ntdjt  modifies  the  whole  sentence 
it  stands  at  or  near  the  end;  otherwise  it  comes  just  before  the 
word  or  phrase  it  negatives :  9Bir  lobett  ben  @djuler  ntdjt      We 
are  not  praising  the  pupil.      £)er  33ritber,  tttdjt  bet  23dter,  lobt 
ben  Scfjuler.     The  brother,  not  the  father,  praises  the  pupil. 


VERBS.  115 


22.  Vocabulary. 

fcer  dtor'tett,  the  garden.  alt,  adj.,  old. 

ba3  Satyr,  ^e  year.  fca3,  pron.  ,  Maj. 

ber  £ag,  £Ae  day.  fetyr,  adv.,  very. 

bie  3eit,  tfie  time.  tim§r  adj.,  w/h'te. 

ttrie,  interrog.  adv.,  how? 

23.  Exercises. 

(a)  Questions  about  the  story.  —  1.  Sobten  bie  ©djitfer  ben 
8et)rer  titdjt?  2.  3Ba3  lernten  bie  Sruber?  3.  SBar  ba3 
©ra^  tm  (Somtner  ntc^t  grim?  4.  Qft  ber  ©arten  braun  tm 
SBtnter  ?  5.  3Ba3  [agteft  bu  ? 

(6)  1.  £)er  S3ruber  lobte  ben  ©arten,  2.  Sir  lobten  ben 
Sag,  ntdjt  it)a^r  ?  3.  3Bie  [ernte  er  ba«  53u^  ?  4.  SBie  alt  tt)ar 
er  ?  5.  @r  tear  fel)r  alt,  6.  8ob|e  er  einen  @djii(er  ?  7.  3=ar 
ber  8el)rer  fobte  einen  Sourer,  ^  @ie  fagten  ba^  nit^t 

(c)  1.  You  praise  the  book.  2.  Hte  learns.  3.  She  praised 
the  garden.  4.  We  had  a  chair.  >S.  They  said.  6.  It 
is  very  brown.  7.  The  teacher  praise(k  a  pupil.  8.  We 
were  very  old.  9.  He  had  a  rose.  10.  The  father  praised 
the  day.  11.  You  learned  a  book,  didn't  ybu?  (Hi  We  did 
not  say  that.  13.  How  did  you  say  that?  14.  Did  he  praise 
the  pupil  ?  15.  How  old  were  they  ? 

LESSON  V. 

(PAGE  3  9-is.) 
STRONG  VERBS.    PRESENT  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE  OF  fefjen,  to  see. 

REVIEW. 
Learn:  — 

£)a§  Serf  fobt  ben  2ftetfter.—  £)entfd)e3  ©pric 
The  work  praises  the  master.  —  German  Proverb. 


116  SYNTAX. 

24.  Present  Tense  of  feljen. 

id)  felje,  I  see.  ttrir  feljen,  we  see. 

bu  fteljft,  thou  seest.  ityr  fel)t,  you  see. 

er,  fie,  e3  fieljt,  to,  *to,  ft  sees.  ftc  feijen,  they  see. 

25.  Classification    of    Verbs.  —  Verbs    are    generally    called 
strong    (ftarl),  when   the   stem  vowel   changes   in   the  past; 
weak    (fd)tt)acf)),    when   it   remains   the   same:   (weak)   tobett, 
lobte ;  (strong)  feljen,  faf). 

(a)  Strong  verbs  sometimes  change  the  stem  vowel  of  the 
second  and  third  persons  singular  in  the  present  indicative,  as 
in  fefyett,  fprerf)en  (bit  fiefyft,  er  fiefyt ;  bu  fpridjft,  er  fprtdjt) ; 
weak  verbs  keep  the  stein  vowel  the  same.  (A  complete  list 
of  strong  verbs  and  these  stem  changes  will  be  found  on  pages 
327  to  333). 

26.  The  Principal  Parts  (Me  §cmpt'formen)  of  a  German  verb 
are,  as  in  English,  the  present  infinitive,  past,  and  past  parti- 
ciple :  fern,  toar,  getoefen ;   fyaben,  fyatte,  gefjabt ;  toben,  lobte, 
getobt;  feljen,  fal)^ge[el)en. 

(a)  In  the  present  indicative  the  personal  endings  ar,e  the 
same  for  strong  and  weak  verbs.  In  the  past,  the  endings  differ 
from  the  present  only  in  the  first  and  third  persons  singular 
(see  next  lesson).  The  weak  past  participle  always  ends  in  (e)t, 
the  strong  in  en.  All  verbs  take  the  prefix  ge  in  the  past 
participle,  except  inseparables  (Lesson  XLI.)  and  verbs  ending 
in  ieren. 

27.  Conjugate  the  present  tense  of  the  strong  verbs  geljett  and  tyred) en, 
noting  that  gefyett  does  not  change  the  stem  vowel,  while  tyredjen  changes 
it  to  i  in  the  second  and  third  singular. 


STRONG    VERBS.  117 

28.  Vocabulary. 

tw3  £attb,  the  country,  land.  Ic'fen  (bit  (left  for  lief  eft,  er  tteft), 

bie  Stafct,  the  city.  la§f  gefc'fen,  to  read. 

ge'Ijen,   fling,   gegan'gen,  ftre'djett  (foridjfi,  foridjt),  fararf), 

gefpro'djen,  to 


29.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.   Questions  about  the  story.  —  1.  2Ba§  Heft  bet  8el)ter? 

2.  @prtd)t  ber  ©cpter  ntdjt  gut  (well)  ?      3.  ©e()t  er  nad)  (#o) 
Seutf^tanb  (Germany)?      4.  @tef)ft  bu  cine  SRofe  ?      5.  3  ft 
bie  @tabt  ntt^t  alt  ? 

(6)  1.  ©r  ftc^t  ben  Setter,  ntdfjt  tua^r  ?     2.  3Btr  fefjen  emeu 
©arten.      3.  gteft  bu  ba3  SSndj?      4.  ©ie  fe^eu  bie  9?ofe. 

5.  ^c^  fel)e  ben  ©tu^t  ntd^t.      6.  @el)t  i^r  etnen  ©pilfer  ? 

(c)  1.  The  teacher  sees  the  pupil.       2.  We  see  a  garden. 

3.  They  see  a  city.      4.  They  praised  the  city.      5.  I  speak. 

6.  Yes,  the  teacher  speaks.        7.    She   praised  the   country, 
didn't  she?        8.  They  go.        9.  He  goes.       10.  You   speak. 
11.  No,  thou  dost  not  read  the  book.         12.    We  speak  and 
she  goes.      13.  She  sees  a  rose  and  she  does  not  go.      14.  How 
do  we  see  the  garden  ?      15.  Does  he  see  the  chair  ? 

LESSON  VI. 

(PAGE  3  19-4  3.) 

PAST  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE  OF   fefyen,     NOUNS   OF   THE  FIRST 
CLASS.     MASCULINE  ;  ber  Stuber*     POSSESSIVE  GENITIVE. 

Learn  :  — 


ift  ba§  ?    Si)  &erftel)e  e§  nidjt 
What  is  that  ?     I  don't  understand  it 


118  SYNTAX. 

30.  Past  Tense  of  fefyett. 

id)  fal),  I  saw.  ttur  faljett,  we  saw. 

bit  fal)ft,  thou  sawest.  ttyr  fal)t,  you  saw. 

er,  ficr  eS  fatj,  he,  she,  it  saw.  fie  faJjett,  they  saw. 

(a)  The  personal  endings  for  the  past  of  strong  verbs  are  the 
same  as  in  the  present,  except  that  the  first  and  third  persons 
singular  have  no  personal  ending. 

31.  From  the  list  on  pages  327  to  333  learn  the  principal  parts  of  the 
strong  verbs:  fein,  gefyen,  tyrecfyen,  fcfjreiben,  fommen,  tterftefyetu    Conju- 
gate each  in  the  present  and  past. 

32.  Classes  of  Nouns.  —  Nouns  are  divided  into  five  classes 
according  to  the  way  the  plural  is  formed.     The  first  class 
contains  those  which  do  not  change  in  the  plural,  except  some- 
times to  take  umlaut. 

(a)  Umlaut  means  changed  sound  and  is  indicated  by 
two  dots  over  the  vowel.  21,  o,  and  u  are  the  only  vowels 
that  can  take  umlaut.  See  p.  xiii. 

33.  Declension  of  a  Masculine  Noun  of  the  First  Class. 

SINGULAR. 
Nom.   ber    SBrttber,    the    brother      eitt  SBntber,  a  brother. 

(subject) . 

Gen.    be£  SBrttberS,  the  brother's.        ettte3  $rttber3,  a  brother's. 
Dat.     bent  SBrttber,  (to  or  /or)  the      cittern  S3rttberf  (to  or  for)  a  brother 

brother. 

Ace.     ben    SBruber,    the    brother      etttett  25rttberf  a  brother. 
(direct  object). 

PLURAL. 

Nom.    bte  S3ritberf  the  brothers  (subject). 
Gen.     ber  Sritber,  the  brothers'. 
Bat.      ben  Sritbertt,  (to  or  for)  the  brothers. 
Ace.       bte  SBriiber,  the  brothers  (direct  object). 


NOUNS  OF   THE  FIEST   CLASS.  119 

Like  ber  ^Bruber  decline  ber  @cpfer,  tin  8ef)rer,  ber  3Sater 
(bie  SSfitcr),  ein  2Btnter,  ber  ©arten  (bie  ©arten),  ber  ©ontmer. 

34.  The   Possessive   Genitive.  —  The   German   genitive    (ber 
©e'nitit))  like  the  English  possessive,  is  used  to  denote  posses- 
sion :  bdS  $8ni)  be§  33ntber$,  the  brother's  book. 

(a)  £)e3  33ntber$  $8nd)  is  not  common  in  German,  nor 
is  the  book  of  the  brother  in  English.  Avoid  both  these 
expressions. 

(6)  The  genitive  singular  masculine  and  neuter  of  all  nouns 
except  Class  V.  (Lesson  XXI.)  ends  in  (e)$,  and  the  dative 
plural  of  all  genders  always  ends  in  (e)n. 

35.  Vocabulary. 

SBerfitt',  neut.,  Berlin.  fd)ret'ben,  frfjrteb,  gefdjrie'&en,  to 

bet  Sku'&er;  pi.  bie  SBriiber,  the  write. 

brother.  fttifcte'ren,  ftufcterte,  ftubtert  (weak), 

^dttfdj'ftutt),  neut.,  Germany.  to  study. 

ba§  (£i%,  the  ice.  berfte'Ijett,    Ucrftanb'f    ticrftatt'bcn, 

lom/menf  lamf  gclom'mcnr  to  come.  to  understand. 

too,  where,  not  used  to  denote  direc-  itt  (prep..),  fw,  into. 

tion. 

36.  Exercises. 

(a)  Questions  about  the  story.  — 1.  @al)  ber  @d)itfer  ben  8el)rer 
ni^t?  2.  3Ba§  fpra^  ber  3?ater  be^  @^Mcr«?  3.  Sofjht 
(whither)  gtng  er?  4.  SBo  ftubterte  er?  5.  3Serftanbe[t  bu 
ben  8e^rer  ni(f)t  ? 

(6)  1.  3d)    tcrftanb  e^  ni(^t.       2.  3=a,  fie  fa^  ba$ 
3.  ®n  fd)rie6ft  ein  $ud),  ntdjt  tt)af)r?     4.  ®er  geljrer 
ba^  Su^.      5.  £)ie  Sruber  ftubierten  in  Berlin.      6.  9Bir  t)er= 
ftanben  ba§  $ud)  be^  SSater^  ntc^t. 


120  SYNTAX. 

(c)  1.  I  saw  the  ice.  2.  Yes,  they  went.  3.  We  came. 
4.  I  wrote  the  book.  5.  He  understood  the  teacher.  6.  The 
teachers  spoke.  7.  He  praises  the  city.  8.  It  was  the  father, 
wasn't  it?  9.  He  saw  the  gardens.  10.  She  came.  11.  Where 
is  Berlin  ?  12.  It  is  in  Germany.  13.  We  studied  the  teacher's 
book.  14.  I  saw  the  pupils7  brothers.  15.  The  teacher's 
book  is  very  old. 


LESSON  VII. 
(PAGE  4  4-ie.  ) 

PRESENT  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE  OF  fterben,  to  become.  NOUNS 
OF  THE  FIRST  CLASS.  FEMININE  ;  bie  Jodjter.  INDIRECT 
OBJECT. 

Leam  :  — 


f  d)retbft  bit  ba  ?    £)a$  geljt  ntdjt. 
What  are  you  writing  there  ?     That  won't  do. 

37.  Present  Tense  of  tDerben. 

id)  foerbe,  /  become.  .  ttrir  tterbett,  we  become. 

bit  ttrirft,  thou  becomest.  tljr  tt>erbetf  you  become. 

ttf  fie,  e3  tiriri>f  he,  she,  it  becomes.      fie  toerben,  they  become. 

38.  Declension  of  a  Feminine  Noun  of  the  First  Class. 

SINGULAR. 

Norn,  bie    £od)ter,    the    daughter  eine  Xorfjter,  a  daughter. 

(subject). 

Gen.  ber  Xod)terf  the  daughter's.  einer  £od)terf  a  daughter's. 

Dat.   ber  £od)ter,  (to  or  for)  the  eitter  Xodjter,  (to  or  /or)  a  daugh- 

daughter.  ter. 

Ace.   bie    £0d)ter,    the    daughter  eitte  £od)ter,  a  daughter. 

(object). 


NOUNS   OF  THE  FIEST  CLASS.  121 

PLURAL. 

Nom.  btc  £Bd)ter,  the  daughters  (subject). 
Gen.    bet  Xodjter,  the  daughters'1. 
Dat.    ben  Xtidjtent,  (to  or  /or)  Me  daughters. 
Ace.    bte  £0d)tcr,  i/ie  daughters  (object). 

Feminine  nouns  keep  the  same  form  throughout  the  singular. 

Note  that  bte  £od)ter  forms  the  plural  merely  by  taking  umlaut ;  hence 
it  is  of  the  first  class.  Like  bie  Softer  decline  tie  Gutter,  the  only  other 
feminine  of  the  first  class. 

39.  The  Indirect  Object.  —  The  dative  is  used  to  denote  the 
indirect  object.     If  both  objects  are  nouns,  the  dative  generally 
precedes  as  in  English,    ©ie  gab  bem  Secret  ein  -Slid),  she  gave 
the  teacher  a  book.    Qfy  gab  ber  £odjter  cine  9Jofe,  /  gave  the 
daughter  a  rose,  or  /  gave  a  rose  to  the  daughter. 

40.  Vocabulary. 

ba3  ®utb,  the  child.  ba3  2£ort,  the  word. 

bev  Sftautt,  the  man,  husband.  fttt'&en,  fanfc,  rjefun'benf  to  find. 

bic  Xot^'terf  pi.  bie  £od)ter,  the      ge'ben  (gtbft,  gibt),  gab,  gege'ben, 

daughter.  to  give. 

ttwvw,  adj.,  warm. 

41.  Exercises. 

(a)  Questions  about  the  story.  —  1.  2Bo   fattb   er  ba^  ®U(^  ? 
2.  ®ab  er  bem  ®ritber  ein  Sud)?      3.  9Ba^  Ia«  ber  @d)UIer? 
4.  SBa^  bcrftanb  er  tud)t  ?     5.  8a§  er  ba^  9Bort  nid^t  gut  (^oe^^)? 

(b)  1.  £)u  tDtrft  rot,      2.  £)er  ©omtner  tDtrb  trarm,  ntcfyt 
tDa^r?     3.  ®a^  Sinb  ttrirb  marm,    4.  9Btr  iperben  alt,    5.  3Me 
@(^uler  be§  8eljrer8  t^erben  gut,      6.  ®u  gtbft  bem  ©filler 
etnen  @tu^L      7.  $tf)  gab  ber  Jotter  em  SBui). 

(c)  1.  I  am  becoming  old.     2.  It  is  getting  to  be  (is  becoming) 
winter.      3.  He  is  coming.       4.  We  did  learn.       5.  The  child 


122  SYNTAX. 

is  getting  (becoming)  very  warm.  6.  They  did  see  the  teach- 
er's garden.  7.  They  were  reading  the  book,  weren't  they  ? 
8.  He  is  giving  the  mother  a  rose.  9.  He  finds  the  book. 
10.  They  found  the  child.  11.  The  pupil  did  not  say  the 
word.  12.  He  gave  the  man  a  chair.  13.  The  city  is  not 
becoming  small.  14.  Where  is  the  pupil's  book  ?  15.  Is 
the  teacher's  book  getting  (becoming)  old  ? 

LESSON  VIII. 

(PAGES  4  17-5  2.) 
PAST  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE  OF  toerben.     NOUNS  OF  THE  FIRST 

CLASS.     NEUTER;  bd$  SSftabcfjetl.     TERMS  OF  ADDRESS. 
Learn :  — 

393a§  bebeutet  btefer  @a^  ?  Qd)  tDetft  ntdjt. 

What  does  this  sentence  mean  ?     I  don't  know. 

42.  Past  Tense  of  toerbett. 

id)  ttwrbe  (or  toarb),  I  became.  ttur  ttwrbett,  we  became. 

bu  ttwrbeft   (or  itmrbft),  thou  be-      iljr  twtrbet,  you  became. 

earnest. 
er,  ficr  e3  uwrbe  (or  marb),  he,  she,      fie  ttwrben,  they  became. 

it  became. 

The  forms  toarb,  toarbft,  ft»arb  are  used  now  only  in  poetry. 

43.  Declension  of  a  Neuter  Noun  of  the  First  Class. 

SINGULAR. 
Norn.  btiS  2ttabd)ettr  the  girl  (sub-      cttt  9ttabrf)ettf  a  girl. 

ject). 

Gen.   be£  9Rabd)en§,  the  girl's.  etne§  TObd)ett3f  a  girl's. 

Dat.    bcm  Sftabdjen,  (to  or  for)  the      cittern  Sftabdjett,  (to  or  for)  a  girl. 

girl. 
Ace.   bag  9ftabctyett,  the  girl  (ob-      cin  TObtyett,  a  girl. 

ject). 


NOUNS  OF   THE  FIKST  CLASS.  123 

PLURAL. 

Nom.  Me  9ftj$d)en,  the  girls  (subject). 

Gen.  bet  TObdjett,  the  girls\ 

Dat.  ben  Sftabdjeit,  (to  or  /or)  Me  girls. 

Ace.  Me  -TObdjett,  Me  girls  (object). 

44.  Terms  of  Address.  —  In  formal  or  polite  address  German 
uses  the  third  person  plural.     The  pronoun  is  always  written 
with  a  capital.     Have  you  the  book  ?     (To  the  teacher)  @aben 
@tc  ba§  33ucl)?    (To  a  fellow  pupil)  @aft  bn  ba§  33ud)?    (To 
several  pupils)  @abt  tfyr  ba$  33udj  ? 

J)U  is  used  with  intimates,  relatives,  young  children,  and 
animals. 

.^fyr  is  the  regular  plural  of  bit* 

@ie  is  the  common  form  of  address  to-dajf  in  Germany  for 
both  singular  and  plural,  except  when  bit  is  required. 

NOTE.  —  In  translating  you,  think  carefully  whether  you  are  address- 
ing intimate  friends  or  not.  When  in  doubt  use  @ie. 

45.  Vocabulary. 

Me  9htfgabef  the  exercise.  fra'oett  (weak),  to  ask. 

bag  9ttctod)eitf  pi.  Me  $labrf)ett,  the  ^ei'fjett  (Ijetfit,  for  ^etfieft,  ijetjst), 
girl.  ^ie^f  getyei'ffett,  to  be  called,  be 

bet  @a^r  ^e  sentence.  named.   SBie  l)eigett  @te  ?    TF7ia« 

fang,  adj.,  Zow/.  is  yowr  name  ? 

bie  ®ei'tef  ^e  page. 

46.  Exercises. 

(a)  Questions  about  the  story.  —  1.  3Ba$  frag  ten  @te  ?    2.  ©ab 


bet  Secret  bem  @^uler  etne  Slufgabe?  3.  (Sprac^  ber  3Sater 
be$  (Sc^uter^  gut  (weZZ)  ?  4.  ©ing  ber  britte  (<Aird)  33ruber  in 
(to)  bte  ©d^ute  ?  5.  gafen  @ie  ben  @a£  unb  bie  2lnf  gabe  ? 


124  SYNTAX. 


(&)  1.  £>er  ©afc  toar  fang*  2.  £)er  @a£  tourbe  eine  Sluf- 

gabe.      3.  SBurbc  ber  ©djttter  rot?      4.  <Bte  Ijeifct  ba$  3KSb* 

d)en?      5.  SBie  f)et£en  @te?  6.  £)te  Slufgabe  nmrbe  tang, 
ntd)t  irnfjr  ?  - 

(c)  1.  He  became  red.  2.  We  are  speaking.  3.  They 
were  very  old.  4.  The  teacher  was  praising  the  pupil's  exer- 
cise. 5.  He  read  the  teacher's  book.  6.  They  saw  the  man, 
didn't  they?  7.  It  is  growing  very  warm.  8.  The  girl  is 
reading  a  page.  9.  We  do  learn.  10.  You  (write  three  ways 
—  bit,  tl)r,  @ie)  became  red.  11.  The  teacher  gave  the  pupils 
an  exercise.  12.  What  did  the  man  ask?  13.  What  is 
your  name?  (  Write  two  ways^)  14.  We  gave  the  girls  a  sen- 
tence and  an  exercise.  15.  The  child  read  the  page. 


LESSON  IX. 

(PAGE  5  3-14.) 

THE  FUTURE  TENSE.     FUTURE  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE  OF  (often 

AND  fefyen. 

Learn  :  — 


fyabett  @tc  midf)  gefragt? 
What  did  you  ask  me  f     My  name  is  John. 

47.  Formation  of  the  Future  Tense.  —  Used  independently 
iDerben  means  to  become.  Used  as  an  auxiliary  (that  is,  with 
a  present  infinitive)  it  forms  the  future  tense.  All  verbs  form 
the  future  in  the  same  way,  simply  by  prefixing  the  present 
tense  of  the  conjugation  of  tDerbett  to  the  present  infinitive. 
$d)  Uierbe  alt,  I  become  old.  $dj  tt>erbe  (oben,  I  shall  praise. 


FUTURE   OF  WEAK  VERBS.  125 


FUTURE  TENSE  OF  fobetU  FUTURE  TENSE  OF 

id)  luerbe  Men,  I  shall  praise.  id)  toerbe  fcl)Cttr  I  shall  see. 

fott  twrft  fobett,  thou  wilt  praise.  bit  tturft  fdjen,  thou  wilt  see. 

cr,  fie,  e3  tirirb  fofceit,  fte,  she,  it     er,  fie,  e§  ttrirb  fetyett,  fte,  sfte,  # 
will  praise.  will  see. 

ttitr  toerbett  (oben,  we  sftaZZ  praise.       Uitr  luerben  fc^cnf  roe  s/ia?Z  see. 
il)r  luerbct  (obenf  ?/ow  will  praise.        tljr  ttierbet  fc^enf  you  will  see. 
fte  njcrben  lofceit,  ^ey  ^i^  praise.       fie  toerfcen  fc^enf  ^ey  t<Ji7Z  see. 

Conjugate  in  full  the  future  of  Ijaben,  fein,  and  tuerben. 

48.  Position  of  the  Infinitive.  —  The  infinitive  stands  at  the 
end  of  the  sentence.    Qdj  toerbe  ben  8efyrer  ntrfjt  feljen,  /  shall 
not  see  the  teacher. 

49.  Vocabulary. 

ba3  (£i'fen,  the  iron.  ba§  SBct'tcrf  '  the  weather. 

fca3  2Baf  fcrf  the  water.  lety'reit,   Iel)ttef   gele^rt,  to  teach. 

ttwrum',  interrog.  adv.,  why  ?  (Compare  with  lernen,  to  learn.) 

'f  interrog.  adv.,  whither  ?  used  only  of  direction. 


50.  Exercises. 

(a)  Questions  about  the  story.  —  1.  9Ba$  totrb  ber 
ftubteren?  2.  SBo^tn  tt)trb  er  ge^en?  3.  3Ba§  n)trb  er  merben? 
4.  SBirb  er  ba§  S3udj  feinem  Sruber  geben?  5.  JBerben  @ie 
ben  @a^  lefen? 

(6)  1.  (£r  iDtrb  ber  8ef)rer  toerben*  2.  J)u  tDtrft  ntc^t  fom- 
men.  3.  !Da^  SBetter  ftrirb  tt)arm  l^erben,  ntd)t  h)a^r  ?  4.  3d) 
iuerbe  etne  Slufgabe  lernen.  5.  SBarnm  iDerben  @ic  ber  Sautter 
etne  9Jofe  geben  ?  6.  SBa^  totrft  bu  le^rcn  ?  7.  ®a§  SBaffer 
totrb  tt)arnt  n?erben.  8.  SBarum  luirb  ba^  SBetter  iDarm  ? 

(c)  1.  We  shall  see  the  iron.  2.  She  will  ask  the  teacher, 
won't  she  ?  3.  You  will  (write  three  ways)  read  the  girl's 


126  SYNTAX. 

exercise.  4.  Why  did  you  become  red  ?  5.  They  will  give 
the  teacher  a  rose.  6.  He  learned  the  sentence.  7.  What 
will  they  teach?  8.  The  ice  will  become  water.  9.  The 
man  will  give  an  exercise  to  the  pupils.  10.  What  is  the 
child's  name  ?  (See  Vocabulary,  VIII.)  11.  They  are  very 
old.  12.  The  girFs  father  and  (the)  mother  taught  the  pupils. 
13.  Where  did  she  see  the  book  ?  14.  The  weather  was  be- 
coming very  warm.  15.  The  exercise  is  becoming  long. 

LESSON  X. 

(PAGE  5  15-28.) 

REVIEW  OF  CONJUGATION.     IMPERATIVE. 
Learn :  — 

ilbung  mact)t  ben  Sftetfter.  —  £)eutfd)e$  @prtd)toort 
Practice  makes  perfect  (lit.  the  master).  —  German  proverb. 

51.  a.  What  are  the  principal  parts  of   a  German  verb? 
b.  How  do  the  personal  endings  of  the  past  differ  from  those 
of  the  present  (1)  in  weak  verbs ;  (2)  in  strong  verbs  ?      c.  Do 
strong  verbs  always  have  the  same  root  vowel  in  the  present  ? 
d.  Do  weak  verbs  ? 

52.  (1)  a.  How  many  classes  of  nouns  are  there  in  German? 
b.  In  what  letter  does  the  dative  plural  always  end  ?     c.  Do 
all   nouns   end   in   (e)$  in  the   genitive  singular?       d.  How 
does  the  German  possessive  genitive  differ  from  the  English 
possessive? 

(2)  a.  How  do  feminine  nouns  differ  from  masculine  nouns 
in -the  singular?  b.  How  is  the  indirect  object  expressed  in 
German  ?  c.  How  does  the  German  express  the  progressive 
and  emphatic  forms,  he  is  praising  and  he  does  praise  ? 


REVIEW   OF  CONJUGATION. 


127 


(3)  a.  What  is  the  peculiarity  of  the  first  class  of  nouns  ? 
b.  What  pronoun  would  children  use  in  addressing  their  class- 
mates ?  c.  What  pronoun  would  you  use  in  speaking  to  your 
mother  ?  your  brother  ?  your  dog  ?  your  teacher  ?  a  good 
friend  among  your  classmates  ?  d.  How  is  the  future  of  all 
verbs  formed  ?  e.  How  can  you  distinguish  the  two  uses  of 
toerben  ? 


53. 

Present  Tense  (bd$  $rfi'fett$). 

id)  Ijabe 

id)  bin              id)  lube             id)  fdjc 

id)  Jucrbc 

bu  Ijaft 

bu  bift             bu  (obft           bu  fteljft 

bu  ttiirft 

er  Ijat 

ct  ift               er  tobt             er  fietyt 

er  unrb 

nnr  Ijabeu 

twr  finb           nrir  loben         tuir  fe^en 

iuir  merben 

iljr  Ijabt 

il)v  feib            tlj*  (ubt            i^r  fel)t 

i^r  juevbet 

fie  Ijabeu 

fie  finb            fie  (oben          fie  fctyeit 

fie  ttierben 

Past  Tense  (bd$ 


id)  Ijatte 

id)  ttwr 

i^  (obte 

id)fal) 

id)  ttiurbe 

bn  Ijatteft 

bit  tuarft 

bu  lubteft 

bu  f  uljft 

bu  nwrbeft 

er  Ijatte 

er  tuar 

er  lobtc 

erfal^ 

er  tuurbe 

tt)ir  fatten 

urir  tuarcn 

ttiir  (obtett 

ttiir  fa^eu 

tuir  tourben 

il)r  ^attet 

il)r  ttiart 

i^r  (obtet 

il)r  f  al)t 

tljr  Itiurbet 

fie  fatten 

fie  rtwren 

fie  lobten 

fie  faljeu 

fie  ttiurben 

Future  Tense  (ba^  crftc  gutur') 


id)  ttierbe     I)abeu 

feiu 

fobeu 

fd)eu 

tuerbeu 

bu  lutrft       Ijabett 

feiu 

lobeu 

fel)eu 

luerbcu 

er  wirb        ^abeu 

feiu 

lobcu 

fel)eu 

ttierbeu 

mir  tuerbeu  ^abeu 

feiu 

lobeu 

fel)eu 

merbeu 

iljr  itierbet    ^abeu 

feiu 

(obcu 

fe^eu 

iuerbeu 

fie  jucrbcu    Ijabeu 

feiu 

iDbcu 

feljen 

toerbeu 

NOTE.  —  The  verb  forms  of  the  first  and  third  persons  plural  are 
always  alike.  In  the  past  the  first  and  third  persons  singular  are  also 
alike.  The  second  person  singular  always  ends  in  ft ;  the  second  person 
plural  always  in  t,  except  when  the  pronoun  is  @ic. 


128  SYNTAX. 

54.  Conjugate  the  following  verbs  in  the  present,  past,  and  future : 
fagen,  geben,  ftubieren,  fommen,  gefyen,  finben,  lernen,  tyredjen,  toerftefjen, 
fcfyreiben,  lefen,  Ijeiften,  fragen. 

55.  The  imperative  in  formal  address  is  like  the  indicative  in- 
verted :  learn,  lernen  @te  ;  come,  fommen  @te  ;  write,  f  djreiben 
@te. 

56.  Exercises. 

(a)  Questions  about  the  story. — 1.  SSerftcmben  bte  <Sd)itfer 
ba3  j83ud)  uidjt?  2.  9Ba§  gab  ber  Scorer  bent  Srfjiifer? 
3.  9Bof)in  gtng  ber  SSater  be§  ©djttlerS  ?  4.  2Ba3  tPtrb  er  ftubte* 
ren?  5.  SBerben  @te  bte  2lufgabe  ntt^t  Icfen? 

(6)  Translate. —  1.  I  learn,  was  learning,  shall  learn.  2.  We 
go,  went,  shall  go.  3.  He  gives,  did  give,  will  give.  4.  You 
(icrite  three  ways)  come,  came,  will  come.  5.  They  are  read- 
ing, were  reading,  will  read.  6.  Thou  speakest,  didst  speak, 
wilt  speak.  7.  I  said,  thou  wast  saying,  he  dM  say.  8.  We 
are  studying,  you  study,  they  do  study.  9.  I  am,  thou  hadst> 
he  will  become.,  10.  We  see,  you  praised,  they  will  under- 
stand. 11.  Thou  earnest  and  I  went.  12.  He  speaks  and 
they  understand.  13.  You  will  study  and  we  shall  learn. 
14.  He  came  and  saw  and  went.  15.  Thou  didst  study ;  thou 
wilt  learn.  16.  Go,  study  and  learn.  17.  Come,  read  and 
speak. 

LESSON  XI. 

(PAGE  6  1-26.) 

PERFECT  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE.     NOUNS  OF  THE  SECOND  CLASS 
?ernen  Ste :  — 

$dj  fjabe  ®ie  nt^t  geljBrt.    8efen  @te  nodj  etnmaf. 
I  did  not  hear  you.     Read  once  more. 


NOUNS   OF  THE  SECOND    CLASS.  129 

57.  Formation  of  the  Present  Perfect  Tense.  —  The  present 
perfect  tense  is  formed,  as  in  English,  by  prefixing  the  present 
tense  of  fjaben  (to  have)  to  the  past  participle. 

PERFECT  TENSE  (ba§  $erfe!t')  OF  lobeit, 

id)  tyabe  gefobt,  /  (have)  praised.          tori*  Ijatieit  getobt,  we  (have)  praised. 
Jw  fyafit  getobt,  thou  (hast)  praised,      tljr  Ijabt  gelobt,  yow  (have)  praised. 
cr,  fie,  e3  tyat  gefobt,  Ae,  s/ie,  ft     fie  Ijafcen  gelobt,  z/i^  (/towe)  praised. 
(has)  praised. 

In  like  manner  conjugate  id)  fyabe   gefe^ett,  td^  Ijabe  geljabt,  it!)  Ijabe 
gefpro(^enf  tcf)  ^abe  ftubiert,  ic^  ^abe  fcerftanben,  tc^  ^abe  gefunben. 

58.  Use  of  fein  as  Auxiliary.  —  Some  verbs  take  [em  as  the 
auxiliary  for  the  perfect.    They  are  (1)  intransitives  that  indi- 
cate motion  (like  gefyen,  foTtttnett,  etc.)  or  change  of  condition 
(like  fterbett,  to  die,  toerben,  etc.),  (2)  fein  and  bletben,  to  re- 
main, and  (3)  the  impersonals  gefdjeljen,  happen,  and  gettngett, 
succeed. 


PERFECT  TENSE  (bd§  s$erfe!t')  OF 
id)  bin  gegangen,  Ihavegone,Iwent.      ttitr  futfc  getjangcn,  we  have  gone. 
iw  bift  gcgangcn,  tfiou  hast  gone.         tyv  feib  gcgangcnf  you  have  gone. 
crf  fief  c§  ift  gegattgen,  he,  she,  it     fie  fiufc  gegangen,  they  have  gone. 
has  gone. 

In  like  manner  conjugate  id)  bin  gefommett,  id)  bin  getoefen,  id)  bin 
getuorben. 

(a)  The  past  participle,  like  the  infinitive,  stands  at  the  end 
of  the  sentence.  $fy  fyabe  ba$  $8nd)  nit^t  gefunben,  /  have  not 
found  the  book. 

59.   Use  of  Tenses.  —  To  report  a  single  finished  act,  espe- 
cially in  conversation,  the  German  uses  the  perfect  where  the 
English  has  the  past.    I  just  came,  id)  bin  eben  gefontnten 
Did  you  find  the  girl  ?  ^rnben  @ie  bd$  SRabcfyen  gefttnben? 


130  SYNTAX. 

(a)  The  German  past  is  the  English  past  progressive,  and 
is  used  in  continued  narration.  We  were  studying  when  he 
came,  SBtr  ftubterten,  al3  er  fam. 

(U)  The  present  with  fdjott  (already)  is  used  in  German  for 
the  English  perfect  denoting  what  has  been  and  still  is.  ©tttb 
fctjon  Icmge  fyier  ?  .Z/ave  ?/cm 


60.  Nouns  of  the  Second  Class  add  e  to  form  the  plural. 
The  masculines  often  take  umlaut,  the  feminines  always,  the 
neuters  never.  Plurals  that  take  umlaut  must  be  learned 
from  the  vocabularies. 

Declension  of  the  Second  Class  of  Nouns. 

MASCULINE. 
Singular.  ^  Plural. 

ber  £ttttb,  the  dog.  bie  ^ttttbe,  the  dogs. 

be3  ^Mtti>e3,  the  dog's.  ber  $wtbef  the  dogs\ 

bcm  ^>uttb(e)f  (to  or  /or)  the  dog.  ben  ^unbelt,  (to  or  for)  the  dogs. 

ben  £wtb,  the  dog.  bie  £mtbe,  the  dogs. 

FEMININE. 

bie  Suitf,  the  bench.  bte  S3anfe,  the  benches. 

ber  SBattf,  o/  the  bench.  bet  SBanfc,  o/  the  benches. 

bcr  JsBanff  (^o  or  for)  the  bench.  ben  23anfenf  (to  or  /or)  zfte  benches. 

bie  SSanf,  ^e  oenc^.  bie  $an!ef  the  benches. 

NEUTER. 

ba§  $ferbf  the  horse.  bie  ^ferbef  the  horses. 

be$  ^ferbe§f  ^e  horse's.  ber  ^ferbe,  ^e  Worses'. 

bem^ferb(e)f  (to  or  for)  the  horse,  ben  9$ferbett,  (to  or  /or)  «/ie  horses. 

bag  9$ferbf  «/ie  ^orse.  bie  ^ferbe,  the  horses. 


In  like  manner  decline  ber  @tu!jl  (bie  ©tfl^Ie),  ba§  3a^r  (bie  3al)re), 
ber  Xag  (Me  Xage),  bie  @tabt  (bie  ©table),  ber  @afc  (bie  <^a^e),  etn 
§nnb,  eine  53anf,  em  $ferb. 


NOUNS   OF  THE  SECOND    CLASS.  131 

61.  Vocabulary. 

Me  $anf,  pi.  Me  $att!e,  the  bench.  ber  28o(f,  pi.  Me  SSiilfe,  the  wolf. 

ber  $fafe  pi.  Me  gflftffe,  £/ie  nwer.  tyo'rett  (weak),  to  hear. 

ber  ^ttttb,  pi.  Me  ^unbe,  the  dog.  trin'fett,  trattfr  getrwtfen,  to  drink. 

ba3  Samm,  the  lamb.  bur'ftig,  adj.,  thirsty. 

ba^    $ferb,    pi.  bie    $|$ferbe,    the  JjwtQ'rig,  adj.,  hungry, 
horse. 

62.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  9Bof)tn  tft  ba§  8amm  gegangen?      2.  2Ba$  Ijat  ber 

SBoIf  bem  Samme  gefagt?      3.  3ft  ber  SBoIf  nid^t  ^ungrtg 

getoefen?      4.  @at  ba^  8amm  etnen  ^Bruber  ge^abt?  5.  @at 
ber  @rf)u(er  bie  3lufga6e  gut  (well)  gefdjrieben? 

(6)  •!..  3^  f)abe  ba^  «U(^  ge(e[en.  2.  @r  ^at  ben  Wlann 
gefe^en,  ni^t  tua^r?  3.  J)a^  ^ferb  tft  fefyr  ^ungrtg  getDefen, 
4.  gin  §unb  ift  burftig  gemorben*  5.  SBofym  finb  bie  SBoffe 
gegangen  ?  6.  9Bir  ^aben  eine  SRof e  gefnnben.  7.  2Ba^  ^aft 
bn  getrnnlen?  8.  §aben  @ie  einen  -9BoIf  ge^5rt?  9.  3Btr 
finb  gelommen  nnb  f)aben  etiten  SBoIf  gefeljen*  10.  ®te  glitffe 
tDaren  nitf)t  fe^r  tang* 

(c)  1.  We  have  seen  the  garden.  2.  The  wolf  has  heard 
the  lamb.  3.  The  wolf  saw  the  teacher's  dog.  4.  Have 
you  (write  three  ways)  found  the  pupiPs  book?  5.  The  horses 
were  very  thirsty.  6.  I  have  heard  a  wolf.  T.  She  has 
come.  8.  You  have  read  the  page,  haven't  you?  9.  You 
(write  three  ivays)  did  not  get  (toerben)  hungry.  10.  He  gave 
the  lamb  to  the  wolf.  11.  The  dog  and  the  wolf  were  getting 
hungry.  12.  Why  did  the  lamb  drink  ?  13.  The  man  gave 
the  chairs  and  the  benches  to  the  pupils.  14.  What  has  the 
father  heard  ?  15.  Where  (toof)in)  has  the  dog  gone  ? 


132  SYNTAX. 

LESSON  XII. 

(PAGES  6  27-7  20.) 

PAST  PERFECT  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE.     NOUNS  OF   THE  THIRD 

CLASS. 

genten  @ie :  — 

Gffnen  @ie  Me  gefebiidjer  unb  lefen  @te  auf  ©cite  fedj$. 
Open  the  readers  and  read  on  page  six. 

63.  Formation  of  the  Past  Perfect  Tense.  —  The  past  perfect 
(ba$  ^tu$'quamperfeft)  is  formed  as  in  English :  fyatte  or  tear  is 
the  auxiliary  used.     See  Lesson  XI.,  §  58. 

CONJUGATION  OF   THE   PAST   PER-       CONJUGATION  OF  THE   PAST  PER- 
FECT TENSE  WITH  Ijatte.  FECT  TENSE  WITH  ttwr. 

id)  Ijatte  gdobt,  I  had  praised.  id)  ttwr  gcgangen,  I  had  gone. 

tw  Ijatteft  gelobt,  thou  hadst  praised,  bit  ttwrft  gegangett,  thou  hadst  gone. 

er,  ftef  t§  ^attc  gclobt,  he,  she,  it  crf  ficf  e§  ttwr  gegangen,  he,  she,  it 

had  praised.  had  gone. 

ttrir  tjatten  gclobt,  we  had  praised.        toir  ttiarett  gcgangen,  we  had  gone. 
ilj*  l)attet  ge(obtf  you  had  praised.        tljr  mart  gegangett,  you  had  gone. 
fit  fatten  gclobt,  they  had  praised.        fie  ttwrett  gegaitgettf  they  had  gone. 

In  like  manner  conjugate  id)  ^atte  gefe^en,  id)  tt)ar  gelDejen,  tcf)  fyatte 
ge^obt,  id^  tuar  ge!ommenf  id)  fyatte  gej^rodjen,  td^  tt)ar  getoorben,  i(^  l)atte 
ftubtert,  id^  tyatte  Derftanben,  id^  I)atte  gefunben. 

64.  Nouns  of  the  Third  Class  add  er  to  form  the  plural  and 
take  umlaut  whenever  possible ;  that  is,  when  the  stem  vowel 
is   a,  0,  U,  or  ait.     This  class   contains  only  masculines  and 
neuters. 


NOUNS   OF   THE   THIED   CLASS.  133 

Declension  of  the  Third  Class  of  Nouns. 

MASCULINE.  NEUTER. 

Singular.  Singular. 

ber  $ftamt,  the  man.  ba3  23ud),  the  book. 

be3  3ftatttte3,  the  man's.  be3  23ttd)e3,  the  book's. 

bcm  battue,  (to  or  /or)  the  man.  bem  23ud)e,  (to  or  /or)  ^e  6oo&. 

ben  ^amt,  zfte  maw.  ba3  SBttd),  Me  &oo&. 

Plural.  Plural. 

bte  SRftmter,  Me  mew.  bte  SSitdjer,  Me  oooA:5. 

bet  banner,  the  men's.  ber  S3it(^crf  o/^e  books. 

ben  Sftattttem,  (^o  or  /or)  the  men.  ben  sMd)ernf  (to  or  /or)  zfte  oooA:s. 

bic  9)Mttttcrf  the  men.  bie 


In  like  manner  decline  ba§  Mnb  (bie  ^tnber),  ba^  £atnm  (bie  Hammer), 
bag  ^anb  (bie  £anber). 

65.  Vocabulary. 

ba§  $aarr  pi.  btc  $aarcf  ^/ie  hair,  fttt'gett,  fangf  gefungenf  to  sing. 

(German  uses  either  sing,  or  pi.)  bmnm,  adj.,  stupid. 

btc  §anb,  pi.  bie  ^panbef  the  hand.  }ungf  adj.,  young. 

ba3  Se'f  ebuc^f  pi.  bie  Se'f  ebudjer,  the  f  lugf  adj.  ,  bright,  clever. 

reader.  im'merr  adv.,  always. 
ttta'djeu  (weak),  to  make. 

66.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  gatte  bet  Secret  em  «ud(i  gel)abt?  2.  2Bo  ^atte  er 
ba^  53u^?  3.  §atte  2Btt^eIm  bie  2lufgabe  gut  (well)  geternt? 
4.  38ar  er  ntd^t  bumm  genoorben?  5.  3Ba$  ^atte  er  bem  gefyrer 
gefagt? 

(6)  1.  @te  l)atte  nit^t  gefungen.  2.  Qtf)  Ijatte  bie  §anb  be^ 
30?anne^  gefefyen.  3.  ®u  ^aft  ba^  8amm  gefunben,  ni^t  tua^r? 
4.  23ir  fatten  bie  ^Bitc^er  nic^t  ftubtert.  5.  SBaren  bie  §dnbe 


134  SYNTAX. 

rot  getoorben  ?  6.  gr  ift  ntd)t  hnmer  butnm  getoefen,  7.  £)er 
Secret  fyatte  em  Sefeburf)  gefcfyriebetu  8.  SBofytn  toaren  @ie 
gegangen? 

(c)  1.  She  had  found  the  reader.  2.  You  had  made  a 
garden,  hadn't  you  ?  3.  The  girl's  hands  had  become  very 
red.  4.  Did  the  lamb  sing?  5.  They  were  studying  the 
books.  6.  You  will  see  the  river.  7.  The  pupil's  hair  was 
getting  long.  8.  They  have  read  the  reader,  haven't  they  ? 
9.  The  man's  children  had  been  stupid.  10.  We  shall  not 
always  be  young.  11.  Were  you  (write  three  ways)  writing 
the  girl's  exercise  ?  12.  Why  did  he  give  the  men  the 
books  ?  13.  The  teacher's  pupils  are  always  bright.  14.  Was 
the  child  stupid  ?  15.  It  had  become  very  clever. 


LESSON  XIII. 

(PAGES  7  21-8  24.) 

GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.     REVIEW. 
Semen  @ie  :  — 


(§3  ift  ntcfjt  a(Ie$  ©olb,  toa$  gtatijt—  £)eutfd)e§  ©prtdjtoort 
All  that  glitters  is  not  gold. 

67.  Number.  —  In   German,  as    in  English,  there   are   two 
numbers  :  Singular  and  Plural. 

68.  Gender.  —  There  are  three  genders  :  Masculine,  Feminine, 
and  Neuter.     The  gender  of  a  noun  is  indicated  by  the  article 
of  the  nominative  singular  :   bet  2ftamt,  Me  grcm,  baS.  §CUt3. 
Gender  does  not  necessarily  depend  upon  natural  sex,  as  in 
English,  but  is  rather  a  grammatical  distinction.     In  order  to 
fix  the  gender  in  mind,  the  student  should  learn  the  article 


GENDER   OF  NOUNS.  135 

with  every  noun.  The  article  should  be  considered  a  part  of 
the  noun.  The  word  is  not  3J?db(i)en,  but  bd$  SKcibdjett  ;  not 
SJtotut,  but  ber 


69.  Rules  of  Gender.  —  There  are  no  very  helpful  rules  of 
gender.  Below  are  given  those  which  have  fewest  exceptions. 
These  rules  fall  into  two  classes  :  those  that  determine  the 
gender  by  meaning  and  those  that  determine  it  by  ending. 

(a)  Nouns  that  determine  the  gender  by  their  meaning  :  — 
1.  Names  of  males,  days,  and  months  are  masculine. 

ber  SJlamt,  the  man. 
ber  (Sowt'tag,  Sunday. 
ber  $fai,  May. 


2.  Names  of  females  and  abstract  terms  are  mostly 

feminine. 

bte  $Vft\t,  the  woman. 
bie  greube,  joy. 
bte  Siebe,  love. 
Exception  :  Jw3  SBetb,  the  woman.     (See  also  &,  3.) 

3.  Names  of  cities  or  countries  and  words  not  nouns 

but  used  as  such  are  usually  neuter. 

ba3  fdjoite  23erfht',  beautiful  Berlin. 

fca3  treue  $etttfd)'iaub,  loyal  Germany  . 

ba£  Seben,  life  ((ebeu,  to  live),  fca3  ®ute,  the  good. 

Nouns  that  determine  the  gender  by  their  ending  :  — 
1.   Nouns  ending  in  *\§r  ^tg,  or  4tng  are  usually  mas- 


culine. 


ber  $e£'Jrirf)f  the  carpet. 

ber  &ft'ftQ,'£fte  cage. 

ber  Siintj'Htttj,  the  young  man. 


136  SYNTAX. 

2.  Nouns  ending  in  *et,  ^ett,  -feit,  4n,  ^fdjdft,  or 

are  usually  feminine. 

bie  Sreutt'bitt,  the  friend  (lady)  . 
bie  ^>0ff'mwg,  hope. 
bie  gfreunb'fdjaft,  friendship. 
bie  §rei'I)eit,  freedom. 

3.  Nouns  ending  in  the  diminutive  suffixes,  'djen  or 

*Ieitl,  are  neuter. 

bn3  Sftabdjett,  the  girl. 
ba3  gfraufeitt,  ^e  young  lady. 
ba3  ^iinbieitt,  Me  little  dog. 
ba3  ^fcrbt^en,  ^e  little  horse. 

70.  Vocabulary. 

bet  Sricf,  pi.  bie  $riefe,  ^e  letter. 

ba3  ^Jo(b  (no  pi.  ),  gold. 

ba3  X^ierf  pi.  bie  Xljiere,  the  animal  (written  also  £ier  in  the 

revised  spelling)  . 

fdjie'ffen,  ft^o^f  gef^offenf  to  shoot. 
fter'bett  (ftirbft,  ftirbt),  ftarb,  geftorben  (fein),  to  die. 
bti'fef  adj.,  bad,  wicked,  angry. 
fc  adj.,  big,  large. 


71.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  S8a$  tft  ber  Scpter  getDorben?  2.  §atte  er  bie  £l)tere 
gefc^offen  unb  ba$  ©olb  gefunben?  3.  3=ft  er  bofe  getnefen? 
4.  §at  er  bem  3Sater  einen  ^8rtef  gefcfyrteben?  5.  SBer  (who) 
^at  ben  33rief  gelefen?  6.  SBa^  f)at  ber  Srtef  gefagt? 

(&)  1.  §aben  @te  bie  «urf)er  be§  ®rf)UIer^  ?  2.  §attet  t^r  bie 
Srtefe  be^  SSater^  ?  3.  SBir  tDerben  bie  £f)tere  fef)en.  4.  @r 
l)atte  bem  Sruber  ba^  ®olb  gegeben.  5.  SBtrft  bu  ba^  J^ter 
fd)te£en?  6.  gr  mar  b5fe  gemorben,  tttcfyt  ma^r?  7.  @ie  finb 


GEN  DEE    OF  NOUNS.  137 

ntt^t  geftorben  (translate  two  ways).  8.  ®omnten  @ie  unb 
ftf)te£en  @ie  ben  SBolf.  9.  £)te  SSruber  fatten  etnen  SBotf  ge* 
ftfjoffen.  10.  £)ie  £f)tere  ftnb  ntdjt  geftorben;  fie  finb  fefyr 
grog  getoorben.  11.  Qfy  f)abe  bie  Slider  gelefen  ;  td)  toerbe 
fefet  (now)  einen  33rtef  f^retben.  12.  £)er  SSater  be3  3ftabrf)en$ 
ift  fefyr  bbfe  getoorben ;  feme  (his)  £mnbe  finb  geftorben* 

(c)  1.    They  will  write  the  exercise.       2.    I  wrote  the  man 
(ind.  obj.)  a  letter.       3.  She  had  read  the  letter.       4.  We  have 
praised  the  pupils'  exercise.       5.  He  will  not  shoot  the  wolf. 
6.  The  man's  dog  did  not  die  (write  in  two  tenses).       1.  You 
have  (write  three  ways)   written  a   book.       8.  Go  and  shoot 
the  wolf.       9.  They  have  found  the  gold.       10.  The  animals 
are  getting  very  large.     11.  The  man  had  become  very  wicked. 
12.  Have  you  given  the  teacher  the  gold  ?       13.  He  had  writ- 
ten the  pupil  (indir.  obj.)  a  letter,  hadn't  he  ?       14.  The  dog 
is  dying;    will  you  shoot  the  animal?       15.  What  will  the 
pupil's  brother  become  ? 

(d)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  1.  I  wrote  the  exercise  and 
studied    the   books.       2.  She   has   written   the   girl  a  letter. 
3.  We  shall  read  the  book  and  learn  the  exercise.       4.  I  will 
not  go  and  shoot  the  man's  dog.       5.  The  men  have  given  the 
gold  to  a  girl.       6.  Come  and  see  the  rose.       7.  The  pupil's 
brother    did    not    become    very   wicked.      •  8.  The    teacher's 
daughter  was  teaching  the  girls.       9.  The  dogs  are  getting 
very  large.       10.  A  man  has  come  and  he  will  shoot  the  wolf. 
11.  I  shot  the  dog  and  it  died.       12.  You  wrote  a  letter  to 
the  teacher,  and   he  gave  the   letter  to   a  pupil.       13.  The 
wolves  were  large  and  they  had  become  very  angry.       14.  Did 
you  (write  three  ways)  give  the  letters  to  the  daughter  of  the 
man?         15.    Go    and    study    the    exercise;    it    is   not   very 
long. 


138  SYNTAX. 

LESSON  XIV. 

(PAGES    10  1-11  9.) 

DECLENSION  OF  THE  FIRST  FOUR  CLASSES  OF   NOUNS.     THE 

CASES. 

Semen  @ie  :  — 

($ommen  @ic)  l)erem.    33ttte,  nefymen  @te  ^fafe, 
Come  in.  Please  take  (a)  seat. 

72.  Nouns  of  the  Fourth  Class  add  *n  or  *etl  to  form  the 
plural.  They  never  take  umlaut.  Masculines  and  neuters  of 
this  class  are  sometimes  said  to  belong  to  the  Mixed  Declen- 
sion, because  the  singular  follows  the  strong,  and  the  plural 
follows  the  weak  declension.  (See  Lesson  XXI.) 

Declension  of  the  First  Four  Classes  of  Nouns. 

MASCULINE. 

Singular. 

1st  class.  2d  class.        3d  class.  4th  class. 

* 

N.  ber  (ein)       Srnber      £nnb          Wlann         Staat,  the  state. 

G.  be3  (etnes)    23rnber3    ^nuti>e3       %Ranm§      <Sraate3,  of  the  'state. 

D.  bent  (einem)  S3mbcr     §unbc         ^annc       (5taatcf  (to  or  /or)  the 

state. 
A.  ben  (einen)  SBrnber     ^nnb          Slftann         8tnatf  the  state. 

Plural. 
1st  class. 


G.  bcr 
D.  ben 

A.  bic 


2d  class. 

3d  class. 

4th 

class. 

Sriibcr 

$wnbe 

9)?amter 

«taatenf 

the  states. 

Sritber 

4>unbe 

banner 

8taatenr 

of  the  states. 

Sriibern 

^wnben 

SJldnnern 

©toaten, 

(to  or  for)  the 

states. 

SBriiber 

^wnbe 

Scanner 

Staaten, 

the  slates. 

DECLENSION  OF  NO  UN 8. 


139 


1st  class. 
N.  bte  (eine) 
G.  ber  (enter)    Xodjter 
D.  ber  (einer)    Xodjter 


A.  bte  (eine) 

N.  bte 
G.  ber 
D.  ben 

A.  bte 


FEMININE. 
Singular. 
2d  class. 


4th  class. 
Sfran,  the  woman. 
fjfrfltt,  the  woman's. 
$ran,   (to    or    /or)    the 

woman. 
fjfrttn,  the  woman. 


XiJ  extern 


Plural. 
SSanle 
25  tittle 
S3anlen 


1st  class, 
(cin) 


NEUTER. 

Singular. 

2d  class.       3d  class. 


N. 

G. 

D.  bent(einem)9Jlabt^cn 

A.  ba£  (ein)     ^labdjen 


TObdjen 


n,  the  women. 
n,  the  women's. 
gfranen,  (to  or  /or) 

women. 
$ranen,  the  women. 


4th  class. 

e  eye. 

,  o/  ^e  ^ye. 
2Jttge,  (*o  or /or) 
Stttgef  ^e  eye. 


5fngctt,  ^e  eyes. 
nf  o/  the  eyes. 


N.  bte 

G.  ber 

D.  ben 

A.  bte  Sftabdjen    ^ferbe       S5itd)er     9lngen,  the  eyes. 

NOTE.  —  Except  bie  SJhttter  and  bie  Softer  all  feminines  are  of  the 
second  or  fourth  class.  The  second  class  contains  only  monosyllables. 
So  if  a  feminine  word  has  more  than  one  syllable,  it  belongs  te  the  fourth 
class,  and  adds  n  or  en  to  form  the  plural. 

Like  ber  @taat  decline  ber  S)ont,  the  thorn;  ber  9?ad)bar  (bie  -ftacparn), 
the  neighbor ;  ber  @ee,  the  lake ;  ber  @traljl,  the  ray,  beam  (of  light}. 

Like  bie  gran  decline  bie  Sfyiir,  bie  §iitte,  bte  9iofe,  bte  £eit. 

Like  baS  2Utge  decline  ba§  23ett,  the  bed;  bag  (Snbef  the  end;  ba8  §embr 
the  shirt,  ba§  Dfyr,  the  ear. 


140  SYNTAX. 

73.  The  Cases.  —  There  are  four  cases  —  Nominative,  Geni- 
tive, Dative,  and  Accusative. 

(a)  The  Nominative,  as  in  English,  is  the  case  (1)  of  the  sub- 
ject, and  (2)  of  the  predicate  after  the  verbs  fetn,  to  be,  toerben, 
to  become,  bleibett,  to  remain,  etc. :  — 

S>er  SDtaun  fdjmbt,  the  man  is  writing. 

Sittb  @ie  ber  Scorer  ?  are  you  the  teacher  ? 

$a3  §tut3  ttwrbe  cine  (Bdjufe,  the  house  became  a  school. 

(6)  The  Genitive  designates  possession.  It  corresponds  to 
the  English  possessive  or  to  the  objective  with  of:  — 

£er  Somber  be0  SJiamte^,  the  man's  brother. 
$>ie  £I)ur  be3  £aufe3,  the  door  of  the  house. 

(c)  The  Dative  corresponds  to  the  English  indirect  object 
with  to  or  for,  and  is  also  used  with  certain  verbs  and 
adjectives :  — 

(£r  gab  bem  Secret  ba3  23ud),  he  gave  the  book  to  the  teacher. 
$>er  Scorer  fdjrteb  bcm  ^inbc  eitteu  SSrief,  the  teacher  wrote  the 

child  a  letter. 

(£r  folgtc  bem  SOlannc,  he  followed  the  man. 
SaS  SDlabrf)ett  mar  bem  ®inbe  gutf  the  girl  was  fond  of  the  child 

(lit.  good  to  the  child}. 

(c?)  The  Accusative  is  the  case  of  the  direct  object :  — 

Sic  faty  ben  ®artenf  she  saw  the  garden. 
NOTE.  —  The  last  three  cases  are  also  used  with  certain  prepositions. 

Table  of  Cases. 
Nom.  Gen.  Dat.  Ace. 

Mas.    <£er  SBrube*          be3  Wlanntg      gab  bem  Setter         belt  Stnljf, 

Fern.  $>te£0d)ter          bcr  grau  gab  bcr  Gutter         bie 

Neut  ^>a§  SBcib  bc^  3)lann(ctn^  gab  bem 

wife  (poetical)      little  man 


DECLENSION  OF  NOUNS.  141 

74.  Apposition.  —  A  noun  in  apposition  with  another  has  the 
same  case. 

1.  Sfteitt  $atcr,  ber  Setter,  tft  gefommett,  my  father,  the  teacher,  has 
come. 

2.  3ti)  fefc  ba3  Surf)  meineS  $ater3,  be3  SeljrerS,  /  am  reading  the 
book  of  my  father,  the  teacher. 

3.  (£r  tyat  e3  wcittcm  $ater,  bent  Setyrer,  gegebett,  &e  #<we  ft  to  my 
father,  the  teacher. 

4.  £aft  iw  meinen  JBater,  ben  8eljrerf  gefc^cn?  ^ave  yow  seen  my 
father,  the  teacher  f 

75.  .  Vocabulary. 

Hereafter  Roman  numerals  (I,  II,  III,  IV)  will  indicate  the  classes  to 
which  nouns  in  vocabularies  belong. 

ber  (£i'merf  bic  ($tmer,  I,  the  pail.  bie  Xljiir,  bte  Xl)tt'rcn,  IV,  the  door. 

bic   grauf   bic    grau'en,    IV,   ^e  (Written   also   £iir    in   revised 

woman;  wife.  spelling.) 

bag  ^>au3,   bic  ^a'u'fer,    III,   the  ^o'len  (weak),  to  go  and  get,  to 

house.  fetch. 

bic  ^ntt'tef  bic  ^nit'tcn,  IV,  the  hut.  tte^'men  (tummft,  ntmtnt),  nafym, 

ba§  ^(eibf   bic  $lei'bcr,  III,    the  gcitorn'men,  to  take. 

dress ;  pi.  clothes.  iJffttCtt  (weak),  to  open. 

ttOd)f  adv.,  yet.  ttutl)  tti^tf  not  yet. 

76.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  9Ba3  fjatte  ber  5Kann  ?  2.  £mt  bte  grau  be^  3»anne3 
bem  2)?abrf)en  etnen  ©inter  gegefcen?  3.  2Bo  i(t  bie  grau  ge* 
tt?ef en,  unb  tt?a§  f)at  fie  bent  aKabc^en  gef agt  ?  4.  2Ba$  ^at  ba§ 
9)Zab(^en  genomnten,  unb  tuo^in  tft  e$  (ba^  3)fab(f)en)  gegangen? 

5.  9Ba$  ^at  ba^  33?abc^en  gefefyen,  nnb  lt>a^  ^at  e^  gefagt? 

6.  SBar  ber  §nnb  gnt,  unb  tft  er  groft  getoorben? 

(5)  1.  ^^  ^cib^  bie  (Sinter  gefyolt  2.  ©ie  gran  ttmrbe  alt, 
ntrf)t  tua^r?  3.  £)ie  Jpren  be§  @aufe^  ftnb  flein.  4.  @ie 


142  SYNTAX. 

fjaben  bte  £l)ur  ber  §ittte  nod)  ntrfjt  geoffnet  5.  £)n  rtrirft 
bem  iOJJabdjen  ben  (Simer  ntdjt  geben.  6.  ©te  gefyrer  nafymen 
bie  33ud)er.  7.  3Bir  fatten  ba3  $(eib  ber  grau  nod)  nicfyt 
genommen.  8.  2Bo  tft  bte  £f)iir  be3  §aufe3?  9.  £)ie 
grauen  fyaben  bie  Sleiber  noc^  nicf)t  gefjolt 

(c)  1.  The  pupil  has  not  yet  read  the  book  to  the  woman. 
2.  The  child  has  opened  the  doors  of  the  house.  3.  The 
woman's  house  was  small.  4.  The  teacher  took  a  pupil's 
book.  5.  The  woman  is  the  girl's  mother.  6.  The  girl 
had  opened  the  door  of  the  hut.  7.  The  mother  will  give  the 
pupil  a  book,  won't  she?  8.  The  girl  has  gone  and  got 
the  children's  clothes.  9.  The  daughter's  dress  was  getting 
old.  10.  The  girl  will  take  a  pail  and  fetch  the  water. 
11.  Where  (tDoI)hl)  have  you  taken  the  girl's  clothes  ?  12.  I 
have  a  pail ;  I  will  fetch  the  water.  13.  Is  the  exercise  very 
long?  14.  Will  the  women  die  ?  15.  You  had  not  yet  come. 

LESSON  XV. 
(PAGES  11  io-12  14.) 

REVIEW.     FUTURE  PERFECT  OF  ALL  VERBS. 
Semen  @te :  — 

gr  fiefyt  ben  SBatb  fcor  4Stinmen  ntcfyt — £)entfd)e§  ©prtdjtoort. 
He  cannot  see  the  wood  for  the  trees.  —  German  Proverb. 

77.  (1)  a.  What  verbs  take  fetn  as  auxiliary  instead  of 
fydben?  b.  How  are  the  perfect  tenses  formed? 

(2)  a.  Give  the  peculiarities  of  the  second,  third,  and  fourth 
classes  of  nouns.      b.  Which  class  has  no  feminines?     c.  How 
do  cases  in  German  correspond  to  cases  in  English? 

(3)  a.  Give  a  rule  for  each,  gender  as  determined  by  mean- 
ing,     b.  Give  a  rule  for  each  gender  as  determined  by  ending. 


REVIEW. 


143 


78.  Formation  of  the  Future  Perfect  (bd§  jtoet'te  gfutttr').— 
The  future  perfect  is  formed  by  prefixing  the  present  of  trerbett 
(tjf)  tterbe,  etc.)  to  the  perfect  infinitive.  The  infinitive  of  the 
auxiliary  (fyaben  or  fettl)  follows  the  past  participle  :  id) 
getobt  fyaben,  I  shall  have  praised. 


Conjugation  of  the  Perfect 


Present  Perfect. 
id)  Ijabc  gelobt 

Past  Perfect. 
id)  Ijarte  gelobt 

bu  Ijaft  gclobt 

bn  Ijattcft  gelobt 

er  I)at  gelobt 

er  Ijattc  geiubt 

ititr  Ijaben  gelobt 

Wir  fatten  gelobt 

iijr  Ijabt  gelobt 

il)r  Ijattet  gelobt 

fie  Ijabcn  gclobt 

fie  fatten  gclobt 

Tenses  with  Ijaben* 

Future  Perfect. 
idj  toerbe  gelobt  Ijaben,  / 

shall  have  praised. 
bn  nrirft  gelobt  Ijaben,  thou 

wilt  have  praised. 
er  ttrirb  gelobt  Ijaben,  he  will 
have  praised. 

nrir  werben  gelobt  Ijaben,  we 
shall  have  praised. 

iljr  wcrbet  gelobt  Ijaben,  you 
will  have  praised. 

fie  uicrben  gelobt  Ijaben,  i 
praised. 


Conjugation  of  the  Perfect  Tenses  with  feitt. 
Present  Perfect.  Past  Perfect.  Future  Perfect. 

ic!)  bin  gegangen         id)  war  gegangen          id)  frerbe  gegangen  fciit,  7 

shall  have  gone. 
bu  bift  gegangen         bit  ttmrft  gegangeu        bit  nm-ft  gegangen  feinf  thou 

wilt  have  gone. 
er  ift  gegangen  er  war  gegangen  er  wirb  gegangen  fein,  he 

will  have  gone. 

torir  finb  gegangen  wir  warcn  gegangen  wir  werben  gegangen  f  cin,  we 

shall  have  gone. 

iljr  feib  gegangen  i^r  waret  gegangen  il)r  wcrbet  gegangen  fetnf  you 

will  have  gone. 

{ie  finb  gegangen  fie  waren  gegangen  .  fie  werbcn  gegangen  feinf 

they  will  have  gone. 


144  SYNTAX. 

(a)  Conjugate:  — 

id)  ttiefbc  flcljabt  Jjaben,  7  shall  have  had. 
id)  toerbc  gefdjrieben  fallen,  /  shall  have  written. 
id)  toerbc  gewefeu  fcin,  /  shall  have  been. 
•  id)  focrbe  gcttwrbcn  feut,  /  shall  have  become. 

(b~)  Give  the  future  perfect  of  fefyett  and  fterben,  and  conjugate  in  full 
/  shall  have  come,  I  shall  have  taken. 
(c)  Give  synopses  of  :  — 

feitt  in  the  first  person  singular. 
Ijabctt  in  the  third  person  plural. 
ttJCfbett  in  the  second  person  singular. 
fomtttCU  in  the  third  person  singular. 
fhtbctt  in  the  first  person  plural. 
in  the  second  person  plural. 


79.  Infinitive  of  Purpose.  —  The  expression  to,  in  order  to, 
denoting  purpose  in  English,  is  given  in  German  by  uttl  .... 
gU  with  the  infinitive.  Uttl  must  not  be  omitted  :  She  took  the 
pail  to  get  the  water,  fie  naljm  ben  (Shner,  urn  ba$  SBaffer  311 
He  came  to  see  tlie  fish,  er  lam,  urn  ben  gtfd)  gn  fefyett. 


80.  Vocabulary. 

bcr  $aumf  bic  S3aumcr  II,  the  tree.  Me  9JlUd)  (no  pi.),  milk. 

ba3  ^rotf  bic  33rotef  II,  bread.  cf  fen  (tffeft,  igt),  aft,  tjegef'feit,  to  eat. 

ber  5$ftfd)r  ^tc  %tfd)tf  II,  the  fish.  fi'fcfjen  (weak),  to  fish. 

ber  gi'fdjer,  bic  gift^cr,  I,  the  fish-  fctjlie'ften,    fd)Ioftf    gef(^(of'fen,    to 

erman.  shut. 

81.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  Sofytn  ift  ba$  9Kdbd)en  gefommen?      2.     at  e^  etnen 


3.  Sa§  ^at  ber  2ftann  bem 
4.  §at  ba^  2)Mbd)en  etnen  gifcf)  ge]e^en?      5. 


4.  §at  ba$  Sftcibdjen  etnen  gtftf)  gejefyen?  5.  2Ba$  ! 
genommen,  nnb  tDofytn  ift  e$  gegangen  ?  6.  |)at  e^  Me 
be3  §aufe^  gefd)(offen  ? 


PBEPOSITIONS.  145 


(6)  1.  £)er  gtf^er  toirb  bic  gifdje  gegeffen  tya&en.  2.  @aft 
bu  ba§  33rot  gegeffen  unb  bie  Sftild)  getrnnfen  ?  3.  ©er  33aum 
ift  fefyr  alt  getoorben,  4.  £)er  SSater  nrirb  nitfjt  gefommen  fein. 
5.  £)a$  Sftabcfjen  Ijatte  bie  SEIjiir  be$  §anfe3  gefcijtoffen,  nicfyt 
?  6.  3§t  ber  2ttann  etnen  gifc^  ?  7.  3?  ft  ba§  J^ier  ein 
?  8.  ®te  gtfc^er  finb  gegangen,  um  ba§  53rot  unb  bie 
n  f)olen»  9.  $§  ^abe  bent  §nnbe  einen  gifcf)  gegeben. 

10.  @ie  nafym  ben  (Sinter,  nnt  ba^  SBaffer  jn  trinfen* 

(c)  1.  The  girl's  pail  is  very  large.  2.  The  fisherman's 
brother  is  eating  the  fish.  3.  The  woman's  mother  shut  the 
door  and  ate  the  bread.  4.  The  men  will  have  seen  the  trees, 
5.  You  were  fishing,  weren't  you  ?  6.  The  man  ate  the  fishes. 
and  died.  7.  The  pupil  had  gone  to  open  the  door.  8.  The 
girl  will  go  and  get  the  pails.  9.  He  had  taken  the  pail  to* 
fetch  the  milk.  10.  We  shall  have  come  to  see  the  river, 

11.  I  shut  the  door  and  shot  the  animal.       12.  Had  he  shut 
the  door  of  the  hut  ?       13.  Where  (tt)0f)in)  will  you  go  to  eat 
the  bread  and  drink  the  milk?       14.  She  was  writing  the 
teacher  a  letter.       15.  The  fishermen  will  have  given  the  girl 
the  bread. 

LESSON  XVI.    • 

(PAGES  12  is-13  19.) 

PREPOSITIONS  WITH  THE  DATIVE  OR  ACCUSATIVE. 
Semen  @ie  :  — 

(Site  ntit  SBeite.  —  ®entfd)e$  @pricf)tt)ort 

(Haste  with  delay.) 

The  more  haste  the  less  speed. 

82.  Prepositions  with  Dative  or  Accusative.  —  The  prepo- 
sitions used  with  either  dative  or  accusative  are  :  an,  anf, 
Ijlnter,  in,  neben,  nber,  nnter,  ttor, 


146  SYNTAX. 

They  take  the  dative  in  answer  to  the  question  where  ?  in 
what  place  ? 

They  take  the  accusative  in  answer  to  the  question  whither  ? 
to  or  into  what  place  ? 

(£r  fa$  in  bent  §(Utfe,  he  sat  in  the  house. 

(£r  fant  in  ba3  ^wn3,  he  came  into  the  house. 

(£r  ftanb  in  ber  ^pittte,  he  stood  in  the  hut. 

(£r  ging  in  bie  ^wtte,  he  went  into  the  hut.  % 

($r  ging  in  ber  ^itttc  anf  nnb  ab,  he  went  back  and  forth  in  the  hut. 

NOTE.  — Many  prepositions  may  unite  with  the  definite  article :  am  for 
an  bem  ;  im  for  in  bem  ;  in3  for  in  ba$ ;  aitf§  for  auf  bag,  etc. 

83.  Vocabulary. 

bie  ®at'aef  bie  $trtjett,  IV,  the  cat.  anf   at,  near;   am  ^tfrf)ef  at  the 
ber  @ol|nf  btc  Stiljne,  II,  the  son.  table,  never  upon  the  table. 

bcr  £ifd)f  Me  Xifrfje,  II,  «/ie  table.  cwf,  o/i,  wpow. 

(ic'genf    lag,   gelegen,    ^o   Zie    («o  Ijin'ter,  behind. 

recline}.  in,  in,  mto. 

fit'^enr  fa|f  gefeffenf  ^o  sit.  nc'benp  by,  beside. 

f^rin'genr      f prang,      gefprnngen,  ii'ber,  over,  above;  about. 

(fein),  to  spring.  nn'ter,  under;  among. 

ftclj'en,  ftanb,  geftanben,  to  stand,  nor,  before ;  in  front  of. 

tter'fen  (nnrfft,  tuirft),  toftrf,  gen>or=  gttii'f^en,  between. 

fen,  to  throw. 

84.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  SBofyin  Ijat  ber  gifd^er  ben  gifd)  geiDorfen?  2.  SBo 
fjatte  er  ben  gtf^  gefnnben?  3.  3Bar  ber  gif(^  im  gluffe 
gett»efen?  4.  $3a^  ^at  bie  gran  be$  gifrf)er^  bem  2ftanne 
gefagt?  5.  2Bo  f|atte  baS  SKdb^en  geftanben,  nnb  tuo  f)atte  bie 
grau  gefeffen?  6.  2Bof)in  tft  ber  §ifd)er  gefommen,  nnb 
l)at  er  gefeljen  ? 


PERSONAL  PRONOUNS.  147 


(V)  1.  <3tnb  @te  in  bag  §ang  gegangen?  2.  £Me  Safeen  toaren 
auf  ben  £ifdj  gefprnngen.  3.  §aben  @te  bag  £htd)  anf  ben 
£ifd)  getoorf  en  ?  4.  £)  te  $a£e  beg  gefyrerg  lag  anf  etner  33an!. 
5.  SBir  toerben  in  ben  ©arten  gefyen,  nicf)t  tt)a^r  ?  6.  ©tanben 
@ie  im  ©arten  ?  7.  £)te  ^a^e  f))rang  auf  ba§  ^ferb.  8.  @ie 
^atte  anf  bem  Jif^e  gelegen, 

(c)  1.   The  woman's  daughter  stood   on  a  chair.     2.   The 
girls  had  gone  into  the  fisherman's  house.     3.    I  shall  see  the 
fishes   in  the   river.     4.   You   were    sitting   upon   the  bench. 

5.  They   are   coming   into    the   woman's    hut,   aren't    they  ? 

6.  The  son  of  the  fisherman  was  in  the  river.     7.    The  men 
will  have  thrown  the  fishes  into  the  water.     8.    You  had  stood 
under  a  tree.     9.   A  book  is  lying  on  the  table.      10.   The 
brother  of  the  fisherman  has  been  very  hungry. 

(d)  A  Story  (eine  ©efrfjtdjte).  —  The  girl's  mother  gave  the 
man  a  fish.      The  man  threw  the   fish   on   a  bench.     A  cat 
was  lying  on  the  bench.      The  cat  took  the  fish  and  sprang 
upon  the  table.     The  man  became  very  angry  (bofe)  and  shot 
the  cat.  ^ 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the   story  also  in  the 
present,  future,  perfect,  and  past  perfect. 


LESSON  XVII. 

(PAGES  13  20-14  n.) 

PERSONAL  PRONOUNS.     POSITION  OF  OBJECTS. 

8ernen 


9Ber  ift  ba  ?      $$  bin  eg.      Sift  bn  eg  ?      gr  tft  eg. 
Who  is  there  ?         It  is  I.  Is  it  you  9         It  is  he. 


148                                         SYNTAX. 

85.        Personal  Pronouns  (^erfiJn'firfje 

gttr'tDfirtcr). 

SINGULAR. 

N. 

W), 

btt, 

<3ie, 

et, 

fte, 

e§, 

/. 

thou. 

?/ow. 

he. 

s/ie. 

it. 

G. 

meiner, 

beiner, 

3^er, 

feiner, 

Hrer, 

feiner, 

of  me. 

of  thee. 

o/  you. 

o/  Mm. 

o/  Tier. 

of  it. 

D. 

mir, 

bir, 

Stynett, 

«U««, 

i|r, 

il)m, 

to  me. 

to  £/ieje. 

to  yow. 

to  Mm. 

to  fter. 

to  it. 

A. 

mid), 

bid,, 

6ie, 

il)tt, 

f«, 

e£, 

me. 

Z/&60. 

you. 

him. 

^er. 

tt. 

PLURAL 

% 

N. 

ttrir,  we. 

iljr,  <5ie,  2/ow. 

fie,  they. 

G. 

mtfer,  of  us.     euer, 

3Ijrer,  of  you. 

i^rer,  of  them. 

D. 

nn3,  to  u 

s.        end), 

3^nen,  to  you. 

il)tien,  to  i/iem 

A. 

ttn3,  t«s. 

cud), 

@ie,  ?/ow. 

fie,  ^e?w. 

(a)  Agreement  of  Pronouns.  —  A  personal  pronoun  of  the  third 
person  must  agree  with  its  antecedent  in  person,  number,  and 
gender.  Qfy  fyabe  Me  §iltte  ntd)t  gefefyen ;  fie  mar  311  Item, 
/  did  not  see  the  hut;  it  was  too  small  Sffetl  @te  ben 
ntdjt  ;  er  tft  ntcf)t  gut,  do  not  eat  the  fish;  it  isn't  good, 
Ste  ba$  §au^?  S§  geprt  mir,  do  you  see  the  house?  It 
belongs  to  me. 

86.  Position  of  Objects.  —  A  personal  pronoun,  whether  the 
direct  or  the  indirect  object,  stands  right  after  the  simple 
predicate  or  auxiliary :  — 

($r  (job  c3  fcem  Seljrer,  he  gave  it  to  the  teacher. 

(£r  tyat  mir  eiiteit  SBrief  gefdjriebett,  he  has  written  me  a  letter. 

(a)  If  both  direct  and  indirect  objects  are  personal  pronouns, 
the  accusative  comes  first. 

3d)  Ijabe  e3  iljm  gcgebcn,  7  have  given  it  to  him. 


PERSONAL  PRONOUNS.  149 

(&)  If  both  objects  are  nouns,  the  indirect  object  (dative) 
usually  comes  before  the  direct  (accusative)  (see  §  39) :  — 
(£r  gab  fcem  Scorer  eitt  Shtrf),  he  gave  the  teacher  a  book. 

87.  Vocabulary. 

Jm3  Seu'fter,  Me  Settfter,  I,  the  win-  gefal'Ien  (gefatfft,  gefattt),   geftef, 

dow.  gef  alien,  with  dative,  to  please. 

tier  $rewtfc,  Me  grewtbe,  II,  ^e  geljo'rett  (weak),  with  dative,  to 

friend.  belong. 

ber   $alaft',  Me  ^aliift'e,  II,   the  ttJoJj'nett  (weak),  to  live,  to  dwell. 

palace.  a'ber,  conj.,  but. 

ba3  3iWmcrf  Me  3immer,  I,  £/ie  fdjiw,  adJ->  beautiful. 

room. 

88.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  9Ba3  [jatte  bte  grew  bem  gtf^er  gefagt  ?  2.  28a§  ^at 
er  t^r  gefagt?  3.  @at  i^m  ber  gtfcfy  etn  @aM  gegeben? 
4.  9Bo  tDo^nten  ber  gif^er  itnb  bte  grau?  5.  ©e^orte  ttjnen 
ba$  QaviZ  unb  gefiet  e^  i^nen?  6.  SBaren  bte  genfter  be& 
^immer§  gro§  unb  frfjott  ? 

(&)  1.  ^(^  trerbe  Qfyntn  ben  §nnb  geben ;  er  gefyort  mtr* 

2.  J)ic   9)httter    I)atte    bem    Stnbe    etnen   $rtef    gefc^rteben. 

3.  ®efa(It  btr  ba§  Su^  ?      4.  (gte  totrb  e§  nn^  'geben,  aber  e$ 
gefatlt  nn§  ntcf)t,      5.  ®er  ^5afaft  geljorte  tl)nen  ntrf)tr  aber  er 
tear  (e^r  ftfjon,      6.  £)er  SSater  gab  bent  greunbe  etnen  ^alaft. 

7.  ®a§  33udj  Itegt  auf  bem  Xtfrfje ;  \§  aierbe  e^  t^nen  fyolen. 

8.  gin  greunb  ^at  mtr  gefagt :  „  ©ef)oren  btr  bte  ^aldfte  ? " 

(c)  1.  The  teacher  gives  the  book  to  a  friend.  2.  Did  he 
give  them  the  books  ?  3.  Do,  the  windows  of  the  palace 
please  you?  4.  You  (write  three  ways)  are  writing  her  a 
letter,  but  it  will  not  please  her.  5.  The  woman  said  to  him  : 
"  I  have  not  gone  into  the  palace."  6.  The  windows  of  the 


150  SYNTAX. 

room  are  very  beautiful.  7.  She  had  taken  the  letter  and 
thrown  it  on  the  table  in  the  room.  8.  Had  he  given  you 
the  palace  in  the  garden  ?  9.  He  gave  them  a  palace,  but 
they  lived  in  a  hut.  10.  She  gave  it  to  him  and  went  into 
the  palace. 

(d)  A  Story  (etne  ©efrf)tcf)te).  — The  palace  in  the  garden  be- 
longed to  a  woman.     She  was  standing  at  the  window  near 
the  roses.     They  were  very  beautiful  and  they  pleased  her. 
A  girl  came  into  the  garden,  took  a  rose,  and  gave  it  to  the 
woman.     That  (bd$)  pleased  the  woman,  and  she  gave  the  girl 
a  room  in  the  palace. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  — Tell  the  story  in  the  present, 
perfect,  past  perfect,  and  future. 


LESSON  XVIII. 

(PAGES  14  is-15  is.) 

PREPOSITIONS  WITH  THE  DATIVE.     INVERTED  ORDER. 
Semen  @ie  :  — 

9ld),  bitte,  fcerjetfyen  @ic  tnir.    Qfy  bitte  urn  33ergeil)img. 
Oh,  please,  pardon  me.  I  beg  (for)  pardon. 

89.    Prepositions  with  Dative.  —  The  commonest  prepositions 
with  the  dative  are  au$,  bet,  mtt,  nod),  fett,  toon,  ju. 

2ht£  bcm  $attfe,  out  of  the  house. 
S3ct  tw3r  with  us,  at  our  house. 
)  fcer  6tabtf  to  the  city. 


90.  Inverted  Order.  —  In  the  inverted  order  the  subject 
stands  directly  after  the  simple  verb  or  auxiliary.  This  order 
is  used  (1)  in  direct  questions  unless  the  subject  is  an  inter- 


PBEPOSITIONS.  151 

rogative  pronoun,  (2)  in  commands  where  the  form  with  @ie  is 
used,  and  (3)  in.  declarative  sentences  if  introduced  by  some 
word  other  than  the  subject. 

<3ie  ^cutfrf)  ?  do  you  speak  German  ? 
ttrirfc  er  fummeu?  when  will  he  come  9 
®eben  @ie  mir  fca3  23ud),  give  me  the  book. 
(SJeftern  ttwr  id)  in  bet  (Stafct,  yesterday  I  was  in  the  city. 
Sc^t  ift  fie  fertig,  wow?  sfte  is  read?/. 

91.  Vocabulary. 

tw3  Sdflog,  Me  <3d)li)ffcr,  III,  the  je^t,  adv.,  now. 

castle.  ntor'gett,  adv.,  to-morrow. 

nad)  §au'fcf  home(ward).  au§f  OM«  o/. 

511  $au'fef  a«  Aowe.  beif  a«  ^e  /iowse  o/,  with,  at,  (near) 
al'fi),  adv.,  so,  therefore.  by,  used  with  words  of  rest. 

iwmt,  adv.,  then.  tttitf  with. 

&eutfd)f  adj.,  German,  written  with  ttad),  ^o  Cof  places  usually),  after. 

a  capital  when  used  as  a  noun.  fcitf  since. 

fer'ttg,  adj.,  ready.  &0ttf  /row,  o/. 

geft'crtt,  adv.,  yesterday.  gttf  ^o  (of  persons  usually). 
Ijeu'tc,  adv.,  to-day. 

92.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  (Stnb  Me  9Kanncr  nad)  bem  gluffe  gegangen  ?     2. 
^aben  fie  bem  3fttibd)en  gefagt  ?      3.  9Bof)tn  ift  ba^  SKabc^en 
gangen  ?     4.  SBar  ber  gtf d^cr  ?u  §aufe  mtt  ber  grau  ?     5.  3 
fa^en  fie  unb  lDa§  aftett  fie  ?      6.  3Ba^  l)at  fie  tf)m  gefagt? 

(&)  1.  ^e^t  fpre^e  id^  ©eutft^,  abet  bu  tterftefyft  mt^ 

2.  ©eftent  finb  totr  au^  bem  §aufe  in  ben  ©arten  gegangen, 

3.  ©eftent  fjabe  id)  ftnbiert ;  ^ente  ftubtere  icf) ;  morgen  iDerbe 
tcf)  ftubieren.     4.  @ie  tt)ar  Don  Mr  jn  mir  gefommen.     5.  @inb 
@ie  mit  i^nen  cm§  bem  ©d^Ioffe  in  ben  ^5afaft  gegangen? 


152  SYNTAX. 

6.  §eute  ift  er  nadj  ber  @tabt  gefommen,  aber  morgen  toirb  er 
gegangen  fein.  7.  SSir  gtngen  ntit  ben  gifcfyern  in3 
8.  gr  fam  au$  bem  ©arten  ju  Mr,  ntd)t  maljr  ?  9.  2Btr  ttmren 
fertig  ;  alfo  finb  ttrir  nadj  §aufe  gefommen.  10.  §eute  bin  id) 
311  §aufe. 

(c)  1.  Now  the  teacher  is  coining  with  the  pupils.       2.  The 
children  went  to  the  houses  of  the  fisherman.       3.  The  father 
of  the  girls  will  go  to  the  hut.       4.  The  child  has  fetched 
water  from  the  river  in  a  pail.       5.  To-morrow  a  fisherman 
will  go  with  me  into  the  hut.       6.  The  girl's  friend  had  gone 
with  the  fisherman  to  the  castle,  hadn't  he?        T.  Has  the 
teacher  given  the  pupils  the  books  ?       8.  Are  you  (write  three 
ways)  going  into  the  garden  ?      9.  Were  you  (write  three  ways) 
going  to  the  castle  to  see  the  girl's  father?       10.  To-morrow  I 
shall  go  out  of  the  city;  I  am  ready  now. 

(d)  A  Story  (etne  ©efdjttfjte).  —  Yesterday  the  day  was  very 
beautiful.     I  took  a  book  and  went  into  the  garden  to  study. 
The  fisherman's  dog  came  out  of  the  hut.     I  gave  him  bread ; 
it  pleased  him.     Then  he  fetched  the  fisherman  from  the  house, 
and  we  went  to  the  river  to  fish. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  in  the  present 
and  future  tenses,  using  fyettte  (to-day)  and  morgen  (to-morrow) 
for  geftenu 

LESSON  XIX. 

» 

(PAGES  15  ie^-16  15.) 

PREPOSITIONS  WITH  THE  ACCUSATIVE.     POSSESSIVE  PRONOUNS 
8ernen  @ie :  — 

SBte  ber  £err,  fo  ber  £)iener.  —  £)eutfdje$ 
Like  master,  like  man. 


POSSESSIVE  PRONOUNS.  153 

93.  Prepositions   with  Accusative.  —  The   prepositions   used 
with  the  accusative  are  bis,  burtf),  fur,  gegen,  ofjne,  um,  ttriber. 

$>tttd)  belt  ®arteit,  through  the  garden. 

£>I)tte  bid),  without  you. 

94.  Possessive  Pronouns.  —  The  possessives  are  formed  from 
the  genitive  of  the  personal  pronouns,  as  follows :  — 

id)  —  ttteiit,  my.  fie  —  iljr,  her.  iljr  —  ewerf  your. 

bit  —  beitt,  thy.  e3  —  fern,  fts.  fie  —  ityr, 

e* — feiit,  /ii's.  ttrir — tttt{er,  <n«r.       (5ie  —  $I)t 

They  are   declined  as  follows;   note  that  the   singular  is 

like  em. 

Declension  of  the  Possessives. 

SINGULAR. 

Masculine.  Feminine.  Neuter. 

N.  ttteitt  (uufer)  SBntbetr    nteitte  (uufere)  SBatt!        ttteitt  (uufer) 
G.  ttteitte^  (uufere^)        nteitter  (uuferer)  23aitf     ttteitte^  \ 


D.  ttteiitettt  (uuferem)      ntehter  (uuferer)  ^Battl     tneinetn  (uuferem) 
A.  weittett  (uufereu)       weitte  (uufere)  Sawf        meitt  (uufer)  SBttd) 


PLURAL. 
Feminine. 
N.  nteitte  (uufere)  weitte  (uufere)  23aitfe       nteitte  (uufere) 

SBritbet 
G.  nteiner  (uuferer)        nteiwer  (uuferer)  Saitle     ttteuter  (uuferer) 

SBritber  23itt^er 

D.  tttetttcit  (unfereu)        ttteittett  (uufereu)  ttteittett  (uufereu) 

A.  indue  (uufere)  mcitte  (unfere)  SBattfe       ttteute  (uufere)  SBitdjer 

SBtiiber 

In  like  manner  decline  beitt  53rieff  feiue  £orf)ter,  i^r  §aar,  eure  <Stabt, 
Sbr  Hetb. 


154  SYNTAX. 

Note  (1)  that  the  endings  are  the  same  for  all  genders  in  the  plural. 

Note  (2)  eiter  usually  drops  its  second  e  for  euphony  when  it  has  an 
ending :  eiter,  eitre,  euer ;  eure$,  eurer,  cures,  etc.  Unfer  may  do  the  same  : 
unfer,  unfre,  unfer ;  unfreS,  unfrer,  unfrcS,  etc. 

95.  Agreement  of  Possessives.  —  A  possessive  adjective  must 
agree  in  stein  with  its  antecedent ;  in  ending,  with  the  noun  it 
modifies  :  — 

$d)  Ijabe  mein  SBud),  /  have  my  book. 

3d)  tyabe  metne  23itd)er,  /  have  my  books. 

SStr  Ijabcn  unfer  ^Bud)f  we  have  our  book. 

$>a3  Sftabdjen  fieljt  feinc  Gutter,  the  girl  sees  her  mother. 

96.  Vocabulary. 

ber  Ste'ner,  bte  Wiener,    I,  the  fet^eu,  fe^te,  gefe^r,  to  set,  to  put, 

servant  (male).  to  place. 

bie  ®a'bef,  btc  ®abeltt,  IV,  the  fork,  o'^er,  conj.,  or. 

bar  Sof'fef,  bic  Soffcl,  I,  the  spoon.  M3,  till,  so  far  as. 

ba3  ^cf'fcr,  btc  SWcffcr,  I,  the  knife.  bltrrf),  through. 

ber  2Ba(bf  bic   28alberf    III7  the  fiirf  for. 

.  wood.  flC'gett,  against  (literally). 

fallen  (faEt),  ftc(,  gefaUcn  (fetu),  uty'ne,  without. 

to  fall.  umr  about,  around. 

rei'tett,  rtttf  gcrtttcn  (fein),  to  ride.  ttii'ber,  against  (figuratively). 
fdjnci'beu,  fr^ttttt,  gef^nttten,  to  cut. 

97.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  3ft  ber  Stf^er  au^  femem  §aufe  unb  burc^  ben  2?a(b 
gegangen  ?     2.  $3a^  ^at  tfym  ber  gif{^  fitr  feme  grau  gegeben  ? 
3.  3Bar  e£  nt^t  fdjon  in  i^rem  ^afafte?      4.  9Bo  ^aben  fie 
flefeffen,  unb  tna^  ^aben  fie  ge^abt?      5.  SBa6  ^aben  fie  jefet 
gegeffen?      6.  Ser  (who)  ^at  t^m  ben  ^alaft  gegeben? 

(b)  1.  Qdj  foem  o^ne  metnen  §nnb  fomnten.      2.  @ie  rttt 
mtt  i^rcn  X>ienern  bnrcf)  ben  9BaIb.      3.  §aft  bn  ba§  4Brot  fitr 
mid)  o^ne  betn  SKcffcr  gef^nttten?      4.  ©er  3Mener  ift  mit 


REVIEW.  155 

fetttem  ©met  gegen  bte  STpr  gefaften*  5.  Dfyne  feine  ©abet 
i£t  ber  SMetter  mit  feinem  Sfteffer.  6.  9Bir  finb  um  ba$  §cm$ 
unb  burd)  ben  SBatb  geritten. 

(c)  1.  My  knife  has  fallen  out  of  the  window  into  the  gar- 
den.      2.  Did  she  ride  without  her  servants  ?       3.  The  fisher- 
man's daughter  rode  with  the  servants   through   the  forest. 
4.  Will   the  servant  fetch  a  spoon  for  the   child  ?       5.  You 
had  stayed  in  the  palace  without  her.       6.  Do  you  eat  with 
your  knife  or  with  your  fork  ?      7.  The  servant  was  cutting  the 
bread  on  the  table  with  his  knife.       8.  He  took  the  book  and 
threw  it  upon  a  bench  in  our  garden.       9.  To-morrow  we  shall 
have  ridden  around  the  wood.       10.  The  cat  had  sprung  from 
the  table  through  the  window  into  the  garden. 

(d)  A  Story  (eine  ©efd)td)te).  —  Yesterday  our  servant  came 
into  the  room  to  put  the   bread   and  the  milk  on  the  table. 
Our   cat  sprang  from  a  chair  upon  the  table  and  drank  the 
milk.     The  servant  saw  her,  took  her,  and  threw  her  through 
the  window.     She  fell  among  the  roses  in  the  garden  and  ran 
into  the  wood. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  in  the  present, 
future,  perfect,  and  past  perfect  tenses,  omitting  yesterday. 

LESSON  XX. 

(PAGES  16  16-17  is.) 

EEVIEW.    PREPOSITIONS,  PRONOUNS,  AND  WORD  ORDER. 

(Lessons  16-19.) 
gernen  @te :  — 

Qtf)  banfe  ^nett,  (id))  banfe  fefjr,  (id))  bcmfe  fdjon,  fcefteti 
£)cmf,  thanks.  SQitte,  bitte  fefyr,  bttte  fdjtin,  you  are  welcome, 
lit.  (/)  beg  (you  not  to  mention  it). 


156  SYNTAX. 

98.  (1)  a.  Which  prepositions  take  dative  or  accusative  ? 

b.  When  do  they  take  the  dative,  and  when  the  accusative  ? 

c.  Give  other  uses  of  the  dative  and  accusative  cases. 

(2)  a.  Give  the  personal  pronouns  in  German,     b.  Give  all 
the  cases  where  fie  and  tljr  occur.       c.  Give  the  rule  for  the 
order  of  objects  when  both  are  pronouns ;  both  nouns  ;  one  a 
pronoun  and  one  a  noun. 

(3)  a.   Which     prepositions    take     only    the     accusative? 
b.  AYhich   only  the  dative?       c.  Give  the   rule  for  Inverted 
Order,      d.  Give  the  possessives.       e.  How  are  they  formed 
from  the  personal  pronouns?      /.  Give  the  rule  for  their  agree- 
ment with  antecedent  and  the  noun  they  modify. 

99.  Distinguish  carefully  between  lie,  lay,  lain  (fiegen,  fag, 
ge(egen)  and  lay,  laid,  laid  (fegen,  legte,  gelegt).    Also  between 
sit,  sat,  sat  (fifeen,  fafc,  gefeffen)  and  set,  set,  set  (fefcen,  fefcte, 
gefe^t).     8tegen  and  ftt^en  are  strong  and  never  take  an  object; 
fegen  and  fe^en  are  always  weak  and  transitive. 

100.  Combinations    of     Prepositions    with    Other    Words.. — 

(a)  Many  prepositions  combine  with  the  definite  article :  ant  = 
an  bent ;  tut  =  in  bent ;  in§  =  in  ba§  ;  jur  =  gu  ber  ;  jnnt  = 
3n  bent ;  fnrS  =  fur  ba$,  etc.  (See  §  82,  Note.) 

(6)  When  referring  to  an  inanimate  object  bd(r)  is  used  with 
prepositions  instead  of  a  personal  pronoun:  banttt,  with  it; 
baranf,  on  it;  baneben,  beside  it;  bafitr,  for  it,  etc.  Compare 
the  English  therewith,  thereupon,  etc. 

101.  Vocabulary. 

ba3  ftelb,  Me  ftdber,  ill,  the  field.  ba3  (gntoe,  Me  @tri>enf  IV,  the  end. 

bag  ®fa3,  Me  QHafer,  III,  the  glass,  tyePfen  (i)Uft),  Ijalf,  geljoCfett,  with 

ber  Stall,  bie  Stalle,  II,  the  stall,  dative,  to  help, 

stable.  (e'genf  letjte,  gelegt,  to  lay,  to  put. 


REVIEW.  157 

102.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  SBaS  fag  Ijtnter  bem  $afoft  be$  $ifd)er$?  2.  3Ba3 
toar  ^inter  bem  ©arten?  3.  3Bof)in  ift  ba$  3ftabd)en  auf  feinem 
^ferbe  geritten?  4.  @inb  bie  £)iener  be$  gifcfyerS  mit  bem 
Sftabdjen  gegangen?  5.  §aben  bte  Scanner  bem  SKabcfyen 
geljotfen?  6.  §at  ba$  2ftabd)en  Ujnen  gebcmft? 

(6)  1.  £)a§  (£nbe  be3  gelbeS  ttmr  neben  bem  ©tatte.  2.  SBtr 
tDerben  bem  8efyrer  ^elfen ;  er  tt)irb  im$  bafiir  banfen.  3.  @ie 
fegten  ba^  ^inb  in  ben  @tat(  be^  gifc^er^.  4.  STOctnc  §unbe 
finb  Ijnngrig  unb  burftig  gemefen.  5.  Sir  ^aben  i^nen  unfer 
Srob  gegeben,  nt^t  n^a^r?  6.  £)a$  SKabc^en  mirb  ba^  SBaffer 
in  feinem  gimer  ge^olt  fyaben*  7.  ®n  ^attcft  ba^  ©Ia3  genom^ 
men,  urn  ba§  SBaffer  3n  trinlen.  8.  ®a^  ^inb  ift  jnng  nnb 
ftein,  aber  fefyr  f(ug.  9.  gr  ift  mit  feinem  Sfteffer  bnr^  ba3 
genfter  in  ben  ©arten  gefprnngen.  10.  9JJeine  ©o^ne  fatten 
bte  (Sci^e  ni^t  getefen>  11.  £)a$  Sinb  fa§  anf  einem  @tnl)Ie ; 
toir  fe^ten  e^  anf  ben  £ifdj.  12.  Sfteine  $a^e  ^at  anf  etner 
53an!  getegen  ;  id)  fyabe  fie  in  ben  Stall  gelegt.  13.  §at  3^e^ 
metn  SSater  fein  9fteffer  gegeben?  14.  @r  tDirb  Mr  bamit  ^etfen. 

(c)  1.  The  fisherman's  daughter  has  gone  into  the  field. 
2.  The  girl's  father  had  given  her  a  horse.  3.  You  had  laid 
the  man's  glass  in  the  stall.  4.  We  sat  in  front  of  the 
house,  and  our  dogs  lay  beside  us.  5.  He  will  set  the  glass 
upon  the  table.  6.  The  horses  had  lain  in  my  father's  fields. 
7.  Your  son  is  fishing  in  the  river,  isn't  he  ?  8.  We  have 
helped  them,  but  they  will  not  thank  us.  9.  She  took  the 
fish  out  of  the  pail  and  went  into  the  garden  with  it.  10.  She 
set  the  glass  on  the  bench  and  sat  beside  it.  11.  Our  teacher 
set  a  glass  upon  the  table  and  laid  a  rose  beside  it.  12.  Did 
you  give  us  your  books  in  order  to  help  us  ?  13.  Has  your 


158  SYNTAX. 

teacher  given  them  the  readers  ?  14.  In  the  stables  of  toe 
palace  are  the  girl's  horses.  15.  Will  you  ride  with  me 
through  the  wood  to  find  the  girl  ? 

(d)  A  Story  (etne  ©efd)td)te).  —  To-day  the  teacher's  daugh- 
ter was  riding  through  the  wood  without  her  dog.     She  came 
to  a  river  and  sprang  from  her  horse  to  drink.     A  wolf  was 
lying  behind  a  tree  and  saw  her.     He  was  hungry,  so  he  sprang 
toward  (nad))  the  girl.     Her  father,  the  teacher,  saw  the  wolf, 
came  with  his  dog,  and  shot  the  animal. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  in  the  present, 
future,  perfect,  and  past  perfect. 

LESSON  XXI. 
(PAGES  17  ie-18  is.) 

STRONG  DECLENSION  OF  ADJECTIVES.  NOUNS  OF  THE  FIFTH 
CLASS,  THE  WEAK  DECLENSION  (ber  $nabe).  NOUNS  ,OF 
MEASURE. 

Semen  @te :  — 

®uten  Sftorgen,  §err  Setter,    ©uten  £ag,  mettte  ®mber. 
Good  morning,  (Mr.)  teacher.     Good  day,  (my)  children. 

103.  The  Fifth  Class  of  Nouns,  commonly  called  the  Weak 
Declension,  contains  only  masculines.  It  forms  all  cases  by 
adding  *n  or  *en  to  the  nominative  singular. 

Weak  Declension  of  Nouns.     Fifth  Class. 
SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

N.  ber  $iwbe,  the  boy.  bte  ®ttabettf  the  boys. 

G.  be$  titabettf  the  boy's.  ber  ttwben,  the  boys'. 

D.  bem  ftnabett,  (to  or  for)  theboy.  ben  ®nabeit,  (to  or  for)  the  boys. 

A.  ben  Shmbett,  the  boy.  bte  ftttabett,  the  boys. 


tiTRONG  DECLENSION.  159 

104.  Strong  Declension  of  Adjectives. — When  not  preceded 
by  an  article,  the  adjective  must  indicate  the  number,  gender, 
and  case  of  the  noun0  This  is  called  the  Strong  Declension  of 
Adjectives.  The  adjective  takes  the  following  endings,  akin  to 
the  definite  article,  except  that  in  the  genitive  singular  mascu- 
line and  neuter  euphony  requires  *tn  instead  of  ?e$.  Here  the 
adjective  does  not  need  to  be  strong,  as  the  noun  ending  indi- 
cates its  number  and  case. 

SINGULAR. 

Masculine.  Feminine.  Neuter. 

N.  guter  Sftauu,  gttte  $rau, 


good  man.  good  woman.  good  book. 

G.  (gute«)  gitten  Wianm§.  gitter  $raiu  (gutes)  gutett 

D.  gittem  SJftamte,  guter  $rau,  gutem 

A.  guteu  9ttauu.  gute  gfraiu 


PLURAL. 

>T.  gute  SJlamter,  gute  $raueu,  gute ! 

good  men.  good  women.  good  books. 

G.  guter  TOuuer.  guter  graueu*  guter  SBitdjer* 

D.  guteu  9Wauueru»  guteu  gfrattem  gitteu ! 

A.  gute  Sautter*  gute  fjraueu*  gute ! 


In  like  manner  decline  junger  $nabe,  UJarmer  Sein,  tuetge  Saffc,  jc^bnc 
ttnb, 


105.  Omission  of  Article  or  Preposition  after  Nouns  of  Meas- 
ure. —  Nouns  following  the  expression,  a  glass  of,  a  piece  of, 
etc.,  are  given  in  German  without  preposition  or  article,  unless 
qualified  by  an  adjective.  A  glass  of  milk,  eitt  ®fd$  SJJttd^  ;  a 
piece  of  bread,  em  <2tM  33rot  ;  a  cup  of  white  tvine,  tine  £affe 
toeiften  2Betne$  ;  a  glass  of  warm  milk,  em  ©Ia$  toanner 
apiece  of  good  bread,  tin  @titrf  guten 


160  SYNTAX. 

106.  Vocabulary. 

Tlie  Genitive  of  nouns  of  the  Fifth  Class  is  given  in  the  Vocabularies. 

bcr  ®raf,  be£  ®rafcn,  V,  the  count,  btc  Xaf'fc,  btc  Xaffcn,  IV,  the  cup. 

bcr  £a'fe,  bc£  ^afcn,  V,  the  hare.  bcr  2Beut,  btc  298eute,  II,  the  wine. 

bcr  ^>crr,  bc3  £crru,  pi.  btc  $cr=  lau'fett  (tauft),  lief,  gelau'fctt  (fein), 

rcit,  the  gentleman  ;   as  term  of  to  run. 

address,  Mr.    £crr  23ratttt,  Mr.  fdjfa'fcu  (fci)taft),fd)Iicf,  gefdjfa'fcit, 

Brown,  declined  in  the  oblique  to  sleep. 

cases  with   the   definite    article  tljUtt,  ttyat,  gcttyatt',  to  do.     (Writ- 

(be$  §errn  SBraun,  etc.).  ten  also  tint,  tat,  getan,  in  the 

ber  £na'tic,  be3  ^itabcn,  V,  the  boy.  revised  spelling. ) 

bcr  Sottwt',  be3  6u(batcnf  V,  the  frfjttJars,  adj.,  black. 

soldier.  fitter,  adj.,  heavy,  hard,  difficult. 
bag  8tiicf,  btc  Stitrfe,  II,  the  piece. 

107.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  2Sa$  fagte  ba$  3)?ab(^en  bem  ©rafen?  2.  §atte  ber 
©raf  ft^tDarje  ^ferbe  nnb  gro^e  ©^loffer?  <3.  So  ftanb  ba^ 
@c^(o^  be^  ©rafen?  4.  3Ba$  fagte  bie  gran  ifyrem  9JZanne,nnb 
n)ol)in  ift  er  gegangen?  5.  SBie  (how)  ift  ba$  SBaffer  im  glnffe 
geroefen?  6.  SBa§  I)at  er  gn  §anfe  gefnnben,  nnb  tt)a^  tfyaten 
bie  ©rafen  ? 

(6)  1.  J)er  Snabe  be§  ©rafen  naljm  ein  (Stitd  gifd^  nnb  ging 
bamit  jn  ben  Solbaten.  2.  £)er  §nnb  be§  @errn  4Braun  ^at  nnter 
einem  53anme  gefd)(afen.  3.  3)a^  Stitd  53rot  ft>ar  fdjinar^ 
aber  ba^  ®(a^  SBein  ift  rot.  4.  ij)er  §err  ging  mit  bem  Snaben 
$um  ©rafen.  5.  3)ie  ©otbaten  fanben  einen  ^naben  in  bem 
•Sdjfoffe  be^  ©rafen.  6.  ®ie  @d)(offer  ber  ©rafen  ttiaren  gro§ 
nnb  fd)oru  7.  SBerben  @ie  ba$  tl)nn?  (S«  ift  fel)r  fdjtoer. 
8.  ©nte  Sitter  ma^en  gnte  @d^U(er.  9.  Wit  gro^en  ©titcfen 
^vot  fa^en  \mv  an  bem  Jtfdje.  10.  X)er  ^nabe  fyat  einen  §afen 
gefunben,  nnb  ift  bamit  jnm  ©rafen  gegangen. 


WEAK  DECLENSION.  161 

(c)  1.  The  count  took  his  horse,  and  rode  with  his  soldiers 
through  the  forest.       2.  The  boys  of  the  tkxunt  are  taking 
their  horses  into  good  stalls.       3.  She  has  gone  to  his  palace 
and  has  seen  his   soldiers.       4.  The  wives  and  daughters  of 
the  counts  had  black  clothes.      5.  Hard  exercises  make  clever 
pupils.        6.    Big  soldiers  laid  heavy   pieces  of  iron   on   the 
count's   table.       7.  They  will  give   the   boy  a  cup   of  milk. 
8.  The  count  had  taken  a  book  from  his  table  and  had  gone 
into  the  wood  with  it.       9.  Did  your  brother  stand  with  the 
count  before  the  door  of  your  house?       10.  The  exercises  of 
little  boys  are  in  large  books. 

(d)  A  Story  (cine  ®efd)trf)te).  —  The  count  and  his  son  were 
sleeping  in  their  palace.     His  soldiers  sat  under  a  tree  in  his 
garden  and  drank  great  glasses  of  wine.     A  hare  sprang  out 
of   the  roses  beside  the  count's  palace  and  ran  through  the 
garden.     The  soldiers  ran  out  of  the  garden  after  the  hare,  but 
they  did  not  find  it.     Now  the  count  came,  saw  the  glasses  of 
red  wine,  and  was  very  angry. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  in  the  present, 
future,  perfect,  and  past  perfect. 

LESSON  XXII. 

(PAGES  18  19-19  20.) 

DECLENSION  OF  ADJECTIVES  WITH  „  ber  "  WORDS. 
Semen  @ie :  — 

3eber  ift  fief)  fetbft  ber  Sftarfjfte.  —  SeutfcijeS  ©jmdjtoorL 

'Every  one  is  nearest  to  himself.) 
Charity  begins  at  home. 

108.   Weak  Declension  of  Adjectives.  —  An   adjective   is   de- 


162 


SYNTAX. 


clined  as  below  when  used  with  the  definite  article  ber,  or  with 
any  one  of  the  following  words  that  are  declined  like  ber :  — 

bicfer,  this;  jeuer,  that;  jeber,  every;  mand)erf  many  a;  folrijer,  such 
a;  roeldjcr,  which. 

These  may  be  called  ,,ber"  words,  as  they  have  endings 
like  ber. 

This  is  called  the  Weak  Declension  of  Adjectives.  The  ad- 
jective does  not  need  strong  endings,  because  number  and 
case  are  shown  by  the  preceding  word. 


Masculine. 

N.  ber  (jute  9Ratm, 
the  good  man. 
G.  beS  guteu 
D.  bcm  guteu 
A.  ben  gutcu 


SINGULAR. 
Feminine. 

blefe  gute  $rau, 

this  good  woman. 
biefer  guteu  fjrau. 
biefer  guteu 
biefe  gute 


Neuter. 


jetted  gute 

that  good  book. 
jeue^  guteu 
jeuem  gutett 
gute 


PLURAL. 

Feminine. 


btefe  guten 

these  good  women. 
biefer  gutcn 
biefen  gwten 
biefe  gitteu 


Neuter. 

jeue  guteu  S3itd)erf 
those  good  books. 
jeuer  guteu  SBiir^er* 
jeueu  guteu  SBitdjeru. 
jeue  guteu  S 


Masculine. 

N.  bte  guteu  SDlauuer, 

the  good  men. 
G.  ber  gutcu  TOuuer. 
D.  beu  guteu  Sftfauueru* 
A.  bic  guteu  banner. 

In  like  manner  decline  ber  fd)bne  ^rin^,  manner  l)itngrige  2Botf,  jene 
rote  Sftofe,  joldje  gute  Xodjter,  jebeS  Heine  X^ier,  n?etd)e§  ttmrme  3intmer. 

109.  Position  of  ^Rte.  —  3lie  has  the  same  position  in  the 
sentence  as  nid)t  (see  §  21).  I  never  saw  such  red  roses,  ^fy 
f)abe  folrfje  roten  9?ofen  nte  gefe{)en.  He  never  came  into  the  city, 
&  fam  nie  in  bte  Stabt. 


WEAK  DECLENSION.  163 

110.  Vocabulary. 

fcer  ®i)'mg,  fcte  $tittige,  II,  the  king.  tud)t3,  indef.  pron.,  nothing. 

ber  $ritt5,   be3    ^tw^en,    V,   the  me,  adv.,  never. 

prince.  fcie'fer,  pron.  adj.,  £7«s. 

ber  £8ittb,  bte  28utbef  II,  the  wind.  je'ber,  pron.  adj.,  every,  each. 

nt'fen,  rief,  gentfen,  to  call.  je'tter,  pron.  adj.,  that. 

toitn'fftyen  (weak),  to  wish.  tttan'djer,  pron.  adj.,  many  (a}. 

fait,  adj.,  cold.  fol'djer,  pron.  adj.,  such  (a). 

lteb,  adj.,  dear.  toel'djer,  pron.  adj.  and  interrog. 
ttett,  adj.,  new.  pron.,  which  f 

111.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  9Sa$  fagte  btcfcr  alte  3ftann  f  enter  grau?      2.  3Ber 


(who)  gmg  in  ben  SBalb  nut  bem  fdjonen  33?ab^en?  3. 
tcaren  bicfc  3)tener  ?  4.  2Ba3  tnar  btc  gran  geftorben?  5. 
lt)Unf  cf)te  bte  $rau  311  iDerben  ?  6.  SBte  tt)ar  e^  am  gluffe  ? 

(6)  1.  ^tra  iunge  ^Jrtnj  tft  ber  @o^n  btefe^  gro^en 
2.  ^ebe  gute  grau  l^at  mant^em  ^ungrtgen  §unb  ein  ©tiicf 
Srot  gegeben.     3.  .^cf)  ^abe  fold^c  fd)tDarsen  2lugen  nte  gefe^etu 

4.  3n  tDet^em  alten  §aufe  ^aben  @ie  ben  ^rtnjen  gefunben  ? 

5.  ^ebe  Sette  bte[e§  neuen  53urf)e§  tft  fdjon  ;  icf)  ttjiinfd^c  baraM 
jn  lefcn.      6.  ^Jcner  5tag  mar  feljr  f(^on,  aber  ber  SBtnb  tft  fe^r 
fait  gemorben.      7.  ®er  ®raf  gab  bem  jungen  ^rinjen  emeu 
©tmer.     8.  £)tefe  neuen  Stufgaben  tr>erben  gute  (Stiller  madden 

9.  SBtr  tnerben  bem  frfjonen  ^naben  bie  mei^en  9to[en  geben* 

10.  ©er  alte  gefyrer  ^atte  bte  guten  @^it(er  getobt 

(c)  1.  These  old  soldiers  will  sleep,  but  the  young  king  will 
not  see  them.  2.  He  has  called  that  beautiful  prince.  3.  The 
wife  says  :  "  Dear  husband,  I  shall  not  wish  such  big  rooms." 
4.  The  old  woman  has  become  very  angry.  5.  The  old  man 
had  never  gone  to  the  big  city.  6.  Our  servant  found  her  in 


164  SYNTAX. 

that  small  hut.  7.  The  old  king  wishes  to  call  the  little 
prince  in  order  to  give  him  a  dog.  8.  The  boy's  father  will 
give  him  that  new  knife.  9.  The  count's  new  palace  stands 
beside  the  long  river.  10.  It  is  large,  and  he  lives  in  it  with 
the  old  king  and  his  servant. 

(d)  A  Story  (erne  ®efd)tc!)te).  —  That  beautiful  palace  stood  in 
the  great  wood.     The  old  king  and  a  prince  wished  to  live  in  it. 
The  king  took  his  horses  and  rode  with  many  (an)  old  soldier 
through  the  great  wood.     The  young  prince  was  lying  behind 
a  tree  near  the  palace.     He  heard  the  old  soldiers,  sprang  upon 
the  king  and   shot  him.      Then  the  palace  belonged  to  the 
prince. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  in  the  present, 
future,  perfect,  and  past  perfect  tenses. 

LESSON  XXIII. 

(PAGES  19  21-20  19.) 

DECLENSION    OF   ADJECTIVES   WITH   ,,ehl"   WORDS.     ACCUSA- 
TIVE OF  TIME. 
Senteti  @te :  — 

3d)  famt  ntd)t§  bafiir.    $$  falte  @te  6etm  SBort. 
I  cannot  help  it.  I  take  you  at  your  word. 

112.  Mixed  Declension  of  Adjectives.  —  An  adjective  is  de- 
clined as  below  with  the  article  em,  the  negative  fem,  no,  none, 
or  any  possessive,  like  mem,  beht,  tl)r,  etc.  These  are  all  de- 
clined like  em,  and  may  be  called  ,,em"  words. 

In  the  nominative  singular  masculine,  and  nominative  and 
accusative  singular  neuter,  these  words  are  not  inflected. 
Therefore  a  following  adjective  must  be  strong  in  order  to 
show  number  and  case.  In  all  other  cases  the  adjective  is 


MIXED  DECLENSION. 


165 


weak.     Hence  the  term  Mixed  Declension,  because  the  adjec- 
tive is  sometimes  strong,  sometimes  weak. 

SINGULAR. 

Masculine.  Feminine. 

N.  mcttt  armor  ^ntni>,        fetnc  anbere  Stabt, 

my  poor  dog.  no  other  city. 

G.  nteine3  armen  $nnbe3,  fewer  anberen  @tabt 
D.  mcinem  armen  ^ntnbe*  f  etner  anberen  6tabt, 
A.  meineit  armen  ^ntnb,  fetne  anbere  Stabt. 

PLURAL. 

Feminine. 

leine  anberen  Stabte, 

no  other  cities. 


Neuter. 

ttyr  fletne3  ®inb,  her, 
or  their,  little  child. 
iljre3  ffemett  ^inbe^* 
t^rem  Ketneu  ®ittbe* 
tl|r 


Masculine. 
N.  tneitte  armcu  §nnbe, 

my  poor  dogs. 


G.  meiiter  armen 
D.  meinett  armen 
A.  metne  armen  §nnbe, 

In  like  manner  decline 


Neuter. 

iljre  Keinen  Sltttberf 
her,  or  their,  little 

children. 

fetner  anberen  8tabte*     iljrerfleittett$htber, 
leinen  anberen  8tabten»  il|ren  f  (emeu  $utbertt. 
fetne  anberen  Stabte.      t!)re  ffetnen  ^inber* 

fyr  groger  ^'nabe,  unfere  afte  Gutter,  feiu  neite§ 
,  bein  junger  greitnb,  meine  uietge  $ftofe,  euer  a(te^  §au^    (See 
§  94,  Note  2.) 

113.  Accusative   of  Definite  Time.  —  Expressions  of  definite 
time  are  put  in  the  accusative.     Every  day,  Jebett  Sag;  this 
year,  bte[e$  Qafy. 

114.  Vocabulary. 

ber  ®ai'ferf  bie  ®atferf  I,  the  em-     fdjei'nen,    frfjten,    gefrf)te'nenf    to 

per  or. 

ber  ®opff  bte  ^ii^fe,  IT,  the  head. 
ber  Dtfte'fe,  be§  Dltefen,  V,  the  giant. 
bte  6on'tte,  bte  6onnenf  IV,  the 

sun. 
ber    Xljron,  bte    XI)ronef  II,  the 

throne. 
ber  Xnrnt,  bte  Xitrme,  II,  the  tower. 


an'ber,  adj.,  other. 


shine,   appear,   seem. 
armr  adj.,  poor. 
brannf  adj.,  brown. 
glntf'Itrf),  adj.,  happy. 
griinr  adj.,  green. 
Ijod),  adj.,  high,  tall,  inflected  J)0» 

l)crr  liol)cf  IjotjCv. 
ttiet^f  adj.,  white. 
pfrie'ben,  adj.,  contented,  satisfied. 


166  SYNTAX. 

v 

115.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  28ie   fanb    ber  gifdjer   feme  alte  grau  gu  §aufe? 

2.  2Bo  fag  fie?      3.   9Ber    ftanb  auf   iljrem  fjofyen  Jfyron? 

4.  3Ba$  fyat  ber  3ftann  f  einer  atten  gran  gefagt  ?      5.  Sffier  ift 
au3  einem  fernen  (distant)  8anbe  gefommen  ?      6.  3Ba3  fyaben 
bie  gran  unb  ifyr  alter  2ftann  biefem  jungen  ^Jrinjen  gefagt  ? 

(6)  1.  £)ie  @onne  fd)ien  Ipd)  itber  em  altcS  ScfytoB.    2.  3)er 
anbere  ^atfer  fyat  mand^en  gro^en  Sotbaten  in  einem  fyofyen 

3.  Gin  junger  ^rins  unrb  fe^r  glucEtid)  fein  auf  f  einem 
2I)rone.      4.  £)er  arme  $Riefe  t)at  lein  §aar  anf  bent 

5.  £)ie  gliicflicf)e  Gutter  ft^eint  fe^r  jnfrieben  mit  if)rem  jnngen 
finaben,  nicfyt  lt)a^r?     6.  SStr  iDerben  leinen  anberen  J^ron  fitr 
ben  aften  £aifer  finben,     7.  3)Jein  brauner  §unb  tiegt  auf  einer 
neuen  23anf.      8.  3^  ^atte  ifym  em  Stiicf  gif^  gegeben ;  e$ 
^atte  i^m  gefalten.      9.  Unfere  iDei^e  ®a&  ift  au$  bem  genfter 
in  unferen  gritnen  ©arten  gefaHen.    10.  ^ebe^  Qafy  getjen  h)ir 
in  ben  grihten  9Batbr  um  bie  SBotfe  ju  fc^ie^en. 

(c)  1.    A  big   giant   sat  upon  his   high   throne.       2.    To- 
morrow the  sun  will  shine  on  many  a  high  tower.       3.  Those 
happy  children   are   studying  under  that  green  tree  in  our 
garden.        4.   No   other    king    has    such    beautiful    gardens 
around  his  castle,  has  he  ?       5.  Every  big  giant  will  help  the 
old   emperor.       6.  Never  had  she  seen  such  white  roses  in 
such  (a)  beautiful  garden.       7.  A  beautiful  green  wood  lies 
around  the  high  palace  of  our  good  king.       8.  My  old  mother 
set  her  cup  of  milk  on  the  table,  but  another  woman  took  it 
and  went  into  the  garden  with  it.       9.  Every  day  the  sun 
shines  high  over  our  old  castle.       10.  This  winter  our  boys 
went  through  the  wood  to  find  an  old  hut. 

(d)  A  Stowj  (eine  ©efcfjtdjte).  —  That  day  the  sun  shone 


SUMMARY  OF  DECLENSIONS.  167 

through  the  tall  trees.  We  went  into  the  green  wood  and 
found  an  old  tower  beside  the  river.  A  poor  old  man  with 
white  hair  lived  in  a  little  hut  near  this  tower.  The  little 
old  man  came  out  of  his  hut  and  lay  in  the  sun  to  get  warm. 
We  called  him,  but  he  did  not  hear  us,  so  we  came  out  of  the 
woods  to  our  house. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  in  the  present, 
future,  perfect,  and  past  perfect  tenses. 


LESSON  XXIV. 

(PAGES  2020-21  25.) 

DECLENSION  OF  ADJECTIVES.     SUMMARY.     USE  OF  fettt* 
Semen  ©te :  — 

£)a$  freut  mid)  fefjr.  3)a$  tljut  mtr  letb. 

I  am  very  glad  (of  thai].      I  am  sorry  (for  that), 

116.  Summary  of  Adjective  Declensions. 

(a)  An  adjective  in  the  predicate  is  riot  inflected :  — 

^a§  SBttd)  ift  fdjtter,  the  book  is  heavy. 
$>er  ®ttabe  ttwr  Hein,  the  boy  was  small. 
^ie  Ofofen  fittfc  rot,  the  roses  are  red. 

(fy  An  adjective  standing  before  its  noun  is  inflected:  — 

$a3  fdjtuere  SBttcf),  the  heavy  book. 

(fitter  SBeitt,  good  wine. 

(£in  fdjiwer  (kartell,  a  pretty  garden. 

(c)  An  adjective  is  inflected  either  (1)  weak  or  (2)  strong. 

(1)  It  is  iveak  when  preceded  by  a  ,,ber"  word  or  an  inflected 
form  of  an  ,feht"  word.  The  ,,ber"  words  have  endings  like 
the  definite  article.  The  ,,etn"  words  have  endings  like  the 


168  SYNTAX. 

definite  article,  except  in  the  nominative  singular  masculine 
and  nominative  and  accusative  singular  neuter,  which  are  not 
inflected. 

The  adjective,  when  weak,  has  only  two  endings,  e  and  (e)n. 
It  takes  e  in  the  nominative  and  accusative  singular  of  all 
genders  except  the  accusative  masculine;  (e)tt  in  all  other 
cases. 

(2)  An  adjective  is  strong  when  not  preceded  by  an  inflected 
form  of  one  of  the  ,,ber"  or  ,,ein"  words.  When  strong  it  takes 
endings  like  the  definite  article. 

NOTE.  —  In  the  genitive  singular  masculine  and  neuter,  the  weak  form 
in  *en  is  generally  used  instead  of  the  strong  form  in  =e§  :  ein  ©fa§  guten 
2Beine$  (instead  of  gute§  Seines). 

(d)  An  adjective  used  as  a  noun  is  written  with  a  capital 
and  may  be  weak  or  strong  :  ein  2lrmer,  a  poor  man;  ber  -S'Uttge, 
the  youth. 

117.  Use  of  fein. —  German  never  uses  nidjt  ein  to  express 
not  a,  unless  it  is  meant  to  be  very  emphatic.     The  regular 
use  is  fein.     He  did  not  say  a  word,  (£r  fagte  fein  SBort.    Not  a 
single  ivord  did  he  speak,  $fttd)t  ein  SBort  fpracf)  er. 

118.  Vocabulary. 

bie  ®efd)trf)'te,  bte  Qkfrf)ici)tett,  IV,  boS  tt'fer,  Me  Uferf  I,  the  shore. 

the  story.  ont'ttwrtett,  attt'tt)0rtetef  geant'ttiur- 

fcer  £ut,  bte  £iitef  II,  the  hat.  itt  (weak),  to  answer,  to  reply 

fcie  $ai'feriit,  bte  ^ai'ferinnen,  IV,  with  the  dative  of  the  person. 

the  empress.  ersaty'fett,  er^Pte,  er$al)lt'  (weak) , 

bte  £ii'mgttt,  bie  ^o'mgtnnenf  IV,  to  tell,  to  recount. 

the  queen.  fait'fen  (weak),  to  buy. 

ba§  9)leer,  bte  9Keerer  II,  the  ocean,  aerbre'djett    (gcrbrirf)t)f    setbrat^', 

ber  Sturm,  bte  Stiirme,  II,   the  serbro'djen,  to  smash,  to  break  to 

storm.  pieces. 

trief,  adj.,  much;  pi.  triele,  many. 


SUMMARY  OF  DECLENSIONS.  169 

119.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  §at  ber  junge  $aifer  erne  lange  ®efdjid)te  erjaljlt? 
2.  98a§  anttDortete  bie  £ocf)ter  ber  Satfertn  ?  3.  2Bo()in  ging 
ber  Saifer,  unb  toa§  tfyat  er?  4.  §at  bie  gran  fetnen  neuen 
£mt  gelauf t  ?  5.  2Bte  mar  bie  grew  ?  6.  2Ba3  faf)  ber  artne 
maun  am  Ufer  be3  gluffeS  ? 

(6)  1.  Sine  fdjone  Sonigin  fi^t  cmf  i^rem  ^o^en  J^rone. 

2.  3ene  alte  ^aiferin  erja^Ite  t)iel  tjon  einem  gro^en  ©turm  auf 
bem  2Keere,      3.  ^c^  t)atte  einen  neuen  §ut  gefauft  unb  fyatte 
i^n  auf  biefen  fleinen  @tuf)t  gelegt,      4.  ®u  ^aft  ifjr  !etn 
2Ki(tf)  gegeben ;  fie  fyat  ba^  Heine  @fa§  serbro^en,      5. 

Jag  eqafylt  un§  unfer  finger  greunb  eine  neue 
6.  SKorgen  toirb  un^  ber  gute  alte  Sefyrer  fragenr  unb  tt)ir  tDerben 
anttnorten.  7.  ©iefer  Keine  ^ring  mit  bem  roten  §ute  auf 
bem  ®opfe  ift  ber  @o^n  be$  gro^en  Sonig§»  8.  2Bir  (jaben 
an  bem  lifer  be^  gluffeS  gefeffen  aber  tt)ir  fa^en  !einen  Sturm 
auf  bem  9Keere.  9.  ©iefe§  ^inb  f)at  ein  neueS, 
$Bn3).  10.  8ieber  33ater,  tDO  ^aft  bu  biefen  gro^en 
fauft? 

(c)  1.  Dear  brother,  you  have  beautiful  large  trees  in  your 
garden.  2.  Dear  child,  was  your  book  a  German  book  ? 

3.  The  mothers  of  good  little  boys  are  happy.       4.  This  man 
will  be  the  servant  of  a  count.       5.  This  little  woman  became 
the  queen,  and  that  big  man  became  the  king.       6.  She  said 
to  that  man :  "  I  shall  never  become  empress."       7.  The  sol- 
diers of  this  emperor  are  great  giants.       8.  That  heavy  storm 
broke  the  tall  trees  against   our   castle.       9.  The  king   had 
bought   his  little  daughter  (dat.)  a  new  hat.       JO.  The   old 
empress  was  telling  the  queen  (dat.)  a  clever  story,  but  she 
did  not  answer  a  word. 


170  SYNTAX. 

(d)  (Sine  ©efd)td)te.  —  My  dear  children,  I  shall  tell  you  a  lit- 
tle story.     Every  day  I  go  through  the  big  green  wood  on  (an) 
the  shore  of  our  beautiful  river.     Yesterday  I  bought  a  new 
brown  hat,  put  it  on  my  (use  def.  art.)  head  and  went  with  it 
to  the  river.     I  was  sitting  under  a  tall  tree  by  the  water  to 
read  and  study.     A  great  storm  came  and  broke  the  tree  (to 
'pieces),  and  my  poor  new  hat  fell  into  the  river. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Give  the  last  three  sentences 
of  the  story  in  the  perfect  and  past  perfect  tenses. 

LESSON  XXV. 

(PAGES  21  26-22  29.) 

EEVIEW. 

Senten  <£te:  — 

3Bte  ber  23ogef,  fo  ba3  ©.  —  £)eutfd)e$  ©prtd)tt)ort. 

(As  the  bird,  so  the  egg.) 
Like  father,  like  son. 

120.  (1)  a.  What  is  the  peculiarity  of  the  German  expres- 
sions for  a  glass  of,  a  piece  of,  a  cup  of,  etc.  ?  b.  Does  the  use 
of  nte  differ^  from  that  of  ntcf)t?  c.  When  does  German  use 
fein?  d.  Does  German  ever  say  ntdjt  dtt?  If  so,  when? 
e.  How  is  definite  time  expressed  in  German  ? 

(2)  a.  Why  must  the  adjective  be  strong  when  no  article 
modifies  a  noun  ?       b.  Why  may  the  adjective  be  weak  in  the 
genitive  singular  of  masculine  and  neuter  nouns  ?       c.  Is  there 
any  reason  why  it  should  be  weak  ? 

(3)  a.  Name  the  ,,ber"  words.       b.  Why  is  an  adjective  fol- 
lowing them  weak?       c.  Name  the  ,,ettt"  words.       d.  When 
is   the    adjective   following  them    weak    and   when    strong  ? 
e.  Can   you    see   why   this    is   called   the    mixed   declension? 


BE  VIEW  OF  ADJECTIVES.  171 

f.  What  is  meant  by  an  inflected  form?  g.  Do  adjectives 
used  as  nouns  differ  from  other  inflected  adjectives  ?  If  so,  in 
what  way  ? 

121.  Vocabulary. 

ber  51'benb,  Me  ^benbe,  II,  the  frw'gen  (fangt),  ftng,  gefangen,  to 

evening.  catch. 

Me   Slttgft,    Me   $togfte,  II,  (the)  la'djen  (weak),  to  laugh. 

anxiety,  fear.  fdjto'gett  (frfjfttgt),  fd)lttg,   gefrf)to'= 

bag  Sett,  Me  SSettett,  IV,  the  bed.  gen,  £o  sm'&e,  to  hit. 

Me  9£ad)t,  Me  2*ad)te,  II,  the  night,  toerfau'fen,     fcerlaufte,     toerlauff 

ber  ^o'ge(,  Me  $oge(f  I,  the  bird.  (weak),  to  sell. 

Wei'bejt,  blieli,  gebUeben  ({ein),  to  tjerlie'ren,  i)eript'f  tier^'ren,  to  lose. 

remain,  to  stay.  toei'tten  (weak),  to  cry,  weep. 
md),  adj.,  rich. 

122.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  3Ba$  fatten  ber  gtfdjer  unb  feme  grau  Derloren? 
2.  @mb  fie  reid^  ober  arm  getoorben  ?  3.  §at  ber  Sftann  feme 
atte  grau  gefrfjtagen  ?  4.  §at  fie  getDemt  ober  geladjt?  5.  ^ft 
ba^  fcljone  9Kab(f)en  bet  t^nen  gebtieben?  6.  2Ba$  ^at  ba^ 
SKcibcfien  jenem  jungen  SKanne  geanttuortet  ? 

(&)  1.  ^n  ber  9?a^t  Ijatte  ber  ^5nig  gro^e  Stngft ;  alfo  fc^ro§ 
er  bie  £f)iir  feme6  3imtner^-  2-  5D?tt  imferem  Iteben  ^naben 
ftnb  tDtr  geftern  burtf)  ben  SBalb  gerttten.  3.  ^eben  Xag  fing 
ber  ^Jrtttj  etnen  SSoget ;  jebe  S^ad^t  Derlor  er  t^n.  4.  $$  ^be 
fo((f)e  Slngft ;  id)  trerbe  tDetnen.  o.  53tft  bit  geftern  bet  betnem 
alten  grennbe  gelDefen?  6.  Qa,  \§  bin  ju  t^nt  gegangen  nnb 
bet  tljm  geblteben.  7.  J)te  Ifetnen  SSiigef  fatten  attf  etnent 
Sawne  in  bent  SBalbe  gefnngen.  8.  ^jjr  ^attet  ge^ 
t,  nn$  311  fe^en,  um  un^  etne  neue  ©ef^tc^te  ju  ersa^fen. 
9.  $ener  reicf)e  50?ann  faufte  fetnem  Ifeinen  ^naben  etnen 
fd)tt)arsen  £mnb.  10.  TOorgen  trerben  totr  e£  i^tn  geben. 


172  SYNTAX. 

(c)  1.  The  angry  man  laughed,  but  his  poor  wife  was  cry- 
ing. 2.  He  had  struck  the  soldier  on  the  head  with  a  heavy 
chair.  3.  A  rich  woman  is  fetching  her  little  boy  that  white 
hat ;  he  will  thank  her  for  it.  4.  You  will  have  stayed  till 
evening.  o.  The  poor  fisherman  stayed  on  the  shore  of  the 
river  to  catch  a  big  fish.  6.  The  head  of  the  clever  little 
man  has  no  hair  on  it.  7.  I  sat  on  a  high  chair  and  laid  my 
new  knife  on  the  table.  8.  He  was  lying  in  his  little  bed ; 
his  angry  brother  set  a  big  chair  on  it.  9.  This  beautiful 
evening  pleases  me ;  I  am  very  happy.  10.  I  have  no  great 
fear;  he  will  never  become  king.  11.  He  will  not  buy  me  a 
new  hat,  so  I  shall  cry.  12.  That  evening  under  the  tree  in 
our  garden  she  did  not  say  a  word  to  me. 

(tf)  Sine  ©efdjtdjte.  —  An  old  fisherman  went  to  the  river 
with  his  little  boy  to  fish.  They  sat  on  the  green  shore  under 
a  tall  tree.  The  father  fished  till  night,  but  he  did  not  catch  a 
fish.  Toward  evening  the  boy  caught  a  great,  long  fish.  It 
was  very  heavy.  In  order  not  to  lose  it  the  father  took  it  and 
struck  its  head  against  the  tree.  The  boy  cried,  but  his  father 
laughed,  and  they  took  their  big  fish  into  the  city  to  sell  it.  A 
rich  count  bought  it  and  gave  them  much  for  it. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  in  the  present, 
future,  perfect,  and  past  perfect  tenses. 

LESSON  XXVI. 

(PAGES  24  i-25  a.) 

MODAL  AUXILIARIES  —  PRESENT  INDICATIVE. 
?ernen  @ie :  — 

®ib  ntcf)t  311  fdjnetf  bettt  Sort,  fo  braudfjft  bu'3  ntcfjt  ju  bredjett, 
2?te(  beffer  ift  e$,  mefyr  gu  fatten  ate  fcerfpredjen. 

—  grtebrtdj  3Ut<fert  (1188-1866). 


MODAL  AUXILIARIES.  173 

123.   The  Modal  Auxiliaries.  —  The  Modal  Auxiliaries  corre- 
spond to  the  English  modals  as  follows :  — 

PRESENT.                  x                  PAST.  PAST  PARTICIPLE. 

bitrfen,  may,  to  be  permitted                   bnrfte  gebnrft 

funnen,  can,  to  be  able  to                         funnte  Qcfonnt 

tttugen,  may,  to  care  or  like  to                  mudjtc  gemuttyt 

ntiiffenf  must,  to  be  compelled  to              mufite  gcmnf?t 

futten,  shall,  ought,  to  be  to                      futtte  gefuttt 

fcutten,  will,  to  want  to                               ttiuttte  gefouttt 

Present  Indicative  of  Modals. 


id)  barf 

taint 

mag 

mnf? 

futt 

mill 

bit  barfft 

fannft 

ntagft 

Wttfit 

fuUft 

ttitUft 

cr  barf 

faun 

mag 

mn| 

futt 

mitt 

rotr  bitrfen 

fonnen 

mugen 

mitffen 

fuJIen 

ttutten 

iljr  bitrft 

fount 

mugt 

mit§t 

fullt 

muttt 

fie  bitrfen 

f  unite  u 

mug  en 

mitffen 

fuUen 

mutten 

The  English  will  is  translated  in  two  ways  in  German  : 
(1)  to  indicate  simple  futurity,  toerbetl  is  used,  (2)  to  indicate 
desire,  use  toolfen. 

He  will  go,  er  tuirb  geljen, 

He  wants  to  go,  er  mitt  getyen, 

SSutten  @ie  fummen  ?  will  you  come?  (are  you  willing  to,  do  you 

want  to  ^) 
SSerben  Sie  fummen?  shall  you  come  9  (at  some  future  time.} 

124.  Vocabulary. 

ba3  ®fitrf  (no  pi.),  the  luck,  happi-  Me  28u'd)ef  Me  28urfjenf   IV,   the 

ness,  fortune.  week. 

fcte  8t!)nlbf  bie  8d)nlbenf  IV,  fault  fn'djen  (weak),  to  seek,  to  look  for. 

(pi.  debts}.  breit,  broad. 

ber  @teinf  bie  @teinef  II,  the  stone.  birff  thick;  of  people,  fat. 

1  ber  2Begr  bie  2Begef  II,  the  way,  fuf  adv.,  so. 

road,  path.  511,  adv.,  too. 


174  SYNTAX 

125.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  Scmnft  bit  ba§  §an§  be3  armen  SftanneS  am  SBege 
feljen?  2.  2Barnm  (w%)  toil!  ber  3ftann  bem  Snaben  feme 
Sitter  faufen  ?  3.  ®5nnen  bie  £)ummen  lefen  unb  f djreiben  ? 
4.  SBar  ba3  tyre  ©djutb  ?  5.  9Bo  mu£  man  [cm  ®IM  fndjen  ? 
6.  SBoljut  tft  ber  8ange  gegangen,  unb  toa$  Ijat  er  getfyan  ? 

(6)  1.  (gr  mn^  etnen  bretten  SBeg  fucfyetu      2.  ^(^  barf  bte[e 
Sorf)e  ntcf)t  an§  bem  §au[e  gefyen.      3.  SBotten  ©ie  ^^ 
[udjen  ?      4.  J)u  tannft  betnen  S3Jeg  ntd^t  t)erlieren ;  er  ift 
brett,      5.  £)a3  fann  [etn,  aber  id)  fcerftefye  e§  ntdjt.      6.  5 
[ott[t  ntcf)t  ge^en  ;  e§  t[t  jit  fait,      7.  ®er  bitfe  3Mann  m 
reidj  [ein,  nid^t  lt)a^r?      8.  9Btr  biirfen  ^eute  nic^t  [pielen* 

(c)  1.  Where  shall  I  go  ?  I  am  hungry,  I  must  have  a  piece 
of  bread.  2.  I  must  shoot  the  wolf,  but  I  cannot  find  him. 
3.  Shall  he  give  her  a  glass  of  milk  ?  4.  You  cannot  lose 
this  broad  way,  can  you  ?  5.  The  young  pupils  are  not  per- 
mitted to  speak  in  [the]  school.  6.  Will  you  take  this  little 
chair  and  go  into  the  garden  with  it  ?  7.  No  rich  man  has 
to  seek  his  fortune,  has  he  ?  8.  That  fat  boy  must  be  very 
stupid,  but  it  is  not  his  fault.  9.  We  cannot  take  those  big 
stones  out  of  the  way ;  they  are  too  heavy.  10.  This  week 
the  children  shall  not  go  into  the  thick  wood. 

(cf)  ©ine  ®e[d)td)te.  —  My  dear  children,  you  (t^r)  are  to 
([offt)  study  in  [the]  school.  You  must  not  lose  your  books ; 
you  must  take  them  to  (in  bie)  school  every  day.  The 
teacher  may  (barf)  speak,  and  he  will  give  you  exercises.  You 
can  write  these,  but  you  must  not  be  too  stupid.  Will  you 
write  this  story  now  ? 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  in  the  singular, 
and  also  using  the  polite  form  of  address,  @te* 


PAST  AND  FUTURE   OF  MODALS.  175 

LESSON  XXVII. 

(PAGES  25  4-26  11.) 

MODAL  AUXILIARIES  —  PAST  AND  FUTURE  INDICATIVE. 
Semen  @ie :  — 
£)er  2ftenfcf)  benlt,  ©ott  lenlt  —  £)eutfd)e§  @pricf)it)ort. 

*  126.  Past  Tense  of  Modals*  —  The  Modal  Auxiliaries  are  conju- 
gated in  the  past  like  any  weak  verb. 

id)  frntnte,  /  could.  ttrir  fomttett,  we  could. 

bit  Imntiefr,  thou  couldst.  ityr  fonntet,  you  could. 

er  frwnte,  he  could.  fie  fomtten,  they  could. 

Conjugate  the  other  five  modals  in  the  past. 

Future  Tense  of  Modals.  —  The  future  is  regular. 

id)  toerbe  fpredjen  bitrfen,  I  shall  be  permitted  to  speak. 

bu  ftrirft  lommen  fijnnett,  thou  wilt  be  able  to  come. 

er  ttrir&  gefyen  tonntnf  he  will  be  able  to  go. 

ttJtr  toerfceit  ftubicrctt  miiffcn,  we  shall  have  to  study. 

ityr  toerfcet  fterben  ntiiffen,  you  ivill  have  to  die. 

fie  toerben  lernctt  tooUen,  they  will  want  to  learn. 

NOTE  1.  —  9Jlogett  and  foUcu,  because  of  the  future  idea  in  each,  are 
rarely  used  in  the  future  tense. 

NOTE  2. — The  past  subjunctive  of  fallen  (follte)  is  like  the  past  in- 
dicative. It  regularly  means  ought  to.  $)tt  fflflteft  fttt&terettf  you  ought 
to  study. 

NOTE  3.  —  May  I  in  asking  permission  is  always  bcu*f  id),  never  wag 
id).  May  I  speak  f  barf  id)  fprerf)ett  ? 

127.  Vocabulary, 

bte  23Iu'mer  Me  SBIumett,  IV,  the     ber  Ofarf,  bte  ^orfef  II,  the  coat. 

flower.  ber  Stie'fefr  bie  (Sttefel,  I,  the  boot. 

bte  $ami'lie  (four  syllables),  bte     ber  $erftanb'f  no  pi.    (common) 

J?amiUettf  IV,  the  family.  sense. 


176  SYNTAX. 


bcr  Stttt'ge,  be3  SttttSettf   V,   the  fjrie'lett  (weak),  to  play. 

young  man.  trn'gett  (Mgt),  tntg,  getra'gen, 
&er  Sftenfd),  be3  Sftettfdjeu,  V,  ma?i,          carry  ;  to  wear  (of  clothes). 

human    being,   as    distinguished  ba,  adv.,  there. 

from  bcr  SJlatttt,  maw,  male  being,  bort,  adv.,  yonder,  there. 

husband.  flteid),  ady->  «*  once. 


128.  Exercises.  • 

(a)  1.  $onnte  bet  8ange  fern  ®IM  ftnben  ?  2.  9Ben  (whom) 
f)at  er  gefe^en?  3.  2Ba#  tooCtc  er  t^un?  4.  Sofytn  fottte  er 
gefjen?  5.  SBarum  bitrfte  er  feme  3tngft  Ijaben?  6.  SBotlte 
ber  ^dntg  if)m  Ijelfen,  ober  lonnte  er  ntdjt  ? 

(6)  1.  Sem  2ftenfrf)  fann  }ebe^  gute  «ud)  tefen.  2.  ^^ 
lt)erbe  einen  neuen  SRorf  laufen  miiffen,  aber  feinen  §ut.  3.  ©u 
follteft  foldje  fd^meren  ©tiefel  ntt^t  tragen*  4.  £)ort  iDerben  U)ir 
tnand)e  fdjonen  Stumen  fe^en  lonnen.  5.  2Ba3  tooKte  ^^re 
gamttte  ttjun  ?  6.  £)er  cxrme  3:un9e  °f)ne  SS^tftanb  iDoIIte  fern 
®UtcE  fudjett,  ntcf)t  tt)a^r?  7.  SBa^  toerben  @te  mtt  meinen 
@tiefe(n  tljun  fbnnen?  8.  ajiorgcn  rt)erbet  tfyr  nirfjt  in  bem 
©arten  fptclen  bitrfen.  9.  J)tc  Gutter  mu^te  bem  ^ungen 
einen  neuen  3tod!  faufcn.  10.  gr  tooHtc  bie  ©tiefef  nit^t  tvagen, 
aber  er  mnftte  e 


(c)  1.  May  I  go  with  you  now  into  the  forest  ?  2.  We  were 
not  permitted  to  go  through  the  garden  to-day.  3.  To-morrow 
you  shall  carry  beautiful  flowers  to  the  castle.  4.  I  cannot 
and  will  not  do  it.  5.  He  was  obliged  to  read  the  old  books, 
wasn't  he  ?  6.  They  will  come  at  once  in  order  to  buy  the 
young  man  a  black  coat.  7.  They  shall  not  go  out  of  the  house 
to-day.  8.  You  could  not  see  the  flower;  it  was  too  small. 
9.  No  man  with  sense  will  want  to  do  that.  10.  The  children 
will  not  be  able  to  play  there. 


PERFECT   TENSES   OF  MODALS.  177 

(d)  (Sine   ©efcfjtcfyte.  —  A  poor   old   man  wanted  to  find   a 
beautiful  white  rose.     He  was  not  allowed  to  go  into  the  gar- 
den, so  (alf o)  he  could  not  look  for  it  there.     "  You  ought  to 
find  it  in  the  wood,"  said  his  wife.     So  he  went  through  the 
wood  and  looked  and  looked  for  it,  but  he  could  not  find  it. 
So  he  had  to  come  to  his  wife  without  the  white  flower. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  also  in  the  pres- 
ent and  future  tenses. 


LESSON  XXVIII. 
(PAGES  26  12-27  19.) 

MODAL  AUXILIARIES  —  PERFECT,  PAST  PERFECT,  AND  FUTURE 

PERFECT. 

Sernen  @te :  — 

3Bie  Me  Slrfceit,  fo  ber  8ol)n.  —  £)eutfd)e3  ©jmdjtoort 

129.  Perfect  Tenses  of  Modals. —  The  perfect  and  past  perfect 
of  the  modals  are  conjugated  with  fyabett. 

PRESENT  PERFECT. 

id)  Jja&e,  bit  tyaft,  etc.,  gefomtt,  gemu^t,  getoollt,  etc.,  I  have  been 
able,  etc. 

PAST  PERFECT. 

id)  Ijatte,  bit  Ijatteft,  etc.,  gefomtt,  tjemu^t,  getuoflt,  etc.,  /  had  been 
able,  etc. 

The  modal  auxiliaries  and  nine  other  verbs  (ful)tett,  feel; 
t)etJ3ett,  bid;  fjetfen,  help;  fyoren,  hear;  taffen,  let  or  have  done  ; 
lefyren,  teach  ;  tenten,  learn ;  madden,  make  ;  and  feljen,  see) 
have  two  perfect  participles,  one  of  which  has  the  same  form 
as  the  infinitive.  This  latter  form  is  used  only  in  compound 
tenses  governing  a  dependent  infinitive.  The  dependent  in- 


178  SYNTAX. 

finitive  precedes  the  past  participle  (with  infinitive  form)  of 
the  modal. 

PRESENT  PERFECT. 

id)  tyflbe  f  pierett  biirfeit,  /  have  been  or  was  permitted  to  play. 

bu  tyaft  fdjreibctt  lihtncn,  thou  hast  been  or  wast  able  to  write 

er  fyat  Jerncn  faintest,  he  has  been  or  was  able  to  learn. 

luir  fyaben  ftubieren  miiffett,  we  (have)  had  to  study. 

iljr  tyabt  arbeiteit  miiffett,  you  (have)  had  to  work. 

fie  Ijabett  geljett  fallen,  they  (have)  wanted  to  go. 

PAST  PERFECT. 
id)  Ijatte  ftrielett  bitrfeu,  etc.,  /  had  been  allowed  to  play,  etc. 

Conjugate  each  of  the  above  combinations  in  full  throughout  the  per- 
fect and  past  perfect. 

The  Future  Perfect  of  the  rnodals  is  regular,  but  rarely  used. 

NOTE.  —  Remember  that  German  often  uses  the  perfect  where  English 
employs  the  past.     (See  Lesson  XI.,  §  59.) 

(£r  tyat  nid)t  fptefen  ttjoflen,  he  didn^t  want  to  play. 

Meiben  mitffett,  /  was  obliged  to  (had  to)  stay. 


130.  Vocabulary. 

bic  5(r'bett,  IV,  the  work.  bic  S^ei'fc,  bic  6)jeifcnf  IV,  the 

bag  Ofotrftn!',  bic  (^etriin'fe,  II,  the  food. 

drink.  bcr  Sel'fer,  bic  XcHcr,  I,  the  plate. 

bcr  £eMerf  bic  ^cl(crr  I,  the  cellar.  ar'beitcit  (weak),  to  work. 

ber  9Jttniftcr,  bic  9)Zittifter,  I,  the  br  ou't^  en  (  weak),  to  need,  followed, 

minister  (adviser).  as  in  English,  by  a  direct  object 

bcr  €>rf)3,  be3  Ddjfeit,  V,  the  ox.  or  an  infinitive. 

ber  ORot,  II,  the  advice.  bcrf'en  (weak),  to  cover;  of  a  table, 

bcr  <2d)itl)f  bie  8d)ul)e,  II,  the  shoe.  to  set. 

131.  Exercises. 

(a)    1.  §at   ber  £cmcje    bet    bem    S5ntg    bfetben   tniiffen? 
2.  §atte  er  lefen  unb  fc^retben  !5nnen?    3.  §at  er    Wiener 


PEEFECT   TENSES   OF  MODALS.  179 

toerben  tooften?  4.  2Ba$  fyat  er  tljun  miiffen?  5.  §at  er  ben 
ZV\  d)  gut  tragen  lonnen  ?  6.  SBofytn  fyar  er  tntt  f  einem  neuen 
£ifdje  geljen  tootten  ? 

(6)  1.  ©er  neue  3)iintfter  l)at  bem  Sontg  gnten  9tat  geben 
tniiffen.  2.  $d)  fyabe  foldje  alten  ©cfynfye  ntcfyt  tragen  lonnen* 
3.  (On  fyaft  ntdjt  in  bem  Seder  arbetten  rotten.  4.  .gljr  Ijabt 
ben  Jif^  mtt  @peifen  nnb  ®etran!en  becfen  bitrfen,  ntt^t  tDafjr  ? 
5.  Sir  brandjten  feine  Steder,  nm  ben  £ifdj  sn  beden*  6.  S)te 
Odtfen  be§  ^nngen  fatten  in  ben  gefbern  arbeiten  miiffen* 

7.  $dj  ^atte  in  ber  S^at^t  nidjt  burd)  ben  SBalb  ge^en  toolten, 

8.  SBir   fatten  ben  £ifdj   o^ne  bie  Seller  nnb  9JJef[er  ni^t 
beden  lonnen*      9.  £)ie  Sinber  fatten  f^ielen  bilrfen* 

(c)  1.  The  servant  has  been  obliged  to  set  the  table  at  once. 

2.  We   have   not  wanted  to   work  without  food,  have   we  ? 

3.  Thou  hast  not  been  abler  to  wear  those  new  shoes ;   they  are 
too   small.       4.  They  have   been  permitted   to   go  into  the 
cellar    to    get   food    and    drink.       5.  May   I   wear  my   new 
shoes  to-day  ?       6.  You  ought  to  see  my  new  hat ;  it  is  beau- 
tiful.      7.  I  need  no  advice  from  you,  do  I  ?      8.  The  girl  has 
been  permitted  to  wear  her  red  hat  to-day.       9.  We  had  been 
obliged  to  take   our   food   and   our   plates   into  the  garden. 
10.  You  had  not  been  able  to  please  the  minister. 

(d)  (Sine  ©efdjtdjte.  —  The  children  had  wanted  to  play  in 
the  house,  but  they  had  not  been  permitted.     But  they  had 
been  allowed  to  go  into  the  garden  to  play  there.     There  they 
had  been  obliged  to  remain  under  the  thick  trees ;  the  sun  was 
so   hot.     They  had  wanted  to  set  the  little  table  there,  but 
had  not  been  able  to  do  it.     Their  mother  called  them,  and 
they  had  to  go  into  the  house. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the   story,   substituting 
perfect  for  past  perfect  tenses. 


180  SYNTAX. 

LESSON  XXIX. 

(PAGES  27  20-28  27.) 

MODAL  AUXILIARIES  —  SPECIAL  USES,  IDIOMS.     USE  o^> 

goffer 

Semen  ©te  :  — 

®kid)  unb  gletdj  gefettt  fidj  gem.  —  £)eutf  dje$  (Sprtdjtoort 
Birds  of  a  feather  flock  together. 

132.  Special  Uses  of  Modals  and  taffett.  —  £)iirfen,  lonnen, 
muffett,  and  tootten  are  used  regularly  in  the  meanings  already 
given  ;  tnogen  and  [  ottetl  have  also  special  uses. 

(a)  SKogen  has  for  cognate  the  English  may,  but  is  usually 
translated  by  English  like,  especially  when  accompanied  by  the 
adverb  gem,  genie,  gladly. 

Srf)  mag  gent  fittgctt,  id)  finge  gent,  /  like  to  sing. 

Ste  bicfe  Slumcn  ?  do  you  like  these  flowers  ? 


English  may  is  rendered  by  bitrfett  to  denote  permission  ;  by 
fontten  to  denote  possibility. 

You  may  speak,  $u  iwrfft  f^ved)Cttt 
That  may  be,  ^a§  fatm  feitt* 

(&)  @olfen;  besides  its  regular  meaning  of  obligation,  is  often 
used,  especially  in  the  present,  to  report  hearsay,  translated  is 
said  to. 

($r  foil  fetyr  retrf)  feutf  he  is  said  to  be  very  rich. 
Sie  foil  fetyr  gut  fittgcn,  she  is  said  to  sing  very  well. 

An  especially  common  German  idiom  is  the  question,  3Ba$ 
foff  (bentl)  ba$?  what  is  the  meaning  of  that  ?  what  do  you  mean 
by  that  ? 


SPECIAL    USES   OF  MODALS.  181 

(c)  Saffen  in  its  causative  meaning,  to  have  (done),  to  cause  to 
(be  done),  is  used  like  the  modals. 

(£r  fii^t  cinen  Dforf  mactyett,  he  is  having  a  coat  made. 
jjgtr  Ijaben  tteue  ^ittc  laufen  (affen,  we  have  had  new  hats  bought. 
mettt  $ttd)  Jjoleu  laffett  ?  will  you  have  my  book  brought  ? 


133.  Vocabulary. 

§  gcu'er,  bte  $euer,  I,  the  fire.  laf'feit,  (Ifffft)  Kef?,  gefaffett,  £o  Ze£  ; 

b,  II,  ^e  money.  causative  auxiliary,  to  have   (a 

$r  III,  ^e  wood.  thing)  done. 

bte  SiKVcf  btc  Si^|JCU,  IV,  ^e  Zip.  bfmtf  adj.,  &/w.g. 

ber  Sd)nci'tierf  bfe  Sd)neibcrf  I,  ^/ie  betmf     coordinating     conjunction 

tailor.  (like  nub,  Clber,  and  obcr),/or  ; 

btC    Sttt'be,    btC    ©tttben,    (small)  used  also  to  render  questions  less 

room,  chamber.  abrupt,  but  not  translated,  j 

ber  3Sirtf  bic  SBirte,  II,  ^e  /ios?,  tft  bcttn 

the  landlord.  that  f 

brtn'gettf  brarf)tef  gcbtadjt  (irreg.),  IfSf'n^,  adj.,  polite. 

to  bring. 


134.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  gBotfte  ber  SJtrt  ben  8angen  itber  SRa^t  btetben  taffen? 


2.  gat  ttjm  ba^  3Kabc^en  em  ®(a6  guten  9Beine§  geben  miiffen? 

3.  2ftod)te  ber  junge  3Kann  ba§  Sftabdjen  gern  fe^en?      4.  ©ott 
bte  Softer  be§  SBtrte^  frfjijn  fern?      5.  £mrfte  er  neben  bem 
a^dbc^en  fi^en?      6.  §at  ber  SEirt  ba^  §0(3  fitr  ba£  gcucr 
bringen  laffcn  ? 

(6)  1.  3d)  mag  3to[en  unb  atfe  Slumcn.  2.  ^f)re  8ippen 
fottcn  fe()r  rot  fetn.  3.  2ftagft  bu  ein  marme^  geuer  in  beinem 
3ttnmer  ?  4.  9Ba§  f  ott  benn  ba§  ?  SBaS  ^aft  bu  ba  ?  5,  SBtr 
^abeu  e^  ntd)t  geme  t^uu  mogen.  6.  Qfy  ^attet  bem  SBtrte  ba^ 
®efb  bringeu  muffen,  ui^t  rnaljr  ?  7.  £)te  8t|)pen  be§  SBirteS  fiub 
blau  gelDorbeu.  8.  3Mefer  ftof^e  SDtmifter  !jat  nicfjt  fyftfltrf)  fetn 


182  SYNTAX. 


ftfnnen.      9.  Qd)  l)abe  mir  einen  blcmen  SRocf  madjen  taffen. 
10.  ©er  ^rtnj  itrirb  ben  SBtrt  in  bie  (gtube  fomnten  laffen, 

(c)  1.  You  have  not  always  wanted  to  be  polite.       2.  I  had 
to  have  a  new  coat  made,  hadn't  I  ?       3.   The  landlord  had  a 
fire  made  out  of  great  pieces  of  wood  (see  §  105).      4.  It  is 
said  to  be  very  warm  in  your  little  room.      5.  That  polite  tailor 
is  said  to  have  much  money.       6.  We  shall  have  new,  warm 
shoes  made  for  our  boy.       7.    Did  you  want  to  (write  in  three 
ways,  using  different  pronouns)  bring  that  money  into  my  room  ? 
8.   His  lips  could  not  get  blue;   it  was  too  warm.       9.   The 
children  had  been  permitted  to  bring  the  landlord  the  money. 
10.   The  boys  had  to  play  in  the  room  ;  not  in  the  garden. 

(d)  (Sine  @ef  d)tcf)te.  —  A  proud  prince  wanted  to  have  a  new 
coat  made.     He  had  his  tailor  come  [in  order]  to  speak  with 
him.     His  landlord  shut  the  door,  and  did  not  let  the  tailor 
bring  the  coat.     The  poor  tailor  could  not  see  the  prince  ;   he 
had  to  remain  in  the  garden.     "  What  do  you  mean  by  that  ?  " 
said  the  prince,  and  he  threw  the  landlord  out  of  the  window. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  also  in  the  pres- 
ent, future,  and  perfect  tenses. 

LESSON  XXX. 

(PAGES  28  28-30  5.) 

EEVIEW  OF  MODALS  AND  Saffen.     GENERAL  EEVIEW, 
8ernen  @te  :  — 

SSittft  bit  tmmer  better  fcfytoeifen? 

©iel),  ba$  ®ute  Itegt  fo  nal), 
8erne  nur  ba§  ©IM  ergretfen, 

5)enn  ba$  ®Iucf  ift  immer  ba, 
—  3ol)ann  SBolfgang  Don  ©oetlje  (1749-1832) 


REVIEW    OF  MODALS.  183 

135.  (1)  a.  Give  the  German  modals.     b.  What  two  ways 
may  English  will  be  translated  ?     c.   Give  the  ways  of  trans- 
lating English  may.     d.   What  does  ntogen  usually  mean  ? 

(2)  a.  What  peculiarity  have  the  modals  when  governing  a 
dependent  infinitive  ?  b.  How  many  perfect  participles  have 
the  modals  ?  c.  What  is  the  difference  in  their  use  ?  d.  What 
tense  does  German  sometimes  prefer  when  English  uses  the 
past  ?  e.  Give  two  meanings  for  f often  ;  two  for  (affen  ;  two 
for  f  onnen. 

136.  Vocabulary. 

ber  ^rim'mel,  the  sky,  heaven.  bau'eit  (weak),  to  build. 

ba3  fitrfjt,  bie  fiidjter,  III,  the  light.  bebeu'tett    (weak),    to    mean,    to 

ber  $tor'gett,  btc  SWorgen,  I,  the        signify. 

morning.  fret,  adj.,/ree  /  of  the  sky,  open. 

bet  (30u'tteitfd)etttf  the  sunshine.  <jrau,  adj.,  gray. 

bcr  <3teru,  bie  <3ternef  II,  the  star,  tyter,  adv.,  here. 

ba3  Xljor,  btc  Xfyore,  II,  the  gate.  of  fen,  adj.,  open. 

(Written  also  £or  in  the  revised  tief,  adj.,  deep. 

spelling.) 

137.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  Uottnte  bet  gauge  fdjone  ©efd)td)ten  erjaljfen? 
2.  2ftod)te  ba3  9Kdb(^en  fie  gent  fydrett?  3.  §at  er  in  tfyren 
3lugen  lefen  !dnnen?  4.  SBoftte  er  i^r  tiott  ben  J^oren  be^ 
^immel^  unb  bem  Std^te  ber  Sterne  erjdf)(en?  5.  SBarnm 
(why)  ^at  ber  SBirt  i^n  rufen  faffen?  6.  28ol)tn  ^at  er  im 
grcmen  Sic^t  be^  9Korgen§  ge^en  mtiffen  ? 
(6)  1.  TOogen  @ie  gern  btc  f  gotten  ©terne  fe^en?  2.  ®n 
betn  neue^  §an^  ntdjt  o^ne  J()itren  bauen  !onnen.  3.  £)er 
troftte  bnrc^  bie  SHjore  be^  §tmme(^  fe^en.  4. 
offen  fetn ;  id)  ^abe  e^  nid)t  fc^Ite^en 
ber  ©terne  fann  id)  ba3  §an§  ntcf)t 


184  SYNTAX. 


6.  2Ba$  foil  btefer  @a£  ;  toa§  bebentet  er?  7.  ©te  foflten  jeben 
£ag  in  bem  toarmen  @onnenfd)ein  t>or  bem  £l)ore  fitsen.  8.  8iebe 
SDhttter,  barf  id)  im  ©arten  fpielen?  9.  ®er  §immel  foil 
frf)one  £l)ore  fjaben.  10.  ©ie  $inber  fjaben  tm  SBatbe  fpielen 
bnrfen,  aber  fie  finb  in  ben  tiefen  gln£  gefalten.  11.  £)nrd) 
ben  SBafb  ift  ein  grower  9tiefe  mit  trielen  SMenern  gefommen. 
12.  ®u  mn^t  bie  teller  anf  ben  Jifd^  ftetlen,  nm  va\&  bie  ©petfcn 
3n  geben.  13.  9Bir  Pollen  ben  ©djneiber  fommen  taffen,  nm 
nene  SRocfe  madden  jn  laffen,  14.  £)nrfen  tnir  ^ier  nnter 
freiem  §immet  (iegen,  nm  in  bem  ©onnenfdjein  tDarm  jn 
tuerben?  15.  $eben  SKorgen  follft  bn  beiner  $a£e  eine  Jaffe 
mild)  geben. 

(c)  1.   In  the  (am  =  an  bem)  morning  we  do  not  need  a  light- 
2.   All  cats  are  said  to  be  gray  in  the  night.       3.   The  proud 
tailor  is  said  to  be  rich,  for  he  has  had  a  large  house  built. 
4.   We  like  to  sit  under  (the)  open  (frei)  sky  to  see  the  light 
of  the  stars.     5.    Every  morning  we  had  to  work  in  the  cellar 
with  the  servants.       6.   You  like  to  play,  but  you  do  not  want  ' 
to  work.       7.   Every  cold  evening  you  ought  to  have  a  warm 
fire  in  your  chamber.       8.   The  children  have  been  permitted 
to  go  out  of  the  house,  but  they  have  been  obliged  to  remain  in 
the  garden.      9.   What  does  that  mean?     (Write  two  ways.) 
10.   You  will  be  obliged  to  stay  in  your  room,  for  you  did  not 
want  to  write  this  exercise.     11.    Yes,  I  wanted  to  do  it  to-day, 
for  yesterday  I  had  not  been  able.       12.    To-morrow  you  shall 
become  free;   you  will  be  permitted  to  go  out  of  the  gates 
of  this  city.       13.   That  sentence  cannot  mean  anything  (not 
anything  =  nirf)t§),  for  I  cannot  understand  it.      14.    You  muat 
study  it;  you  ought  to  be  able  to  read  it.       15.    This  exercise 
must  not  get  too  long  or  we  shall  not  be  able  to  write  it. 

(d)  gine  ®ef(f)icf)te.  —  The  old  tailor's  children  had  to  go  to 


INDEPENDENT  POSSESSIVES.  185 

(in  Me)  school  to  write  their  exercises.  They  did  not  like  to 
work;  they  wanted  to  play  near  a  deep  river  in  the  wood. 
One  morning  (ghieS  2ftorgen3)  these  pupils  were  playing  in 
their  garden,  for  they  had  not  been  permitted  to  go  to  the  river. 
They  saw  a  big  brown  dog  in  the  wood.  They  could  not  catch 
it,  for  their  father  did  not  want  to  let  them  go.  So  they  'had 
to  run  out  of  the  garden  without  their  father.  The  dog  sprang 
upon  a  stone  in  the  river,  but  the  boys  could  not  jump  (fprmgetl), 
so  they  fell  into  the  deep  water.  The  father  was  very  angry, 
and  said,  "  What  is  the  meaning  of  this  ?  " 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story,  except  the  last- 
eight  words,  in  the  present,  future,  and  perfect  tenses. 

LESSON  XXXI. 

(PAGES  30  6-31  19.) 
PRONOUNS — PERSONAL,  POSSESSIVE,  INTENSIVE.     ADVERBS. 

Sernen  @ie :  — 

(Sfjret  bte  grcmen,  fie  ftedjten  unb  toebett 

Dimmttfdje  SRofen  in$  irbifdje  geben. 
—  3ol)cmn  gljrtftof  griebrirf)  toon  ©fitter  (1759-1805). 
Eeview  Lessons  XVII.,  XVIII.',  and  XIX. 

138.  The  Independent  Possessive.  —  When  used  without  a 
noun,  (a)  the  possessive  takes  the  definite  article  and  is  de- 
clined like  a  weak  adjective.  The  suffix  ~tg  may  also  be  added; 
ber  (bte,  bci$)  meitte,  or  bet  (bte,  ba$)  metntge,  mine  ;  ber  (Me, 
ba$)  beine,  ber  (Me,  ba$}  beinige,  yours,  etc. 

SDIctn  SBtttf)  ift  a(tf  ba§  beiue  (betnige)  ift  ttcu,  my  book  is  old,  yours  is 
new. 

SJleine  JBii(i)er  fittb  a(t,  bte  beinett  (beinigen)  ftnb  ttcur  my  books  are 
old,  yours  are  new. 


186  SYNTAX. 


(6)  If  the  article  is  not  used,  the  possessive  takes  the  end- 
ings of  the  strong  adjectives.  The  forms  in  *ig  cannot  be  used 
without  the  article. 

Wlein  23urf)  ift  alt,  3tyre3  (ba3  $Ijre,  ba3  Sfyrige)  ifi  tteu,  my  book  is 
old,  yours  is  new. 

(Setn  SBvubcr  ift  bet  Scorer,  meiner  (ber  meitte,  be*  meiuigc)  ift  ber 
Sdjitler,  his  brother  is  the  teacher,  mine  is  the  pupil. 

3d)  Ijabe  mew  Shtdj  tyter,  aber  Soljamt  Ijat  fewe3  (baS  feine,  ba3 
feitttge)  Ucrtuteu,  /  have  my  book  here,  but  John  has  lost  his. 

£ter  ift  Styr  $ut,  aber  metnen  (ben  meincnf  ben  nteinigen)  tyabe  ii^ 
Iti^t  gefuttbettf  here  is  your  hat,  but  mine  I  have  not  found. 

The  same  rule  applies  also  to  em  and  fein,  except  that  they 
do  not  take  the  suffix  -tg,  and  fein  cannot  be  preceded  by  the 
article. 

Reiner  fcott  ttyttett  fteljt  e§f  no  one  of  them  sees  it. 

$>er  cine  ift  nid)t  $uf riebeit,  one  (of  them)  is  not  satisfied. 

139.  The  Intensive  Pronoun,  felbft  or  felfcer,  myself,  yourself, 
himself,  herself,  itself,  ourselves,  yourselves,  themselves,  is  inde- 
clinable.    It  is  used  for   all   persons,  genders,  numbers,  and 
cases. 

Ste  ift  fetber  gefummctt,  she  came  herself. 
295tr  fyabeu  e^  fetbft  gefe^enf  we  saw  it  ourselves. 

(a)  ©elbft  may  precede  its  noun.     It  then  means  even. 

Selbft  few  SBruber  liebt  il)tt  nt(^tf  even  his  brother  does  not  love  him. 
<3te  mag  felbft  bte  Dtofen  ttid)tf  she  does  not  like  even  roses. 

140.  Adverbs.  —  The  uninflected  form  of  most  adjectives  is 
used  also  as  an  adverb. 

$tt  btft  gut  (adj.),  you  are  good. 
$n  fentft  gut  (adv.),  you  learn  well. 
t£r  ift  ein  l|of(td)et  9ttamt  (adj.),  he  is  a  polite  man. 
fel)r  tybffid)  (adv.),  he  spoke  very  politely. 


THE  INTENSIVE  PRONOUN.  187 

141.  Vocabulary. 

ber  Stn'aug,  Me  Stooge,  II,  the  suit  Me   sJJei'fe,   Me   $eifett,    IV,    ^e 

(o/  clothes}.  journey. 

Me   gfe'ber,   Me    $ebertt,   IV,   the  auf  ^ei'fen,  abroad,  i.e.  traveling, 

feather,  pen.  not  u  iw  Europe." 

ba3  grittj'ftiirf,  Me  $riil)ftitife,  II,  Me  £a'fd)e,  Me  Safefjen,  IV,  ^e 

the  breakfast  /  /or  breakfast,  ^ttttt  pocket. 

$riil)ftttif.  Uc'lien  (weak),  £o  Zove. 

bet  Sa'ger,  Me  3>ager,  I,  the  hunter,  f^trf'eu  (weak),  to  send. 

fdbft,  pron.,  self;  adv.,  even.  fatt'0ef  adv.,  a  long  time,  long. 

142.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  £)er  &cmge  Ijatte  fein  ©titcf  tierforen  ;  toottte  ber  !St(fe 
ba^  fetntge  fudjett?  2.  §at  er  e^  fmben  fonnett?  3.  §at  er 
fetbft  in  ben  2Ba(b  g^^ti  miiffen?  4.  2)io(i)te  ber  ^ciger  einen 
§ut  mit  einer  geber  baran  tragen  ?  5.  SBoGte  ber  Sonig  felbft 
eine  geber  an  bem  fetntgen  ^aben  ?  6.  Sonnte  er  einen  ariinen 
ma^en  laffen  ? 


(6)  1.  ^I)r  grut)ftit(f  ift  ^ter  ;  ba^  unfrtge  ift  nod^  nid)t 
fertig*  2.  5)u  ^aft  einen  nenen  2ln£ng  marfien  taffen  ;  id) 
mu^  ben  meinigen  fefijft  marf)en.  3.  6r  fottte  fein  $Bni)  nafy 
§aufe  bringen  ;  id)  I)abe  meine^  ^ier.  4.  @ein  §ut  ift  f^bn, 
aber  ber  3$n$e  gefaQt  mir  and)  gut*  5.  £)er  3^9er  fatte  fe^ 
9Keffer  felbft  ucrlorcn  ;  feme  gran  toofftc  i^nt  ba$  i^rige  nic^t 
geben>  6.  $d)  ^abe  mein  gritf)ftit(f  in  ber  £afd)e  ;  e^  ift  ein 
@tfi<f  Srob  ;  IDO  ^aft  bn  beine^  ?  7.  ^dj  ^abe  ba§  meine  p 
§anfe  getaffen,  8.  ©ctbft  fein  nener  Slnpg  foil  nid)t  fo  f^on 
fein  trie  (as)  ^^rer.  9.  £)er  ©ut  meine^  53rnber^  l)at  eine 
rote  geber  ;  beiner  ^at  feine.  10.  ®er  SBirt  He^  fetnen 
ju  bem  ©djneiber  f^itfen  ;  ber  -3fi9er  I)at  ben  feinigen  felbft 
§aufe  gemac^t 


188  SYNTAX. 

Write  all  the  independent  possessives  three  ways  (like  tnetne$, 
ba$  ntetne,  and  ba$  metntge). 

(c)  1.   I  sold  my  books,  but  he  had  to  carry  his  sadly  home. 

2.  You  were  a  long  time  abroad ;  did  the  journey  please  you  ? 

3.  We  like  your  clothes ;  we  shall  have  to  buy  ours  from  your 
tailor.      4.  May  I  send  your  servant  to  the  city  ?     Mine  is  not 
here.       5.   My  mother  can  sing  beautifully,  but  yours   does 
not  play  very  well.       6.    Every  day  we  have  to  send  our  hunter 
into  the  wood  to  shoot  hares.       7.   You  were  not  willing  to 
read  even  such  beautiful  books.       8.   The  tailor  himself  had  a 
coat  made  without  pockets.       9.   You  will  have  to  lay  your 
suit  on  the  table;  mine  is  on  that  chair.       10.   I  could  (use 
perfect)  not  lay  my  flowers  on  our  table ;  yours  were  already 
there. 

(d)  Sine  ©efd)tdf)te.  —  Now  I  will  tell  you  about  (Don)  our 
new  suits,  yours,  mine,  and  my  brother's.     I  had  to  make  mine 
at  home,  for  I  had  no  money.     But  my  brother  is  said  to  be 
rich ;  he  could  have  his  made.     Yours  was  blue,  his  was  gray, 
and  mine  was  black.     With  his  he  wears  big  boots,  a  long  coat, 
and  a  hat  with  a  red  feather  in  it.     He  wanted  to  have  such 
beautiful  clothes  in  order  to  go  abroad. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  with  the  inde- 
pendent possessives  in  the  two  forms  you  did  riot  use. 

LESSON  XXXII. 

(PAGES  31  20-88  3.) 
INTERROGATIVE   PRONOUNS. 
^ernen  <Ste :  — 

£)a$  ttetf}  id).  £)a§  gfaitb'  id)  cmd). 

I  know  that.  I  think  so,  too. 


INTEEEOGATIVE  PRONOUNS.  189 

143.  Interrogative  Pronouns.  —  The  interrogatives  are  toer, 
who  ;  toa§,  what  ;  toeld),  which,  what  ;  and  ItwS  fiir  (ein),  what 
kind  of  (a),  what. 

MASCULINE  AND  FEMININE.  NEUTER. 

N.  ttJer,  who.  ttw3,  what. 

G.  roeff  en,  wftose,  o/  w/iow.  toeffcn,  of  what. 

P.  mem,  £o  whom. 
A.  men,  wftow.  ttw3,  what. 

As  in  English,  the  plural  is  the  same. 

SBetdjer,  wfo'cft,  has  the  regular  strong  endings  of  a  ,,ber* 

word  :  — 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

Masculine.  Feminine.  •  Neuter.  For  all  genders. 

wefdje  tt»efrf)e3 

tticlrfjer  tuclcljc^ 

>ue(rf)em  tocher  ttic(d)em 


In  tDa^  fiir  etn,  only  the  eitt  is  inflected.     (Sin  is  of  course 
omitted  in  the  plural. 

$&a§  fiir  etnen  Ofotf  l)abett  Sic  gcf  auft  ?  w/m£  son  o/  a  coat  have  you 
bought  ? 

2$a3  fiir  SBii^er  ftttb  bicfc  ?  what  sort  of  looks  are  these  f 

144.  Combination  of  Interrogative   and   Preposition.  —  When 
referring  to  an  inanimate  object,  tDO(r)  is  used  with  preposi- 
tions, instead  of   ft>d§  :    faction,  of  what  ;    to  omit,  with  what  ; 
toorin,  in  what;    etc.     (See  Lesson  XX.,  §  100,  6.)     Compare 
whereof,  wherewith,  wherein,  etc. 

145.  Vocabulary. 

bte  (Sl'tern  (nosing.),^  parents.  ba3  293et'terf  bie  2Bctterf  I,  the 
Me  ®ul),  btc  ®iiljef  II,  ^6  COM?.  weather. 

bet  £I)ee,  II,  ^e  ^ea;  written  also  fett'ttett,  lanntc,   gefannt  (irreg.), 
Xec  in  the  revised  spelling.  to  be  acquainted  with,  to  know. 


190  SYNTAX. 

ttie'fen  (weak),  to  sneeze.  tteifj,   &tt    foeifct,    er    toetfc,    ttitt 

ftecfen  (weak),  to  "stick,"  to  put,         toiffett,  etc. 

to  thrust.  ttwrum',  interrog.  adv.,  tofty. 

ftif'f  en,  KM^te,  gettwfjt  (irreg.),  to  two,  interrog.  adv.,  ftow. 

knowledge  o/,  to  know ;  id)  too,  interrog.  adv.,  where. 


146.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  2Ba$  fitr  em  ^ager  ttar  bet  SDtde  ?  2.  SBomtt  tnu^te 
cr  nad)  §aufe  gefjen?  3.  2Bofytn  Ijat  er  ba$  @e(b  geftedt? 
4.  Qn  toeffen  @an^  ift  er  gelommen?  5.  2Ba^  fitr  einen  @tatt 
fatten  bte  Sit^e  ?  6.  9Barnm  ^aben  bte  ©tener  getad^t  ? 

(6)  1.  SBer  ^at  genteft;  tDelt^e^  Stnb  imr  e^?  2.  28a$  fitr 
SBetter  icerben  ttnr  ntorgen  f)aben?  3.  SBer  fennt  betne 
Qi)  tretg  nt^t."  4.  SBeffen  Sn1^  gtebt  ^^nen  bie 
fitr  3^rcn  XI)ee  ?  5.  ^rf)  nefjme  letne  5KU(^  nut  enter 
Staffe  X^ee.  6.  3Ba$  ^aft  bn  in  betne  Xafcfye  geftedt? 

7.  iffiem  tt)ofiten  @te  etne  Xaffe  J^ee  jnm  gritfyftitd:  geben? 

8.  SJfetne  Stnber,  tf)r  fennt  enre  (SItern  fe^r  gnt ;  baS  tnet^  td^. 

9.  @ic  f dnnen  ntetne  (SItern  ntrfjt  fennen ;  @te  ^aben  fie  nte 
gefe^en.      10.  SBa§  fitr  etne  geber  l^at  er  an  ben  §nt  ftedfen 
tDoflen? 

(c)  1.  To  whom  did  he  give  that  old  white  cow  ?  2.  Whose 
books  have  you  there  ?  3.  Who  wants  to  go  with  me  into 
the  forest  to-day  ?  4.  In  which  forest  did  he  sleep,  and  under 
what  kind  of  a  tree?  5.  Which  horse  will  you  take? 
6.  What  kind  of  an  animal  did  he  buy,  and  what  will  he  do 
with  it?  7.  Why  have  your  parents  been  obliged  to  give 
their  cow  to  the  landlord  ?  8.  Where  shall  we  be  able  to  find 
such  good  tea?  9.  What  kind  of  books  will  you  give  to  your 
sister  ?  10.  I  did  not  want  to  know  your  brother,  but  he  did 
not  know  it. 


DEMONSTRATIVE  PBONOUNS.  191 

(d)  (Sine  ©ef  cf)td)te  (answer  the  following  questions  in  German* 
making  a  connected  story).  —  SBeffen  ^Jferb  fyatte  bet  Side  ? 
Datte  ber  $onig  felbft  bem  £)i<fen  ba3  ^ferb  gegeben?  2Ba3 
!onnte  ba3  $ferb  tljun?  28em  gab  ber  Dide  fern  ®olb  ?  SBo^m 
fam  cr  am  Slbenb  ?  SBa§  t^aten  bie  Siener  ?  SBa3  gab  er  i^nen 
unb  lDoI)tn  ging  er  ? 

LESSON  XXXIII. 

(PAGES  33  4-34  is). 

DEMONSTRATIVE  AND  INDECLINABLE  INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS. 
Semen  @tc :  — 

2ftann  tntt  jugefniipften  Xafdjen, 

Sir  t^ut  niemanb  ma^  ju  8ieb? ; 
ganb  iDtrb  nur  t)on  ©anb  getwfcfjen, 

SBenn  bu  ne^men  tDtQft,  fo  gib ! 

SBoIfgang  Don  ©oetlje  (1U9-1832). 


147.  The  Demonstrative  Pronouns  are  ber,  that;  btefer,  this; 
{ener,  that;  berjentge,  that,  the  one;  berfelbe,  the  same;  folder, 
such  (a). 

is  declined  as  follows :  — 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

Masculine.         Feminine.          Neuter.          For  all  genders. 

N.  ber  bie  ba3  bie 

G.  beffett  beren  beffen  bcren  or  berer 

T).  bem  ber  bem  benen 

A.  ben  bie  ba£  bie 

(a)  Eor  the  declension  of  btefer  and  jener  see  Lesson  XXII. 
(6)  ®erjentge  is  generally  used  instead  of  ber  or  jener  when 
the   demonstrative  is   modified  by   a  clause.     When  the  de- 


192  SYNTAX. 

monstrative  is  modified  by  a  phrase,  ber  or  berjentge  may  be 
used. 

Those  on  the  table,  bte(jetttgett)  auf  bent  Xtfdje* 
Those  that  I  saw,  btejeuigen,  bie  id)  f  afy. 

(c)  Serjenige  and  berfetbe  are  composed  of  the  article  ber 
and  the  weak  adjectives  jettige  and  felbe,  each  of  which  has  its 
regular  declension  :  berjentge,  be^jentgen,  betttjentgen,  etc. 

(d)  £)te§  and   bd$  are  frequently  used  as  subjects  of  jein 
when  the  predicate  noun  is  in  the  plural. 

ftttb  mctttc  $Biid)er,  those  are  my  books. 
fittb  gute  ^aufcr,  these  are  good  houses. 


148.  Indefinite  Pronouns.  —  The  following  indefinites  are 
indeclinable  :  — 

(a)  (£tft>a$,  something,  somewhat,  some,  any  (see  (e)  below). 
An  adjective  following  is  strong  and,  except  ember,  always 
begins  with  a  capital. 

®ute3,  something  good. 
®efb,  some  (any}  money. 
anbere^,  something  else. 

(6)  $rgenb,  which  is  used  with  some  other  word  to  give  it  a 
more  general  meaning  :  — 

Stgenb  jemanb,  trrjenb  ctncrf  some  one,  any  one. 
Stgenb  ctttia^  anything  at  all. 

(c)  SJJJatl,  one,  they,  people.     It  is  used  only  in  the  nominative, 
and  is  often  best  rendered  by  the  passive  voice. 

9fttm  fagtf  they  or  people  say,  it  is  said. 
(£ine§,  cittern,  ettten  are  used  for  the  gen.,  dat.,  and  ace.  of  matt. 

(d)  2ftel)r,  more. 

9ft  etyr  ®elbf  more  money. 


INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS.  193 

(e)  sJMcI)t3,  nothing,  not  am/thing.  $Rid)t$  is  always  used  in- 
stead of  a  negative  and  ettoa$. 

J5Te  did  not  see  anything,  cr  fal)  tttd)t3, 

A  following  adjective  is  strong  and,  except  ember,  always 
begins  with  a  capital. 

k9Hrf)t3  @d)one£r  nothing  beautiful. 
9?id)t3  attbere3,  nothing  else. 
(/)  SBeniger,  /ess,  /ewer. 
SBentger  ®elb,  Zess  money, 
(g)  fiaitter,  nothing  but,  mere. 

Sauter  ®0ffc,  nothing  but  gold. 

(h)  The  following  generally  have  no  inflection,  except  an  $ 
in  the  genitive :  jebermann,  every  one,  everybody  ;  {emanb,  some 
one,  somebody  ;  ntemanb,  no  one,  nobody,  not  anybody. 

149.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  2Bo  fag  ber  2Btrt  unb  n?a«  t^at  feme  f^bne  Stouter  ? 
2.  gattc  ber  5Di(Je  etlt)a^  ®ute^  ?  3.  §at  ber  SBirt  me^r  ®e(b 
^aben  tDotten  ?  4.  9Barum  l^at  ber  -3<ager  ntc^t^  fagen  f dnnen  ? 

5.  3Baren  bie  3Keffer  (auter  ©ilber  ?      6.  §at  erntdjt^  in  if)ren 
Slugen  gef e^en  ? 

(6)  1.  3Ba^  ift  ba§?    ®a§  ift  etlDa^  9?eue3,      2. 
jemanb  ^at  mem  neue$  53uc^  ne^men  tt)ofien»      3. 
tDtrb  fo  fc^dn  fittgen  fdnnen,      4.  ^^bermann  mug  ba3  berfte=* 
()en,  ntc^t  n^a^r  ?      5.  ©ie^  fonnen  ntc^t  biefetben  ^(itmen  fein, 

6.  3J?an  ttrift   lemem   bummen    Snaben  ettt>a^    ©ttte$  geben* 

7.  SBtr  mdgen  gern  ettoa^  Sl^ee  ^aben ;  bie§  ift  lauter  SBaffer* 

8.  @ie  tnitffen  tDeniger  gebern  in  ^tjrem  §ute  tragen,    9.   3Son 
ttjcffcn  braunem  In^uge  ^at  man  gef^rod)en?      10. 

fo(rf)en  gttten  IMbc^en  etma^  @d^5ne^  geben  fonnen. 


194  SYNTAX. 


' 


(c)  1.    Whose   clothes   are   those   (Me)  on   the   little  bed  ? 

2.  That  is   my   new   gray   suit;    I   had   it  made   yesterday. 

3.  These  children   in    school   must    know    more    than   (al$) 
those  in  the  fields.       4.   You  cannot  say  anything  (not  any- 
thing =?)  bad  about  any  one.     5.  One  does  not  give  anything 
good  for  something  bad.       6:  This  little  cup  has  good  tea,  but 
nothing  but  water  is  in  the  one  on  the  table.       7.    One  could 
not  see  anything  beautiful  in  such  thick  woods,  could  one  ? 

8.  Everybody  in  that  room  must  have  something  new  to  learn. 

9.  Everybody  will  work  in  order  to  have  more  money,  and  no 
one  wants  to  have  less.       10.   Whose  cows  are  those  ?     The 
one  in  the  field  is  mine ;  that  in  the  stall  is  hers. 

(d)  Sine  ©efcfytdfjte.  —  An  old  man  wanted  to  come  to  the 
city  to  buy  something  beautiful  for  his  daughter.     He  sought 
everywhere,  but  he  could  not  find  anything  (not  anything  =  ?) 
good.     Everybody  in  the  city  saw  him,  but  nobody  spoke  with 
him.     They  (write  two  ways)  did  not   know  him.     Some  one 
ought  to  speak  to  such  old  men.     At  evening  he  had  to  go 
home  without  anything,  for  he  had  not  been  able  to  find-  any- 
thing (nothing). 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  in  the  present, 
future,  perfect,  and  past  perfect  tenses. 

•     LESSON  XXXIV. 

(PAGES  34  19-864.) 

INFLECTED  INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS. 
Semen  @te :  — 

$em  fd)one3  Seben  ttrirb  gefunben, 
3ertegft  bu  e§  in  £ag'  unb  Stunbetu 

—  28tfl)elm  SKiMer  (L!794-1827). 


INFLECTED  INDEFINITES.  195 

150.  Inflected  Indefinites.  —  The  following  indefinites  usually 
take  the  regular  inflection  of  adjectives :  — 

(a)  %tt,  all 

2U(  is  usually  uninflected  before  bet  (demonstrative  or  arti- 
cle) or  a  possessive  pronoun  :  — 

m  fetrt  (SHitcf,  all  his  luck. 

5111  ber  Styee,  all  the  tea. 

•Jftit  all  fcinctt  &ittitent,  with  all  his  children. 

21ft  is  never  inflected  weak :  — 

All  that,  ba£  afleg,  not  ba§  atfe. 

The  neuter  afte$,  used  alone,  means  everything,  all. 

When  all  is  used  for  whole  or  entire,  the  German  uses  gatl5  :  — 

All  day,  ben  gansen  Sag. 

(&)  Slnbet,  other,  different.  Another  (for  one  more)  is  nod) 
tin :  — 

(£ttt  attberer  Sag,  some  other  day. 

nod)  cin  Sag,  one  day  more. 

(c)  33etbe,  &o£/i,  £wo :  — 

The  two  friends,  Me  betben  fjremtbe, 

(d)  (Sintg  »  •  •  /  some;  jeb  .  .  .  ,  every,  each;  meljrer  *  .  .  r 
several. 

(e)  @tnr  a,  owe,  and  feitt,  ^10,  not  a,  not  one,  no  one,  are  de- 
clined like  the  possessive  pronouns.     (See  Lesson  XIX.)     Of 
course  em  has  no  plural. 

(/)  SSiet,  much,  many,  and  toetttg,  little,  few,  are  usually  un- 
inflected in  the  singular;  in  the  plural  they  are  inflected  like 
other  adjectives :  — 

Utef  ®eft>,  much  money ;  triefe  23ud)erf  many  books. 
citt  tticnig,  a  little  ;  lucutgc  Xagcr  few  days. 


196  SYNTAX. 

(g)  2Jiandj,  man?/,  many  a  (one),  fold),  such,  such  a  (one), 
and  iDelrf),  ichichy  besides  the  regular  inflection  (given  in 
Lesson  XXXII.),  are  sometimes  uninflected,  especially  in  the 
singular,  and  always  before  em.  A  following  adjective  is  then 
strong  :  — 

Sold)  fttyiweg  ^Better,  such  beautiful  weather. 
$iand)  rote  SBInme,  many  a  red  flower. 
2Be(d)  bummer  Shtabe,  what  a  stupid  boy  I 
(Sold)  ein  warmer  £ag,  such  a  warm  day. 
295eld)  etn  armcr  SDlamt,  what  a  poor  man  ! 

(li)  £)tefer  and  jener  are  used  for  the  latter  and  the  former, 
respectively  :  — 

The  former  went,  but.  the  latter  stayed  at  home,  Better  gittg,  after 
biefer  blieb  gu 


151.  Vocabulary. 

bag  SButt'bef,  bie  SBimbef,  I,  the  bag  Sil'ber,  silver. 

bundle.  ba§  Xud),  bie  Xit^erf  III,  the  cloth. 

ba§  $>ittgf  bte  ^itt0ef  II,  the  thing,  fdjau'eu  (weak),  to  look,  to  gaze. 

the  creature.  Dergeffen  (Dergiffeft,  tjergigt),  tier= 

Me  $ar'tef  bie  Garten,  IV,  the  card.  ga§f  Uergeffeuf  to  forget. 

bag  ^Saar,  bte  ^aarer  II,  the  pair;  feht,  adj.,^^e. 

ettt  paarf  two,  a  couple  of,  is  in-  a,att$,  adj.,  all  (entire  or  whole}  \  as 

declinable  and  does  not  alter  the  an  adverb,  entirely,  quite. 

construction.     He  went  with  a  gatt^  ttttb  garr  adv.,  emphatic,  to- 

couple  of  good  friends,  er  ging  tally,  completely. 

tnit  etn  paar  gitten  greunben.  nurf  adv.,  only. 

152.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  3Sannn  fonnte  ber  Qa^r  bte  ganje  Sftadjt  ntcf)t 
f^tafen?  2.  3Ba^  fagte  ber  2Birt  bent  jungen  9ftcmne? 
3.  §at  er  nod^  etnett  Jag  bteiben  Gotten  ?  4.  |)at  i^m  ber 
SBtrt  ein  anbereS  ^ferb  gegeben  ?  5.  §atte  er  att  fetn  ®IM 
fcerloren  ?  6.  fonnte  ba^  ^ferb  t)tet  ®elb  niefen  ? 


INFLECTED  INDEFINITES.  197 

(6)  1.  9l({  ba$  ©ilber  tft  in  einem  anberen  33imbeL  2.  £>ein 
SJruber  fyat  Die!  ©elb,  aber  ber  meinige  Ijat  nur  feljr  toenig. 

3.  2ftancl)  reiser  SJfann  mag  gent  att  feine  armen  grennbe  tier- 
geffen.      4.  $dj  fjnelte  Garten  ben  ganjen  Jag  mit  ein  paar 
anberen  grennben.      5.  J)u  I)aft  in  bie  beiben  33iinbe(  gefcfyant ; 
aber  bn  fyaft  ni(^t§  S^eue^  ftnben  fonnen,      6.  @ie  ^aben  mir 
meljrere  ©titcfe  Jnd)  geben  tt)o((enr  nicfyt  tna^r?      7.  SBir  fatten 
ba$  at(e§  ganj  unb  gar  bergeffen.      8.  SBoHen  @ie  mir  nod)  eine 
Xaffe    3Wi(d)  geben?      9.  £)Urfen  lt)ir  einigen  grennben  ein 
toenig   ©e(b  geben?      10.  £)er  SBirt  fott  t)iel  feine^  ©itber 
^aben  ;  er  fottte  bem  @d)neiber  ein  ^aar  ©tucfc  geben,  nm  nod) 
einen  2ln£ng  madjen  jn  taffen. 

(c)  1.  Will  you  lay  a  couple  of  cards  on  this  little  table  ? 
2.  They  had  drunk  several  cups  of  tea,  but  I  gave  them 
another.  3.  You  did  not  have  much  money  to  buy  the  cloth. 

4.  Your  friend  and  my  brother  had  to  go  to  the  same  school 
and  have  the  same  books.       5.  The  latter  is  always  praising 
his  teachers,  but  the  former  does  not  like  to  go  to  school. 
6.  We  looked  all  day  toward  the  palace,  but  we  did  not  see 
anybody  (not  anybody  =  ?)  there.       7.  Many  a  rich  man  has 
lost   everything  here.       8.  This  king  has  more  soldiers  but 
less  money,  hasn't  he  ?       9.  You  ought  not  to  forget  all  the 
things    in  that   bundle.       10.  Somebody   must  go   with   this 
little  boy  through  the  woods. 

(cT)  (Sine  ®efd)id)te* — All  day  the  two  old  women  had  car- 
ried their  heavy  bundles.  Many  other  women  had  seen  them, 
but  nobody  had  been  willing  to  help  them.  Everybody  had 
had  to  do  something  else  (anbere$)»  The  one  with  a  cloth 
over  her  (use  def.  art.)  head  had  had  several  things  in  her 
bundle,  but  the  other  had  had  more.  They  had  looked  into 


198  SYNTAX. 

their  bundles  and  had  both  been  very  contented,  for  every- 
thing in  them  had  become  nothing  but  gold. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  in  the  present, 
past,  future,  and  perfect  tenses. 

LESSON  XXXV. 

(PAGES  36  5-87  20). 

REVIEW  OF  ALL  PRONOUNS  EXCEPT  THE  RELATIVE. 
8enten  @ie :  — 

£)er  grofyfinn  gletdjt  ber  Hetnen  33tene, 

3)te  cmf  Me  33  lumen  nieberfinft 
tlnb  taumelnb  burd)  Me  fitften  £)ufte 
©en  |)ontg  nitr  unb  nte  bte  ®tfte 
2lu$  jungen  $fumenle(d)en  trtntt* 

-Sltga  (L  (L  t)on  ber  SRcdc  (1754-1833). 

153.  (1)  a.  Give  all  the  German  translations  of  mine,  yours, 
hers,  theirs,     b.    How  do  these  differ  in  English  from  my,  your, 
her,  their  ?     c.    Give  the  rule  for  the   independent  use  of  ettt 
and  fem.     d.   Give  the  two  uses  of  felbft.     e.   Have  German 
adverbs  a  form  different  from  adjectives  ? 

(2)  a.   What    are    the    German    interrogative    pronouns  ? 

b.  How  do  they  combine  with  prepositions  ?     c.   What  other 
combination  with  prepositions  have  you  learned  ? 

(3)  a.  What  peculiarities  has  an  adjective  following  ettoa$ 
or    nt(f)t$?      b.   Give   two   translations   for  the   two   brothers. 

c.  How  are  other  and  another  expressed  in  German  ? 

154.  Vocabulary. 

bet  ®eneral',  bte  @ettera'lef  II,  the     ber  ®noj)ff  bte  ®nityfe,  II,  the  but- 
general,  ton. 
bte  £attbr  bie  £aitbef  II,  the  hand.      ber  9fttt'tagf  bte  9ftittage,  II,  noon. 


REVIEW   OF  PRONOUNS.  199 

fcer  Snef,  Me  <Srirf  e,  II,  Zfte  sacfc,  ttiolj'nctt  (weak)  ,  to  live,  to  dwell. 

bag.  tiffttCtt  (weak),  to  open. 

tyal'tett    (pltft,    tyettt),    Ijieft,    90*  frot),  adj.,  happy,  joyful. 

tyaftett,  to  hold,  to  stop.  Itttf,  adj.,  left  (hand). 

le'bett  (weak),  to  live   (have  life,  HnWf  adv.,  to  the  left. 

not  to  reside).  red)t,  adj.,  n'#fa  (hand). 

$,  adv.,  to  the  right. 


155.  Exercises. 

(a),l.  SBarum  f)aben  bie  anberen  getadjt?  2.  §atte  ber 
£)i(fe  nod)  etmaS  ®ute$  aufter  feinem  ^ferbe  ?  3.  Sofyin  ging 
ber  3)umme  unb  toarum  ?  4.  3Ba§  f  ilr  $nopfe  ^atte  ber  ®e* 
neral?  5.  §at  i^m  ber  ^ontg  ettt)a^  anbere^  gegeben? 
6.  Sa^  l)at  t^m  ber  bide  3Kann  gefagt? 

(6)  1.  @te  l^aben  ^^ren  21^3^9  marfjen  laffen  ;  id)  toerbe  ben 
meinigen  fetbft  macfyen.  2.  3Be((^en  ©otbat  t)at  ber  ©enerat 
auf  $Rei[en  fc^iden  mttffen?  3.  SSJa^  fitr  eine  Su^  tt)otten 
@ie  mit  fo  toetttg  ®elb  laufenV  4.  SBo  mttftte  Jener  arme 
Sifter  tDo^nen  ?  5.  £)ie  beiben  @ftdc  finb  t)ott  ;  jener  fjat 
triele  SniJ^fcf  biefer  ^at  tauter  ©ilber  barin»  6.  SBir  leben  fefjr 
frot),  benn  jeben  SKittag  effen.nrir  cttoad  ®ute^,  7.  ®er  ®e* 
neraf  ^tclt  fein  ^Pferb  mit  ber  linten  §anb  uub  offuete  ba^^f)or 
mit  ber  red^ten,  8.  Qfy  ^abe  all  ba^  Znti)  ni^t  ^alteu  lounen  ; 
e$  inar  fotd^  ein  f^lDere^  SimbeL  9.  ®u  ^aft  ben  gansen 
SKittag  gefpielt  unb  ntrfjt^  9Barme§  gegeffen,  10. 
jemanb  flffnete  bie  Jpr  ein  tuenig  nnb  f^aute  re^t§  unb 

(c)  1.  Whose  clothes  are  those  ?  2.  Whose  suits  are  those 
on  the  other  chair  ?  3.  The  former  are  mine,  the  latter  are 
yours.  4.  Must  all  the  coats  of  our  general  have  black  but- 
tons ?  5.  Which  boy  shall  we  give  another  feather  to  ? 
6.  The  two  girls  will  not  be  able  to  carry  anything  (nothing) 
heavy  in  these  sacks.  7.  Everybody  must  have  a  little  money 


200  SYNTAX. 

in  order  to  live.  8.  With  what  did  that  old  general  ope 
the  left  hand  door  ?  9.  What  kind  of  a  bag  did  you  hold 
in  your  (use  def.  art.)  right  hand  ?  10.  We  had  to  live  in 
that  little  house  to  the  left  from  the  wood. 

(cf)  ©tie  ©efdjtcfyte. —  Yesterday  toward  noon  a  couple  of 
generals  were  going  through  the  woods.  They  were  hungry 
and  wanted  something  warm,  but  they  could  not  find  anything 
(not  anything  =  ?)  good.  The  two  men  looked  to  the  right 
and  saw  many  trees,  but  nothing  else.  Then  they  went  aJittle 
to  the  left  and  found  another  hungry  man.  All  these  men 
looked  all  day  for  (look  for  =  ?)  somebody,  but  could  not  find 
any  one  (not  any  one  =  ?). 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  in  the  present 
tense,  beginning  with  to-day,  and  in  the  future,  beginning  with 
to-morrow. 

LESSON  XXXVI. 

(PAGES  37  21-39  s). 

EELATIVE  PRONOUNS!     DEPENDENT  ORDER. 
'Semen  @ie :  — 

SBa^rc  @ro£e  t)at  affettt, 
SBer  bie  ©ro£e  mcffen  farm  ; 
SBer'S  toerftel)t,  em  grower  2Rcmtt 
Unb  em  fdjlidjter  SKenfclj  ?u  fein. 

-  tart  ©tcbcl  (1836-1868). 

156.  Relative  Pronouns.  —  (a)  The  relatives  are  ber  and 
toeldjer,  meaning  who,  ivhich,  that. 

The  relative  ber  is  declined  like  the  demonstrative  ber,  ex- 
cept that  the  genitive  plural  is  always  beren  (Lesson  XXXIII.). 


EELATIVE  PEONOUNS.  201 

is  declined  like  the  interrogative  toeftfjer  (Lesson 
XXXII.),  but  is  not  used  in  the  genitive.  The  genitive  of  the 
relative  ber  (beffen,  beren)  must  be  used  instead. 

(6)  The  relative  must  agree  with  its  antecedent  in  gender 
and  number,  but  its  case  depends  on  its  construction  in  the 
clause  it  introduces  :  — 

^cr  S!ftatttt,  beffett  $nt  id)  frmb,  the  man  whose  hat  I  found. 
$>a3  £au3,  bag  Oddje3)  id)  gefauft  Ijabe,  the  house  which  I  have 
bought. 

$>er  Sftantt,  ben  (toeldjen)  id)  Icnnc,  the  man  whom  I  know. 

$>er  ©djneiber,  fcet  toeldjem  id)  tooljite,  the  tailor  with  whom  Hive. 

(c)  SBer  and  tt>a§  (see  Lesson  XXXII.)  are  both  used  as  in- 
definite  compound   relatives,  meaning   he  who,  whoever,  that 
which,  whatever,  what :  — 

2Ber  leinc  gfreunbe  Ijut,  ift  arm,  he  who  has  no  friends  is  poor. 
3d)  tyabe  getljau,  ina^  it^  tfyiw  fomttc,  I  have  done  what  I  could. 

(d)  SBa§  is  also  generally  used  as   a  relative  after  neuter 
adjectives  and  neuter  pronouns  :  — 

$d)  0ebe  bit  ba3  SBefte,  ttJa^  id)  l)abcf  I  give  to  you  the  best  that  I  have. 
(£r  Ijatte  nid)t3,  ttJa^  id)  Ijabcn  tooflte,  Tie  Tia^  nothing  that  I  wanted. 

(e)  When  referring  to  an  inanimate*  object,  ft)o(r)  is  used 
with  prepositions  instead  of   a   relative  pronoun:   lr>0t>0tl,  of 
ivhich  ;  tpormr  in  which  ;  toottttt,  with  which  ;  lt)of  itr,  for  which' 
etc.     (Compare  §  100,  b  and  §  144.) 

(/)  The  relative  is  never  omitted  in  German  as  in  English. 

The  house  I  bought,  $>a3  $tw3,  ba3  id)  gefrntft  Ijabe, 
Jfte  maw  j/ow  saw?,  $>er  931attttf  ben  @ie  gefe^en  tyabetu 

(g)  A  comma  always  precedes  the  relative  clause  in  German. 

(h)  When  the  antecedent  is  first  or  second  person,  it  is 
repeated  directly  after  the  relative,  and  the  verb  agrees  with  it. 


202  SYNTAX. 

l  who  did  this,  id),  ber  id?  bie3  getljatt  Ijabe. 
You  who  know  that,  bit,  ber  bu  ba3  ttict^t* 

If  the  antecedent  is  not  repeated,  the  verb  is  in  the  third 
person. 

3d),  bet  bie3  gctljatt  tyat,  /wAo  did  this. 
$>u,  ber  ba3 


157.  Dependent  Order. 

In  the  dependent  order,  the  verb,  or  in  the  case  of  the  com- 
pound tenses  the  auxiliary,  stands  at  the  end  of  the  clause, 
This  order  is  used  only  in  dependent  clauses.  These  are 
introduced  either  by  a  relative  pronoun  or  by  a  subordinating 
conjunction  (bd,  toeit,  ft)0,  etc.).  Illustrations:  All  the  preced- 
ing examples  in  this  lesson. 

158.  Vocabulary. 

bcr  SBau'er,  bic  25auent,  IV,  the  bebecTen,  beberfte,  bebcrft  (weak), 

farmer,  peasant.  to  cover. 

bic    (£r'be,    IV,    the    earth;    twf  erffaren  (weak),  to  explain. 

(Srbett,  on  earth.  foft'CU  (weak),  to  cost. 

ber  gety'fer,  bie  gel)lerf  I,  the  mis-  to'ten  (weak),  to  kill. 

take,  blunder.  J)Ctf?,  a(lj.,  hot- 

ber    Offei'ter,    bie    $eiter,    I,    the  franl,  adj.,  sick. 

rider.  pfoij'ttd),  adv.,  suddenly. 
fd)(ed)t,  adj.,  bad. 

159.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  3SaS  erHarte  i^m  ber  3Kann,  ber  bort  ftcmb  ?  2. 
tl)at  ber  better,  rtcld^cr  auf  bem  [t^onen  ^Jf  erbc  rttt  ?  3. 
fagte  ber  £mmme  bem  2Wanner  bem  er  ben  @acE  gegeben 

4.  Sa$  t^at  ba§  ^Pferb,    ipelcfyeS    man    t^m    gegeben  ^atte? 

5.  (gagte  er  cttt)a«  bem  Saner,  ber  ba§  ^5ferb  fing?    6.  SBer 
mar  e^r  beffen  ®nf)  ber  Snmme  i 


DEPENDENT   OEDEE.  203 

(6)  1.   SBittft  bit  bie  gef)fer  erfiiiren,  Me  id)  gemadjt  Ijabe? 

2.  £)er  Saner,  toeldjjer  ben  9teiter  faf),  tmtrbe  plo^lid:)  Irani. 

3.  £)a3  $ferb,  beffen  better  fo  l)ei£  fd)ien,  loftete  Diet  ©e(b. 

4.  §ier  ift  ba§  §an3,  tt>e(d)e§  id)  fccrlanfen  toil!.      5.  (£r  tragt 
ben  9?o<J,  ben  er  geftern  gelauft  fyat.      6.  £)a3  ift  ber 

bem  idj  bte  Siidjer  gegeben  ^abe.      7.   ©ie  grau,  beren 
in  bem  ©arten  fpieltc,  ift  Irani.      8.  ©er  £)nmme,  bem  ber 
Saner  etn  ^ferb  gab,  Ijatte  leinen  @ad.      9.  @ie  lefen 
toa^  @ie  finben  Written.      10.  2Ber  cttoa^  9Barme^  i^at, 
er  feinen  ®opf  im  Sinter  bebeden  lann,  fotttc  frofy  nnb 
fein. 

(c)  1.  The  tailor  for  whom  you  were  working  lives  in  that 
small  house.  2.  He  went  to  an  old  farmer  whose  house  had 
cost  much  money.  3.  He  will  kill  the  wolf  with  the  knife 
which  he  has  bought.  4.  The  forest  in  which  he  slept  lay 
to  the  left  of  (t)on)  their  hut.  5.  The  men  to  whom  we 
had  explained  these  mistakes  were  the  sons  of  poor  tailors. 

6.  Everything   that   you   clo   pleases    some   of    your   friends. 

7.  The  rider  to  whom  he  had  told  the  story  became  suddenly 
very  sick.       8.   You  who  have  killed  my  dog  must  buy  me  a 
new  (one).       9.   Nothing  you   can   say  will   explain   such   a 
blunder.       10.    Did  they  want   to   buy  that   horse   they  saw 
yesterday  ? 

(cT)  A  Letter  (ein  33rief).  —  Dear  Mother:  I  have  the  long 
letter  you  (use  bn)  wrote  me  yesterday.  It  came  to-day  toward 
noon.  You  ought  to  see  the  new  books  father  has  bought  me. 
I  have  several  in  which  I  study  every  day.  The  one  (baSjenige) 
from  which  I  learn  German  is  not  hard  and  pleases  me  very 
much  (fetjr).  The  others  are  not  so  long,  but  they  are  very 
hard. 

Your  son  (Your  daughter). 


204  SYNTAX. 

LESSON  XXXVII. 

(PAGES  39  6-40  22.) 

DEPENDENT  ORDER  (continued).     REVIEW  OF  LESSONS  I.-XV. 
8ernen  @te  :  — 

SBitnfdje  Mr  entflofy'ne  ©tnnben, 
§atte  greuben  nid)t  gurttd  — 
£)enn  ba$  ®IM  ift  nie  t>erfcf)ftnmben  ; 
3Ba$  &erfd)totttbet,  ift  fcin  ©liid 

—  Subnrig  ©cfjnabel  (1792-1860). 

160.  Vocabulary. 

ettt,  btc  IBeitte,  II,  «^e  Zegr.  ba§  8c^ttJetn,  btc  S^tueiuc,  II,  iAe 

e  ^BU^C,  II,  the  lightning.  pig,  hog. 

ber  S3ufd)f  bte  SBiifdje,  II,  the  bush,  ba^  tttt'gliicf,  II,  the  misfortune. 

bet  @d)itt'!en,  btc  6rf)itt!ettf  I,  ^e  bie  25?urft,  btc  SSiirftc,  II,  the  sau- 

ham.  sage. 

bcr   8d)Iag,  btc  6(^Iagcf  II,  ^e  trci'bctt,  tncbf  gctricbcn, 
stroke,  the  blow. 

161.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  SSarum  ift  ber  33auer  fo  fd)neft  auf  ba^  ^ferb 


j^rungcn  ?  2.  3Ba3  t^at  bie  Su^r  tt)eld)e  er  bem  Sumrnen  gab  ? 
3.  Sa$  tDottte  ber  SKann,  ber  ba3  @(^lDein  trieb  ?  4.  3Baritm 
gab  bie  ^itl)  feine  WRltf)  me^r?  5.  SBar  fie  totrfltd)  (rea%) 
t)iet  gu  alt?  6.  2Ba^  it)ot(te  ber  Dummc  au«  bem  ©d)it)eine 


(6)  1.  @«  ift  bie  Gutter  be^  @(^uter^r  bie  ba^  SSntf)  f)at. 
2.  ^ti  ber  lleinen  @cf)ufe  toar  ein  guter  8eljrer,  ber  eine  rote  9?ofe 
^atte.  3.  SBir  loben  bie  ©emitter  nit^t,  bie  nidjt  diel  lernen. 

4.  ©e^ft  bu  im  3Sinter  in  ben  ©arten,  ber  bem  £el)rer  gel)ort  ? 

5.  ©aben  @ie  ber  Softer  be^  9Kanne§  eine  lange  Slnfgabe? 


DEPENDENT  ORDER.  205 

6.  £)er  @a£,  toelcfyen  ba§  SJftabdjen  lieft,  ttrirb  fefyr  lang,  nicfyt 
toafyr  ?  7.  £)a§  SBetter,  toetcfyeS  ttrir  tm  ©ontmer  tjaben,  twrb 
tDcirm  toerben,  8.  SBtr  fyaben  Me  $ferbe  gefefjen,  bie  ba$ 
SBaffer  getrnnfen  fyaben,  9.  £)er  Huge  3^9^  ber  ein  Sefebnd) 
in  ber  §anb  Ijatte,  mar  nad)  ©anfe  gegangen.  10.  ®ie  grau, 
beren  Stub  ben  (Stmer  genommen  fjatr  ^at  bie  Jt)itr  ber  §iltte 
gefc^Ioffcn*  11.  Dcr  Saner  toottte  ba^  @(^iDein  mit  Dielen 
(Sc^tagen  in  ben  ®nfd)  treiben,  12.  ®er  -Saner  ^at  ba$  ( 
getdtet,  nm  SBitrfte  nnb  @d)tnfen  cffen  jn  Idnnen.  13.  £)er 
treibt  man^e  Sinber  in^  ©ou^,  bie  gern  im  935albe  bleiben 
mdgen*  14.  3ftan  i(t,  tua^  man  i^tr  fagt  ein  bentft^e^  @pri(^^ 
tt)ort»  15.  (£§  ift  fein  Ungliid,  ein  ©djtoein  bnrt^  bie  Sitf^e 
treiben  jn  mitffen.  16.  3)te  @d)(age  be^  Saner^  ^aben  bem 
armen  @(f)tnein  ba^  53ein  jerbro^en, 

(c)  1.  Have  you  a  teacher  who  is  good  ?  2.  The  chairs, 
which  we  had  in  the  school,  were  small  and  red.  3.  The 
winter  is  the  time  of  the  year  which  we  praised.  4.  My 
brother  had  gone  into  the  city  to  find  his  dog,  hadn't  he  ? 
5.  The  exercise  about  which  (ftornber)  you  asked  me  was  get- 
ting very  long.  6.  A  lamb,  which  had  come  out  of  the  wood, 
was  drinking  in  the  river.  7.  You  who  write  so  beautifully 
must  teach  me  this  exercise.  8.  You  will  not  understand 
the  sentence  that  I  shall  read  to  you.  9.  The  girl  who  will 
fetch  the  water  must  take  a  pail.  10.  The  fisherman  has 
eaten  the  fish  that  he  caught  in  the  river.  11.  The  lightning 
is  very  beautiful,  but  I  do  not  like  it.  12.  One  cannot  drive 
a  pig  without  blows.  13.  Do  you  like  to  eat  sausages  and 
ham  ?  14.  Any  one  who  has  to  drive  a  pig  through  the 
bushes  will  have  great  misfortune.  15.  The  lightning  drove 
us  out  of  the  bushes  in  which  we  were  staying,  but  we  did 
not  go  home. 


206 


SYNTAX. 


LESSON  XXXVIII. 

(PAGES  40  23-42  u.) 

CONJUNCTIONS.     DEPENDENT  ORDER  (continued).     REVIEW  OF 
LESSONS  XVI.-XXV. 

Semen  ©ie :  — 

©a§  Heine  SBortdjen  „  -JJhtfj u 
3ft  bod)  oon  alien  Stiffen, 
©ie  3ftenfd)en  InadEen  milffen, 
S5ie 


-gubnng  33ecf)ftein  (1801-1860). 

162.  Conjunctions. 

(a)  The  Coordinating  Conjunctions  mtb,  and;  aber  (attetn,  fon* 
bent),  but;  benn,  for;  and  ober,  or,  do  not  affect  the  order. 
They  are  used  in  compound  sentences.  Qd)  lam  unb  er  ging 
nacf)  §aufe,  I  came  and  he  went  home.  &  muft  fommen, 
ober  trf)  irerbe  nat^  §au[e  ge^en,  he  must  come  or  I  shall 
go  home. 

(£>)  Subordinating  Conjunctions  are  followed  by  the  dependent 
order  (see  §  157).  They  are  such  words  as  toett,  because  ;  ba, 
as;  afe,  when,  etc.,  and  are  used  in  complex  sentences,  ^rf) 
fam,  toett  er  nad)  §an[e  gtngf  I  came  because  he  went  home.  @r 
mn£  lommen,  n)ei(  (or  ba)  id)  nad)  §au[e  ge^en  tDtff,  he  must 
come  because  I  want  to  go  home. 

(c)  Conjunctive  Adverbs,  such  as  atfo,  so,  accordingly  ;  bod), 
yet,  etc.,  are  followed  by  the  inverted  order  when  they  intro- 
duce a  clause  (see  §  90).  Qfy  fam  ;  alfo  ging  er  nadj  §aufe, 
/  came,  so  he  went  home.  $$  tnodjte  gern  bleiben  ;  bodj  tt)ill  id) 
nad)  §anfe  ge^en,  I  should  like  to  stay,  but  I  shall  go  home. 


CONJUNCTIONS.  207 

\ 

163.  Vocabulary. 

ba3  <£0rf,  bie  ^tirfer,  III,  the  ml-  faff  en  (weak),  to  seize,  grasp. 

lage.  fdjrei'eu,  fdjne,  gefdjrieett,  to  cry 

bie  ®an3,  bte  ®anfe,  II,  ^e  #oose.  out. 

bte  6ft)nl'ter,  bie  ©djuftertt,  IV,  the  bud),  conjunctive  adverb,  yet. 

shoulder.  erft,  ./zrsZ  (/or  the  first  time},  just ; 

bet  3aI)U,  bic  Bafytie,  II,  «^e  tooth.  not  until  (then  or  now},  usually 

beget/nett  (weak)   (fein),  with  the  with  another  adverb. 

dative,  to  meet.  toeif,  subordinating  conj.,  because. 

bei'fcett,  bif£,  gebiffeit,  to  bite.  too,  relative  adv.,  where. 

164.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  ®ab  ber  £)nmme  bem  3<nngen  &&$  ©t^tDctn,  tocil  er  bie 
@cm$  iDimfdjte  ?  2.  2Ba^  fagten  bie  3Kab^enr  benen  er  begeg* 
nete?  3.  3Ba§  rief  ber  2ftcmn  unb  lua^  ferric  feme  gran? 

4.  ©al)    ber    ©umme    bie    3Jfenf^en,  bie  ^inter  ifym  Hefcn? 

5.  SBarum  fa^  ber  £)umme  bie  SKcib^en  nid)t  ?      6.  2Ba3  fitr 
ein  SJfann  ftanb  t)or  i^tn,  unb  ft>a3  l)atte  er  ? 

(6)  1.  $)te  Sa^c  fag  auf  bem  Xifc^e,  mofjin  ^^r  @o^n  fie 
getegt  Ijatte.  2.  ®a§  ^Jfcrb  gef)drt  bem  grcunbc  be^  ^rinjen, 
tt)ctl  ber  Sfintg  e^  tljm  gegeben  I)at.  3.  grft  ^eute  ift  er  nat^ 
v^aufe  gelommen ;  alfo  lonnte  id)  e§  i^m  nit^t  geben.  4.  ©er 
$nabe  ritt  urn  ba§  ©djloft  bur^  ben  SBalb,  bod)  I)at  er  niemanb 
gefe^en,  5.  ©n  mn^t  i^m  banfen,  benn  er  Ijat  bir  gefjolfen. 

6.  T)ie  ©olbaten  fjaben  ben  ^naben  anf  ba3  Sett  be§  ©rafen 
getegt ;  alfo  ^at  er  gnt  gef^tafen.      7.  SBir  riefen,  aber  il)r 
Ijdrtet  ntd^t,  lueil  ifyr  am  gnbe  be^  getbe^  mart.      8.  ^n  jcncm 
atten  £nrme  fte^t  ber  J^ron  eine^  groften  9?iefen,  n?e(d)er  nnfev 
Saifer  tterben  tt)irb.      9.  ©n  fdjeinft  nidjt  gtit(f(id)r  tt)eit  bir 
bein  alter  33ater  feinen  nenen  §nt  gef'auft  I)at.      10.  SBoHen 
@ie  biefem  alten  gifc^er  Jene  ®efd)id)te  fcom  gro^en  @tnrme 
er(^af)Ien  ?    11.  ^m  ©orfe  bin  ic^  einem  3ftabd)en  begegnet,  ba^ 


208  SYNTAX. 

etne  ®cm$  auf  ber  ©coulter  trucj.  12.  §aft  bit  gefd)rteen,  toetl 
btrf)  em  §nnb  gebtffen  l)at?  13.  9Mn,  ber  §nnb  fyat  nticf)  mit 
ben  ,3af)nen  flefafct,  bod)  I)at  er  mid)  ntdjt  gebtffen,  14.  @rft 
ntorgen  toerben  totr  totffen,  toofytn  tinr  gefyen  follen. 

(c)  1.  My  little  son  stood  in  our  room. and  threw  his  knife  and 
his  spoon  through  the  window.  2.  Our  old  friends  live  in  a 
couple  of  little  rooms,  because  it  pleases  them.  3.  To-morrow 
we  shall  ride  with  many  servants  into  the  castle.  4.  That 
new  knife  that  I  bought  for  a  little  money  will  not  cut  any- 
thing. 5.  That  beautiful  glass  has  fallen  from  the  table 
where  (toorjin)  you  set  it.  6.  Hard  exercises  make  good 
pupils,  because  they  have  to  work  in  order  to  learn  them. 
7.  You  never  saw  such  beautiful  trees,  yet  you  do  not  seem 
contented.  8.  I  did  not  hear  that  long  story  you  told. 

9.  That   new  hat   you  bought  for  me  cost  much  too   much. 

10.  That  poor  child  stayed  in  bed  and  cried  all  night  because 
it  had  lost  its  little  bird.       11.  (The)  geese  have  no  teeth,  yet 
a  goose  seized  that  boy  to  bite  him.       12.  He  cried  out  and 
ran  toward  the  village  where  he  lived.       13.  In  front  of  his 
house  he  met  his  father,  who  had  come  home  just  yesterday 

LESSON  XXXIX. 

(PAGES  42  15-448). 

.DEPENDENT  ORDER  FOR  MODALS.     REVIEW  OF  LESSONS 
XXVI.-XXX. 

8ernen  @te  :  — 

Syrum  frofjUcf)  in  ben  $ampf  t)tnein ! 

9Ber  ftegen  totfl,  mnft  fterben  ftinnen. 
Qa,  foil  ba$  8eben  recfjt  gebetfj'n 

man  bent  £obe  and)  ttmS  gonnen. 

(1816-1872). 


DEPENDENT  OEDEE   FOE  MODALS.  209 

\ 

165.  Modals    in    Dependent    Sentences.  —  In   the   dependent 
order  in  simple  tenses,  the  modals  stand  at  the  end  of  the 
clause,  just  like  other  auxiliaries.     In  a  compound  tense  of  the 
modal,  when  there  is  a  dependent  infinitive,  the  personal  auxili- 
ary (f)dben  or  toerbett)  stands  just  before  the  rest  of  the  verb 
phrase  ("  two  infinitives  "). 

That  is  the  man  who  wanted  to  buy  my  horse,  bfl£  ift  bet  SW&Ktt,  bet 
rncin  ^Sferb  Ijat  faufen  ttiolleu. 

Here  is  an  exercise  you  will  have  to  write,  Ijiet  ift  eitte  2lttfjjabe,  bie  btt 
twtft  fdjtetben  ntiiffen. 

NOTE. — In  translating  two  or  more  infinitive  forms  at  the  end  of  a 
clause,  alwaj's  begin  at  the  end,  then  take  the  one  next  to  the  end,  then 
the  third  from  the  end. 

3d)  Ijabe  end)  fptelett  Ijorett  fimnen,  I  was  able  to  hear  you  play. 

166.  Vocabulary. 

bet  &nity'pcf,  bie  &nitypef,  I,  the      tau'djeu  (weak) ,  to  smoke. 

club.  tatt'3en  (weak),  to  dance. 

bte  Sen'te  (pi.),  the  people.  befom'menf   befant,   Iicfommettf   to 

bie  SWufif,  the  music.  get,  receive,  as  distinguished  from 

jw3'ttjettbtgf  adv.,  by  heart.  tyofen,  to  go  and  get,  to  fetch,  and 
ftl§,  conj.,  when  (always  with  past          toerbett,  to  get,  in  the  sense  of 

time).  become. 

167.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  28te  fyatte  ber  ©umme  bie  ®cm$  belommen  ?  2.  SBofite 
er  bie  ©ati$  f iir  ben  fittitppel  geben  ?  3.  ^arn  er  ju  bemfelben 
SBtrte,  tt>o  feme  35ruber  getnefen  toaren?  4.  3Ba$  bat^te  ber 
9Strtr  al^  er  ben  £mtmnen  fa^  ?  5.  £anjte  er  tm  ^itnmer,  too 
bie  2ftuftf  tear  ?  6.  SKit  toem  f)at  er  getanjt  ? 

(6)  1.  28ir  burfen  nttfjt  au^  bem  Sanbe  (jefyen,  bot^  mitffen  unr 
unfer  ©(ltd  fudjen.  2.  U)u  fannft  ntd)t  fo  bumm  fein.  3.  Qdj 
mag  gern  meinen  neiten  9?ocf  tragen,  aber  id)  barf  e$  nic 


210  SYNTAX. 

4.  £)te  betben  ^nngen  toottten  bort  mit  ifyren  33Inmen  fpieten, 
bodj  burften  fie  nidjt.  5.  £)er  ©iener.  fyat  ben  £ifdj  betfen 
muff  en,  toett  er  ntdjt  fyat  arbeiten  Pollen,  6.  SBtr  brandjen  bie 
©peifen  nidjt,  bte  bit  in  ben  Seller  Ijaft  tragen  mitffen.  7.  Der 
2Sirt  nutate  ba$  ^ferb  bringen,  ate  ber  Jlonig  e3  faufen  mottle. 
8.  2lte  a  He  @terne  fc^ienen,  ftanben  bte  JI)ore  be3  ^immel{< 
offen  (see  Lesson  XVIII.,  §  90,  (3)).  9.  Site  bte  8eute  nad) 
©aufe  gingen,  n^oHten  fie  atte  tanjen,  10.  £er  ^3rtnj  I)at  ben 
(Scfynetber  lontmen  laffen,  inetl  er  etnen  nenen  Slnjug  ^at  madjen 
faffen  tuoHen,  11.  3)te  armen  8ente  l^aben  nidjt  tanjen  lernen 
fdnnen.  12.  J)etn  9Sater  lt)trb  bid)  ntcfyt  rant^en  fel)en  tt)oHen, 
13.  Sir  fyaben  bie  Sonigin  fingen  fyoren  bitrfen*  14.  !Dn  ttrirft 
S)entfd)  lefen  lernen  ntitffen, 

(c)  1.  In  the  broad  way  must  be  many  stones.  2.  (The) 
fortune  cannot  make  me  too  rich.  3.  When  the  young  man 
wanted  to  wear  his  new  coat,  he  was  not  permitted  (bnrfte). 
4.  We  will  go  there  at  once  in  order  to  dance  and  hear  the 
music.  5.  This  week  you  have  not  been  able  to  work,  yet  I 
saw  (use  perf.)  you  play  (ing)  yesterday.  6.  The  people  had 
to  fetch  food  and  drink  (use pi.)  when  they  wanted  to  set  the 
table.  7.  You  will  have  to  get  new  shoes  in  order  to  dance 
well.  8.  The  landlord  is  said  to  be  very  rich,  because  he  has 
had  many  new  suits  made.  9.  The  tailor  was  said  to  be  too 
proud;  he  did  not  like  to  make  the  clothes.  10.  The  people 
in  the  little  room  could  not  see  the  fire  smoke.  11.  You 
wanted  to  go  home  where  you  could  see  the  people  dance. 
12.  We  could  not  get  our  new  clothes,  because  we  had  to  go 
into  the  city.  13.  When  the  prince  wanted  to  ride  through 
the  gate,  the  servants  could  not  open  it.  14.  The  children 
who  have  been  permitted  to  go  out  of  the  house  have  been 
obliged  to  remain  in  the  garden. 


BE  VIEW.  211 

LESSON   XL. 

(PAGES  44  9-45  26.) 

EEVIEW  OF  LESSONS  XXXI.-XXXVL 

Semen  ©tc  anStoenbtg  :  — 

•Die  Oftenfdjen,  Me  bie  $htf)e  fucfjen,  Me  finben  ^htfye  nimTrtermefyr, 
23ett  fie  bte  fthtlje,  bte  fie  fudjen,  in  (Site  jagen  t)or  fid)  fyer. 

-SBttyelm  SUHittcr  (1794-1827). 

(Observe  the  use  o/btc  #s  article,  relative,  and  demonstrative.) 

168.  (1)  a.  Name  the  relative  pronouns  in  German,     b.  How 
do  they  combine  with  prepositions?     c.  What  is  used  as  a  rela- 
tive after  neuter  adjectives  and  neuter  pronouns  ?     d.  Name 
the  indefinite  compound  relatives. 

(2)  a.  What  punctuation  precedes  the  relative  in  German  ? 

b.  May   the   German   relative    be    omitted,   as   in   English? 

c.  How  is  the  relative  for  the  first  or  second  person  used  ? 

(3)  a.   What  word  order  follows  the  relative?      b.  Name 
and  illustrate  the  other  word  orders,     c.  What  kind  of  con- 
junctions  are   followed  by  the   same   order  as  the   relative  ? 

d.  How  do  compound  tenses  of  the  modals  in  dependent  clauses 
differ  from  compound  tenses  of  other  verbs  so  used  ? 

169.  Vocabulary. 

iw3  $>ad),  bte  $>arf}err  III,  the  roof.  tyou'ten  (weak),  to  howl. 

fcer  ®aft,  bte  ®aftef  II,  the  guest.  ftet'genf  fttegf   gefttegen  (fein),  to 

bte  £U'fe,  the  help.  climb. 

ba3  Wlai,  bie  9Wa(ef  II,  the  time.  faum,  adv.,  hardly. 

ettt'mal,  once.  (atttf  adj.,  loud  ;  adv.,  aloud. 

5tt)ei'maf,  twice.  frf)ttwd)f  adj., <  weak. 

bet  Ofiiirf'en,  bte  9ftttcfettf  I,  the  back,  ftarf,  adj.,  strong. 
tot,  adj.,  dead. 


212  SYNTAX. 

170.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  3Ba§  tljat  ber  Snitypel,  ate  ber  SBtrt  tyn  naljm? 
2.  £eutte  ber  SSirt  feljr  tout?  3.  2Sa3  gab  er  bem  £)ummen? 

4.  SBarum  finb  feme  33ritber  auf  ba£  3)ad)  geftiegen  ?    5.  aSarum 
mu£te  ber  ©umme  $onig  toerben?      6.  ginben  @ie  iljn  fefyr 
bitmm? 

(6)  1.  ®er  ^ciger,  toeldjen  id)  auf  9?eifen  I)abe  ft^idcn  mitffen, 
fonnte  gut  fc^teBen.  2.  (gte  braut^en  nic^t  ju  ge^eu,  ba£  fann 
id)  felber  t^un»  3.  £)er  Slujug  be^  ^ager^  fjat  t)te(e  Safdjen, 
ber  meiutge  Ijat  nur  lt)euige»  4.  SBa^  fitr  Seute  fofieu  il)re 
glteru  fern  ?  5.  £>a§  iDet^  id)  utc^t ;  id)  lenue  Me  beiben  uidjt. 

6.  SBeffen  Slu^ug  ift  berjenige,  meldjer  auf  bem  ^Bette  Itegt  ? 

7.  SKau  I)at  uu^  etlt)a^  Sicucd  eqafylt,  ma^  uu^  gefallt*     8.  SBer 
ade^  t)atr  lauu  nid)t§  mefyr  iriiuf^eu,      9.  @m  anbere^  2)M 
lt)erbe  id)  nocf)  eiue  SEaffe  Zfyt  trinleu,  iDeil  er  fo  gut  ift* 
10.  a»onc^  ftarfer  ©aft  t)at  an  jeuem  £ifc()  gefeffeu.      11.  Site 
lt)tr  t)om  J)ac^e  fieleu,  tDo^tn  t))ir  geftiegeu  toaren,  I)euftett  tt)tr  taut, 
12.  ®er  ftar!e  9?iefe  l^at  mandje  8euter  bie  fd)lDac^  it)areu,.auf 
bem  SRiiden  getragen.      13.  S)er  ®eueral  ^at   bie   fc^Ic^tcn 

r,  bie  er  gemadjt  I)at,  nii^t  fcergeffen  lonuen.      14.  Qfy 
nad)  red)t§  uub  Hute  gefdjaut ;  plotstid)  fa1^  ic^  biefen  Steiter. 
15.  ©a^  finb  bie  @ade,  t^oriu  man  alt  bie  Snopfe  f)at* 

(c)  1.  He  cried  a  long  time  because  he  could  not  open  the 
bag.  2.  That  hunter's  hat  has  a  feather  in  it;  I  must  put 
one  in  mine.  3.  You  did  not  want  to  know  him,  but  I  did 
not  know  it.  4.  What  do  they  say  of  (toon)  all  these  things  ? 

5.  This  is   the   one  who  has   forgotten   all  he  knew.      (See 
Lesson  XXXVI.,  §    156,  d  and  /.)       6.  Somebody  told   me 
something    about    (Don)    that    old    farmer.        7.    Everybody 
knows  several  mistakes  that  you  have  made.       8.   The   two 


INSEPARABLE    VERBS.  213 

boys  found  another  child  in  the  garden,  yet  they  would 
not  play  with  him.  9.  Many  a  poor  man  has  no  clothes  to 
wear.  10.  In  (bet)  such  cold  weather  many  people  have  to 
sit  about  the  fire  all  day.  11.  The  weak  boy  who  climbed 
upon  the  roof,  fell  into  the  garden.  12.  He  was  not  dead, 
because  he  could  howl  so  loud.  13.  Who  wishes  [for] 
everything,  is  to  get  nothing.  14.  We  could  not  open  the 
door  of  the  house  in  which  the  farmer  lived.  15.  What  a 
stupid  boy  i*  the  one  who  cannot  explain  his  mistakes  ! 

LESSON    XLL 

(PAGES  47  9-4829.) 

SEPARABLE  AND  INSEPARABLE  VERBS. 
Semen  <Sie  cmStoenbtcj  :  — 

J)a§  !ommt  barauf  an,  that  depends. 

171.  Inseparable  Verbs  (Untrenn'bare  ^ett'tDorter).  —  The  in- 
separable prefix  is  always  directly  before  the  verb,  attached  to 
it,  and  is  never  accented. 

(a)  The  inseparable  prefixes  "  are  be*,  emp*,  ent-,  er*,  ge>, 
mt.fi*>  tier-,  set>,  and  usually  itbeix 

(&)  Inseparable  verbs  differ  from  other  verbs  in  only  one 
way  —  they  never  take  the  prefix  ge*  for  the  past  participle. 
In  this  they  resemble  verbs  in  *teten  (see  Lesson  V.,  §  26,  a). 
tt,  ersatjlte,  ersatjlt  ;  fcerfteljeit,  toerftattb,  toerftauben* 

Synopsis  of  Inseparable  Verbs. 
WEAK.  STRONG. 


Pres.          id)  ersdfyle,  /  tell.  it!)  t>ctfte^cf  /  understand. 

Past.          id)  crsaljlte,  /  told.  id)  toerftanb,  /  understood. 

Fut.          id)   mctbc   ersaljlett,  I      id)  toerfce  t)crfte^enf  /  shall  under* 
shall  telL  stand. 


214  SYNTAX. 

Perf.          id)  tyabe  er$al)ftf  /  have  id)  Ijabe  tJerftanbett,  /  have  under- 

told.  stood. 

Past  Perf.  id)  tyatte  ersaljft,  /  &ad  id)  tyatte  Uerftanbcit,  /  had  under- 

told.  stood. 

Fut.  Perf.  id)  ttierbc  er$aJ)lt  Ijaben,  id)  toerbe  toerftanbeit  tjabett,  / 

I  shall  have  told.  have  understood. 

Conjugate  each  tense  in  full. 


172.  Separable  Verbs  (Jrentl'bare  gtit'ft'Mw').  —  All  other 
prefixes  are  separable.  Separable  verbs  have  the  following 
peculiarities  :  — 

(a)  The  prefix  always  takes  the  accent,  as  in  English  :  pick 
up',  take  down1. 

an'fangen,  ftng  an',  att'gefangen,  to  begin. 

(b)  With  simple  tenses  in  independent  clauses  the  prefix  is 
put  at  the  end  of  the  clause. 

3d)  fange  Ijeute  mtt  fciefer  3(rbcit  an,  /  begin  with  this  work  to-day. 
$u  ftngft  geftern  mtt  bctncr  5tufgabe  anf  you  began  with  your  exercise 
yesterday. 

(c)  In  compound  tenses  and  dependent  clauses  the  prefix  is 
attached  to  the  verb. 

^ftorejett  luirb  er  an'fcwgett,  to-morrow  he  will  begin. 
Saljft  bu,  too  tint  an'ftitgett  ?  did  you  see  where  we  began  ? 

(d)  The  signs  ju  of  the  infinitive  and  ge  of  the  perfect  par- 
ticiple are  put  between  prefix  and  verb. 

SBtmtm  ttmttfd)t  iljr  ntdjt  nu^ufangeit  ?  why  don't  you  want  to  begin  9 
Sie  Ijabeit  fc^r  gut  an'gcfangett,  they  have  begun  very  well. 

NOTE  1.  —  Separable  verbs  are  very  common  in  German.  In  translating 
a  printed  or  written  sentence  it  is  always  well  to  look  toward  the  end  for 
a  separable  prefix.  They  are  usually  prepositions,  and  in  the  first  sixty- 
six  pages  of  this  book  they  are  marked  with  a  small  circle. 

NOTE  2.  —  When  two  verbs  mean  the  same  in  German  and  one  is  sepa- 


\$EPAEABLE    VERBS.  215 

rable,  Germans  usually  prefer  to  use  this.  Thus,  while  3d)  fjabe  bie  $ufgabe 
begontteit,  and  23ttte,  tt)otten  @ie  ba3  genfter  bffnen  ?  are  perfectly  correct, 
a  German  is  more  likely  to  say,  3d)  fyabe  bie  5lufgabe  angefangen,  and 
$itte,  toolkit  @ie  ba3  gettfter  aufmadjen? 

173.  Conjugation  of  Separable  Verbs. 

anfangen,  to  begin. 

PRESENT  TENSE.  SYNOPSIS. 

id)  fange  an  Pres.         id)  fange  an 

btt  fangft  an  Past.         id)  ftng  an 

er  fangt  an  Fut.          id)  ttierbe  anfangen 

ttiir  fangcn  an  Perf.         ir^  J)abe  angefangen 

iljr  fanget  an  Past  Perf.  id)  ijattc  angefangen 

fie  fangen  an  Fut.  Perf.  id)  toerfce  angefangen  l)aben 

Conjugate  each  tense  throughout  in  full.  In  like  manner  conjugate 
art'faffen,  fagte  an',  an'gefagt,  to  seize;  aitf'mat^en,  madjte  anf,  aitf'ge- 
madjt,  to  open;  toei'tergefyen,  ging  ttJei'ter,  tt)etrtergegangen,  to  go  on  farther. 

174.  Vocabulary. 

foa£  SBier,  bie  S5ieref  II,  the  beer.  anf'madjen,  ma^te  anff  anfgemad)tf 

*  the  meat.  to  open. 

f  bie  S0lard)enf  I,  «^e  fangen  or  Ijangen  (^angt)f  ^ingf  ge= 

fairy  tale.  l)angenf  to  hang,  to  be  suspended. 

Me^Jlan^  bie  SJlanfe,  Il,*^e  mouse.  n>ei'tetgel)enf  ging  ttieiterf  tt»eiter= 

an'fangen  (fangt  an')r  ft«g  an,  an-  gegangen  (fetn),  to  go  on  or  far- 

gefangen,  to  begin.  ther. 

an'faffenf    fa^te  an,  angefaftt,  to  nnnf  adv.,  well,  used  as  exclama 

seize,  take  hold  of.  tion  at  beginning  of  a  sentence, 

an'fomnten,  fant  an,  angelommen  followed  by  a  comma  and  the 

(fein),  to  arrive.  Normal  Order ;  otherwise,  now. 

e'fye,  sub.  conj.,  before. 

175.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  2Bte  fangen  atte  2Kar.(^en  an?  2.  SBot)on  eqa^lt 
btefe  ®ef(^td)te?  3.  Q ft  ber  3J?ann  in  bem  9Ba(b  anaelomnten  ? 


216  SYNTAX. 

4.  3ft  er  toeitergegangen,  ober  fyat  er  bort  ettt>a$  gefunben? 

5.  §at  ber  23oge(  angefangen,  feme  ©efdjtcfyte  511   erjafylen? 

6.  3Ba3  t)at  ifym  ber  2?oge(  geben  tootten  ? 


(6)  1.  gr  fing  an,  em  3ftard)en  311  erjaljlen,  nid)t  toaljr? 
-2.  9?nn,  bu  fyaft  ba3  genfter  angef  aftt  ;  toirft  bu  eS  anftnacfyen  ? 
3.  .^cl)  macfyte  bie  £l)itr  auf  ;  bann  gtng  icf)  Better.  4.  5ftun, 
ii)ir  (jaben  ba^  ©tittf  gleif^  gegeffen,  ba^  in  jenem  Dimmer  l)tng. 
5.  3^  ^a^e  ^a^  ®U(^)  ^^^foren  ober  toergeffen,  tneldje^  bu  mtr 
geftern  Derfauft  ^aft.  6.  gl)e  fie  anfittg,  bie  Jfjur  aufjuma^en, 
ift  er  cmgefommetL  7.  9tun,  ge^eti  ©ie  fteiter,  e^e  ^^r  greunb 
anfommt?  8.  £)ie  SKaufe  fatten  angefangen,  ba$  gfeifd^  ^u 
jerreipen,  e^e  rtrir  e§  fatten  anfaffcn  lonnen.  9.  £)ie  8eute 
merben  angefangen  fyaben  anjnlommen,  e^e  wiv  tueitergegangen 
fein  toerbetu  10.  Qfy  fange  an,  biefe  ©a^e  gu  Derftel)en,  efje 
ic^  mein  53ud)  anfmat^e,  um  fie  jn  lefen, 

(o)    1.  They   will    have    gone    farther    before    you    arrive. 

2.  She  has   begun  to  tell   them   that   beautiful   fairy  story. 

3.  Before  we  arrived  they  began  to  eat  the  meat  and  drink 
the  beer,  didn't  they?      4.  Are  you  opening  the  window  in 
order  to  let  your  coat  hang  in  -the  sun  ?      5.  The  mouse  seized 
the  meat  to  tear  it,  but  the  cat  arrived  before  it  (the  mouse) 
began.       6.  Shall  I  open  the  door  for  you  ?       7.  You  began 
that  fairy  tale  before  we  arrived.     8.  We  are  opening  the  door 
in  order  to  go  farther.       9.  Before  they  arrive  you  must  let  us 
begin  to  tell  that  story.       10.  You  must  begin  to  understand 
these  sentences  before  we  go  farther. 

(d)  gine  ®efd)id)te  (use  perfect  tense).  —  Yesterday  I  wanted 
to  make  a  little  ship  (ba§  @d)tff).  Well,  I  seized  a  piece  of 
wood  that  lay  on  the  table  and  began  to  cut  it.  But  my  knife 
fell  out  of  the  window  and  I  lost  it.  Before  I  could  go  far- 


s    COMMON  PREFIXES.  217 

ther  my  brother  arrived.     He  opened  the  door  suddenly  and 
began  to  tell  me  a  fairy  story. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  in  the  present, 
past,  future,*  and  past  perfect,  changing  yesterday  to  to-day  and 
to-morrow. 

LESSON  XLII. 

(PAGES  49  1-50  16.) 
SEPARABLE  AND  INSEPARABLE  VERBS  (continued). 

8enten  @te  cmSttenbtg  :  — 

gef)t  e$  Io$,  now  it  is  going  to  begin  (familiar), 
f (idt  mtr  gar  ntdjt  em,  7  haven't  the  least  idea  (of  doing 
that). 

176.  Meaning  of  Prefixes.  —  The  meaning  of  most  inseparable 
prefixes  is  hard  to  define.     In  general  mtj}-  equals  mis-;  jet* 
means  to  pieces,  and  eni>  denotes  separation.     The  others  vary. 

tJerftetyett,  to  understand;  mi^'Dcrfteljett,  to  misunderstand. 
brcdjcu,  to  break;  5erbred)Cttf  to  smash,  to  break  to  pieces. 
fauf  en,  to  run ;  entlaufett,  to  run  away. 

The  separable  prefixes  usually  have  their  literal  meaning : 

ftetyctt,  to  stand ;  aufftefyctt,  to  stand  up,  get  up. 

bredjett,  to  break  ;  abbredjett,  to  break  off. 

laufen,  to  run  ;  tteglaufen,  to  run  away,  to  escape. 

177.  Common  Prefixes.  —  The  four  prepositions,  buttf),  liber, 
Utn,  and  unter  are  sometimes  separable,  sometimes  inseparable. 

(a)  They  are  inseparable  when  used  in  a  figurative  meaning, 
or  one  not  exactly  literal.  The  verbs  are  usually  transitive, 
have  fydbetl  as  auxiliary,  take  the  accent  on  the  root  of  the  verb, 
not  on  the  prefix,  and  do  not  take  ge  in  the  perfect  participle. 


218  SYNTAX. 

ftberge'ljett,  Merging',  iibergan'gen  (fyabett),  to  omit,  skip. 
2Bir  toerben  bicfe  Seite  iiberge'Ijett,  we  will  skip  this  page. 
SBir  Ijabeu  biefe  Seite  itbergan'geu,  we  have  skipped  this  page. 

unterfyal'tett,  uuterljielt',  uuterfyaft'eit  (fyaben),  to  entertain. 
@ie  unterljalt'  tuele  gfreunbe,  she  entertains  many  friends. 
©ie  Ijat  Iriele  gfreunbe  uttterljal'teu,  she  entertained  many  friends. 

burdjret'feit,  burdjrcift'e,  twrdjreifi'  (t)abett),£o  travel  over,  to  "do.'* 

3d)  bur^rci'fc  ^cntfd)(anb  jcbcu  6ommcrf  I  travel  all  over  ("do") 
Germany  every  summer. 

3d)  tyabe  $>eutfd)tottb  (e^tctt  Summer  burd)reift'f  /  "did"  Germany 
last  summer. 

umge'Ijett,  umging'f  umgatt'genf  to  avoid,  evade. 

Sic  umge'Ijett  biefe3  @efe^f  ^e?/  evade  this  law. 

@ie  Ijaben  biefe3  ^Jefe^  umgau'genf  they  evaded  this  law. 

(b)  They  are  separable  when  both  prefix  and  verb  are  used 
in  their  natural  meaning.  The  verbs  are  often  intransitive, 
take  the  auxiliary  of  the  simple  verb,  and  have  the  accent 
upon  the  preposition,  as  in  the  case  of  all  separable  verbs. 

3d)  fcije  meineu  SBtHen  iwrd),  7  carry  out  my  purpose,  put  through  my 
will. 

($r  ift  ii'bcrgefaljren,  he  crossed  over. 

•Wad)  einer  2BeUe  feljrten  twr  umf  after  a  while  we  turned  round. 

$ie  Sontte  ift  un'tergegangeu,  the  sun  has  set. 

(c)  When  used  regularly  with  a  simple  verb,  these  four 
prepositions  look  like  separable  prefixes.  Hence  they  are 
often  so  called,  and  the  principal  parts  of  the  verbs  are  so 
given.  Compare  the  examples  below  with  those  under  (a) 
above. 

fitycrgetyeit,  ging  ii'ber,  u^bergegtittgett  (fetn),  to  go  over. 

3d)  getye  iibcr  ba£  i$ttor  I  go  over  (across)  the  jield. 

3d)  bin  iiber  baS  gelb  gegaugen,  /  went  across  the  Jield. 


COMMON  PREFIXES.  219 

utt'terljattett,  Ijteft  un'ter,  mt'tergeljaltett  (fyaben),  to  hold  under. 

(£r  fyalt  bie  ®ai?e  ttutcr  bem  Xifdje,  he  holds  the  cat  under  the  table. 
(£r  tyat  bie  $a^e  miter  bem  Xifdje  getyaltett,  he  held  the  cat  under  the 
table. 

burdj'mfen,  reifte  burd)',  bttrd)'flereift  (fein),  to  travel  through. 

S95ir  reifen  burd)  ^eutfdjltwb,  we  travel  through  Germany. 

£Btr  finb  burd)  ^)etttfd)(anb  geretftr  toe  traveled  through  Germany. 

um'geljett,  gtng  nm',  um'gegangett  (jetn),  ^o  ^o  around. 

^ic  geljcn  um  ben  28rtlb,  you  are  going  around  the  wood. 
Sic  ftnb  urn  ben  28alb  gegangcn,  you  went  around  the  wood. 

178.  §m  and  §er.  —  All  verbs  of  motion  are  commonly  com- 
pounded with  fytn  or  fyer  to  denote  direction  of  motion.  §in 
always  means  away  from  the  speaker,  fyer  toward  the  speaker. 

$>a  ge!)t  er  ^inf  there  he  goes  (away  from  here)  . 
SBoHett  8tc  ^cr  (or  tyterljei')  lommen  ?  toi'W  you  come  here  f 
^iwttctt  (Bie  l|erauf!ommen  ?  ca?i  yow  come  up  (here}? 
3d)  faun  itidjt  l)tttattfgc^ettf  I  can't  go  up  (there}. 

§itt  unb  ^er  means  here  and  there,  hither  and  thither. 

(£r  Kef  Ijttt  Wttb  tyer,  he  ran  hither  and  thither. 

SBo   means  where  (rest)  ;    tooljui'  means  where  to,   whither  ; 
r'  means  where  from,  whence. 


179.  Vocabulary. 

ber  ggitnfdj,  bie  S93itttfrf)ef  II,  the  iiberfet'5ettf  iiberfe^'te,  iiberfe^t'f  to 

wish.  translate. 

burd)blat'terttf  burt^blat'tertef  iiber5ett'geuf     iiber5eu^'tef     iiber= 

burd)b(at'tertf  to  skim  over,  run  ^eitgt',  to  convince. 

through  (of  a  book).  umar'mett,  itmarm'ter  ttmarmt',  to 

burd)brin'gettf   bur^brano',   buvc^^  embrace. 

brmt'gcnf  to  penetrate.  ttmge'ben  (umgtbt')f  ttmjjab',  nm* 

ge'bcn,  to  surround. 


220  SYNTAX. 


ttttterl)al'tett,    (imted)alt')f   nntcr=  ttrie'bcrfommett,  lam  tote'ber,  tme'* 

Ijiett',  itnterfyaCten,  to  entertain.  bergefimtmen    (?ein),    to    come 

ttittentelj'men,  unternaljm',  unter=  again. 

nom'men,  to  undertake.  ttrieberljo'Iett,  ttueberljol'te,  ttrieber= 

The  above  are  the  common  in-  I)0ft'f  to  repeat. 

separables  with    burrf),   liber,   um,  This  is  the  only  inseparable  com- 

and  unter*  pound  of  timber.    All  others  are 

separable. 

180.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  9Bieberf)oIte  ber  9ftann  feme  brei  2Bnnfd)e  ?  2.  tin* 
ternal)tn  e§  ber  SSoget,  iljm  atteS  311  geben,  li)a§  er  ti)ilnfd)te? 
3.  28ar  er  itbergeugt,  etje  er  ineiterging  ?  4.  9Ba§  finbet  man 
in  ben  3fttird)en  nicf)t?  o.  §at  ber  9Kann  fetnen  3Bunfd) 
n}ieberl)olt  ?  6.  Q]t  er  toettergegangen  ober  iinebergefommen  ? 

(6)  1.  SStr  bnrcf)brangen  ben  SSalb,  ber  ba3  @an^  umgab, 

2.  6Ijc  ntein  23ater  mirf)  ubergeugt  ^at,  fyat  er  mid)  nmarmt. 

3.  3d)  bin  ^ergefontmen,  nm  ^Ijre  nenen  Siidjer  5n  bnrdjblattern. 

4.  £)er    @d)iiler    irirb  ben    Safe    itberfei^en   unb   ben    Sefjrer 
Uber3engen,  nid)t  tra^r  ?      5.  !Dn  bift  nad)  feinem  §anf e  t)tnge- 
gangen,  aber  bn  inoltteft  bie  2lrbeit  ntcf)t  unternefjnten.      6.   @ie 
hrieberfyolten  bie  3lnfgabenr  iDett^e  fie  iiberfe^t  fatten.      7.  ©ie 
marten  ^fjr  53n^  auf  unb  fingen  an  jn  iiberfe^en,      8.  3Keine 
Sritber  finb  geftern  angelommen ;  ftir  ^aben  fie  nmgeben  nnb 
umarmt      9.  g^e  i^r  ()erfantt,  mn^te  id)  in  bie  @tabt  gefyen. 
10.  @ic  iDerben  biefe  <2a£e  nit^t  Derfte^en  fdnnen  j  ©ie  ntiiffen 
fie  ubexrfe^en. 

(c)  1.  Can  you  repeat  the  exercise  and  translate  it  ?  2.  I 
ran  through  that  big  book  which  you  gave  rue.  3.  He  will 
entertain  you,  but  he  cannot  convince  any  one.  4.  Before  we 
had  arrived  the  children  had  surrounded  the  old  man,  hadn't 
they  ?  5.  When  (al$)  you  penetrated  the  thick  wood,  high 


THE  IMPERATIVE.  ,  221 

trees  surrounded  you.  6.  Will  she  undertake  that  exercise 
which  we  could'  not  translate?  7.  The  poor  old  man  ran 
hither  and  thither,  and  repeated  the  same  words.  8.  Mr. 
Brown  has  surrounded  his  table  with  the  books  (Lesson 
XXXVI.,  §  156,  /)  he  likes  to  read.  9.  We  could  not  under 
take  anything  new,  since  (use  bentl)  we  have  no  more  money. 
10.  You  must  repeat  and  translate  these  sentences. 

(d)  (Sine  ©efdjidjte   (use  past  tense).  —  Last  (le^t)   year  my 
father  began  to  "  do  "  (burcfyrei'fen)  Germany.     He  wanted  to 
travel  through  several  cities,  but  suddenly  he  became  ill.     He 
could   not   go   farther,  so   he   had  to   return    (jurMfommen). 
When  (ate)  he  arrived,  we  all  surrounded  him  and  embraced 
him,  and  he  entertained  us  with  stories  of  Germany. 

(e)  /Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  in  the  present, 
future,  perfect,  and  past  perfect,  changing  last  year  to  this  year 
and  next  (n&djft)  year. 

LESSON  XLIII. 
(PAGES  50  17-51  29.) 

IMPERATIVE. 
Semen  @tc  auStoenbtg  :  - 

@et  butbfam  gegen  at(e§  2lnber3fetn, 
Unb  lafj  bid)  tetnen  SBtberfprncf)  fcerbrtegen  * 
Sftur  immer  ftef)'  auf  bet'nen  etgnen  git  gen, 
Unb  fprtdj  jur  redden  3ett  entfcf)(o£'ne$  SWetn. 

-@.  9Bt(^ert  (1831-  ). 

181.  The  Imperative. 

(a)  The  imperative  for  formal  address  is  like  the  inverted 
indicative :  toben  @ie,  praise ;  fe^en  @ier  look  ;  f angen  @ie  an, 
begin  ;  itberfe^en  @ie,  translate. 


222  SYNTAX. 

(b)  The   second   singular   imperative   adds  e  to   the   stem. 
This  e  may  be  dropped  in  conversation  :    lobe,  praise  ;  fytire, 
listen;    fange    an,    begin;    ftefje     auf,   stand    up;    uberfe^e, 
translate. 

(c)  When  the  root  vowel  e  changes  to  te  or  t  in  the  second 
singular  indicative,  e  is  not  added  to  form  the  imperative  : 
ftel),  see  ;  gib,  give. 

(d)  The  second  plural  imperative  is  identical  with  the'  in- 
dicative without  the  pronoun.     The  connecting  vowel  (e)  may 
be  inserted  for  euphony.     (See  §  13,  a.) 

182.  Conjugation  of  the  Imperative. 

FORMAL.  SECOND  SINGULAR.  SECOND  PLURAL. 

loben  Sic  lobe  lobt,  praise 

fcljcn  Sic  ftel)  fetyt,  see 

lommeit  Sic  lomm  fommt,  come 

fattgen  Sic  an  fangc  an  fangt  anf  begin 

iibcrfc^ett  Sic  iibcrfc^c  iibcrfc^t,  translate 

madjen  Sic  auf  tnat^c  aitf  nta^t  auf,  open 

(irreg.)  fcictt  Sic  fci  fcit>f  be 

Except  jein  all  imperatives  are  regular.  The  only  ones  offering  any 
difficulty  are  those  of,  verbs  whose  root  vowel  is  e,  which  changes  to 
te  or  t  in  the  second  singular.  These  form  the  imperative  simply 
by  dropping  the  (e)ft  of  the  second  person  singular  present  indicative 
active. 

tterfett,  bit  rtnrfjt,  ttnrf;  geben,  bit  gtbft,  gib;  lefett,  bit  Itef(ef)t,  lies; 
fpredjen,  bit  tyridjft, 


Vocabulary. 

bcr  «u'9Cttb(ittf  bic  ^ttgcnblttfc,  II,  auf  ftcljcn,  ftanb  cwf,  aufgcftanbcn 

the  moment.  (fetn)f  to  stand  up,  get  up. 

ba3  ^o'ttigmd),  bic  ^5ntgreitl)cf  II,  beftt'djctt,  befttd)tcf  befttt^t,  to  visit. 
the  kingdom. 


THE  IMPEEATIVE.  223 

lut'tcit,  bat,  gebetett,  to  beg;  for,  su'madjen,  tttadjte  511,  sugemadjt,  to 

Ultt  w.  ace.    (id))  bttte  =  please  in  s/iw£,  cZose. 

a  request;  and  you  are  welcome  bod),  adv.,  yet;  with  imperative,  / 

in  answer  to  f, battle/'  MawA;  2/ow.  pray    or   do;    matte   bod),  pray 

UWt'teit  (weak),  to  wait;  for,  aitf  waft;  or  do  wait,  usually  used  if 

w.  ace.  bitte  is  omitted. 

ftci'gctt  (weak),  to  sftow.  ftfjncl!,  adj.  or  adv.,  fast,  rapidly. 
tme'ber,  adv.,  again. 

184.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  2Ba§  Ijat  ber  SSoget  tf)un  miiffen?  2.  2Bot)tn  tft  ber 
SDlann  gegangen?  3.  SBa$  ^at  er  bort  gefmtbett?  4.  9Sa§ 
t^at  feme  fiSntfltn?  5.  §at  fie  bie  Jpr  i()re^  3^mmcrd  3U' 
gemarfjt?  6.  2Ba$  fagte  fie  Don  bem  ©djloffe  unb  bem  ©arten? 

(6)  1.  Sittc,  jetge  mir  bem  33ttd) ;  ic^  Ijabe  metne^  fcertoren. 
2.  SSarten  @te  borf)  etnen  3lugenbIt(J ;  er  ^at  ttergeffen,  bie 
Spr  gujumadE)cn*  3.  ©teljt  bot^  auf  unb  befut^t  enre  grennbe. 
4.  gauge  bie  2lufgabe  an  unb  itberfefee  biefe  ©cite.  5.  gr  bat 
urn  ein  ®onigreitf)  unb  nod)  brei  SBitnfcfye.  6.  Sttte,  ge^e  nad) 
£wufe  ^u  beiner  SKutter,  aber  lomnte  gfeid)  tDieber  ju  un^. 

7.  Steven  ©ie  auf,  bitte,  unb  ntad)en   ©ie  ba§  genfter  311. 

8.  ©efye  bot^  nit^t  fyin,  id)  noitt  bir  etnoa^  9?eue§  jeigen.    9.  Sir* 
beite  immer  gut  unb  lerne  beine  2lufgaben,  bann  tDirft  bu  ©eutfd) 
fpredjen  lonneu.      10.  ©prit^  laut,  bitte,  unb  lie§  bod^  nid)t  fo 
fdjnelL 

(c)  Write  all  imperatives  three  ways.  —  1.  Please  wait  a  mo- 
ment ;  I  want  to  close  this  open  window.  2.  Stand  up,  pray, 
and  translate  that  long  sentence.  3.  Show  me  your  new  coat, 
please,  before  I  visit  my  tailor  to  have  mine  made.  4.  Do  not 
begin  to  translate  before  the  teacher  arrives.  5.  Lay  the  book 
on  the  table  and  write  something  good  in  it  (l)tnem).  6.  Do 
not  repeat  the  sentence  always  before  you  go  on  to  begin  a  new 


224  SYNTAX. 

(one).  7.  Please  help  me  with  my  coat;  it  is  very  small. 
8.  When  I  got  up  to-day  I  skimmed  over  an  old  book.  9.  Wait 
a  moment  for  me,  please,  and  I  will  buy  you  another  cup  of 
tea.  10.  Do  not  show  your  exercise  to  your  other  teachers  ; 
this  book  is  not  very  hard. 

(cZ)  gine  ©efcf)t(f)te.  —  A  young  boy  asked  his  father  for  a 
new  horse.  "Father/7  said  he,  "please  give  me  that  big  brown 
horse."  The  father  said  :  "  You  are  very  young.  Learn  to 
read  books  and  translate  exercises  before  you  begin  to  ride, 
We  (man)  cannot  always  ride,  but  we  can  always  study."  But 
he  did  not  convince  the  boy. 

LESSON    XLIV. 

(PAGES  52  i-53  ie.) 
INFINITIVES  AND  PARTICIPLES. 
Semen  @te  an^toenbtg  :  —  • 

£)enn  toa§  man  fdjtoarj  anf  toetfc  befifct, 
®ann  man  getroft  nad)  §anfe  tragen. 

Solfgang  Don  ©oetlje  (1749-1832). 


185.  The  Infinitives.  —  (a)  There  are  two  infinitives  in  Ger- 
man: present,  [oben,  to  praise;  geljen,  to  go;  and  perfect, 
getobt  jn  fyaben,  to  have  praised  ;  gegangen  ju  fein,  to  have  gone. 

(6)  The  infinitive  without  the  sign  jn  is  used  after  modal 
auxiliaries  and  after  fitfjlen,  Ijetften,  fjetfen,  ^5ren,  laffen,  lefyren, 
(ernen,  ma^en,  fe!)en. 

3d)  fotttttc  t^tt  fc^Ctt,  I  could  see  him. 

3d)  fal)  iljn  am  fjcnftcr  ftcl)cnf  I  saw  him  stand  at  the  window. 

®r  Icnttc  gut  fefen,  he  learned  to  read  well. 

3d)  Ijiirte  il)n  !ommcttf  I  heard  him  come. 


INFINITIVES  AND  PAETICIPLES.  225 

(c)  In  other  cases  ju  is  used  ,when  the  infinitive  has  to  in 
English  :  — 

(£r  fmg  an,  eincn  S5ricf  p  fdjmbett,  Ae  &e#<m  to  write  a  ?e«er. 
X>ie  $uf  gabe  ift  f  cfyttJer  511  itberfe^en,  the  exercise  is  hard  to  translate. 

(d)  The  infinitive  may  be  used   as  a  noun.     It   is   always 
preceded  by  the  neuter  article  and  belongs  to  the  first  class  of 
nouns  :  — 


Sebcn  ift  feljr  fdjiht,  life  (to  live)  is  very  beautiful. 
(e)  Besides  uttt,  denoting  purpose,  the  infinitive  is  also  used 
after  cmftdtt,  instead  of,  and  ofytte,  without,  where  English  em- 
ploys a  verbal. 

Instead  of  going,  he  came,  rmftott  $tt  geljeit,  ift  er  gel  outmen* 
Without  asking  me,  she  went  home,  Dtytte  mid)  511  fragett,  ging  fie 


(/)  The  infinitive  is  always  preceded  by  its  objects  and 
modifiers.  See  examples  above. 

186.  The  Participles.  —  (a)    There   are  two    participles   in 
German:    present,   lobenb,  praising  ;   gef)Ctlb,  going;   perfect, 
gelobt,  praised;  gegcmgen,  gone. 

(&)  The  participle  may  be  used  as  an  adjective  or  a  noun. 
It  is  preceded  by  its  modifiers,  and  as  an  adjective  it  stands 
before  its  noun  :  — 

Q£itt  burd)  Me  Stafct  ftteffenber  §fUtfff  a  river  flowing  through  the  city. 
(£ht  tJOtt  einem  gefetyrtett  Secret  gefd)riebette3  ^Bit(^f  a  book  written  by 
a  learned  teacher. 

£>te  5fuf0tttmett&ett,  the  neivcomers. 

187.  Infinitives   and   Participles  are  not   used   so  much  in 
German  as  in  English. 

(a)  German  does  not  possess  the  progressive  and  emphatic 


226  SYNTAX. 

forms  of  the  verb.     For  the  three  forms,  he  praises,  he  is  prais- 

ing, and  he  does  praise,  the  German  has  but  one  form  :  er  lobt. 

(6)  Where  English  has  an  infinitive  or  participial  phrase 

German  uses  a  finite  clause,  commonly  introduced  by  bd. 

Not  finding  him  in  the  house,  I  looked  for  him  in  the  garden,  ba  id) 
ityit  nid)t  im  $au(e  fattb,  fudjte  id)  iljn  im  ®artett, 

Coming  home,  he  found  the  letter  on  his  table,  al3  er  ttad)  ^cutfe  lam, 
fanb  cr  ben  SBricf  auf  feinem  Xifdje. 

I  knew  him  to  be  my  friend,  id)  ttW^te,  bafj  er  mcitt  gtottttb  ttwr* 

188.  Vocabulary. 

ber  ®efd)matf  ,  the  taste.  Jjerun'terfaflett,   ftel  tyeruuter,    I)e= 

ba3  Se'beit,  bc^  £eben3f  I,  life.  runtergef  alien    (fcin),    to    Jail 

ba3  Javier',  bie  ^aptere,  II,  the  down. 

paper  (material  only).  Derbeffent,  tierbcfferte,  tjerbeffertf 

ba§  X^ca'ter,  bie  £fyeaterf  I,  ^e  ^o  correct,  improve. 

theatre.  5tt'fd)iwen,  fd)aute  511,  pgefdjaut, 

auf'fpringen,    f^rang   auff    aufge-  with  dat.,  to  look  on,  watch. 

fprungen  (fetn),  to  jump  up.  ba,  subord.  conj.,  as. 

ftte'ftett,  flog,  gefloffett(fein),  to  flow.  Jeid)tr  adj.,  light,  easy. 


189.  Exercises. 

i 

(a)  1.  SBarum  toar  bie  grau  ni(^t  jitfrteben  ?      2. 

an§  unb  tDa^  tt)at  er?  3.  Scfyautett  bie  anberen  511? 
4.  aSarum  ift  er  aufcjcfprungen  ?  5.  ^ft  [erne  Srone  ^cruntcr* 
gefatfen?  6.  3  ft  ber  23oget  ttriebergefommen  ? 

(6)  1.  J)a  tii)  aitffprang,  fat)  id)  if)n  (jerunterfatten.  2.  Seine 
Dcrbcffcrtc  Slufgabe  ift  f^mer  jit  iibcrfe^en.  3.  O^ne 
gu  moUen,  ift  fie  mtt  un^  gefommen,  nid)t  tt>at)r  ?  4. 
fefcett  btefer  3lufgabe  ift  fe^r  letdjt  5.  @(^aue  bo^  gu,  anftatt 
fo  met  ju  fprecf)en!  6.  £)iefe3  te^te  Rapier  mar  nicf)t  nad) 
meinem  ®efcf)ma(J  gemefen.  7.  £)a  bit  it)n  ni^t  fyaft  ftnben 


REVIEW.  227 

fonnen,  btft  bn  gletdj  fyterfyergefommen.      8.  £)a3  unmet  tan* 
jenbe    3J£abd)en    tft    Jjerutttergefaflen,    anftatt    anf^ufpringen. 

9.  JOIjne  @te  ju  befudjen,  toerben  ftrir  gtetcl)  toettergefjen  miiffen. 

10.  Qd)  fefye,  baft  biefer  le^te  ®a£  fefjr  leicfjt  tft 

(c)  1.  Without  saying  anything  I  sprang  up  and  looked  on. 

2.  We  saw  the  man  fall  down  who  had  jumped  up  so  easily. 

3.  Having  corrected  your  exercise,  you  must  write  it  on  a  new 
piece  of  paper.       4.  Not  wanting  to  improve  their  taste,  they 
remained  at  home  instead  of  going  to  the  (tn§)  theatre  and 
looking   on.       5.  Did  you  write   that   last   sentence  without 
having  to  correct  it?       6.  Flowing  water  is  very  beautiful  to 
see,  isn't  it  ?      7.  It  is  hard  to  buy  a  good  coat  without  having 
much  money.       8.  Jump   up,  please,  and   shut   the  window. 
9.  Not  having  seen  them  go  into  the  wood,  she  could  not  find 
them  easily.       10.  We  heard  you  singing  in  the  house. 

(d)  A  Letter  (cut  33rtef).  —  Dear  Mr.  Brown:  I  arrived  here 
yesterday  toward  noon.     Not  having  anything  (not  anything 
=  ?)  else  to  do,  I  went  to  the  theatre  in  the  afternoon.     It 
was  not  an  entertaining  piece,  so  (a(fo)  instead  of  waiting  I 
went  away  (toeg)  without  looking  on  till   (bt§   an)   the   end. 
I  shall  come  to  visit  you  to-morrow.  —  Your  friend. 

LESSON   XLV. 

(PAGES  56  1-57  16.) 
EEVIEW. 

Semen  ©te  anSfoenbtg  :  — 

Qn  Dorfjmut  iiberfyeb'  btcf)  ntdjt, 
Unb  (af;  ben  2ftut  ntrf)t  finfen, 

betnem  Styfet  nify'  tn$  8tci)t, 
Itnb  tag  bie  SBnr^el  trinfen. 

—  griebrtcf)  SRitcfert  (1788-1866), 


228  SYNTAX. 

190.  (1)  a.    Give  the  inseparable  prefixes.      b.  Where  do 
the  separable  prefixes  stand  in  simple  tenses  ?  in  compound 
tenses  ?  with  the  infinitive  ?     c.  What  prefixes  are  sometimes 
separable  and  sometimes  inseparable  ?      d.    Give  the  rule  for 
distinguishing  these  by  their  accent,     e.   Explain  the  distinc- 
tion in  the  use  of  l)hl  and  fyer. 

(2)  a.   Give  the  rule  for  regular  formation  of  the  imperative 
second  singular,     b.    Give  the  rule  for  the  second  singular  im- 

.  perative  of  verbs  in  e  that  change  e  to  it  or  t  in  the  second 
singular  indicative,  c.  Explain  the  use  of  bod)  with  the  im- 
perative, d.  Is  ,,6ttte"  an  imperative?  Might  it  be? 

(3)  a.    Give  the  cases  where  English  uses  to  with  the  infini- 
tive, where  ju  is  omitted  in  German,     b.    What  is  the  position 
of  the  infinitive  with  reference  to  its  modifiers  ?     c.   What  is 
the  force  of  ixm  with  the  infinitive  ?     d.    What  other  preposi- 
tions are  regularly  used  with  the  infinitive  ? 

(4)  a.    Give  the  two  chief  uses  of  the  participle  in  German. 
b.   What  is  the  German  equivalent  for  the  following:  He  is 
singing  very  beautifully.     Not  seeing  anything  in  the  garden,  I 
went  into  the  house,     c.   What  is  the  position  of  the  participle 
with   reference  to   its   modifiers  ?     d.    Which   language   uses 
participles  more  frequently,  German  or  English  ? 

191.  Vocabulary. 

bfe  Suft,  bte  Sitfte,  n,  the  air.  fdjcCten  (fd)Ut),  fdjalt,  gefdjolten, 

bag  Spiel,  btc  Spiclc,  II,  the  game,  to  scold. 

play.  cttg,  adj.,  narrow  ;  of  clothes,  tight ; 

btc  2Bci'Ic,  IV,  the  while,  time.  of  (air  in)  a  room,  close. 

iwf'ljorcn,  Ijiirtc  auff  aufgcljbrt,  to  frifd),  &&].,  fresh. 

stop,  with  infinitive  and  511*  frtity'lid),  adj.,  joyous,  happy. 

rc'bett  (weak),  to  speak,  to  talk;  gcnug',  adv.,   enough,  always  fol- 

it   is  just   a  little   more   formal  lowing  the  word  it  qualifies. 

than  ftredjciu  f|mtf  adj.,  late. 


REVIEW.  229 

192.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  2Bie  f Sngt  biefe  ®ef  d)id)te  an  ?  2.  3Ba§  toottte  ^eter 
toerben  ?  3.  §at  ber  Sdjnetber  anf  geljort  jn  fdjeften  ?  4.  SSar 
^eter  frofylid)  in  bem  engen  3^^^^?  5.  2$ft$  fagte  ^eter,  al$ 
er  toeitergegangen  tnar  ?  6.  28a3  Ijat  er  gefauf t  ? 

(&)  1.  £)n  I)aft  angefangen,  ben  SBalb  gn  bnrdjbringen,  aber 
rotr  fyaben  e§  nicf)t  nnterne^men  tuotten.  2.  $Rebe  boc^  nicf)t  [o 
fdjnett  nnb  fdjtlt  ben  armen  3<un9etl  wfy*  3-  ®a  ir)^r  nidjts 
anbere^  jn  t^un  fatten,  ^at  nn§  ba^  @^)te(  fetjr  gut  nnterfyatten. 
4.  2t(^  t(^  gcftcrn  fpdt  na(^  ©aufc  lam,  fanb  ic^  bie  8uft  ganj 
eng  in  nteiner  @tnbe.  5.  33itte,  lommen  @ie  ^er,  e^e  e§  gn 
fpat  tt)irb.  6.  9Barte  bo^  eine  SBeile,  anftatt  fo  fdjnett  gu 
ge^en.  T.  £)a  fie  nid^t^  S^eue^  fanb,  afe  fie  anlam,  ging  fie 
fcfynett  it)eiter»  8.  D^ne  bic^  fd)e(ten  jn  iDoHen,  mn^  id)  eine 
3BeiIe  mit  bit  reben*  9.  J)a  @ie  nic^t  (ant  genng  reben,  ttierben 
@ie  i^n  nid)t  itbergengen  lonnen.  10.  ©a  ft)ir  anf^oren  tDoflten, 
ift  ein  anberer  (Skitter  anfgeftanben  nnb  ^at  ben  @a^  nberfe^t, 
11.  @ei  frfiljttd),  ba  bie  8uft  fo  frif^  ift.  12.  ®ittt,  madje  bie 
£f)itr  anf  nnb  nnter^alte  biejenigen,  trel^e  nn^  befnd)en* 
13.  3lnftatt  t)om  ©piele  gn  reben,  toieberfjoten  @ie  ben  le^ten 
Safe  nnb  itberfe^en  ©ie  i^n.  14.  ®a  h)ir  nid)t  gnt  Ijaben 
gufdjauen  fonnen,  finb  tt)ir  anfgeftanben,  o^ne  ein  SBort  jn  fagen, 
15.  Ofyne  gleid)  an^nfangen  jn  itberfe^en,  ^aft  bn  ba^  genfter 
antgemacljt  nnb  ein  53n^  bnrd)btattert.  16.  @r  ^orte  anf  mid) 
gn  t^erbeffern,  nnb  fing  an  jn  fc^elten. 

Write  all  the  imperatives  three  ways.  —  (c)  1.  The  people  be- 
gan to  arrive  before  my  father  had  embraced  the  children. 

2.  Not   having    enough   fresh   air,   we   opened   the   window. 

3.  You  went  quickly  farther  without  stopping.       4.    Arriving 
at   home,    she   stopped  talking    and    embraced    her   mother. 


230  SYNTAX. 


5.  When  they  had  stopped  speaking  we  began  to  entertain  our 
friends.  6.  Without  speaking  a.  word,  the  children  will  sur- 
round us  to  get  their  books.  7.  Please  repeat  that  last  sen- 
tence, in  order  to  convince  me.  8.  Pray  stand  up  and 
translate  the  exercise  on  this  page.  9.  Please  give  me  your 
glass;  mine  is  smashed.  10.  Without  waiting  a  moment 
they  have  gone  rapidly  to  the  right  (nad)  redjtS).  11.  Every 
one  ought  to  translate  these  sentences  at  home  before  undertak- 
ing (he  undertakes)  to  read  them  here  in  school.  12.  Those 
who  skim  this  book  will  not  learn  much  German.  13.  Yester- 
day toward  evening  our  old  servant  came  home,  and  instead  of 
embracing  the  children,  he  opened  the  door  and  went  into  his 
little  room.  14.  Were  you  able  to  translate  that  last  long 
sentence  without  making  (any)  mistakes  ?  15.  These  long 
sentences  are  easy  to  translate  for  those  who  have  studied  the 
book.  16.  It  is  hard  to  write  German  exercises  without 
knowing  the  words. 

LESSON  XLVI. 

(PAGES  57  n-59  e.) 
THE  PASSIVE  VOICE. 

8crncn  @tc  an§toenbtg  :  — 

®IM  Wfet  fid)  nid)t  Don  ®ott  erbitten 
llnb  nidjt  t»om  @hnmel  fid)  erfleljn, 
@§  nrirb  ertchnpft  ntdjt,  nid)t  erftrttten, 
llnb  nie  errungen  fann  man's  fefyn. 

—  getibor  2BeI)[  (1821-1890). 

193.  The  Passive  Voice  of  transitive  verbs  is  formed  by 
conjugating  toerben  with  the  past  participle  (the  third  one  of 
the  principal  parts). 


THE   PASSIVE  VOICE.  231 

Notice  that  English  says,  /  am  praised;  German  says,  /  be- 
come praised.  English  ,has  the  equivalent  of  this  in  the  com- 
mon use  of  get.  I  get  praised. 

In  the  perfect  tenses  the  prefix  ge-  is  dropped  from  ge* 
toorben  for  euphony.  Qfy  &in  sefofrt  toorben.  ©etnorben 
would  sound  awkward. 

PRESENT  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE.  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PASSIVE  VOICE.  . 

id)  lucrbe  gefobt,  gefeljett  Pres.       id)    toerbe    gefobt,  /  am 

I  am  praised,  seen.  praised. 

bu  nrirft  gelubt,  gefeljett  Past-       '<*)  ttwrbc  gelobt,   /  was 

thou  art  praised-,  seen.  praised. 

cr  ttrirb  gefobt,  gefe^en  Tut.        i^  tuerbc  gclolit  werbcn,  7 

^6  is  praised,  seen.  shall  be  praised. 

ttrir  roerben  gelobtr  gefc^ctt  Perf.       id)  bin  gelubt  ttiorben,  I 

ice  are  praised,  seen.  have  been  praised. 

iljr  tticrbct  gelobt,  gcfcljcn  •  P.  Perf.  id)    ttwr    gctubt    njotbcttf 

?/ow  are  praised,  seen.  I  had  been  praised. 

fie  tterbeit  getobtf  gefcfyett  F.  Perf.  id)  ttierbc  gelobt   njorben 

they  are  praised,  seen.  feinf  /  shall  havetbeen 

praised. 

Conjugate  each  tense  in  full,  and  give  complete  synopses  in  the 
second  and  third  singular,  and  first,  second,  and  third  persons 
plural. 

IMPERATIVE. — toerbe  jjefobt  (rare),  ttJCtbet  gclobt  (rare),  be  praised. 
The  passive  imperative  is  usually  formed  with  fern :  — 
fei  gefobt,  fctb  gefobt,  feicn  Sie  gefobt,  be  praised. 

INFINITIVE. — Pres.    gefobt    (gu)    UJCrbettf   to   be  praised.      Perf.    gefobt 
iuovbcn  (511)  fciuf  to  have  been  praised. 

%  PARTICIPLE.  —  Fut.  511  fobcttb,  to  be  praised  (used  only  as  a  declinable 
adjective  preceding  its  noun),  cin  Stt  fobeitbet  9)?attttf  a  man  to  be 
praised.  Perf.  gdobt,  praised. 


232  SYNTAX. 


NOTE.  —  SBerben  thus  has  two  meanings  in  English  besides  its  regular 
meaning,  to  become.  In  the  future  it  means  shall  or  will;  in  the  passive, 
am,  is,  or  are.  Distinguish  carefully  :  — 

tcf)  tnerbe,  /  become. 

id)  tterbe  loben,  I  shall  praise. 

id)  toerbe  gelobt,  /  am  praised. 

When  you  see  a  form  of  inerben,  look  carefully  to  see  whether  it  is  used 
independently  or  is  followed  by  a  simple  infinitive  or  by  a  perfect  parti- 
ciple, and  then  translate  accordingly.  Except  in  the  future  it  may  gen- 
erally be  translated  by  get.  3d)  untrbe  trcmf,  /  got  sick.  3cf)  ftmrbe 
tt,  I  got  hit. 


194.  Dative  of  Agent.  —  The  agent  is  put  in  the  dative  after 
t)on*     The  English  by  with  the  agent  is  never  German  bet, 

3d)  toerbe  turn  bem  Scorer  gelobt,  I  am  praised  by  the  teacher. 
$>u  bift  t)on  beiner  Gutter  gelobt  toorfcen,  you  have  been  praised  by 
your  mother.  • 

195.  Vocabulary. 

bet  Sarm,  btc  Sorme,  II,  the  noise,  befm'en,  befreite,  befrett,  to  set 

bcr  9^ei'fterf  bic  9tteifterr  I,  the  free. 

master.  em'fd)tafen  (fc^taft  ein),  fd)Hef  eitt, 

btc  Xrc^'^cf  bic  Xrc^j^enf  IV,  the  ctngefdjlafcn  (fcin),  to  go  to  sleep, 

stairway  ;  upstairs  (motion),  bic  to  fall  asleep. 

Xrcwe    Jjtttawff    (rest)     uben;  tier^au'bcru,   tJer^attberte,    tJer^au= 

downstairs  (motion),  bie  Xu^e  beri,  to  enchant. 

l)tuuntcrf  (rest)  untetu  5etrei'gcttf  5cmf|f  ^emffett,  to  tear 

auf'nwdjen,  njadjtc  anff  auf(jcttiad)t  (to  pieces). 

(fein),  io  ioaA;e  tip,  intrans.  f^^Kf  adv.,  already. 


196.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  3S>ol)m  ging  ber  @d)neiber,  unb  it)o  ift  er  etngef  d^Iaf  en  ? 
2.  Sa3  fal)  er,  afe  er  aitfma^te?  3.  9Beffen  SBalb  tuar  e^r 
toorin  er  eingef  c^Iaf  en  tear  ?  4.  @r  jtt^It  bic  ®cf  ^td)ter  t)on  ttcm 


DATIVE    OF  AGENT.  233 

ba$  3)fribc!)en  serjaubert  ttmrbe  ?  5.  SBottte  fie  Don  bem  Jungen 
©djneiber  befreit  toerben  ?  6.  2Ba$  mu£te  fie  toerben,  ate  fie 
toon  ^eter  befreit  trwrbe  ? 

(6)  1.  ©er  arme  (Sctjneiber  ttmrbe  t>on  feinem  9fteifter  ge* 
fdjolten.  2.  5Du  ttrirft  jeben  Jag  gelobt,  ba  bu  beitte  Slufgabe  fo 
gut  itberfe^eft  3.  SBir  toerben  t?on  meinem  SSater  umarmt 
tDerben,  4.  J)er  SBalb,  tt)oritt  ba§  @^to§  tag,  ift  fcfyon  t)on 
bem  @t^neiber  burcfjbrmtgen  tDorben*  5.  @ie  iraren  Don  if)rem 
8e()rer  bie  SErep^e  fyinauf  getragen  lt)orben«  6.  SBurbeft  bu  toon 
beittem  3Keifter  bie  £reppe  ^iuunter  getragen  ?  7.  Slnftatt  anf ^ 
jntua^en,  ^at  ba^  tier^auberte  3Jiabtf)en  t^ieber  einfd^Iafen  miiffen. 
8.  £>a$  bicfe  papier  ift  fdjon  t)on  bem  lleinen  Snaben  jerrtffen 
tDorben.  9.  ©a  ber  8arm  fo  laut  tt)irbr  tt)erben  ft)ir  auffjoren 
mitffen,  bie  genfter  aufjumacfyen.  10.  !Su  toirft  ntc^t  befreit 
toerben,  et)e  ber  8ixrm  aufprt, 

(c)  1.  As  the  noise  became  too  loud,  the  window  was  shut 
by  the  boy.       2.  You  were  carried  upstairs  without  waking 
up.       3.  I  am  being  surrounded  by  the  children  who   have 
already  been   entertained  by  the  master.       4.  We  had  been 
freed  by  those  men.       5.  Not  being  able  to  run,  the  poor  cat 
was  torn  to  pieces  by  the  dogs.       6.  It  had  become  very  warm 
when  we  were  called  into  the  house.       7.  I  shall  not  wake  up 
before  I  am  called.       8.  Will  you  please  close  the  door  with- 
out making  a  noise?       9.  It  must  not  be  undertaken  without 
your  help  (ing).       10.  These   sentences   can   be   written  very 
easily  by  you,  as  you  have  translated  the  exercise. 

(d)  (Sine  ®efd)trf)te. — Yesterday  was  an  unlucky  (unglMUdj) 
day  at  our  house  (bei  Wl$).     In  the  morning  our  white  cat  was 
killed  and  at  noon  our  big  dog  was  shot  by  a  boy  who  lives 
near  us.     Not  finding  them  when  he  arrived  in  the  evening, 


234  SYNTAX. 

father  got  very  angry  and  seized  the  boy  to  scold  him.  But 
learning  that  it  had  been  done  by  accident  (au§  23erfel)en),  he 
stopped  without  beating  the  boy. 

(e)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Tell  the  story  in  the  perfect 
or  past  (whichever  you  did  not  use)  and,  except  the  first  sen- 
tence, also  in  the  future,  omitting  the  subordinate  clauses. 

LESSON  XL VII. 

(PAGES  59  7-60  22.) 

PASSIVE  VOICE  (continued).     SUBSTITUTES   FOB  THE  PASSIVE. 
Semen  Sie  au^toenbtg  :  — 

(§3  ift  befthmnt  in  ®otte3  mat, 
£)aJ3  man  fcom  Siebften,  tuaS  man  Ijat, 
SKufj  fcfjetben. 
-grnft  greifjerr  Don  geu^ter^teben  (1806-1849). 

197.  Uses  of  the  Perfect  Participle.  —  When  the  Perfect 
Participle  is  used  as  an  adjective  denoting  completed  action  in 
English,  German  uses  fetn  as  copula. 

The  door  is  shut.  Me  Sljitr  ift  gefrfjloffetu 
The  cloth  is  torn,  iw§  £utf)  ift  ^erriffen. 

This  must  not  be  confused  with  the  passive  construction, 
often  expressed  the  same  way  in  English  (because  in  English 
to  be  is  both  the  sign  of  the  passive  and  the  copula). 

The  door  is  (being)  shut,  btc  $J)itr  rtrirb  gcfdjfuffetu 
The  cloth  is  (being)  torn,  fca3  £nd)  ttrirb  gcrriffctt. 

A  simple  way  to  distinguish  is  to  make  the  verb  active.  If 
the  tense  stays  the  same  without  changing  the  meaning  of  the 
original  sentence,  use  toerben.  But  if,  in  order  to  keep  the 
original  meaning,  you  have  to  change  the  tense,  use  fetn. 


THE  PASSIVE    VOICE. 


235 


PASSIVE. 

The  door  is  being 

shut. 
The  door  is  shut. 

The  cloth  is  being 

torn. 
The  cloth  is  torn. 


ACTIVE.  RULE. 

Some  one  is  shut-    Use 

ting  the  door. 
Some  one  has  shut    Use  feitt, 

the  door. 
Some  one  is  tear-    Use 

ing  the  cloth. 
Some  one  has  torn    Use  feitt, 

the  cloth. 


EXAMPLE. 
£>ie  Xljitr  ttirb  gc= 

fdjloffetu 
$>te    Xljitr   ift  ge= 

fdjfofieti. 
S)^  £ud)  ttrirb  acr= 

riffetu 


feu* 


Always  use  fterben  when  the  agent  is  expressed.  TJie  cloth 
was  torn  may  be  translated  correctly,  bd§  Zni)  lt>ar  5erriffen  or 
ba$  Zntf)  tmtrbe  gerriffen,  but  the  doth  was  torn  by  the  man  can 
be  translated  correctly  only  by  ba§  Zntf)  ftmrbe  Don  bem  3)tannc 

jerriffen, 

198.  Passive  of  Verbs  governing  the  Dative.  —  Verbs  followed? 
by  the  dative  are  used  only  impersonally  (that  is,  with  e$  as 
subject)  in  the  passive,  the  subject  being  put  in  the  dative 
of  indirect  object.  lam  thanked,  e$  tmrb  Ttttr  gebcmft  (lit.  it  is 
thanked  to  me).  You  were  helped  by  a  man,  e£  ftwrbe  btr  (eil(^r 
toon  etnem  aWannc  ge 


• 
199.    Substitutes  for  the  Passive.  —  German  uses  the  Passive 

less  than  English. 

(a)  When  the  agent  is  not  expressed,  man  with  the  active 
may  be  used.  I  am  thanked,  man  banft  mtr.  You  were  asked, 
man  fragte  bid)  (end),  @te).  We  shall  be  convinced,  man  ttrirb 
nn§  itberjengen.  It  is  said,  man  fagt. 

(&)  When  the  agent  is  expressed,  the  sentence  may  be  in- 
verted, the  agent  becoming  the  subject,  and  the  subject,  the 
object.  You  were  helped  by  a  man,  em  9ftann  fyat  btr  (cud), 
$f)nen)  getjolfen.  The  cloth  was  torn  by  the  man,  ber  3Kann 


236  SYNTAX 

200.  Vocabulary. 

ber  Scir,  be3  Sarett,  V,  ^e  bear.  fof'gen  (weak)  (jeitt)  with  dat.,  to 

bte  $a'me,  bte  $ameu,  IV,  the  lady.  follow. 

ber  s#a'me(tt),  be3  9?amett3,  bte  gettritt'nen,  gettJatw,  gettonttett,  to 

9?amettr  I,  the  name.  win. 

bcr  ffitt  tcrf  bte  fitter,  I,  Me  fcragrto.  edjt,  adj.,  genuine,  real. 

ber  @d)lnf,  be3  6d)(afe£,  II,  (the}  gettrif;',  adj.,  certain ;  adv.,  certainly. 

sleep.  fflltft,  adv.,  formerly ;   adversative 

erlau'fcen,  erfaubte,  erlaitbtf  with  conjunct.,  otherwise. 

dat.,  to -allow,  permit. 

201.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  2Ba§  mu^te  er  t^unr  um  bte  Same  ju  geiDtnnen? 
2.  3Bar  er  gemi^  em  edjter  JRtttcr?  3.  2Serftanb  bte  £)ame 
fetnen  Xiamen?  4.  SBa^  tljat  ber  ©c^neiber,  ate  bte  Same 
ucrfc^ttjanb?  5.  SBte  tDar  e$,  ate  er  aufma^te?  6. 
tuotlte  er  ftnben  ? 

(6)  1.  £)ie  Same  tft  fcom  fitter  getoonnen  noorben.  2. 
@rf)(af  be^  53aren  ift  geftrifs  ntcf)t  ed)t,  fonft  toirb  er  ntdjt  fo  fetc^t 
auftDarfjen.  3.  @ttt>a3  fo  ©ro^e^  fann  geim§  nid)t  t)erloren 
tuerben.  4.  Qfy  bin  tf)m  gefolgt,  anftatt  ifym  ju  erlaubenr  mtr 
gu  folgen.  5.  Die  Xaffe,  bie  im  ©arten  t)ergeffen  tDurbe,  tft 
gerbrotfjen  tDorben,  ntc^t  iDa^r?  6.  Dfyne  tjerbeffert  311  tt)erbenr 
tDerben  feine  3lufgaben  itberfe^t.  T4  Siefer  @a^  ift  t)erbeffert ; 
jener  ttrirb  t)on  bem  ?e^rer  tierbeffert  tDerben.  8.  £m  bift  in  bie 
Stabt  gefdjicft  tDorben  nnb  tt>nrbeft  bort  t»on  un§  gefunben. 

9.  Sftan  l)at  bid)  in  bie  <2tabt  gefdjidt,  nnb  \mr  fanben  bi(^  bort, 

10.  ®a^  genfter  tt)irb  Don  bem  §errn  anfgemad)t,  nnb  er  lt)irb 
fe^r  toarm  in  ber  barmen  8uft. 

(c)  1.  Put  into  the  passive  voice  the  first  English-into-German 
sentence  in  Lessons  V.,  VI. ,  and  IX.      2.  In  Lessons  XL,  XIL, 


EEFLEXIVE    VEEBS.  237 

and  XIII.  3.  The  lady,  whose  name  has  been  forgotten,  was 
won  by  the  knight,  wasn't  she?  4.  The  bear  has  fallen 
asleep,  and  his  sleep  is  certainly  genuine ;  otherwise  he  will 
hear  us  talk.  5.  I  was  convinced  when  I  awoke  and  got  up. 
6.  You  will  not  be  allowed  to  begin  your  book.  7.  We  are 
being  called  by  the  knight  who  knows  our  names.  8.  With 
out  being  scolded- those  pupils  cannot  translate  their  sentence. 
9.  Coming  borne  late,  you  will  be  scolded  instead  of  being 
praised.  10.  Instead  of  being  cut,  the  piece  of  cloth  was  torn 
by  the  tailor. 

(cT)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Give  the  two  substitutes  for 
the  passive  suggested  in  §  199  (a)  and  (6)  for  each  of  the 
abo\e  sentences. 


LESSON  XL  VIII. 

(PAGES  60  23-62  9.) 
EEFLEXIVE  VERBS. 
Semen  @ie  auSftenbig:  — 

g§  btfbet  cm  latent  fid)  in  ber  ©title, 
@td)  em  Sfyarafter  in  bem  @trom  ber  SBett. 

SBotfgang  toon  ©oetlje  (1749-1832). 


202.  Reflexive  Verbs.  —  A  reflexive  verb  is  one  whose  object 
is  a  pronoun  referring  to  the  subject. 

The  reflexive  pronoun  for  the  first  and  second  persons  is  the 
same  as  the  personal,  except  for  @ie  (formal  address).  For 
the  third  person  and  @ie,  it  is  fid)  in  both  numbers  and  cases 
(dat.  and  ace.). 

As  the  reflexive  verb  always  has  an  object  (the  pronoun), 
the  auxiliary  is  always 


238  SYNTAX. 

Conjugation  of  fid)  freuen,  freute  fid),  fid)  gefreut,  to  rejoice. 

INDICATIVE. 
Present.  Past. 

id)  frcuc  micfy,  /  rejoice.  id)  frcute  mid),  /  rejoiced. 

bu  frcuft  bid),  thou  rejoicest.  bu  freitteft  bid),  thou  rejoicedst. 

er  frcut  fid)r  he  rejoices.  er  ftcute  fid),  Ae  rejoiced. 

ttiir  freuen  un3,  toe  rejoice.  nrir  freutcn  uri3,  ire  rejoiced. 

iljr  frcut  cud)f  yew  rejoice.  ifyr  freutct  cud),  yow  rejoiced. 

fie  freuen  fid),  zfte?/  rejoice.  fie  freutcu  fid),  ^e?/  rejoiced. 

Future. 

id)  toerbe  imd)  freueu,  I  shall  rejoice. 
&u  wirft  bit^  freuen,  thou  wilt  rejoice,  etc. 

Per/eci. 

id)  Ijabe  mi^  gefreut,  /  have  rejoiced. 

tw  I)aft  bid)  gefreut,  thou  hast  rejoiced,  etc. 

Past  Perfect. 

id)  Ijatte  mic^  jjefreut,  I  had  rejoiced. 

bn  l)atteft  bid)  gefrent,  ^o?^  /i«ds^  rejoiced,  etc. 

Future  Perfect. 

id)  tterbe  mid)  gefreut  ^aben,  I  shall  have  rejoiced. 
bn  tuirft  biti^  gefreut  fyaben,  thou  wilt  have  rejoiced,  etc. 

Imperative. 
freue  bi^,  frent  end),  freuen  Sic  fid),  rejoice. 

Infinitives. 

Pres.  fid)  (mid),  bid),  etc.)  (311)  freuen,  to  rejoice. 
Perf.    fid)  (mid),  bid),  etc.)  gefreut  (511)  Ijaben,  to  ftave  rejoiced. 

Participles. 

Pres.  ftr^  freuenb,  rejoicing  (rare). 

Perf.  fid)  gefreut,  rejoiced  (used  only  in  compound  tenses,  never  as 
adjective). 


REFLEXIVE    VERBS.  239 

Give  complete  synopses  of  all  persons  and  both  numbers,  including  the 
formal  address. 

Conjugate  each  tense  in  full,  remembering  to  change  the  reflexive  pro- 
noun in  each  form  to  agree  with  the  personal  one  (subject). 

203.  Use  of  Reflexives.  —  Eeflexives  are  commoner  in  Ger- 
man than  English. 

(a)  Any  transitive  verb  may  be  used  reflexively  :  — 

$d)  f  d)netbe  ba3  £$f  eif  d),  /  cut  the  meat. 
3d)  fdjneibc  mid),  I  cut  myself. 

(b)  Intransitives  may  also  be  used  reflexively.     This  is  an 
impersonal  idiom,  used  only  with  e$  :  — 

(£3  geljt  fid)  nidjt  fetyr  gut  im  SSalbe,  the  walking  is  not  good  in  the  wood. 
<§ter  tanst  e3  fid)  feljr  fdjiht,  the  dancing  here  is  very  fine. 
(&§  fdjttrimmt  fid)  nidjt  letdjt  in  bicfem  fatten  Staffer,  swimming  isn't 
easy  in  this  cold  water. 

(c)  Eeflexives  are  often  used  as  substitutes  for  the  passive  :  — 

The  door  is  opened  (opens),  bie  Xljitr  tiffnet  fid), 
The  book  has  been  lost,  ba3  23nd)  Ijat  fid)  toedorcn*' 

This  paper  is  easily  torn,  Mefe3 


204.  Vocabulary. 

ber     ga'ben,    bic   g-abcn,    I,  the  fid)  befin'bcn,  bcfanb'  ftd)f  fid)  be- 

thread.  fun'beu  (id)  beftnbe  mi(^)  (to  find 

ba^  Sod)f  bte  SiJc^er,  III,  the  hole.  one's  self),  to  be;  (of  health)  to 

bie  9?a'beff  bic  ^abcdtf   IV,   the  do,  to  feel. 

needle.  fid)  bte'jjctt,  bog  fid)f  fid)  gebo'gett 

an'fd)auenr  fdjaute  an'f  an'gcft^aut,  (ic!)  btege  mid)),  to  bend  one's 

to  look  at.  self). 

an'feljett  (ftetjt  an),  fal)  an',  an'ge=  fid)  crin'ncrn,  erin'nerte  ftd)r  ftd) 

fel)cnf  to  look  at.  erin'ttert  (ic^  erinnere  ntid))f  to 

nii'l)en  (weak),  to  sew.  remember,  with  gen.  or  an  with 

the  ace. 


240  SYNTAX. 

fid)  freu'en,  freu'te  fid),  ftcty  gcfreut'  gera'fce,  adj.,  straight,  exact;  adv., 

(id)  freuc  mid)),  to  rejoice  (at}-,  right,  just  exactly, 

be  glad  (of),  with  gen.  fool)f,     adj.,    well,    used    only    of 

fid)  fdjii'mctt,  fdjamte  fid),  ft$  ge=  health. 

fd)timt  (id)  fdjcime  mid)),  to  &e  foemt,   subord.    conj.,  ivhen,  used 

ashamed  of,  with   gen.   or  with  only  of  present  and  future  time 

itbcr  and  ace.  and  in  general  cases  (whenever) 

fid)  fet'sctt,    feijte  fid),   fid)  gefe^t  as  opposed  to  a(3,  which  is  used 

(id)  fe£e  mid)),  to  si£  down,  take  only  of  definite  past  time. 

a  seat.  , 

205.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  9Ba$  befanb  fief)  in  bem  fdjonen  ©arten?  2.  §at 
^Jeter  fic^  gefreitt,  als  er  ben  ^ciren  anfat)?  3.  Sa^  t^at  er  mtt 
f etner  97abef  nnb  f etnem  gaben  ?  4.  3Bie  bef anb  ftd)  ^3eter,  aB 
ber  Sar  anfftanb?  5.  greitte  fid)  ber  33(ir,  etnen  guten 
(grf)neiber  jn  ftnben?  6.  SBann  (when)  ^atte  ber  33cir  ben  9xttter 
gegeffen? 

(&)  1.  Sir  ^aben  un^  be$  fd^onen  Setter^  gefrent,  ba§  tDtr 
gerabe  geftern  fatten.  2.  Sine  gute  ?fabel  biegt  ftt^  nidjt,  tuenn 
man  mtt  fletnem  gaben  ndl)t.  3.  ^Bttte,  fe^en  (2te  fic^  anf 
btefen  @tnI)L  4.  ®n  fc^amteft  bid)  betne^  9?amen3,  iDenn 
(whenever)  bn  bid)  beffen  ertnnerteft.  5.  Qdj  I)abe  ba$  8od) 
angefel)en,  aber  e^  mar  nid)t  ttef  genng.  6.  9Benn  luir  un^  gut 
(tr»ol)l)  befinben,  frenen  tDir  un^  be^  ®Iit<fe$.  7.  9)lein  alter 
$Rorf,  inorin  fid)  ein  8od)  befanbr  tourbe  mtt  einer  gro^en  ^abel 
unb  ftarfem  gaben  gena^t*  8.  Ofyne  fid)  baritber  ju  fd^cimenr 
barf  man  fid)  be§  8eben^  frenen,  toenn  man  fid)  gnt  (tt)ol)[) 
beftnbet.  9.  3^  inerbet  bie  ©a^e  nidjt  itberfe^en  Icinnen,  ba  i^r 
end)  nic^t  an  bie  Sorter  erinnert  10.  3l(§  @ie  toor  bem 
angelommen  finb,  fyaben  @te  anftatt  ftt^  jn  fe^en,  fid) 
Steiber  gefc^cimt,  nnb  ftnb  Sie  meitergegangen* 


EEFLEXIVE   VEBBS.  241 

(c)  1.  Whenever  you  remember  a  sentence,  please  take  a 
seat.       2.  Some  girls  are  ashamed  when  they  are  looked  at 
by   us.       3.  Eight   now  the  big  hole  in  your  coat  must  be 
sewed  with  this  little  needle  and  that  strong  thread.       4.  My 
needle  bent  just  before  it  was  broken.       5.  I  shall  be  glad  of 
some  good  weather  in  order  to  fish.       6.  Without  taking  a 
seat,  they  have  gone  farther  and  have  penetrated  the  wood. 
7.  We  had  sat  down  in  the  garden  where   the  big  tree  was 
(use  fid)  befinben).       8.  When  you  sit  down  you  do  not  re- 
member the  exercises  so  well.       9.  You  ought  to  be  ashamed 
when  you  sit  down  without  giving  a  chair  to  a  lady  who  is 
standing  (a   standing   lady).       10.  When  I  remember  a  sen- 
tence, I    am    glad ;    when   I   forget   it,   I   am   ashamed   and 
sit   down. 

(d)  A  Letter  (ein  Srief). 
Dear  Mother : 

To-day  we  all  stood  up  to  translate  our  exercises. 
"When  any  one  could  not  remember  a  sentence,  he  was  to  sit 
down.  Some  boys  sat  down  without  saying  a  word  when  the 
teacher  began  to  ask  them.  One  girl  was  ashamed  because  she 
could  not  remember  the  word  for  get.  After  a  while,  seeing 
me  still  standing,  the  teacher  asked  me  something  hard.  But 
I  remembered  the  sentence,  so  I  was  allowed  to  go  home.  I 
am  very  well  and  shall  arrive  at  home  to-morrow.  I  shall  be 
very  glad  to  see  you  again  and  to  embrace  you. 
•«  Your  son, 

Karl. 

P.S.  (Me  gftodjfdjrtft). 

I  am  ashamed,  but  I  do  not  remember  exactly  when  the  train 
(ber  3ug)  arrives. 


242  SYNTAX. 

LESSON  XLIX. 

(PAGES  62  io-63  28.) 
IMPERSONAL  VERBS. 
gernen  @te  au$ttenbtg  :  - 

^m  tounberfdjiJtien  9Kon 
21(3  atte  $no$pen  fprcmgen, 
£>a  ift  in  meinem  ©erjen 
£)ie  8tebe  aufgegcmgen. 

-§einrtd)  @eme  (1797-1856). 

206.   Impersonal  Verbs.  —  Impersonal  verbs  are  of  four  kinds 
or  classes. 

(a)  Pure  impersonals,  including  those  denoting  states  of  the 
weather.    (5$  regnet,  it  rains ;  e$  f  tf)tteit,  it  snows. 

Conjugation  of  e3  regnctf  it  rains. 
Pres.       c3  regnct,  it  rains. 
Past.       e3  regncte,  it  rained. 
Fut.        e^  tutrb  regncnr  it  will  rain. 
Perf.        e3  hot  gcregnet,  iY  /i«s  rained. 
P.  Perf.   e3  ^attc  geregnct,  it  had  rained. 
F.  Perf.  c§  tntrb  geregnet  Ijaben,  z«  tort?  have  rained. 
INFINITIVE.  — Pres.    (gu)  rcgitCtt,  to  rain.     Perf.    gcrcgnct  (511)  tyabett,  to 
Aave  rained. 

(6)  Impersonal  reflexives:  e$  fragt  fi(^,  it  is  a  question;  e$ 
fcijtrft  fttf|,  it  is  proper ;  e^  tjcrfte^t  fic^r  ^  is  a  matter  of  course. 

Conjugation  of  e§  f djttft  fid),  i'£  zs  proper. 

Pres.  e§  fdjtrft  ftd|f  it  is  proper. 

Past.  e3  fr^tcftc  ftd)f  it  was  proper. 

Fut.  c§  ttitrb  fid)  f^irfcnf  ^  toi7?  be  proper. 

Perf.  e3  ^at  fid)  gefd)irftf  ^  ^as  6ee/i  proper. 

P.  Perf.  e3  ^attc  fid)  gefdjirfi,  ^  Aa^  6ee?i  proper. 

F.  Perf.  e3  mirb  fid)  gef djirft  !)abenf  if  toi7Z  have  been  proper. 


IMPERSONAL    VERBS.  243 

INFINITIVE.  — Pres.  fid)  (jit) fdjirfeu,  to  be  proper.    Perf.   fid)  gefdjieft  (ju) 
I)rtlicnf  to  have  been  proper. 

(c)  Impersonals   with -the  accusative:   e$  freut  mid),  lam 
glad;  e$  twtttbert  mttf),  Iivonder. 

Conjugation  of  e3  freut  mid),  /  am  aJad 

PRESENT. 

e3  freut  mid),  /  am  glad.  t§  freut  uu3,  we  are  glad. 

e3  frcut  bid),  thou  art  glad.  e§  freut  eud),  yow  are  #Zaa*. 

e3  freut  U)tt  (fie,  e§),  he  (she,  it)  is  glad.      e3  freut  fie,  they  are  glad. 

SYNOPSIS. 

Pres.        e3  freut  Utid),  /  am  glad. 
Past.       e3  frcute  bi^f  i/iow  i^as^  glad. 
Fut.        e^  tt>irb  il)U  freueuf  he  will  be  glad. 
Perf.       e3  ^at  itn§  gefreutf  we  have  been  (were)  glad. 
P.  Perf.  e3  ^atte  eud)  gefreut,  you  had  been  glad. 
F.  Perf.  e3  nitrt)  fie  gefreut  l)abeuf  *^ey  tw'W  Tiave  been  glad. 
INFINITIVE.  —  Pres.  mid),  bid),  etc. ,  (gu)  freueu,     Perf.   mit^,  t»tc^f  etc., 
gefmtt  (ju)  Ijalieu* 

(d)  Impersonals  with  the  dative :  e§  tf)Ut  tntr  fetbr  Jam  sorry ; 
e$  fdHt  mtr'etn,  ^  occurs  to  me;  e§  gettngt  mtr,  /  succeed;  e$ 
gefrf)tef)t  mtr,  it  happens  to  me. 

Conjugation  of  e3  tl)itt  mir  leib,  I  am  sorry. 

PRESENT. 

e3  tl)ut  utir  (eibf  I  am  sorry.  t§  t^ut  tttt§  Ieibf  ice  are  sorry. 

e3  t^ut  Mr  leibf  thou  art  sorry.  e§  tl)ut  eut^  (eibr  z/ow  are  sorry. 

e§  t^ut  tljm  (ifyr,  itjm)  leib,  Ae  (s/ie,      e3  t^ut  i^ueu  leib,  ^ey  are  sorry. 
it}  is  sorry. 

SYNOPSIS. 

Pres.       e3  tljut  mir  Ieifcf  /  am  sorry. 
Past.       e§  tljat  bir  (eibf  ^OM  wast  sorry. 
Fut.        e§  niirb  iljm  leib  tl)Uttf  Tie  miZZ  be  sorry. 
Perf.       e3  ^at  utt3  (eib  getl)auf  toe  /iave  been  sorry. 
P.  Perf.  e^  Ijatte  eui^  (eib  getljau,  yoz*  had  been  sorry. 
F.  Perf.  e3  ttrirb  il)ueu  (eib  get^au  J)abeuf  ^ey  t(?i7Z  Tiave  6ee?i  sorryi 


244  SYNTAX. 


INFINITIVE.— -Pres.   tmt,  bit,  etc.,  left  ($ll)  tljtttt,    Perf.  wit,  Mr,  etc., 
left  gctljan  (311)  tyaben, 

207.  Impersonal  verbs  have  two  peculiarities. 

(a)  They  are  found  only  in  the  third  person  singular,  and 
are  conjugated  only  with  the  pronoun  e$. 

(£3  may  be  omitted  in  an  inverted  or  subordinate  clause,  except  with 
verbs  of  the  first  class,  e3  regttet,  etc. 

(&)  They  are  always  weak,  and  always  take  fyaben  as 
auxiliary. 

($efd)eljett  and  ge  ling  en  are  exceptions  to  the  last  rule. 

208.  (£3   ijtebt;    e$  tft,    there    is    or    there    are.  —  There    is 
(there  are)  is   expressed  in  two  ways  in  German:    e$  gtebt 
and  e3  ift. 

(a)  To  express  general  existence  without  naming  a  limited, 
definite  place,  use  e$  giebt*  It  is  always  impersonal,  singular, 
takes  the  accusative,  and  e§  is  never  omitted.  (£$  gtebt  triele 
ftot£e  Scute,  there  are  many  proud  people.  2Bd$  giebt  e$  S^eue^  ? 
What  is  there  new  f  (  What's  the  news  ?) 

(5)  To  express  particular  existence  in  a  limited,  definite  place 
use  e$  ift  (or  e$  finb).  It  is  personal,  the  verb  agreeing  in 
person  and  number  with  the  real  subject  (not  e$),  which  is 
always  in  the  nominative  case.  (£§  is  omitted  in  an  inverted 
or  subordinate  clause.  @3  ift  fetn  $ta|  mefyr  tm  STfjeater,  there 
is  no  more  room  in  the  theatre.  @3  finb  JtDet  ©Icifer  auf  bem 
Stfdje,  there  are  two  glasses  on  the  table,  ©eftem  toar  fetn  ^fa^ 
tm  J^eater,  yesterday  there  was  no  room  in  the  theatre.  It  is  I, 
itf)  bin  e$  ;  is  it  you  ?  btft  bn  e$  ?  is  it  she  ?  ift  fie  e^  ?  it  is  we, 
urir  finb  e$.  @^  tcerben  t^iele  geute  im  SBalbe  fetn,  there  will  be 
many  people  in  the  wood. 


IMPERSONAL   VERBS. 


245 


209. 


Vocabulary. 


ber  ^on'ncr,  I,  the  thunder. 

bie   San'se,  bie  Sansett,  IV,  the 

lance. 
ber  $(<%  bie  ^ld^cf  II,  seotf,  room. 

J7*6  place  is  Me  <3tette  ;  a  roo  n 

is  cut  ^trowe** 
ber  Ofte'gen,  I,  ^e  rain. 
Der  Sdjnee,  II,  ^e  snow. 
ber  @d)ttwtt$,  bie  Sdjttwtt^e,  II,  the 

tail. 

t§  Miijt,  impers.,  it  lightens. 
t§  boit'ttert,  impers.,  it  thunders. 
e3  fallt  mir  ein'r  impers.  w.  dat.,  it 

occurs  to  me. 

e3  fratjt  ft(^f  impers.,  lY  is  a  question. 
e6  geUngt'  mirf  e§  gelang  tnirf  e^ 

ift  mir  cjelwtgen,  impers.  w.  dat. 

and  the  infinitive,  /  succeed. 


gefdjetyett, 

happens. 

§  gi(e)bt,  e 

§  gi(e)bt,  e 


impers.   w.    dat., 


ift 

it 


ift,  there  is. 
ftttb,  there  are. 
e^  reg'nctr  impers.  ,  it  rains. 
e§  f^trft  fit^f  impers.,  it  is  proper. 
e3  f  j^ueitf  impers.  ,  it  snows. 
e3  tautr  impers.,  it  thaws. 
e£  t^ut  mir  leib',  impers.  w.  dat.,  I 

am  sorry. 
t£  tierftel)t'  fid)f  impers.  ,  it  is  a  mat- 

ter of  course. 

e3  ttwu'bert  mtd)f  impers.,  I  wonder. 
fto'^en  (ftbgt),  ftiei  gefto^en,  to 

thrust,  push,  shove. 
ba§f  subord.  conj.,  that. 
adj.,  industrious. 


210. 


Exercises. 


(a)  1.  SBte  ift  e§  bem  ©t^neiber  gclungcn,  ben  33aren  gu  toten  ? 
2.  3Ba3  ift  bana^  (wea#)  gef^ef)en?  3.  2Ba§  ift  bem  fitter 
eingefallen,  rait  bem  ©t^tDanse  be^  33dren  ju  t^un?  4.  §at  e$ 
geregr^t  ober  gef d)neit,  at^  er  im  SBalbe  tt)ar  ?  5.  ©cfyid; t  e§  fid), 
feberman  ^eiraten  ju  iDotten?  6.  £I)at  e§  ber  Same  leib,  Don 
einem  e^ten  fitter  getDonnen  jn  tDerben  ? 

(6)  1.  @§  bonnert  nnb  bli^t  nicf)t,  ftenn  e^  fdE)neit  2.  ®er 
@djneiber  ^at  feine  8an5e  in  ben  33ciren  gefto^en,  al§  er  ben 
<Scf)trjcin3  an  einen  53anm  geniifjt  Ijatte*  3.  @^  f^idt  fid)  nic^t 
fid)  gn  fe^enr  roenn  bie  ©amen  anffte^en  miiffen,  nidjt  tt)at)r? 
4.  g^  ift  nn§  getnngen,  ben  SBalb  jn  bnrcfybringen  nnb  in  ber 
@tabt  anjnfommen.  5.  @^  tDirb  mi(^  frenen,  meine  Sftntter  gn 


246  SYNTAX. 

umarmen  ;  baS  berfteljt  fid).  6.  pt(t  e§  Mr  em,  bafe  e$  tauen 
muB,  elje  e$  nrieber  regnet?  7.  @3  ttmnbert  fie,  baft  e3  fo  inele 
fletftige  Saltier  giebt.  8.  @$  toaren  fciele  geute  in  jenem 
Heinen  Dimmer,  unb  e$  t)erftet)t  fid),  baft  fern  Pa£  toar. 
9.  SBte  ift  e$  gefdjefyen,  ba^  bie  8cmge  t)on  bem  @(^neiber  gefto^en 
ttmrbe?  10.  @«  giebt  tiiele  ^attfer,  aber  e§  finb  nur  toenige 
Seute  in  bem  unfrigen» 

(c)  1.  It  thundered  and  lightened  before  it  rained.  2.  It 
is  a  matter  of  course  that  it  must  snow  before  it  can  thaw. 
3.  There  was  no  room  on  the  bench,  but  it  was  not  proper  to 
shove  the  lady  in  order  to  sit  down.  4.  It  will  occur  to  him, 
when  it  gets  too  late,  that  he  will  not  succeed  in  arriving  to- 
day. 5.  I  am  very  sorry  that  it  has  happened.  6.  Why  did 
3^ou  wonder  that  we  did  not  succeed?  7.  There  are  many 
men  who  shove  (the)  people  when  there  is  no  room  in  a 
theater.  8.  What  is  the  news  ?  9.  It  happens  that  I  have 
not  succeeded  in  hearing  anything  new.  10.  We  shall  be 
sorry  that  instead  of  thawing  it  snowed. 


(d) 

Dear  Father  : 

Yesterday  it  occurred  to  us  to  visit  some  friends  in  the 
wood.  But  there  was  no  room  in  their  hut,  so  we  began*  to  go 
farther  to  look  for  a  house.  Not  finding  one,  we  succeeded  in 
penetrating  the  wood  without  losing  ourselves,  and  arrived 
at  home  toward  evening.  We  were  very  glad  to  get  out  of  the 
wood  —  that  (bd$)  is  a  matter  of  course.  I  wonder  now  that 
we  succeeded,  as  it  thundered  and  lightened  and  rained.  There 
are  many  stupid  boys  in  this  world  (bie  SSelt). 

Your  son, 

Fritz. 


REVIEW.  247 

* 

LESSON  L. 

(PAGE  63  29-65  16.) 

BEVIEW. 

Semen  @te  cm§toenbtg  :  — 

grenbfcoK  unb  leibDoft,  gebantenttott  fetn  ; 
?angen  unb  bangen  in  fdjjtwbenber  ^ein  ; 
§hmne(I)0(i)  jaucfjjenb,  jnm  STobe  betritbt, 
®tti(ftid)  allein  tft  bte  ©eele,  bte  Itebt 

— ^oljann  SBoIfgang  tton  ©oetfje  (1U9-1832). 

i 

211.  (1)  a.  Give  the  rule  for  forming  the  passive  in  German. 
b.  How  many  meanings  may  toerben  have  in  English  ?  Illus- 
trate each.  c.  How  is  the  agent  expressed  in  German  ? 
d.  What  is  the  best  way  to  tell  when  to  use  toerben  and  when 
fetn  with  the  perfect  participle  ?  e.  Give  five  examples  of  the 
passive  of  German  verbs  that  take  the  dative.  /  Which 
language  uses  the  passive  more  frequently?  g.  Give  the 
common  German  substitutes  for  the  passive.  When  may  they 
be  used? 

(2)  a.  Which    language   uses   the    reflexive    more    often  ? 
b.  Give  three  reflexives  that  take  the  genitive.       c.  May  in- 
transitives  be  used   reflexively  in  German  ?     If   so,  what   is 
their  English  equivalent?       d.  Is  the  German  reflexive  ever 
used  for  the  English  passive  ?     If  so,  give  two  sentences  con- 
taining examples. 

(3)  a.  Name  the  four  kinds  of  impersonal  verbs.       b.  State 
the  two  peculiarities  of  impersonals.       c.  How  many  and  which 
correspond  exactly  to  the  English  usage  ?       d.  Give  the  dis- 
tinction between  the  use  of  e$  giebt  and  that  of  e$  tft. 


248  SYNTAX. 

• 

212.  Vocabulary. 

Me  £twt,  Me  £aute,  II,  the  skin.  aitf'ijebett,  I)ob  auf',  auf'getyobett,  to 

fcer  Sa'fcen,  Me  Safcen,  I,  the  store.  pick  up,  lift  up. 

fcer  3anb,  Me  Sattbe,  II,  ^e  sa»d  rei'djen    (weak),    to   ftaraa*,   pass, 

fcer  2$eg,  Me  28ege,  II,  the  way,  reach. 

path,  road.  tta'ftyett  (lufifdjt),  ttmfd),  gettwfrf)ett, 

Me2Mt,  MeSSeltett,  IV,  the  world.  to  wash;  reflex,  to  was/z-  o/i6'5 

ba'ben  (weak),  to  bathe.  self. 

wfig'lid),  &dj.,  possible. 

213.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  2Ba$  tft  gef^e^en,  tite  ber  33ar  au^  bem  SBalbe  fam  ? 
2.  SBurbe  bie  Same  Don  ^5eter  getDonnen?      3.  2Bar  e$  fc^on 
tm  ®arten,  ober  regnete  e^  ?      4.  3Ba^  fiel  bem  ©t^netber  em  ju 
tfjiin?      5.  ©t^cimte  fic§  bie  £)ame,  ate  ftc  ben  §afen  fyorte? 
6.  @df)t(Jt  e§  ftd^  fitr  etne  ^5rm3efftnr  bie  grau  eineS  ©t^neiber^  gu 
tDerben? 

(b)  1.  £)ie  Same,  lt)eltf)e  au6  etnem  tierjauberten 
bcfrett  murbe,  tft  toon  einem  Saren  gcrrtffcn  toorbett.      2. 
5:i)itr  be^  SabetiS  ift  gefc^Ioffen;   ftc  lt)urbe  Don  jenem  SRtttcr 
5ugema(^t,      3.  £)u  ^aft  ettna^  @anb  tiom  SBege  aufge^oben  unb 
i^n  bem  ®inbe  gereidEjt,      4.  Sir  n?erben  ttidjt  mogli^  baben 
fi)nnen,  o^ne  bie  §aut  gut  ju  tDafc^en,      5.  Site  ba$  TOcib^en 
t?erjaubert  tear,  toar  e^  ntc^t  moglic^  e§  ju  befreien,  o^ne  ftt^  Don 
bem  33aren  toten  ju  laffcti.      6.  g^  Derfte^t  fi(^,  ba§  e^  fit^  nic^t 
fe^r  gut  auf  bem  @anbe  ge^t      7.  (£3   munberte   bie   Same, 
bap  e$  bem  fitter  no^  nit^t  gefungen  tt)ar,  bie  Sanje  in  ben 
Saren  gu  fto^en.      8.  @tefye  auf,  bitte,  unb  gieb  biefer  {nngen 
Same  beinen  ^Ia^.      9.  g§  inaren  freie  ^Id^e  im  £f)eater,  abet 
fie  njurben  afle  Don  ben  aften  8euten  genommen.      10.  @§  ^at 
immer  Sftenfdjen  gegeben,  bie  fid^  felber  fe^en,  toenn  fie  ein 


REVIEW.  249 


fteljen  fel)en,  cmftatt  ifym  ben  tyiafy  sn  geben.  11.  3Bit 
nmrben  au$  unferem  gefdjloffenen  ^tmmer  befrett,  el)e  ttrir  etnge* 
fcfylafen  toaren.  12.  g§  nrirb  bem  fitter  ertanbt  toerben,  bie 
Same  311  befreien  ;  fonft  tttrb  fie  ntdjt  au$  bem  toerjanberten 
©d)(afe  aufnmcfyen.  13.  Dfyne  mid)  femes  9?amen$  erinnern  ju 
limnen,  l)atte  id)  mtdj  neben  i^n  gefe^t  unb  fyatte  angefangen,  i^n 
ju  unter^atten*  14.  5lfe  id)  geftern  einfc^tafen  toottte,  l^at  e^ 
geblt^t  unb  gebonnert,  aber  anftatt  jn  regnen  fyat  e^  gefrf)neit. 

(c)  1.  It  did  not  occur  to  us  to  sit  down  when  we  found  our- 
selves beside  that  little  bench.       2.  Instead  of  raining  it  will 
snow  when  (toenn)  they  have  succeeded  in  penetrating  the  wood. 
3.  Arriving  at  home  late,  I  skimmed  several  books  without 
remembering  them.      4.  There  will   be   many  people  in  the 
theatre  to-morrow  to  look  at  the  new  piece.      5.  We  were  glad 
to  be  visited  by  our  friends  when  they  had  arrived  in  the  city. 
6.  It  is  a  matter  of  course  that  you  will  succeed  in  translating 
this  exercise,  even  when  the  sentences  are  long.       7.  I  am  very 
sorry  that  we  did  not  succeed  in  repeating  the  story  without 
looking  at  the  book.       8.  It  has  happened  that  there  is  much 
room  in  the  theatre  when  it  rains  or  snows.       9.  In  translating 
these  sentences  stand  up,  please,  and  begin  industriously,  and 
you  will  succeed.       10.  Be  industrious,  pray,  and  do  not  be 
ashamed  when  you  read  German,  and  you  will  not  be  scolded. 
11.  Sit  down,  please,  and  sew  this  torn  cloth  with  my  needle 
and  this  strong  thread.       12.  The  tailor  had  been  struck  by 
the  bear,  but  he  was  not  killed.       13.  Do  you  wonder  that  I 
am   glad  to  have  succeeded   in   writing  all  these  sentences  ? 
14.  There  is  much  wickedness  (338fe$)  in  this  world,  but  it  is 
not  proper  to  speak  of  it  (batJOtl)  always,  is  it  ? 

(d)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Give  the  substitutes  in  Lesson 
XL  VII.,  §  199  (a)  and  (6),  for  the  passives  in  the  above  sentences. 


250 


SYNTAX. 


LESSON  LI. 

(PAGES  65  17-66  29.) 

COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  AND  ADVERBS 


?ernen 


ift  tnt  Seben  fyafeUd;)  etngeridjtet, 
bet  ben  9tofen  gletdj  bte  ©omen  ftefyn, 
llnb  toaS  ba3  arme  §erj  auct)  fefynt  nnb  bidjtet, 
fommt  ba3  23onetnanbergel)n. 

SSiftor  Don  ec^effet  (1826-1886). 


214.  Comparison  of  Adjectives  and  Adverbs.  —  Adjectives  and 
adverbs  are  compared  by  adding  er  and  (e)ft.  Stems  in  a,  0, 
or  u  usually  take  umlaut,  and  some  are  irregular.  Euphony 
requires  the  use  of  the  connecting  vowel  e  before  ft  in  the 
superlative,  when  the  positive  ends  in  a  sound  like  $  or  t 
(«,  6,  3.  b,  t),  atteft,  fftrgeft. 

SUPERLATIVE. 

Adj.     Adv.  and  Fred.  Adj. 

bcr  fdjbnfte  (am  fdjonften) 

most  beautiful 

fcer  ttcfftc      (am  ttefften) 

deepest 

fcer  (iltefte    (am  a(teften) 

oldest 

Adj.    Adv.  and  Fred.  Adj 

bcr  bcftc      (am  beftcn) 

best 

bcr  mciftc    (am  ntciftcn) 

most 


POSITIVE. 

COMPARATIVE. 

Regular. 

Adj.  and  Adv. 

Adj.  and  Adv. 

fd)dn 

fdjiwcr 

beautiful 

more  beautiful 

Kef 

ttcfcr 

deep 

deeper 

nit 

alter 

old 

older 

Irregular. 

Adj.  and  Adv. 

Adj.  and  Adv. 

BUt 

beficr 

good  (adv.  well) 

better 

Did 

meljr 

much 

more 

COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES.                      251 

Adj.  and  Adv.               Adj.  and  Adv.  Adj.    Adv.  and  Pred.  Adj. 

Ijoci)                            We*  ber  tyodjfte     (ant  pcfyften) 

high                               higher  highest 

nafy                              wal)er  ber  nadjfte     (am  nadjflen) 

near                              nearer  nearest,  next 

grog                            gri%*  bergrogte     (am  grofiten) 

greater  greatest 

ber  erftere  ber  erfte        (auerft)  (adv.  ) 

former  first 

ber  fe#ere  bcr  (e#e       (sulefet)  (adv.) 


n,em9  »™W*}less  flnt 

ZiwZe  ntittbcr  j  am  tnmbcftcitj 

gent  (adv.)  licbcr  am  ttcbftctt 

gladly  rather  (to  like}  best 

(a)  The  comparative  and  superlative  are  declined  like  other 
adjectives.     The  uninflected  superlative  is  very  rare. 

(5d)iwcre3  2St>etter,  fctjb'uercu  2Bcttcr£f  more  beautiful  weather. 
(Sin  beffcre3  S3ud)f  a  &e«er  600^. 
2)er  I)5d)ftc  SBanmr  ^Ae  highest  tree. 

(b)  For  the  English  superlative  in  the  predicate,  when  not 
modified  by  a  phrase  or  clause,  the  German  uses  ,,atn"  with" 
the  superlative  ending  in  en:  — 

S)tc  £age  futb  im  Summer  am  fanajten,  the  days  are  longest  in  summer; 
am  for  an  bent  ;  hence  ,,am  langften"  means  at  the  longest. 
liefer  SBaum  tftber  l)od)ftc  im  (Garten,  this  tree  is  the  highest  in  the  garden. 

(c)  As  is  translated  by  tt)ie  ;  than  usually  by  al$,  sometimes  by 
tote. 

He  is  not  so  large  as  you,  cr  ift  md)t  fo  grog  ttric  btt» 
He  is  larger  than  7,  cr  ift  grower  a(3  Cor  tt*«)  irf|» 

(d)  As  .  .  .  as  is  translated  ebenfo  «  «  *  ttrie  (or 
Me  is  as  pretty  as  you,  fie  ift  ebenfo  fd)b'tt  wie  (or  ol§ 


252  SYNTAX. 

(e)  The  .  .  .  the  is  translated  by  je  *  .  .  befto. 
The  longer  the  sentence,  the  harder  it  is  to  write,  je  longer 
befto  fdjtoem  ift  er  $u  fdjmben. 

215.  Vocabulary. 

bet  Ktt'fattg,  bie  Stnfange,  II,  the  fid)   fitrn'mern    (weak),  to    care, 

beginning,  start  ;  from  the  begin-  bother  ;  about,  urn* 

ning,  toon  $dtfang  an*  t»or'!0mmett,  lam   Dor,  toorgefom* 

ba3  ORedjt,  bie  9kd)te,  II,  Zfte  right;  men  (jetn),  to  seem,  appear. 

to  be  right,  rcctjt  tyabetu  e'benfo  .  .  .  foie.  (jusi)  as  ...  as. 

bie  SSatyr'tjeit,  bie  SSa^r^eiten,  IV,  gernf  adv.,  gladly.     Often  trans- 

^/ie  truth.  lated  ZiA;c,  with  the  verb  it  modi- 

aue'ftubettf  fanb  au3,  au^gefunbeit,  fies  in  the  infinitive.    Sty  ftnge 

to  ./i?id  out.  gent,  7  M&e  «o  sing. 

betrii'gen,  betrog,  betrogenf  ^o  de-  im  mittbeften,  i»  «Ae  ?eas^. 

ceive.  je  .  .  .  be'fto,  the  .  .  .  the;  \tt  adv., 

gtau'ben   (weak),   ^o  think;  with  eve?*. 

dative,  to  believe.  nal),  adj.,  near. 

flenau',  adj.,  exact.  oftf  adv., 


216.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  Ste  ^at  bie  Same  auScjefunben  ?  2.  SBurbe  fie  nic^t 
bofer,  afe  fie  bie  aBcdjrljeit  lernte  ?  3.  SBarum  ift  ber  ©t^neiber 
tiid)t  Icinger  geblieben?  4.  $  ft  er  in  ben  narfjften  SBalb  gegan* 
gen?  5.  2Ba^  mar  ba§  @(^Umntfte  (worst)?  6.  ^imtmerte 
fief)  bie  Same  nm  ifyren  Derlorenen  SRann  ? 

(6)  1.  ®Ianbe  mir,  bu  lt)irft  einen  genaueren  SInfang  mac^en 
mitffen.  2.  (gr  ^at  fie  am  ofteften  betrogen,  aber  er  fiimmert 
fid)  nid)t  im  minbeften  barum,  3.  £)ie  9Kab^en,  gtanbe  id^, 
finb  junger  a(^  bie  Same,  aber  bie  Same  lommt  mir  am  fd)onften 
Dor.  4  ^e  ofter  bn  bie  SBa^r^eit  ft)ricf)ft,  bcfto  toeniger 
bethigft  bit  beine  greunbe,  ni^t  tua^r?  5.  Sir  toerben  nic^t 
genaner  au^finben  fonnen,  baft  bie  Stabt  ebenfo  na1^  ift  nrie  ber 


COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES.  253 

6.  33on  Slnfang  an  finb  ©te  son  bem  Snaben  meljr 
ober  toeniger  betrogen  toorben.  7.  £>ie  atte  gran  ift  fdjito ;  Me 
Jnngere  ift  fdjoner;  aber  ba£  Jiingfte  Sftabcfyen  ift  ba§  fdjonfte, 
ba§'td)  je  gefefyen  fyabe.  8.  2Btr  fingen  gem,  ttrir  tanjen  lieber, 
nnb  ttrir  ftrielen  am  liebften,  9.  ^e  mefyr  man  fi^  um  biefe 
2lufgaben  fiimmert,  befto  genauer  ipirb  man  fie  tirieberfyolen  fbn^ 
nen»  10.  ©u  bift  ein  t^entg  grdj^  al^  jener  ^naber  aber  er 
fann  ebenfo  ft^nell  (aufen  tt>ie  bn. 

(c)  1.  When  we  arrived  at  the  river  a  little  later  it  seemed 
to  us  as  warm  there  as  in  the  hot  city.       2.  The  more  exactly 
you  speak  the  truth,  the  oftener  will  people  believe  you,  won't 
t"hey  ?       3.  From    the   beginning  I  was   right  and  you  were 
deceived,  but  you  did  not  bother  about  it.       4.  We  shall  not 
be  able  to  find  out  which  guest  will  stay  the  longest.       5.  He 
was  ashamed  of  his  beginning,  and  translated  the  end  of  his 
story  better.      6.  In  the  whole  world  there  are  no  higher  trees 
than   these;    they  are  the  highest  that  we  have  ever  seen. 

7.  The  richest  man  is  not  always  as  happy  as  the  poorest. 

8.  The  heavier  boys  do  not  always  appear  to  us  the  strongest. 

9.  The  narrowest  river  was  much  deeper  than  the  widest  (one). 

10.  Those  who  study  most  are  often  the  best  pupils. 

(d)  ©in  Srief . 

Dear  Karl : 

The  farther  I  travel  in  this  country,  the  better  it  appears 
to  me.  It  is  as  beautiful  as  Germany.  The  sky  is  the  bluest 
I  have  ever  seen,  and  the  trees  are  higher  and  greener  than 
ours.  But  the  longest  rivers  and  the  most  beautiful  things 
here  do  not  please  me  as  well  as  those  at  home.  I  am  glad 
that  we  arrive  at  home  not  later  than  next  week. 

Your  brother. 


254  SYNTAX. 

LESSON  LII. 

(PAGES  68  1-69  21.) 
NUMERALS. 

Semen  @te  anStoenbtg  :  — 

£)er  §err  ift  tnetn  §trte ;  mir  ttirb  ntdjtS  numgeltu  @r 
toeibet  midj  anf  einer  gritnen  2lne  unb  fnljret  mid)  gnm  frifdjen 
Staffer ;  er  erqnidet  meine  @ee(e ;  er  fnfyret  mid)  auf  renter 
©tra^e  urn  femes  9?atnen$  tDtllen*  llnb  ob  id)  fcfpn  manberte 
tin  ftnftern  £l)al,  fnrtf)te  tcf)  letn  Unglucf ;  benn  5)n  btft  bet  mir; 
£)etn  Steven  nnb  ©tab  trijften  mtcf).  S)n  beretteft  t)or  mir  einen 
£tfd)  gegen  meine  $einbe.  S)n  falbeft  mein  §aupt  mtt  Dtr  nnb 
fcf)enfeft  mir  t>ot(  ein,  ®nte§  nnb  ^Barm^erjigleit  toerben  mir 
f ofgen  mein  Seben  tang,  nnb  id)  toerbe  bteiben  im  §anfe  be§  §errn 
immerbar*  —  £)er  23.  ^5fa(m  U)at)tb«*  Martin  gutter  (1483- 
1546). 

217.  Cardinal  Numbers.  —  The  cardinal  numerals  correspond 
to  the  English  as  below.  They  are  indeclinable  except  ein$ 
(see  §  19)  and  eine  Million,  jtDet  SMUonen. 

1  einS  13  breise^n  50  fimf^ig 

2  gtDet  14  t)ierje^n  60  fedjjig 

3  brei  15  fimfjefyn  70  fieb(en)3tg 

4  »)ier  16  ferfjjeljn  80  ac^tjig 

5  ffinf  17  fieb(en)ge^n  90  nennjig 

6  ferf)3  18  ac^tge^n  100  Ijnnbert 

7  fieben  19  nennje^n  200  gtoetljunbert 

8  acf)t  20  jmanjig  225 

9  nenn  21  einnnbjiwnsig  fiinf  nnb 

10  getjn  22  jtDeinnbgtDan^ig          1000  tanfenb 

11  elf  30  breiftig  (not  brei5ig)    1901  tanfenb  nenn* 

12  jftotf  40  trieqig  ^nnbert  nnb 

1,000,000  eine  2»iffion' 


NUMERALS.  255 

German  translates  a  hundred  by  Ijuttbert  ;  em  fjutlbert  means 
one  hundred. 

(a)  Cardinal  adverbs  are  formed  by  adding  *mat  (ba$  3Kat, 
£/ie  time)  to  the  cardinal:  etnmat,  once;  jtoetmat,  Zwi'ce;  breimal, 
times,  etc. 


218.  Ordinal   Numbers.  —  The  ordinal  numerals  are  formed 
from  the  cardinals  by  adding  fit  up  to  20,  *fte,  from  20  up. 
Exceptions  :  ber  erfte,  ber  brttte,  ber  adjte.    They  are  declined 
like  other  adjectives. 

ber  erfte,    1st  ber  gnMmjtgfte^flto 

ber  gtoeite,  #d  ber  Ijunbertfte,  100th 

ber  brttte,  3d  ber  taufenbfte,  ^6>(9^^ 

ber  tnerte,  ^  ber  taufenb  a^t^unbert  fedjSunb* 

ber  fitnfte,  5th  neunjigfte,  1896th 

(a)  Ordinal  adverbs  are  formed  by  adding  sett§  to  the  ordinal 

stem:  erften§,  firstly,  in  the  first  place;   jtoeiten^,  secondly,  in 

the  second  place,  etc. 

219.  Fractions.  —  Fractions  (except  Me  §cilfte,  the  half)  are 
formed  by  adding  *tel  (a  softening  of  ber  S£etf,  the  part)  to  the 
ordinal  stem  up  to  20,  and  =ftet  from  20  on. 

(Stit  'Srittel,  a  third;  bm  SBtertef,  three  fourths;  eitt  Bttiwsigftel,  a 
twentieth  ;  fiction  §unbcttftc(r  seven  hundredths. 

Fractions  in  *tet  are  all  neuter  nouns  of  the  first  class. 

(a)  To  express  and  a  half  German  adds  *IjaH)  to  the  ordinal 
stem  of  the  number  next  larger  than  the  one  to  be  expressed. 
Two  and  a  half,  brtttefyatb  ;  three  and  a  half,  triertel)a(b  ;  one 
and  a  half,  attbertf)alb. 

Thus  brittefjalb  really  means  two  whole  ones  (understood)  and 
half  the  third;  cmbertfydlb  means  one  whole  one  (understood)  and 
half  another. 


256  SYNTAJL. 

(b)  The  half  (of)  is  bie  £mlfte  ;  half  (of ')  tfie  fcoofc,  bie  §d(fte 
be3  SudjeS. 

§alb,  /*#(/*,  and  gcmj,  all,  whole,  are  declined  regularly  follow- 
ing the  article. 

Half  a  page,  cine  Ijalbe  Sette  ;  all  the  way,  ben  gan^ett  SBeg, 

220.  Vocabulary. 

ber  9f rm,  bte  9lrme,  II,  Me  arm.  Ifo^'f en  (weak) ,  £o  &noc&,  intrans. 

ber  SBadj,  bie  23adje,  II,  i7ie  ftroofc.  fdjnrim'men,  fdjwamm,    gefd)njom= 

ber  Stoct,  bte  Stijrfe,  II,  ^e  s^'cA;,  men,  to  swim, 

cane.  Htii'be,  adj.,  tired. 


though,  although,  with 
dependent  order,  written 
sometimes  ob  »  . .  >UO^(f  ob 
f  ob  »  » 


bte  (Btutt'be,  bte  Stuttben,  IV,  the 

hour  ;  the  lesson. 
bie  2$al)'niutg,  bte  28ol)ttmtgeit,  IV, 

the  dwelling. 
bic  SBtttt'be,  bte  2$ttttbett,  IV,  the      triefletdjt',  adv.,  perhaps. 

wound.  toett,  adj.,  far,  distant. 

toett'tgftett)?,  adv. ,  at  least. 

221.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  SBie  triete  Sinber   tjatte    ber    2ftann?      2.  SBar  ber 
jiingfte  ber  gro^te  ?      3.  SBo^in  ift  ber  23ater  mit  feinem  Sofjne 
gegangen?      4.  28ie  tonrbe  ber  tniibe  §afer  a(^  ber  Snabe  iljm 
bie  SBnnben  iDnfc!^?      5.  3Bot)in  gingen  bie  brei,  nnb  nrie  oft 
f fopf ten  fie  an  ben  Saunt  ?      6.  3Ba§  ttyat  ber  Heine  SJJann,  al^ 
er  ben  t)ertt)nnbeten  §afen  fa1^  ? 

(b)  1.  £)er  ^itngfte  ft>ar  nnr  t)ierte^alb  ^Jafjre  alt,  obgletd)  er 
grower  n)ar  a(^  feine  jtoei  Sritber.      2.  Qfy  fyabe  breimal  an  bie 
Jt)itr  beiner  SSJo^nnng  geffopft,  ol)ne  bicf)  einntal  I)c5ren  311  mad)en. 
3.  3?iermal  fe^^  ift  t)iernnb^tt)an^g.      4.  Sdjttrimme  nid)t  fo 
iDeit  im  33ad)e ;    fonft   merben  bir    bie    3lrme  ntitbe   luerben. 
5.  £)er  @d)neiber  fd)(ng  feinen  britten  ©ofyn  mit  einem  9)?effer, 


NUMEBALS.  257 

obtooljt  er  stoet  SBunben  am  2trme  Ijatte.  6.  gimf  £age  in  ber 
2Bod)e  fyaben  ttrir  gtoei  bentfcfye  ©tunben*  7.  3)n  fyaft  erne 
gan^e  ©tunbe  ftitbiert,  obgleidj  e$  Mr  nur  gelungen  ift,  anbertfyafb 
(Setten*  311  nberfe^en.  8.  (grftenS  fyatte  fie  jet)n  9?ofen,  fto&on 
fie  mir  nur  bie  §alf  te  gab.  9.  ^toeitenS  mar  e$  ba3  erfte 
itnb  britten^  mottte  fie  fetbft  brei  23iertet  I)aben.  10.  3Jiart 
mentgften^  brittefjalb  ©tunben  ftubieren,  urn  brei  ober  tiier 
gaben  fdjreiben  ju  lonnen.  11.  2Bie  t)iel  ift  fiebenmal  neun? 
©iebenmat  neun  ift  breiunbfedjsig. 

(c)  1.  How  many  books  did  you  buy  yesterday?  2.  I 
bought  five  books  for  myself  and  three  for  my  brother. 
3.  We  knocked  with  our  canes  at  least  a  whole  hour  in  front 
of  your  dwelling,  although  you  were  at  home.  4.  You  studied 
that  exercise  perhaps  half  a  day,  perhaps  four  hours,  at  least 
three  hours  and  a  half.  5.  The  first  man  was  a  tailor,  the 
second  a  teacher,  and  the  third  was  a  prince.  6.  These  four 
books  are  mine ;  those  that  my  brother  bought  yesterday  are 
lying  on  the  table.  7.  Seven  of  (t)0n)  the  boys  went  home, 
but  the  eighth  went  on  the  ice  and  broke  his  (fic^  ben) 
arm.  8.  The  brook  where  the  tired  bear  washed  his  (fid)  bie) 
wounds  is  three  and  a  half  hours  distant  from  here.  9.  We 
wanted  only  half  of  the  cards,  although  we  succeeded  in  get- 
ting at  least  three  quarters.  10.  In  the  first  place  you  have 
three  fifths  of  the  money ;  in  the  second  place  this  is  the  sixth 
time  you  have  asked  me  for  it ;  in  the  third  place  I  am  older 
than  you  and  ought  to  have  the  most. 

(cT)  gine  ©efdjidjte.  —  My  best  friend  had  four  or  five  Ger- 
man books  on  his  table.  The  first  was  perhaps  the  easiest,  so 
he  gave  it  to  me.  I  perused  it  three  times,  but  did  not  study 
it  as  industriously  as  he.  The  second  half  of  the  book  was 
harder  than  the  first.  There  was  a  whole  sentence  on  the 


258  SYNTAX. 

fifty-sixth  page  that  I  did  not  succeed  in  translating.  There 
was  a  page  and  a  half  at  the  end  where  I  understood  only  three 
fourths  of  the  words.  I  let  him  have  it  gladly  when  I  had 
read  it. 


LESSON  LIII. 
(PAGES  69  22-71  9.) 

TIME,  DAYS,  MONTHS,  SEASONS,  DATES. 
Sernen  @te  anSttenbtg  :  — 

i'  nur  ba$  SRecfyte  in  betnen  ©adjen ; 
cmbere  ftrirb  fid)  Don  felber  macfyen. 

-3<ol)ann  SBotfgang  Don  ©oetlje  (1749-1832). 

222.  Telling  Time  of  Day.  —  German  uses  Ufyr  for  English 
o'clock.  As  in  English,  it  is  expressed  usually  only  on  the 
even  hours. 

What  time  is  it  9  tote  Diet  Uljr  ift  e$  ? 

It  is  ten  o'clock,  e3  ift  setytt  Ufyr. 

It  is  half  past  eight,  e3  ift  tyalb  neittu 

(a)  German  usually  reckons  ahead  to  the  following  hour,  and 
instead  of  saying  quarter  past  any  hour,  it  says  one  quarter 
towards  the  succeeding  hour :  — 

It  is  quarter  past  Jive,  e3  ift  eitt  $tertel 
/*  is  half  past  Jive,  e3  ift  JjaH)  fcd)^. 
It  is  quarter  of  six,  e3  ift  bret  ^Biertel  nuf 
At  quarter  to  eight,  um  brei  $tertel  ar^t. 

(&)  Minutes  are  reckoned  as  in  English :  — 

It  is  ten  minutes  to  nine,  t§  ift  ^etytt  SfttttUtett  t»or  ncun» 
It  is  twenty-three  minutes  past  seven,  e3  ift  breiuni^ttmn^ig  9Winuten 
itad)  ftcben. 


TIME   OF  DAY.  259 

223.  Other  Time.  —  Days  of  the  week  are  put  in  the  accusa- 
tive of  time  (§  113)  or  in  the  dative  with  am  :  — 

What  day  (of  the  week}  is  to-day?  focfrfjctt  Xag  tyabctt  totr  tycutc? 

To-day  is  Monday,  Ijeutc  ift  ^fcwtaa,, 

Monday  we  went  home,  Sftfltttag  (am  SPtotttag)  gtngett  tour  nad)  §aufe* 

(a)  Days  of  the  month  are  put  in  the  accusative  of  time 
(§  113)  or  in  the  dative  with  am:  — 

What  day  of  the  month  is  to-day  ?  ben  ttric=trieltett  Ijabcn  roir  tyeute  ? 

To-day  is  the  'thirteenth,  ijcutc  ift  ber  brci^cJjntc* 

We  arrive  (on)  the  eighth,  ttrir  tommen  ben  arfjtett  (or  am  adjten)  am 

In  dating  a  letter  use  ben  :  £f)tcago,  ben  7  ten  (b.  7.)  .JJttttL 
(5)  The  name  of  the  nionth  follows  the  date  without  article 
or  preposition.     Fourth  of  July,  ben  4ten  Qttli.     (On)  the  first 
of  January)  ben  (am)  erften  ^cmttar. 

a^)re  mus^  always  precede  the  year  date  :  in  1492,  tm 
etn  taufenb  trierfjnnbert  jt 


224.  Vocabulary. 

bcr  $'bcnfof    bie   5Cbenbcf   II,  the  ftel'len   (weak),  to  put,  to  place 

evening.  (upright}  ;  as  opposed  to  fel^Clt, 

bic  SDItttu'tc,  Me  9)ttmttett,  IV,  the  to  set,  and  (egenf  to  lay. 

minute.  a'bettb3f  adv.,  in  the  evening. 

bet  ^or'tjett,  bic  3Worgcnf  I,  the  gcftern  a'benb,  last  evening. 

morning.  frcmtb'Itd),  adj.,  friendly. 

bic  9£ad)t,  bic  9^a^tef  II,  the  night.  garf  adv.,  g?u'^e,  even;  with  neg. 

bcr  ^ad)'mittagf  bic  SRadjmittage,  at  all.    gar  nid)t3,  nothing  at  all. 

II,  ^e  afternoon.  morgcn  friil)'f  to-morrow  morning. 

bcr  $0r'mtttaa,r  bic  S5ormtttagcf  II,  D0r'mittag3,  adv.,  in  the  morning. 

the  forenoon.  ttad)'mttrao,3,    adv.,   in    the    after- 

bcr  £)'fcnf  bic  Ofett,  I,  the  stove.  noon. 

bic  Ul)rf  bic  U^rcn,  IV,  the  clock,  Jtad)t3f  adv.,  in  the  night. 

watch  (never  the  hour).  ^Utt!tf    adv.,   punctually,   exactly. 

bc(ot)'ttCtt  (weak),  to  reward.  Um  is  often  omitted  with 

rct'ten  (weak),  to  save.  at  exactly  six,  ^Sttttlt  fcd)3 


260  SYNTAX. 

The  days  of  the  week  are  :  — 

ber  ©omt'tag,  bet  Sott'tterStag, 

ber  $Zmt'tag,  ber  grei'tag, 

ber  $teu3'tag,  ber  Son'nabe 

ber  2)litt'W0d),  tag  is  used  in  parts  of  south  Germany. 

ber  Stfo'itaf,  Me  $fa'ttate,  II,  the  month. 
The  names  of  the  months  are  :  — 

ber  Sa'mwr,  ber  Sit'K, 

ber  gfe'bruar,  ber  5fuguft', 

ber  Wlav%,  ber  <5eptem'ber, 

ber  2tyrU',  ber  Olto'ber, 
ber  Wlai, 
ber  Qit'ni, 


225.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  SSie  groB  tnar  ber  Heine  9J?ann?      2.  SBofytn 

fie  ftd^?  3.  3Ba3  fagte  ber  Heine  3ftann,  ate  ber  §afe  bie 
©efdjirfjte  erjaljlte  ?  4.  Sa^  f)at  ber  23ater  be§  ^naben  bem 
3toerge  gegeben  ?  5.  SBoruber  (at  ivJiat)  f  rente  fid)  ber  3^cr-8  ? 
6.  SS?a§  fyat  er  jnte^t  (finally)  get^an? 

(b)  1.  <Der  frennbltrf)e  3^^9e  tuurbe  am  t)terten  3fult   im 
3cil)re  ad)t5e^nt)nnbert  nennnnbnenn^ig  Don  fetnem  23ater  gerettet. 

2.  S)n  iDtrft  nm  ^alb  brei  nacf)mittag§  ^terl)erfommen  mtiffen. 

3.  ^d)  fei^e  mid)  jeben  3)^orgen  nm  gerabe  ge^n  SKinnten  nad^ 
fieben  an  ben  £ifd)*      4.  ©eftern  abenb  nm  brei  3Siertet  ad)t 
^aben  tDtr  nnferen  alten  Ofen  ^inter  bie  £pr  geftettt.     o.  9)tor- 
gen  fritl)  nm  ^alb  fet^^  n^erbet  iljr  anfftel)en  mnffen,  obgtei^  man 
end)  nid)t  belo^nen  h)irb.      6.  3Kttttoodj,  ben  je^nten  Slngnft, 
im  3a^re  fe^je^nnbert  a^tnnbtiierjig  ift  ber  ^Srinj  getotet 
lt)orben.      7.  DI)ne  fidj  be^  5lage^  gn  erinnern,  toollte  ber  altefte 

©onnabenb,  ben  fiebseljnten  gebrnar,  im  Qafye 


DATES.  261 

{)unbertunbfed)§  fommen.  8.  £)er  erfte  ©filler  fcergaft  bie 
©tunbe  unb  Jam  um  fyalb  bret  an  ;  ber  stoette  toar  fletfjiger,  er 
tft  um  em  SStertel  bret  gelommen;  ber  brttte  erinnerte  fid)  ber 
©tunbc  unb  fam  $unft  jtoet  Uf)r  an.  9.  23ter  3fttnuten 
nad)  Stfittag  tft  ntd)t  Diet  fpater  ate  stoet  3Ktnuten  t)or  3Kittag, 
aber  e£  tft  beffer,  fic^  ^unft  jm5lf  ll^r  an  ben  Ztfd)  su  fe^en, 
10.  3lbenb§  um  fyalb  elf  gc^c  id)  tmmer  ju  ®ett,  aber  meine 
Sritber  gel)en  tiiel  fpater* 

(c)  1.  Write  :  4th  of  July,  1776  ;  1st  of  January,  1901  ;  Friday, 
the  13th  of  March.  2.  Write:  half  past  live  in  the  afternoon  ; 
to-morrow  morning  at  quarter  to  four  ;  Tuesday,  the  twelfth  of 
May,  at  exactly  nine  o'clock  in  the  evening.  3.  I  put  the 
clock  on  the  table  at  exactly  eleven  o'clock.  4.  The  child 
was  saved  by  a  friendly  boy  at  ten  minutes  to  (Dor)  seven,  and 
half  an  hour  later  the  boy  was  rewarded  by  the  child's  father. 
5.  Arriving  at  home  at  quarter  past  three  in  the  afternoon,  we 
found  no  fire  in  the  stove.  6.  There  are  twelve  months  in  a 
year,  four  weeks  in  a  month,  and  seven  days  in  a  week,  twenty- 
four  hours  in  a  day,  and  sixty  minutes  in  an  hour.  7.  You 
will  have  to  set  (becfen)  the  table  to-morrow  morning  at 
twenty  minutes  to  eight  ;  please  put  these  roses  and  those 
flowers  on  it.  8.  The  older  boy  came  punctually  at  half 
past  nine,  although  the  youngest  came  later.  9.  We  shall 
see  them  the  first  time  on  Thursday,  the  seventeenth  of 
December,  at  quarter  to  ten.  10.  It  rained  very  hard  (ftarl) 
on  Saturday,  the  twenty-eighth  of  April,  from  quarter  past 
eleven  till  quarter  to  three. 


(d)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Answer    the   question, 
rnel  Ufyr   ift   e$  ?    for   every   quarter   hour   from  noon    until 
midnight. 


262  SYNTAX. 

LESSON  LIV. 
(PAGES  71  io-72  29.) 
PROPER  Nouxs. 
gernen  @ie  au$tt)enbtg  :  - 

Slit  §eibe(berg,  bit  geitte, 
£)u  ©tabt  an  Stjren  retcf) ; 
2lm  9?ecfar  unb  am  9?f)eme 
$em'  attbre  tommt  bit  gteicf). 
-^ofepl)  SSiltor  toon  ©djeffet  (1826-1886). 

226.  Proper  Names. — Names  of  persons  or  places  usually 
have  no  inflection  except  an  *§  in  the  genitive  singular :  — 

SBityetotS  $itdjer,  William's  books. 

^pabett  Sic  ^>errn  SJliiller^  $au3  gefe^en  ?  Tiave  yow  seen  Mr.  Millers 
house  f 

Sie  Strain  Setting  «7ie  s^ree^s  of  Berlin. 
$>te  ^(itffe  IRu^(attb^f  the  rivers  of  Eussia. 

(a)  Names  of  persons  ending  in  an  s  sound  take  an  apostrophe 
in  the  genitive ;  names  of  places  ending  in  an  s  sound  substi- 
tute the  dative  with  t)0tt  :  — 

$rhf  SRcffct,  Fritz's  knife. 

$te  Stra^en  tion  ^ari^f  the  streets  of  Paris. 

(6)  When  modified  by  a  ,,ber"  or  ,fettt"  word  proper  nouns 
are  uninflected. 

$>a3  $au^  be§  ^errn  Sttufler,  the  house  of  Mr.  Miller. 

"Sic  Gutter  ber  guten  5(nnaf  good  Anna's  mother. 

(£r  gob  e3  bent  f (etnen  2Bi(l)e(mf  he  gave  it  to  little  William. 

$>ie  SSalber  be§  fernen  SWuftlanb,  the  forests  of  remote  Eussia. 

Notice  that  the  German  is  exactly  like  the  English  except 
that  it  uses  the  article  more  frequently,  and  of  course  its 
adjectives  are  declined. 


PEOPEE   NOUNS.  263 


227.  Vocabulary. 

$tt'na,  Anna.  Sdjil'Ier,  Schiller. 

ber  SBerg,  bie  SBerge,  II,  zfte  moun-  ber   <3taitb,  be£   <Stattbe3,  II,  the 

tain.  dust. 

ber  gets,  be3  gclfett,  v,  or  bet  $el=  bic  SBie'fe,  bic  2Biefen,  IV,  ^e 

fen,  bic  Uelfett,  I,  Zfte  roc&.  meadow. 

$rieb'rid),  Frederick;  gri^,  .Fred.  28U't)clnt,  William. 

ber  griUj'Uttg,  bic  gritJjlinge,  II,  nen'nen,  namtte,  'genannt  (irreg.), 

£fte  spring.  to  name,  to  call. 

($toe't!je,  Goethe.  fid)  fiirdj'tett  (weak),  ^o  be  afraid; 

ber  $crbftf  bic  $erbfte,  II,  the  fall.  of,  ton. 

$iarie',  Marie.  Uerfit'(^en  (weak),  ^o  try,  with  in- 

Paris.  fin.  just  as  in  English. 

Eussia.  ba(bf  adv.,  soow. 


228.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  SBte  ttmrf)§  ber  jilnflftc  @of)n  be^  3ftcmne$?  2.  3=ft 
ber  grii^Hn'g  gefomtnen  unb  gegangen?  3.  gurdjteten  fidj  atte 
fec^^  Sinber,  al§  fie  in  ben  3BaIb  gtngen  ?  4.  9Ba$  fa^en  bte 
tnaben  etne^  2lbenb§  im  SBatbe  ?  5.  9Bte  it)ar  e^  tm  SBatbe, 
ate  ber  Snabe  bte  §ittte  fetne§  SSater^  ntd)t  finben  lonnte? 
6.  SBo^tn  tft  er  enbltd)  (at  last)  gefommen  ? 

(6)  1.  ge^ten  grii^Itng  gab  e$  Diet  @taub  auf  ben  Strain  t)on 
2.  T)er  gro^e  gete  in  ber  SBtefe  mnrbe  t)on  2lnna^ 
etn  53erg  genannt.  3.  ^c^  toerbe  t)erfu^en,  mid)  Dor 
§unb  nirf)t  ju  f  itrd)ten.  4.  3=e^t  tft  e^  gritting  ;  balb 
tutrb  naif)  einem  Inrjen  @ommer  ber  @erbft  fofgen.  5.  Dfyne 
bt(^  t)or  grt^  gro^em  £mnbe  gn  fitrc^ten,  rette  bte  ®a^e  ber 
ffetnen  3lnna.  6.  $e  me^r  SBtl^etm  t»erfud)te  nm  fjatb  gtrolf 
ansulommen,  befto  fpdter  ttwrbe  c§*  7.  21B  e^  bent  griebrtd) 
ntd)t  getungen  ift,  2(nna3  Sitter  511  ftnben,  tft  e§  t^nt  eingefalten, 
ein  ©tiicf  Don  @d)Ufer  jn  (efen.  8.  Slnftatt  snoeintat  jn  t?erfncf)en, 


264  SYNTAX. 

bte  £l)iir  aufjumadjen,  foerbe  id)  burd)  ba3  jerbrodjene  genfter 
fprtngen.  9.  SBir  fdjSmett  nn$  gar  ntdjt,  nn3  t)or  fold)  cittern 
grojsen  33iiren  gu  furdjten.  10.  Dbfcfyon  e3  SKontag,  ben  tnerten 
i)?cir3  fo  ftarf  fdjnette,  Derfudjten  twr  ben  28alb  $u  burdjbrtngen, 
aber  e3  tft  un3  ntd)t  gelungen. 

(c)  1.  In  the  fall  there  is  always   more  dust  than  in  the 
spring.       2.  Little  Anna's  brother  tried  to  sell  Fred's  books 
yesterday  without  saying  anything  to  Fred.       3.  Schiller  did 
not  write  so  many  stories  as  Goethe,  but  Goethe's  stories  are 
easier  to  translate.       4.  Last  spring* on  Thursday,  the  ninth  of 
April,  at  quarter  to  eleven,  William  tried  to  climb  upon  the  roof 
of  our  house.       5.  Marie's  brother  is  younger  than  Fred's  big 
sister,  but  little  William's  brother  is  the  youngest.       6.  Before 
he  could  go  farther  Frederick  was  called  by  Marie's  mother. 
7.  Those  who  are  afraid  of  the  rocks  on'  the  mountain  can  stay 
here  in  the  meadow.       8.  We  will  wait  for  you  till  half  past 
five.       9.  Although  it  rained  yesterday  at  quarter  past  three, 
we  tried  to  penetrate  the  narrow  streets  of  Paris.       10.  The 
child  whose  name  was  Frederick  was  soon  called  Fred  by  his 
friends. 

(d)  @tn  ®ricf . 

Tuesday,  the  fifteenth  of  November. 
Dear  William:  — 

I  know  a  little  girl  whom  we  call  Marie.  Marie  is  Fred's 
little  sister.  She  goes  to  school  every  morning  at  half  past 
eight.  School  begins  exactly  at  nine.  She  goes  when  it  rains 
and  when  the  sun  shines.  She  plays  with  Anna  and  is  trying 
to  learn  to  read  out  of  Fred's  books.  She  will  soon  succeed, 
for  she  is  not  afraid  to  work.  Later,  when  she  gets  older,  she 
will  read  Goethe's  and  Schiller's  stories. 

Your  friend. 


REVIEW.  265 

' 

LESSON  LV. 

(PAGES  73  1-74  22.) 

REVIEW. 

gernen  @ie  cm§toenbtg  :  — 

SSon  be$  ?eben§  ©ittern  affen 

3ft  ber  SRufjm  ba$  fjodjfte  bocl) ; 

SBenn  ber  8etb  in  @taub  jerfatten, 

8ebt  ber  grofte  9^ame  nod). 

—  3o()cmn  Sfjrtftopl)  grtebrtd)  Don  ©pilfer  (1759-1805). 
229.    (1)   a.    How   are   adjectives   and   adverbs   compared? 

b.  Do  adverbs  or  adjectives  have  two  forms  in  the  superlative  ? 

c.  Explain  the  uses  of  these  two  forms.       d.  Give  nine  irregu- 
lar comparisons.       e.  How  is  as  following  a  comparative  ex- 
pressed in  German?      /.  Give  the  German  for  as  ...  as  and 
the  .  .  .  the. 

(2)  a.  Count  from  one  to  one  hundred  in  German.       b.  How 
does  German  distinguish  a  hundred  and  one  hundred  ?     c.  Give 
the  rule  for  forming  ordinals.       d.  How  are  ordinal  adverbs 
formed  ?       e.  How  does  German  express  fractions  ?      /.  What 
are  the  various  German  equivalents  for  half  f 

(3)  a.  Name  the  months  and  the  days  of  the  week.       b.  Give 
all  the  rules  for  telling  the  time  of  day,  and  illustrate  each. 

c.  How  does  German  ask  the  day  of  the  week  ?  of  the  month  ? 

d.  Give  the   rule  for   dating  a   letter.       e.  What   expression 
must  always  precede  the  year  date  ? 

(4)  a.  What  is  the   only  difference  between   German   and 
English  use  of  proper  nouns  ?       b.  What  is  the  distinction  in 
use  between  names  of  persons  ending  in  an  s  sound  and  names 
of  places  ending  in  an  s  sound  ? 


266 


SYNTAX. 


230. 


Vocabulary. 


bic  £tr'd)c,  btc  ^irdjen,  IV,  the 

church. 

ba£  Witty,  btc  9£ei?e,  II,  the  net. 
bcr   OfJau'bcr,  bic  dauber,  I,  the 

robber. 

bic  $e'ge(,  btc  $egdn,  IV,  ^e  rule. 
ber  Uu'terfdjteb,  bic  Untcrfd)icbcf 

II,  the  difference. 
aufgcben   (giebt    auf'),   gab    auf, 

auf  gcgcben,  to  give  up. 


bcgrct'fctt,   bcgriff,    bcgnf'fcu,  to 

comprehend. 
bau'ern  (weak),  to  last,  to  take  (of 

time). 
ftte'tjctt,   flog,   gcfhj'gen   (fein),  to 

fly. 

gebrau'djett  (weak),  to  use. 
toe'ber  ,  ,  ,  nod),  neither  .  .  .  nor. 
^tent'Itd),   adv.,  rather,  somewhat, 

pretty. 


231.  Exercises. 

(a)  i.  3Ba§  I)at  ber  3^9er  8e^)an^  a^  er  ^etl  ^ttaben  falj? 
2.  3Ba^  glauben  bie  3^9er?  3-  SGBarum  ^at  ber  Sttabe  bie 
Sorte  be^  3^9er^  nifyt  begretf  en  f  onnen  ?  4.  2Ba$  t^aten  bie 
dauber,  oK  fie  ben  Ihtaben  fetjen  fonnten?  5.  §at  er  noc^ 
etnen  anberen  9J?enf  (^en  gefunben  ?  6.  2Ba3  t^at  biefer,  al^  ber 
Snabe  if)n  beim  2lrm  fa^te  ? 

(6)  1.  3d)  ton  ben  Unterfcfyteb  jtotfc^en  btefen  betben  SRegefn 
nt^t  begretfen  ;  ic^  gebe  e§  anf,  2.  S^'bauerte  etne  fyalbe 
®tunbcf  e^e  ber  iimgfte  Snabe  anfam*  3.  Sim  S^ten^tag,  ttenn 
iDtr  tm  gluffc  fifd^en,  tDerben  U)tr  etn  neue§  9Je^  gebrcmdjen,  ntc^t 
it)a^r  ?  4.  ©eftern  nm  ^alb  bret  in  ber  beutfcfyen  ©tunbe  ^aben 
bie  2d)itfer  tueber  bie  SJegeht,  not^  bie  ©cttse  begrtffen.  o.  2lm 
©onntag  ge^t  t^r  afie  in  bie  ®ird)e,  aber  fe^te  9Bo^e  fetb  it;r 
jeben  Xag  nm  brei  9SierteI  nenn  in  bie  Sdjnle  gegangen. 

6.  SO^ittmoc^,  ben  britten  Quli,  im  Qafye  nennjel)nf)nnbertunb^ 
tner  nm  ein  3SierteI  fec^§  fjabe  id)  fie  gnm  crftcn  9ftale  gefe^en. 

7.  ^m  Winter  finb  bie  Xage  jiemtid)  lang  ;  im  grilling  finb  fie 
ebenfo  lang  ttrie  im  §erbft  ;  aber  im  ©ommer  finb  fie  am  Icing- 
[ten.      8.  grtfe'  Ilcincr  ^Srnber  Silfjelm  ^atte  t)ierte^alb  Seiten 


BEVIEW.  267 


aits  meinem  fdjtoerften  53u^e  itberfe^t.  9.  $t  toeiter  ttrir 
fcfytinmmen,  befto  mtiber  toerben  ttnr  ;  foenigftenS  fommt  e3 
nnS  fo  Dor.  10.  £)a§  (Spiel  fangt  £)onner$tag  $nnft  ad)t  ttljr 
an  ;  Je  fpater  iljr  fomntt,  befto  toeniger  toerbet  iljr  fefyen.  11.  £)er 
britte  33cmm  ift  triel  fyofyer  afe  ber  jtoeite,  aber  ber  fitnfte  ift  am 
fyodjften.  12.  §ter  fifdjt  eS  fi(^  nt(^t  fe^r  gut,  obgtei^  mir  bte 
ftarfften  9?e^e  gebrau(i)en»  13.  ®te  le^te  3lufgabe  ^at  anbert- 
l^alb  @tunben,  t>on  brei  3Siertet  je^n  bis  em  SSiertel  gtt)otf, 
gebauert*  14.  9U3  ber  arme  2SogeI  t)om  -3^9er  g^fcittgeti  iDixrbe, 
iDotttc  er  toeber  jingen  noc^  picgen*  15.  Sttte,  Dergip  ntd)t  all 
biefe  @a^e  311  uberfe^en,  fonft  ft)irft  bu  morgen  urn  ^atb  elf  t)on 
bem  8e^rer  gefd)olten  tDerben, 

(c)  1.  If  the  rules  are  not  used,  the  difference  between  the 
sentences  cannot  be  comprehended,  can  it?  2.  Last  month 
we  went  to  (in  bie)  church  every  day  at  quarter  past  six  in  the 
morning.  3.  The  longer  the  fall  lasts,  the  better  it  pleases 
me.  4.  On  Friday,  the  twenty-third  of  September,  at  half  past 
eleven,  William  fell  into  the  river,  and  was  saved  a  minute 
later  by  the  fisherman.  5.  Although  these  nets  are  rather 
strong,  yet  those  that  were  bought  last  week  by  Fred's  father 
are  the  strongest.  6.  As  I  do  not  comprehend  either  the  rule 
or  (not  either  or  =  ?)  those  longer  sentences,  I  will  give  up  that 
exercise.  7.  You  do  not  speak  so  fast  as  Marie,  but  we  under- 
stand her  best.  8.  We  shall  neither  care  about  the  dog  nor 
be  afraid  of  the  wolf.  9.  Without  studying  hard  you  will 
not  be  able  to  learn  these  rules  and  translate  the  sentences. 
10.  Pray  be  seated;  you  are  very  tired,  I  think.  11.  The 
play  had  lasted  an  hour  and  a  half,  from  quarter  past  eight  till 
quarter  of  ten,  hadn't  it  ?  12.  There  are  some  pupils  in  this 
school  who  have  not  tried  to  learn  the  last  four  rules  in  the 
book.  13.  I  shall  arrive  in  the  city  next  Saturday  between 


268  SYNTAX. 

half  past  seven  and  half  past  eight  in  the  morning.  14.  Last 
evening  toward  quarter  to  seven  we  went  into  a  store  to  buy 
larger  nets.  15.  Believe  me,  this  is  the  fourth  time  that  I 
have  tried  to  learn  to  swim. 

LESSON  LVI. 

(PAGES  74  23-76  12.) 

THE  SUBJUNCTIVE.     THE  AUXILIARIES. 
Semen  @ie  auStoenbtg  :  — 

2Bo  man  fingt,  ba  lajs  bid)  ruljtj  nteber  ; 
33ofe  2ftenfcf)en  fyaben  feme  Sieber. 

-$ol)ann  ©ottfrteb  @eume  (1763-1810). 

232.  Subjunctive  Mode.  —  The  subjunctive  mode  is  formed 
regularly  from  the  corresponding  tense  of  the  indicative. 

The  subjunctive  endings  are  :  — 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 
1st  person    =c  -tn 

2d  person     =eft  =et 

3d  person      =c  =Ctt 

(a)  The  present  subjunctive  is  formed  by  adding  these  end- 
ings to  the  present  stem,  except  in  the  case  of  fetn,  which  does 
not  add  e  in  the  first  and  third  persons  singular. 

(ft)  The  past  subjunctive  of  iceak  verbs  is  the  same  as  the 
indicative  ;  strong  verbs  add  the  regular  endings  above  and 
the  root  vowel  takes  umlaut  when  possible. 

(c)  The  future,  perfect,  past  perfect,  and  future  perfect  sub- 
junctive are  formed  regularly  from  the  corresponding  tenses 
of  the  indicative.  Instead  of  the  indicative,  the  subjunctive 
of  the  auxiliaries  fyaben  (fetn)  and  toerben  is  used. 


SUBJUNCTIVE   OF  AUXILIARIES. 


269 


(d)  Subjunctive  of  the  Auxiliaries. 

(No  translation  is  given,  as  the  meaning  varies  with  the  use.) 
PRESENT.  PAST. 


(bag)  id)  tyabc         fci 
(bag)  bit  Ijabeft        fcicft 
(bag)  cr  tyabc          fci 
(bag)  ttrir  Ijabcit      feien 
(bag)  iljr  Jjabet        feiet 
(bag)  fie  fyabcu        feien 

ttJerbe        (bag) 
ttierbeft      (bag) 
toerbe        (bag) 
ttJerbeit      (bag) 
tterbet       (bag) 
ttierben      (bag) 

id)  fjottc        ttJarc 
bit  Ijattcft      iuiircft 
cr  pttc        tuarc 
tutr  Ijiittcn     umrcu 
il)r  ^attet      hiarct 
fie  fatten      ttidrcn 

ttJitrbc 
ftwrbeft 
toiirbf* 
ttJurbcit 
wiirbet 
luitrbctt 

FUTURE. 

(bag)  id)  Ijaben  tocrbc 
(bag)  bu  Ijabctt  toerbcft 
(bag)  er  tyabeit  toerbc,  etc. 

fcin  njerbc 
fern  toerbeft 
fcin  ttcrbe,  etc. 

ttjcrbcn  tticrbc 
tticrbcit  njcrbeft 
tticrbcit  ttc?bcf  etc. 

PERFECT. 

(bag)  icf)  getyabt  Ijabc 
(bag)  bit  gctyabt  Ijabcft 
(bag)  cr  getyabt  J)abef  etc. 

0ett)cfcn  fci 
gcuicfcn  fcicft 
gctucfctt  fci,  etc 

gcttiorbcn  fci 
gcttiorbctt  fcieft 
gciuorben  fcif  etc 

PAST  PERFECT. 

(bag)  id)  gcljabt  l)attc 
(bag)  bit  jjeljabt  pttcft 
(bag)  cr  getyabt  I|attcf  etc. 


gemefen  toarc  gcttwrbcn  niarc 

gcttJcfen  marcft  gcworbcn  ttwrcft 

gctucfen  rtJrirc,  etc.  gctuorbcu  toorc,  etc. 

FUTURE  PERFECT. 


(bag)  id)  (jcljabt  ^abcn  mcrbc   gciticfeit  fcin  merbc  gcttiorbcn  fcin  tticrbc 
(bag)  bit  ijcljabt  l)aben  tucrbcft  gettjefcttfetittnerbcft  gctnorbcn  fcht  tocrbcft 
(bag)  cr  gcljabt  ^aben  tticrbc  gcttiefcn  fein  mcrbe  gcttujrbeitfciit  tncrbcf  etc. 

Conjugate  all  the  tenses  in  full,  and  give  complete  synopses  in  each 
person. 

233.  Uses  of  the  Subjunctive  Mode. 

(a)  The  German  subjunctive  is  used:  (1)  in  indirect  dis- 
course (dependent  subjunctive)  ;  (2)  to  express  possibility 
(potential  subjunctive)-,  (3)  to  express  a  wish  or  command 


270  SYNTAX. 

(optative  or  hortatory  subjunctive') ;  and  (4)  in  conditional 
sentences  (conditional  subjunctive).  (1)  will  be  treated  in 
this  lesson ;  (2)  and  (3)  in  Lesson  LYII. ;  and  (4)  in 
Lesson  LVIII. 

(6)  Except  in  indirect   discourse   the   German   subjunctive 
corresponds  very  closely  to  the  English. 

(c)  The  dependent  subjunctive  is  used  in  indirect  discourse 
after  verbs  of  saying,  thinking,  feeling,  asking,  etc. :  — - 

(£r  fagte,  ber  £ihttg  fei  im  ^aufe,  he  said  the  king  was  in  the  house. 
(£r  gfaubte,  baff  id)  Iran!  fei,  he  thought  that  I  was  sick. 

(d)  In  indirect  discourse  English  changes  the  present  tense 
to  past,  if  the  verb  of  the  main  clause  is  past.    German  does  not 
generally  make  this  change,  but  keeps  the  tense  of  the  direct 
discourse :  — 

He  said,  "  lam  ill,"  er  fagte :  ,,3dj  bin  Irani/' 
He  said  that  he  was  ill,  er  fagte,  ba£  cr  Iranf  feu 
He  said,  "  I  have  a  book,"  er  fagte :  ,,$dj  Ijabe  etn 
He  said  that  he  had  a  book,  er  fagte,  baft  er-  cin  $ud) 

Usage  allows  also:  @r  fagte,  bag  er  Iran!  fta're;  er  fagte,  bag  er  etn 
Ija'tte.  But  it  is  more  correct  not  to  change  the  tense.  Always  put  the 
indirect  statement  into  direct  quotation  in  your  mind,  so  as  to  make  sure 
of  the  tense.  Ask  yourself  what  were  the  speaker's  exact  words. 

(e)  The  indicative  should  be  used  if  the  speaker  wishes  to 
emphasize  his  belief  in  the  truth  of  what  he  reports :  — 

3d)  glaube,  fca|  bit  recfjt  tyaft,  /  think  (am  sure}  that  yon  are  right. 
($r  fagte,  ba|  er  e3  nidjt  gettyan  Ijat,  he  said  that  he  didn't  do  it. 

234.  Vocabulary. 

bie  ®eftalt',  bie  Qkftalten,  IV,  the  &erfd)twn'ben,     berfd)ttwnb',    tier* 
figure.  fdjttwn'bett  (fcin),  to  disappear. 

bie  Stau'ge,  bie  Stangen,  IV,  the  liar,  adj.,  clear, 

stake,  pole.  fiwberlwr,  adj.,  strange,  queer. 


SUBJUNCTIVE   OF  AUXILIARIES.  271 

,  bie  Coffer,  III,  the  people,  ba3  geft,  bte  gcftcf  II,  the  celebra- 

folk,  nation,  as  distinguished  from  tion,  festival. 

bte  Seitte,  people  in  general;  e.g.  ireffen  (trifft),  traf,  getrof'fett,  to 

^e  German  people,  ba3  beutfdje  ft#,  to  meet  (with  intent,  as  dis- 

,  not  bic  beutfdjett  Scute.  tinguished  from  begegnen,  to  meet 

(weak),  to  rest.  casually'). 


235.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  Sofyin  lam  ber  Snabe,  ate  er  tteiterging?  2.  SBie 
f  anb  er  au$,  toa8  fiir  eine  gcbcr  er  am  §ute  ^abe  ?  3.  9Sa^ 
fagten  btc  bret  3)lannerr  [et  in  ber  ©tabt?  4.  Sonnten  bie 
anberen  ben  23ogel  auf  ber  ©tange  treffen  ?  5.  SBarum  fagte 
bie  ^rinjeffin,  baB  ©olbener  gen?i§  lein  $rin$  fet?  6.  §at  fid) 
ba3  aSoII  gefreut  ? 

(6)  1.  ^^  gfaubte,  ba§  eine  fonberbare  ©eftalt  neben  ber 
(Stange  fct*  2.  ®u  fagteft,  baft  ba$  9SoII  ()eute  !ein  grofteS 
gcft  ^abe.  3.  gr  ttnC  ni^t  glanben,  ba^  ba^  SBaffer  im  gluffe 
flat  gen?orben  feu  4.  3Me  fonberbare  ©eftatt  fyat  einen  Slugen* 
bticf  auf  ber  ©tange  geruf)t,  ef)e  fie  fcerfdjttmnben  tft.  5.  SBir 
{)aben  ^^nen  gefagt,  ba^  lein  fo(d)e§  53ut^  im  gan^en  8aben  fei. 
6.  Sr  fagte,  ba§  ber  Snabe  ni^t^  ^aber  ba^  er  noc!)  ni(^t  Irani 
fei  ;  aber  er  gfaubte,  ba§  er  batb  Irani  toerben  toerbe.  *7.  Ot)ne 
ben  Snaben  getroffen  ju  fyaben,  fagte  ber  ^onig,  ba§  biefer  ber  @o^n 
eine^  ^aifer^  getoefen  fei,  8.  ^a  tt)ir  bent  Sftanne  in  ber  @c^u(e 
begegnet  finbr  gtaubten  lt)irr  ba§  er  ber  8ef)rer  get^orben  fei. 
9.  3lnftatt  fi(^  baritber  ju  fdjihnen,  ^aben  @ie  gefagt,  ba^  @ie 
nic^t^  bat)on  geprt  fatten. 

(c)  Put  the  main  verb  of  the  qtfbtation  into  the  tense  of  the 
direct  discourse.  —  1.  Although  he  had  been  at  home  a  long 
time,  he  said  he  had  had  neither  water  nor  wine.  2.  The 
people  think  that  the  figure  which  they  see  resting  in  the  trees 
is  strange.  3.  You  told  me  that  we  had  nothing  better  than 


272  SYNTAX. 

other  people.  4.  They  think  that  the  longest  poles  are  not 
always  the  strongest.  5.  Last  Monday  at  quarter  to  seven 
Marie  saw  a  figure  which  she  thought  was  Mr.  Brown's  daugh- 
ter, but  it  was  not  she.  6.  Without  trying  to  translate  that 
last  sentence,  I  can  tell  you  that  it  is  not  hard.  7.  Before 
the  paper  had  been  sold  by  the  man,  he  told  us  there  were  no 
more  books  in  his  store.  8.  Without  looking  at  her  you  told 
her  that  she  would  become  more  beautiful.  9.  Instead  of 
having  a  new  coat  made  he  said  to  the  tailor  that  he  already 
had  a  better  (one). 

(d)  Supplementary  Exercise.  (Put  the  following  into  indirect 
discourse  after  er  ergciljlte  nn$,  baft.)  —  Marie  had  a  brother. 
Marie's  brother  was  Fred's  friend.  He  was  a  young  man  and 
had  brown  hair.  Last  week  he  became  very  sick,  and  had  his 
friend  with  him  (bei  fid))  all  day.  Monday  evening  at  half 
past  eight  he  got  better,  and  now  is  quite  well  (gefnnb)  again. 


LESSON  LVII. 
(PAGES  76  ia-78  s.) 

THE  SUBJUNCTIVE.     WEAK  AND  STRONG  VERBS. 
Semen  ©ie  an§toenbig  :  — 

Unfer  25ater  in  bem  gintmet.  £)ein  9?ante  toerbe  geljetfiget. 
SDetn  SRetd)  fontme.  £)ein  SBtCe  gefdjetje  attf  (Srben,  tote  im  §tm* 
met.  Unfer  tagltd)  SSwt  gieb  un$  Ijeute.  Unb  fcergieb  un$  nnfere 
(£d)ulben,  tine  ton:  nnfern  @t^u(btgern  fcergeben.  Unb  fit^re  nn^ 
ntc^t  in  2?erfud)nng,  fonbern  erlofe  un^  fcon  bent  ilbeL  ©enn 
©ein  ift  baS  9teia^  nnb  bie  $raft  nnb  bie  §errlic^leit  in 
gnrigfeit  2lmen.— (Stiangetinm  @.  3Kattf)ai,  vi.  9-13.  Sftarttn 
Snt^er  (1483-1546). 


SUBJUNCTIVE   OF   WEAK  AND   STRONG    VERBS.    273 

236.  Subjunctive  of  fobeit,  a  Weak  Verb. 

PRESENT.  PAST. 

(bag)  id)  fobe  (bag)  id)  lobte 

(bag)  bit  (obcft  (bag)  bit  Iritcfi 

(bag)  er  lobe  (bag)  er  lobte 

(bag)  ttrir  (obett  (bag)  ttrir  lobtett 

(bag)  tyr  fobet  (bag)  iljr  lobtet 

(bag)  fie  lobeit  (bag)  fie  lobtett 
FUTURE.  PERFECT. 

(bag)  id)  lobeu  toerbe  (bag)  id)  gefobt  ^abe 

(bag)  bu  lobett  luerbeft  (bag)  bit  gebbt  ^abeft 

(bag)  er  fobeit  tucrbe,  etc.  (bag)  er  gefobt  Ijabe,  etc. 

PAST  PERFECT.  FUTURE  PERFECT. 

(bag)  id)  gefobt  Ijottc  (bag)  id)  gefobt  jjaben  merbe 

(bag)  bit  gelobt  l^itteft  (bag)  bit  gebbt  tyabeu  toerbeft 

(bag)  er  gelobt  l)attef  etc.  (bag)  er  gelobt  tyabeit  ttierbe,  etc. 

237.  Subjunctive  of  feljen,  a  Strong  Verb. 

PRESENT.  PAST. 

(bag)  id)  felje  (bag)  id)  faijc 

(bag)  bit  feljeft  (bag)  bit  fS^eft 

(bag)  er  felje  (bag)  er  fal)e 

(bag)  hnr  fel)en  (bag)  luir  fityen 

(bag)  i^r  fe^et  (bag)  tyr  faljet 

(bag)  fie  fe^eit  (bag)  fie  faljeit 

FUTURE.  PERFECT. 

(bag)  id)  feljen  tuer^e  (bag)  id)  gefetyeit  lj«be 

(bag)  bit  fefyen  taerbeft  (bag)  bit  gefcl)ett  tyabeft 

(bag)  er  feljen  tuerbef  etc.  (bag)  er  gefeljeit  l)nbef  etc. 
PAST  PERFECT.  FUTURE  PERFECT. 

(bag)  id)  gefetyeit  tyatte  (bag)  id)  gefeljett  ^aben  tuerbe 

(bag)  bit  gefeljeu  l)atteft  (bag)  bit  gcfcljett  Ijabeu  merbeft 

(bag)  er  tjcfetyeit  ptte,  etc.  (bag)  er  gefeljett  l)abett  ttierbe,  etc. 


274  SYNTAX. 

238.  Subjunctive  of  geljen,  a  Strong  Intransitive  Verb. 
PRES.  (bag)  id)  gelje,  (bag)  bu  geljeft,  (bag)  er  gelje,  etc. 
PAST,  (bag)  id)  giitfle,  (bag)  bu  gtugeft,  (bag)  er  giuge,  etc. 

FUT.  (bag)  id)  geljeu  tterbe,  (bag)  bu  geljeu  focrbeft,  (bag)  cr  geljeu 
luerbe,  etc. 

PERF.  (bag)  id)  gegaugeu  fei,  (bag)  bu  gegaugeu  feieft,  (bag)  cr 
gegaugeu  fei,  etc. 

PAST  PERF.  (bag)  id)  gegaugeu  ttwre,  (bag)  bu  gegaugeu  toarcft,  (bag) 
er  gegaugeu  ttwre,  etc. 

EOT.  PERF.  (bag)  id)  gegaugeu  few  toerbe,  (bag)  bit  gegangen  fein 
werbeft,  (bag)  er  gegangen  fein  toerbe,  etc. 

239.  The  Potential  Subjunctive.  —  The  potential  subjunctive, 
as  in  English,  expresses  a  possibility  or  a  contingency.     It  is 
like  the  conclusion  of  a  condition,  and  is  translated  by  may, 
might,  could,  or  would  :  — 

($r  Ijatte  anbcr3  <jetl)attf  he  might  have  done  otherwise. 
(£§  ttwre  fattm  mtitjltd),  it  would  scarcely  be  possible. 
$>a3  ginge  nid)t  fo  gutf  that  might  not  go  so  well. 

The  conditional  (see  Lesson  LVIII.)  may  be  used  instead  of  the 
potential  subjunctive  :  — 

(£§  ttmrbe  fautn  mogtic^  fetn.    2)a§  tt)iirbe  turf)t  jo  gut  ge^en. 


240.  The  Optative  Subjunctive.  —  The  optative  subjunctive 
is  used  to  denote  a  wish.  As  in  English  the  verb  precedes  the 
subject,  unless  the  wish  is  introduced  by  bag*  The  use  of 
tenses  is  also  like  the  English.  $yjur  or  bod)  is  often  used  to 
strengthen  the  wish. 

SBare  id)  nur  p  $auf  ef  were  I  only  at  home  ! 
$d),  baft  id)  bod)  meljr  ®e(b  Ijatte,  oh,  that  I  had  more  money'/ 
©ingen  toir  mtr  jeben  Xag  in^  X^eater,  would  that  we  went  to  the 
theater  every  day  I 


THE   OPTATIVE  SUBJUNCTIVE.  275 

(a)  The  Hortative  Subjunctive  is  used  for  the  imperative  in 
the  first  and  third  persons. 

Soben  ttrir,  let  us  praise. 

Sefye  er,  let  him  see. 

@eien  fie  fleifjtg,  let  them  be  industrious. 

241.  Vocabulary. 

bie  $laf'fe,  bte  ®faf?ett,  IV,  the  ben'fen,  badjte,  gebarfjt.  to  think, 

class.  of,   an*     Usually  to  use  mental 

bet  #He'gef,  btc  SHiejjef,  I,  the  bolt  effort  as  distinguished  from  glcm= 

(to  the  door).  ben,     to     believe,     to    "guess," 

bie  S^ra'dje,  bte  Spradjen,  IV,  ^e  "reckon." 

language.  Uerlan'jjen  (weak),  to  ask,  demand. 

be*  3tt&  bte  Sn$t,  II,  ^e  stroke;  gtobf  adj.,  coarse. 

train;  (pi.')  features.  tyft^'ttd),  adj.,  w#??/. 

liei'raten  (weak),  to  marry.  guriirf',  adv.,  6acA;,  separable  pre- 

fdjte'ben,  f^obr  gef^obeit,  io  s/iove,  fix  for  all  verbs  of  motion. 

push. 

242.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  3Ba§  fagten  bte  bret  ^rinsen  in  ber  @(fe?  2.  3Bie 
fonnte  ©olbener  atte§  ^oren,  o^tie  gefefjen  ju  tDerben  ?  3.  £)ad)te 
ber  grobe,  ^d^It^e  ^^9^  ba£  ©olbener  tt)m  folge?  4.  SBaS 
{)orte  ©olbener  bte  betben  fagen?  5.  SBarnm  ^at  er  ben 
SRteget  t)or  bte  Spr  gefdpben?  6.  @rf)(imte  fief)  bte  ^rtnsefftn, 
ober  f itr^tete  fie  ft(^  t)or  ifjrem  SSater  ? 

(6)  1.  ©r  tjertangte,  ba^  fie  einen  groben  -Sager  pirate,  beffen 
giige  fe^r  fyafylify  maren.  2.  ^^  ba^te,  ba^  t^r  bie  beutfcfye 
(gpra^e  in  eurer  Sfaffe  ftnbtertet  3.  3)n  ^aft  t?erlangt.  ba£ 
id)  ben  9?iege(  t)or  bie  £l)itr  frfjobe.  4.  31I§  fie  snrndlomnten 
h)oltter  ba^te  fie  nit^t,  baft  ber  £ng  fo  fpat  lame.  5.  9Sare 
i$)  nur  retdj  genugr  nm  {ene  fd)one  ©ante  Ijeiraten  jn  Idnnen ! 
6.  er  batfjte  t)ieHei^t,  ba^  e$  no^  ntc^t  brei  58iertel  elf 


276  SYNTAX. 

fet.  7.  ©cibe  e§  nur  jemanb  in  ber  2BeIt,  ber  nur  Derlangte, 
geltebt  gu  toerben!  8.  SBir  fatten  Me  @a^e  beffer  nberfe£t, 
obgtetd)  iwr  bie  ©pradEje  nidjt  fefjr  gut  Derftanbetu  9.  8W), 
baft  id)  auf  bem  Ijodjften  Serge  ftanbc  unb  Uber  ba$  blaue 
2)Zeer  fcifye  !  10.  @3  toare  laum  mog(id),  bap  er  nod)  Ijaftlicfjer 


(c)  Pwi  the  quotation  in  the  tense  of  the  direct  discourse.  — 
1.  I  did  not  think  that  you  learned  the  German  language  in 
that  class.       2.  My  father  demanded  that  his  daughter  marry 
a  coarse,  ugly  tailor.       3.  Without  thinking  of  it  (bar  an)  we 
told  them   that    there   was    no    train    at    half    past    seven. 
4.  Would  that  you  had  spoken  with  them  when  they  were  at 
the  tailor's  !       5.  Had  I  only  a  wife  and  three  children  and  a 
little  house!       6.  It  would   have   been   colder  in  the  garden 
than   in  the  close   room.       7.  We   should    have    succeeded, 
but  it  happened  otherwise.      8.  Had  he  but  known  that  the 
train  was  (indie.)  late!       9.  The  features  of  the  hunter  would 
have  become   coarse.       10.  She   was   shot   by  the  prince,  or 
she  might  have  married  the  hunter,  although   she   did  not 
want  to. 

(d)  Sin  Srlcf. 
Dear  Marie: 

I  thought  that  you  were  happy  in  your  new  school.  It 
would  have  been  harder  to  stay  in  those  other  classes.  You 
would  have  had  too  many  sentences  in  the  German  language  to 
write.  The  lessons  (©tunben)  would  have  been  longer  and  the 
exercises  harder.  Would  that  I  were  with  you  and  had 
lessons  with  (bet)  your  good  teacher  ! 

Your  friend, 

Fred. 


SUBJUNCTIVE   OF  MODALS.  277 

LESSON  LVIII. 

(PAGES  78  9-79  27.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  MODALS.     CONDITIONS.     THE  CONDITIONAL 

MODE. 

gernen  @ic  auStoenbtg: — 

Sines  fd)i<f  t  ftcf)  nid)t  fur  atte, 
@el)e  jeber,  tine  er'3  tretbe, 
@et)e  jeber,  too  er  bteibe, 
llnb  toer  ftefjt,  bafc  er  nid)t  fatte* 
-^o^ann  SBoIfgang  t?on  ®oet^e  (1U9-1832), 

243.  Subjunctive  of   Modals.  —  The  modal  auxiliaries  form 
the  subjunctive  regularly. 

PRESENT.  PAST.  FUTURE. 

(bag)  id)  iritrfe  bitrfte  biirfen  ttierbc 

(bag)  id)  fiwne  fijntttc  fijmteu  toerfce 

(bag)  it^  mogc  mij^te  mtfgett  mcrbe 

(bag)  id)  ntiiffe  ntitftte  miiffen  tticrbc 

(bag)  id)  fofle  fottte  follen  merbc 

(bag)  id)  ttofte  tuolltc  tDuHcn  tucrbe 

PERFECT.  PAST  PERFECT.  FUTURE  PERFECT. 

(bag)  id)  gebitrft  Ijabe  geburft  Ijatte  geburft  I)abeu  mcrbe 

(bag)  id)  gclonut  l)abe  gelutmt  l)attc  gefcwnt  Ijabeu  tuerbe 

(bag)  id)  gcmodjt  l)abe  $emo(^t  t)dttc  (|cutud)t  Ijalieu  Jucrbc 

(bag)  id)  gemujit  Ijabe  jjemu^t  pttc  gcmu^t  I)abcn  toerbe 

(bag)  id)  gcfottt  l)abe  gefoflt  ^attc  gcfoUt  l)abcn  tuerbc 

(bag)  id)  octtJoUt  ^abc  gctuoUt  Ijatte  gcttujUt  ^abcn  ttierbc 

Note  that  fallen  and  tt) often  do  not  modify  the  vowel  in  the  past  sub- 
junctive.    It  is  like  the  indicative. 

244.  The  Conditional.  —  The  conditional  is  formed  by  pre- 
fixing the  forms  of  toiirbe  to  the  present  and  perfect  infinitives. 


278 


SYNTAX. 


PRESENT. 

/  should  praise 

6e 

have 

see 

be  able 

id)  ttwrbe  fobett 

fcin 

Ijabcit 

fetieit 

ftWHCll 

btt  nriirbeft  lobcu 

feitt 

Ijabcit 

feijett 

li)ttitett 

cr  nwrbe  fobett 

fein 

Ijabcu 

feljett 

fiiititctt 

foir  nriirbcH  lobeit 

fcin 

Ijnbcit 

feljett 

liJttttett 

iljr  ttriivbet  lobett 

feitt 

Ijabcit 

feljett 

fijtttteit 

fie  tiritrbett  lobett 

feitt 

tjabcn 

fe^ett 

fOttttCtt 

PERFECT. 


/  should  have  praised 

iri)  unirbc  gdobi  Ijaben 
btt  miirbeft  gelobt  Ijabeit 
cr  untriJC  gelobt  Ijabcu 
ttrir  tuiirbett  gelobt  l)abeit 
il)r  ttmrfoet  gelubt  ^abett 
ftc  tuiirbeu  gelobt  Ijabcn 


have  been 

gemefett  feitt 
genjefett  feitt 
gettJefeit  feitt 
geitiefett  feitt 
getoefett  feitt 
gettJefeit  feitt 

For  the  German  equivalent  of  the  perfect  conditional  of  the 
English  modals,  see  next  Lesson  (LIX.). 


have  had,  etc. 

getyabt  Ijabett,  etc. 
geljabt  I)abcuf  etc. 
getyabt  l)abettf  etc. 
ge^abt  ^abettf  etc. 
geljabt  ^abett,  etc. 
Ijabett,  etc. 


245.  Conditional  Sentences.  —  (a)  As  in  English,  if  the  prem- 
ise of  a  conditional  sentence  states  an  actual  fact,  both  clauses 
are  in  the  indicative :  — 

SBettit  t§  regttet,  toerbett  ttiir  git  4>attfe  b(eibettf  if  it  rains,  ice  shall  stay 
at  home. 

SSetttt  er  fotttmt,  mtrft  btt  bid)  fretiett,  if  he  comes,  you  will  be  glad. 

(6)  The  (conditional)  subjunctive  is  used  in  the  condition 
and  conclusion  of  uncertain  or  contrary-to-fact  conditions.  As 
in  English,  the  conclusion  may  be  in  the  conditional. 

SBetttt  id)  3eit  J)attef  ttyate  id)  e3  gent  (or  ttmrbe  id)  e§  gern  t^un),  if 
I  had  time,  I  should  gladly  do  it.  ' 

3d)  fame  (or  id)  tDiirbe  fommen),  toeim  id)  li?tttttef  /  should  come,  if  1 
could. 


CONDITIONAL   SENTENCES.  279 

Ijatte  t§  getljatt  (or  ttmrbe  eg  getfjcm  fyaben),  toenn  id)  3eit  geljabt 
,  I  should  have  done  it,  if  I  had  had  time. 
(£r  tfyate  c3  gem  (or  tmirbe  e$  gent  tfyun),  toemt  cr  mem  gfreunb  ttwre, 
Ae  would  be  glad  to  do  it,  if  he  were  my  friend. 

(c)  The  condition  is  usually  expressed  by  the  conjunction 
toentt,  if.     Either  clause  may  precede.     As   in   English,  the 
order  is  inverted  when  toetttt  is  omitted. 

SBeitn  cr  mem  gfreuttb  fcwre,  tljate  er  e3  gent,  if  he  were  my  friend, 
he  would  do  it  gladly. 

(£r  tljate  e§  gernf  toenn  er  mctu  Jyreuttb  tuaref  he  would  do  it  gladly, 
if  he  were  my  friend. 

233arc  er  mein  gfreunb,  fo  tfyate  er  e^  gernf  roere  he  my  friend,  (then) 

he  would  gladly  do  it. 

» 

@0  (compare  English  then)  frequently  introduces  the  conclusion. 

(d)  The  conditional  subjunctive  is  also  used  after  a($  (ob) 
and  ate  (tDentt).     When  ob  or  tDCtttl  is  omitted,  the  order  is 
inverted ;  — 

@r  f<>n^tr  a(§  ob  er  triel  ^elb  ptte  (or  als  pttc  er  t)tel  ©elb),  ^e  «pca&8 
as  i/  he  had  much  money. 

(£r  ftetyt  au§,  a(§  ob  er  Irani  ttwre  (or  at«  ware  er  Irani),  he  looks  as  if 
he  were  sick. 

(e)  There   are   only  two   differences   between  English  and 
German  conditional  sentences. 

1.  English  never  omits  if  or  though  in  the  expressions  as  if,  as  though, 
while  German  may  omit  ftenn  or  ob  and  invert. 

2.  English  forms  the  subjunctive  or  conditional  by  the   use   of  the 
modals,  might,  should,  etc.,  while  German  has  the  regular  subjunctive 
and  conditional  as  well  as  the  modals. 

That  would  not  go  so  well,  ba8  ginge  nicfyt  fo  gut,  bag  ttmrbe  nidjt  fo  gut 
gefyen. 

It  would  scarcely  be  possible,  e§  ttwre  faum  tnbgttd),  e8  ftwrbe  lanm 
tnogttd)  fcin. 


280  SYNTAX. 

246.  Vocabulary. 

bcr  25o'bCtt,  Me  25iibett,  I,  the  auf,  with  ace.,  for,  in  referring  to 

ground,  Jloor.  future  time ;  for  to-morrow,  tmf 

Me  ^off'mwg,  Me  ^affmtngen,  IV,  morgett ;  for  Monday,  auf  9ttmt= 

hope.  tfltj. 

Me  fiuft,  Me  Siifte,  II,  the  desire.  toor,  with  dat.,  ago ;  a  week  ago-, 

erbft'rfctt  (weak),  to  catch  sight  of,  tJor  einer  SBodje  ;  three  days  ago, 

notice.  toot  fcrei  £ageu, 

glan'^en  (weak),  gleam,  shine.  ttiUb,  adj.,  wild. 

pffan'$ett  (weak),  to  plant.  pi)ttt,  adj.,  tame,  cultivated. 

247.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  3Ba§  tft  fcte  ^ringefftn  getrorben/lrenn  fie  nt(f)t  ge* 
ftorben  ift  ?  2.  gattc  ©olbener  bie  ^rmjeffin  getjeiratet,  inenn 
fie  f(^5ner  gemefen  lt)cire  ?  3.  2Bof)in  ift  er  gefommen,  a(§  er  in 
ben  SBalb  ging  ?  4.  grente  er  fid),  ate  er  bie  33lnnten  erbficfte? 
5.  ffidre  er  geblieben,  lt)enn  er  bie  ©ittte  feine$  2?ater^  gefunben 
^cttte  ?  6.  2Ba$  ^atte  er  get^an,  baj}  er  an^  bem  ©arten  gefyen 
ntn^te  ? 

(6)  1.  SBenn  bie  Slumen  nid^t  gegldnjt  Ijcitten,  fo  ^(itte  id) 
fie  nicfyt  am  Soben  ^rbtidt.  2.  §atte  id)  Suft,  biefe  SRofen  jn 
^flan^en,  fo  tuttrbe  id)  balb  einen  fd)bnen,  iDilben  ©arten  Ijaben. 
3.  3Sor  5tnei  Jagen  lonnte  id)  bie  3htfgabe  auf  morgctt  itber^ 
fe^en.  4.  J)u  I)atteft  leine  ^offnnng,  ba^  bein  SSater  Je  iDieber 
^uritcffommen  Jt>urbe.  5.  $3)  mod)te  gern  ^u  §aufe  bteiben 
tt)enn  meine  3tufgabe  auf  SKontag  nur  tierbeffert  mare,  6.  SBenn 
@ie  8uft  ()aben,  unb  Qfye  @a^e  auf  3)?ittinod)  gefdjrieben  finb,  f o 
tDotten  fair  in  ben  ©arten  ge^en,  urn  gafynte  $Rofen  ?u  pflanjen. 
7.  28enn  fie  ein  neue^  ®(eib  ^atte  ntat^en  (affen,  fo  toiirbe  fie 
t)iel  fdjoner  au^gefef)en  Ijaben.  8.  Qfy  iDitrbe  t)erfud^en,  bir  ju 
,  irenn  bu  bein  33imbel  Better  tragen  tpottteft.  9.  3Bare  er 


PAST  PEEFECT  SUBJUNCTIVE   OF  MODALS.        281 

f^neffer  in  Me  @tabt  gegangen,  [o  toare  er  ntd)t  511  fpat  ge!om* 
men,  nm  nut  bem  ^uge  ju  faljren.  10.  SBir  Ijaben  angefangen, 
ben  @afc  jn  iiberfe^en,  alS  ob  ttrir  touftten,  tt>a$  Me  SBorte 
bebenten. 

(c)  1.  If  I  were  a  fisherman  and  had  a  new  net,  I  could 
catch  many  fish.       2.  If  you  were  emperor  and  had  much 
money,  you  could   have   many  castles   and  soldiers.     3.  He 
whose   ships  bring  him  gold  and   silver   ought  to  live  in  a 
beautiful  palace.       4.  He  was  looking  to  the  right  and  left  as 
if  he  had  lost  something.       5.  She  looks  as  if  she  were  poor. 
6.  I  should  like  to  see  your  new  house,  if  you  have  nothing 
better  to  do.       7.  If  we  had  such  beautiful  palaces,  we  also 
could  be  emperors,  or  at  least  kings.       8.  I  should  be  happier 
if  I  had  gone  home.       9.  You  ought  not  to  sit  down  without 
trying  to  answer.       10.  The  man  that  was  sent  by  him  to  his 
father  was  a  young  soldier. 

(d)  Supplementary  Exercise.  —  Wherever  possible  write  the 
conditions  above  with  and  without  toenn,  and  the  conclusions 
in  both  subjunctive  and  conditional. 


LESSON  LIX. 
(PAGES  79  28-81  21.) 

PAST  PERFECT  SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  MODALS. 
Semen  @tc  cmStoenbig  :  — 

©entefte,  tt>a$  bit  ®ott  befcfyteben, 
gntbef)re  gem,  ftm§  bn  ntdjt  Ijaft 
@tn  jcbcr  ©tanb  Ijat  fetnen  grteben, 
gin  jeber  <Stcmb  and)  feme  Soft 

—  @t)riftian  §urrf)tegott  ©elfert  (1T15-1769). 


282  SYNTAX. 

248.  Past  Perfect  Subjunctive  of  Modals.  —  The  English  expres- 
sions might  have  (gone),  ought  to  have  (gone),  could  have  (gone), 
etc.,  are  translated  in  German  by  the  past  perfect  subjunctive 
of  the  inodals,  not  by  the  conditional. 

PAST  PERFECT  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

id)  tydtte  geljen  biirfen,  I  might  have  been  permitted  to  go. 
bn  Ijatteft  getyen  liinnen,  you  might  have  been  able  to  go. 
cr  Ijritte  getyen  moijen,  he  would  have  liked  to  go. 
ttrir  tydtten  geljen  mitffen,  we  might  have  been  obliged  to  go. 
ttyr  tyattet  getyen  fallen,  you  ought  to  have  gone. 
fie  Ijatten  geljen  toollen,  they  might  have  wanted  to  go. 

CAUTION.  — Remember  when  you  see  a  phrase,  could  have,  ought  to  have, 
must  have,  etc.,  to  begin  your"  translation  with  a  form  of  l)dtte.  Reread 
carefully  §  165. 

249.  Use  of  fottbent,  but.  —  When  but  in  English  introduces 
a  contrast  with   a  preceding  negative,  German  uses  fotlbent 
instead  of  aber. 

(£r  ift  tridjt  mew  gfremtfc,  fonbent  mew  gfeiitb,  he  is  not  my  friend,  but 
my  enemy. 

Ste  ift  nirfjt  fd)iw,  f unbent  fetyr  l)a^{it^f  she  is  not  beautiful,  but  very 
homely. 

^)ie§  ift  feiue  5tufgaber  fonbern  nur  ein  Sa^,  this  is  not  an  exercise,  but 
only  a  sentence. 

(a)  @onbettt  is  always  used  in  the  correlative,  not  only  .  .  .  but  also. 

2Btr  ttwren  nidjt  mtr  arm,  fonbent  and)  franl,  we  were  not  only  poor, 
but  sick  too. 

250.  Vocabulary. 

bcr  (£tn'trittf  Me  (£tn'tritte,  II,  the  bag  @ef5ttg'mdr  bie  ©efanrjniffe, 

admission,  entrance.  II,  the  prison. 

ber   3feinbf    bte    ^einbe,   II,    the  erftan'nen    (weak),    to    astonish, 

enemy.  astound. 

ber  3ttetgf  bie  3^eigef  II,  the  twig.  pflii'rfen  (weak),  to  pluck,  pick. 


PAST  PERFECT  SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  MODALS       283 

ftw$te'ren   geljett,  gtttg,  gegattgett  tyn'lity,  adj.,  splendid. 

(fein),  to  go  to  walk.  prad)'tig,  adj.,  very  beautiful,  mag- 

ttwdj'fen  (txmdjft),  ttwd)3,  gettwdjfett  nificent. 

(fein),  to  grow.  fmt'fcern,  conj.,  but,  used  only  after 

tt,  adj.,  golden.  a  negative. 


251.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  2Ba§  Ijat  ber  ®nabe  mit  feinen  gotbenen  SRofen  getfyan? 

2.  3Ba$  befanb  fid)  in  biefem  anbereti  ©arten  ?      3.  9Ba3  fjcitte 
©olbener  fur  ben  Sonig  tfjnn  fdnnen?     4.  SBottte  ber  ®ontg 
i^n  tn^  ©efiingnt^  lt)erfen  taffen,  tDenn  ntdjt  Ijerrlttfje  3fofen 
ttwd)fen?      5.  SBa§    tnodte    ber    Sontg,  ba^  ©otbener  t^ue? 

6.  2Ba§  ^aben  fie  atte  get^an,  ate  e§  anfing  jn  regnen  ? 

(6)  1.  ®u  ptteft  ben  3^8  nit^t  ppcfen  fotten,  fonbern 
t^n  tDat^fen  (affen*  2.  4Beim  (Sintritt  in  ben  ^rdrf)tigen  ©arten 
murbe  er  gans  erftaunt,  al§  er  ben  ^onig  fpajieren  geljen  fa^, 

3.  @ic  fatten  ifyren  geinb  in^  ©efangni^  tDerfen  ntiiffen,  ober  er 
^citte  fie  ttiten  !dnnen»      4.  ObtDo^f  i(^  gern  ba$  53n^  pttc 
burd^bldttern  mdgen,  fo  ^abe  i(^  bo^  nidjt  Qtit  genug  geljabt. 
5.  SBir  fatten  im  SBalbe  fpajieren  gefyen  rotten,  ^citte  e^  nit^t  ben 
ganjen    $Tag   geregnet.      6.  Qfyr  ^cittet  freien  (Sintritt  I)aben 
bitrfen,  tDciret   i^r   nit^t    t>on  euren  geinben  erbtidt  tDorben. 

7.  @r  ^fttte  ni(^t  fagen  foffen^  baft  er  bte  Stufgabe  o^ne  ^)tlfe 
geftf)rieben  ^abe,  tDenn  fein  Sruber  i^nt  babei  ge^otfen  tjatte, 

8.  ©u  ^citteft  ben  3^eifl  n^  ^ff^rfen,  fonbern  i^n  tt)ad)fen 
taffen  fotten*      9.  2l(§  \mv  geftern  urn  brei  2SierteI  ge^n  fpasieren 
gegangen  finb,  ^aben  tt)ir  fyunbert  ^errtid)e  golbene  ^Jofen  tDad)fen 
fetjen.      10.  tlnfer  geinb   tjiitte  jientUd)  f^mad)  fein  miiffen, 
fonft  tocire-er  nit^t  fo  lei^t  t»on  un$  geft^tagen  t^orben. 

(c)  1.  This  good  man  would  not  wear  a  black  coat,  if  he 
were  not  the  king's  minister.  2.  You  ought  to  have  had  a 
new  suit  made  without  telling  your  mother  anything  about  it 


284  SYNTAX. 

(bdtton),  oughtn't  you  ?  3.  They  must  have  worn  their  pretti- 
est dresses,  otherwise  they  would  not  have  been  allowed  to  go 
to  walk.  4.  We  ought  not  to  have  put  the  enemy  into  that 
splendid  room,  but  into  (the)  prison.  5.  She  could  not  have 
come  at  quarter  past  five,  but  at  quarter  to  seven.  6.  At  the 
entrance  into  the  prison  the  boy  must  have  been  astonished  to 
see  a  splendid  golden  rose  growing.  7.  Last  Saturday,  the 
twenty-third  of  March,  I  should  have  liked  to  go  to  walk, 
although  I  was  not  permitted.  8.  Without  waiting  longer, 
you  ought  to  have  picked  all  the  twigs  that  you  had  planted. 
9.  We  could  have  read  more  books  if  we  had  wanted  to  be  the 
best  pupils  in  the  class,  couldn't  we  ?  10.  Mr.  Brown  must 
have  had  not  only  an  ox,  but  three  cows  and  four  big  dogs. 

(d)  gin  »rtef . 

Dear  Fred : 

Oh,  that  you  had  let  me  know  when  you  were  coming ! 
You  ought  to  have  written  me,  and  I  should  have  met  you  at 
the  train.  Then  we  could  have,  gone  to  (in)  the  theater,  and 
later  perhaps  for  a  walk.  You  must  have  thought  that  I  was 
not  at  home.  If  I  ever  see  you  again,  I  will  tell  you  all  that 
we  might  have  done.  — Your  friend,  Karl. 

LESSON  LX. 

(PAGES  81  22-88  u.) 

EEVIEW. 
Sernen  ®ie  an$toenbtg  :  - 

Siegt  bir  ©eftern  War  ttnb  off  en, 
SBtrfft  bu  Ijeute  frafttg  fret, 
Sannft  and)  auf  ein  3ftorgen  Ijoffen, 
ntdjt  mtnber  gtitcfftcf)  feu 

SBoIfgang  Don  ©oetfje  (1749-1832), 


JZEVIEW  OF  SUBJUNCTIVES.  285 

252.  (1)  a.  Give  the  rules  for  forming  the  present  and  past 
subjunctive,     b.  For  the  future,  perfect,  past  perfect,  and  future 
perfect.       c.  Name   the   four  chief  uses   of  the  subjunctive. 
d.  Which  use  differs  most  widely-  from  the  English  ?     e.  Give 
in  detail  the  rules  for  this  use,  and  illustrate  each  by  two 
examples. 

(2)  a.  Do   the   potential   and    optative   subjunctives   differ 
from  the  English  ?     b.  What  forms  of  the  subjunctive  are  used 
for  imperatives  ? 

(3)  a.  How  is  the  conditional  formed  ?     b.  When  is  it  used  ? 
c.  Distinguish   between   the   conditional   and  the  conditional 
subjunctive.        d.  Is   the   conditional  a   subjunctive  ?       e.  Is 
the  conditional  of  all  verbs  formed  by  the  subjunctive  of  one 
particular  verb  ?    /.  If  so,  of  what  verb  ?     g.  Give  the  rules 
for  conditions.       h.  Are  conditional  sentences  always  in  the 
subjunctive    or   conditional  ?      i.  Give   the   two   cases  where 
German   conditional  sentences  differ  from  English,     j.  Give 
the  rule  for  the  use  of  the  past   perfect  subjunctive  of  the 
modals.     Illustrate  fully. 

(4)  a.  Explain  and   illustrate  fully  the  uses   of  after   and 
fonbenu 

253.  Vocabulary. 

ba3  250ot,  bie  S3ootcf  II,  the  boat.  bie  ^Bet'Ie,  bie   SBettett,  IV,  the 
bie  gaty'ne,  bie  gotten,  IV,  the        wave. 

flag.  jd'gen  (weak),  to  hunt,  chase. 

bie  &r0'tte,  bie  $nmettf  IV,  the  £af 'fen  (weak),  with  dative,  to  fit. 

crown. 

254.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  2Ba§    tyfate   ©olbener,  ate  er  ben   anberen   fofgte? 
2.  SBie  fonnte  er  auS  bem  ©arten  gefyen,  ofytte  fcom  ©olbatett 


286  SYNTAX. 

gefeljen  jn  toetben  ?  3.  3Ba$  !)at  er  auf  bem  SKeete  gef  el)en  ? 
4.  §at  er  etftaS  ®d)one3  im  Sfteete  gefnnben?  5.  SBatnm 
freitten  fief)  Me  alien  gftf  djer  ?  6.  SBottten  fie  gern  einen  Sonig 
fyaben,  ber  bte  Stone  tragen  tnittbe  ? 

(5)  1.  2ftan  ptte  bem  Sonig  leine  Stone  geben  fotten,  toenn  er 
feinem  3Solle  nid)t  beffet  gefiele.  2.  ©n  i^ofiteft  nid)t  bte  gtan, 
fonbetn  t^te  STodjtet  Ijettaten ;  abet  e§  !onnte  nidjt  anbet^  fetn* 
3.  3l(^,  Ijatte  td^  nnt  etn  ftetne^  33oot,  nm  anf  ben  gto^en  SBelfen 
im  SKeete  gn  fasten!  4.  3Btt  fagten  i^nen,  ba^  bie  galjne 
®entft^Ianb^  nidjt  totf  fteift  nnb  b(anr  fonbetn  f^tnatj,  toeift 
unb  tot  fet,  .  5.  SBenn  bet  3^8  ^td^t  nm  Ijalb  jetjn,  fonbetn  nm 
btet  SStettel  nenn  ginge,  fo  ttwtben  it)tt  feine  £eit  ^aben,  ba$ 
33ncf)  sn  bntdjblattetn,  6.  fatten  @ie  nnt  nod)  etn  ©titcf  Zu&) 
ge^abt,  fo  fatten  @ie  etn  t)ief  f(^5nete§  Sletb  madjen  laffen 
!ijnnen.  7.  Senn  man  etroaS  fe^r  ®nte^  ^at,  fottte  man 
jemanb  anbetem  ein  ttentg  bat»on  geben,  8.  SBenn  bn  ^ente 
fe^t  gnt  btft  nnb  tedjt  flet^ig  ftnbietft,  iDetben  tint  anf  3Kontag 
leine  bentfc^e  2lnfgabe  ^aben,  9.  Qe  ^ei^et  bet  Jag  getoefen 
tDate,  befto  langet  tDaten  tt)tt  im  S3oote  anf  ben  SBellen  geblieben, 
10.  Obgleid)  id^  meinen  nenen  Slnjng  ein  toenig  ftitfjet  ^abe 
madden  faffen,  fo  ^abe  i^  meine  SReife  bod^  nid^t  am  ©onnabenb^ 
bem  tnetjefynten  Quli  nm  ^alb  gttolf  anfangen  fonnen. 

(c)  1.  He  thought  it  was  Saturday,  although  he  ought  to 
have  known  better.  2.  Oh,  that  I  had  no  exercise  fro  write, 
and  could  stay  all  day  in  my  new  boat !  3.  Had  she  been 
younger  and  more  beautiful,  the  king  would  certainly  have 
given  her  his  crown.  4.  If  it  rains  or  snows,  we  shall  not  go 
out  (I)inan3gef)en)  on  the  waves  in  our  little  boat,  but  shall 
remain  at  home.  5.  If  you  had  tried  to  bring  your  boat  over 
those  high  waves,  you  would  not  have  succeeded  in  arriving  at 
the  shore  at  half  past  six.  6.  If  they  had  not  planted  such 


GENITIVE  AND   DATIVE   CASES.  287 

beautiful  roses  in  their  garden,  they  could  not  have  picked 
such  magnificent  flowers  there  last  spring.  7.  If  we  had 
stopped  before  you  began  to  translate  those  long  sentences,  we 
should  have  enjoyed  the  German  lesson  more.  8.  Had  I  but 
(ttltr)  known  that  she  was  sick,  I  should  not  have  taken  the  train 
at  quarter  to  five,  but  should  have  waited  another  half  hour. 
9.  You  could  have  read  the  whole  book  without  trying  to  trans- 
late all  the  sentences.  10.  We  could  not  have  gone  to  walk, 
but  must  have  stayed  at  home  if  it  had  not  stopped  raining. 
11.  He*could  do  it  if  he  were  permitted,  but  perhaps  he  will  not 
want  to.  12.  Before  we  saw  it,  we  thought  that  your  house 
was  much  higher  than  ours.  13.  It  is  said  to  be  a  long  way 
to  the  city,  but  it  could  not  have  taken  (bauent)  more  than  two 
and  a  half  hours.  14.  Fred's  new  suit  fits  him  pretty  well;  the 
one  that  you  had  made  last  month  is  better ;  but  mine  (write 
three  ways)  is  the  best.  15.  The  boy  began  to  do  something 
bad,  but  he  had  to  stop  when  his  mother  arrived. 


LESSON  LXI. 

(PAGES  83  15-84  24.) 
GENITIVE  AND  DATIVE  CASES. 
Semen  @te  anSttenbtg  :  — 

SBenn  man  ba§  $5fe  tf)nt,  fiefjt  man  fur  ftetn  e§  an ; 
2ftan  ftel)t,  tote  gro£  e§  tft,  erft  toenn  e§  tft  get!)an, 

-grtebri^  3tMert  (1788-1866). 

255.  The  Genitive  Case.  —  Besides  its  use  as  possessive  (Les- 
son VI.)  and  with  certain  reflexive  verbs  (Lesson  XL VIII.), 
the  genitive  is  also  used  (a)  to  denote  indefinite  time  and 
(5)  with  certain  prepositions. 


288  SYNTAX. 


(a)  In  contrast  with  the  accusative  of  definite  time  (Les- 
son XXIII.  ),  the  Genitive  is  used  (1)  with  the  indefinite  article 
to  express  indefinite  time;  (2)  with  the  definite  article,  it 
denotes  regularly  recurring  time. 


(1)  eine3  £age3,  one  day.  eute3  2lbcnb3,  one  evening. 

(2)  fce3  2ibettt»£,  in  the  evening  (regularly},  every  evening. 
fce3  9tt0rgeu3,  every  morning. 

(b)  The  genitive  is  used  with  toafjrenb,  during,  and  preposi- 
tions which  are  translated  into  English  by  a  phrase  with  of 
(instead  of,  in  spite  of,  in  the  midst  of,  etc.).  The  most  familiar 
are:  cmftatt,  aufterfyalb,  innerfyalb,  Me$feit$,  jenfett$,  inmttten, 
trofc,  toaljrenb,  and 


238aljrettJ»  fce3  931onat^f  during  the  month. 
3>nnittten  feiiter  ^rewtfce,  in  the  midst  of  his  friends. 
in  spite  of  the  iceather. 


256.  The  Dative  Case.  —  Besides  its  use  as  indirect  object 
(Lesson  VII.)  and  with  prepositions  (Lessons  XVI.  and  XVIII.) 
the  dative  is  also  used  (a)  with  adjectives  and  (&)  with  verbs. 

(a)  Adjectives  which  in  English  are  followed  by  to  usually 
take  the  dative  in  German. 

(£r  ift  mtr  Uebf  he  is  dear  to  me. 

mar  wt£  fremfc,  that  was  strange  to  us, 

S5uj!|  ift  fcem  aitfcercn  tUjtt(td),  the  book  is  like  (to}  the  other. 
$a3  SScttcr  ift  mir  angcncl)mr  the  weather  is  pleasant  to  me. 


(b)  The  following  verbs  which  take  the  dative  have 
been.  given:  cmtlDortett,  begegnett,  bcmfett,  folgen,  gefatten,  ge^ 
f)oren,  geltngett,  gefrf)e!)enr  glauben,  ^effen. 

Besides  these  the  commonest  are  bienen,  broken,  ge^ott^en, 
paffen,  fd^met^eln. 


GENITIVE  AND  DATIVE   CASES.  289 

257.  Vocabulary. 

ba3  Setytff,  bie  Sdjiffe,  II,  the  ship.  fremb,  with  dat.,  strange  (to). 

befet'5en  (weak),  to  occupy.  Ultftatt',  prep,  with  gen.,  instead  of. 

bie'UCtt  (weak),  with  dat.,  to  serve.  mt'gerljalb,  prep,  with  gen.,  outside 
broken    (weak),    with    dat.,    to         of. 

threaten.  bte3'fett£,  prep,  with  gen.,  on  this 
0el)0r'd)ett  (weak),  with  dat.,  to  side  of. 

obey.  tnmit'iett,  prep,  with  gen.,  in  the 
grii'gen  (weak),  to  greet.  midst  of. 

paf'fen  (weak),  with  dat.,  to  fit.  tn'uerl)atbf  prep,  with  gen.,  inside 
fdjmei'djeltt  (weak),  with  dat.,  to         of. 

flatter.  jett'feit^,  prep,  with  gen.,  on  the 
fc'geln  (weak),  to  sail  other  side  of. 

att'oettefjm,  adj.,  with  dat.,  agree-  tti%  prep,  with  gen.,  in  spite  of. 

able  (to),  pleasant.  ttwty'rettb,  prep,  with  gen.,  during. 

ftfyn'ttd),    adj.,   with  dat.,   similar  roe'gen,  prep,  with  gen.,  on  account 

(to),  like.  o/,  because  of. 

258.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  28urbe  ©olbener  toegen  ber  ®rmte  t>on  bem  25olfe  ge* 
grit^t  ?  2.  SBcmtm  freuten  fid)  feine  Sriiber  nidjt  me^r  ? 
3.  3Ba^  fagte  bie  fc^cine,  tret^e  grau?  4.  SBo  tDaren  bte  Sritber 
toafyrettb  ber  langen  ^a^re  gebtieben?  5.  3Bof)m  it)ottten  fie 
}e^t  gefyett?  6.  §at  ©olbener  jetnanb  gefrfjicft,  urn  i^neti  3U 
bienen  ? 

(6)  1.  £)er  @(^netberr  ber  Mr  etneS  Jage^  btente,  t)at  bir  ge* 
fc^met^elt,  afe  er  fagte,  bag  ber  SRocE  bir  paffe.  2.  SBenn  e^  i()r 
im  fteinen  Soote  iDegen  be$  SBetter^  nic^t  angene^m  ift,  fo  lann 
fie  tDa^renb  be§  @tur.me$  tm  gro^en  @cf)iffe  fege(n,  3.  £rol$ 
fetner  Siebe  tDitrbe  ba$  Sinb  feinem  2$ater  nidf)t  gefyorcfjen,  lt?enn 
biefer  t^m  bro^te.  4.  3lnftatt  metne§  S3rubcr«  fanb  id)  tnctnc 
Gutter  tnmitten  ber  Seute  au^er^alb  ber  @tabt.  5.  Jrolj  be^ 
tt)urbe  ba^  @cl)iff  t?on  t)ielen  ??remben  befe^t.  6.  ©em 


290  SYNTAX. 

33ruber  tft  Mr  feljr  ciljnltd),  aber  er  tft  mtr  ntd)t  fo  cmgenef)m\ 
7.  @3  ttwrbe  un$  triel  angenefymer  fetn,  tt)enn  unfere  greunbe 
un$  ntd)t  frfjmetdjelten,  fonbern  btenten.  8.  £ro}$  tfyrer  fdjimen 
®Ietber  l)iitte  fie  bem  armen  SJidbd^en  ntdjt  broken  (ollen,  at$  e$ 
fie  gru^te*  9.  ®er  Saltier  tft  bem  §ernt  53raun  nt(i)t  d^nltc^  ; 
er  tft  mtr  gems  fremb.  10.  SDtejentgen,  tDelc^e  ben  $ontgen 
btenen,  mitffen  i^ren  2Keiftern  oft  fcfymetdjetn,  lt)enn  fie  tfjnen 
gelprcfyetu 

(c)  1.  One  evening  this  castle  of  the  count  was  occupied  by 
the  knights  who  ought  to  have  served  and  obeyed  him.     2.  On 
account  of  her  money  the  people  inside  of  the  city  flattered 
her.      3.  If  your  coat  had  not  fitted  you  better  than  mine,  it 
would  have  been  like  the  others.       4.  We  said  that  we  had 
learned  German,  not  because  of  the  book,  but  in  spite  of  it 
(be$felben).       5.  I  could  do  it  if  I  had  to,  but  I  shall  not  be 
permitted.       6.    The  ship  was   occupied   by  those  who   had 
wanted  to  sail  all  day.       7.  Outside  the  little  city  it  was  not 
very  pleasant  during  the  storm.       8.  Instead  of  threatening 
the  man,  he  flattered  him  and  served  him,  but  he  got  nothing 
good   from    it.       9.  You   are   said  to   be   like  your   brother, 
although    he   is   older    than   you.       10.   JSTobody   could   have 
had   a   coat  made   that   would   have   fitted    me   better    than 
yours. 

(d)  Sine  ©efcfjtcfjte.  —  Outside   the   city  were  many  people 
who  would  not  serve  the  king.     During  the  day  they  occupied 
his  castle  where  he  stood  in  the  midst  of  his  soldiers.    At  first 
the  king  threatened  the  people,  then  he  flattered  them ;  but 
they  would  not  obey  him  in  spite  of  his  pleasant  words.     One 
day  when  they  had  stayed  inside  the  city  a  whole  week,  the 
king  had  many  new  houses  built  for  them  outside  the  city, 
and  then  they  were  quite  contented. 


CONJUNCTIONS.  291 

LESSON  LXII. 
(PAGES  86  13-87  19.) 

CONJUNCTIONS. 

• 

Semen  @ie  auStoenbtg  :  — 

£)u  bift  tote  eine  33(ume, 
@o  Ijolb  unb  fd)on  itnb  rein  ; 
$tf)  fcfyau'  bid)  an,  unb  SBe^mut 
@d)Ietd)t  mtr  in$  @ers  fytnein. 

9Wtr  tft,  ate  ob  tc^  bte  §anbe 
2tof$  §anpt  btr  legen  foflf  , 
Setenb,  ba§  ©ott  btc^  cr^altc 
@o  rein  nnb  fd)on  nnb  fjotb. 

ri(^  §eine  (179T-1856). 


259.  Conjunctions.  —  Conjunctions  are  divided  into  three 
classes  :  — 

(a)  The  general  connectives,  unb,  and  ;  aber  (atfetn,  fonbern), 
but;  benn,/or;  ober,  or.  They  connect  coordinate  clauses,  and 
do  not  affect  the  order. 

$u  ftumft  bfetbettf  aber  i^  mcrbe  nad)  ^paufe  8cI|Cttf  you  may  stay,  but  1 
shall  go  home. 

1>u  famtft  nifyt  blcitiettf  fottbcrn  bit  ntufjt  na^  ^aufe  geljcn,  you  cannot 
stay,  but  you  must  go  home. 

SBartc  ttidjt  auf  mirf)f  bctin  ir^  faun  mdjt  lommenf  don't  wait  for  me, 
for  I  cannot  come. 

(6)  The  conjunctive  adverbs,  such  as  atfo,  accordingly  ;  bod), 
but;  bennodj,  yet;  etc.  They  are  really  adverbs,  and  when  they 
come  first  in  a  clause,  they  cause  inversion. 

(£r  tooljttte  in  cincr  ffetttett  £iitter  bod)  ttwr  cr  immer  jufrtcben,  he 

lived  in  a  little  cabin,  yet  he  was  always  contented. 


292  SYNTAX. 


($r  fouttte  ben  SBrief  nidjt  lefett,  affo  serrig  er  iljn,  he  could  not  read  the 
letter,  so  he  tore  it  up. 

(c)  The  subordinating  conjunctions,  such  as  bdJ3,  that;  toetf, 
because;  at§,  when;  bd,  /or,  as;  tote,  7iow?,  as;  obgtetd),  although, 
etc.  These  introduce  subordinate  or  dependent  clauses,  and 
require  the  dependent  order. 

(£r  fal)r  bag  id)  letn  SBitd)  tyatte,  Tie  saw  £7*a£  I  had  no  book. 
(£r  ttwr  trauria,,  toetl  feittc  gran  ^mtigin  toerben  ttwflte,  7ie  was  sad,  be- 
cause his  wife  wanted  to  become  queen. 

S5entt,  ba,  and  toeU  are  used  interchangeably  just  as  their 
English  equivalents  /or,  as,  and  because,  but  betttt  does  not 
affect  the  order  of  the  subordinate  clause. 

260.  Modified  Verbals.  —  Keview  §  185,  e.     When  the  Eng- 
lish verbal  is  modified  by  a  possessive,  German  uses  a  clause 
with  bdj}  instead  of  the  infinitive  with  gu  :  — 

He  came  without  seeing  me,  er  lamf  oljtte  mid)  gtt  fetyen* 
He  came  without  my  seeing  him,  er  famf  P^lte  ba|  id)  iljtt  fal), 
Instead  of  going,  he  came  home,  anftatt  511  tjetyett,  fam  er  ttad)  $aitfe» 
Instead  of  my  taking  the  book,  he  wishes  you  to  peep  it,  auftfttt  ba§  i(^ 
ba§  S5ud>  neljme,  luiittfdjt  erf  bag  bit  eS  bel)a(tft. 

261.  Vocabulary. 

ber  SBo'te,  be^  S5otenf  V,  ^e  mes-  befeI)'(ett(befie^t)flJefa^f  befol)Iettf 

senger.  with  dat.,  id  command. 

bie  £et'mat  (no   pi.),  tae   Aome  beljal'teti  Cbel)dtt),bel)ie(t,  bel)altettf 

{native  city  or  district).  to  keep. 

ber    fiolju,    bie    Siiljue,    II,   pay,  Uerbte'nen  (weak),  to  earn,  deserve. 

reward.  bamit',  conj.,  usually  with  subjunc., 

ber  6d)miebf  bie  @d)miebef  II,  the  in  order  that,  that. 

smith.  titd)'ti(Jf  adj.,  thorough. 

ber  SSa'gen,   bie  SSagen,   I,  the  ttwljr,  adj.,  true. 

wagon,  carriage. 


MODIFIED    VERBALS.  293 

262.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  2Ba§  tooftte  S^wn  toerben?  .2.  §at  er  groften  8ol)n 
tterbient?  3.  SBie  fange  mujste  er  bet  bem  SKcifter  bleiben? 

4.  28a$  mufete  man  tfynn,  bamit  man  ein  tucfytiger  ©djmieb  ftmrbe  ? 

5.  SBann  lam  man  ftueber  in  bie  §eimat?      6.  SBar  biefe$  alte$ 
iuatjr  in  ©entf  cfylanb  fcor  mandjen  $al)reti  ? 

(6)  1.  ®er  ©djmieb  terbiente  feinen  8o^n,  benn  er  fyatte  feine 
§eimat  tserlaffen,  anftatt  jn  §anfe  jn  bteiben  nnb  til^tig  ju 
arbeiten.  2.  <Jft  e§  ma^r,  ba^  ber  ^ote  in  etnem  SBagen  ange* 
fommen  ift,  o^ne  ba§  man  if)n  [a^  ?  3.  O^ne  ifym  5n  broken, 
befal)!  i(^  bem  33oten  auf jnfte()enr  bamit  itf)  fcilje,  tua^  er  in  bie 
£afc()e  geftecft  ^abe.  4.  ®er  33ote  Ijat  ben  8o^n  bef)a(ten  tooffen, 
ob[d)on  er  nid)t§  tierbient  Ijatte ;  atfo  bro^te  i{)m  ber 
mitten  feiner  greunbe.  5.  J)u  ^aft  bem  $onig 
bamit  bn  beinen  ?ol)n  be^alten  lonnteft;  fonft  ^citte  er  atfeS 
genommen*  6.  ©a  tnir  nid)t^  9^eue^  in  ber  ©etmat  fanben, 
gingen  it)ir  anf  $Reifenr  nm  etma^  ©djone^  jn  feljetu  7.  9)ian 
^at  ^^tten  befo^Ien,  ben  SBagen  jn  be^aften ;  bodj  fatten  ©ie  e^ 
nid)t  t^nn  folten.  8.  3J?an  foflte  e^  fagen,  n?eil  e^  toa^r  ift; 
fonft  iDerben  nn^  bie  Seute  nit^t  gtanben*  ,  9.  SBenn  id)  anftatt 
einer  fyatben  ©tunbc  britte^atb  ©tnnben  ^atter  fo  lonnte  id)  ba^ 
^anje  33nd)  (efen,  o^ne  aufjn^ren,  10.  ©ein  9tod;  luirb  bir  - 
nid)t  fo  gnt  ^affen  it)ie  mir  ber  meinige,  benn  bn  Ijaft  i^nnic^t 
t)on  meinem  ©t^neiber  mad)en  laffen* 

(c)  1.  A  thorough  smith  ought  to  have  good  pay,  although 
he  cannot  always  keep  what  he  earns.  2.  It  is  true  that  there 
is  nothing  in  the  world  dearer  to  us  than  (the)  home.  3.  Did 
you  command  the  messenger  to  keep  the  money,  or  will  he 
have  to  earn  some  more  ?  4.  The  train  did  not  arrive  at  half 
past  four,  but  at  quarter  to  five,  so  I  did  not  have  to  run. 


294  SYNTAX. 

5.  Since  it  is  true,  I'  will  tell  him,  in  order  that  he  may  not 
begin  his  journey  without  knowing  these  things.  6.  Without 
your  telling  them  that  there  was  nothing  true  in  the  story, 
they  would  never  have  found  it  out.  7.  Instead  of  his  com- 
ing on  Thursday,  the  twelfth  of  May,  at  quarter  past  seven,  he 
will  not  arrive  till  the  next  day.  8.  You  ought  not  to  have 
done  all  those  things  without  your  father's  seeing  you,  yet  you 
could  not  have  known  (it).  9.  Without  studying  the  rules  in 
this  book  thoroughly,  you  will  not  learn  German  easily. 
10.  We  have  not  bought  a  new  house,  but  have  sold  our  old 
(one),  as  it  was  not  big  enough  for  the  whole  family. 

(d)  gin  Srtef . 
Dear  Fred : 

I  must  write  you  this  letter  to  let  you  know  that  I  can- 
not come  to  the  city  next  Friday.  Instead  of  doing  what  we 
want  to,  we  must  stay  at  home  all  day,  for  (my)  father  arrives 
at  quarter  to  twelve.  I  am  sorry,  because  I  should  like  to 
visit  you,  yet  just  now  it  does  not  seem  possible.  But  another 
time,  when  there  is  nothing  else  to  do,  we  shall  be  glad  to 
come.  Please  greet  your  mother  from  me. 

,  Your  friend, 

Henry. 

LESSON  LXIII. 

(PAGES  88  i-89  19.) 
WORD  ORDER. 
Semen  @te  auStoenbtg  :  - 

£)eutfd)[anb,  iDeutfd&lanb  itber  atteS, 
liber  aHe8  in  bet  SBelt, 
SBenn  e$  ftets  gu  ©djufc  unb 
Sriiberttcf)  jufammenljcttt. 


WOED    ORDER.  295 


25on  ber  2ftaa$  bi§  an  bie 
33on  ber  @tfd)  MS  an  ben  Sett, 
Deutfdjfottb,  £)entfcf)(anb  ufier  alteS, 
Uber  atte§  in  ber  SBelt. 

-§bffmann  Don  gatterSleben  (1798-1874), 


23eft,  £/ 

"Sic  (£tfrf),  a  river  in  the  south  Tyrol. 

^tc  %)la(i8f  the  Meuse  or  Moselle,  a  river  flowing  into  the  Rhine  at 
Coblentz  from  the  southwest. 

$>ie  !ijftemel,  a  river  (sometimes  called  Niemeri)  in  the  extreme  north- 
east of  Germany. 

These  four  names  stand  for  the  north,  south,  west,  and  east  bounda- 
ries of  Germany. 

263.  Word  Order.  —  Review  :  Order  of  Infinitives,  Lesson  IX., 
§  48  ;  of  Past  Participles,  Lesson  XL,  §  58,  (a)  ;   of  Objects, 
Lesson  XVII.,  §  86  ;  Inverted  Order,  Lesson  XVIIL,  §  90. 

264.  The  Inverted  Order  is  used  (a)  as  in  English,  in  Inter- 
rogative and  Imperative  Sentences. 

(6)  In  Declarative  Sentences  introduced  by  some  word  other 
than  the  subject  and  its  modifiers. 

(c)  In  Conditional  Clauses  when  toenn  (if)  is  omitted. 

265.  The  Dependent  Order  is  used  in  Dependent  Clauses  intro- 
duced by  a  relative  or  a  subordinating  conjunction  (baft,  Weil, 
ba,  ftenn,  al3,  etc.).     Note  that  benn  is  followed  by  the  normal 
order. 

(a)  In  Subordinate  Clauses  where  both  participle  and  infini- 
tive (two  infinitives)  occur,  the  inflected  verb  (auxiliary)  pre- 
cedes instead  of  following  them. 

(£r  fagte,  imf?  er  e3  nidjt  tyabe  tljun  fiwnen,  he  said  he  wasn't  able  to  do  it. 


SYNTAX. 

266.  In  the  Normal  Order  the  subject  with  its  modifiers  pre- 
cedes the  predicate  with  its  modifiers. 

The  Subject  and  its  Modifiers. 

(a)  As  in  English,  phrases  and  clauses  modifying  the  sub- 
ject follow  it,  and  unmodified  adjectives  precede.  But,  con- 
trary to  English  usage,  a  modified  participle  precedes  its  noun 
and  is  preceded  by  its  modifiers. 


The  bench  standing  in  the  garden,  bic  tttt  ®artett  fteljettbe 
A  book  written  by  an  old  man,  eiu  uon  cittern  aftctt  SJtatttt  gefdjrtebette^ 
Bud), 

The  Predicate  and  its  Modifiers. 

• 

(b)  The  inflected  verb  (auxiliary  in  compound  tenses)  comes 
directly  after  the  subject,  except  that  particles  (aber,  ieborf), 
jttar,  etc.)  may  intervene.     (See  page  88,  line  10;    page  89, 
line  20,  etc.) 

(c)  In  the  present  and  past,  a  separable  prefix  is  removed  to 
the  end  of  the  clause  :  — 

(£r  futg  fogteiti)  an,  he  began  at  once. 
(£r  madjte  Me  Xljitr  5tt,  he  shut  the  door. 

(d)  The  infinitive  and  participle  of  compound  tenses  stand 
at  the  end  of  the  sentence  :  — 

(£r  Ijatte  trie  Xljitr  sttgemad)tf  he  had  shut  the  door. 
3d)  tterbe  beittett  ^mtttfc  fetyett,  /  shall  see  your  friend. 
3d)  muft  g$affer  tyolett,  I  must  fetch  water. 

(e)  Adverbs  stand:  (1)  time,  (2)  place,  (3)  manner:  — 

293tr  Ijaben  ttjtt  Ijcttte  itberall  fletftuj  geftti^t,  we  have  hunted  for  him 
to-day  diligently  everywhere. 

"Ste  SHttfocr  f^telett  petite  bratt^cn  tm  Sonttettf^eitt,  the  children  are 
playing  to-day  out  of  doors  in  the  sunshine. 


WORD    ORDER.  297 

(1)  Adverbs  of  time   usually  precede   objects,  except  pro- 
nouns :  — 


3d)  tyabe  ttym  geftertt  cinen  Dfarf  gel  anft,  /  bought  him  a  coat  yesterday. 
(£r  Kurt)  $I)tteu  bait)  fca3  $ud)  geben,  he  will  soon  give  you  the  book. 

(2)  In  main  clauses  adverbs  must  never  be  placed  between 
subject  and  verb  :  — 

3d)  gelje  nic  in  Me  Stafct,  /  never  go  to  the  city. 

(3)  A  phrase  follows  a  single  word  :  — 

gtngett  geftertt  in  Me  ©tabt,  we  went  into  the  city  yesterday. 


(4)  When  ntdjt  or  nte  modifies  a  general  statement,  it  stands 
at  or  near  the  end  :  — 

3d)  toetf?  e3  uid)tf  /  do  wo«  know. 

$d)  Ijabe  ba§  S3uc^  me  gef  e^enf  I  have  never  seen  the  book. 


(5)  Otherwise  it   stands   immediately  before   the  word   or 
phrase  it  negatives  :  — 

3d)  bin  tyeute  itidjt  fety*  frity  aufgeftanbett,  /  did  not  get  up  very  early 
to-day. 

®ie  ftetyen  me  fe^v  frill)  auff  you  never  get  up  very  early. 

(/)  A   personal   pronoun,   whether   the   direct   or   indirect 
object,  stands  directly  after  the  simple  predicate  or  auxiliary  :  — 

(£r  Ijat  ntir  trie  gait^e  ®efd)td)te  er5at)lt,  he  has  told  me  the  whole  story. 
(£r  gab  e3  bem  Se^rer,  he  gave  it  to  the  teacher. 

(g)  If  both  direct  and  indirect  objects  are  personal  pronouns, 
the  accusative  comes  first  :  —  • 

3d)  tyabe  e3  itym  gegeben,  /  have  given  it  to  him. 

Qi)  If  both  objects  are  nouns,  the  indirect  object  (dative) 
usually  comes  before  the  direct  (accusative)  :  — 

3d)  tyabe  bem  ®ttti»e  ntein  SBud)  gegeben,  7  gave  the  child  my  book. 


298  SYNTAX. 

(i)  Practically  all  these  special  rules  come  under  the  general 
rule  that  the  more  emphatic  parts  of  a  German  sentence  come 
nearest  the  end.  Thus,  in  the  last  example  the  emphasis  falls 
on  meitt  33ndj.  But  if  the  question  is  asked:  To  whom  did 
you  give  your  book  ?  so  that  to  the  child  is  the  emphatic  part, 
German  says  :  — 

3rt)  Ijflbc  incut  $urf)  bcm  fttitfcc  gcgcbctu 

267.  Vocabulary. 

fccr  ®ebttrt3'tag,  btc  ®cburt3tagc,  aufatcljcn,  pg  auf,  aufgesogen,  to 

II,  birthday.  bring  up. 

bie  3Ren'ge,  btc  9Wcttgcnr  IV,  crowd,  ttcrge'tjeu,  merging,  uergangen  (fern), 

berStfottb,  fote  SOfawbe,  II,  the  moon.  to  pass  (by  or  away),  usually  of 

fcie  SBcft'e,  &tc  333eftcnf  IV,  vcs*.  time. 

tutfttwdjfctt  (md(^ftauf),ttjud)^  aitf,  ticr5ci'^cttf  ticr5te!|f  tJcr^teljcn,  with 

aufgcttJa^fcn  (fein),  to  grow  up.  dat.,  to  pardon. 

frill),  adj.  or  adv.,  early.  fcitmt,  adj.,  thin. 

268.  Exercises. 


(a)  1.  9Bte  fangt  btcfc  ©cf^ic^te  an?  2.  ®a§  tf)at 
ate  bie  anberen  Stnber  in  ber  @tabt  fpietten?  3.  2Ba^  ()at  er 
oom  atten  SKanne  gdernt?  4.  2Ba^  ^aben  bie  8eute  i^n  ge^ 
fragt?  o.  SSer  ^at  tl)n  anfjie^en  tnotten?  6.  2Bar  biefer  etn 
fel)r  guter 


(6)  1.  SSor  t^rem  nennten  ©eburt^tage  tnnrbe  fie  fo 
gen,  bap  fie  toeber  frf)5ne  gtebcr  ftngen,  nod)  gnte  23ud)er  (efen 
it)o((te.  2.  (gfye  er  anfgemadjfen  luar,  ftanb  ber  bnnne  ffeine 
S?nabe  fef)r  frit^  auf,  urn  ^u  arbetten,  benn  er  ^atte  tDeber  33ater, 
noc^  3)?utter.  3.  Qfy  ntocfyte  @ie  fe^r  gern  ^^r  nene£  8ieb 
ftngen  ^ijren  ;  aber  bie  3dt  tierge^t  fo  f  djuett,  ba^  @te  mir  trerben 
miiffcn.  4.  gritf)  geftern  abenb  nm  ^alb  acf)t  frf)ten 


WOED    OEDEE.  299 

ber  3ftonb  fo  Mar,  ba$  ttrir  btc  2ftenge  bort  ganj  gut  fdjen  tonn* 
ten.  5.  5Du  ^aft  tteber  SRocf,  nod)  SBefte,  toeber  @d)nl)e,  nodj 
§nt,  boc!)  fdjeinfi  bu  immer  glttdtid)*  6.  @ie  toaren  titdjt  fo 
fritl)  angefommen,  fatten  fie  nidjt  gegtanbt,  baft  ttrir  tfjnen  ntdjt 
tterjetfien  ttitrben,  toenn  fie  fpater  famen.  7.  @tb  bein  SKcffcr 
Jenem  biinnen  SBtrte,  fonft  lonnte  er  bid)  (anger  Ijier  be^atten. 

8.  ^iejenigen  Sinber,  met^e  nid)t  triffen,  IDO  iljre  ^Rbde  unb 
SBeften  finb,  ii)erben  laum  jur  re^ten  3eit  fommen  !onnen. 

9.  ©a  e^  niemanb  gab,  ber  ben  tnaben  anfjiefyen  ttJoQtc,  mu^te 
er  Don  bent  alten  Seller  anfgejogen  trerben.    10.  $d)  fcf)time 
mtd^  ntd^t  itber  meine  alte  SBcfte,  fonbern  frene  mid),  ba§-  iti) 
nod)  feine  Snopfe  Derloren  fjabe.      11.  £)ie  iDZenge  ^at  bem 
jnngen,  Don  bem  alten  Setter  anfgejogenen  SMbdjen  nit^t  Der*- 
jei^en  tDotten. 

(c)  1.  Pardon  me,  but  is  that  your  vest  that  is  lying  there 
on  that  chair?  2.  My  last  two  birthdays  passed  very  quickly, 
without  my  knowing  that  I  had  already  grown  up.  3.  If  I 
did  not  have  such  a  beautiful  new  vest,  I  should  not  now 
be  ashamed  of  my  old  one.  4.  Had  you  not  been  brought  up 
in  the  city,  you  would  not  have  been  so  thin  on  your  four- 
teenth birthday.  5.  We  shall  give  these  books  neither  to 
the  richest  children  nor  to  the  poorest,  but  to  those  who  have 
remembered  us  best.  6.  When  they  had  all  grown  up  they 
wished  that  they  had  been  brought  up  otherwise,  didn't  they  ? 
7.  Out  of  the  house  came  an  old  man,  yet  everybody  thought 
there  was  nobody  in  it.  8.  A  better  book  than  this  from 
which  one  might  learn  the  German  language  does  not  occur 
to  me.  9.  Yesterday  evening  in  the  fields  there  was  a  great 
crowd  that  had  come  there  to  see  the  moon.  10.  If  she 
doesn't  sing  that  beautiful  old  song  before  the  evening  passes, 
we  shall  never  forgive  her. 


300  SYNTAX. 

(d)  gin  Srtef . 
Dear  Ernest : 

Yesterday  was  Fred's  birthday.  The  years  pass  very 
fast,  for  he  is  certainly  growing  up.  We  all  went  early  into 
the  wood  to  please  Fred.  The  good  (fdjon)  weather  lasted  all 
day,  and  during  half  the  evening  the  moon  shone.  But  late,r 
it  began  to  rain,  and  the  storni  lasted  an  hour  and  a  half,  so 
that  we  were  very  tired  when  we  arrived  at  home.  If  it  only 
hadn't  rained ! 

Your  friend, 

John. 


LESSON  LXIV. 
(PAGES  89  20-91  10.) 

IDIOMATIC  PARTICLES.     £)odf),  Qa,  9?odf),  @cf)on,  2Bol)t. 

(TTlis  Lesson  may  be  omitted  at  the  discretion  of  the  teacher  or  post- 
poned till  later  in  the  course.  The  rest  of  the  Lessons  in  the  book  are 
Reviews,  and  may  be  left  till  the  second  year  of  German.) 


Lenten  @te 

SDWr  urirb  Don  attem  bent  fo  bttmm, 

211$  gtng'  tntr  etn  3ftitf)Irab  tm  $opf  f)erum* 

—  3<of)ann  SBoIfgang  Don  ©oet^e  (1T49-1832). 

269.  Idiomatic  Particles.  —  The  use  of  the  German  expletives 
bod),  ja,  nod^,  ft^on,  and  tt)0^t  is  important.  It  constitutes  one 
of  the  chief  differences  between  idiomatic  German  and  Ger- 
man that  is  merely  grammatically  correct.  Of  course  no  pupil 
is  expected  to  speak  idiomatic  German  after  but  one  year's 
study,  but  many  may  wish  to  try. 


IDIOMATIC  PARTICLE 8.  301 

(a)  The  chief  difficulty  arises  from  the  impossibility  of 
translating  these  particles  directly  into  English.  Good  illus- 
tration of  this  is  found  in  the  already  and  yet  of  Germans  who 
have  but  partly  mastered  English.  They  know  already  and 
yet  are  English  for  jdjott  and  bodj,  so  they  translate  them  with 
disastrous  results. 

(6)  The  use  of  these  expletives  can  be  learned  only  by  hear- 
ing, studying,  and  memorizing  good  idiomatic  German.  As  it 
is  largely  a  question  of  feeling,  no  set  of  rules  will  suffice,  but 
the  following  hints  may  help. 

270.  Qa  has  three  uses :  — 

(a)  It  means  yes  in  answering  affirmative  questions. 
$0mntft  tw  tyeute?  are  you  coming  to-day?    $a,  yes. 

(b)  It  means  by  all  means  in  strengthening  an  imperative. 
Here  it  is  always  emphasized. 

£I)ttr  e3  ja,  do  it  by  all  means  ! 

(c)  It  adds  a  tone  of  surprise  to  any  sentence.     Here  it  is 
not  emphasized  and  may  usually  be  translated  by  why  at  the 
beginning. 

($r  fittjte  ja  ittrf)t3,  why,  he  didn't  say  anything. 
$a3  tft  ja  fdjiw,  why,  that  is  fine. 

271.  ©od)  has  three  uses  besides  that  of  adversative  conjunc- 
tion, yet.     They  are  like  the  corresponding  uses  of  ja,  but  there 
is  always  a  suggestion  of  but  or  yet  about  them. 

(a)  It  means  yes  in  answering  negative  sentences. 

$>u  ttrirft  tyeute  tool)!  nidjt  fommeu,  you  won't  come  to-day p,  will  you? 
$>0d),  yes,  (oh,  but  I  shall}. 

£abett  Sic  few  ®eft>  ?  have  you  no  money?    $>od),  yes,  (but  I  have). 

(b)  It  means  but  in  strengthening  a  negative  and  pray  or  do 
(emphatic)  in  strengthening  an  imperative.     It  may  also  be 


302  SYNTAX. 

translated  in  the  first  case  (with  the  negative)  by  repeating 
the  subject  and  auxiliary  as  a  question. 

<£r  fflflte  bod)  ntd)t$»  but  he  didn't  say  anything. 

*&\\  fommft  bod)  tridjt  Ijeute,  you  aren't  coming  to-day,  are  you? 

@ie  Ijauett  bod)  lew  ®elb,  but  you  haven't  any  money,  have  you? 

$ommen  Sic  bod),  pray  come,  or  do  come. 

@elje  bid)  bod),  pray  be  seated,  or  do  sit  down. 

(c)  It  adds  a  note  of  surprise  to  an  affirmative  sentence. 
Here  it  is  stronger  than  {a,  and  may  be  translated  by  why  or 
some  stronger  exclamation. 


ift  bod)  fdjott,  my,  but  that  is  fine  I 
$>u  Ijaft  bod)  etnett  langen  Ofotf,  why,  what  a  long  coat  you  have  !  or 
well,  you  have  a  long  coat  ! 

272.  5ftodj  is  used  (besides  its  regular  meaning  of  still,  more, 
yet)  whenever  the  idea  of  yet  or  more  enters  into  an  English 
sentence.     It  is  not  expressed  in  English. 

<3old)  etnc  fdjone  gHume  tyabe  id)  nod)  tttc  gefeljett,  I  never  saw  such  a 
lovely  flower. 

2Scr  fonft  nod)?  who  else? 

273.  @df)0tt  is  used  whenever  the  idea  of  already  or  of  all 
right  enters  into  an  English  sentence. 

3d)  bin  fdjott  bn  getuefen,  I've  been  there. 

$)a  fommt  er  fdjon,  there  he  comes  (now). 

^d)  foerbe  e3  fr^on  tfyitn  fonncn,  ril  be  able  to  do  it,  all  right. 

274.  2BoI)t  is  used  whenever  the  idea  of  probability  enters 
an  English  sentence.     It  may  be  translated  perhaps,  probably, 
I  think,  or  by  any  phrase  showing  lack  of  certainty. 

$>u  ttiirft  Ijeute  tool)!  nidjt  fommeit,  you  (probably)  won't  come  to-day, 
will  you  ? 

®r  ift  wol)l  ftarit,  he  is  sick,  I  think. 


IDIOMATIC  PARTICLE 8.  303 

(a)  2Bol)l  may  mean  it  is  true,  certainly. 

2Bo1)l  l)alir  id)  c3  gcfctycn. 

$>a3  Ijflljc  Sdjlofopm  Sftccr,     (Page  85,  lines  9  and  10.) 

(&)  3Bol)l  is  generally  not  English  well,  except  sometimes  in 
speaking  of  health.   . 

$>a3  tyaft  bit  gut  gettyatt,  you  did  that  well. 

£>a3  Ijaft  bit  ttiol)!  gct^an,  ?/ow  did  that,  didtft  you?    You  probably  did 
that. 

(c)   Well  in  English  is  gnt  for  the  regular  adverb ;  nun  for 
the  exclamation. 


275.  Turn  now  to  pages  34  and  35,  44  and  45,  and  60  and 

61  in  the  Eeading  and  examine  the  uses  of:  — 

ja,  pp.  35,  13  ;  35,  14 ;  35,  25 ;  44,  1 ;  44,  7  ;  61,  24  ;  61,  28. 

bod)f  pp.  35,  12  ;  35,  13 ;  35,  16 ;  44,  23  ;  44,  28  ;  60,  4. 

tt0rf)f  pp.  35,  12  ;  35,  15  ;  44,  10 ;  44,  21  ;  44,  24  ;  60,  14 ;  60,  16. 

fdjon,  pp.  34,  17  ;  34,  24 ;  45,  2 ;  61,  22. 

ttJflt)!,  pp.  60,  2 ;  60,  20. 

Have  pupils  notice  other  cases  elsewhere. 

276.  Vocabulary. 

bet  SBart,  bic  SBarte,  II,  the  beard.  bcr  ®efrwg',  btc  ®efattge,  II,  the 
ber  ^oftor,  bic  $)0ftomtf  IV,  the         song,  singing. 

doctor,  bic  <3a'djc,   bic    Sadjctt,    IV,  the 
bcr  gflit'gel,  bic  ??(iigclf  I,  the  wing.          thing,  the  affair. 

bic  (M'gc,  bic   ®cigen,  IV,  the  bic  ©ci'fe,  bic  <5cifcitf  IV,  the  soap. 

violin.  rcd)t'  Ijabctt  (weak),  to  be  right. 

277.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  SBarttm   nanntcn    ttjn    Me   ?eute    ,f§err   ©oftor"? 
2.  8Ba$  t^at  grt^  fur  fctncn  SKctftcr?     3.  Sie  tange  tft  er  bet 


304  SYNTAX. 

fetnem  SKetfter  geblteben?     4.  SBarnm  fyat  er  gefyen  milffcn? 
5.  2Ba§  fyat  ber  33ogel  iljm  gefagt.      6.  SBo  wareti  bte  $inber 


(6)  1.  Ser  §err  ©of  tor  tft  bod)  ntd)t  felber  Irani.  2.  gs  tft 
nn3  bodj  nodj  ntd)t  getnngen,  btefe  fdjonen  ©efcinge  jn  fingen. 

3.  (£3  ift  etnem  ja  gans  angenefym,  ipenn  man  fidf)  .ben  33art  mtt 
@eife  iDafdjt.      4.  ©er  ©oftor  l^at  tDO^t  etne  @etge  unter  feinen 
Sadjen.      5.  Sinen  SSogel  mtt  fold)  fdjonen  glitgeln  ^aft  bu  IDO^I 
no^  nte  gefe^en.      6.  ©o^,  t^  fjabe  fcf)on  mandje  fold)e  33ijgel 
gefefyen.      7.  ^omme  bodj,  tt)tr  roollen  nod)  etn  paar  ©efange 
ftngen,      8.  2Barte  bot^  ;  id)  !omme  fd)on  ;  tt)tr  toerben  bod) 
too^I  $tit  genng  I)aben.      9.  ^a,  aber  e^  tft  nod)  etn  better  SBeg. 
10.  £m  ^aft  ino^I  rec^t,  aber  id)  modjte  bod)  ntd^t  fo  toeit  tDanbern. 

(c)  1.  Why,  those  songs  are  not  the  ones  the  doctor  played 
on  his  violin.  2.  Yes,  (they  are)  ;  he  probably  found  them 
among  his  things,  but  n.ow  he  doesn't  want  to  play  them  after 
all.  3.  That  little  bird  probably  can't  use  its  wings  (yet). 

4.  I  couldn't  hear  you  sing  at  all  (gar),  so  I  wanted  to  come 
right  into  the  room  where  you  were.      5.  The  man  with  the 
long  beard  hasn't  (yet)  found  any   soap   among    his   things. 

6.  You  haven't  any  more  things  (yet)  in  that  bag,  have  you  ? 

7.  Pray  give  me   some  more  water  in  this  tea;    it  is   (still) 
much  too  strong.       8.  But  you  mustn't  wander  too  far  ;  you 
will  have  (yet)  a  great  deal  (tnef)  of  time  to  play  in  the  wood 
before  we  go  home.       9.  Do  forgive  me  ;  I  really  had  to  look 
at  those  splendid  wings  on  your  hat,  for  I  had  never  (yet)  seen 
any  like  (them).       10.  Oh,  don't  do  that;  why,  you  don't  need 
to  go  any  further  ;  they  will  find  us  here  all  right,  I  think. 

(d)  Conversation  (use  as  many  expletives  as  you  can).  —  "Oh, 
do  stop  singing  those  songs."  "  I  can't  ;  you  see  I've  got  to 


REVIEW.  305 

learn  them."  "  But,  you'll  have  lots  of  time  for  that."  "  No, 
I  shan't  (ntdjt  bod)),  for  to-morrow  I  shall  have  to  go  to  the 
city,  I  think.  Haven't  you  anything  at  all  (gar)  to  do?" 
"  Oh,  yes ;  why,  I  ain  helping  the  doctor  every  day." 


LESSON  LXV. 

(PAGES  91  ii-92  27.) 

REVIEW. 

Semen  @ie  cm§ft>enbtg  :  — 

3ftagft  bu  bie  8iige  nocl)  fo  !Iug 
Qn  ba§  ®ett>cmb  ber  3BaI)rl)ett  ffetben, 
£)er  £)iimmfte  i(t  nidjt  bitmm  genug, 
Urn  beibe  ntcfyt  311  unterfdjetben* 

-ft*  2K.  tion  Sobenftebt  (1819-1892). 

278.  (1)  a.  What  kind  of  prepositions  govern  the  genitive  ? 
6.  Name  the  commonest  ones.  c.  Give  three  other  important 
uses  of  the  genitive,  and  illustrate  each.  d.  Distinguish  be- 
tween the  German  ways  of  telling  definite,  indefinite,  and 
recurring  time.  Illustrate  each. 

(2)  a.  Give  the  rules  for  the  four  chief  uses  of  the  dative 
case.       6.  Name  ten  verbs  that  govern  the  dative.       c.  What 
kind  of  adjectives  take  the  dative  in  German? 

(3)  a.  How  many  kinds  of  conjunctions  are  there  in  Ger- 
man ?      b.    How   do   conjunctive   adverbs   affect   the   order  ? 
c.  Subordinating  conjunctions  ?      d.  What  word  order  follows 
each  of  these  conjunctions:  fonbent,  bod),  aber,  obgteid),  ba£, 
benn,  ba,  at$,  fonft,  tuenn  ? 


306  SYNTAX. 

(4)  a.  Give  the  rule  for  the  use  of  Dependent  Order.  What 
exception  occurs  ?  b.  Give  the  three  main  rules  for  Inverted 
Order.  Illustrate  each.  c.  What  is  the  only  difference  be- 
tween English  and  German  as  regards  the  subject  and  its 
modifiers?  Illustrate.  d.  In  what  order  do  adverbs  stand? 
e.  What  is  the  position  of  ntdjt  and  nie  ?  /.  Do  adverbs  some- 
times come  between  subject  and  predicate  as  in  English  ?  If 
so,  when  ?  g.  Give  the  position  of  the  separable  prefix  in  all 
tenses  for  the  normal  order,  and  in  the  present  and  imperfect 
for  the  Dependent  Order.  li.  Where  do  the  infinitive  and 
participle  stand?  i.  Give  and  illustrate  all  the  rules  for 
position  of  objects.  j.  What  general  rule  covers  almost  all 
cases  of  normal  word  order  ?  &.  Prove  it  from  the  illustra- 
tions you  have  given. 

279.  Vocabulary. 

ber  $>0rn,  bie   $ontett,-  IV,  the     ber  &?a'gen,  Me  ®ragett,  I,  the  col- 
thorn,  lar. 

btc   @Jj're,    bie    <$l>rett,    IV,  the      ba3  Se'bett,  bic  Sebett,  I,  (the)  life, 

honor.  bic  SteHe,   bic  Stellen,   IV,  the 

bie  Jlei'dje,   bic  gfffityett,   IV,  the         place, 

surface.  fity'ren  (weak),  to  lead. 
iiberall',  adv.,  everywhere. 

280.  Exercises. 

(a)  1.  2Bol)ttt  tft  grt£  bem  2?oget  gef olgt  ?  2.  9Ba3  ^at  tf)tn 
ber  Huge  3Soge(  gefagt  ?  3.  Sie  faf)  ber  5Re(J  au^r  ol^  cr  aM 
bem  ffiaffcr  !am  ?  4.  9Ba$  I)at  er  getfycm,  ate  er  fid^  auf  ben 
Stein  fefete?  5.  gitr^tete  ftd^  ber  9?ed  i)or  gri^?  6.  2Ba3 
^at  grii^  gefagt,  ate  ber  5Rc(I  fic^  tDteber  geigte  ? 

(6)  1.  ^ene  @tcQc  tear  nn^  nie^t  fe^r  angene^mr  benn  totr 
fonnten  nn^  toegen  ber  ©ornen  nicf)t  fe^en.  2.  £)er  Wiener 


REVIEW.  307 

badjte  e§  fet  erne  fefyr  gro£e  (gfyre,  bem  ®tintge  bienen  jn  !onnen, 
abet  trofe  ber  gljre,  geftel  e$  iljm  ntd)t,  etnen  fo  Ijofyen  Sragen 
tragen  jn  mitffen*  3.  Qfy  toerbe  bid)  an£erl)afb  ber  Stabt  an 
etnen  Sad)  fitfyren,  beffen  gtcidje  nut  fdpnen  SInmen  nnb  gritnen 
Slattern  bebedt  ift.  4.  (gtneS  Staged  mirft  bn  einem  Sftabcfyen 
begegnen,  ba§  btr  fefyr  tieb  tperbcn  »trb  ;  bann  mirft  bu  bid)  feiner 
nid)t  fd)amen,  5.  Sttte,  f ittjre  mid)  an  jene  Don  Stnnten  be* 
becfte  ©tefie  im  btden  2Batbe.  6.  @§  giebt  !eine  ofyne  ®ornen 
tna^fenben  Stofen,  aber  im  ©arten  finb  tiiele  mit  £)ornen  be* 
bedte  Slumen.  7.  £)er  junge  ©c^itler  fing  an,  ba$  Don  t^m 
ocrlorcnc  SBntf)  liberal!  flei^ig  jn  fnc^en,  aber  er  gab  e§  na^ 
einiger  3ett  auf*  8.  ^eben  SKorgen  ge^en  @tc  auf  bie  SSiefe 
nm  jene  frtt^er  Don  Qljntn  gefe^ene  SInme  ^n  finben ;  eine^ 
£age$  merben  @ie  fie  not^  einmat  fe^en.  9.  9Bir  ^orten  g(eid) 
auf,  ba^  Snt^  ?n  ftnbieren,  ba  tt)ir  btefe  ©efange  nid)t  I)aben 
lernen  tnotten*  10.  SBenn  ber  ©oltor  ba§  Don  itjm  ge!anfte 
§au§  nit^t  fjatte  Derlanfen  !onnen,  fo  lt)itrbe  er  nod)  immer  barin 
ttjoljncn  mttffcn. 

(c)  1.  He  found  his  brother  in  the  midst  of  his  friends,  and 
led  him  to  a  place  inside  the  village.  2.  In  spite  of  the  high 
thorns  which  tore  my  beard,  I  penetrated  the  wood.  3.  If 
the  prince  had  not  threatened  you,  you  would  perhaps  have 
served  him  during  his  whole  life  on  account  of  the  great  'honor. 
4.  From  that  little  hut  built  in  the  wood,  I  could  see  a  brook 
flowing  through  the  meadow.  5.  If  you  had  wanted  to  arrive 
sooner  that  evening,  you  ought  not  to  have  stayed  so  long 
inside  the  city,  ought  you  ?  6.  One  evening  I  saw  many  big 
fish,  but  that  afternoon  when  you  were  with  me  I  did  not  see 
anything  at  all,  although  we  had  fished  all  day.  7.  Do  not 
give  up  ;  try  to  translate  the  sentence  written  by  the  teacher ; 
it  really  is  quite  easy,  although  it  looks  hard.  8.  We  could 


308  8YNTAX. 

not  have  found  the  collar  (that  was)  lost  by  my  brother  unless 
we  had  looked  for  it  industriously  everywhere.  9.  They  did 
not  give  my  little  brother  a  (not  a  =  ?)  rose  covered  with 
thorns,  but  a  pretty  white  flower  surrounded  with  leaves. 
10.  Do  you  remember  the  evening  when  you  wanted  to  hear 
me  sing  that  new  song  ?  I  will  sing  it  some  day. 

(d)  Sine  ©efcf)trf)te.  —  One  day  we  all  wanted  to  go  into  the 
woods.  A  storm  threatened  us  and  it  rained  during  the  whole 
afternoon,  but  in  spite  of  the  rain  we  began  our  trip.  We 
remembered  the  bread  and  meat,  but  some  one  forgot  t,he  milk, 
« so  I  had  to  fetch  it  in  a  big  pail.  Inside  the  wood  it  did  not 
rain  so  hard,  so  it  was  very  pleasant  for  us.  We  did  not 
arrive  at  home  till  (not  till,  erft)  quarter  to  nine  in  the  evening. 

LESSON  LXVI. 

(PAGES  92  28-94  10.) 

STRONG   OR  IRREGULAR  VERBS.     CLASS  L  REVIEW 
LESSONS   I.-XV. 

281.  There   are  Seven  Groups  or  Classes  of  strong  verbs. 
These  will  be  treated  in  the  next  seven  lessons  together  with 
a  complete  review  of  the  whole  book. 

282.  Class  I.  —  The  class  containing  the  largest  number  (about 
forty) -of  strong  verbs  has  o  for  the  root  vowel  of  both  the  past 
and  the  past  participle. 

(a)  The  o  may  be  long  or  short.  The  root  vowel  of  the 
infinitive  is  usually  e,  te,  or  it. 

(6)  Of  the  verbs  in  this  class  the  following  have  occurred : 
biegen,  bend;  flte^en,  floiv;  fdjtefcen,  shoot;  fd)(ie|ett,  shut; 
and  Derlierett,  lose. 


STRONG   VEBBS—  CLASS  2. 


309 


283. 


Vocabulary. 


bte  gie'bef,  bte  giebefa,  IV,  the 

lie. 


ber  $al§,  bte  §a(fe,  II,  ^e  throat, 

front  of  neck. 
bte  $erfott',  bte  ^erfonen,  IV,  the 

person. 

bte  Sci'be,  bte  6etben,  IV,  the  silk. 
bte  Xtyra'ne,  bie  Straiten,  IV,  jfte 

£ear  (written  also   £ratte  in  the 

revised  spelling). 
betrii'gen,  betrog,  befrogett,  £o  cheat, 

deceive. 

bte'tett,  bot,  gebotett,  to  offer. 
fed/ten  (ftd)t),  foctjt,  geforfjten,  to 

fight,  fence  ;  with,  mtt  or  gegen* 
|ieri)'tett  (f(td)t),flod)t, 

twine,  weave. 
flte'l)ettf  f(ol)f 

run  away. 


ftte'gen,  flog,  geffogett  (fein),  to  fly. 

frte'ren,  fror,  gefmett,  to  freeze. 

genie'^eu,  gettogf  genoffen,  to  enjoy. 

gte'fjen,  go^r  gegoffenf  to  pour. 

tye'bett,  1)0(3,  ge^oben,  ^o  lift,  raise. 

lanfdj'en  (weak),  to  listen  (atten- 
tively). 

(ijftty'en,  lofd),  gefofdjett,  to  put  out 
(of  a  light). 

Hi'gen,  log,  gefogen,  to  (tell  a)  lie. 

tnef  !ett,  mod,  gemollen,  to  milk. 

qitel'Ien  (qitittt),  qitoH,  gequoJIen 
(fein),  to  gush. 

rte'djen,  ro^f  gero^en,  to  smell. 

fdjal'fen,  fd)oll,  gef^oUen,  to  sound, 
resound. 

ban!'bar,  adj.,  grateful. 

tttt'battfbar,  adj.,  ungrateful. 


284. 


Exercises. 


(a)  Let  the  pupils  bring  to  the  class  ten  short  German  questions, 
the  ansivers  to  which  will  tell  the  part  of  the  story  in  to-day's 
lesson. 

(&)  All  the  principles  are  in  each  of  these  Exercises  I.  and  IL 
They  may  be  used  as  alternates. 

(I.)  1.  The  soldier  did  not  try  to  flee  when  his  daughter 
twined  her  arms  about  his  neck.  2.  The  bird  is  flying  over 
the  ice  in  the  frozen  river.  3.  When  the  water  gushes  out 
of  the  ground,  we  shall  lift  a  pail  and  pour  it  into  this  glass. 
4  That  ungrateful  person  has  deceived  the  girl  who  had 
offered  her  a  piece  of  silk  for  a  new  dress.  5.  (The)  tears 


310  SYNTAX. 

gushed  from  the  eyes  of  the  grateful  boy  when  he  listened  and 
heard  his  father's  fiddle  sound.  6.  Do  not  put  out  the  light 
before  they  stop  fighting;  they  will  not  enjoy  that.  7.  I 
have  never  sraelled  anything  better  than  these  roses.  8.  You 
have  fought  with  several  soldiers  in  Berlin,  but  you  did  not 
enjoy  it.  9.  We  did  not  lie  and  deceive  you  when  we  said 
that  we  could  milk  the  cow.  10.  The  man  who  had  cheated 
me  has  offered  his  ungrateful  brother  this  fiddle  that  I  lost. 
11.  After  (nacf)bem)  you  have  milked  the  cow,  pour  the  milk 
into  this  pail;  it  will  not  freeze.  12.  Instead  of  fighting 
with  the  fisherman  the  pupil  fled  with  his  dog  into  the  woods, 
where  there  were  wolves  and  many  other  animals. 

(II.)  13.  A  year  ago  the  man  fled  from  a  bear,  but  deceived 
us  and  lied  in  telling  us  the  story.  14.  When  you  hear  an 
old  person  play  the  fiddle,  you  should  listen  (attentively)  and 
you  will  enjoy  it.  15.  The  young  girl  offered  the  thirsty 
child  a  cup  of  milk,  but  he  was  ungrateful  and  poured  it  on 
the  ground.  16.  The  fiddle  that  the  fisherman  has  raised  and 
laid  against  his  throat  will,  resound  through  the  whole  house. 

17.  When   you   had    put    out   the   light,   the   room   smelled. 

18.  When  I  was  milking  the  cow>  the  milk  was  warm  ;  now  it 
will  freeze,  for  it  is  so  cold  here.       19.  We  all  listened  and 
heard  water  gushing  from  a  big  rock.       20.  How  can  I  milk 
the  cow  in  the  evening  in  winter,  if  you  put  the  light  out  ? 
21.  You  deceived  us  when  you  said  that  the  river  was  frozen; 
there  was  no  ice  on  it.       22.  The  children  twined  a  crown  out 
of  leaves  and  flowers,  and  offered  it  to  the  boy.       23.  I  lifted 
the  poor  frozen  bird  that  could  not  fly  and  laid  it  in  a  warm 
place.       24.  He  who  fights  and  runs  away  may  fight  again 
some  day.       25.  We  raised  the  pupil's  book  from  the  bench, 
and  offered  it  to  the  other  boy. 


STRONG   VERBS—  CLASS  I.  311 

LESSON  LXVII. 
(PAGES  94  n-95  21.) 

STRONG  OR  IRREGULAR  VERBS.     BE  VIEW  LESSONS  XVL-XXV. 
CLASS  I.  (continued). 

285.  Vocabulary. 

ber  SBeu'tel,  Me  23eutd,  I,  the  bag,  fd)tt)d'(ett    (jdjtmttt),   fdjttwfl,    ge= 

pouch.  fctytooilett  (fein),  to  swell. 

bcr  ®rtff,  Me  ®riffe,  II,  tae  handle,  fpne'ffen,  fprofe  gefpwffen  (fein), 

^e  grasp.  to  sprout. 

ba3  9?eid),  bie  O^ett^e,  II,  zfte  reaZw,  tJcrbnc'^cn,  ticrbrofe  ticrbroffcn,  «o 

kingdom.  vex,  annoy. 

fdje'reu  (fc^tcrt),  f(^orf  aefrf)0ren,  «o  nia'gcn,  » 

shear,  shave.  (active). 

fc^ie'tiettf  ft^obf  gcf(i)obcnf  «o  s^ove.  tue'tien,  Wo 

fdjmel'aett  (fdimUjt),  f^rnola,  ge^  toie'0enr  toog,   gcttiogctt,  «o  we^ 

fd)mol5Cttf  to  melt.  (be  of  weight")  (neuter). 

f djtttf'ren,    frfjttor   or  f d)tt>urr  ge-  *ie'tyenr  gogr  aeaorjcu,  ^o  draw,  pulL 

fd)ttiorettf   to  swear  (take  oath,  fii§f  adj.,  sweet. 

not  to  curse). 

286.  Exercises. 

(a)  Let  the  pupils  bring  to  the  class  ten  short  German  questions, 
the  answers  to  which  will  tell  the  part  of  the  story  in  to-dayjs  lesson. 

(b)  All  the  principles  are  treated  in  each  of  these  Exercises  I. 
and  II.     They  may  be  used  as  alternates. 

(I.)  1.  The  teacher's  grasp  weighed  heavily  on  the  stupid 
pupil's  shoulder.  2.  Fred's  mother  had  woven  him  a  pouch 
out  of  white  silk,  but  she  would  not  give  it  to  him  because  he 
vexed  her.  3.  The  sweet  tones  of  the  fiddle  swelled  through 
the  clever  old  man's  house.  4.  Last  spring  many  little  flowers 
sprouted  before  the  ice  had  melted.  5.  This  brown  horse 


312  SYNTAX. 

will  draw  that  big  piece  of  wood  out  of  the  woods  into  the 
town,  if  you  will  weigh  it.  6.  I  swear  to  you  that  I  did  not 
shove  that  boy  against  your  friend  who  was  shearing  your 
beard  and  hair,  7.  Yesterday  all  day  the  king  was  vexed,  so 
one  of  his  servants  told  him  a  story  of  a  big  storm  on  the  sea. 

8.  The  Emperor's  son,  the  prince,  swore  that  he  had  neither 
drunk  a  glass  of  wine  nor  eaten  a  piece  of  bread  since  morning. 

9.  The  smallest  room  in  my  friend's  castle  in  the  country  hasn't 
any  windows.       10.  The   servants    cannot  shove  such   a  big 
piece  of  ice  into  the  palace  before  some  of  it  will  have  melted. 
11.  The  sweet  tones  of  that  beautiful  violin  swelled  through 
the  palace  of  the  richest  count  in  the  kingdom.       12.  This  big 
table  weighs  too  much ;  we  could  not  shove  it  into  the  next 
room,  so  we  had  to  fetch  the  servants  to  help  us  pull. 

(II.)  13.  Many  trees  sprout  and  shove  their  little  twigs  into 
the  sunshine,  before  all  the  snow  has  melted.  14.  I  swear 
that  I  can  cut  (fcfyerett)  your  hair  beautifully  without  vexing 
you.  15.  You  seized  the  door  by  (cmt)  the  handle  and  shoved 
it  with  your  shoulder,  but  you  could  not  open  it ;  it  remained 
shut.  16.  I  am  vexed  because  my  shoulder  is  swollen  so 
that  I  cannot  pull  anything.  17.  She  wove  him  a  pouch  for 
his  money,  but  he  was  ungrateful  and  would  not  offer  her  any- 
thing for  it.  18.  It  did  not  please  the  king  to  help  the  peo- 
ple who  dwelt  outside  of  his  little  kingdom.  19.  The  king 
swore  he  had  heard  no  such  sweet  tones  in  the  whole  kingdom. 
20.  Out  of  the  woods  through  the  fields  to  the  castle  he  pulled 
the  dead  wolf  which  weighed  so  much.  21.  The  servants  of 
the  prince  have  pulled  that  big  table  into  his  room  in  order  to 
lay  the  knives,  forks,  and  spoons  upon  it.  22.  When  he  had 
weighed  the  piece  of  meat  for  me,  I  did  not  give  him  another, 
but  thanked  him  and  went  home.  23.  Will  you  help  your 

41 


STEONG  VERBS— CLASS  II.  313 

mother  when  she  is  weaving  that  big  piece  of  cloth  ?  24.  This 
big  kingdom  has  no  king,  so  the  people  are  vexed.  25.  If  we 
should  give  you  a  cup  of  milk,  would  you  offer  it  to  that  little 
boy  before  you  drank  of  it  yourself  ? 


LESSON  LXVIII. 

(PAGES  97  i-98  19.) 

STRONG  OR  IRREGULAR  VERBS.    CLASS  II.     REVIEW 
LESSONS  XXVL-XXX. 

287.  Class   II.  —  The   class   containing  the   second   largest 
number  of  verbs  (about  thirty-five)  has  t  (sometimes  ie)  for  the 
root  vowel  of  both  the  past  and  the  past  participle.     The  root 
of  the  infinitive  is  always  ei. 

(a)  Of  the  verbs  in  this  class,  the  following  have  occurred: 
beiften,  bite;  bteiben,  stay;  retten,  ride;  foremen,  shine  or 
appear;  fdjnetben,  cut;  fdjreiben,  write;  fdjreten,  cry;  fteigen, 
climb;  jerrei^en,  to  tear. 

288.  Vocabulary. 

ber  Otod),  be3  $aud)e3,  II,  the  glei'tett,  gUtt,  gegltttett  (feta),  to 

smoke.  slip,  glide. 

ba3  (Scif^  bie  Sal^e,  II,  the  salt.  fttei'fen,  fnifff  rjefniffett,  to  pinch. 

Me  ©tljiif fclf  bie  Sdjiiffeht,  IV,  the  Ici'bcn,  litt,  geUtten,  to  suffer. 

platter.  \t\'\\tnt  licl)f  gcltel)cnf  to  lend. 

ber  ,3toerg,  btc   StotVQtf  II,  the  ntei'bett,  ntiebf  gcmieben,  to  shun, 

dwarf.  avoid. 

erMet'djctt,  tvWify,  etrbH^en  (feht),  ^fci'fett,  ^ftffr  gc^ftffen,  to  whistle. 

to  grow  pale.  tei'ben,  ricbr  gerieben,  to  rub. 

ergrci'fen,    crgriff,    ergriffen,    to  frfjei'ben,  f^iebf  gcfe^iebcn  G'eui), 

grasp.  to  part,  depart. 

glci'djen,    gKrff,    gcglirfjctt    (with  fdilei'dicn,    fcpd)f    gcft^Itd)enf   to 

dat.),  to  resemble.  sneak,  slip. 


314  SYNTAX. 

fdjkt'feit,     fd)Hff,    gefcpffeu,     to  ftret'tett,  ftrttt,  geftrittcn,  to  quar- 

polish.  rel. 

fdjrei'teu,  fdjritt,  ocfdjritten  (fetn),  tm'ben,  trteb,  getrtebcn,  to  drive. 

to  stride,  step.  ttJei'cljen,  ttrid),   gettu~jca,    to  yield 
fdjttjci'gen,  fdjtweg,  gefd)nrietjeit,  to         (to  with  dat.). 

be  silent.  ftci'fctt,  tt)te3,  gettriefeit,  to  show, 
ftret'djcn,  ftrtd),  oeftrtdjeit,  to  point  out. 

stroke.  Cttb'Hd),  adv.,  finally. 

289.  Exercises. 

(a)  Let  the  pupils  bring  to  the  class  ten  short  German  ques- 
tions, the  answers  to  ivhich  will  tell  the  part  of  the  story  in  to-day's 
lesson. 

(b)  All  the  principles  are  treated  in  each  of  these  Exercises  I. 
and  II.     They  may  be  used  as  alternates. 

(I.)  1.  The  little  dwarf  wanted  to  slip  out  of  the  hut,  but  he 
had  to  stay  and  polish  the  knives.  2.  The  landlord  grew 
pale  next  morning  when  the  tailor  seized  him  by  (am)  the  ear 
and  pinched  him.  3.  Before  we  have  to  part,  you  ought  to 
lend  me  a  little  money.  4.  I  did  not  wish  to  avoid  you,  but 
you  resemble  a  minister  with  whom  I  had  quarrelled,  so  I  kept 
silent.  5.  You  must  have  suffered  very  much  when  you 
slipped  and  fell  as  you  strode  through  the  gate.  6.  You  may 
stroke  your  brother's  shoulder,  but  you  must  not  rub  it,  or  he 
will  suffer.  7.  They  wanted  to  drive  him  out  of  the  little 
room,  but  he  would  not  yield,  so  they  let 'him  stay.  8.  When 
we  showed  that  farmer  the  shortest  way  to  the  city,  he  whistled 
and  drove  his  horse  through  the  field.  9.  Last  week  when 
you  wanted  to  buy  some  boots,  shoes,  and  a  coat,  you  could  not 
find  anything  new  that  pleased  you.  10.  I  wanted  to  have  a 
coat  made  in*  the  city,  but  I  quarrelled  with  my  tailor,  for  he 
had  no  cloth.  11.  As  he  strode  near  the  house,  the  man  who 


STRONG    VERBS—  CLASS  III.  315 

resembled  my  brother  slipped;  next  time  he  will  avoid  that 
place.  12.  There  is  too  much  salt  in  that  platter ;  lend  me  a 
cloth,  and  I  will  rub  it  a  little. 

(II.)  13.  He  had  to  whistle  in  order  not  to  appear  frightened, 
but  he  seized  the  knife  that  his  friend  had  lent  him.  14.  I 
grew  pale  when  I  saw  that  I  could  not  avoid  the  men  with 
whom  I  had  quarrelled.  15.  She  pinched  the  little  boy's  ear, 
because  he  resembled  a  man  who  had  driven  her  out  of  her 
house.  16.  As  you  strode  on  to  the  ice,  you  slipped  and  seized 
the  arm  of  the  man  who  was  showing  you  the  way.  17.  The 
dwarfs  in  the  mountains  have  rubbed  and  polished  these  stones 
without  quarrelling  about  them.  18.  I  cannot  yield ;  I  must 
not  stay,  although  you  are  willing  to  keep  silent  about  my 
story.  19.  Before  we  could  part,  our  friends  slipped  into  our 
room  and  surrounded  us.  20.  You  must  not  rub  that  thin 
piece  of  silk  or  you  will  tear  it.  21.  When  the  dog  bit  her, 
her  mother  had  to  rub  her  arm,  and  she  wasn't  allowed  to  go 
out  of  her  room,  but  had  to  stay  at  home.  22.  It  was  not  our 
fault  that  you  couldn't  have  any  fire  in  your  room ;  why  did 
you  keep  still  about  it  ?  23.  I  did  not  want  to  quarrel  with 
the  landlord,  for  I  knew  he  would  not  yield.  24.  Did  you 
think  there  might  be  too  much  smoke  if  you  wanted  to  have 
a  little  fire  ?  25.  Without  salt  the  meat  on  these  plates  and 
that  platter  ought  not  to  be  eaten  by  any  one. 

LESSON  LXIX. 

(PAGES  98  20-100  1-2.) 

STRONG  OR  IRREGULAR  VERBS.     CLASS  III.     REVIEW 
LESSONS  XXXI.-XL. 

290.  Class  III.  —  The  class  containing  the  third  largest 
number  of  verbs  (about  thirty)  has  a  for  a  root  vowel  of  the 


316  SYNTAX. 

past,  and  o  for  the  root  vowel  of  the  past  participle.     The  root 
vowel  of  the  infinitive  is  usually  e  or  t, 

(a)  Of  the  verbs  in  this  class  the  following  have  occurred : 
befefyten,  command;  I)elfen,  help;  toerfen,  throiv;  jer&recfyen, 
break;  fommett,  come;  fcfjdten,  scold;  fcfyftnmmen,  sivim; 
fpredjen,  speak;  fterben,  die;  treffen,  meet,  hit;  nefymen,  take. 

291.  Vocabulary. 

ba3  ®eftf)enf',  bte  (Sefdjenle,  II,  em^fdj'kn    (empftefyft),    empfaljt, 

the  gift,  present.  empfofylen,  to  recommend. 

ber  ^wu'fe(u),  be3  $aufen3,  bie  geba'reu,  gcbar,  geborcnr  ifo  tear. 

^aufcnf  I,  the  heap,  pile.  I  was  born  on  Friday,  id)  ttntrbe 

foa3  Se'bcrf  bic  Sebcrf  I,  the  leather.  am  greitag  geboreru 

bet  ^e'be(f  bie  ^ebe(f  I,  the  mist.  geCten  (gilt),  galtf  gcgo(tenf  «o  6e 

bte  9flei'l)cf  bie  9?cil)enf  IV,  «^e  row.  worth. 

bit  Spei'fe,  bie  Spetfettf  IV,  the  f^ttt'ncn,    f^aun,     gefpattttett,    to 

food.  spin. 

begtit'uen,    begann,    begomtctt,  to  fte^'Ien  (ftie^(t),  ftaljl,  gcfto^(cnf  to 

begin.  steal. 

fcer'ften    (btrft),    barftf    gcburften  berber'gen  (Derbtrgt),  t»erliargf  t>tt= 

(fein),  io  burst.  borgen,  ^o  7iz(?e,  conceal. 

lie$al)'tett(weak),  «o  pay.  tierber'ben 

bor'ben, 

292.  Exercises. 

(a)  Let  the  pupils  bring  to  the  class  ten  short  German  ques- 
tions, the  answers  to  which  will  tell  the  part  of  the  story  in  to-day's 
lesson. 

(6)  All  the  principles  are  treated  in  each  of  the  Exercises  I. 
and  II.  They  may  be  used  as  alternates. 

(I.)  1.  What  kind  of  food  did  the  huiiter  whom  we  sent  to 
you  steal  ?  2.  These  suits  are  not  worth  anything,  although 
the  pockets  in  them  are  made  of  nothing  but  leather.  3.  The 


STEONG   VERBS—  CLASS  III.  317 

old  woman  whom  we  recommended  to  you  spun  you  a  beau- 
tiful sack  out  of  the  finest  thread.  4.  I  hid  the  broken 
pitcher  under  a  pile  of  stones,  so  that  nobody  might  know 
anything  about  it.  5.  You  paid  more  for  that  bundle  than 
you  should  have ;  it  is  not  worth  anything ;  it  is  nothing  but 
old  cloth.  6.  The  farmer  had  something  pretty  good  hidden 
in  his  house,  but  the  best  he  had  was  not  half  so  good  as  what 
the  general  had  taken.  7.  Both  the  houses  our  friends  rec- 
ommended to  us  are  worth  less  than  ours,  in  which  I  was  born. 
8.  All  the  pitchers  in  the  whole  row  began  to  burst  at  the 
same  time.  9.  He  is  not  a  good  man;  if  there  is  anything 
good  in  him,  he  has  concealed  it  well  from  the  rest  of  us  (us 
others).  10.  Those  who  did  not  want  to  have  to  explain 
their  mistakes,  ought  not  to  have  spoken  of  them.  11.  If 
there  is  any  more  such  food  concealed  anywhere  (trgettbtoo), 
some  one  will  want  some  more  of  it. 

(II.)  12.  We  paid  more  for* that  piece  of  leather  than  it  was 
worth,  but  not  so  much  as  it  had  cost.  13.  You  ought  to  have 
begun  to  spin  another  such  coat,  before  that  bad  guest  had  any 
time  to  steal  and  hide  your  old  one.  14.  I  had  a  whole  heap 
of  presents,  but  they  were  not  worth  so  much  as  yours ;  (my) 
father  paid  very  little  for  them.  15.  The  poor  man  had  lain 
on  the  roof  hardly  half  an  hour  when  the  mist  disappeared,  and 
he  was  no  longer  concealed.  16.  The  other  day  when  we  went 
into  the  woods  to  play,  the  food  was  spoiled ;  our  pitcher  of 
water  was  broken ;  the  sack  into  which  we  had  thrown  our 
bread  and  meat  burst;  and  everybody  got  angry  and  began 
to  scold.  17.  That  little  house  that  you  see  at  the  end  of 
the  row  is  the  one  in  which  both  my  brothers  were  born. 
18.  Stolen  things  are  not  worth  anything,  because  one  has  to 
conceal  the  best  one  has  taken.  19.  What  kind  of  a  mistake 


318  SYNTAX. 

did  I  make  in  that  last  sentence  ?  20.  I  explained  both  your 
blunders  to  you;  why  won't  you  explain  all  mine  to  me? 
21.  If  you  will  give  the  old  rider  another  glass  of  wine,  he 
will  tell  you  many  a  long  story.  22.  All  my  clothes  were 
made  by  the  best  tailor  in  the  city ;  you  made  yours  yourself. 
23.  If  they  say  anything  bad  about  any  of  my  friends,  I 
get  very  angry.  24.  Some  one  has  said  that  it  is  better  to 
have  a  little  more  than  nothing,  than  to  have  nothing  but  gold. 


LESSON  LXX. 

(PAGES  100  13-101  26.) 

STRONG   OB  IRREGULAR  VERBS.      CLASSES  IV.  AND  V.     EE- 
VIEW  LESSONS  XLI.-L. 

293.  Class  IV  (about  fifteen  verbs)  has  for  root  vowel  always 
t  in  the  infinitive,  a  in  the  past,  and  u  in  the  past  participle. 

(a)  Verbs  already  given  are:  finben,ftnd;  cjelhtgett,  succeed; 
fingen,  sing;  fprmgen,  spring;  trinfen,  drink;  nerfdjttrinben, 
disappear. 

294.  Class  V  (about  fifteen  verbs)  has  for  root  vowel  (usually) 
e  in  the  infinitive,  a  in  the  past,  and  e  in  the  past  participle. 

(a)  Verbs  already  given  are:  bitten,  beg;  effett,  eat;  geben, 
give;  lefen,  read;  Itegen,  lie;  geftf)ef)en,  happen;  fefjen,  see; 
fern,  be;  fi^eti,  sit; 


295.  Vocabulary. 

bet  Sty'fcl,  bic  $tyfel,  I,  the  apple.  britt'gcit,    btattg,    gebrttitgett,    to 

trie  $td)'tttug,  bic  OfJitJjtuttgen,  IV,  press,  push. 

the  direction.  frcf'fett  (frigt),  frag,  gefreffcnr  to 

bcr  Storf,  bic  @tiirfcf  II,  the  stick.  eat  (used  only  when  the  name  of 

Mit'fcen,  banbf  gctmnbcn,  to  bind.  an  animal  is  the  subject). 


STRONG    VEEBS— CLASSES  IV.   AND    V.  319 

gene'fett,  ge«a3,  gettefett  (fein),  to  fm'fett,   fattf,    gefmtlett  (fein),  to 

recover.  sink. 

ntef'fen  (ntigt),  maf?,  gemeffen,  to  tre'tett  (tritt),  trat,  getreten  (fein), 

measure.  to  step. 

tlin'gen,  Hang,  gelhwgett,  £o  sowwd.  nrin'&ett,  ttwtt&,  getimnben,  to  wind, 

riit'gen,  rang,  genutgen,  £o  strug-  twine. 

gle,  wrestle.  ^ttritt'gen,    5ttwng,   gestwutgett,    «o 

f^luiu'gen,  ftf)ttiattgf   gefdjttmttgen,  /orce,  compel. 

to  swing. 

296.  Exercises. 

(a)  £e£  the  pupils  bring  to  the  class  ten  short  German  questi6ns, 
the  answers  to  which  will  tell  the  part  of  the  story  in  to-day's 
lesson. 

(b)  All  the  principles  are  treated  in  each  of  these  Exercises  I. 
and  II.     They  may  be  used  as  alternates. 

(L)  1.  Before  we  succeeded  in  penetrating  the  wood,  we 
had  to  spring  over  five  or  six  little  brooks.  2.  When  they 
had  bound  their  canes  together  they  could  reach  (etretdjen)  the 
apples  in  the  tree  and  eat  them.  3.  Please  step  nearer  and 
read  this  card;  otherwise  you  will  not  know  in  which  direc- 
tion you  should  go.  4.  Finding  a  strange  man  threatening 
my  brother,  I  pressed  through  the  people  and  struggled  with 
him.  5.  I  twined  my  arms  around  him  and  tried  to  swing 
him  from  the  ground,  but  I  could  not  compel  him  to  stop  an- 
noying my  brother.  6.  Without  stopping  or  measuring  they 
poured  too  much  water  into  the  pitcher,  thinking  that  there 
was  nothing  in  it.  7.  The  song  she  was  singing  sounded  as 
if  she  had  not  yet  recovered.  8.  Tell  me,  like  a  sensible  boy, 
in  which  direction  I  ought  to  go  to  arrive  in  the  village,  and 
you  may  win  a  reward.  9.  There  are  people  who  say  that 
they  enjoy  the  weather  when  it  rains.  10.  I  had  been  com- 


320  SYNTAX. 

pelled  to  sing  by  the  man  by  whom  I  had  been  found,  but  it 
sounded  strange,  for  I  could  not  translate  the  words.  11.  She 
was  entertained  by  a  man  who  had  penetrated  the  house,  but 
when  he  undertook  [it]  to  embrace  her,  he  was  surrounded  by 
the  guests  and  held  under  the  water  in  the  brook.  12.  I  am 
sorry  that  there  is  no  room  here;  it  would  be  proper  if  I 
offered  you  my  chair. 

(II.)  13.  It  is  our  mother's  wish  that  you  sing  that  song  this 
moment,  so  please  begin  at  once.  14.  Pressing  through  the 
children  who  were  jumping  around  the  boy,  I  found  him  to  be 
bound.  15.  When  you  were  struggling  with  that  man  to 
compel  him  to  step  into  your  room,  you  made  so  much  noise 
that  it  sounded  dreadful  (fdjrecfltd)).  16.  The  girls  enjoyed 
a  deep  sleep  after  their  games  in  the  open  air.  17.  If  it  had 
not  thundered,  we  should  have  been  ashamed  to  be  afraid  of 
the  rain.  18.  Without  having  to  struggle  with  the  bear,  the 
tailor  whose  name  was  Peter  bound  its  tail  to  the  tree  with  a 
needle  and  some  thread.  19.  There  are  people  who  want  to 
sit  down,  even  where  there  is  no  room.  20.  Please  step  out 
of  that  dark  room  and  read  me  these  short  stories,  which  are 
told  in  my  new  book.  21.  When  she  sang  it  sounded  so 
beautiful  that  all  the  sensible  people  stopped  quarrelling,  and 
kept  still.  22.  WThen  the  old  man  offered  the  boy  an  apple 
as  a  (jum)  reward  if  he  would  find  the  cane  that  had  disap- 
peared, the  child  looked  for  it  in  all  directions.  23.  We 
undertook  [it]  to  entertain  the  children  by  (bciburcf)  baft)  twin- 
ing flowers  and  binding  them  with  thread,  but  they  did  not 
enjoy  the  play.  24.  Stop  writing  these  long  sentences  before 
you  begin  to  translate  this  next  exercise.  25.  As  the  young 
pupils  cannot  understand  all  the  words,  it  would  be  proper  if 
the  teacher  explained  the  rules  to  them. 


STRONG    VERBS— CLASSES  VI.  AND    VII.  321 

LESSON  LXXI. 

(PAGES  101  27-103  9.) 

STRONG  OR  IRREGULAR  VERBS.  CLASSES  VI.  AND  VII.  UN- 
CLASSIFIED VERBS.  REVIEW  LESSONS  LI.-LV.  AND  LXL- 
LXV. 

297.  Class  VI.  (about  fifteen  verbs)  has  the  same  root  vowel, 
usually  a,  in  infinitive  and  past  participle,  and  t  or  te  in  the 
past. 

(a)  Verbs  already  given  are :  fatten,  fall;  fattgett,  catch; 
!)alten,  hold;  fycmgen,  hang;  fyauen,  hew;  fjet^en,  bid,  be  called; 
laffen,  let,  cause  to;  laufen,  run;  rufen,  call;  fdfjlafen,  sleep; 
fto^en,  push. 

298.  Class  VII.  (about  ten  verbs)  has  a  for  root  vowel  of  the 
infinitive  and  past  participle,  and  u  in  the  past. 

(a)  Verbs  already  given  are:  fcf)(agen,  strike;  tragen,  carry; 
toadjfen,  grow;  ttmfdjen,  wash. 

(b)  Of  the  Unclassified  Verbs,  gefyen,  go;  ftefjen,  stand;  tf)Utt, 
do;  and  ftuffett,  know,  have  already  been  given.     The   other 
seven  are  alike  in  formation,  and  are  given  at  the  end  of  the 
vocabulary  below  (Mixed  Verbs). 

299.  Vocabulary. 

ba3  SBattb,  Me  S3attt>crf  III,  the  rib-  Me  $am'merf  Me  ®amttternf  IV, 

bon,  band.  the  chamber. 

Me  $rautf  Me  SBraute,  II,  the  bride,  ber  £0r'nifter,  bie  Sornifter,  I,  the 

fiancee.  knapsack. 

ber    Sud)'ftabe(n)f    be§    S3ud)fta=  Ma'fcn  (Maft),  blie^  gebtafenf  to 

bett§f  Me  SBudjftaben,  I,  the  letter  blow. 

(of  the  alphabet). 


322  SYNTAX. 

bra'ten  (brat),  brtet,  gebraten,  to  faty'rett    (faljrt),    futyr,     gefaljrett 

roast.  (Hn),  to  drive. 

ra'tcu  (rat),   rtet,    geratett,  with  graven  (grabt),  grub,  gegraben,  to 

dat.,  to  advise.  dig. 

ba'rfett  (ba'tft),   buf,    gebarfen,   to  fa'bcn    (liibt),  fob,    getaben,  also 

bake.  sometimes  weak,  to  load. 
fdjaf'fcn,  fdjuf,  gefdjaffen,  to  do,  create. 

The  following  are  called  Mixed  Verbs.     Why  f 

brett'ttett,  bramtte,  gebraimt,  to  leit'nen,  fattnte,  gefamtt,  to  know, 
burn.  be  acquainted  with. 

brttt'gen,  brad)tef  gebra^t,  to  tien'tien,  nanntef  geuanntf  to 
bring.  name. 

bctt'fen,  bad)tcf  gebad)tf  to  think.  rett'iicn,  tanttte,  gerannt  (jetn),  to 

feu'fcen,  fanbtcf  gefanbt,  to  send.  run. 

300.  Exercises. 

(a)  Let  the  pupils  bring  to  the  class  ten  short  German  questions, 
the  answers  to  which  will  tell  the  part  of  the  story  in  to-day's 
lesson. 

(6)  All  the  principles  are  treated  in  each  of  the  Exercises  I.  and 
II.  They  may  be  used  as  alternates. 

(I.)  1.  The  man  with  the  knapsack  brought  his  bride  the 
newest  ribbon  he  could  buy ;  it  was  much  prettier  than  her 
others.  2.  Are  there  sixty-eight  or  seventy-four  letters  in 
that  last  sentence  ?  3.  In  order  to  bake  that  bread  and  roast 
your  meat  I  advise  you  to  blow  the  fire  more  till  (bt3)  it  burns 
better.  4.  The  soldiers  had  to  dig  around  the  two  rocks  and 
load  them  into  their  wagon  before  they  could  go  to  the  river  to 
swim.  5.  The  farther  you  run,  the  farther  we  shall  have  to 
drive,  to  bring  you  those  beautiful  flowers  your  mother  sent 
you.  6.  In  the  first  place  I  have  told  [it  to]  you  twice ;  in 
the  second  place,  the  oftener  I  tell  you,  the  stupider  you  seem. 


STRONG    VERBS— CLASSES   VL  AND    VII.  323 

7.  Although,  we  did  not  know  the  boy,  we  thought  he  was  the 
one  they  had  named  Fred  on  his  birthday,  Wednesday,  the 
24th  of  July,  1897.  8.  Last  Tuesday  we  waited  for  you  two 
hours  and  a  half;  it  was  quarter  to  five  before  you  arrived, 
and  even  then  we  had  to  send  a  boy  to  you  twice.  9.  One 
day  Marie  met  Fred's  bride  outside  the  village  in  the  midst  of 
the  broad  meadows,  and  it  pleased  them  to  remain  an  hour  and 
a  half  or  two  hours,  although  the  weather  threatened  them. 
10.  One  evening  last  week  during  a  storm  John  drove  in  front 
of  the  house  with  Anna's  brother  and  called  us,  but  we  stayed 
inside  our  chamber.  11.  On  Saturday,  the  23d  of  March, 
1898,  we  waited  an  hour  and  a  half  for  our  other  friends,  but 
they  did  not  arrive  till  quarter-past  seven  in  the  evening. 
12.  Although  you  would  like  to  have  three-fourths  of  Fred's 
apple,  instead  of  only  half,  he  will  not  give  it  to  you. 

(II.)  13.  Your  house  is  as  far  from  the  city  as  ours,  but 
Marie's  dwelling  on  this  side  of  the  brook  is  the  nearest. 
14.  When  we  sent  him  to  your  little  hut,  I  did  not  think  he 
would  run;  he  must  have  become  very  tired.  15.  A  young 
bride  advised  her  new  servant  to  blow  the  fire  two  or  three 
minutes  before  he  tried  to  roast  the  meat  or  bake  the  bread. 
16.  The  girl  who  was  named  Marie  stood  inside  the  chamber 
and  turned  her  (ben)  back  toward  the  stove  in  which  the 
fire  was  burning.  17.  I  like  summer  as  well  as  (fo  gem 
ftrie)  spring,  but  I  like  fall  best,  because  the  meadows  are  so 
brown,  and  the  mountains  appear  so  clear.  18.  They  neither 
understood  these  four  rules  nor  comprehended  the  difference 
between  them  (benfe(bett),  so  they  had  to  give  up  the  exercise. 

19.  The  young  man  had  so  many  ribbons  on  his  knapsack  that 
his  friends  did  not  know  him,  as  they  drove  through  the  city. 

20.  One  day  last  September  at  exactly  quarter  to  three  in  the 


324 


SYNTAX. 


afternoon  we  saw  some  soldiers  dig  on  this  side  of  the  river, 
and  load  many  stones  into  a  wagon.  21.  In  spite  of  his  long 
coat  the  young  boy  whom  we  met  seemed  very  like  his  older 
brother.  22.  It  will  please  me  to  follow  you  all  day  and  help 
and  serve  you,  if  you  will  thank  me  instead  of  threatening. 
23.  There  are  as  many  words  in  that  last  sentence  as  in  the 
next;  the  more  letters  in  a  German  word,  the  harder  it  often 
is  to  translate.  24.  We  understand  the  first  two  rules ;  will 
you  please  explain  that  last  one  to  us  ?  25.  Although  they 
had  sent  the  bride  the  prettiest  ribbons  they  could  find,  she 
did  not  think  it  was  proper  to  wear  them. 


LESSON  LXXII. 
(PAGES  103  10-104  19.) 

REVIEW  THE  SUBJUNCTIVE.     LESSONS  LVI.-LX.     GENERAL 

EEVIEW. 

301.     Table  of  Root  Vowels  of  Strong  or  Irregular  Verbs. 


INFINITIVE. 

PAST. 

PAST  PARTICIPLE. 

Class  I. 

e,  ie,  it 

0 

0 

Class  IIt 

et 

Vie 

if  ie  (same  as  Past) 

Class  III. 

*,  i 

a 

0 

Class  IV. 

i 

a 

it 

Class  V. 

c 

a 

C 

Class  VI. 

a,  ei,  cm,  it,  o 

i,  ie 

a,  eif  ait,  ltf  0  (same  as  Inf.) 

Class  VII. 

a 

u 

a 

GENERAL  BE  VIEW.  325 


302.  Vocabulary. 

Me  ®c&uft>',  patience.  Jju'ten  (weak),  to  guard. 

Me  3aI)I,  Me  3<rf)fctt,  I  V,  zfte  ftwra-     ntit'teUen,  teUte  mtt',    mit'geteift, 


ber.  .      to  inform,  impart. 

fU'rf  en  (weak),  to  mend,  patch.  twtiir'ltd),  adj.,  natural;  adv.,  of 

fid)  fitlj'lett  (weak),  to  feel.  course. 

303.  Exercises. 

(a)  Let  the  pupils  bring  to  the  class  ten  short  German  ques- 
tions, the   answers   to  which  will   tell  the  part  of  the  story  in 
to-day's  lesson. 

(b)  All  the  principles  are  treated  in  each  of  these  Exercises  I. 
and  IL     They  may  be  used  as  alternates. 

(I.)  1.  They  informed  us  that  the  big  dog  guarded  the 
children  when  their  parents  were  not  at  home.  2.  Of  course 
I  thought  he  would  have  more  patience,  but  he  said  he  did  not 
want  to  mend  those  shoes  all  day.  3.  We  believed  the 
strange  figure  had  already  disappeared,  but  we  were  informed 
that  it  was  still  there.  4.  Oh,  that  I  were  rich,  so  that  I 
should  not  have  to  marry  that  coarse,  ugly  soldier  !  5.  If 
there  had  been  a  greater  number  of  pupils  in  the  class,  the 
teacher  could  not  have  made  them  all  stay  in  the  little  room. 
6.  Would  you  feel  strong  enough  to  break  the  door  if  we 
should  shove  the  bolt  ?  7.  Oh,  that  we  had  learned  all  the 
rules  better,  so  that  we  could  write  these  sentences  more 
easily  !  8.  You  told  me  that  a  month  ago  you  had  not  seen 
any  rocks  at  the  bottom  (ber  33  0  ben)  of  the  river.  9.  For 
to-morrow  we  shall  have  neither  exercises  to  write  nor  rules 
to  learn.  10.  She  did  not  study  as  if  she  really  wanted  to 
learn  the  sentences,  but  went  to  walk  outside  the  garden 
to  pick  wild  flowers.  11.  If  you  had  planted  those  beautiful 


326  SYNTAX. 

flowers  among  the  rocks  they  could  not  have  grown,  but  would 
have  had  to  die.  12.  Of  course  if  he  had  had  patience,  he 
would  not  have  had  to  give  up,  but  could  have  translated  all 
the  sentences  in  (a)  short  time. 

(II.)  13.  You  ought  to  have  mended  those  shoes  as  if  you 
had  nothing  else  to  do.  14.  They  informed  us  that  the  num- 
ber of  words  in  these  German  sentences  would  have  been 
greater,  if  they  had  been  translated  better.  15.  Of  course  we 
should  have  guarded  your  books  as  if  they  had  been  ours. 
16.  You  did  not  mend  those  ojd  coats  as  if  they  belonged  to 
you,  but  let  your  dog  play  with  them  (benfelben)  and  tear 
them.  17.  Three  days  ago  the  young  man  shot  as  though 
he  thought  he  would  hit  the  stake,  but  he  did  not  succeed. 
18.  The  old  hunter  informed  his  brother  that  he  thought  his 
friend's  wife  was  neither  young  nor  beautiful,  but  very  old  and 
ugly.  19.  We  picked  the  splendid  flowers  as  if  we  thought 
more  would  grow  at  once  in  our  magnificent  garden.  20.  If 
you  had  known  the  rules  better  you  would  not  have  had  to 
work  so  hard,  but  could  have  read  the  book  much  faster. 
21.  Without  waiting  longer  for  her  father,  she  ought  to  have 
gone  home  to  write  her  exercise  for  the  next  day.  22.  Had  I 
only  been  at  home  during  that  big  storm,  I  should  not  have 
seen  all  those  poor  people  who  had  to  stay  out  (brauftett)  in  the 
rain.  23.  Oh,  that  we  were  richer  than  those  other  Germans ; 
then  we  could  buy  more  clothes  for  ourselves  and  give  some 
money  to  the  poor.  24.  Instead  of  our  going  to  you  to  inform 
you  that  it  was  time  to  get  up,  you  should  have  got  up  with- 
out our  telling  you.  25.  If  the  children  want  to  play  all  day 
in  the  meadow  outside  the  village,  of  course  their  parents  wil] 
let  them  stay  there  at  least  during  the  afternoon. 


SYNTAX. 


327 


304.     LIST   OF   STRONG   AND   IRREGULAR   VERBS. 

The  principal  parts  are  in  full-faced  type.  The  second  and  third  per- 
sons singular  of  the  present  indicative  are  given  when  the  vowel  differs 
from  that  of  the  infinitive;  also  when  the  connecting  vowel  e  is  required 
in  verbs  whose  stem  ends  in  b,  t,  ft,  ff,  f,  ft.  The  second  person  singular 
of  the  imperative  is  given  when  it  has  the  short  form  without  e,  or  vowel- 
change  i;  also  when  the  e  is  optional.  A  dash  indicates  regular  forms. 
Compound  verbs  are  given  only  when  the  simple  verb  has  passed  from 
use,  e.  g.,  befefyfen,  gebciren.  Cognates  are  in  small  capitals. 


Infinitive 

rres.  Jna.          Imperative         Preterite 
/no.  t  u               2nd  per.  sing,    ind.           subj. 

Past  Part 

^forfeit,1  BAKE 

Bftcfft,  bacft, 



buf 

biife 

gcbrtcfcn 

SBefefffett,  commarJd 
* 

befieblft,  Beftc^It 

befie^I 

bcfrtf)! 

before 

icfo^cn 

before 

SScffctftett,  apply  (refl.) 

befleifeeft,  beflei^t 

befleifc(e) 

bcfttfj 

befltffe 

Befltffcn 

23c0tnnen,  BEGIN 





Iicgntttt 

beganne 

Bc0onncn 

begonne 

83eifjen,  BITE 

betfeeft,  bei^t 

betB(e) 

Bt§ 

Mfje 

gcBiffcn 

93ctfett,2  bark 

bittft,  MHt 

bitt 

bolt 

botte 

gcBottcn 

83er0cn,  hide, 

btrgft,  btrgt 

Birg 

Barg 

barge 

Octiorqcn 

biirge 

SBcrften,1  BURST, 

birfteft,  birft 

Birft 

Barft 

barfte 

rjeBorftcn 

Botft 

borfte 

Sktocgen,3  induce 





IJCUJOfJ 

betobge 

BeU)o0eu 

83tctjenr  bend 





(00 

boge 

OeBogen 

83ictcn,  offer 





but 

bote 

jjcBotctt 

83tnt»cnf  BIND 

binbeft,  btnbet 



banb 

banbe 

0cBunbcn 

93ittcnj  beg 

bitteft,  bittet 



Bat 

bate 

0cBctcn 

23(afcn,  blow 

blafeft,  blaft 



bltcci 

bliefe 

gcBfafen 

2>fcibcn,  remain 





b(tcti 

bliebe 

0eB(icBcn 

23  let  rfjctt,4  BLEACH 





bltri) 

blicb^e 

0cBUtf)cn 

23ratcn,5  roast 

bratft,  brat 



Brtct 

briete 

flcbratcn 

25rcc!)Ctt,  BREAK 

brtc^ft,  brtc^t 

bricb. 

brarf) 

bracb,e 

0cBrodjcn 

Srcnncn,  BURN 





Branntc 

brennte 

0cBrannt 

S3ntt0en,  BRING 





Brac^tc 

bradite 

0cBrad)t 

1  Often  weak,  except  in  the  past  part. 

2  Generally  weak. 

3  Weak,  except  in  figurative  sense. 


4  Weak  when  transitive  and  sometimes 
when  intransitive. 
6  Sometimes  weak,  except  in  the  past  par. 


328 


SYNTAX. 


Infinitive 

Pres.  Ind          imperative 
2nd  and  3d       2nd^        si 

Preterite 
ind.           subj. 

Past  Part 

per.  sing. 

2>enfen,  THINK 





bnrfjtc 

bac^te 

gebadfyt 

Stngcn,1  hire,  bargain 





(bung 
bang 

biinge) 

gebnnccn 

Srefefjen,  THRESH 

brtfc&.eft,  brifd^t 

brifd? 

brafrff 
Drujri) 

brafc^e 
brofcfye 

gcbrofcljcn 

$rhtgen,  urge 





brang 

brcinge 

gcbrungen 

Sihtfett,  THINK 





(b(iuri)tc 

batiste 

gcbauc^t) 

Xitrfcn,  be  allowed 

barf,  barfft, 

(wanting) 

burfte 

burfte 

geburft 

barf,  biirfen 

(Sim&fefllett.  recommend  empfieb.  Ift,  em* 
pfieb.lt 

empfieb.1 

em^a^t 

empfdb,Ie 
empfobje 

cm^fof,lett 

(gfien,  EAT 

ifl'eft,  ifet 

iB 

aft 

afee 

gcgcffen 

graven,  archaic  for  fangen 

Safjrctt,  go,  FARE 

fa^rft,  fa^rt 

fab.r(e) 

fwfjtr 

fu^re 

gefaljren 

fatten,  FALL 

faUft,  faUt 



fter 

fiele 

gcfattcn 

fatten,2  FOLD 

falteft,  faltet 







gcfaltctt 

fangen,  catch 

fangft,  fangt 



nug 
(ficng 

finge 
fienge) 

gcfangen 

ftecfjtcn,  FIGHT 

ficfe.teft,3ftc$t3 

Mt8 

fotft 

fbc^te 

gcfoj^ten 

fttnben,  FIND 

finbeft,  finbet 



fanb 

fanbe 

gefunben 

ftlcdjtcn,  twine 

fltc^ft,3  fltc^t  3 

flicb,t3 

f(oci)t 

pd^te 

gcflocfjtcn 

Orlicgcn,  FLY 





f(o0 

Pge 

gcffogctt 

^fltcfjen,  FLEE 





flof) 

flo^e 

geWcn 

ftliefcn,  flow 





ftofj 

flbjje 

gcfloffen 

3-ragen,  ask 

fragft,  fragt 



frug 

friige 

gcfragt* 

ftrcffen,  EAT  (of 
animals) 

friffeft,  frifet 

fri* 

fraft 

fra^e 

gcfteffen 

Sfrieren,  FREEZE 





fror 

frore 

gcfroren 

<&d(f|)ren,  ferment 





go^ir5 

go^re 

gego^ren* 

(SJcbfircn,  BEAR 





gefiar 

gebare 

gcBorcn 

(Befcen,  GIVE 

giebft,  gtebt 

qteb 

OaD 

gabe 

gegefcett 

gtbft,  gibt 

gib 

®ebetf)ett,  thrive 



— 

gcbtefi 

gebie^e 

gcbtefjen 

(Men,  GO 



— 

0tng 

ginge 

ijcgangcn 

©efhtgevt,  succeed 



— 

gelang 

gelange 

gclungcn 

(Sfelten,  be  worth 

giltft,  gilt 

gilt 

gait 

gafte 

gcgolten 

golte 

(Senefen,  recover 

genefeft,  geneft 

— 

genaS 

genafe 

genefen 

1  Often  weak.  •*  Always  weak,  and  the  other  forms  are 

2  Entirely  weak,  except  in  the  past  part,    properly  weak. 

3  Tj'he  weak  forms  also  occur.  6  Also  weak,  especially  in  figurative  sense. 


STRONG  VERBS. 


329 


Infinitive 

2  d      d  Td       Imperative 
ana  <HI      2n(j  per>  sing. 

Prete 
ind. 

rite 
subj. 

Past  Part 

®cnie$en,  enjoy 



flcituf; 

genbffe 

genoffcn 

(Sefdjefjcn,  happen 

gefcfyieb.ft,  gefd^ieb,  t  (wanting) 

gefdjafj 

gefcb,ab.e 

gcfrfjc^en 

(Sett)  omen,  WIN 



gctuann 

getoanne 

gemonnen 

getobnne 

©tcfecn,  pour 



go^ 

goffe 

gcgoffcn 

(SMetdjen,1  resemble 



giit^ 

gltc^e 

geglidjett 

(IHei^en,  GLITTER 

greifceft,  gleifct        

(  gltfj 

flHffe 

gegHffcn) 

(SMeitCtt,2  GLIDE 

gleiteft,  gleitet        

gtttt 

glttte 

gcgtitten 

(SUimmen,  GLEAM 

.            

glomm 

glomme 

geglommcn 

QJrafccn,  dig 

grabft,  grabt 

§mi 

griibe 

gegrafien 

(SJreifen,  GRIPE,  grasp 



griff 

grtffe 

gegrtffen 

$a:&cn,  HAVE 

^aft,  ^at 

Ijattc 

^atte 

gc^aftt 

fatten,  HOLD 

b.altft,  b.alt        .     ^alt(e) 

lltclt 

b.ielte 

gcljaltcn 

£angen,  HANG 

pngft,  b.angt3        

t)ing 

b,tnge 

gcljangen 

<&aucu,  HEW 



iiicti 

^iebe 

gcljaitcn 

-£>ef>cn,  raise 

,      

I)0l) 

bobe 

gc^oficn 

f)ub 

pbe 

«£>cifjen,  call 

$tt|eft,  ^eiSt 

Ijic^t 

Iji^e 

gc^eiftcn 

•£>clfen,  HELP 

^tlfft,  ^ilft              &.Uf 

Half 

balfe 

gcljolfcn 

$eifen,4  chide 



HIT 

«ffe 

geltffcn 

Stcnncn,  KNOW 



fanntc 

fennte 

gelannt 

$tefen,  see  ®iiren 

SHteben,  CLEAVE,  split 



KoB 

Ilobe 

gcfluOcu 

$timmen,2  CLIMB 

—  - 

fromm 

,  tlomme 

geHommen 

JiUingcn,  sound 

.     

Hang 

filing 

gcfdutgcu 

$netfen,5  pinch 



fntff 

fniffe 

gclntffcn 

&neipen,  pinch 



(tn\w 

fnip^e 

gchttpvctO 

®ommett,  COME 

lomm  (e) 

lam 

Iftme 

gefommen 

$imnen,  CAN 

fann,  fannft,  !ann,  (wanting) 

lonnte 

fonnte 

gefonnt 

fonnen 

Slretfftyen,4  scream 

freifd^eft,  freifd^t     

frif« 

frifc^e 

gclnf^cn 

Slrierfjen,  creep 



Iroc^ 

frdc^e 

gclrodicn 

Slitren,  choose 



for 

!bre 

gcforen 

fiabcn,6  LOAD,  invite 

labft,  labt 

(ub 

lube 

gelaben 

1  Usually  weak  when  transitive.  5  Sometimes  weak. 

2  Weak  forms  sometimes  occur.  6  Also  weak.   Two  verbs  are  confounded  in 

3  fycmgft,  fycmgt  also  occur.    Do  not  con-  this  one,   viz.,   laben,    LOAD,  once  always 
fuse  with  the  weak  b,  angen.  strong,    and    laben,    invite,    once     always 

4  Usually  weak.  weak. 


330 


SYNTAX. 


Infinitive 


Pres.  Ind. 


Imperative         Preterite 
2nd  per.  sing.    ind.  subj. 


Past  Part 


gaffen,  LET 

laffeft,  Ia§t; 

Ia^(e) 

(tc^ 

Ite^e 

getaffcn 

Saufen,  run 

laufft,  lauft 



Kef 

liefc 

getaufen 

getben,  suffer 

letbcft,  leibet 



Kit 

Ittte 

gelttten 

getyen,  LEND 





ltd) 

Ite^e 

gcKe^en 

Cefcit,  read 

liefeft,  Itefl 

Itc§ 

Ia§ 

lafe 

getefen 

Sicgen,  LIE 





lag 

lage 

geiegctt 

lUifdjcn,1  go  out 

Iifd)eft,  lifc^t 

Itfcfc 

fof# 

Bfc^e 

geloft^ett 

Siigen,  tell  a  LIE 



— 

(og 

Ibge 

gctogen 

9D?rtf)ten,2  grind 



— 





gcmaljlcn 

9)Jciben,  shun 

meibeft,  metbet 

— 

mteb 

mtebe 

gemieben 

Sttdfen,3  MILK 

milfft,  mtlft 

milf 

molt 

molfe 

gemotfen 

attetfcu,  measure 

miffcft,  mi^t 

mft 

mai) 

ma^e 

gemeffen 

aJHjUingett,  fail 





mif;iang 

mifelange 

mifermtgen 

atfogen,  MAY 

mag,  magft,  mag, 

(wanting) 

mocfjte 

mbdjte 

gcmotfjt 

mogen 

aftiiffen,  MUST 

mu$/  mu^t,  mu^/ 

(wanting) 

mufete 

mii^te 

gemufet 

miifjen 

^djmen,  take 

nimmft,  ntmmt 

ttimm 

nalim 

na^me 

genommen 

97cnnen,  NAME 





nannte 

nennte 

genannt 

^feifcn,  whistle 





^Ttff 

Pfiffe 

gc^ftffcn 

^ftegen,4  cherish 





^fiog 

Pflbge 

gc^flogcn 

^reiien,5  PRAISE 

^reifeft,  pretft 



$vic§ 

priefc 

geprtcfen 

ducflen,6  gush 

quiUft,  qutUt 

quttt 

quott 

quoKe 

gequoUcn 

9lad)Cn,  avenge 





(rod) 

rbd()e) 

gcrorf)cn 

9iaten,  advise 

ratft,  rat 



net 

riete 

geratcn 

9leiben,  rub 





rtefc 

rte&e 

geriefien 

SHeifiett,  tear 

ret^eft,  ret^t 

rei^(e) 

rife 

riffe 

geriffen 

Olcttcn  RIDE 

retteft,  reitet 



ritt 

ritte 

gcritten 

OJcnncn,  RUN 





rannte 

rennte 

gcrannt 

9hcrf)en,  smell 





rorf) 

rbd^e 

gerod^cn 

9iwgen,  wRiNG.wrestle 





rang 

range 

gerungett 

Oiinncn,  RUN 





rann 

ranne 

gcronncn 

ronne 

9Jufen,  call 



. 

rtef 

rtefe 

gerufen 

Satjcn,7  SALT 

faljeft,  falst 







gcfaljcn 

Saufen,  drink 

faufft,  fauft 

fauf(e) 

foff 

foffe 

gefoffen 

-  When  transitive,  quench,  weak. 

2  Usually  weak,  except  in  the  past  part. 

«  Usually  weak,  *  Also  entirely  weak. 


s  Sometimes  weak. 

6  When  transitive,  soak,  weak. 

7  Only  the  past  part,  is  strong. 


STRONG    VERBS. 

331 

Infinitive 

Pres.  Ind.        imperative 

Preterite 
ind.           subj. 

Past  Part 

©augett,  SUCK 



N 

fbge 

gefogen 

©djaffen,1  create 



frf)uf 

fd^ufc 

geft^affett 

©djaflen,2  sound 



fdiotf 

f$dUe 

gcft^otten 

©djeiben,  part 

fdjetbeft,  fc^eibet       

jrfjicb 

fc^iebe 

gefc^icbcn 

©djemen,  appear 



frijtcw 

fc^iene 

gcfdjtcncn 

©djelten,  SCOLD 

fd&tltft,  f$ilt             ratlt 

fd)rttt 

fc&alte 

gcfdjuitcn 

fd?olte 

©djeren,3  SHEAR 

fd^ierft,  fcgiert          fdjier 

fr^or 

fd^ore 

gefdjoren 

©djtefcen,  SHOVE 



fd)ut> 

fc^5&e 

gef^oben 

©djteffen,  SHOOT 



ft^ofe 

Wbffe 

gcftftoffctt 

©djtnben,  flay 

fd}inbeftr  fc^tnbet      

f^tmb2 

fd^iinbe 

gefc^unbctt 

©djfafen,  SLEEP 

fc^Icifft,  fd^Icift          fdf?lflf(e) 

fdjKef 

fc^Iiefe 

gefdjtrtfcn 

©d)fagett,  s'trike 

fc^Icigft,  fcglagt         

fdjtug 

Wttge 

gefd)(agen 

©d)feirfjctt,  sneak 



fci)(trf) 

raiic^c 

gef^tt^cu 

©djleifett,4  whet 



frf)Iiff 

WHffe 

gcfd)Iiffett 

©d)leifjen,  SLIT 

fc^Ieifceft,  raieiSt      

f(^(t^ 

fd^Iijje 

gef  Stiffen 

©djtiefen,  slip 



W"ff 

WWffe 

gef^loffen 

©djltefien,  shut 



fdjfof? 

raibffe 

geft^Ioffen 

©djHngen,  SLING 



ft^tang 

fc^Iange 

gefdjtungcn 

©rfjtnetften,  SMITE   . 

fdjmeifceft,  fcfymeifjt    fd^mei§(e; 

1  fdjmtf? 

fdpmiffe 

gcfdjiniffen 

©djmelsett,5  MELT 

fcfymiljeft,  fd^miljt     fc^mili; 

fdjmuf-s 

fc^mblse 

gcf^molscn 

©d)ituu&en,6  snort 



fr^nob 

fc^nbfie 

gefdjnofcen 

©djnetbeii,  cut 

fcfynetbeft,  fd?neibet  

fdjnitt 

fdjnttte 

ncfrfjuittcu 

©djraufcen,7  SCREW 



frf)tob 

fc^robe 

gcfd)vobctt 

©djrcrfen,5  be  afraid 

fartcfft,  fc^ricEt         fd^rid 

ft^raf 

fc^rafe 

geft^rorfen 

©djrci&en,  write 



ft^rteli 

fc^rtebe 

gcfdjvtcbcn 

©djreten  ,  cry 

fd^rei(e) 

f^rtc 

fc^rtee 

gefdjrtcen 

©rfjreiten,  stride 

fd^retteft,  fc^rcttet     

fdjritt 

fd)rttte 

gefdjrtttctt 

©djroten,8  rough-grind 

jc^roteft,  f^rotet       





gcf^votcn 

©djtoarett,  suppurate 

fc^toterft,  fd^toiert     fc^toier 

frliuiur 

fdgtobre 

gcfdjtuurcn 

©^tuctgett,5  be  silent 



fdjtuicg 

fd^tuiege 

gcft^ttiiegcn 

©djmeflen,5  SWELL 

fd&hnllft,  fd^toiat       fc^toia 

frijjuott 

fc^)h?bUe 

gcfriimuHcit 

©^rtJtmmcn,  SWIM 



frfjjyomm 

fdbtoamtne 

gcfd)ivommen 

fdptobmme 

1  In  other  senses  weak. 

2  Also  entirely  weak. 

3  Sometimes  weak. 

*  Weak  in  other  senses,  raze,  drag.  7  Also  weak. 

8  Only  the  past  part,  is  strong. 


6  Weak  when  transitive. 

•  Also  weak  ;  f  djuic&Ctt  occurs  instead  of 


332 


SYNTAX. 


Infinitive 

Pres.  Ind.          T 
2nd  and  3d       ^J} 
per.  sing. 

iperative             Preterite 
per.  sing.      ind.          subj. 

Past  Part. 

©cfittrinben,  vanish 

f*toinbeft,Wtoinbet 

frfjttwnb 

fd^tuanbc 

gcfrfjftiunbctt 

Sdjnitngen,  SWING 



Wn.«n9 

Kll 

geft^ttiungei 

©cftrouren,  swear 

— 

ft^toor 

fd^toore 
fd^tuure 

gefrfjworen 

©ef)e«r  SEE 

fie^ft,  fte^t 

fteKO        f^ 

fa^e 

gefetien 

©cut,  be 

bin,  bift,  ift,  2C. 

fei             ttiar 

n>are 

ge  toe  fen 

©enben,  SEND 

fenbeft,  fenbet 

fanbte 
fcnbete 

fenbete 

gefanbt 
gefcnbct 

Stcben,1  SEETHE 

ftebeft,  fiebet 

fott 

fotte 

gefotten 

©ingen,  SING 



fang 

[ange 

gefnngen 

©tnfcn,  SINK 

. 

fanf 

fanfc 

gcfunfen 

©tnncn..  think 



fann 

fanne 
fonne 

gefonnen 

©ifeen,  SIT 

faeft,  fi^t 

fa§ 

fafee 

gefcffen 

©otlen,  should 

foil,  foUft,  foil,  foUen 

(wanting)  |0j(te 

follte 

gefottt 

©patten,2  split 

fpalteft,  fpaltet 





gefpaiten 

©peten,  SPEW 



fptc 

fpiee 

gefpiecn 

©Jrinncn,  SPIN 



fpann 

fpannc 
fponne 

gefponnen 

©pletfjcn,  SPLIT 

ftletfceft,  fpleifet 

tyii% 

fpliffe 

gefpttffen 

©prerffen,  speak 

f  frric^ft,  fpric^t 

fari$         fpratft 

fprad^e 

gefproc^en 

©prieftcn,  SPROUT 



fprofj 

fproffe 

gefproffcn 

©pringen,  SPRING 



fprang 

fprcinge 

gefprnngen 

©tcrf)cn,  prick 

fttd&ft,  fttd?t 

fttd?           ftarf) 

ftac^e 

geftorf)en 

©terfen,"  STICK 



ftaf 

ftafe 

(geftorfen) 

©tefjen,  STAND 



fteb(e)        ftanb 
ftnnb 

ftanbe 
ftunbe 

geftanben 

©tcljten,  STEAL 

ftte^ft,  ftte^It 

ftie^l         ft*W 

fta^le 
fto^le 

gcfto^ten 

©tetgen,  ascend 



ftteg 

fttege 

gefttcgen 

©ter&cn,  die 

ftirbft,  fttrbt 

ftirb           ftarb 

ftarbe 
ftiirbe 

geftorben 

©tteben,  disperse 



ftofc 

ftobc 

geftoben 

Sttnfen,  STINK 



ftanf 

ftanfe 

gcftnitfew 

Stofjcn,  push 

ftijfceft,  ftbfet 

fto|(e)        ftie§ 

fttefee 

geftoften 

Strctdjen,  STROKE 



ftritf 

ftrid&e 

geftrtt^eti 

1  Also  weak. 

2  Only  the  past  part,  is  strong. 


8  Always  weak  when  transitive ;   some- 
times when  intransitive. 


STfiONG  VERBS. 


833 


Infinitive 

2ndeSand  3d         Imperative           Preterite 
per.  .sing.         2  d  per'  sing'      ind>          sub^ 

Past  Part. 

©tretten,  strive 

ftreiteft,  ftreitet 



fttitt 

ftdtte 

gcftrtttcn 

Sfyun,  DO 



t^u(e) 

tfjat 

t^ate 

gettyan 

Sragett,  carry 

tragft,  tragt 



trug 

trilge 

getragen 

Sreffen,  hit 

trtffft,  trifft 

triff 

traf 

trafe 

getroffen 

Sretfcen,  DRIVE 





tricb 

triebc 

gctricbcu 

Sreten,  TREAD 

trtttft,  tritt 

tritt 

trat 

trate 

gctretcn 

Sriefen,1  DRIP 





troff 

troffe 

gctroffen 

Xrinfen,  DRINK 





tran! 

tranfe 
trunfe 

gctruufcu 

Sritgen,  deceive 





trog 

troge 

gctrogen 

aserberfcen,2  spoil 

fcerbtrbft,  berbirbt 

berbtrb 

ucrbnrb 

berbarbe 
berbiirbe 

ucrborbcn 

IBerbrteftett,  vex 





ucrbrof> 

berbroffe 

toerbroffen 

JBcrgeffen,  FORGET 

Uergtffeft,  bergifit 

bergifc 

ticrgafe 

ber  gaffe 

tiergcffen 

SBerlieren,  LOSE 





Dertor 

berlbre 

tiertoren 

333ad)fen,  grow 

toac^feft,  toftc^ft 



toud)^ 

iuttc^fe 

gctuad)fcn 

aBagen,5  WEIGH 





toog 

tt)bge 

getnogcn 

aSafdjen,  WASH 

toafc^eft,  toafd&t 



tuufri) 

tottfdje 

gctuafcf)cn 

ZBefcen,3  WEAVE 





tuob 

toobe 

gctuobcn 

aCBeidjcn,4  yield 





iuirf) 

iuid;e 

gctuirijcn 

aSBeifen,  show 

toetfeft,  toeift 



tutcc? 

toiefe 

gctutcfcn 

aSenben,  turn 

toenbeft,  toenbet 

' 

nmnbte 

iwcubctc 

toenbete 

getuanbt 
gctocnbct 

aSerbcn,  sue 

toirbft,  totrbt 

nrirb 

tuarb 

toarbe 
toiirbe 

gewortcn 

SBerben,  become 

toirft,  toirb 

toerbc 

tuarb 
luurbc 

toiirbe 

gettiorben 

aBerfett,  throw 

toirfft,  ftjtrft 

toirf 

ttmrf 

toarfe 
toilrfe 

gcmorfcn 

aBiegen,5  WEIGH 





toog 

hrtge 

gctuogcn 

aBtnben,  WIND 

toinbeft,  toinbet 



tuaub 

n>anbe 

nciuunbcu 

asiffett,  know 

h)ei^,  tretfet 
iotil,  feiffen 

totffe 

tt>uf?tc 

iott^te 

gctuufJt 

233oUcu,  WILL 

hntt,  h)tttft 

iuolle 

tuolltc 

hjoflte 

gcmoltt 

Sdfjett,  accuse 





SieD 

jte^e 

gcsietfcn 

Btefieit,  draw 





300 

3&ge 

gejogcn 

Bttuttgen,  force 





5tt»ang 

5tt?ange 

gejnjungcn 

1  Sometimes  weak. 

2  Weak  when  transitive. 

3  Also  weak,  especially  in  the  sense  of 
move,  hover. 


4  Weak  in  the  sense  of  soften^ 

s  SBagen  and  ttriegen  are  really  identical. 

6.2Biegen/  rock,  is  always  weak. 


SUMMARY   OF   INFLECTIONS. 


305,    The  Definite  Article  and  "ber"  Words.    Typical  Endings. 

(a)  £)er,  the :  Definite  Article. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

M.  F.  N. 

Nom.        b  er 

bie 

b  (Xv 

bie 

Gen.           b  e3 

ber 

J)  £<5 

ber 

Dat.          b  em 

ber 

bent 

ben 

Ace.         b  en 

bie 

bo3 

bie 

(b)  £)ief  er,  this  : 

Demonstrative  Adjective 

or  Pronoun. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

M.  F.  N. 

Nom.        bief  er 

biefe 

biefeS  (bies) 

biefe 

Gen.         bief  eS 

bief  er 

biefeS 

bief  er 

Dat.         bief  em 

bief  er 

bief  em 

bief  en 

Ace.         bief  en 

biefe 

bief  e3  (bies) 

biefe 

(c)  Like  btefer  are  declined  {eber,  every,  {etter,  that,  manner, 
many  (a),  foldjer,  such  (a),  and  the  interrogative  toelcfjer,  which. 
These  are  called  "  ber  "  words,  as  they  have  endings  similar  to 
ber.     These  are  the  typical  strong  endings  as  distinguished 
from  the  typical  weak  endings. 

(d)  Typical  Strong  Endings :     (e)  Typical  Weak  Endings : 

Singular.  Plural.  Singular.  Plural. 

MASC.  FEM.  NEUT.        M.  F.  N.          MASC.  FEM.    NEUT.    M.  F.  N. 

Nom.     er       e         e3  e  e  e  e  en 

Gen.      e3       er       t&  er  en  en  en  en 

Dat.      em      er       em  en  en  en  en  en 

Ace.      en»      e         e$  e  en  e  e  en 

384 


SUMMARY  OF  INFLECTIONS. 


335 


306.    The  Indefinite  Article  and  "  ettt"  words. 

(a)  gin,  a:   Indefinite  Article. 

Plural  wanting. 


Singular. 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

Kom. 

ein 

cine 

ein 

Gen. 

etneS 

cuter 

etne3 

Dat. 

cittern 

ciner 

einem 

Ace. 

ctttett 

cine 

ein 

(b)  2Kehl,  iny :  Possessive  Adjective. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

M.  F.  N. 

Nom. 

went 

meine 

metn 

meine 

Gen. 

meine£ 

me  liter 

meineg 

meiner 

Dat.      , 

metnem 

metner 

ntetnem 

metnen 

Ace. 

nteinett 

meine 

mein 

meine 

(c)  Like  metn  are  declined  the  possessives  beitt,  your,  \ einr  his, 
its,  tl)r,  her,  their,  Ultfer,  our,  Qfy,  your,  eiierr  your,  and   the 
negative  feitl,  no,  not  a. 

(d)  (Slier  and  iinfer  may  contract  by  dropping  the  e  either 
of  the  stem  or  of  the  ending. 

Singular.  Plural. 

MASC.  FEM.  NEUT.  M.  F.  N. 

Nom.  ener  enre  ener  enre 

Gen.  enre3  or  ener3  enrer  enre^  or  ener3  enrer 

Dat.  eitrem  or  etterm  enrer  enrem  or  enernt  enren  or  enern 

Ace.  enren  or  enern  enre  ener  enre 

Note  that: 

1.  The  nominative  and  accusative  forms  are  always  alike, 
except  in  the  masculine  singular. 

2.  The  genitive  singular  masculine  and  neuter  are  alike,  as 
are  also  the  dative  singular  masculine  and  neuter. 

3.  The  dative  plural  always  ends  in  n. 


336  SYNTAX. 

4.  'There  are  only  two  typical  iveak  endings,  e  and  en.     The 
e  is  found  throughout  the   nominative   singular  and   in  the 
accusative  singular  feminine  and  neuter ;  the  en  is  found  in  all 
other  cases. 

5.  The  endings  for  the  indefinite  article  and  "ein"  words 
closely  resemble  those  for   the  "bet"  words,  except   in   the 
nominative  singular  masculine  and  neuter  and  the  accusative 
singular  neuter. 

307.  Adjective  Declension. 

(a)  Adjectives  have   three   declensions :    strong,  iveak  and 
mixed. 

(b)  In  the  strong  declension  an  adjective   has  the   typical 
strong  endings,  except  that  in  the  genitive  singular  masculine 
and  neuter,  the  weak  ending  is  preferred.     The  strong  de- 
clension occurs  when  the  adjective  is  not  preceded  by  an  arti- 
cle or  a  "ber"  or  an  "  eht"  word. 

(0)  Strong  Declension  of  Adjectives. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

M.  F.  N. 

Norn. 

gut  cr 

gutc 

guted 

gutc 

Gen. 

gut  eu(ed) 

guter 

gut  eu(ed) 

gutcr 

> 

Dat. 

gut  cm 

gut  cr 

gut  em 

gut  eu 

Ace. 

gut  eu 

gutc 

gut  ed 

gutc 

(cZ)  In  the  weak  declension  an  adjective  has  the  typical 
weak  endings.  The  weak  declension  occurs  when  the  adjective 
is  preceded  by  the  definite  article  or  a  "ber"  word. 

(e)  Weak  Declension  of  Adjectives. 

Singular.  Plural. 

MASC.  FEM.  NEUT.  M.  F.  N. 

Nom.        ber  gut  e  bic  gut  e  bad  gut  e  bie  gut  eu 

Gen.         bed  gut eu         ber  gut  en  bed  gut  eu  ber  gut  eu 

Dat.         bent  gut  en        ber  gut  en  bent  gut  en  ben  gut  eu 

Ace.         bctt  gut  en         bic  gut  e  bad  gut  e  bie  gut  eu 


SUMMARY  OF  INFLECTIONS.  337 

In  the  mixed  declension  the  adjective  takes  the  typical 
weak  endings  in  all  cases  except  the  nominative  singular  mas- 
culine and  the  nominative  and  accusative  singular  neuter,  which 
are  strong.  The  mixed  declension  occurs  when  the  adjective 
is  preceded  by  the  indefinite  article  or  an  "em"  word. 

(9) 


Mixed  Declension  of  Adjectives. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

MASC. 

EEM. 

NEUT. 

M.  F.  N. 

meiu  gut  er 
meiue3  gut  en 
meiuem  gut  eu 
tueiueu  gut  eu 

metue  gut  e 
meiuer  gut  cu 
meiuer  gut  eu 
uteiue  gut  e 

meiu  gut  e£ 
meineS  gut  eu 
meitteut  gut  eu 
meiu  gut  e£ 

uteiue  gut  eu 
meiuer  gut  eu 
meiueu  gut  eu 
meiue  guteu 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 

NOTE.  —  While  these  are  the  three  adjective  declensions,  the  endings 
of  an  adjective  can  be  only  strong  or  weak.  They  are  weak  when  pre- 
ceded by  the  definite  article  or  a  "ber  "  word  (but  see  §  309,  6),  or  by  an 
inflected  form  of  the  indefinite  article  or  an  uein  "  word  (that  is,  a  form 
having  a  case-ending).  They  are  strong  when  not  so  preceded. 

Note  that: 

1.  In  the  genitive  singular  masculine  and  neuter,  the  ending 
e$  of  the  noun  sufficiently  indicates  the.  case,  and,  in  order  to 
avoid  too  many  e3  sounds,  the  adjective  takes  the  weak  ending 
en. 

2.  When  the  "  ettt "  word  has  no  ending,  the  adjective  must 
have  one  in  order  to  show  the  case.     If  the  "  em  "  word  is 
inflected  (has  an  ending)  the  adjective  does  not  need  to  show 
the  case,  and  so  is  weak. 

3.  Though  there  are  three  adjective  declensions,  there  are 
only  two  kinds  of  endings  for  adjectives. 

308.  Noun  Declension. 

There  are  five  classes  of  nouns,  declined  as  follows: 


338 


SYNTAX. 


(a)   Masculine  Nouns. 
SING.       1st  class.  2d  class.  3d  class.  4th  class.  5th  class. 

N.  ber  $rnber     ber  ,§nnb       ber  EJlann       ber  Staat  bcr  $nabe 

G.  beg  SBrnberg  beg  Iwnbeg  beg  9)ianneg  beg  Staateg  beg  Slnabcn 

D.  bem  SBrnber    bem  §nnbe    bem  Sarnie    bem  Staate  bem[$htabcn 

A.  ben  23rnber     ben  £wnb      ben  SDlann      ben  Sfaat  ben  &ttabcn 


PLURAL. 

N. 

bie 

SBrnber 

bie  §nnbe 

bie 

banner 

bie 

Staaten 

bie  ^nabcu 

G. 

ber 

SBritber 

ber  £wnbe 

bcr 

SJlamter 

ber 

(Staaten 

ber  $naben 

D. 

ben 

SBriibern 

ben  ^nnben 

ben  aJliinnem 

ben 

Staaten 

ben  5lnaben 

A. 

bie 

SBriiber 

bie  £uttbe 

bie 

banner 

bie 

Staaten 

bie  ^naben 

(6)   Feminine  Nouns. 

SING. 

1st  class. 

2d  class. 

4th  class. 

N. 

bie 

£orf)ter 

bie  23anf 

bie 

$ran 

G. 

ber 

£otf/ter 

ber  23anf 

ber 

Jran 

D. 

ber 

Xod)ter 

ber  23an! 

ber 

Sfrau 

A. 

bie 

Xodjter 

bie  $anf 

bie 

^rtitt 

PLURAL. 

N. 

bie 

Xocfjter 

bie  S3an!e 

bie 

granen 

G. 

bcr 

Xii^ter 

bcr  Sdnle 

ber 

gran  en 

D. 

ben 

Socfjtern 

ben  JBanfen 

ben 

granen 

A. 

bie 

Xij^ter 

bie  23anle 

bie 

$ranen 

(c)   Neuter  Nouns. 

SING. 

1st  class. 

%d  class. 

3d  class. 

4th  class. 

N. 

bag 

9)labc^en 

bag  $ferb 

bag 

S3nd) 

bag 

5htge 

G. 

beg 

aWabo^eng 

beg  ^fcrbeg  beg 

^n^eg 

beg 

5lngeg 

D. 

bem  SDlabctyen 

bem  $ferb 

bem 

Sndje 

bem 

5(nge 

A. 

bag 

9Kabrf)en 

bag  ^fcrb 

bag 

23nrf) 

bag 

5(nge 

PLURAL. 

N. 

bie 

$tabrf)en 

bie  ^ferbe 

bie! 

sBiitJfcr      bie  3lngen 

G. 

ber 

3)labc^en 

ber  ^ferbe 

ber 

SBii^er 

ber 

2lngen 

D. 

ben 

mabrfjcn 

ben  ^Pferbenben 

33ittf)ern 

ben 

Slngen 

A. 

bie  Wiibrfjeu 

bie  ^ferbe 

bie  \ 

8i(d)er      bie  5(ngen 

NOTE. — The  first  three  classes  are  sometimes  called  the  Strong  De- 
clension of  Nouns,  The  masculine  and  neuter  of  Class  4  are  sometimes 
grouped  alone  and  called  the  Mixed  Declension  of  Nouns. 


SUMMARY  OF  INFLECTIONS.  339 

Eeminines  like  tie  grail  are  sometimes  grouped  with  masculines  like 
ber  $uabe  and  are  called  the  Weak  Declension  of  Nouns.  But  their  sin- 
gular is  declined  like  all  other  f eminines,  just  as  fourth-class  neuters  are 
declined  in  the  singular  like  all  other  neuters,  and  fourth-class  masculines 
in  the  singular  like  other  masculines  of  the  first  three  classes.  So  it 
seems  simpler  to  put  masculine  nouns  like  ber  $nabe  in  a  class  by  them- 
selves and  to  group  feminines  like  Me  grail  with  the  class  which  they 
seem  most  closely  to  resemble. 

(eT)  A  few  nouns  differ  slightly  from  Class  1,  seeming  to 
drop  the  last  letter  in  the  nominative. 

£)er  9?ame(n),  name.  £)a$  §ers,  heart. 

SING.  PLU.  SING.  PLTJ. 

Nom.    bet  ^ame(n)  bte  -Wattteit  bag  §er$  bte 

Gen.     be3  !Wamett3  ber  SRamett  be3  ^er§ett3  ber 

Dat.     bent  -ftamen  ben  tauten  bem  ^er^en  ben 

Ace.     ben  -Wameit  bte  -Wamett  ba£  £er$  bie 

(e)  Other  nouns  declined  like  ber  Seattle  are : 

ber  £$riebe(tt),  peace  ber  ^aufe(tt)f  heap 

ber  3funf^(n)f  spark  ber  Same(u),  seed 

ber  ®ebanfe(tt),  thought  ber  6^abe(n)f  injury 

ber  ®tou&e(tt)f  f^h  ber  233iKe(tt)f  will 

Note  that  : 

1.  Nouns  of  the  first  anA  third  classes  and  feminines  of  the 
second  class  usually  add  umlaut  in  the  plural  when  possible. 

2.  Nouns  of  the  fourth  and  fifth  classes  add  (e)n  to  form 
the  plural  and  never  add  umlaut. 

3.  Except  bte  DJiutter  and  bte  £od)ter  all  feminines  form  the 
plural  (1)  by  adding  (e)tt,  or  (2)  by  adding  e  and  taking  umlaut. 

4.  Only  monosyllabic  feminines  belong  to  the  second  class. 
So  all  feminines  of  more  than  one  syllable,  except  bte  3ftlttter 
and  bte  £oc()ter,  are  of  the  fourth  class  and  form  the  plural 
without  umlaut  by  adding  (e)tt* 

5.  The  dative  plural  always  ends  in  tU 


340  SYNTAX. 

309.  Declension  of  nouns  with  adjectives  and  "ber"  and  "etn" 
words. 

(a)  Strong  adjective  —  without  article;  declined  with  typical 
strong  endings.  (See  §  307,  b.) 

SINGULAR. 

Nom.       guter  Wlann  gute  Srau  gute3  $tub 

Gen.        guteu  Cannes        guter  $ratt  guteu  $tube3 

Dat.         gutem  Sfttmue         outer  $rau  gutem  ®tnbe 

Ace.         guteu  Sftauu  gute  grau  gute3  ®iub 

PLURAL. 

Nom.         gutc  banner ,  grauett,  ^inbcr 
Gen.          gutcr  banner,  ^vanenf  £tttber 
Dat.          gutcn  SJlatmertt,  grauenr 
Ace.          gntc  9)lannerf  ^rauen, 

(6)  When  mcmdjer,  lt)dd)er,  folder  are  used  without  the  end- 
ing (mcmd),  tt>eld),  fo((i)),  the  adjective  following  has  the  strong 
ending.  (See  §  307,  g,  Note.) 

SINGULAR. 

Nom.       mtmrfj  gutcr  9)lauu 
Gen.        tttaudj  gutcu(e^)  Wlanm§ 
Bat.        man^i  gutem  Sfftauue 
Ace.        mau^  guteu  attaint 

(c)  Weak  adjective  —  after  definite  article  or  "  ber "  word ; 
declined  with  typical  weak  endings. 

SINGULAR. 

Nom.     ber  gute  SJJtautt          bie  gute  fjrau          ba§  gute 
Gen.      be3  guteu  9Jlaune^     ber  guteu  grew        be3  guteu 
Dat.       bem  guteu  Sttauue      ber  guteu  f$frau        bem  guteu 
Ace.       ben  guteu  Sftattn        bie  gute  ftvan          ba§  gute 

PLURAL. 

Nom.    bie  guteu  9ttanuerf  graueu,  ^tttber 

Gen.     ber  guteu  9Jlauuer,  graueu,  ^iuber 
Dat.     beu  guteu  9ftauueru,  graueu,  ^iubertt 
Ace.     bie  guten  SUlauuer,  ftvauen, 


SUMMARY  OF^.  INFLECTIONS.  341 

(d)  .Mixed  adjective  —  after  indefinite  article  or  "ein"  word; 
weak  when  the  article  is  inflected,  strong  when  the  article  is 
not  inflected. 

SINGULAR. 

Nom.  ein  guter  Wlann  cine  gute  gfrau  eiit  gute3 

Gen.  ehte3  guten  $lamte3  cuter  guten  gran  cin-e^  guten 

Dat.  eincm  gttten  Wiannt  enter  gntctt  $vm  eittem  gttteu  £tnbe 

Ace.  etueit  gitteu  9Jlattn  etue  gute  $van  eitt  gute^ 

PLURAL. 

Nom.  fehte  gttten  Sftamter,  ^rauett, 

Gen.  fetner  gitten  ^iimtcr,  ^rauenf 

Dat.  fetnen  gitteit  93Zauiterttf  S-rau-en,  ^tnbern 

Ace.  feme  guten  banner,  ^rauen,  ®tnber 

Note  that: 

If  tke  article  or  "ber"  word  or  "ein"  word  is  omitted,  or 
does  not  show  the  case  (i.e.  is  not  inflected),  the  case  must  be 
shown  by  the  adjective,  except  in  the  genitive  singular  mas- 
culine and  neuter,  where  the  noun-ending  shows  the  case  and 
the  adjective  may  be  weak. 

310,  Personal  Pronouns. 

id),  /;  bit,  thou ;  ©te,  you ;  er,  lie ;  fie,  she;  e$,  it. 

(a)  FIRST  PERSON:  SING.  SECOND  PERSON:  SING. 

Nom.  trf),  I  bu,  thou,  you  Ste,  you 

Gen.  metuer  (mcin),  of  me  beiiter  (bein),  of  thee  3l)rerf  of  you 

Dat.  nttrf  to  or  for  me  btr,  to  or  for  thee  Sljttett,  to  or  for  you 

Ace.  nttdjf  me  btt^f  thee,  you  Ste,  you 

(b)  EIRST  PERSON:  PLUR.  SECOND  PERSON:  PLU^R. 

Nom.  tuir,  we  iljrf  you  @tef  you 

Gen.  unfer,  of  us  eiterf  of  you  S^rer,  of  you 

Dat.  u«3r  to  or  for  us  end),  to  or  for  you  Sfyntll,  to  or  for  you 

Ace.  uttS,  ws  citd)r  2/0^  Stef  2/0^ 


342  SYNTAX. 

(c)  THIRD  PERSON  SINGULAR. 

Masc.  Fern.  Neut. 

Nom.    er,  he,  it  fte,  she,  it  e3,  it 

Gen.     f  enter  (fein),  of  him,  of  it  iljrer,  of  her,  of  it      fewer  (fein),  of  it 
Dat.      iljitt,  to  or  for  him  or  #  Ujr,  £o  or /or  7ier  or  it  ifjnt,  to  or /or  i£ 
Ace.      ifjn,  him,  it  fie,  her,  it  e3,  ^ 

THIRD  PERSON  PLURAL:  M.  F.  N. 
Nom.        fte,  they 
Gen.         iljrer,  of  them 
Dat.          U)tteuf  ^o  or  for  them 
Ace.          fie,  ^e?n 
Note  that: 

1.  The  possessive  pronoun  is  formed  from  the  genitive  case 
of  the  personal  pronoun. 

2.  The  polite  form,  @te,  is  the  third  person  plural  written 
with  a  capital,  and  is  the  same  for  both  singular  and  plural. 

3.  The  forms  fehier,  tljr,  tfyrer,  ifym,  un$,  eud)  and  fie  have 
more  than  one  meaning.     Give  all  the  English  equivalents  of 
each 

311.  Relative  and  Interrogative  Pronouns. 

(a)    The  relative  bcrf  who,  which,  that. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

MASC. 

EEM. 

NEUT. 

M.  F.  N. 

Nom. 

bcr 

bie 

ba£ 

bie 

Gen. 

beffett 

berett 

beffett 

berett 

Dat. 

bem 

be* 

bem 

benen 

Ace. 

ben 

bie 

ba£ 

bie 

7>)    The  relative  toeWjer,  who,  ivhich,  that. 

Singular.  Plural. 

MASC.  FEM.  NEUT.  M.  F.  N. 

Nom.      aietdjer  toeldje  toefdje^  mdrfjc 

Gen.       bcffeit  bereit  beffctt  bereit 

Dat.       meldjent          ttieltfjer  uiel^eitt  meli^ett 

Ace.        uicfdjcit  tucltije  iuclrf)c§ 


SUMMARY  OF  INFLECTIONS.  848 

(c)    The  interrogative  and  relative  interrogative  toer,  who-, 

,  what. 

Singular  (plural  wanting). 
MASC.  AND  FEM.  NEUT. 

Nom.  lucr  ttja3 

Gen.  toeffett  toeffen 

Dat.  went 

Ace.  tuen  taa3 

(<f)    The  interrogative  tnel'cfyer  is  declined  like  "ber"  words. 

Note  that: 

1.  The  only  differences  between  the  forms  of  the  relative, 
ber,  and  the  article,  ber,  are  in  the  genitive  throughout  and  the 
dative  plural. 

2.  The  relative  iDetctjer  is  wanting  in  the  genitive  and  uses 
the  genitive  of  the  relative,  ber, 

8.  The  dative  of  the  neuter  interrogative,  \va$,  is  wanting. 
It  is  usually  expressed  by  lt)o(r)  and  a  preposition:  U)OJU,  tt)0- 
trad),  toorauf,  etc. 

4.  The  only  differences  in  form  between  the  relative,  tt)e(df)er, 
and  the  interrogative  Voelcfyer,  are  in  the  genitive. 

312.  Demonstrative  Pronouns. 

(a)  The  demonstratives  are  ber,  that;    biefer,  this ;   jetter, 
that;  folcfjer,  such  (a);  berfentcje,  that,  the  one ;  berfelbe,  the  same. 

(b)  The  demonstrative  ber,  that,  is  declined  like  the  relative 
ber;  biefer,  {ener,  and  folrfjer  are  "ber"  words  (§  805,  c).    In 
berjenige  and  berfelbe,  the  first  part  is  declined  like  the  definite 
article,  the  last  part,  weak. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

M.  F.  N. 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 

berjcmge 
bedjemgen 
bemjemflett 
bcnienigen 

biejlcutge 
bcrjciurjett 
berjcnigen 
btejeuige 

ba^jcutge 
be^jenigett 
bemjcmgen 

ba^jcmgc 

biejenigcn 
bcrjeuigcu 
benjentgeu 
biejenigen 

344 


SYNTAX. 


Note  that : 

1.  The  demonstrative,  ber,  differs  in  form  from  the  article, 
ber,  only  in  the  genitive  throughout  and  in  the  dative  plural. 
It  is  declined  just  like  the  relative  ber,  from  which  it  can  be 
distinguished  by  the  position  of  the  verb  following.     The  de- 
monstrative does  not  change  the  order  of  the  sentence ;  after 
the  relative  the  verb  is  put  at  the  end. 

2.  In  the  declension  of  berjcnige  and  berfelbe,  the  second 
part  is  inflected  just  as  if  it  were  a  separate  weak  adjective 
following  the  article,  ber. 

313,  Indefinites  and  Reflexives. 

(a)  Most  indefinites  and  the  reflexive  fief)  for  the  third  per- 
son (er,  fie,  e§ ;  fie)  are  indeclinable.  The  declinable  ones  are 
inflected  thus: 

(6)  The  indefinites  jemanb,  some  one;  ntemanb,  no  one;  je- 
bermann,  every  one  ;  man,  one,  they. 

Singular  (plural  wanting). 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 

jcmaub 

jemanb(em  or  en) 
jemanb(en) 

ntemanb 
niemanb(e)3 
ntemanb(em  or 
ntemattb(en) 

en) 

jebermamt 
jebermann£ 
jcbcrmaun 

jcbcrmann 

man 

etnem 
etnen 

The  reflexives  : 

Subject 

Reflexive. 

NOM. 

DAT. 

ACC. 

id) 
bu 
tour 

mir 
bit 

mid} 

bid) 

tljr 

cud) 

cud) 

<«) 

The   indefinite 

manner,  many 

(«), 

is    a  "  ber" 

word 

(§305,c). 

Note  that: 

1.    The  reflexive  pronouns  (a)  for  the  first  and  second  per- 
sons singular  have  different  forms  for  the  dative  and  accusa- 


SUMMARY  OF  INFLECTIONS. 


345 


tive ;  (&)  for  the  first  and  second  persons  plural  they  have  one 
form  for  both  dative  and  accusative ;  (c)  for  the  third  person 
both  singular  and  plural  of  all  genders,  there  is  only  the  one 
form,  ftcl),  for  the  dative  and  accusative. 

2.    .getttcmb  an^  tltemanb  are  just  alike  in  form  and  ending ; 
jebertnann  has  two  n's  and  man  only  one. 


314. 

Conjugation 

of  the  verb  Ijabett,  to 

have. 

(a)  Pres.  Indie. 
I  have,  etc. 

Pres.  Subj. 
I  have,  etc. 

Per/.  Indie. 
I  have  had,  etc. 

Per/.  SuJbj. 
I  have  had,  etc.1 

id)  I)abe 
bn  f)aft 
er  Ijat 

id)  Ijab  e 
bu  I)  ad  eft 
er  Ijab  e 

id)  fjafte  gefjafct 
bn  Ijaft  ge^abt 
er  Ijat  rjefjabt 

idj  Ijab  e  tjeljabt 
bu  (jab  eft  rjcljabt 
er  Ijab  e  ncljabt 

mir  Iiab  en 
t!|r  fjabt 
Sie  Ijab  eit 
fie  Ijabcu 

twr  Ijaben 
iljr  f)ab  et 
Sie  f)nB  en 
fie  Ijafc  en 

tuir  fjaDen  i]cl)alit 
i()r  ijabet  jicftabt 
@ie  ^au  en  cjefjabt 
fie  Ijaucn  nd)abt 

tuir  fjaben  ficljabt 
iftr  ^ab  et  gel)abt 
@ic  ftaben  ge^abt 
fie  (jab  en  cjcfjabt 

(b)  Past  Indie. 

Pas^  5w6^. 

Plup.  Indie. 

Plup.  Subj. 

I  had,  etc. 
id)  Ijatte 
bit  Ijatt  eft 
er  Ijatte 

I  had,  etc. 
id)  Ijatte 
bn  fjatt  eft 
er  ptt  e 

I  had  had 
icft  Ijatt  e  ge^abt 
bn  Ijatt  eft  gefjabt 
er  Ijatt  e  ncfjaut 

I  had  had 
id)  Ijatt  e  flcljabt 
bu  Ijatt  eft  fldjabt 
er  Ijatte  ge^abt 

ttrir  fatten 
ifjr  Ijatt  et 
<3ie  Ijatt  en 
fie  fatten 

tuir  fjatten 
if)t  I)att  ct 
6ie  Ijatt  en 
fie  Ijatt  en 

njtr  Ijatt  en  ge^abt 
if|r  ^attet  ge^abt 
8ie  I)att  en  ge^abt 
fie  Ijatt  en  geljabt 

tuir  Ijatt  en  get)abt 
iijr  Ijatt  et  ge^abt 
@ie  ptt  en  ge^abt 
fie  fya'tt  en  geftabt 

(c)  Future  Indicative. 
I  shall  have,  etc. 
id)  tuerbe  Ijaucn 
bu  tuir  ft  ^aben 
er  tuirb  I)aben 


Future  Subjunctive. 
I  should  have,  etc. 
id)  nierbe  Ijaben 
bn  werbeft  Ijaben 
er  tuerbe 


Present  Conditional. 
I  should  have  had 
id)  tuitrb  e  Ijaben 
bn  tuitrb  eft  I)  a  ben 
er  tuitrb  e  Ijaben 


1  The  translation  of  the  subjunctive  depends  wholly  upon  the  context  and  con- 
struction. The  student  must  not  think  the  translation  here  given  is  the  only  one 
for  this  mode.  As  the  mode  is  used  chiefly  in  subordinate  clauses,  it  will  be  good 
practice  for  the  student  to  conjugate  the  subjunctive  with  the  compound  tenses 
inverted :  ba$  id?  gefjabt  Ija&e,  ba&  bu  gefyabt  fyabeft,  etc. 


346  SYNTAX. 


tmr  Jucrb  en  fyaben 
iljr  merb  et  tyaben 

3te  mcrb  ett  Ijaben 
fie  Jucrb  en  fyaben 

loir  uicrb  en  fjabcu 
il)i*  wcrb  ct  Ijabcu 
Ste  merb  en  Ijaben 
fte  merb  en  Ijaben 

mir  mitrb  en  Ijaben 
iljr  mitrbet  Ijaben 
Ste  miirb  en  Ijabcn 
fte  miirb  en  Ijaben 

(d)  Put.  Per/.  Indie.  Fw£.  Per/.  Subj.  Per/.  Conditional 

I  shall  have  had,  etc.  I  should  have  had,  etc.  I  should  have  had,  etc. 

tclj  uicrb  e  jjeljabt  ^aben  it^  merb  e  gcljabt  Ijaben  id)  rt)itrb  e  (jefjabt  Ijabcn 

bntuirft       —      —  bn  tuerb  eft   —      —  bnniiirbeft   - 

er  ttiirb        —     —  er  merb  e      —      —  er  uritrb  e      — 

ttiir  merb  en  —  —  ttrir  merb  en  —  —      mir  miirb  en  — 

iljr  mcrb  et  -  —  tljr  mcrb  et   —  ifjr  tuiirb  et  — 

<Sie  merb  en  —  —  Ste  merb  en  —  6te  miirb  en  — 

fie  merb  en   —  fte  merb  en   —  —      fte  mitrb  en   —      — 

(e)  Imperative.  Participles. 

SING.       lja&  e  (bit)f  have  !  PRESENT  :  Jjab  enbf  having 

PLUR   I  ^a^  ^  ^^'  liaVG  ''  PERFECT  :  geljabt,  had 

'  (  ^ab  en  Sie,  have  ! 

Infinitives. 
(511)  IjaBen,  to  have 


(511)  Ijaben,  to  have  had 
Note  that  : 

1.  The  plural  of  the  present  subjunctive  is  just  like  the  in- 
dicative, except  that  in  the  form  i()r  Ijcibet,  the  t  of  the  ending 
is  preceded  by  e.     This  is  true  for  all  verbs  except  fehl  and 
tun, 

2.  The  past  subjunctive  always  differs  from  the  past  indic- 
ative only  in  taking  umlaut  when  possible. 

3.  All  subjunctives  are  regular  (except  two  forms  in  the 
present  of  feht).     So  when  you  have  learned  the  subjunctive 
of  Ijaben,  you  have  learned  them  all. 

4.  The  present  subjunctive  is  formed  by  dropping  the  n  of 
the  infinitive;  the  past  by  adding  umlaut  to  the  indicative; 


SUMMARY  OF  INFLECTIONS. 


347 


the  other  tenses  by  using  the  subjunctive  of  the  auxiliaries  of 
tense. 

5.    The  past  and  pluperfect  subjunctive  are  often  used  for 
the  present  and  perfect  conditional  respectively. 

315.    Conjugation  of  the  verb  fettt,  to  be,  and  (as  tense  auxiliary 
for  intransitives),  to  have. 
(See  Footnote,  p.  345.) 


(a)  Pres.  Indie.     Pres.  Subj.          Per/.  Ind. 

Per/.  Subj. 

I  am,  etc.          I  am,  etc. 

I  have  been,  etc. 

I  have  been,  etc. 

id)  liiit               irl)  fei 

id)  fcitt  gemefett 

irf)  fei  gemefeit 

bit  &ift              bit  fei  eft 

bit  bift  gemefett 

bit  fei  eft  gemefett 

er  ift                cr  fei 

er  ift  gemefett 

er  fei  gemefeit 

mir  fittb            mir  fei  cit 

mir  fittb  gemefett 

mirfeiett  gemefett 

iljr  feib             iljr  fei  et 

iljr  feib  gemefett 

iljr  fei  et  gemefett 

Sie  fittb            Sie  fei  eit 

Sie  fhtb  gemefett 

Sie  fei  eit  gemefeit 

fie  ftnb              fie  fei  eit 

fie  fittb  gemefett 

fie  fei  eit  gemefett 

(6)  Past  Indie.    Past  Subj. 

Plup.  Ind. 

Plup.  Subj. 

I  was,  etc.         I  were,  etc 

I  had  been,  etc. 

I  had  been,  etc. 

id)  mar            id)  mar  e 

idj  mar  gemefeit 

id)  mdr  e  gemefett 

bit  mar  ft          bit  mar  eft 

bit  mar  ft  gemefett 

bit  mar  eft  gemefett 

er  mar             er  mar  e 

er  mar  gemefett 

er  mar  e  gemefeit 

mir  mar  ett       mir  mar  ett 

mir  mar  ett  gemefeit 

mir  mar  eit  gemefett 

ifjr  mar  et         iljr  mar  et 

iljr  mar  et  gemefett 

iljr  maret  gemefeit 

Sie  mar  e«       Sie  mar  ett 

Sie  mar  eit  gemefett 

Sie  mar  ett  gemefett 

fie  mar  eit         fie  mar  ett 

fie  mar  en  gemefeit 

fie  mar  eit  gemefett 

(c)  Future  Indicative.        Future  Subjunctive. 

Present  Conditional. 

I  shall  be,  etc. 

I  should  be,  etc.           f 

I  should  be,  etc. 

id)  merb  e  feitt 

id)  merb  e  feitt 

id)  mitrb  e  feiit 

bit  mir  ft  feiit 

bit  merb  eft  feitt 

bit  mitrb  eft  feiit 

er  mirb  feitt 

er  merb  e  feiit 

er  miirb  e  feiit 

mir  merb  eit  feitt 

mir  merb  ett  feitt 

mir  mitrb  eit  feitt 

ifjr  merb  et  feitt 

iljr  merb  et  feiit 

iljr  mitrb  et  feiit 

Sie  merb  ett  feitt 

Sie  merb  ett  feitt 

Sie  miirb  eit  fein 

fie  merb  eit  feiit 

fie  merb  ett  feitt 

fie  mitrb  ett  feiit 

348 


SYNTAX. 


(d)  Put.  Per/.  Indie. 
I  shall  have  been,  etc. 
idj  merb  e  gemefen  few 
bit  mir  ft       —       — 
cr  mirb 

mir  merb  en  —  — 
ifjr  mcrb  et  —  — 
Sic  merb  en  —  — 
fie  merb  en  —  — 

(e)  Imperative. 

SING,     fei    (bn)f  be ! 
( feib  (if)*)  be  ! 


PLUR. 


1  fei  en  @ie,  be ! 


Put.  Perf.  Subj.  Per/.  Conditional. 

I  should  have  been,  etc.  I  should  have  been,  etc. 
id)  nierb  e  gemefen  fein    idj  mitrb  c  gemefen  fein 
bit  merb  eft  —       —     bn  mitrb  eft    — 
er  merb  e     —       —     er  miirb  e      — 
mir  merb  en  —       —     mir  mnrb  en  —       — 
ifjr  merb  et  -         —     ifjr  mitrb  et    —       — 
Sic  merb  en  —       —     Sie  mitrb  en  — 
fie  merb  en  —       —     fie  mitrb  en    —       — 

Participles. 

PRESENT  :  fei  Cltb,  being 
PERFECT:  gettiefen,  been 


Infinitives. 
(511)  fein,  to  be  gemefen  (511)  fein,  to  have  been 

316.  Conjugation  of  the  verb  toerbeu,  to  become  (in  the  sense 
of  come  to  be),  and  as  auxiliary  for  the  future  tenses  shall  and 
will ;  also  sign  of  the  passive  when  used  with  the  perfect 

participle.     See  §  318. 

(See  Footnote,  p.  345.) 

(a)  Pres.  Indie.      Pres.  Subj.  Perf.  Indie. 

I  become,  etc.  or  I  become,  etc.  or  I  have  become, 

I  shall,  etc.  I  shall  (will)  etc.  etc. 

id)  merb  e  id)  merb  e         idj  Bin  gemorben 

bn  mir  ft  bn  merb  eft       bn  (rift  gemorben 

er  mirb  er  merb  e         er  ift  gemorben 

mir  merb  en 


ifjr  merb  et 
Ste  merb  en 
fie  merb  en 

(6)  Past  Indie. 

I  became,  etc. 

id)  mnrb  ef  marb 


bn  merb  eft 
er  merb  e 
mir  merb  en 
tljr  merb  et 
Sic  merb  en 
fie  merb  en 
Past  Subj. 
I  became,  etc.: 
id)  mitrbe 


Perf.  Subj. 
I  have  become, 

etc. 

idj  fei  gemorben 
bn  fei  eft  gemorben 
er  fei  gemorben 
mir  finb  gemorben  mir  fei  en  gemorben 


i!jr  feib  gemorben  ifjrfeiet  gemorben 
<5ie  finb  gemorben  <5ie  fei  en  gemorben 
fie  finb  gemorben  fie  fei  en  gemorben 

Plup.  Indie.  Plup.  Subj. 

I  had  become,  etc.    I  had  become,  etc. 
id)  mttr  gemorben      id)  rntir  e  gemorben 


bn  mnrb  eft,  mar  ft  bn  miirb  eft  bn  mar  ft  gemorben  bn  mar  eft  gemorben 
"r  mnrb  e,  marb      cr  mitrb  e     er  mar  gemorben      cr  mare  gemorben 

i  This  form,  tottrbe,  is  used  regularly  for  the  auxiliary  of  the  conditional  mode, 
shovld,  would.    See  any  complete  verb  conjugation. 


SUMMARY  OF  INFLECTIONS.  349 

tturttwrbeu  ttiir  ttriirb  en  ttnr  ttiar  en  gettiorben  wir  ttwrcn  fieworben 

iljr  ttmrb  et  tfjr  ttiiirb  et  tfjr  mar  t  gettiorben  ifjr  ttiar  ct  gettiorben 

Siettwrben  Siettmrben  @ie  mar  en  gettiorben  Sic  ttiar  en  gettjorbeti 

fie  tmtrb  en  fiettiitrben  fie  ttiar  en  gettiorben  fie  ttiar  en  getflorben 

(c)  Future  Indicative.        Future  Subjunctive.  Present  Conditional. 
I  shall  become,  etc.           I  shall  become,  etc.           I  should  become,  etc. 
d)  tticrb  e  ttierben              id)  ttierb  e  ttierben  id)  witrb  c  wcrbcn 

ou  wtr  ft  ttjcrben  bu  toerb  eft  ttierben  bu  wiirb  eft  werben 

er  ititrb  ttierben  er  werb  e  ttierben  er  roiirb  e  ttierben 

mir  wcrb  eu  ttierbett  ttiir  tuerb  en  toerbett  ttitr  ttiiirb  en  nierben 

iljr  ttierb  et  merben  t^r  toerb  et  ttierben  i^r  ttJiirb  et  ttierben 

@ie  werb  en  toei-ben  6ie  ttierb  en  ttierben  Ste  ttiitrb  en  tuerbcn 

fie  ttierb  en  ttierben  fie  ttierb  en  ttierben  fie  ttiiirb  en  ttierben 

(d)  Fut.  Perf.  Indie.  Fut.  Per/.  Subj. 

I  shall  have  become,  etc.  I  should  have  become,  etc. 

idj  ttierb  e  gcttiorben  fein  id)  ttierb  e  tjettujrben  fetn 

bu  ttiirft  gettujrben  fein  bn  merbeft  gettiorben  fein 

er  ttiirb  getuorben  fein  er  tuerb  e  gettiorben  fein 

ttiir  ttierb  en  gettiorben  fein  ttiir  ttierb  en  gettiorben  fein 

i^r  ttierb  et  gettiorben  fein  Hr  ttierb  et  gettiorben  fcin 

Sic  tuerb  en  gettiorben  fein  @ie  ttierb  en  gettiorben  fein 

fie  ttierben  gettiorben  fein  fie  ttierben  gettiorben  fein 

Perfect  Conditional. 
I  should  have  become,  etc. 
id|  ttiitrbe  gettiorben  fein 
bn  ttiiirb  eft  gettiorben  fein 
er  ttiitrbe  gettiorben  fein 
ttiir  ttmrben  gettiorben  fein 
ifjr  ttiiirb  et  gettiorben  fein 
@ie  ttiitrb  en  geniorben  fein 
fie  ttiitrb  en  gettiorben  fein 

(e)  Imperative.  Participles. 

SING.      ttierb  e  (bit),  become  !          PERFECT  :  gettiorben  (ttiorbett),  become 
"PLUR   {  toerb  et  (ifjr),  become!         PRESENT  :  ttierb  Cttbf  becoming 
(ttierb  en  (5ief  become  ! 

Infinitives. 
(511)  ttierben,  to  become          gettiorben  (jn)  fein?  to  have  become 


350 


SYNTAX. 


Note  that: 

1.  The  verb,  tuerben,  like  all  intransitives  denoting  change 
of  condition  or  position,  is  conjugated  with  fettt  as  auxiliary. 

2.  SBerbett  has  three  distinct  meanings :  (1)  will,  as  auxiliary 
for  the  future  tense ;   (2)  to  become;  and  (3)  to  be,  as  auxiliary 
for  the  passive  voice. 

3.  To  mean  ivill,  it  can  be  used  only  in  the  present,  followed 
by  an  infinitive,  or  in  the  past  subjunctive,  ftmrbe,  as  condi- 
tional.    The  meaning  become  and  the  passive  auxiliary  may  be 
used  for  all  forms. 

4.  As  sign  of  the  future  toerben  is  followed   always  by  the 
infinitive  ;  as  sign  of  the  passive,  always  by  the  past  parti- 
ciple ;   meaning  to  become,  it  is  not  followed  by  any  verb  form. 

317.        Conjugation  of  lot  en,  to  praise,  a  weak  verb. 
ACTIVE  VOICE. 

(See  Footnote,  p.  345.) 


(a)  Pres.  Ind. 

Pres.  Subj. 

I  praise,  etc. 

I  praise,  etc. 

id)  lobe 

id)  lobe 

bu  lobft 

bu  lobeft 

cr  lobt 

er  lobe 

urir  lofcen 

ttrir  lobett 

ityr  lobet 

if)r  lobet 

Ste  lobett 

Ste  lobett 

fie  lobett 

fie  lobett 

(&)  Past  Ind. 

Past  Subj. 

I  praised,  etc. 

I  praised,  etc. 

id)  f  obte 

id)  lobte 

bu  lobteft 

bu  lobteft 

er  (obte 

er  lobte 

ttrir  lobtett 

tmr  lobteu 

tljr  lobtet 

tljr  lobtet 

@te  lobtett 

@te  lobtett 

fte  lobtett 

fie  lobtett 

Per/.  Ind.1 
I  have  praised,  etc. 
id)  Ijabe  gelobt 
bu  Ijaft  gelobt 
er  Ijat  gelobt 
toir  IniBcii  gelobt 
il)r  ^abt  rjelobt 
Sic  Ijabett  gelobt 
fie  ^abett  gelobt 

Plup.  Indie. 
I  had  praised,  etc. 
id)  Ijatte  gelobt 
bu  ^atteft  gelobt 
er  ^atte  gelobt 
ttJtr  fatten  gelobt 
iftr  Ijattet  gelobt 
<3te  ^attett  gelobt 
fte  Ijattett  gelobt 


Per/.  Subj. 
I  have  praised,  etc. 
id)  Ijabe  gelobt 
bu  Ijabeft  gelobt 
er  Ijabe  gelobt 
ttur  ^abctt  gelobt 
iljr  I)nbct  gelobt 
6ie  Ijabett  gelobt 
fte  ^abett  gelobt 

Plup.  Subj. 
I  had  praised,  etc. 
id)  Ijatte  gelobt 
bu  Ijatte  ft  gelobt 
er  Ijatte  gelobt 
ttnr  ljaf ttctt  gelobt 
iljr  Ijattet  gelobt 
@te  fatten  gelobt 
fte  Jjattett  gelobt 


§316. 


iFor  the  conjugation  of  an  intransitive  verb  with  fein  as  auxiliary,  see  toerben, 


SUMMARY  OF  INFLECTIONS. 


351 


(c)  Future  Indicative. 
I  shall  praise,  etc. 

id)  ttierbe 

bit  Urirft 

cr  ttnrb  I  often 

ttur  tucrben  lofceit 

ifjr  tucrbct  Isbeit 

Sic  ttJcrbcu  lofcen 

fie  tucrbcit  Men 

(d)  Put.  Per/.  Indie. 
I  shall  have  praised, 

etc. 

idj  tuerbc  gelcfct  Ijafccn 

bit  twrft 

cr  twrb        — 


Future  Subjunctive. 
I  should  praise,  etc. 

idj  tuerbc 

bit  toe  vb  eft 

er  tnerbe 

ttJir  luerbcit  JoBcn 

ifyr  luerbet  (oben 

Sic  ttierbcu  lo&en 

fie  ttierbeu 


Present  Conditional. 
I  should  praise,  etc. 

id)  Uiiirbe  luben 
bit  ttritrbeft  (oBeit 
cr  tuitrbe  lobcn 


luir  tuitrbcit 
t(jr  tuitrbet  lobctt 
Sic  ttiitrbctt 
fie  ttiurbeit 


urir 

ifjr  ttJcrbet   - 
Sic  tuerbett  — 
ftc  ttierbeit   - 


Fw^.  Per/. 
I  should  have  praised, 
etc. 

iff)  werbe  gdoBt  Ijubcu 
bit  tuerbeft   —      — 
cr  tucrbe      — 
tntr  luerben  — 
iljr  ttJerbct   - 
8ie  toerben  — 
ftc  ttierbcit    — 


Per/.  Conditional. 
I  should  have  praised, 
etc. 

id)  ttitrbe  gdofct  1 
bit  ttmrbeft  - 
cr  ttritrbe 
ttrir  iwtrben  — 
iljr  uwrbet  — 
Sic  ttritrbeit  — 
fie  twtrben    — 


(e)      Imperative.                        Participles.  Infinitives. 

Sing.  (o6e  (bit),  praise  !    Pres.  lofeeitb,  praising  (511)  Ii)bcnf  to  praise 

Plu.  fobt  (i^r)f  praise  /  Per/,  gclofit,  praised  gctobt  ($11)  I)a6euf 

StCf  praise  !  praised 


318.  PASSIVE  VOICE. 

(See  Footnote,  p.  345.) 

Pres.  Indie.  Pres.  Subj. 

I  am  praised,  etc.  I  am  praised,  etc. 

id)  ttJcrbc  gefufct  id)  ttierbe  gdofct 

bit  lucrbcft 
er  tuerbe 

ttitr  tocrbcn 

tljr  ttierbet  gdofot 

Ste  luerbett  getuftt 


bit  wirft 
cr  wirb 


lutr 

tfjr  merbct 

Sic  ttjcrbcn 


gdo&t 


ftc  ttierben 


fte  werben 


352 


SYNTAX. 


Per/.  Indie. 

I  have  been  praised,  etc. 
id)  fcin  gelout  tuorben 
bit  In  ft  getuut  tuorbeit 
cr  ift  rjclobt  tuorben 
tuir  ftnb  gefout  tuorben 
iljr  fcib  gelout  tuorben 
Sie  ftnb  gelout  tuorben 
fie  ftnb  gelout  tuorben 

(b)          Past  Indie. 

I  was  praised,  etc. 
iff)  nwrbc  i]eUi{it 
bit  tuurbeft  gcloot 
er  tunrbe  gelout 
tutr  tunrben  gelobt 
i^r  ttnirbet  getobt 
@tc  ttwrbeit  gctoBt 
fie  tunrbcu  gelobt 

Plup.  Indie. 
I  had  been  praised,  etc. 
idj  mar  gelofit  luorbeu 
bit  tuarft  i)c(ofit  tuorben 
cr  roar  gelofct  ttjorbeu 
tutr  umren  gelo^t  tuorben 
i^r  roaret  gefofct  roorbcit 
Sie  marcu  gctolJt  tuorbett 
fie  iuarcu  gelobt 


(c)          Future  Indie. 

I  shall  be  praised,  etc. 
id)  werbc  gclobt  tuerben 
bit  mirft  getobt  tuerben 
er  wirb  gelob*  roerbeu 
tuir  njerben  gelo^t  roerben 
t^r  tuerbet  gelobt  roerben 
Sie  roerben  gelufct  ttierbeit 
fte  mcrben  gclubt  roerbeu 


Per/.  Subj. 

I  have  been  praised,  etc. 
idj  fei  gefofct  itiorbett 
btt  feieft  gelobt  roorben 
er  fei  geloDt  roorbett 
ttrir  feten  gelobt  tuorbeu 
i^r  feiet  geloBt  tuorben 
Sie  feien  gefo&t  tuorben 
fie  feieit  getobt  uiorben 

Past  Subj. 
I  was  praised,  etc. 
id)  ttritrbe 
bti  nwrbeft 
er  ttJitvbe  gelofct 
tuir  luitrbcit  gelobt 
iljr  uutrbet  geloBt 
@te  mitrbett  gelobt 
fie  ttmrben  gelobt 

Plup.  Subj. 

I  had  been  praised,  etc. 
iff)  nwre  gcioDt  tuorben 
bit  tuarcft  geloBt  tuorben 
er  tucire  gelout  tuorbetv 
tuir  tuaren  gelout  tuorben 
ifir  tuarct  gelout  tuorben 
Sie  tuaren  gelout  tuorben 
fie  tuaren  gefo&t  tuorben 

Future  Subj. 
I  should  be  praised,  etc. 
icf)  tuerbe  gelout  tuerben 
bn  tuerbeft  gelobt  merben 
er  merbe  gelout  tuerben 
tuir  tuerben  gelout  tuerben 
if)r  tuerbet  ge(obt  tuerben 
Sie  tuerben  gelout  tuerbcn 
fie  tuerben  getout  tuerben 


SUMMARY  OF  INFLECTIONS. 


353 


(d)  Future  Per/.  Indie. 

I  shall  have  been  praised,  etc. 
id)  mcrbc  gelobt  worben  fein 
bn  nrirft  gelobt  niorben  fein 
er  tt)irb  gelobt  foorben  fein 
nrir  njerben  gelobt  niorben  fein 
ifjr  foerbet  gelobt  toorben  fein 
@ie  toerben  gelobt  toorben  fein 
fie  merben  gelobt  ttorben  fein 

(e)  Present  Conditional. 
I  should  be  praised,  etc. 

id)  nriirbe  gelolit  nterben 
bit  wiirbeft  gelobt  tucrbeu 
er  foiirbe  gelobt  werben 
ttir  foiirben  geloBt  tuerben 
tl)r  Juiirbet  gelobt  lucrbcu 
6ie  tuiirben  fldubt  tucrben 
fie  tuitrben  gelobt  tuerbcn 


Future  Per/. 
I  should  have  been  praised,  etc. 
id)  nterbe  gelofct  tuurben  fein 
bn  merbeft  gelobt  ttjurben  fein 
er  roerbe  geiobt  morben  fein 
wit  tuerben  gelubt  ttmrben  fein 
ifjr  tuerbet  gclubt  luorbcn  fein 
Sic  tuerben  gelobt  murben  fein 
fie  merben  gelobt  niurbcn  fein 

Perfect  Conditional 
I  should  have  been  praised,  etc. 
idj  tmirbe  gelobt  tuorben  fein 
bn  mitrbeft  gelobt  murben  fein 
er  tuiirbe  gelubt  tuorben  fein 
n»ir  tnitrben  gelobt  toorben  fein 
iljr  mitrbet  gelobt  nun-ben  fein 
8tc  tuitvben  gelobt  morben  fein 
fie  njitrbcn  gelobt  niovben  fein 


2o  SING. 
2D  PLUR. 


Imperative. 

tterbe  (bit)  geiobt     or  fei  (bn)  ge(obtf  be  praised ! 
(•  ttierbet  (ifjr)  gelobt  or  feib  (i^r)  ge(obtf  be  praised ! 
|  tuerben  8ie  gelobt  or  feien  @ie  gelobtf  be  praised ! 


Participles. 

PRESENT:  (§n  lobenbf  used  only  as  adj.) 
PERFECT:  gelobt  ttiorben 


Infinitives. 

gelobt  (sit)  ttjerben 
gelobt  tuorben  (311)  fein 


319.        Conjugation  of  feljett,  to  see,  a  strong  verb. 
ACTIVE  VOICE. 

(See  Footnote,  p.  345.) 


Pres.  Indie. 

Pres.  Subj. 

Per/.  Indie. 

Per/.  Subj. 

I  see,  etc. 

I  see,  etc. 

I  have  seen,  etc. 

I  have  seen,  etc. 

i^|  fefje 

t$  fe^e 

itty  Ijabe  gefe^en 

irf>  I)abc  gef  cfjcn 

bn  ftcijft 

bn  fe^eft 

bn  I)  aft  gefeljcn 

bn  Ijabcft  gefeljcn 

er  fte^t 

erfel,e 

er  ^at  gefeljen 

er  ^abe  gefe^en 

854 


SYNTAX. 


ttrir  feljen  ttiir  fefjcu  ttrir  fjafceu  gefefjett 

ifjr  fef)t  ifjr  fefjet  ifjr  fjabt  gefefjeu 

Sie  fetjeu  Sie  fefjeu  Sie  fjafceu  gefeijett 

fie  fefjeu  fie  fefjeu  fie  fjafceu  gefcfjeu 

(6)  Past.  Ind.    Past.  Subj.  Plup.  Indie. 

I  saw,  etc.  I  saw,  etc.  I  had  seen,  etc. 

irf)  fafj  irf)  fa'fje  irf)  l)atte  gefef)en 

bu  faljft  bu  fafjeft  bu  ftatteft  gefefjeu 

er  fat)  er  fafje  er  fjatte  gefefjen 

luir  fa^en  tutr  fa^eu  rotr  Ijatteu  gefe^en 

if)r  fa^t  ifjr  fii^et  i^r  f)attet  gefeljeu 

Sie  fatyeit  Sie  fd^eit  Sie  fjatteu  gefe^eu 

fie  fa^ett  fie  fatyett  fie  fatten  gefefjctt 

Future  Subj. 
I  shall  see,  etc. 
irf)  merbe  fefjen 
bu  tuerbeft  feljeu 
er  ttjerbe  fe^eu 
tnir  ttierbett  fe^eu 
i^r  ttierbc't  feljeu 
Sie  tuerbeu  fe^en 
fie  luerbcu  feijett 

Fat.  Per/.  Subj. 
I  should  have  seen,  etc. 

bu  tverbeft    —       — 
cr  uierbe       — 

niir  merbctt  —       — 
iljr  tuerbet    —       — 
Sie  tterben  — 
fie  inerben    — 

Participles . 
PRES.  fcl)eubf  seeing 
PERF.  nefchcu,  seen 


(c)  Future  Indie. 
I  shall  see,  etc. 

irf)  tocrbe  fefjen 
bu  nrirft  fe^cit 
er  nrirb  fc^en 
ttiir  rtierbeu  fe^en 
ttyr  tuerbet  fel)cit 
Sie  werbeu  feljen 
fie  werbcit  fctjcit 

(d)  Future  Perf.  Indie., 
I  shall  have  seen,  etc. 

i  1)  merbe  ejefefyeu  ^aben 
bu  luirft       —        — 
er  twrb        — 

luir  roerbett  — 
ifjrwevbet    - 
Sie  toerben  — 
fie  merbeu    —        — 

(e)     Imperatives. 
SING,  fte^(e)  bit,  see ! 
(fef)et(tl)r),  see! 


PLU. 


( f efteu  Sief  see ! 


iuir  IjaBeit  \ 
ifjr  ftabet  gefe^en 
Sie  l)at)cn  gefefjeu 
fie  §abeu  gefcljcu 

Plup.  Subj. 
I  had  seen,  etc. 
irf)  fjdtte  gefcf)cu 
bu  Ijiittcft  gefe^eu 
er  ^atte  gefe^eu 
tttr  ptteu  gefcl)cu 
i^r  Ijattet  gcfefjcu 
Sie  fjatteu  gefe^eu 
fie  fjatteu  gefefjeu 

Present  Conditional. 
I  should  see,  etc. 
irf)  ttritrbc  fefjeu 
bu  uritrbcft  fefteu 
er  ttMrbe  fe^en 
ttiir  mitrbeu  fe^ett 
iljr  mitrbet  fetjeu 
Sie  mitrbeu  fcf)ett 
fie  tuitrbeu  fe^eu 

Perfect  Conditional. 
I  should  have  seen,  etc. 
irf)  nntrbe  gefefjeu  fjafceu 
bu  itnirbeft    —       — 
er  ttritrbe 
tt)ir  tuitrbeu  — 
ifjr  ttriirbet    — 
Sie  miirbeu  — - 
fie  mitrbett    — 

Infinitives. 
(511)  fe^ett,  to  see 
gefe^eu  (511)  fyabett,  to 
have  seen 


SUMMARY  OF  INFLECTIONS. 


355 


(/)  The  Passive  Voice  of  fel)en  is  formed  exactly  like  that 
of  (obett,  by  substituting  the  form  gefeljen  for  the  form  getobt 
in  the  paradigms  in  §  318. 

Note    that: 

1.  The  personal  endings  throughout   the  weak   verb   cor- 
respond very  closely  to  those  of  the  auxiliaries. 

2.  Many  strong  verbs  change  the  root-vowel  in  the  present 
indicative,  second  and   third  persons  singular,  and  in  the  im- 
perative singular. 

3.  Weak  verbs  have  the  past  participle  in  t.     Strong  verbs 
in  en;  otherwise  they  are  conjugated  just  like  weak  verbs, 
except  in  the  present  and  past  indicative  and  in  the  imperative. 


320. 


Conjugation  of  mtfaugen,  to  begin,  a  separable  strong  verb. 

(See  Footnote,  p.  345.) 
Pres.  Subj.  Perf.  Indie. 

I  begin,  etc.       I  have  begun,  etc. 
idj  fange  an       id)  ijnbc  angefangen 
bit  fangeft  an     bn  Ijaft 
er  fanget  an      er  Ijat 

ttrir  fangen  an  ttrir  fangen  an  tint  Ijafcen     — 
if)r  fangt  an      ityr  fanget  an     ifjr  fjabt 
@ic  fangen  an  (Bie  fangen  an  @ic  fjaben     — 
fie  fangeit  an    fie  fangcn  an     fie 


(a)  Pres.  Ind. 
I  begin,  etc. 
id)  fange  an 
bit  fangft  an 
er  fangt  an 


Perf.  Subj. 
I  have  begun,  etc. 
id)  fjabe  angefangen 
bit  IjaOcft 
er  Ijafce 

ttiir  5«ben     — 
i^r  Ijafcet      — 


fie*Ija&en      — 


(6)  Past  Ind. 
I  began,  etc. 

id)  ftng  an 
bit  ftngft  an 
er  ftngt  an 
tuir  ftngen  an 
tl)v  finget  an 
@ie  ftngen  an 
fie  ftngen  an 


Past  Subj. 
I  began,  etc. 
id)  ftnge  an 
bn  fiugeft  an 
er  finget  an 
urir  ftngen  an 
iftr  finget  an , 
@ie  ftngen  an 
fie  fingen  an 


Plup.  Indie. 
I  had  begun,  etc. 

id)  J)atte  angefangen 

bn  fjatteft       — 

er  Ijatte 

ttiir  Ijatten 

iljr  ()attet       — 

@ie  Ijatten 

fie  fatten       — 


Plup.  Subj. 
I  had  begun,  etc. 

id)  Ijtittc  angefaugen 
bit  Ijiitteft 
er  Ija'tte 

tuir  fatten  — 

itjr  pttet  — 

Ste  fatten  — 

fie  fatten  — 


356 


SYNTAX. 


(c)     Future  Indie. 

I  shall  begin,  etc. 
trt)  mcrbc  anfangen 
bit  niirft  anfangen 
er  ttrirb  anfangen 
mir  tticrbcn  anfangen 
iijr  ttierbet  anfangen 
8ie  ttierben  anfangen 
fie  ttierben  anfangen 


Future  Subj. 
I  should  begin,  etc. 

trf)  tuerbc  anfangen 
bn  tuerbeft  anfangen 
er  merbe  anfangcn 
ttrir  ttierben  anfangen 
iijr  mcvbct  anfangen 
Sic  ttierben  anfangen 
fie  merben  anfangen 


Pres.  Conditional. 
I  should  begin,  etc. 

irf)  ttwrbe  anfangen' 
bn  ttmrbeft  anfangen 
er  uritrbe  anfangen 
tt)ir  ttmrben  anfangen 
il)r  ttiiirbet  anfangen 
3tc  juitrbcu  anfangen 
fie  ttmrben  anfangen 


(d)          Future  Perf.  Indie. 
I  shall  have  begun,  etc. 

irf)  toerbe  angefangen  Ijnbcn 
bn  ttiirft  angefangen  Ijaben 
er  ttitrb  angefangen  Ijaben 
ttrir  ttJerben  angefangen 
iljr  ttierbet  angefangen 
6ie  werbcn  angefangen  Ijabcn 
fie  ttierben  angefangen  fjalien 


Future  Perf.  Subj. 
I  should  have  begun,  etc. 
trf)  nierbe  angefangen  f)abcu 
bn  mcrbeft  angefangen  ftabcn 
er  tuerbe  angefangen  ijabcn 

ttiir  ttierben  angefangen  ^a^en 
iijr  ttierbet  angefangen  fjabcu 
6ie  ttierben  angefangen  Ijabcn 
fie  ttierben  angefangen  fjaben 


Perfect  Conditional. 
I  should  have  begun,  etc. 

id)  ttiitrbc  angefangen  Ijabcn 
bn  niitrbeft  angefangen  fjafccn 
er  ttiitrbe  angefangen 
tuir  ttiitrben  angefangen 
tljr  ttiiirbet  angefangen 
Sic  ttiitrben  angefangen  tjaftcn 
fie  ttiitrben  angefangen  Ijalien 


(e)  Imperative. 

SING,  fange  (bn)  an,  begin ! 

(fanget  (i^r)  anf  begin  I 
u'  ( f angen  Sic  an,  begin  ! 


Participles. 

PRES.  attfangenb,  beginning 
PERF.  angefattgCtt,  begun 


aitjufangett,  to  begin 


Infinitives. 
angefangen  511  fjafcen,  to  have  begun 


SUMMARY  OF  INFLECTIONS. 


357 


(/)    The  Passive  Voice  of  separable  verbs  is  perfectly  regu- 
lar.    See  §  318. 


321.     Conjugation  of  jerfJtedjett,  to  break  (to  pieces),  an  insepar- 
able strong  verb. 


(See  Footnote,  p.  345.) 


(a)  Pres.  Ind. 
I  break,  etc. 
icty  5erbred)e 
bu  jerbridn't 
er  §erbvid)t 


Pres.  Subj. 
I  break,  etc. 

idj  ^erbredic 
bu  ^erbredjeft 


Per/. 


Per/.  Subj. 


idj  f)abe 
bu  ijaft 
er  fjat 

ttrir  serbredjeu  ttrir  serbredjeu   foir  Ijabeu 
ifjr  serbredjt      ifjr  acrbred)et     ifjr  l)abt 
@ie  ^erbre^eu  @ie  serbredjcu   @ie  ^abeu 
fie  serbredjeu    fie  ^erbredfeu     fie  ^abeu 


I  have  broken,  etc.    I  have  broken,  etc. 

idj  fjabe  ^erbro^eu 
bu  Ijabcft 
er  l)abe 
tnir  ^abeu   - 
tl)r  Ijabct 
Sie  I)abcit   — 
fie  ^abeu     — 


(6)  Past.  Ind. 
I  broke,  etc. 
id)  gerbra^ 
bu  serbrar^ft 
er  ^erbradj 
niir  ^erbra^eu 
i^r  serbrattyt 
6ie  ^erbra^eu 
fie  gerbrat^eu 

Past  Subj. 
I  broke,  etc. 

id)  scrbra'dje 
bu  serbrar^jft 
er  serbra'^c 

tuir  jerbriit^eu 
it)r  serbratfjet 
<5ie  jerbra^eu 
fie  ^erbradjeu 

Plup.  Indie. 
I  had  broken,  etc. 

trf)  fjatte  5erbrorfjcn 
bu  ftatteft     — 
ev  ^atte       — 
toir  fatten    — 
i^r  Ijrtttct 
6ie  ^atteu  — 
fie  ^attett     — 

Plup.  Subj. 
I  had  broken,  etc. 

iff)  Ijtitte  ^erbrot^eu 
bu  tjtittcft 
er  Ijartc 
mirptteu   — 
ifjr  pttet     — 
@te  ftattett  — 
fie  Ijattett     — 

(c)      Future  Indie. 
I  shall  break,  etc. 

id)  tuerbe  serbredjett 
bu  toirft  serbrecfteu 
er  unrb  jcrbredjcn 
tvir  lucrbcn  5crbrer^cn 
il)r  ttierbet  jerbre^cu 
@ie  tnevbeu 
fie  merbeu 


Future  Subj. 
I  should  break,  etc. 


trf) 

bu  merbefi 

er  tterbe  ^erbredjeu 

ttiir  tuerben  ^erbredjeit 

i^r  ttierbet  jerbredjeu 

8ie  ttJerbett  serbre^eu 

fie  merbeu  ^erbredjeu 


Pres.  Conditional. 
I  should  break,  etc. 

id)  toitrbe  serbredjeu 
bu  ttiurbeft  5erbred)eu 
er  ttiirbe 


toir  ttiitrbett  jerbre^en 

tljr  luiirbct  ^erbredjen 
Sic  tuitrbeu  ;,crurcd)en 
fie  tuitrbett 


358  SYNTAX. 

(d)  Put.  Per/.  Indie.  Fut.  Per/.  Subj. 

I  shall  have  broken,  etc.  I  should  have  broken,  etc. 

irf)  merbe  ^erbrodjeu  tyabett  tdj  luerbe  ^erbradjeu  Ijaben 

bu  tutrft  scrbrortjcu  Ijabcu  bit  toerbeft  gerbrcdjcu  tjalicu 

cr  ttrirb  ^erbrodjeu  fyabeu  er  toerbe  ^erbrorfjeu  Ijabeu 

trnr  tucrbeu  serbvodjeu  Ijaben  ttJir  tuerben  5crbrod)eu  Ijaben 

i!)r  ttierbet  5erbrod)en  ^abett  ifyr  tuerbet  ^erbrorfjen  ^aben 

Sic  tnetbcn  5evbrod)cn  ^abcn  (5ie  lucrben  scrbrodjcu  ()abcu 

fie  merbett  serbrurfieu  fjabett  fie  njerbeu  ^erbrodjeu  (jabett 


Perfect  Conditional. 
I  should  have  broken,  etc. 
ir()  uwrbc  ^crbruiljcit  fyabeu 
bu  tuiirbeft  5erbn)d|en  ^aben 
er  ttwrbe  ^etbroc^en  Ijabcn 
Uur  nntrbeit  fjcrbrorijcn  ()abeu 
il)r  tuitrbet  ^cvbrordcu  Ijabcu 
Sic  luitrbcu  5crbrotf)eu  Ijnbcu 
fie  tuiirbeu  scvbrorljcu  Ijabcu 

(e)  Imperative.  Participles. 

SING,  jerbrirf)  (bu),  break!  PRES.  ^etbrcdieub,  breaking 

PLU  (  5e^ret^c*  (i^)f  break  !  PERF.  §erbroc^CUf  broken 
($erbred)eu  @icf  break! 

Infinitives. 
(ju)  serbrerfjett,  to  break         ^erbro^ett  (511)  tyabeit,  to  have  broken 

(./)  The  Passive  Voice  of  inseparable  verbs  is  perfectly  reg- 
ular :  id)  toerbe  jerbrocfyen,  etc.     See  §  318. 

Note  that  : 

1.  The  separable  prefix  follows  and  is  separated  from  the 
root-verb  in  the  present  and  past  indicative  and  subjunctive 
and  in  the  imperative. 

2.  In  all  other  cases  it  precedes  and  is  attached  to  the  root- 
verb.     This  includes  the  past  participle  with  prefix  ge=  and  the 


SUMMARY  OF  INFLECTIONS.  359 

infinitive  with  sign  $&.  So  we  write  cmfgeftcmbetl,  cmfjuftcfjen, 
etc. 

3o  Inseparable  verbs  are  just  like  simple  verbs,  except  that 
the  past  participle  does  not  have  the  prefix  ge-.  It  is  easy  to 
see  that  this  would  sound  awkward 

322.   Conjugation  of  fid)  freitett,  to  be  glad,  to  rejoice,  a  reflexive 

verb. 

(See  Footnote,  p.  345.) 

(a)  Pres.  Ind.      Pres.  Subj.  Perf.  Indie.  Per/.  Subj. 

I  am  glad,  etc.  I  am  glad,  etc.  I  have  been  glad,  etc.  I  have  been  glad,  etc. 
id)  fvcuc  mid)  id)  frcitc  mid)  id)  IjaOc  mid)  gcfreitt  id)  IjaOe  mid)  gefreitt 
bit  f  rcuft  bid)  bit  f  i  eiteft  bid)  bu  I)  a  ft  bid)  bit  Ijabcft  bid) 

cr  fveut  fid)      cr  frcitc  fid)       cr  fjnt  fid)  er  Ijafoe  fid) 

tmrfreucituu§  urir  freueu  uit3  tuir  Ijabett  wt3  —      nrir  ijabeu  ittt3   - 
tf)r  freitt  end)    iljr  freitet  eud)   ifjr  Ijabt  cud)      —      ifjr  fjafcet  cud) 
Sic  fveucit  fid)  Sic  frcucn  fid)  Sic  fjabett  fid)  @ic  tyabcit  fid)    - 

fie  freitett  fid)    fie  freitett  fid)     fie  Ijabeit  fid)  fie  Ijabett  fid) 

(6)  Past  Indie.       Past  Subj.  Plup.  Indie.  Plup.  Subj. 

I  was  glad,  etc.  I  was  glad,  etc.  I  ha'd  been  glad,  etc.  I  had  been  glad,  etc. 

id)  freittc  mid)    idj  frcitte  mid)   id)  Ijatte  mid)  jjefreitt  idj  pttc  mid)  gcfreut 

bit  freuteft  bic^i  bit  freitteft  bid)  bit  tjatteft  bid)    -  bit  fjatteft  bid) 

er  frcitte  fir^      cr  frcitte  fic^      cr  f)atte  fid)       —  er  ijcitte  fidj 

tuir  freitten  itit^  Hrirfreutett  uit§  tutr  fatten  un§  —  tmr  fjcitten  nn§  - 

tfir  frcittet  citt^  tl)r  freutet  end)  tfjr  Ijattet  end)  —  iljr  ^attet  end)   - 

(Sie  fveutett  fid)  6ie  freuten  fid)  <3te  fatten  ftd^  -  @ie  fjattcit  ficft  - 

ftc  freuteit  ftd|    fie  freitteit  fid)    fie  fjatten  fid)  fie  fatten  fi^ 

(c)  Future  Indicative.  Future  Subjunctive. 

I  shall  be  glad,  etc.  I  should  be  glad,  etc. 

id)  tnerbe  mid)  frcueit  id)  roerbe  mid)  freitett 

bit  nrirft  bid)  freitett  bu  ttierbcft  bid)  frcuen 

er  rtrirb  fid)  freueit  er  werbe  fid)  freueu 

tutr  roerbeu  uu§  freueu  niir  ttierbeu  uit3  frcuett 

iljr  uierbet  cud)  freueu  ifjr  merbet  eud)  frcuen 

@te  roerbeu  fid)  freuen  @te  tuerbeu  ftr^  freiten 

fie  ttJcrbeu  fid)  freueu  fie  merbeu  fid)  frettcu 


360 


SYNTAX. 


(d)  Future  Per/.  Indie. 

I  shall  have  been  glad,  etc. 
id)  ttierbe  mid)  gefreut  Ijabeu 
bu  ttrirft  bid)  gefreut  Ijafieu 
cr  nrirb  fid)  gefreut  Ijafeeu 
nrir  roerben  uu3  gcfreut  Jja&eu 
iljr  roerbet  cud)  gefreut  ijnbcu 
Sic  luerbeu  fid)  gcfreut  ftabeu 
fie  roerbeu  fid)  gefreut  tyaben 

(e)  Present  Conditional. 
I  should  be  glad,  etc. 

id)  roitrbe  midj  frcucu 
bit  nwrbcft  bid)  frcuen 
er  uritrbe  fid)  freuen 
nrir  roitrbeu  uu3  freuen 
il)r  nJitrbet  cuc^  frcuen 
Sie  niurbeu  fid)  freuen 
fie  nwrbett  fit^  freuen 


Future  Per/.  Subj. 
I  should  have  been  glad»  etc. 
i(^  uierbe  mir^  gcfreut  tjafceu 
bu  toerbcft  bi(^  gcfreut  Ijabeu 
er  ttierbc  fit^  gcfrcut  l)obcu 
toir  ttjerbcu  uu^  gefreut  Ijabeu 
i^r  tticrbet  cur^  gcfreut  Ijafccu 
@ie  merbett  fid)  gcfreut  fyafceu 
fie  tuerbeu  fit^  gcfrcut  !;ak:t 

Perfect  Conditional. 
I  should  have  been  glad,  etc. 
id)  ttriirbe  mid)  gefrcut 
bu  niitrbeft  bic^  gefreut 
er  untrbe  fid)  gcfreut  ^abcu 
tuir  ttfitrbcu  un§  gefrcut  (jabeit 
i^r  mitrbct  cudft  gefrcut  l)abcu 
Sic  ttJiirbeu  fid^  gefrcut  Ijabeu 
fie  fourbctt  fir^  gefreut  ^abcu 


(/)  Imperative.  ,  Participles. 

SING,  f  reuc  bid),  rejoice  I  PRES.    fid)  f  reucttb,  rejoicing 

(frcut  eitd),  rejoice!  PERF.  fi^  gefrcut,  rejoiced 

LU'  ( freueu  @ic  fid),  rejoice ! 

Infinitives. 
fidj  su  freueu,  to  be  glad  fid)  gefrcut  511  Ija&ett,  to  have  been  glad 

Note  that: 

1.  The  reflexive  pronoun  in  the  conjugation  of  the  reflexive 
verb  must  change  to  agree  with  the  subject,  just  as  we  say  in 
English,  /  hurt  myself,  you  hurt  yourself,  he  hurt  himself. 

2.  The  reflexive  pronoun  always  follows  directly  after  the 
verb  in  the  simple  tenses  and  directly  after  the  auxiliary  in 
the  compound  tenses. 

3.  All  reflexive   verbs  are  conjugated  with   the  auxiliary 
fjaben. 


SUMMARY  OF  INFLECTIONS. 


361 


322.     The  Modal  Auxiliaries  correspond  to  the  English  modals 
as  follows:  — 


(a) 


PRESENT. 

bitrfen,  ma?/,  to  be  permitted 
loniten,  can,  to  be  able  to 
mogen,  may,  to  care  or  like  to 
muff  en,  must,  to  be  compelled  to 
foflen,  shall,  ought,  to  be  to 
ttjolfeu,  will,  to  want  to 


PAST. 

PAST  PARTICIPLE. 

bnrfte 

gebnrft  or  biirfen 

fonnte 

gelount  or  fonnen 

mod)te 

gemorijt  or  mogen 

muftte 

gemnfjt  or  miiffen 

foffte 

gefofft  or  foffen 

tooffte 

geroolft  or  nioflen 

Present  Indicative  of  Modals. 


I  may, 

I  can, 

I  like, 

I  must, 

I  am  to, 

I  want  to, 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

tdj  barf 

trf)  faun 

iri)  mag 

id)  mnf? 

tdj  foil 

id)  lutll 

bit  barfft 

bn  fannft 

bn  magft 

bn  mn^t 

bn  foilft 

bn  aiiffft 

er  barf 

er  faun 

er  mag 

er  mn^ 

erfofl 

ertinU 

toir  bitrfen 

wir  funnen 

nur  mogen 

wir  mitffen 

ttJtr  fotten 

wir  moffen 

if)r  biirft 

il)r  funnte 

i^r  mogt 

ttjr  mitftt 

t^r  fottt 

iftr  mofft 

Sie  biirfen 

6te  fbmten 

@ie  mijgen 

@ie  mitffen 

@ie  fotten 

Sie  woffen 

fie  biirfen 

fie  fiwnen 

fie  mijgen 

fie  mitffen 

fie  fotten 

fie  moffen 

W 

Present  Subjunctive. 

I  may, 

I  can, 

I  like, 

I  must, 

I  am  to, 

I  want  to, 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

iff)  bitrfe 

id)  fihtne 

id)  mugc 

id)  miiffe 

id)  folte 

id)  nioffe 

bu  biirfeft 

bn  fiiniteft 

bn  mijgeft 

bn  miiffeft 

bn  folleft 

bu  ttJofleft 

er  biirfe 

er  fiwne 

er  miige 

er  miiffe 

er  fotte 

er  iwoHe 

roir  biirfen 

ttiir  lounen 

tuir  mogen 

roir  mitffen 

tuir  f  often 

unr  moffen 

ifjr  biirfet 

tin*  fuuuet 

iljr  mogct 

i^r  miiffet 

i^r  foffet 

iljr  nioffet 

Sie  biirfen 

@ie  lonnen 

Sie  mogen 

6ie  mitffen 

@ie  foffen 

@ie  uioften 

fie  biirfen 

fie  fiinnen 

fie  mogen 

fie  miiffen 

fie  foflen 

fie  luoUcn 

(d) 

I  was  per-  I  was  able, 
mitted,  etc.         etc. 


Past  Indicative. 


I  liked  to, 
etc. 


I  had  to, 
etc. 


I  ought  to,   I  wanted  to, 
etc.  etc. 


id)  burfte     tdj  fonnte     id)  modjte     id)  mnffte   •  id)  foftte       idj  moffte 
bu  burfteft  bn  fomtteft  bn  mo^teft  bn  mu^teft  bn  foffteft     bn  uioHteft 
er  burfte      er  fonnte      er  modjte     er  mufete      er  foflte       er  ttJoffte 


362  SYNTAX. 

ttrir  bnrften  Urir  fomtten  Urir  modjten  nnr  mnfrtcn  nnr  fulltcu  nrir  tuollten 

ifjr  burftet  ifjr  foutttet   iljr  modjtet    iljr  mit^tet   tljr  fofltet  iljr  roofltet 

Sie  bnrften  <Sie  fomtten  Sie  modjten  Sic  marten  Sic  foltten  @ie  ttioflteu 

fie  burften  fie  fonnten   fie  mod|teu    fie  mugten  fie  fottten  fie  toottten 

(e)  Pasi  Subjunctive. 

I  might,  I  could,         I  should     I  sh'd  have   I  ought  to,  I  should 

etc.  etc.           like,  etc.        to,  etc.            etc.  want  to,  etc. 


irf)  bitrfte  idj  lounte     id)  miidjtc     id)  miifuc      id)  fottte  id)  J 

bit  biirfteft  bit  fBnnteft  bit  miidjteft  bit  miifjteft   bit  foflteft  bit  tooflteft 

er  bittfte  er  fiwnte      er  mod)te     er  mii^te      er  foflte  er  luoUte 

wir  bitrften  tt)ir  fontttett  mir  molten  toir  mii{?tett  tuit  fofltett  tuir  moflten 

i^r  bitrftet  i^r  liJnntet  ityr  modftet  if)r  mitf?tet   il)r  fofltet  iftr  tuofltct 

@ie  biirftett  Sie  fonnten  @te  molten  ©iemit^ten  8ie  fuflten  Sie  niollten 

fie  bitrften  fie  fimnten  fie  mod)ten  fie  mitftten   fie  fottten  fie  tuotttcu 

(f)  future  Indicative  of  all  modals  is  regular:   icf)  lt)erbe 
bitrfen,  I  shall  be  permitted;  bu  mirft  bitrfen,  etc. 

Future  Subjunctive  of  all  modals  is  regular:   id)  toerbe 
bitrfen,  I  shall  be  permitted;  bit  iDerbeft  bitrfen,  etc, 

((f)  Perfect  Indicative  without  a  dependent  infinitive  is  regu- 
lar: id)  fyabe  geburft,  I  was  (have  been)  permitted:  id)  I)dbe  ge- 
fount,  I  was  (have  been)  able,  etc. 

(Ji)  Perfect  Indicative  with  a  dependent  infinitive  has  the 
past  participle  with  infinitive  form  ("two  infinitives"): 

I  was  permitted  to.  go,  etc. 

id)  Ijafce  gefjen  biirfen 
bn  I)  a  ft  flcfjcn  bitrfen 
er  ^at  ge^eu  bitrfen 
mir  !)aben  geljen  bitrfen 
i^r  I)a6t  geJjen  bitrfen 
Sic  fwticit  gel)en  bitrfen 
fie  ^afien  gel)eu  biirfen 


SUMMARY  OF  INFLECTIONS. 


363 


(i)  Perfect  Subjunctive. 

Without  Dependent  Infinitive. 
I  have  been  permitted,  etc. 

id)  Ijafce  gebnrft 
bn  Ijafceft  gebitrft 
er  Ijafce  gebttrft 
ttrir  Ijafcen  gebitrft 
iljr  Ijafcet  gebnrft 
Sie  Ijafcen  gebitrft 
fie  Ijafcen  gebnrft 

(j)  Pluperfect  Indicative. 

Without  Dependent  Infinitive. 
I  had  been  permitted,  etc. 

id)  Ijntte  gebitrft 
bit  ijuitcft  gebnrft 
er  ^atte  gcburft  • 
wtr  ^attett  geburft 
iljr  ^attct  geburft 
6ie  fatten  geburft 
ftc  fatten  geburft 

(k)  Pluperfect  Subjunctive. 

Without  Dependent  Infinitive. 
I  might  have  been  permitted,  etc. 
id)  ()iilte  geburft 
bu  pttcft  gcburft 
er  ()tttte  cj^butft 
nrir  fatten  geburft 
iftr  pttet  geburft 
@ie  Ijatten  ae^itrft 
fie  ptten  geburft 


With  Dependent  Infinitive. 
I  have  been  permitted  to  go,  etc. 
irf)  Ijafce  ge^en  biirfeit 
bu  ^nbeft  geljeu  biirfeit 
er  Ijabe  gefjett  biirfeit 
mir  Ijafceit  ge^en  bitrfen 
i!)r  ^aBet  gefteu  biirfen 
@ie  ^abeu  geljen  biirfeit 
fie  Ijabeu  ge^en  biirfen 


With  Dependent  Infinitive. 
I  had  been  permitted  to  go,  etc. 
irf)  Ijatte  geljett  biirfen 
bit  fyarteft  gefjen  biirfen 
er  ^atte  geljen  biirfen 
luir  fatten  ge^en  biirfen 
ifjr  l)attet  ge^en  biirfen  . 
@ie  fatten  ge^en  biirfen 
fie  fatten  ge^en  biirfen 


With  Dependent  Infinitive. 
I  might  have  been  permitted  to  go. 

id)  ijtitte  ge^en  bitrfen 
bn  pttcft  geljen  biirfen 
er  ^atte  geljen  bitrfen 
luir  fatten  gefjen  bitrfen 
i^r  pttet  ge!)en  bitrfen 
@ie  fatten  ge^en  biirfen 
fie  fatten  gefyen  biirfen 


(Z)  Future  Perfect  Indicative  and  Subjunctive  of  modal  s  is 
regular  but  seldom  used. 


364  SYNTAX 

(m)  Imperative.  Participles. 

Wanting,  except  PRES.   bitrfeub,  fomteub,  etc. 

tuottert,  which  is  rare.  PERF.  gebutft  or  biirfett,  etc. 

Infinitives. 
bitrfen,  Hitmen,  etc.  geburft  511  Ijabeit,  gefomtt  511  Ija&eit,  etc. 

Note  that: 

1.  In  their  principal  parts  all  modals  are  irregular  and  re- 
semble weak  verbs. 

2.  The  forms  are  regularly  made  from  the  principal  parts 
except  in  the  present,  and  in  the  past  subjunctive  of  [often 
(foftte)  and  toolkit  (tDOl(te),  which  do  not  take  umlaut. 

3.  The  past  indicative  and  subjunctive  of  [often  and  of  tooften 
have  the  same  form. 

4.  The  English  should  like  or  would  like  is  usually  German 
mocfyte  ($ern). 

5.  English  expressions,  could  have  gone,  might  have  been, 
must  have  seen,  ought  to  have  done,  etc.,  are  almost  always 
German,  fycitte  gefyett  ftimten,  fycitte  fern  fdnnen,  fytitte  [efjen  miiffen, 
fycitte  tun  ntitffen,  etc.     Always  begin   such  a  phrase  with  a 
form  of  fjcitte. 

6.  Because  of  the  future  idea  in  mbgen ,  [often  and 
they  are  not  commonly  used  in  the  future  tense. 

7.  All  modals  are  conjugated  with  fyaben  as  auxiliary. 


INDEX  TO   SYNTAX. 


(References  are  to  section  numbers.) 


accusative  case,  definition  of,  7,  b ; 
73,  d. 

prepositions   with  accusative  or 
dative,  82. 

prepositions  with  accusative,  93. 

of  definite  time,  113  ;  223,  a,  b. 

impersonate  with,  206,  c. 
address,  terms  of,  44. 
adjective,  declension  of,  see  declen- 
sion. 

predicate,  9. 

comparison  of,  214. 
adverb,  adjective  used  as,  140. 

comparison  of,  214. 

cardinal,  217,  a. 

ordinal,  218,  a. 

position  of,  266,  e. 
all,  translation  of,  150,  a. 
(ill,  use  of,  150,  a. 
another,  translation  of,  150,  b. 
antecedent,  of  personal  pronouns, 
85. 

of  possessive  pronouns,  95. 

of  relative  pronouns,  156,  &,  h. 
apposition,  nouns  in,  74. 
article,  definite,  declension,  8,  15. 

combination     with    preposition, 
100,  a. 

indefinite,  declension  of,  8  ;  19. 

used  independently,  138,  b. 
auxiliaries,  tjabett,  57  ;  202  ;  207,  b. 

fetn,  58. 

modal,  see  modals. 


beifce,  150,  c. 

clause,    modifying    demonstrative, 

147,  b. 

punctuation  of  relative,  156,  g. 
use  of,  for  English  infinitive  or 

participial  phrase,  187,  b. 
use  of,  instead  of  modified  verbal, 

260. 

comparison,  of  adjectives  and  ad- 
verbs, 214. 
compound  verbs,  see  separable  and 

inseparable. 

conditional  mode,  formation  of,  244. 
German   substitute   for    English 

perfect  of  modals,  248. 
conditional  sentences,  245,  a,  b. 
omission  of  ttictttt  in,  245,  c,  d. 
differences  between  English  and 

German,  245,  e. 
conjugation,  see  voice,  mode,  tense, 

etc. 
conjunctions,  coordinating,  162,  a  ; 

259,  a. 

subordinating,  162,  b  ;  259,  c. 
conjunctive  adverb,  162,  c;  259,  b. 

fca(r),  with  preposition,  100,  6. 
dates,  223. 

dative  case,  of  indirect  object,  39  ; 
73,  c. 

prepositions  with,  82,  89. 

of  agent,  194.  * 


365 


366 


INDEX   TO   SYNTAX. 


(dative  case)  —  continued. 

passive  of  verbs  with  dative,  198. 

impersonate  with,  206,  d. 

with  attt  to  express  time,  223. 

with  toon  as  substitute  for  geni- 
tive, 226,  a. 

with  adjectives,  256,  a. 

with  verbs,  256,  b. 
declension,  of  definite  article,  8 ;  15. 

of  indefinite  article,  8  ;  19. 

of  nouns  of  first  class,  33 ;  38 ; 
43. 

of  nouns  of  second  class,  60. 

of  nouns  of  third  crass,  64. 

of  nouns  of  fourth  class,  72. 

of  nouns  of  fifth  class,  103. 

weak  declension,  of  nouns,  103. 
of  adjectives,  108. 

strong  declension  of  adjectives, 
104. 

mixed  declension  of  adjectives, 
112. 

summary  of  adjective  declensions, 
116. 

of  personal  pronouns,  85. 

of  possessive  pronouns,  94. 

of  interrogative,  143. 

of  demonstrative,  108 ;  147. 

of  relative,  156,  a. 
demonstrative  pronouns,   see  pro- 
nouns. 
fcer,  definite  article,  8 ;  15. 

demonstrative,  147. 
berjcnige,  147,  c. 
bcrfclbc,  147,  c. 
Diefer,  108;  147,  d-  150,  h. 
fcod),  with  imperative,  183 ;  271,  b. 

various  uses,  271,  a,  b,  c. 
till,  44. 


ettt,  indefinite  article,  8  ;  19. 

indefinite  pronoun,  138  ;  150,  e. 

cardinal  number,  217. 
ettttg,  150,  d. 
cut  jwar,  151. 

emphatic  form  of  verb,  20  ;  187,  a. 
er,  meaning  it,  4. 
e3  gtebt,  208. 
etttw3,  148,  a. 

former,  the,  jetter,  150,  h. 
fractions,  219. 


3,  150,  a;  219,  b. 
gender,  2  ;  68  ;  69. 
genitive  case,  possessive,  34  ;  73,  b. 

with  reflexive  verbs,  204. 

of  proper  nouns,  226. 

of  indefinite  time,  255,  a  ;  1. 

of  recurring  time,  255,  a  ;  2. 

with  prepositions,  255,  6. 

tyabeit,  conjugation   of,  1  ;  6  ;  47  ; 

57  ;  232. 
as  auxiliary,  57. 
tyer,  178. 

Jperr,  use  of,  106.  ^ 

tyitt,  178. 

-iS,  138. 

imperative  mode,  55  ;  181  ;  182. 

impersonal  verbs,   see  verbs,   im- 

personal. 

indicative  mode,   present,    1  ;  12  ; 
24;  37;  123;   171;    173;    193; 
202  ;  206. 
past,  6;  18;  30;  42;  126;    171; 

173;  193;  202;  206. 
future,  formation  of,  47. 
perfect,  formation  of,  57  ;  58. 


INDEX  TO  SYNTAX. 


367 


(indicative  mode)  —  continued. 
past  perfect,  use  of,  59. 

formation  of,  63. 
future  perfect,  formation  of,  78. 
indirect  discourse,  233,  c,  d,  e. 
infinitive,  position  of,  48  ;   185,  / ; 

266,  d. 

of  purpose,  79  ;  185,  e. 
without  i$u,  185,  b. 
with  5ttf  185,  c. 
as  noun,  185,  d. 
with    preposition     for     English 

verbal,  185,  e. 

"  two  infinitives  "  of  modals,  129. 
position  of,  in  dependent  sen- 
tences, 165. 
in  passive  voice,  193. 
of  reflexives,  202. 
of  impersonate,  206. 
use  of  clause  for,  260. 
interrogative    pronouns,    see    pro- 
nouns, interrogative, 
inverted  order,  see  word  order. 
irgenb,  148,  6. 
irregular  verbs,  see  verbs,  strong. 

list  of,  p.  327. 
it,  use  of  er,  fie,  e3,  4. 
with  prepositions,  100,  b. 
impersonal  verbs,  206. 

ja,  use  of,  270,  a,  b,  c. 
jefcer,  108. 
jefcermantt,  148,  h. 
jemattfc,  148,  h. 
jener,  the  former,  150,  h. 

fettt,  use  of,  117. 

used  independently,  138,  b. 
as  indefinite  pronoun,  150,  e. 


laffett,  regular  meaning,  133, 
causative  meaning,  132,  c. 
latter,  the,  fciefer,  150,  h. 
like,  to,  132,  a  ;  215. 

matt,  148,  c. 

wand),  150,  g. 

may,  in  asking  permission,  biirfett, 

126,  note  3  ;  132,  a. 
to    denote    possibility,    lijttnen, 

132,  a. 

ntetyr,  148,  d. 
SPttHioit,  217. 

mixed  declension,  see  declension. 
modal  auxiliaries,    conjugation  of, 

123;  126;  129;  243. 
special  uses  of,  132  ;  248. 
"two  innnitives,'M29. 
order  of,  165. 

name,  use  of   Ijeiften,  to  express, 

45. 
ttidjt,  position  of,  in  sentence,  21 ; 

266,  e,  4. 
llidjtS,  148,  e. 

Ittdjt  ttwl)rf  use  of,  in  questions,  3,  a. 
ntcf  position  of,  in  sentence,  109  ; 

266,  e,  4. 
ttieman&f  148,  h. 
ttoct),  272. 

nominative  case,  7,  a  ;  73,  a. 
normal  order,  see  word  order, 
nouns,  classification  of,  32. 

first  class,  33 ;  38 ;  43. 

second  class,  60. 

third  class,  64. 

fourth  class  (mixed),  72. 

fifth  class  (weak),  103. 

in  apposition,  74. 


368 


INDEX  TO   SYNTAX. 


(nouns)  —  continued. 

position  of,  as  objects,  39 ;  86,  b  ; 
266,  h. 

proper,  226. 

number,  singular  and  plural,  67. 
numerals,  cardinal,  217. 

ordinal,  218. 

fractions,  219. 
nun,  as  exclamation,  174  ;  274,  c. 

object,  direct,  7,  b. 
indirect,  39. 
position  of  pronouns  as,  86  ;  266, 

/.* 

position  of  nouns  as,  86 ;  266,  h. 
order  of  sentence,  see  word  order, 
ordinal,  numbers,  218. 

adverbs,  218,  a. 

participles,  186;  197;  266,  a. 
used  as  noun,  186,  b- 
use  of  German  clause  for,  187, 

b. 

position  of,  58,  a ;  266,  d. 
in  passive  voice,  193. 
passive  voice,  formation  of,  193. 
substitutes  for,  148,  c ;  197  ;  199, 

a,  b ;  203,  c. 

of  verbs  governing  dative,  198. 
past  tense,  see  indicative,  past, 
use  of  German  perfect  for  Eng- 
lish past,  59 ;  129,  note, 
past  progressive,  59,  a. 
perfect  tense,  see  indicative,  per- 

feet, 
use  of,  for  English  past,  59  ;  129, 

note. 

use  of  German  present  with  f  djOtt 
for  English  perfect,  59,  b. 


personal,  endings,  13 ;  26,  a ;   53, 

note. 

phrase,  position  of,  266,  e,  3. 
predicate  adjective,  9  ;  116,  a. 
prefixes,  inseparable,  171. 
separable,  172. 
common,  177. 
meanings  of,  176. 

prepositions,  with  dative  or  accu- 
sative, 82. 
with  dative,  89. 
with  accusative,  93. 
with  genitive,  255,  b. 
omitted  after  nouns  of  measure, 

105. 

with  definite  article,  100,  a. 
with  personal  pronoun,  100,  b. 
with  interrogative  pronoun,  144. 
with  relative  pronouns,  156,  e. 
present  tense,  see  indicative,  pres- 
ent. 

use  with  fdjOtt  for  English  per- 
fect, 59,  b. 
principal  parts  of  verbs,  26. 

of  strong  verbs,  see  verbs,  strong, 
progressive    form    of    verbs,    20 ; 

187,  a. 
pronouns,  personal,  85. 

agreement  with   antecedent,  85, 

a. 
position  of,  as  object,  86 ;  266,  /, 

0- 

substitutes  for,  100,  b. 
possessive,  94. 

agreement  with  antecedent,  95. 
independent  possessive,  with  defi- 
nite article,  138,  a. 

without  definite  article,  138,  b. 
intensive,  139. 


INDEX  TO  SYNTAX. 


369 


(pronouns)  — continued. 
interrogative,  143. 

combined    with    prepositions, 

144. 
demonstrative,  108  ;  147. 

modified  by  a  clause,  147,  b. 
indefinite,  indeclinable,  148. 

inflected,  150. 
relative,  156,  a. 

agreement    with     antecedent, 

156,  b. 

compound,  156,  c. 
combined    with    prepositions, 

156,  e. 

never  omitted,  156,  /. 
punctuation  of,  156,  g. 
with  antecedent  of  first  or  sec- 
ond person,  156,  h. 
use  of  ttw3  as,  156,  d. 
reflexive,  202. 
proper  nouns,  226. 

reflexive  pronouns,  202. 
reflexive  verbs,  202  ;  203. 
relative  pronouns,  see  pronouns. 

v 
fdjfllt,  use  of,  in  denoting  continued 

action,  59,  a. 

denoting  completed  action,  273. 
fettt,  conjugation  of ,  1  ;  6  ;  47  ;  57  ; 

232. 

as  auxiliary,  58. 
to  denote  there  is,  208,  b. 
as  copula,  197. 
felbft,  felber,  139. 

fid),  202. 

fie,  she,  they,  it,  4. 
Sie,  you,  44. 
foldjer,  108 ;  150,  g. 


fallen,  to  denote  obligation,  126, 
note  2. 

to  report  hearsay,  132,  b. 

idiomatic  use  in  questions,  132,  b. 
fOttbettt,  use  of,  249  ;  249,  a. 
strong  verbs,  see  verbs,  strong. 
subjunctive  mode,  formation,  232. 

of  auxiliaries,  232,  d. 

uses  of,  233. 

of  weak  verbs,  236. 

of  strong  verbs,  237  ;  238. 

potential,  239. 

optative,  240. 

hortative,  240,  a. 

of  modals,  243. 

conditional,  245,  b,  d. 
superlative,  214. 

tenses,  see  under  indicative,  sub- 
junctive, and  conditional 
modes. 

use  of,  59  ;  129,  note. 
there  is,  or  are,  208. 
time,  definite,  113. 

indefinite,  255,  a,  1. 

recurring,  255,  a,  2. 

of  day,  222. 

dates,  223. 

tun  .  .  .  p,  to  denote  purpose,  79. 
umlaut,  32,  a. 

verbals,  use  of  infinitive  as,  185,  e. 

translated  by  clause,  260. 
verbs,  classification  of,  25. 

weak,  13. 

strong,  or  irregular,  25,  a. 
list  of,  p.  327. 

classes   of:   Class  I.,  282;   285; 


370 


INDEX   TO   SYNTAX. 


(verbs)  —  continued. 

II.,  287;  288;  III.,  290;   291; 
IV.,  293;  295;  V.,  294;  295; 
VI.,  297;  299;  VII.,298;  299. 
unclassified  (mixed),  298,  b  ;  299. 
table  of  root  vowels  of,  301. 
conjugation  of,  see  conjugation. 
principal  parts  of,  26. 
inseparable,  171. 
separable,  172  ;  173. 
common,  177. 
reflexive,  202  ;  203. 
impersonal,  206  ;  207  ;  208. 
Did,  118;  150,  /. 

comparison  of,  214. 
voice,  active,  see  indicative,  imper- 
ative, subjunctive,  and  condi- 
tional modes. 
passive,  see  passive  voice. 


3,  as  interrogative  pronoun,  143. 
as  indef.  compound  relative,  156,  c. 
as  relative  after  neuter  adjective 
and  pronouns,  156,  d. 
fitr  citt,  143. 
weak  declension,  of  nouns,  103. 

of  adjectives,  108. 
weak  verbs,  13  ;  25. 
todcljer,  as  interrogative,  143  ; 

150,  g. 

as  relative,  156. 

well,   translated   by   gut,    274,    c  ; 
milt,  174  ;  274,  c  ;  ttJflljl,  274,  b. 

toenig,  150,  /. 
toeniger,  148,  /. 

ttier,  as  interrogative  pronoun,  143. 
as  indef.  compound  relative,  156,  c. 


n,  to  become,  37  ;  193,  note, 
future  auxiliary,  47  ;  123  ;  193,  n. 
passive,  193  ;  197. 
will,  wcrfoeu,  47  ;  193,  note. 

molten,  123. 

ft)0tyl,  showing  probability,  274. 
showing  certainty,  274,  a. 
not  the  English  well,  274,  b. 
ttU)(r),  combined  with  prepositions, 

144  ;  156,  e. 

word  order,    normal,    of   sentence, 
with  coordinating  conjunction, 
162,  a  ;  259,  a. 
summary  of,  266. 
general  rule  for,  266,  i. 
infinitive,  48  ;  165  ;  185,  /  ;  266,  d. 
object,  39  ;  86  ;  266,  /,  g,  h. 
separable   prefix,    172,    b,    c,    d] 

266,  c. 

phrase,  266,  e,  3. 
adverb,  266,  e. 
Itidjt,  21 ;  266,  e,  4. 
Hie,  109  ;  266,  e,  4. 
inverted,  of  sentence,  90. 
of  questions,  3. 
after   t  conjunctive      adverbs, 

162,  c. 

summary  of,  264. 
dependent,  of  sentence,  157. 
with     subordinating     conjunc- 
tion, 162,  b. 

of  "two  infinitives,"  165. 
of  separable  prefix,  172,  b,  c,  d  \ 

266,  c. 
summary  of,  265. 

you,  various  forms  for,  44. 


VOCABULARY. 


Verbs  marked  with  a  t  take  fein  instead  of  fyaben  as  auxiliary.    See  §  58. 


Ofc,  adv.,  off,  away,  down. 

afc'ftiegen,  bog  ab,  abgebogen,  to  bend 
aside,  turn  aside. 

ad'brerfyen,   brad)    ab,    abgebrodjen,    er 
brtcfyt  ab,  to  break  off. 

ber  $l'&en&,  be3  -3,  bte  -e,   evening, 
night ;  be3  2lbenb£,  in  the  evening. 

bte  aCfcen&iuft,  bcr  — ,  bte  -litfte,  even- 
ing air. 

ba3  21'fcenbrot,  beS  -e3,  evening  red, 
sunset  glow. 

a'fcettfoS,  acfa;.,  in  the  evening. 

bte  SM/fceit&fOttne,  ber  —  bte  -it,  evening 
sun. 

ber  sU'&en&fon'nettfdjeitt,  evening  sun- 
shine. 

ber  2l'6eitt>toittb,  be£  -e3,  bte  -e,  even- 
ing wind. 

bie  $l'&ettbto0lfe,  ber  — ,  bte  -tt,  evening 
cloud. 

ba3  ^t'^etttcuct,  be^  -3,  bte  — ,  adven- 
ture. 

ct'fat,  coordinating  conj.  and   adv., 
but,  however,  indeed,  moreover. 

ab'gef)ett,t  ginoj  ab,  abgegangeu,  to  go 
down,  away,  or  off;  depart. 

a&'jjefdjtefoett,      separate,     separated, 
isolated. 

o&'geiragen,    worn,    shabby,    thread- 
bare. 

ber   alcana,   be8  -e§,  bic 
slope. 


tng   ab,  abgefyattgett,  c6 
b,  to  hang  from,  depend, 
fe^rte  ab,  abcjefefyrt,  to  turn 

away. 

ab'malcu,  matte  ab,  abgematt,  to  paint. 
aU'ueijmcn,  nat)m  ab,  abgenommcn,  to 

take  off . 
afe'mfett,  rtef  ab,   abgerufett,   to   call 

away. 
ob'fc^etHen,)-  fcfyteb  ab,  abgefa)iebeit,  to 

depart;  separate, 
bcr  2l&'jrf>teb,  be^  -e^,  bte  -e,  parting, 

leave,  farewell. 
o&'fdjtogen,  fcfylitg  ab,  abgefci^tagen,  to 

strike  or  knock  off  or  down;  to 

refuse. 
af»'fd)lief$ett,  fd)foj?  ab,  abgefcfyloffen,  to 

shut  off,  close. 
a&'fioftett,  ftte^  ab,  abgeftof  en,  to  push 

or  shove  off ;  to  repel,  to  be  repul- 
sive. 
a&'itwttbertt,t  toattberte  ab,  abcjetoattfcert, 

to  wander  away,  depart. 
ofc'fc»el)rcit,    ive^rte   ab,   abgettjeljrt,   to 

ward  off ;  decline. 
aD'iuctrtcn,  h)anbte   ab,  abgen^anbt,  to 

turn  off,  away,  or  aside. 
nUtucrfcit,    toarf    ab,    abgett)orfen,    to 

throw  off  or  down. 
a&'5tef)ett,  303   ab,  abgesogen,  to   pull 

off ;  bte  £attt  abjtetjen,  to  skin. 
a$!   ah!    oh!    alas!    SSety   itnb   2lc^, 

complaining, 
bte  2W)t,  ber  — ,  attention,  heed. 


attjicljctt 


odjt,  eight. 

ber  iU'tfer,  beg  -g,  bte  Stcfer,  field,  acre. 

SUbe',  adieu,  farewell. 

b?r  21'bel,  be§  -g,  nobility. 

bte  SU'ber,  ber  — ,  bte  -nf  vein. 

ber  2(f'fe,  beg  -rt,  bte  -n,  ape,  monkey. 

afyn'iifl),  like,  resembling,  similar. 

bte  911'ge,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  alga,  sea- 
weed. 

afl,  -e,  -em,  -en,  -er,  -eg,  all,  every; 
aUe  £age,  every  day. 

allein',  alone;  coord,  conj.,  but. 

oHerfjart'fte,  hardest  of  all. 

oflerlei',  all  kinds  of. 

al'Ie$,  new?.  sirci?.  o/  aft,  everything. 

al$,  ftnbord.  conj .,  when ;  than,  as,  but. 

aJ3balb,  immediately. 

al'fo,  aefr;.,  accordingly,  so,  then,  thus. 

ait,  -e,  -em,  -en,  -er,  -eg,  alter,  ber 
altefte,  old. 

5U'te,  alt  used  as  a  noun,  old  man  or 
old  woman. 

al'tertiimlid),  antique,  old  fashioned. 

am  =  an  bem. 

ber  Sttmerifa'ner,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  Amer- 
ican. 

an,. prep,  with  dat.  and  ace.,  at,  by, 
on,  of,  to,  in. 

mt'toe$ett,t  fcradj  an,  angefcrocfyen,  to 
break,  dawn. 

bag  SUn'benfcn,  beg  -g,  memory,  keep- 
sake. 

an'fccr,  other,  next,  following,  else. 

SMn'bereS,  neut.  sing,  of  anber,  else, 
different. 

an;l>cr$,  adv.,  otherwise,  different, 
else. 

bag  2ln'ber$feht,  being  different. 

ber  «Un'fang,  beg  -eg,  bte  Slnfange,  be- 
ginning. 

an'fangen,  ftng  an,  angefangen,  to  be- 
gin. 

an'faffen,  fapte  an,  angefa^t,  to  seize, 
to  take  hold  of. 


nn'ndien,  ging  an,  angegangen,  to  con- 
cern. 


pleasant,  agreeable. 
an'gefeJjett,,  respected  ;  see  anfefyen. 
bte  Stngfi,  ber  —  ,  bte  Stngfte,  anxiety, 

fright,  anguish. 

tinfl'filirf),  anxious,  timid,  nervous. 
nu'tjabctt,  ^atte  an,  ange^abt,  to  have 

on,  wear. 

rtu'lwltcn,  ^telt  an,  ange^atten,  to  stop. 
bte  3(n'l)itt)c,  ber  —  ,  bte  -n,  hill. 
an'tjoren,  ^orte  an,  ange^ort,  to  listen, 

hear. 
an'fommen,!  fam  an,  angefommen,  to 

arrive,  come  ;  aitf  etn^ag,  to  depend. 
SUn'fommenfc,  pres.  participle  of  an* 

fommen,  arriving,  arrival. 
an'fam,  see  anfommen. 
anrmalcn,  matte  an,  angematt,  to  paint. 
3ln'na,  Anna. 
au'rcnnctt,t  rannte   an,  angerannt,  to 

run  against. 
an'Mifett,  rtef   an,  angerufen,  to  call, 

call  upon,  accost. 
cm3  =  an  bag. 
an'fdjauen,   fcfyaute   an,'  angefd)aut,  to 

look  at. 
bag  Oln'fd)iagen,  beg  -g,  stroke,  strik- 

ing. 
an'fdjlagett,  fc^Iug  an,  angefcfylagen,  to 

strike,  begin  to  strike. 
an'feljen,  fa^>  an,  angefefyen,  to  look  at, 

see. 
att'ftjredjett,  f^rad^  an,  angef^rod^en,  to 

address. 

att'fta'nbig,,  respectable,  decent(ly). 
an'ftatt,  prep,  ivith  gen.,  instead  of. 
an'freteit,  trat  an,  angetreten,  to  step 

up,  to  enter  upon. 
bte  aint'iuort,  ber  —  ,  bte  -en,  answer. 
mtt'uiortcn,  antnjortete,  geantn?ortet,  to 

answer. 
ait'(vcfjcn,  5og  an,  ange^ogen,  to  pull  ;  to 

put  on,  dress. 


ber  SHn'suo,  be£  -e$,  bie  2ln$uge,  suit. 
an'siittfcen,  siutbete  an,  ange§imbet,  to 

light,  kindle. 
ber  Sty'fet&mtm,  be3  -e$,  bie  -bawrte, 

apple-tree. 

ber  3fWcttt',  be£  -e$,  appetite. 
bie  SUr'fceit,  bee  —  ,  bie  -en,  work. 
ar'fceiten,  arfceitete,  gearbeitet,  to  work. 
arg,  iirger,  ber  argfte,  bad,  severe. 
ber  &ltm,  be3  -e3,  bie  -e,  arm. 
arm,  armer,  ber  armfte,  poor. 
air'me,  used  as  a  noun,  bie  -n,  the 

poor. 
bie  2lrt,  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  kind,  manner, 

way. 

ber  aift,  be$  -eg,  bie  Sfte,  branch. 
a$,  see  effen, 
a'temto$,  breathless. 
oud),  acZv.,  also,  too,  even. 
bie  2lu'e,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  meadow. 
ouf,  prep,  with   dat.  and   ace.,  on, 

upon;  in,  at;  cwf  einmal,  suddenly; 

auf  unb  ab,  up  and  down,  back  and 

forth  ;  with  a  word  of  future  time, 

for  ;  auf  sjftorgen,  for  to-morrow. 
auf'faflett,t    fiet    auf,    aufgefaUen,    to 

strike;  attract  attention. 
ouffinbeit,  fanb   auf,   aufgefunben,  to 

find,  find  out. 
bie  aiuf'gafce,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  exercise, 

lesson. 
mtf'ge&en,  gab  auf,  aufgegefcen,  to  give 

up. 
auf'gef)ett,t  ging   auf,  aufgegangen,  to 


ft,  see  auf!no>fen» 
mif'greifen,  griff  auf,  aufgegriffen,  to' 

pick  up. 
auf'  fjefcen,  fyob  auf,  aufgefyoben,  to  lift  ; 

pick  up. 
aiif  ^citcrtt,  ^eiterte  auf,  aufgefyeitert,  to 

cheer  up  ;  to  clear  up. 
ouf'fjordjett,  fjorc^te  auf,  aufgetyordjt,  to 

listen  to. 


auft)orett,  ^orte  auf,  aufge^brt,  to  cease, 

stop, 
auj'htii^fcu,  fno^fte  auf,  aufgehtopft,  to 

unbutton. 
mtf'iaf^cn,    ta^te    auf,    aufgelacfyt,    to 

laugh,  break  out  into  a  laugh, 
mtf'nuuijcu,  mad)te  auf,  aufgemac^t,  to 

open. 

auf'merffam,  attentive. 
aufmc^men,  natjnt  auf,  aufgenommen,  to 

pick  up ;  to  take  up,  receive. 
ouf'reifeen,  rifj  auf,  aufgeriffen,  to  tear 

open,  to  open  wide. 
aundjrei&ett,  fcfyriefc  auf,  aufgef^rieben, 

to  write  down. 
aupfeifett,  fe^te  auf,  aufgefe^t,  to  set 

up;  to  put  on. 
.<4f'fcufsett,  feufote  auf,  aufgefeufjt,  to 

sigh,  heave  a  sigh. 
mif'fjjrmgen,t  f prang  auf,  aufgefprung* 

en,  to  jump  up. 
auf'ftel)ett,t  ftanb  auf,  aufgeftanben,  to 

get  up,  rise,  stand  up. 
auf'ftetgett,t  ftieg  auf,  aufgeftiegen,  to 

rise,  ascend. 
cmf'fteUett,    ftcKte    auf,    aufgefteltt,   to 

raise,  set  up. 
iwf'tattd)en,t  taud^te  auf,  aufgetauc^t,  to 

rise,  appear. 
mtf's  unb  dii'oe^en,  to  walk  back  and 

forth. 
mtf's  wnb  afc'ttwttbertt,  to  wander  back 

and  forth, 
mtf 'ttmrfjcn, f  hjad^te  auf,  aufgen^ac^t,  to 

wake  up. 
ouf'itia^fcn,t  tuuc^^  auf,  aufgetoacfyfen, 

to  grow  up. 
mtf'tucrfcn,  hjecfte   auf,   aufgcn>ecft,   to 

awaken. 
awf'hicrfcn,  n>arf  auf,  aufgetuorfen,  to 

throw  up,  fling  open. 
mif'stefan,  sog  auf,  aufgejogen,  to  pull 

up,  raise,  bring  up. 
ba$  Slu'ge,  be^  -^,  bie  -en,  eye. 


ber  9fis'0ett&H(t  beg  -eg,  fcie  -e,  moment. 

SUu'guftitt,  Augustine. 

011$,   prep,  with   dat.t   out,  out  of; 

from,  of;  adv.,  out,  up,  over,  done. 
au$'fclei&eit,t  blieb  aug,  auggeblieben,  to 

stay  away,  fail  to  come. 
mtd'&rcttcn,  breitete  aug,  auggebrettet,  to 

spread  out. 
mt£'s>clmcn,  befntte  aug,  auggebctynt,  to 

stretch  out,  extend. 
ber  3Cit$'britff,  beg  -eg,  bie  2lugbrucfe, 

expression. 

auSetncm'ber,  apart,  asunder. 
mt$einan'berffmngen,t  tyrang  —  ,  -ge* 

fprungen,  to  scatter,  disperse. 
au$'fint>en,  fanb  aug,  auggefunbett,  to 

find  out. 
mtd'gefyen,!  ging  aug,  auggegangen,  to 

go  out. 
aisS'fodjjctt,    lacfyte   cmg,   auggclarf)t,   to 

laugh  at. 
mi§'(atifen,t  lief  aug,  auggelaufett,   to 

run  out,  put  forth,  issue. 
m&'Imttcn,  Uiutetc  aug,  auggetautet,  to 

proclaim   the  end  by  ringing  the 

bells. 
mt§'mad)ett,  nivic^te  aug,  auggemad)t,  to 

put  out  ;  eg  macfyt  ntd^tg  aug,  it  does 

not  matter,  it  makes  no  difference. 
ottd'retftett,  ri^  aug,  auSgeriffen,  to  tear 

out,  pull  out,  extract. 
mtd'reitettrf  ritt  aug,  auggerttten,  to  ride 

out,  to  take  a  ride. 

,  ru^te  aug,  aiiggerulfyt,  to  rest. 
t),  see 


,  fc^aute  aug,  auggefcfyaut,  to 
look  out. 
ott^'fri)tafenf  fdjltef  aug,  auggefc^tafen,  to 

sleep  enough. 
mi^'fr^lagctt,  jc^tug  aug,  auggefc^Iagen, 

to  finish  striking. 

»  auS'feljen,  jafy  aug,  auggefe^en,  to  loofe^ 
mtff'er,  exterior,  outer. 

p,  with  gen.,  outside  of. 


auft'erft,  extreme (ly) . 

miS'ftatten,  ftattcte  aug,  aiiggeftattet,  to 

furnish,  endow. 
mt^'toenbig,  by  heart. 
mi^'hierfen,  n?arf  aug,  aitggetoorfen,  to 

throw  out,  cast  out. 
mtS'stetyeit,  §og  aug,  auggegogen,  to  pull 

out,  to  put  off,  take  off. 


ber  $8atf),  beg  -eg,  bte  35acf>e,  brook. 
Imrf'en,  bu!,  gebacfeu,  er  bacft,  to  baks. 
fta'bcn,  babete,  gebabet,  to  bathe. 
bte  s&al)n,  ber  —  ,  bie  ~en,  road,  way, 

course. 
Bull),  soon  ;  balb  .  .  ,  fcatb,  sometimes 

.  .  .  sometimes. 

bag  Q3anbf  beg  -eg,  bte  SBcinber,  ribbon. 
feang'ett,  bangte,  gebangt,  impers.  with 

dat.,  to  be  afraid. 
bie  %$ant,  ber  —  ,  bte  SBiinfe,  bench. 
ber  £*or,  beg  -en,  bte  -en,  bear. 

',  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  barber. 


),  harsh,  gruff. 
ber  «art,  beg  -eg,  bie  8arte,  beard. 
^mt'en,  baute,  gcbaut,  to  build,  raise; 

to  depend. 
ber  £$mi'er,  beg  -g,  or  -n,  bte  -n,  farmer, 

peasant. 
bie  SBttti'erofrmt,  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  farm- 

er's wife,  country  woman. 
ber  QSmt'emiunge,  beg  -n,  bie  -it,  coun- 

try boy. 
bag   SBatt'eritmabdjen,  beg  -g,  bie   —  , 

country  girl. 
bie  SBmi'mttradijt,  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  rustic 

dress. 

ber  £Saum,  beg  -g,  bte  SBaume,  tree. 
ber  SBawtt'ftamm,  beg  -eg,  bte  ^aum* 

ftdmme,  tree-trunk. 
ber  $Baum'5ttieig,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  branch 

of  a  tree. 
fcrw'tc,  see  batten, 


beffer 


fcebanfcn,  bebcmfte,  bebcmft,  to  thank; 

bebcmfte  ficfy  beim  $u?uf,  thanked  the 

cuckoo. 

fcefcecfen,  bcbecfte,  bebecft,  to  cover. 
fcebeu'tew,  bcbeutete,  bebcutet,  to  mean, 

signify. 

bie  SQee're,  bcr  — ,  btc  -n,  berry. 
fcefafjl',  see  befefyleu* 
ber  SBefefjl',  be3  -e£,  bie  -e,  command, 

order. 
fcefeltf'eit,  befaf;(,  fcefotyten,  er  befiefylt, 

to  command,  order. 
fceftnfc'en,    befomb,   befunbcn,   to   find; 

fid;  bcfmbcn,  to  be. 
&efof)l'ett,  -see  befefylen. 
fcefret'cn,  befreite,  befreit,  to  set  free, 

deliver. 

fcegann',  see  bcginncn. 
begeo'nen,t     begegncte,     begegnet,    to 

meet. 

c§  -c3,  beginning. 
,  bcgann,  begonncn,  to  begin. 
Itegict'tett,  fceglettctc,   begtcttct,    to    go 

with,  accompany. 
ftegra'ftcn,  begrub,  bcgraben,  er  fcegrcifct, 

to  bury. 
(egrci'fen,     Bcgrtff,    fcegriffctt,    grasp, 

comprehend,  understand. 

,  fcegritfcte,  bcgrit^t,  to  greet. 
,  at  ease,  comfortable. 
fcetyalt'eu,  betjtelt,  fcefjalten,  er  be^iilt,  to 

keep. 
fret,  prep.  m£/i  cZa^.,  at,  in,  by,  at  the 

house  of,  near. 

bie   $8etd)'te,   ber  — ,  bie    -n,  confes- 
sion . 

fcei'fce,  both,  two. 
fceim  =  bet  bent. 
ba3  $8eiit,  beg  -e^,  bie  -e,  leg. 
bie  $8ein'f letter,  jo/.,  trousers. 
fceift'en,  tn^f  gebiffett,  to  bite. 
fccfmtnt',  acquainted,  familiar, 
ber  SBefmm'te,  befannt  used  as  noun, 

acquaintance. 


bte    &efatmt'fd)afi,    ber    —  ,    bie    -en, 

acquaintance. 
defunt'incii,  befam,  be!ommenf  to  get; 

to  agree  with. 
fcefitrn'mern,  befiimmerte,  befitmmcrt,  to 

care. 
fcelei'btgett,     beleibigte,     betetbtgt,     to 

offend,  insult. 
fcel'ien,  betlte,  gebeflt,  to  bark. 
liclulXucn,  belo(;nte,  belofmt,  to  reward, 

repay. 
^emet'fen,  bemerftc,  bemerft,  to  notice, 

remark. 

foequem',  convenient,  comfortable. 
feerei'tctt,  bcreitete,  bcrettet,  to  prepare. 
ber  ^8etgf  be3   -e^,  bte  -e,  mountain, 

hill  ;  311  23erge,  on  end. 
ber  $Berg'(e$)ljrtng,  be^  -c8,  bie  —  fycinge, 

mountain  slope. 
SBerlm',  Berlin. 
^et<rften,f  barft,  geborften,  e£  birft,  to 

burst. 


Berthold. 

t,  bcritt)igte,  beru^igt,  to  calm, 
quiet. 
feeviitymt',  renowned,  famous. 

e,  beriitjrt,  to  touch. 
,  modest. 

ifiefrfjei'ben,  befd;ieb,  befcfyieben,  to  decree. 
&efd)m'0ett,    befd^uteb,    befc^rteben,    to 

describe. 
ftefe&'ett,  befal;,  beje^en,  er  befiel^t,  to 

view,  examine. 

fcefe^'en,  befe^te,  befe^tr  to  set,  trim. 
fcefttj'en,    befa^,    befeffen,    to    possess, 

own  . 

fcefmt'foer,  separate,  special. 
befon'ber$,  particularly,  specially. 

befarad),  befprod^en,  er  be* 
t,  to  talk  over,  discuss. 
fcef'fer,  better  ;  33effere$,  neut.  sing,  of 
bcffer,  used  as  noun;  beft,  best;  be* 
ften   3)an!!   many  thanks!    i.e.   to 
decline  with  thanks. 


beftimmt 


fcefittttmt',  fixed,  determined,  definite. 

fceftreu'en,  beftreitte,  beftreut,  to  strew. 

fceftur'sen,  beftitr$te,  beftiir$t,  to  amaze, 
perplex. 

fceiu'ciien,  befncfyte,  bejncfyt,  to  visit. 

fce'ten,  betete,  gebetet,  to  pray. 

fce'tenb,  praying. 

fcetradj'ten,  bctradjjtete,  betrarfjtet,  to  be- 
hold, view,  contemplate. 

bag  QJetra'gen,  beg,  -g,  conduct,  be- 
havior. 

fcetre'ten,  betrat,  betreten,  to  enter,  set 
foot  upon. 

fcetrii'deit,  bctriibte,  betriibt,  to  grieve, 
trouble. 

fcetriiW,  sad  ;  see  betriiben. 

fcetrii'gen,  betrog,  betrogen,  to  deceive. 

ber  SBetru'ger,  beg  -8,  bic  — ,  deceiver, 
impostor. 

bag  SBett,  beg  -eg,  bie  -en,  bed. 

bcr  $8e«'tel,  beg  -g,  bie  — -,  pouch, 
purse,  bag. 

fcefcor',  adv.,  before. 

&eit)e'gen,  beivegte,  beiuegt,  to  move. 

foehJim'bertt,  betuunberte,  6ett)unbertf  to 
admire. 

bie  SBetoim'bermtg,  ber  — ,  admiration. 

&e(5af)'(en,  bejafjtte,  besa^lt,  to  pay. 

&e$o|jft',  pig-tailed. 

bic  «i'be(,  ber  — ,  bie  -tt,  Bible. 

^tc'ijen,  bog,  gefcogen,  to  bend,  bow. 

bie  $8ie'ne,  ber  — ,  bie  -it,  bee. 

bag  SBier,  beg  -eg,  beer. 

fcte'ten,  (>ot,  geboten,  to  offer. 

bag  $8tlb,  beg  -eg,  bie  -er,  picture. 

fcil'beit,  fcilbete,  gebilbet,  to  form, 
fashion. 

,  j  pretty  as  a  picture,  very 
beautiful. 

fctn,  am ;  see  fein. 

Dinb'en,  banb,  gebunben,  to  bind. 

fci$,  prep,  w^/i  ace.,  till,  to;  adj. 
and  conj.,  until;  —  nadii,  —  auf, 
until. 


&tft,  see  fein. 

i»%  see  fceifcen. 

liit'te,  please;  you're  welcome  (in 
reply  to  S)anfe,  "  thank  you  ") ;  — 
jefyr,  you  are  quite  welcome ;  I  beg 
your  pardon. 

fttt'fcn,  bat,  gebeten,  to  beg,  ask;  bit* 
tenb,  beseeching,  begging. 

fcit'terlidj,  bitter(ly). 

lilmif,  bright,  clean,  white,  shining. 

fela'fen,  blieg,  geblafen,  er  btaft,  to  blow. 

Wa^,  pale. 

bag  smart,  beg  -eg,  bie  flatter,  leaf, 
sheet. 

Iilatt,  blue ;  -feiben,  (of)  blue  silk. 

bag  «lci,  beg  -eg,  lead. 

fclei'fcett,t  blieb,  geblieben,  to  stay,  re- 
main ;  ftetyen  — ,  to  stop,  stand  still. 

feleid),  pale. 

ber  «Iei'ftift,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  lead- 
pencil. 

fclen'ben,  blenbetc,  geblenbet,  to  blind, 
dazzle. 

bcr  $8Ucf,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  gaze,  look, 
glance,  sight. 

fcliif'te  I)tnait3',  see  (;inaugbli(fen. 

felted,  see  bleiben. 

felted,  see  btafen. 

felin'fcn,  blinfte,  gebtinft,  to  gleam, 
flash. 

bcr  SBltt?,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  lightning, 
flash  of  lightning. 

&Wen,  bu'^te,  gebti^t,  to  flash,  lighten, 
see  §  206. 

ftlonb,  -fyaarig,  blond,  fair-haired. 

blof?,  bare;  adv.,  only,  merely. 

felii^'cn,  blii^te,  gebtii^t,  to  bloom, 
blossom. 

bte  QSht'me,  bcr  — ,  bie  -n,  flower. 

bag  SSlum'c^en,  beg  -g,  bie—,  little 
flower. 

ber  SBlu'menfeldj,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  cup 
or  chalice  of  a  flower. 

bag  SSIut,  beg  -eg,  blood. 


Muteu 


bantmettt 


felti'ten,  blutete,  geblutet,  to  bleed. 

ber  SSlw'tenbe,  bleeding    (man) ;    see 

bluten. 

fcfa'tig,  bloody, 
ber  $80'be«,  beg  -8,  bie  SBoben,  bottom, 

ground,  earth,  floor. 
£09,  see  biegen. 
ber  $80'gen,  beg  -8,  bie  —  or  SBogen, 

bow,  arch. 

bag  $800t,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  boat. 
fco'fe,  bad,  wicked,  evil,  cross,  angry ; 

ber    336'fe,   the    Evil    One,    Satan; 

SBofeg,  evil,  ill,  bofe  wsed  as  a  noun. 
&03'f)aft,  mean,  malicious,  wicked, 
ber  $80'te,  beg  -n,  bie  -n,  messenger. 
fcrad),  see  brecfyen ;  —  ab,  see  abbrecfycn. 
fcrarfi'te,  see  bringen. 
fcradj'te  ffinein',  see  fyinembrtngen. 
fcratm'te,  —  fyerab,  —  nieber,  see  bren= 

nert,  tycrabbrennen,  nieberbrennen. 
btci'tctt,  briet,  gefcraten,  er  brat,  to  fry, 

roast. 
brmi'djen,  brau^te,  gcbrauc^t,  to'  use, 

need. 

fcrmt'ctt,  braute,  gebraut,  to  brew, 
fermtn,  brown  ;  braunttrf),  brownish. 
6rau'fenf  braufte,  gebraitft,  to  .roar, 
bie  Q3vmit,  ber  — ,  bie  23rcmte,  bride, 

betrothed,  loved  one. 
fcrecfi'ett,  brad^,  gcbrodjjen,  er  brt^t,  to 

break ;  refract,  subdue. 
bmt,  broad,  wide. 
fcret'tete  firfi  a«§,  see  aitSbretten. 
tren'ncn,  brannte,  gebrannt,  to  burn. 
f,  Jje«  -c«,  bie  -e,  letter. 
,  brac^te,  gebracfyt,  to  bring. 
bag  33rotf  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  bread. 
fcrot'103,  unprofitable, 
bie  33rii'rfcf  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  bridge. 
ber  93ru'ber,  beg  -g,  bie  SBriiber,  brother. 
(vil'betli^  brotherly. 
brum'mcn,    brummte,    gebrummt,    to 

growl. 
bag  SBmm'men,  beg  -g,  growling. 


bag  3$ucf),  beg  -eg,  bie  S5iid;er,  book. 
ber  ^ud^'Iabcn,  beg  -g,  bie  -laben,  book- 

store. 

bie  $8iidj'fe,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  gun. 
ber  $hwf)'fta&e,  beg  -ng,  bie  -n,  letter. 
bag  SBfi'geletfett,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  flat-iron. 
bag  $8im't>el,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  bundle. 
Inmt,  gajr,  bright,  manyrcolored. 
ber  ^ttt'fciie,  beg  -n,  bie  -n,  fellow. 
ber  $B«ftf>,  beg  -eg,  bie  SBiifcfye,  bush. 
bie  SBiit'ter,  ber  —  ,  butter. 
bag  SBttt'terfcntf,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  piece 

of    bread    and    butter;    -brot   tttit 

0cf>infen,  ham  sandwich. 


ber  (^fjrttaf'tcr,  character. 

ber  <£fntte'fe,  beg  -n,  bie  -n,  Chinaman. 

Gtyne'fettlmtb,  China. 

ber  ©^rift'enmenfd^i,  beg  -en,  bie  -en, 

Christian. 

bie  <£tgor're,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  cigar. 
',  Crispin. 


btt,  ac?v.,  there,  here;   subord.  conj., 

then,  when,  so,  therefore,  as,  be- 

cause, since. 
bafcet',  by  it,  at  the  same  time  ;  pres- 

ent. 

bag  &adj,  beg  -eg,  bie  2>ad)er,  roof. 
fccwfj'te,  see  benfen, 

',  through  that,  thereby. 

fiir',  for  it,  for  that. 

,  against  it;   etn^ag  —  fyaben, 

to  object. 
bat>ctm'f  at  home. 
bafyin',  thither,  away,  along. 
ba()tu'tcit,  behind. 
bie  3)a'mcf  ber  —  ,  btc  -n,  lady. 
bamit',  with  it,  by  that  ;  subord.  conj., 

in  order  that. 
bom'mertt,   bammerte,   gebanjmert,   to 

dawn. 


bit 


bic  ^am'mcmng,  bcr  — ,  twilight. 
bamjj'fen,  bampfte,  gefcamvft,  to  steam, 

smoke;  -b,  steaming,  smoking, 
bcr  ^anf,  beg  2>anreg,  thanks. 
banf'&ar,  grateful. 
ban'fcn,  banfte,  gcbanft,  to  thank;  -b, 

thanking,  with  thanks ;  bcmfe  fcfyon, 

many  thanjvs  ! 
bann,  then,  in  that  case. 
bat,  there,  forth. 
baran',  on  it,  at  it,  against  it ;  of  it, 

to  it,  in  it. 

baronf,  upon  it,  on  it;  thereupon. 
baran$',  out  of  it. 
barf,  see  bitrfcn. 
bar  in',  f  he  rein,  in  it  or  that. 
barin'ncn,  therein,  within. 
barnad)',   after  it  or   that;    like   it; 

accordingly. 
barii'fccr,  over  it  or  that ;  about  it,  at 

that. 

baram',  about  it,  for  that ;  therefore. 
baran'tcr,  under  it  or  that,  among  it 

o?1  them. 

ba$,  the  ;  who,  that ;  see  ber* 
baft,  subord.  conj.,  that,  in  order  that. 
bau'em,  bauertc,  gebaucrt,  to  last,  en- 
dure. 

2>awtt'(m«j,    Thumbling,    Hop-o'-my- 
thumb. 
baiton',  from  it,  of  it,  about  it;    of 

that,  on  it;  away. 
bauon'Iaufcn, t  lief  battovt,  bafconcjelaufen, 

to  run  away. 
baju',  to  it ;  for  that ;  besides ;  at  the 

same  time. 
bajnrifdyen,  between  them,  between  or 

among. 

betf'cn,  bccfte,  gebecft,  to  cover,  hide. 
bcin,  -c,  -em,  -en,  -er,  -e£,  your. 
bcm,  the  ;  see  ber. 
bemfct'5cn,  the  same. 
ben,  the  ;  see  ber. 
ben'fcn,  bacfyte,  gebac^t,  to  think. 


e^  -e§,  bie  -c  or 
malcr,  monument. 

bcnn,  for.  indeed;  interrogative  par- 
ticle used  to  emphasize  questions. 

bcr,  the ;  he,  who,  which,  that. 

berfc,  firm,  stout,  rough. 

bereinft',  in  the  future,  once,  some- 
time. 

berje'tttge,  the  one, 

berfel'fce,  the  same. 

bertoeif',  while. 

be§,  see  ber. 

be$'f)aUi,  therefore,  on  that  account. 

be^fel'fcen,  of  the  same. 

bef'fen,  whose,  of  which. 

bc'fto,  the,  so  much  the. 

beit'ten,  beittctc,  gebeutet,  to  point,  indi- 
cate. 

bent'Itdj,  plain,  clear,  distinct. 

bentfd),  German. 

^entfd)'Ianb,  Germany. 

ber  ^cjcm^er,  beg  -g,  bic  — ,  Decem- 
ber. 

bidjt,  dense,  close,'close  by. 

bii^'ten,  bid)tete,  gebid;tet,  to  write  poe- 
try. 

biff,  big,  thick,  stout,  corpulent. 

bag  &irf'id)t,  beg  -eg,  bic  -e,  thicket. 

bic,  the,  who ;  see  ber. 

bic'nen,  biente,  gebiertt,  to  serve,  work 
for. 

bcr  ^ie'ttcr,  beg  -g,  bic  — ,  (male)  ser- 
vant. 

bic  S>te'nerin,  bcr  — ,  bic  -nen,  maid- 
servant. 

bcr  3>icnft,  beg  -eg,  bic  -e,  service. 

bie$,  bicfc,  -nt,  -n,  -r,  -g,  this,  ths 
latter. 

biefel'fcc,  the  same. 

bic^'fcit^,    prep,   with    gen.,  on    this 
side  of. 

bag  &ing,  beg  -eg,  bic  -c,  thing,  crea- 
ture. 

bir,  (to  or  for)  you. 


bte  ^i'ftel,  ber  —,  bte  -n,  thistle. 

bod),  yet,  surely,  still,  indeed,  after 
all;  though.  It  is  often  emphatic 
and  can  be  rendered  by  do  or  pray 
or  may  be  omitted  entirely. 

ber  ^of'tor,  beg  -g,  bte  -en,  doctor. 

ber  3>on'ner,  thunder. 

bmt'new,  bonnerte,  gebonnert,  eg  bmt* 
nert,  to  thunder. 

bag  ^Ott'ttertoctter,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  thun- 
derstorm. 
lt,  double. 
f,  beg  -eg,  bte  3)orfer,  village. 

bte  £0rfie«te,  pi.,  inhabitants  of  the 
village. 

ber  £arn,  beg  -eg,  bte  -en,  thorn. 

bort,  there,  yonder. 

borttyin',  yonder,  over  there. 

twang,  see  brtngen. 

bran'gett,  brangte,  gebrangt,  to  press, 
push,  force. 

brau'ften,  outside. 

bret,  three. 

brei'mal,  three  times. 

brin'aen,  brang,  gebritngen,  to  press, 
push,  penetrate. 

btin'nen,  therein. 

brit'tc,  third ;  brttteng,  thirdly. 

bag  $rit'tef,  the  third. 

broken,  bro{;te,  gcbrofyt,  with  dat.,  to 
threaten. 

bte  $v0f'fel,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  thrush. 

brii'feen,  yonder,  on  that  side. 

brii'fcer,  see  bariifcer. 

brii'rfcn,  briirfte,  gebriicft,  to  press, 
squeeze,  oppress. 

fcntm,  see  barittn. 

bu,  you,  thou. 

ber  &nft,  beg  2)ufteg,  bte  2)itfte,  fra- 
grance, perfume. 

bni'ben,  butbete,  gebulbet,  endure, 
suffer,  allow. 

bnlb'fant,  tolerant. 


bnntm,  bitmmev,  ber  bitmmfte,  dull,  stu- 

pid ;  ber  S)umnte,  dunce,  simpleton. 
bte  S)nmm^cit,  ber  —  ,  bte  -en,  non- 

sense. 

bumjjf,  damp,  musty,  hollow. 
bnn'fel,  dark,    gloomy;    -Blau,    dark 

blue  ;  -griin,  dark  green. 
bag  £>im'fel,  beg  -g,  dark,  darkness. 
bte  £>«n'felljeit,  ber  —  ,  darkness. 
bim'feln,  bunfelte,  gebunfelt,  to  grow 

dark. 

bitnn,  thin,  slender. 
burcf),  prep,  with  ace.,  through,  by. 
bnrdjbc'bcn,   burrf)bebte,   burdjfcebt,    to 

shake;  thrill,  agitate. 
bnrtpiat'tern,  burc^btatierte,  bitrc^btafc- 

tert,  to  skim  over. 
burcfybrin'gen,  burd;brang,  burdjbrungen, 

to  penetrate. 
ber   ^uroygang,  beg  -eg,    bte   2>itrd^ 

gcinge,  passage. 
burdj'gefdjoffen,  shot  through. 
bnttt)fd)rei'ten,    bitrd)fc^)rttt,   bitrcfyfcfyrtt* 

ten,  to  walk  through,  to  cross. 
bifr'fen,     burfte,     geburft,    may,     be 

allowed,  or  permitted. 
biirf'te,  subj.,  might,  be  allowed. 
burr,  dry,  lean,  gaunt. 
ber  £«*ft,  beg  -eg,  thirst. 
bur'ftig,  thirsty. 
bu'fter,  dark,  gloomy. 


e'&en,  even,  level,  just,  merely,  just 

now.       ^ 

bag  @r^cn^0ls,  beg  -eg,  ebony. 
e'fcenfo,  likewise,  just  as,  in  the  same 

manner. 

edjt,  genuine,  real. 
bte  @'tfe,  ber  —  ,  bte  -en,  corner. 
ber  (g'belfteitt,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  jewel. 
e'lje,  subord.    conj.t   before,    sooner, 

rather. 
bte  (Slj're,  ber  —  ,  bte  -n,  honor. 


etyrett 


•10 


citcjcifdjon 


ety'rett,  efyrte,  geefyrt,  to  honor. 

bie  (gfj'retthwdje,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  escort, 

chaperon. 

ba3  <£t,  beg  (gteS,  bie  (*ier,  egg. 
(£t!  ei!  oh!  indeed! 
bie  ($H'dE)e,  ber  — ,  bie  -it,  oak. 
tj,  zealous,  eager. 
n,  own,  peculiar. 

,  real(ly),  truly,  proper (ly). 
d'cjentiimltd),  peculiar, 
bie  <£i'(e,  haste. 

ei'len,  eilte,  geeitt,  to  hurry,  hasten. 
ei'Hgr  hasty,  speedy;  in  haste, 
ber  (Si'mer,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  pail,  bucket. 
ettt,  -e,  -em,  -en,  -er,  -eg,  a,  one. 
eitt  wife  aitS,  in  and  out. 
etiun'Der,  each  other. 
em'brmgett,t  brang  ein,  eingebrnngen, 

to  enter. 

eht'fadj,  plain,  simple,  single. 
etn'faUett,t  fiel  ein,  eingefallen,  to  oc- 
cur to. 
ein'fiiljren,  fiiijrte  cin,  eingefitfyrt,  to  lead 

in,  introduce, 
cin'gct)cn,f   ging   ein,  eingegangen,  to 

go  in. 
eitt'^eisen,  ^eijte  ein,  eingefyei$t,  to  make 

fire,  heat. 

ei'nige,  some,  any,  several,  a  few. 
ein'fef)rett,t  le^rte  ein,  eingefetyrt,  to  put 

up,  stop. 
ein'fnben,  lub  ein,  eingelaben,  er  liibt 

ein,  to  invite. 
ctn'Iatifen,t    lief    ein,    etngelanfen,    er 

Kiuft  cut,  to  run  into. 
eitt'iciutett,  Uiutete    ein,  eingelaittet,  to 

ring  at  the  beginning  of. 
etn'mal,  one  time,  once,  just, 
eiunwl',  once  upon  a  time;  ntc^t  — , 

not  even. 
ein'ra^mcn,  rafymte  ein,  etngcra^ntt,  to 

frame. 
ein'ridEftett,  rtc^tete  ein,  eingertc^tet,  to 

arrange. 


eht$,  one. 

ein'fam,  lonesome,  alone,  solitary. 

em'frf)ettfen,  fd^enfte  ein,  eingcfcfyenft,  to 

pour  out  or  into. 
ein'fd)lafen,t  fd^tief  ein,  eingefcf)kfen,  to 

fall  asleep. 

ein'fdijlief,  see  etnfcfylafen. 
emft^reiten,t    fc^ritt   ein,  eingef(f)rittenf 

to  step  in. 
ein'ftKucj,  sparing  of  words,  reticent, 

curt. 
em'ftimmett,  ftitnmtc  ein,  eingeftimmt, 

to  join. 

em'tcmtg,  monotonous. 
ein'trcten,t    trat    ein,    eingetreten,    to 

enter, 
ber  (Sin'tvitt,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  entrance ; 

admission. 

em'jdtt,  single,  separate. 
ein'$ig,  only,  single, 
bag  (£t3,  beg  (£ifcg,  ice. 
bag  ©t'fett,  beg  -g,  iron, 
bie  ei'fenba^n,  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  railroad. 
e'ienfc,  miserable. 
elf,  eleven, 
bie  (£l'le,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  ell  (nearly  a 

yard}. 
bie  (gl'tertt,  pL,  parents. 

em^faf)!,  ent^fo|)(en,  er  em* 
,  to  recommend. 
',  up,  upward. 

ric^tete  cm^or,  -gerid^tet, 

to  raise,  to  straighten  up. 
em$j0r'f$»rutgen,t    f^rang    ent)jor,   -ge* 

f^mngen,  to  jump  up. 
emjjor'steljen,  §og  em^cr,  -gejogen,  to 

draw  or  pull  up. 
bag  @n'i»e,  beg  -eg,  bie  -en,  end. 
ett'ben,  enbete,  geenbet,  to  end,  finish. 
ettb'Iid),  finally. 
enb'ioS,  endless. 
eng,  narrow,  close, 
ber  (Sttg'd,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  angel, 
cng'dfrfyim,  as  beautiful  as  an  angel. 


11 


bcr  ©itg'lattbet,  beg  -8,  bie  — ,  Eng- 
lishman. 

eitg'lifd),  English. 

bag  (git'felfinb,  beg  -eg,  bie  -er,  grand- 
child. 

entfcelj'rett,  entbefyrte,  entbefyrt,  to  do 
without. 

bie  (Stt'te,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  duck. 

entfer'nen,  entfernte,  entfernt,  to  re- 
move; to  go  away  from ;  entfernt, 
remote,  away,  distant. 

entge'ijen,  towards. 

entflie'fjett,  entftoty,  entftotyen,  to  flee 
away. 

entgc'genfimfeht,  fimfelte  — ,  -gefuntelt, 
to  shine  toward. 

entge'{jenl)altett,  fyielt  — ,  -gefyaften,   to 
hold  out  toward. 
',  along. 

fdjritt  — ,  -gefd)rit* 
ten,  to  walk  along. 

entfdjlte'ftett,  enrfcfylofj,  entf(fyloffen,  to 
decide,  determine. 

etttfdjul'bigett,  entfcfyulbtgte,  entfdjnlbigt, 
to  excuse. 

fi$  cntfe^cn,  entfe^te  ftt^,  fid?  entfefct, 
to  he  shocked  or  horrified. 

cnthjct'fcn,  entn?arf,  enthjorfen,  to 
sketch. 

ba3  ©rfcar'men,  beg  -8,  pity. 

ber  ®r'be,  beg  -it,  bie  -n,  heir. 

erfcit'teit,  erfcat,  crfcetcn,  to  get  by  beg- 
ging. 

cr6Ict'^ett,t  er6lic^r  er6lid;en,  to  grow 
pale. 

er&lirf'ett,  erblicfte,  erfclirft,  to  see. 

ber  ©rb'dobcn,  beg  -g,  earth,  ground. 

bie  (Sr'be,  ber  — ,  earth,  ground. 

er'big,  earthy. 

ber  ©rb'ratit^,  beg  -eg,  ground-smoke, 
earth-vapors. 

erfaf'fen,  erfa^te,  erfafjt,  to  grasp,  seize. 

bie  ®t?fin'bung,  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  inven- 
tion. 


etffe'ljen,  erflel^te,  erflefyt    to   get  by 
entreaty. 

erfreii'en,  erfreute,  erfreut,  to  rejoice, 
gladden. 

erfrif$'eit,  erfrifc^te,  erfrif^t,  refresh. 

crgrci'fen,  ergriff,  ergriffen,  to  seize. 

ctgriff',  see  ergreifen. 

cr^ai'tcn,  er^ielt,  erfyalten,  to  keep,  pre- 
serve. 

erljtfj'en,  er^i^te,  cr^i^t,  to  heat. 

bie  (Srin'ttmrng,  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  remem- 
brance, memory. 

erfamjj'fett,  erfampfte,  evfam^ft,  to  get 
by  fighting. 

erfcm'nte,  see  erfennen. 

erfen'nett,  erfannte,  erfannt,  to  recog- 
nize. 

erfla'ren,  erftarte,  erftart,  to  explain; 
to  declare. 

erlmt'fcen,  erlaubte,  erlcwbt,  to  allow, 
permit. 

bie  <£r'le,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  alder. 

bag  (gr'tettbtrftdljt,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  alder- 
thicket. 

bag  (gr'Iettge&itfdj,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  alder- 
bushes. 

bag    <£r'IengeftruW>,    beg   -eg,    alder- 
bushes. 

erliifdj'ett,  edofd),  erlofcfyen,  to   disap- 
pear, vanish,  go  or  put  out. 

erlii'fen,  erlofte,  erloft,  to  deliver. 

mtft, 

crwft^oft,  J 

eriiff'nen,  eroffnete,  eroffnet,  to  open, 
lead. 

erquicfte,  erquicft,  to  restore. 
f  erreidjte,  erretc^t,  to  reach. 

errang,  errungen,  to  get  by 
effort. 

erfdjal'tot,   erfd)ott,    erfc^oflen,   to    re- 
sound. 

erfdjei'itett,t  erftf)ien,  erfc^ienen,  to  ap- 
pear. 

erfctyott',  see 


serious,  earnest,  stern. 


etfdjityft 


12 


Senftcrfdjeibe 


t',  exhausted,  fatigued. 

erfdjrerf'en,  erfcfyrerfte,  erfcfyrerft,  to 
frighten,  startle. 

etfdjrerf'en,!  erfcfyraf,  erfcfyrorfen,  to  be 
frightened  or  alarmed. 

erfrfjnwf'en,  see  erfd)recfen. 

erft,  first;  at  first;  not  until;  er'fteng, 
in  the  first  place,  firstly;  er'fter, 
former. 

erfims'stett,  erftcmnte,  erftaurtt,  to  be  as- 
tonished. 

bag  (Srftau'iten,  beg  -g,  astonishment. 

erftmmt',  astonished. 

erftm'teit,  erftritt,  crftritten,  to  get  by 
striving. 

ertii'nen,t  ertonte,  ertont,  resound. 

ertrm'fen,t  ertranf,  ertruttten,  to  be 
drowning,  drown. 

erfcmd)'en,t  ertoadjte,  ertoacfyt,  to  awake, 
wake. 

erftmd)'fen,t  ertmtcfyg,  ertoacfyfert,  to 
grow  up. 

erhwr'ten,  ertoartete,  ertoartet,  to  wait, 
expect. 

erttier'&eit,  ertoarb,  ertoorfcett,  to  ac- 
quire, gain. 

etHrie'aem,  ertDteberte,  ertt>iebert,  to  re- 
turn, reply,  answer. 

-eS,  bie  -e,  metal. 
er^a^Ue,  erja^tt,  to  tell,  relate, 
crjtoang,    erjltjungen,    to 
force. 

e§,  it ;  there. 

ef'fett,  a^,  gegcffcn,  er  \$t,  to  eat. 

ba^  ©f'fcn,  beS  -«,  meal,  food. 

bcr  (Sft'faol,  be§  -c«,  bie  e^fdle,  dining- 
room. 

bag  (g^^immcr,  beg  -3,  bie  — ,  dining- 
room. 

ct'toa^f  something,  anything,  some- 
what. 

eu'er,  eit'rer,  your. 

bag  (^tJaune'Iutm,  gospel. 

bie  (g'twgfett,  ber  --,  eternity. 


l,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  fable. 

ber  3ra'ben,  beg  -g,  bie  ^aben,  thread. 

bie  3fayne,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  flag. 

fa^'rm,f  fu^r,  gefafyren,  er  fa^rt,  to 
drive,  pass. 

ber  Sfaljf'ttieg,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  road, 
wagon  road. 

fal'lett,f  fid,  gef alien,  ev  fciat,  to  fall. 

fctffd),  false,  deceitful. 

ber  3ral'te!tUwrf,  beg  -eg,  drapery. 

bie  8ami'Iie,  ber  — ,  bie  -n  (four  sylla- 
bles), family. 

fmtb  mi3,  see  augftnben. 

faitcj'en,  fing,  gefaugen,  er  fangt,  to 
catch. 

bie  Sar'&e,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  paint,  color. 

faf'fett,  fajjte,  gcfa^t.  to  seize,  grasp,  set. 

faft,  almost. 

bag  $af$,  beg  ^affeg,  bie  ftaffcr,  barrel. 

bie  ^fouft  ber  — ,  bie  ^-ciuftc,  fist. 

fcd^'tcn,  fod;t,  gefocf)ten,  er  fid)t,  to  fence, 
fight. 

bie  l^c'bcr,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  feather,  pen. 

bie  $ee,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  fairy. 

fe^'ien,  fefyltc,  gcfe(;It,  to  miss,  fail, 
want,  lack,  be  absent. 

ber  8?d)'(er,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  error,  mis- 
take. 

fet'ern,  feierte,  gefeiert,  to  celebrate, 
hold,  keep. 

fern,  fine,  nice,  elegant,  delicate. 

ber  $etnt>,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  enemy. 

bag  Srelb,  beg  -eg,  bie  -er,  field. 

ber  $el3,  *>*$  ^etfen,  bie  geljen  or  ber 
^etfen,  beg  gfdfenS,  bie  ^-dfen,  rock. 

bag  fferfetttiff,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  cliff, 
reef. 

bag  gfdS'ftiuf,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  piece  of 
rock. 

bag  ^fen'fter,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  window. 

bie  3fett'fterfrf)eibe,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  win- 
dow-pane. 


fern 


13 


Jyfrttt 


fern,  far,  distant. 

bte  $er'ne,  ber  — ,  distance. 

fer'tig,  ready,  done,  finished. 

bag  3reft,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  feast,  holiday, 
festival. 

fcft,  firm,  fast. 

ber  3fef*'0*f<ttt&'  beg  -eg,  bte  -gejimge, 
festive  song. 

feft'ttd),  festive,  in  holiday  atiire. 

feft'nafjctt,  nafyte  feft,  feftgendfyt,  to  sew 
fast. 

fctt,  fat. 

fewdjt,  moist,  damp. 

bag  Better,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  fire. 

bte  tficdd,  ber  — ,  bte  -tt,  fiddle. 

ber  $ie'Dell)ogett,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  fiddle- 
bow. 

fie'fccltt,  ftebelte,  geftebelt,  to  fiddle,  to 
play  the  fiddle. 

fiel,  see  fallen. 

ftnfc'en,  fanb,  gefunben,  to  find. 

fing,  see  fangen. 

ber  ^ittg'cr,  beg  -$f  bte  — ,  finger. 

bte  3ring'crftri<je,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  finger- 
tip. 

ber  $hrf,  be^  -en,  bte  -en,  finch. 

fin'ftcr,  dark,  gloomy. 

ber  $ifrf>,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  fish. 

ftfcf)'en,  ftfcfyte,  gefifd)t,  to  fish. 

ber  Sifdj'er,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  fisher- 
man. 

bic  ^ifdj'erfrmi,  ber  — ,  bic  -en,  fisher- 
woman. 

flodj,  flat,  level. 

bie  %la'tf)e,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  surface, 
plain. 

bie  3-la'fd)c,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  bottle. 

fletfj'tett,  ftocfyt,  geftoc^ten,  er  flidjt,  to 
twine,  weave. 

bag  flletfd),  beg  -eg,  flesh,  meat. 

fleift'tg,  diligent,  industrious. 

fltff'ctt,  fticfte,  geftirft,  to  patch,  mend. 

fJie'nen,t  ftog,  geffogen,  to  fly. 

flic'^en,  ftofy,  geflo^en,  to  flee. 


nft  ffofc,  gefloffen,  to  flow;    -b, 

flowing,  liquid. 
"n,  see  fttcgen. 
n,    finite,    gcfluc^t,    to    curse, 

swear. 

fliidj'ttg,  fugitive,  slight,  hasty, 
ber  Slu'gel,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  wing. 
flitf'fig,  fluid,  liquid. 
flu'ftern,  flufterte,  gcftiiftert,  to  whis- 
per. 

ber  $htf?,  beg  ftluffeg,  bte  ^litffe,  river, 
bte  $Uit,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  flood,  water. 
fol'aeit,t  folgte,  gefclgt,  to  follow, 
ber  Srife'fter,  be^  -g,  bte  — ,  forester, 

forest-keeper. 
fort,  on,  away,  gone. 
fort'fnf)ren;t  fit^r  — ,  -fortgefat;ren,  to 

drive  on  or  away ;  continue. 
fort'geljen,t  ging  — ,  gcgangcn,  to  go 

away,  continue. 
fort'iagett,  jagte  — ,  -gejagt,  to   drive 

away. 
fort'fb'mten,  fonnte  — ,  -gefonnt,  to  be 

able  to  proceed  or  to  get  away. 
fotft'lmtfen,t  lief  — ,  -gelanfen,  to  run 

away. 
fovi'reiten,t  ritt  — ,  -gcritten,  to  ride 

away, 
fm-t'fejfett,   fe^te  — ,  fortgefe^t,  to   put 

away,  to  continue. 
fort'tragen,  trng  — ,  -gctragcn,  to  carry 

away. 
fort'freifcen,  trieb  — ,  -getrieben,  to  drive 

away. 
fort'ste^en,  §cg  — ,  -gesogen,  to   pull 

away,  move  away. 
fort'toerfett,    toarf   — ,    -gett>orfen,    to 

throw  away. 

bie  ftra'ge,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  question. 
fra'gc«f  fragte,  gefragt,  to  ask;  reflex., 

to  be  a  question. 
fraf?,  see  freffen. 
bie  ft-rait,  ber  — ,  bte  -enf  woman,  wife, 

lady,  Mrs. 


14 


tie  Sfrow'eitgeftaft,  ber  — ,  bie  -en, 
female  form. 

bag  Sfraw'tetaf  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  young 
lady,  Miss. 

fret,  free,  leisure. 

fvci'en,  freite,  gefreit,  to  woo,  marry. 

bie  ^rci'ljett,  fc,cr  — f  bfc  _en^  liberty. 

frei'foffeit,  u'e$  — ,  -getaffen,  to  set  free. 

frei'itdj,  certainly,  indeed,  of  course ; 
however. 

fremb,  strange,  foreign;  ber  $retnbe, 
stranger. 

fref'feit,  fraf?,  gefreffcn,  er  fri^t,  to  eat 
(used  of  animals  only). 

bie  Srreu'be,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  joy,  pleas- 
ure ;  mit  tcwfenb  -n,  very  gladly. 

ber  ^reti'benfdjret,  beg  -eg,  cry  of  joy. 

freu'btg,  joyful,  glad. 

freiib'fcoll,  happy,  joyous. 

fid)  freu'en,  freute  fid),  gefreut,  to  re- 
joice, be  glad ;  ficfy  auf  ettoag  freuen, 
to  look  forward  to  or  anticipate 
with  pleasure. 

ber  ^reunb,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  friend. 

fremtb'Itd),  kind,  friendly. 

ber  3frte't>e(n),  beg  ^riebeng,  bie  ^rieben, 
peace,  quiet. 

ber  Srrieb'ljof,  beg  -eg,  bie  -^cfe,  grave- 
yard, cemetery. 

frie'ren,  fror,  gefroren,  to  freeze. 

frifd),  fresh,  anew. 

3M*j,  Fred. 

frol),  happy,  glad,  joyous, 

friilj'tid),  glad,  happy,  merry. 

ber  fyrol)'fmtt,  cheerfulness. 

bev  ^rofc^,  beg  -eg,  bie  ^rofdje,  frog. 

ber  S*oft,  beg  -eg,  bie  ^ro'fte,  frost, 
cold. 

bie  Srru^t,  ber  — ,  bie  ftriicfytc,  fruit. 

frity,  early. 

frit;()er,  earlier,  former(ly) . 

ber  $riif)'ttng,  beg  -g,  bie  -e,  spring. 

bag  ^riilj'ftiirf,  beg  -eg,  breakfast. 

fity'lcn,  fii(;(te,  gefiitylt,  to  feel. 


f«I)r,  see  fafyren;   ful;r  fort,  see  fort- 

fafyren. 

fii^'rett,  fii^rte,  gefii^rt,  to  lead, 
ber  Sfity'rer,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  guide. 
fiil'Iett,  fiiate,  gefiitlt,  to  fill. 
fiinf,  five;  -sefyn,  fifteen. 
fim'feln,  funfelte,  gefunfeft,  to  sparkle, 

shine, 
fur, prep,  with  ace.,  for,  by;  toag  fiir 

ein,  what  kind  of  a. 
fiirdj'ten,  fiird)tete,  gefiirc^tet,  to  fear, 

dread;    fid)    fiirdjtett    (t>or),    to   be 

afraid  (of). 
fiir3,/or  fiir  bag. 
ber  Sriirft,  beg   -en,  bie  -en,  prince, 

sovereign, 
ber  3ftsftr  beg  -eg,  bie  $ii$e,  foot;  511 

^ii^en,  at  the  feet, 
ber  $«ft'£fab,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  footpath. 
fiit'tern,  fiittertc,  gefiittert,  to  feed. 


,  see  gefcen. 

,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  fork. 

bie  @an$,  ber  — ,  bie  ©anfe,  goose. 

ber  (Mn'feftaH,  beg  -eg,  bie  -ftafle,  goose- 
pen  or  stall. 

gmt5,  whole,  all,  entire,  wholly,  quite, 
very ;  gan$  unb  gar,  completely,  en- 
tirely ;  ein  gan5er  $d'ntg,  every  inch 
a  king. 

gar,  quite,  very,  even,  indeed,  alto- 
gether, at  all. 

ber  (^ar'tett,  beg  -g,  bie  ©arten,  garden. 

ber  dfrart'ner,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  gardener. 

ber  ©aft,  beg  -g,  bie  @afte,  guest. 

gefca'ren,  gefcar,  geboren,  to  bear,  to 
give  birth  to. 

bag  Gfrefcmi'be,  beg  -eg,  bie  — ,  building. 

ge'&en,  gab,  gegefcen,  er  giefct,  to  give, 
grant,  yield,  afford. 

bag  ©e&et',  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  prayer. 

bag  (&e&tr'ge,  beg  -eg,  bie  — ,  moan; 
tains,  mountain  chain. 


15 


gefco'ren,  born ;  see  gefcaren. 

geferadjt',  see  fcrtngen. 

gefcra'ten,  see  braten. 

ge&rjw'cfyen,    gebrattdjte,   gebraitcfyt,   to 

use. 

gefcrmirftf',  see  braudjen  and  gebraudjen. 
ge&rod)'cn,  broken-hearted ;  see  brecfyen. 
ber  <$efrsrt3'tag,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  birth- 
day, 
bag  ©efciifdj',  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  brush, 

underwood,  bushes. 
gefcatfjt',  see  bertfen. 

ber  <$efean'fe,  beg  -rig,  bte  -n,  thought. 
gefcan'fenfcoH,  thoughtful. 
gebeifyen,  gebtel;,  gebiefyen,t  to  thrive, 
bte  dlebislb',  ber  — ,  patience. 
geburft',  see  biirfcn. 
gefai'len,  geftel,  gefatten,  er  gefattt,  to 

please,  suit. 

ber  ©efal'Ien,  beg  -g,  favor. 
gefal'ttgft,  please,  if  you  please. 
bag  ©efang'niS,  beg  -niffeg,  bte  -ntffe, 

prison. 

gefiel',  see  gefaden. 
gcffo'gen,  see  fttegen. 
bag  ©efitl)l',  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  feeling, 

sensation. 
gegan'jjett,  see  gefyen. 
ge'gctt,  prep,   with  ace.,  against,  at, 

towards,  about, 
bte  dk'genb,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  region, 

country,  vicinity. 

,  across,  opposite. 

ftartb  — ,  -geftanben, 

to  stand  opposite. 
gerjef'fett,  see  effen. 
gc^,  -e,  -ft,  -t,  see  gefyen. 
getyafct',  had ;  see  ^aben. 
getjal'ten,  taken ;  see  fatten. 
gcfyctm'mi&oIJ,  mysterious. 
ge't)en,f  gtng,  gegangen,  to  go,  walk; 

eg  get)t  ntrf)t,  it  will  not  do,  it  is  not 

possible. 

',  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  brain. 


geljol'fett,  see  fyelfett. 
ge^olt',  see  fydert. 

gc()or'c^eit,  ge^orc^te,  ge^ord^t,  to  obey. 
gefyd'rett,  ge^orte,  gefjort,  to  belong. 
gcfjort',  see  ^oren  and  gefyo'ren. 
bte  ®ei'ge,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  violin,  fiddle. 
bag  ©ei'gettfpiel,  beg  -eg,  violin-play- 
ing, fiddling, 
ber  dki'ger,  beg   -g,  bte   — ,  fiddler, 

violinist. 

ber  0*eift,  beg  -eg,  bte  -er,  spirit,  mind. 
geifi'103,  dull,  unintellectual. 
gefonnt',  see  fortnen. 
gett),  yellow. 

beg  -eg,  money. 
',  learned ;  see  lefyren. 
gelitt'geit,  gelang,  gelungen,  eg  geltngt 

ntir,  impers.  with  dat.,  to  succeed. 
gel'ten,  gait,  gegolten,  eg   gilt,   to   be 

worth;  mean,  to  be  aimed  at. 
ber  (&emal)ir,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  husband, 

consort,  spouse. 
gemuftt',  see  ntiiffen. 
gencjttttt',  see  nennen. 
gcnau',  accurate,  exact(ly). 
ber  dkneral',  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  general. 
gene'fen,t  genag,  genejen;  to  recover. 
genieff en,  genofc,  genofjen,  to  enjoy. 
genom'men,  see  neijmen. 
gcnng'f  enough. 
gera'fce,  straight,  direct,  exactly,  just; 

gerabe  fo,  in  the  same  way. 
germt'mtg,  spacious,  large, 
bag  ©ermtfdj',  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  noise. 
gering',  small,  common,  ordinary. 
©eriit'geS,  see  gering,  trifle. 
gerit'ten,  see  reiten. 
getn(e),  willingly,  gladly,  to  like  to. 
dkr'trttfc,  Gertrude. 
geru'fen,see  rnfen;  it)ie  gernfen,  just  in 

time. 

gerittjrt',  touched,  moved ;  see  riu)ren» 
ber  dkfmtg',  beg  -eg,  bie  ©ejange,  song, 

singing. 


16 


glatt 


bag  ©efdjaft',  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  business. 

gefdjaf)',  .see  gefcfyefyen. 

gefdje'<)eit,t   gef^aty,   gefdjeljen,    eg   ge* 

fcfyiefyt,  to  happen,  occur. 
bag  <&efd)enf',  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  present, 

gift. 

bie  ©cfd)id)'te,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  story. 
gefrfn'rfy,  skili'ul,  clever  ;  see  fcin'cfen, 
gefd)ieljt',  see  gefcfyefyen. 
gefrtjte'nett,  see  fcfyeinen. 
bag  dkfdjirr',  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  dishes, 

tableware. 

gefdjlof'fen,  see  fcfytiefcen. 
ber   ®efd)macf',  beg  -eg,  taste,  good 

taste. 

bag  ©efdjmei'be,  beg  -eg,  jewelry. 
gefdfpf'fen,  see  fdn'e^en. 
gefdjrecft',  frightened. 
bag  ©efdjrei',  beg  -eg,  cry(ing),  shout- 


gefrfjrie'fcen,  see  jdjreifcen. 

gejrfjrie'en,  see  fcfyreien* 

gefctyrit'tett,  see  fcfyreiten, 

ber  dkfel'ie,  beg  -n,  bie  -n,  journey- 

man; companion. 
fid)  gefel'Iett,  to  associate. 
bag  ©cfel'ienftiirf,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  jour- 

neyman's piece  of  work. 
bie  ©efell'fdjaft,  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  society, 

company. 
gefef'fen,  .see  fi^en* 
bag  G*efii*)t',  beg  -eg,  bie  -er,  face. 
bag  ©eftettft',  beg  -eg,  bie  -er,  ghost, 

phantom,  apparition. 
geftrmt'gen,  see  ftmngett. 
bie  ©eftalt,  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  form,  shape, 

figure. 

Qeftcm'ben,  see  fte^en. 
bag  ©eftcin'f  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  mass  of 

stone,  stones. 
geft'ern,  yesterday  ;  geftern  2lfcenb,  last 

night. 

geftolj'Ieit,  see  ftet)Ien, 
fterfcett. 


bag  ^cftrii^',  beg  -eg,  bushes,  bram 
bles,  underbrush. 

gcftmb',  sound,  healthy. 

,  see  fingen. 
n',  done ;  see  tl;un» 

bag  ©efranf(e),  beg  -eg,  bie  — ,  drink, 
beverage. 

getrmi'en,  getraute,  getraut,  to  dare 
venture. 

gctrof'fcn,  see  trefferu 

gettoft',  confident(ly). 

getrtm'feit,  see  trinfen, 

gciibt',  skilled  ;  see  iifcen* 

geluat'tig,  powerful,  strong,  very 
much,  extremely. 

bag  ©ettmnfo',  beg  -eg,  garb,  costume. 

bag  ©etoetyr',  bsg  -eg,  bie  -e,  gun. 

getoe'fen,  been  ;  see  fein. 

gcttim'nen,  geiDann,  geit>onnen,  to  win, 
gain. 

geiw^',  certain  (ly),  sure(ly). 

getoofyn'ttdj,  usual  (ly),  ordinary,  cus- 
tomary, common. 

getoofptt',  accustomed,  see  itjo^nen. 

getoor'beit,  see  ttjerben, 

gettior'fett,  see  toerfen. 

gein«f|t'f  see  h)iffen. 

ber  GNe'fcel,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  gable. 

giefc,  -ft,  -t,  see  geben, 

eg  giebt,  there  is  or  are. 

gteff en,  go^,  gegoffen,  to  pour. 

bag  ©tft,  beg  —eg,  bie  — e,  poison. 

ging,  -en,  see  gefyen ;  ging  anf,  see  auf* 
ge^>en ;  ging  anf  nnb  ab,  see  anf-  unb 
a6get)en ;  ging  fytn,  f)inang,  unter,  see 
fn'ngefyen,  ^inaugge^en,  nntergef)en. 

ber  (Ui^'fel,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  top  or  crown 
(of  a  tree). 

ber  ©tons,  beg  -eg,  light,  lustre. 

glait'5cn,  gtanjte,  geglanjt,  to  shine, 
glisten. 

bag  ©Ia3,  beg  ©lafeg,  bie  ©lafer,  glass. 

glatt,  gtatter,  ber  gtattefte,  smooth,  even, 
slippery. 


gfanbcn 


glmt'ben,  glanbte,  geglaubt,  to  believe, 
think. 

glcirf),  same,  (a) like,  even,  equal (ly) ; 
immediately,  directly,  at  once. 

glei'rfjeu,  gltcfy,  gegu'cfyen,  to  resemble,  be 
like. 

gfeidj'gitliig,  indifferent. 

glei'teu,t  gu'tt,  gegu'tten,  to  glide,  slide, 
slip. 

bag  ©liefc,  beg  -eg,  bte  -er,  limb. 

bie  dHotf'e,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  bell. 

ber  OHorf'eugiefter,  beg  -8,  bte  — ,  bell- 
founder. 

bag  ©lurf,  beg  -eg,  luck,  happiness, 
fortune. 

glitctftdj,  lucky,  fortunate,  happy. 

bag  OHurfS'fiub,  beg  -eg,  bte  -er,  child 
of  fortune. 

bte  ©hit,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  glow,  glare, 
flame. 

gna'big,  merciful. 

(Stoe'tye,  Goethe. 

bag  <£ott>,  beg  -eg,  gold. 

gol'beu,  golden. 

©ol'beuer,  Goldener. 

bag  ©olb'lmtb,  beg  -eg,  bte  ©olblanber, 
gold-land. 

<&ott>r03'i$eu,  Goldenrose. 

ber  ©olb'fdjmieb,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  gold- 
smith, jeweler. 

ber  ©olb'ftmuj,  beg  -eg,  gold-dust. 

gim'nen,  gonnte,  gegonnt,  to  grant. 

ber  dtott,  beg  -eg,  bte  ©otter,  God, 
Lord  ;  ©ott  fei  ®anf !  Thank  God ! 

ber  Otot'teSMettft,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  divine 
service. 

gra'ben,  grub,  gegrafcett,  er  graBt,  to  dig. 

ber  <£raf,  beg  -en,  bte  -en,  count. 

bag  SraS,  beg  ©rafeg,  bte  ©rafer,  grass. 

grmt,  gray. 

grmi'barHg,  gray-bearded. 

bag  (£rcwen,  beg  -g,  horror,  fear. 

bag  <£ tail' fen,  beg  -g,  horror,  terror. 

gtmt'fig,  awful,  horrible. 


gtei'fen,  griff,  gegrtffen,  to  seize,  grasp, 
grab. 

gtei'nen,  gretnte,  gegretnt,  to  weep,  cry. 

gteO,  shrill,  glaring. 

griff,  see  gretfen, 

ber  ©riff,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  grab,  grasp, 
snatch ;  handle. 

groft,  grb'ber,  ber  grobfte,  coarse. 

gto%  grower,  ber  gro^te,  big,  tall, 
grown;  mtt  gro^en  SUtgen,  ear- 
nestly. 

bte  ©ro^c,  greatness. 

bte  ©roft'mutter,  ber  — ,  bte  -tniitter, 
grandmother. 

grii^t,  see  grofj. 

ber  ©ro^'tiatcr,  beg  -g,  bte  -t>ater,  grand- 
father. 

grim,  -e,  -ent,  -en,  -er,  -eg,  green. 

ber  ©runt),  beg  -eg,  bte  ©rimbe,  ground, 
valley;  reason. 

bte  d$ru|»'Jje,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  group. 

ber  ©rnft,  beg  -eg,  bte  ©rit$e,  greeting. 

griifi'ett,  gritfcte,  gegrii^t,  to  greet; 
(55rii§  ©ott!  a  salutation  like  ,,©u* 
ten  ^ag." 

bag  (But,  beg  -eg,  bte  ©liter,  estate ;  pi. 
goods. 

gut,  -e,  -em,  -en,  -er,  -eg,  beffer,  ber 
befte,  good,  kind,  well;  very  well. 

gut'mittig,  good-natured,  kind. 


bag  ^>aar,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  hair. 
t,  fyatte,  gefyabt,  have. 
t,  ^aftete,  ge^aftet,  to  be  fixed, 

rest,  adhere, 
ber  jgmfm,  beg  -eg,  bte  ^di^ne,  cock, 

rooster. 
^att,  half. 
^alf,  see  ^elfen ;  eg  ^alf  tf>m  atteg  ntc^tg, 

it  was  all  of  no  use. 
bte  $cilf'te,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  half, 
bie  jgml'Ie,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  hall. 
JjaHen,  fyattte,  ge^attt,  to  resound. 


18 


fyctrauffommcn 


ber  4>al3,  beg  £alfe8,  bie  £dlfe,  neck; 

$atg  iiber  $o£f,  headlong,  bead  over 

heels. 
Jjal'ten,  fyiett,  gcfyalten,  er  fyatt,  to  hold, 

keep,  observe. 

ber  &alt,  beg  -eg,  halt,  hold,  stop, 
bie  Jgmnb,  ber  — ,  bie  §dnbe,  hand. 
bie  3?mtb'ti0U,  ber  — ,  handful, 
bag  £anb'toerf,  beg  -eg,  bie  -c,  trade, 

profession, 
ber  i£>an&'h)erf$lMrfdt)e,  beg  -it,  bie  -it, 

journeymen,  traveling   tradesman 

or  mechanic. 

ber  Jfmitg,  beg  -eg,  bie  «£>dnge,  slope. 
fcattg'ctt,  tying,  gefyangcn,  er  fyangt,  to 

hang,  be  suspended. 
tymtg'en,  fydngte,  gefydngt,  to  hang  (up). 
$art,  fyartcr,  ber  fydrtcfte,  hard,  difficult. 
ba«  4>a$'rf>ett,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  little  hare, 
ber  $a'fe,  keg  -n,  bie  -n,  hare,  rabbit. 
fmft'ltdj,  ugly. 
^aftr  see  I;aben. 
bie  &aft,  ber  — ,  haste. 
£ai,  see  I;aten;  fjatte,  -n,  -tf  had,  see 

(;a6en;  fyatte  an,  see  an^aben;  {;dtte; 

would  have. 

ber  ^attrfj,  bc^  -eg,  breath. 
tyou'en,  ^aute,  gel;aut,  to  strike,  hew, 

cut. 
ber  $ais'fe(it),  beg  -ng,  bie  -n,  heap, 

pile. 
J)mt'fig,  frequently. 

,  beg  -eg,  bie  ^au^tcr,  head. 

un,  beg  -g,  bie  -leute,  cap- 
tain. 

bie  ^aupffiabt,  ^cr  — ,  bie  -ftabtc,  capi- 
tal (city). 
bag    iprtu§,   beg   £aufeg,   bie    §aufer, 

house;    511   <£>aufe,   at   home;    nat^ 

£aufe,  home, 
bag   ^aud'c^ett,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  little 

house, 
ber  $mt$'gatta,  beg  -eg,  bie  -gdnge,  hall, 

passage,  corridor. 


bie  Jpflut,  ber  —  ,  bie  §dute,  hide,  skin. 
Jje'feett,  t;ob,  ge^oben,  to  lift,  raise. 
bie  4?ed'e,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  hedge. 
bie  Jpct'bc,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  heath. 
Jf>ei'i»el&erg,  Heidelberg,  a  city  on  the 

Neckar,  seat  of  a  famous  German 

university. 
bag   4>ei'benro$lem,   keg   -g/  heather- 

rose. 

bag  £etl,  beg  -eg,  welfare;  $cil!  hail! 
()ei'{taen,  fyeitigte,  ge^eiliget,  to  hallow. 
l)cim,  home. 

bie  £ei'nwt,  ber  —  ,  home. 
I)eim'geijett,t  ging  ^eim,  -gegangen,  to 

go  home. 


'litf),  secret. 
ljeim'fr>mmen,t  fam  —  ,  -getommen,  to 

come  or  get  home. 
^etn'rid),  Henry. 
Ijci'ratcn,  fjeiratcte,  getyetratet,  to  marry. 


,  t;ic^,  gel;ei^en,  to  be  called  ;  er 

^ei^t,  his  name  is  ;  command  ;  order. 
Ijci'tcr,  clear,  bright,  serene. 
tycl'fctt,  fyalf,  gel;clfen,  er  ^ilft,  to  help. 
tyell,  bright,  clear,  loud. 
bag  *|>cmfo,  beg  -eg,  bie  -en,  shirt,  robe. 
Ijer,  along,  ago  ;  fyinter  —  ,  behind. 
fferafc'fcremteit,  brannte  —  ,  -gebramtt,  to 

burn  down,  glare  down. 
tyerafc'fffyauen,   fd;aute   —  ,  gefcfyaut,  to 

look  down. 
l)era&rfd)cmen,  jc^iett  —  ,  gefd;tenen,  to 

shine  down. 
Ijetem',  on,  near,  up. 
Ijeran'f0mmen,t  !am  —  ,  -gefommert,  to 

approach. 
I>eran'tretett,t    trat   —  ,    -getreten,    to 

step  up. 
ljeran'hmrf)fett,t  tt>uc^g  —  ,  -getoacfyfen,  to 

grow  up. 

tyeraufgefumtnen,  see  (;erauffommen. 
J)crauf'ft>mmen,t  fam  —  ,  gefommen,  to 

come  up. 


19 


tt,  gab  — ,  -gegefcen,  to  give 

(back),  return. 
Ijermi§'fam,  see  fyeranSfommen. 
Ijerau3'f0mmeit,t  fam  — ,  -gefommen, 

to  come  out. 
IjetrcmS'Iaffen,  u'e$  — ,  -gefaffen,  to  let 

out. 
I>er<w3'nef;mett,  natym  — ,  -genommen, 

to  take  out. 
l)ermt$ffrf)mien,  fdjante  — ,  -gefcfyant,  to 

look  out. 
ljer<w§'fretett,t   trat   — ,  -getreten,   to 

step  out. 
fjermtS'stefjen,  jog  — ,  -gesogen,  to  pull 

out. 

Ijerau3's0{j,  see  fyerau^tefyen. 
ber  $ev&fir  be3  -e3,  bte  -e,  autumn, 

fall. 
J)emn'f0mmett,t  fam  — ,  -gefommen,  to 

come  in. 
f)ereh!'toffcn,  Itc$  — ,  -gelaffen,  to  let 

in. 
fceretn'tretett/t    trat   — ,   -getreten,   to 

step  in. 
^erein'iuerfctt,  ix>arf  — ,  -gett?orfen,  to 

throw  in. 

it,  see  ^ereinlaffen. 

flog  —,  -geftogen,  to  fly 

(hither,  along,  or  past). 
Ijer'gefjett,!  gtng  — ,  -gegartgen,  to  walk, 

go  (hither,  along,  or  past). 
fjet'lja&ett,  fyatte  — ,  -ge^afet,  to  get. 
tyer'f0tnmett,t  fam  — ,  -gefommen,  to 

come  (hither,  along,  or  from). 
t)cr'laufenft  lief  — ,  -gelaufen,  to  run. 
bcr  ^crr/  be§  -n,  bcm  -n,  ben  -n,  bte 

-en,  gentleman,  lord,  master;  Mr.; 

Sjftetne  §erren!  Gentlemen! 
ber  4>err'gott,  beg  -e§,  Lord  God. 
fyerr'ltd),  splendid, 
bte  ^crr'IicJifeit  glory,  splendor. 
Ijerr'frfjett,  t^errfc^te,  ge^errfc^t,  to  rule, 

prevail. 

r,  across,  over. 


Hang  — ,  geflnngen,  to 

sound  across  or  over. 
Ijerit'6erf0mmen,t  fam  — ,  -gefmnmen, 

to  come  across. 
tyerit'fccrtimen,    tonte    — ,    -getont,    to 

sound  across  or  over. 
fyerum',  around,  about. 
$erttm'gcf)cit,  t  ging  — ,  -gegangen,  to 

walk  around  or  about. 
ljerwtt'{aitfcn,t  Kief  — ,  -gelaufen,  to  run 

around  or  about. 
tyentm'tofjpett,  tapple   — ,  -geta^^t,  to 

grope  around  or  about. 
ljeriim'nwten,t  toatete  — ,  -gettjatet,  to 

wade  around. 
J)entm'ftiir&cl«,t    ttjtrbette  — ,   -getoir* 

Belt,  to  whirl  around. 
,  down. 

^t   ftet  — ,  -gefatten,  to 

fall  down. 

Jjertm'terfaHt,  -ftcl,  see  ^emnterfatten. 
tyevim'tevtteljmett,  nafjm  — ,  -genommen, 

to  take  down. 
Ijerim'terfdjieften,  fc^o^  — ,  -gefcfyoffen, 

to  shoot  down. 
l)erwt'terf$jrtttgett,t    f^rang    — ,    -ge* 

tyrnngen,  to  jump  down. 
^etim'terttictfcn,  toarf  — ,  -geitjorfen,  to 

throw  down. 
J)ert>0r',  forth,  out. 
^ert»0r'f0mmcn,t  fam  — ,  -gefommen, 

to  come  forth  or  out. 
ijertw'ragen,  ragte  — ,  -geragt,  to  pro- 
ject, to  stand  or  rise  out  of. 
f)ert)0r'trctett,t    trat  — ,  -getreten,   to 

step  forth. 
$ert>0?'stef)e«,  $og  —  ,-gesogen,  to  draw 

forth,  pull  out. 
ba$   ^>ct$,  be§  -enS,  bte  -en,  heart, 

courage. 

Ijersaflerticfeft',  most  beloved. 
tjcr^'fiirmig,  heart-shaped. 
tyer5'fKift,  bold,  spirited. 
^ers'lit^,  hearty,  cordial,  affectionate. 


20 


lje*?'en,  fyel^te,    gefye^t,    to    run,    race, 

chase. 

-e£,  hay. 

it,  ^eulte,  gefyeult,  to  howl. 
Ijeu'te,  to-day. 

Jjeu'te  SM'fcenb,  this  evening. 
Jjeu'te  SRadjt,  to-night. 
Jjeit'tig,  of  this  day,  present. 
fn'e  wtt>  fca,  now  and  then. 
tyielt  an,  see  anfyaltetu 
f)ter,  here. 
lu'erljer',  hither. 
f)ier  tyerum',  around  here. 
Jjieft,  see  f>etf?en. 
tyilf,  see  fyelfen. 
bte  $U'fe,  ber  --,  help, 
ber  $im'mel,  beg  -8,  heaven,  sky. 
J)im'meH)0(i),  high  as  heaven. 
ba3  Jpim'melreirf),  beg  -e3,  the  king- 
dom of  heaven,  heaven. 
$imm'ii|d),  heavenly. 
^inab'ft^rcUett,f  fd^rttt  — ,  -gef Britten, 

to  walk  down. 
,  up. 

n,  fiifyrte  — ,  gefii^rt,  to  lead 

up. 
$mmif'gef)ett,t  gtng  — ,  -gcgangen,  to 

walk  up. 
!jinauf'fmnmen,t  fant  — ,  gefommen,  to 

come  up. 
IMnauffcfyirfet!,  jc^icfte  — ,  -gefcfyirft,  to 

send  up. 
^inaufric^reitcn,t  fcfyrttt  — ,  gefc^ritten, 

to  walk  up. 
tyinauf'fjmttgett,  fprang  — ,  -gefyrungen, 

to  jump  up. 
^ittaii^',  out. 
I>timit*'i)Ucfcn,  ibticfte   — ,   -gebltcft,   to 

look  out. 
^inauS^e^cn^  gtng  — ,  -gegaitgen,  to 

go  out. 

f)inau3'giitg,  see  ^inau8ge!^en» 
l)tnaud'fomntcn,f   fam  —,  -gefommcn, 

to  come  out. 


—  ,  -genommcn, 

to  take  out. 
^htmi^'fc^aiten,  jc^autc  —  ,  -gefc^aut,  to 

look  out. 
!)inau$'fd)retten,t  jc^rttt  —  ,  -gefc^rttten, 

to  walk  out. 
IjmaitS'fetynen,  fe^ntc  —  ,  -gcfe^n^to  long 

to  get  out  of  or  leave. 
Ijmatt3'f$mttgett,t  tyrcmg  —  ,  -gefpruu* 

gen,  to  jump  out. 
JjiitauS'tragen,  trug  —  ,  -getragen,  to 

carry  out. 
fnnt>ertt,  f)tnbertef   get)tnbert,   to   hin- 

der. 
f>inburrf)'brmgen,t  brang  —  ,  -gebrungen, 

to  press  through. 
Ijmettt',  in,  into. 
^inem^ringen,  brac^te  —  ,  -gefyra^t,  to 

bring  in. 
l)inem'fiiijren,  fii^rte   —  ,   -gefii^rt,  to 

lead  in. 
!>mem'8el)en,t    gtng  —  ,  -gegangen,  to 

go  in. 
Jjinein'ijorrfiett,  l^or^te  —  ,  -ge^orcfyt,  to 

listen  into. 
l)memrlaufen,t  lief  —  ,  -gelaufen,  to  run 

into. 
Jjittein'fdjmten,  jd;aute  —  ,  -gcfd)aut,  to 

look  in. 

c,  see  fytnemfdjaiten. 


to  creep  o?'  steal  into. 
Ijinein'ftofjett,   ftte^    —  ,  -geftofjen,   to 

push  in. 
JjUtein'tretettft  trat  —  ,  -getreten,  to  step 

into. 
()tncm'Umn?d)cn,  h)iinfc^te  —  ,  -gen3iinfd)t, 

to  wish  into  ;  to  put  into  anything 

by  a  wish. 

Ijinein'sulatifett,  see  fnnemfcmfen. 
^in'gcbett,  gab  —  ,  -gegeben,  to  give,  give 

away,  give  up. 

ljin'gcf)cn,t  gtng  —  ,  -gegangen,  to  go. 
$tn'fe&ein,  Hobbler. 


21 


fytn'ncfymctt,  nafym  — ,  -genommen,  to 

accept,  take. 
$in'?al),  see  fyinfefyen. 
f)in'frf)mten,t  fcfyritt  — ,  -gefcfyritten,  to 

walk  along. 
fwt'fetyen,  fafy  — ,  gefefyen,  to  look  at  or 

towards. 
tyinf  eijen,  fe^te  — ,  gefe^t,  to  put  or  set 

down  ;  fid)  fyinfe^en,  sit  down. 
tmt'fteHen,  ftetfte  — ,  -geftettt,  to   put 

down ;  to  put  or  place. 
In'n'tett,  behind. 

Ijin'ter,  prep,  with  dat.  or  ace.,  be- 
hind, after;  adj.,  rear, 
ber  4>in'terfuft,  beg  -eg,  bie  -fiifce,  hind 

foot. 

tytnterljet',  along  behind, 
ber  £m'terf0£f,  beg  -eg,  bte  -fityfe,  the 

back  of  the  head. 
tyittii'&er,  across. 
Ijmii'&erfdijmiett,  jd)aute  — ,  -gefcfyant,  to 

look  across. 
J)itw'berfrf>reiten,t  fdjritt  — ,  -gefcfyritten, 

to  walk  across. 
Itfn  Httb  ^er,  back  and  forth. 
Ijimm'ter,  down. 
^mun'terftcigett^f  ftieg  — ,  -gefttegen,  to 

go  down. 
^in'sie^en,  gog  — ,  -gejogen,  to  move  or 

pass  along. 

Ijittsu'fdfett,  je^te  — ,  -geje^t,  to  add. 
ber  ^Jitfcfj,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  deer, 
ber  ^nr'te,  beg  -n,  bte  -n,  shepherd, 
bte  4We,  ber  — ,  heat. 
^>m!  hm!  ahem! 
Jjo'ticit,  see  ^eben ;  ^ofc  auf,  see  aitf^e* 

fcen. 
^oc^f  t)o^,  -e,  -ettt,  -en,  -er,  -eg,  ^jof>er, 

ber  fyb'cfyfte,  high,  lofty. 
^>oc^ !  Hurrah  ! 
ber  &0cf)'mttt,  beg  -eg,  pride, 
bag  ifjodj'fte,  the  highest ;  fyod)  used  as 

noun. 
bte  4>od)'$eit,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  wedding. 


ber  £of,  beg  -eg,  bte  §ofef  yard,  court. 
bte  ^off'nitttg,  ber  —  ,  bte  -en,  hope. 
ber  ^ofgdrtner,  beg  -g,  bte  —  ,  court 

gardener. 
Wiify,  polite. 
ftof),  f)of;er,  see  ^oc^. 
bte  £o'l)e,  ber  —  ,  bte  -n,  height  ;  in  bie 

§6'tye,  up. 

ber  ts>url)currturl),  beg  -eg,  haze. 
J>o!jl,  hollow. 
^olb,  fair,  graceful. 
tyo'Iett,  ^olte,  ge^ott,  to  get,  fetch. 
bag  £015,  beg   -eg,  bie  $ol$er,  wood, 

forest. 
ber  £0l5'ljawer,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  wood- 

cutter. 
ber  £0(s'faften,  fceS  -8,  We  —  ,  wooden 

box. 

ber  J&o'mg,  honey. 
^at'rf|c«f  ijorc^te,  ge^orc^t,  to  listen. 
Ijii'ren,  ^orte,  ge^ort,  to  hear. 
bag  &orn,  beg  -eg,  bie  Corner,  horn. 

see  anfyo'ren,  jn^oren, 
c,  ber  —  ,  bte  -n,  trousers. 
IjitOfd),  pretty,  handsome. 
ber  ^ii'gcl,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  hill. 
bag  .<£w(nt,  beg  -eg,  bie  ^itfyner,  hen, 

chicken.  % 
fynl'ten,  fyMte,  ge^iittt,   to   wrap   up, 

cover. 

ber  4>imb,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  dog. 
Ijiin'bert,  hundred. 

,  beg  -g,  hunger. 
hungry. 
ber  $ut,  beg  -eg,  bie  §iite,  hat. 
^u'tett,  fyiitetef  ge^iiteL  to  watch,  guard 
bie  3>iit'te,  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  hut. 


',  ber  —  ,  bte  -n,  idea,  notion. 
ttyn,  him,  it. 

ifj'nen,  them  ;  Sfynen,  you. 
tt)r,  you,  her  ;  _3$r/  your. 


22 


,  for  your  sake. 
im  =  in  bem. 
tm'mer,  always,  ever;   immer  tnefyr, 

more  and  more;  immer  nocf),  still; 

cr  tranf  immer    nod)   (mefyr   SScin), 

kept   on    drinking;    immer    tiefer, 

deeper  and  deeper  ;  immer  (imb  tm* 

mer)  ttncber,  again  and  again. 
immerbar',  forevermore. 
\\ifprep.  ivith  dat.  and  ace.,  in,  into, 

to,  at,  within. 
itt'fcrihtfttrj,  fervent(ly). 
ittfoem',  subord.  conj.,  while,  when, 

as  ;  because,  since. 
imttit'lett,  prep,    with    gen.,    in    the 

midst  of. 
tn'ncrfjatti,   prep.    with    gen.,    inside 

of. 

tn$  =  in  bag. 
bie  Sftt'fdjrift,  ber  —  -,  bie  -en,  inscrip- 

tion. 
bag  ^ttftfiratent',  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  instru- 

ment. 

ir'bifrf),  earthly. 
ir'gettfc,  any,  some,   possibly;    irgenb 

ein,  any  one,  some  one,  somebody. 
ir'ren,  irrtc,  geirrt,  to  mistake,  to  be 

mistaken. 
iftt,  see  effen. 
iftr  is  ;  see  fein. 


\a,    yes;    why    (exclamation],    you 

know,  of  course. 
ja'aen,  jagte,  gejagt,  to   chase,  hunt, 

drive.  - 

ber  £$a'gerr  ^e^  -§,  bie  —  ,  hunter. 
ba§  S«i^f  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  year. 
bie  £yaf)'re$sal)l,  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  date, 

year. 

jcim'mcrlid),  miserable,  miserably. 
bag  £jm«!)'sen,  beg  -g,  shouting. 
iaitdj'sen,  jviuc^jte,  gejaud)5t,  to  shout 

for  joy. 


ie,  ever,  at  any  time;  the;  jje  iueiter, 

the  further;  je  »  .  .  befto,  the  .  .  . 

the. 
jefc-e,  -em,  -en,  -er,  -eg,  each,  every, 

any,  every  one. 
je'benfoll^,    at   all    events,  in    every 

case,  without  doubt. 
je'beraustm,  everybody. 

l,  every  time,  always, 
ever. 
je'manb,  somebody. 
jen-t,  -cm/ -en,  -er,  -eg,  that,  yonder, 

the  former. 
jen'feitS,  prep,  with  gen.,  on  the  other 

side  of. 
jeijt,  now. 

beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  yoke. 
',  John. 

ber  £$u'fcel,  beg  -g,  jubilation,  shout- 
ing, mirth. 

jtt'fceht,  jnbcltc,  gejubclt,  to  rejoice,  to 
.  shout  for  joy. 
ber  ^w^clrwf,  beg  -eg,  bie  -rnfe,  shout 

of  joy. 

twig,  jimgcr,  ber  jiingfte,  young, 
ber  $ img'e,  beg  -n,  bie  -n,  boy. 
bie  £f«nrj'fer,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  old  maid, 

spinster, 
bie  ^img'frmi,      (unmarried)      lady, 

maiden. 
jiingft,  see  jnng. 


ber  Slaf'fee,  beg  -g,  coffee. 

fafyl,  bald,  bare. 

ber  fiaftit,  beg  -eg,  bte  $dfme,  boat. 

ber  Jlai'fer,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  emperor. 

bie  ^ai'ferin,  ber  — ,  bie  -nen,  empress. 

bie  ^at'ferfronc,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  im- 
perial crown. 

ber  ^ai'fer^foim,  beg  -eg,  bie  -fo'tyne,  the 
emperor's  son. 

ber  Eai'ferttyww,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  im- 
perial throne. 


23 


t>er  Jlalf,  beg  -eg,  lime,  mortar. 

fait,  falter,  ber  faftefte,  cold. 

fam,  -ft,  -en,  see  fommen. 

bcr  &atmtt,  beg  -eg,  bie  $amme,  comb. 

fam'men,  fammte,  gefammt,  to  comb. 

bie  Jlam'mer,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  chamber. 

ber  JtamVf,  beg  -eg,  bie  ^lampfe,  the 

fight. 

fann,  see  fonnen. 
fatm'te,  see  fennen. 

bag  ^aJj$j'dE)e«,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  little  cap. 
bie  Jlaf'te,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  card,  map. 
ber  ®ar'teJtf£ieler,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  card- 
player. 

ber  ®a'fe,  beg  --g,  bie  — ,  cheese. 
fa'fctoeif?,  deadly  pale, 
bie  Slaf'fe,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  cash,  cash 

account. 

bie  Jfrrtj'e,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  cat. 
fmi'fett,  faufte,  gcfanft,  to  buy. 
bcr  ^mtf'foben,  beg  -eg,  bie  -laben  or 

laben,  store. 

fmtm,  scarcely,  hardly,  just. 
ferf,  daring,  bold(ly),  saucy, 
bie  Jle'gel&aljn,  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  bowling 

alley. 

fe'tjeht,  fegelte,  gcfegelt,  to  bowl. 
fel)'ten,  tefyrte,  gc!e()rt,  to  turn;  sweep. 
fcin,  -e,  -em,  -en,  -er,  -eg,  no,  not  any, 

no  one. 

ber  flel'Ier,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  cellar. 
feimen',    fannte,    gefcmnt,    to     know, 

recognize,  be  acquainted  with, 
ber  ®erl,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  fellow. 
bag  $ittb,  beg  -eg,  bie  -er,  child, 
bag  JiHtt'&ermige,  beg  -g,  bie  -n,  child's 

eye,  childlike  eye. 
bie  ^ir'dje,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  church. 
bag  &it?'d)eirt»itt>,  beg  -eg,  bie  -er,  church 

picture, 
bie  5itr'dicnnmu3,  ber  — ,  bie  -manfe, 

church-mouse, 
bie  ^fr'djentfwr,  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  church 

door. 


ber  JlirdE)'tag,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  church 
fair. 

ber   ®mi)'hivm,  beg   -egr  bie   -tiirme, 
church  steeple. 

bie  JHaf'ter,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  fathom. 

bag  ^la'aeliefc,  beg  -eg,  bie  -er,  mourn- 
ful song,  dirge. 

fla'0en,  ftagte,  ge^agt,  to  complain,  la- 
ment. 

flcig'Iidj,  piteous,  plaintive. 

ber  fUmig,  beg  -eg,  bie  flange,  sound. 

{langf  see  flingen ;  !(ang  nad),  see  naify* 
ftingen. 

fla^^crtt,  fla^^erte,  ge!Ia^)^ert,  to  rattle, 
to  chatter. 

flat,  clear,  bright. 

flat'fdjen,  flatfc^te,  geflatf^t,  to  clap. 

®Imtg,  Glaus. 

bag  Slleib,  beg  -eg,  bie  -er,  dress ;  -er, 
clothes. 

flci'ben,  fleibete,  geHcibet,  to  dress. 

bie  ftid'bmta,  ber  — ,  dress,  clothing. 

flettt,  small,  little. 

bie  ^Ici'ntgleit,  bcr  — ,  bie  -en,  trifle. 

fKttjj'ett,  ftang,  gefltingen,  to  sound,  ring. 

liojj'fen,  flopfte,  gefto^ft,  to  knock,  rap, 
pound. 

bie   m«ft,  ber.  — ,  bie  tliifte,  chasm, 
abyss. 

fhig,  finger,  ber  ftiigfte,  wise,  smart, 
bright. 

ber  ^im'fce,  beg  -n,  bie  -n,  boy. 

fitcitf'cn,  fnacfte,  gefnacft,  to  crack. 

fwei'fctt,  fniff,  gefniffcn,  to  pinch. 

bag  Shite',  beg  -g,  bie  -e,  knee. 

ber  ®t\o'd)el,  beg,  -g,  bie  — ,  knuckle, 
ankle. 

f,  beg  -g,  bie  $nityfe,  button, 
gnarled,  knotty. 
e,  bud. 

ber  5t  nitp^cl,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  club. 

furf/cn,  focfyte,  gefod)t,  to  cook,  boil. 

bie  St'o'f oftoitf?,  ber  — ,  bie  -niiffe,  cocoa- 
nut. 


fummcu 


24 


la* 


f0m'mett,t  fam,  gefommen,  er  fommt,  to 
come,  get,  happen,  come  about. 

fomm,  -e,  -ft,  -t,  see  fontmen. 

bcr  ^o'nig,  beg  -g,  bte  -e,  king. 

bic  fio'mnin,  ber  — ,  bte  -ncn,  queen. 

bag  Slo'tttgmdj,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  king- 
dom. 

bte  ^o'ntgStodjter,  ber  — ,  bte  -todjter, 
king's  daughter,  princess. 

ftm'nett,  fonnte,  gefonnt,  id?  farm,  etc., 
can,  be  able. 

fimn'te,  might,  would  or  should  be 
able ;  see  fomten. 

ber  ®oW,  beg  -eg,  bte  $o>fe,  head. 

ber  &0£f'ar&eit,  headwork,  brain- 
work. 

foJjf'frfliitteUtb,  shaking  his  head. 

bag  ^ojjf'hidj,  beg  -eg,  bte  -tiicfyer,  head- 
dress, kerchief. 

bte  ®oft,  ber  — ,  board,  fare,  food. 

foft'tmr,  precious,  costly. 

foft'ett,  foftete,  gefoftet,  to  cost;  to 
taste. 

bte  ^raft,  bte  $rafte,  power,  strength. 

fraf'tig,  strong,  powerful. 

ber  ftWgen,  beg  — g,  bie  — ,  collar. 

frdl)'ett,  fratyte,  gefrd^t,  to  crow. 

franf,  sick,  ill. 

ber  Jlrans,  beg  -eg,  bte  ^rcmse,  garland, 
wreath. 

fraij'en,  fra^te,  gefra^t,  to  scratch. 

bte  ^rci'bc,  ber  — ,  chalk. 

freii'$en,  frettjte,  gefreit^t,  to  cross. 

ftie'cf)cn,t  frocfy,  gefrot^en,  to  creep, 
crawl. 

ber  &rteg,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  war. 

ber  ^riej^'famerab,  beg  -en,  bte  -en, 
war-comrade. 

frorf),  see  frtedjen. 

bte  J^ro'nc,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  crown. 

ber  $rug,  beg  -eg,  bte  $ritge,  jug, 
jar. 

htyftal'Ien,  crystal. 

bte  &u'gc(,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  bullet. 


ber  —  ,  bte  ^ii^e,  cow. 
fiifjl,  cool. 

ber  Sht'hif,  beg  -g,  bte  -e,  cuckoo,  ©efr 
jitm  $ufitf  !  a  common  imprecation, 
like  English  "  Go  to  grass!  " 
fiim'mern,  fiimmerte,  gefummert,  con- 

cern ;  ficfy  f  imtmern,  care. 
bte  ^un'be,  ber  —  ,  news. 
bte  Jhmft,  ber  —  ,  bte  ^iinfte,  art. 
ber  Slimft'Ier,  beg  -g,  bte  —  ,  artist. 

fiir5er,  ber  fiirgefte,  short,  shortly. 

',  close-mown. 
fiif'fen,  fii^te,  getit^t,  to  kiss. 


Iad)'dtt,    lac^elte,   gela^ett,   to   smile; 

Iddjelttb,  smiling. 
la'rfjen,  Iad)te,  geladjt,  to  laugh  ;  to  speak 

laughingly  ;  ladjenb,  laughing. 
la'ben,  tub,  gelaben,  er  Uibt,  to  load; 

also,  sometimes,  weak. 
ber  Sa'fcett,  beg  -g,  bte   £aben   or  —  , 

shop,  store. 
ber  Sa'benbtetter,  beg  -g,  bte  —  ,  clerk, 

salesman. 
lag,  see  Uegen. 

bag  Samm,  beg  -eg,  bte  hammer,  lamb. 
bte  Scmt'Jje,  ber  —  ,  bte  -n,  lamp. 
bag  Sanb,  beg  -eg,  bte  £anber  (Sanbc), 

land,  country. 

bte  gmtb'farte,  ber  —  ,  bte  -n,  map. 
bte  Smtb'ftrafte,  ber  —  ,  bte  -n,  road. 
long,  Kingcr,  ber  Idngfte,  long. 
icmg'e,  long,  for  a  long  time;   lange 

(>er,  long  ago;   brei  £age  lang,  for 

three  days.  ' 

Imt'gen,  to  reach  ;  to  long. 
tong'fam,  slow(ly). 
longttieUtg,  tiresome. 
bte  San'je,  ber  —  ,  bte  -n,  lance. 
ber  Sawn,  beg  -eg,  noise. 
laVmen,  larmte,  gelarmt,  to  make  a 

noise,  be  noisy;  Idrntenb,  noisy. 
faS,  see  lefen. 


taffett 


25 


UeS 


laffen,  ltefj,  gelaffen,  er  lafct,  to  let, 
leave,  allow ;  cause  (to  do),  to  have 
(a  thing  done). 

bte  Saft,  load. 

latei'iiifdj,  Latin. 

bag  Smrf),  beg  -g,  leaves,  foliage. 

lmi'feit,t  lief,  gelanfen,  er  lanft,  to  run. 

Ititift  tyerum',  see  fyerumlanfen. 

bte  Sau'ite,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  temper, 
humor,  mood. 

laufdj'ett,  lanjdjte,  gelaufcfyt,  to  listen. 

bag  Saufdj'en,  beg  -g,  listening. 

Imtf,  loud,  aloud. 

ber  Smrt,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  sound. 

lau'ten,  Icmtete,  gelantet,  to  ring. 

bag  Sau'ten,  beg  -g,  ringing. 

lau'ter,  see  lant. 

lau'ter,  pure,  real,  mere;  nothing 
but. 

Imst'tod,  silent,  mute. 

le'feen,  lefcte,  gelefct,  to  live,  dwell. 

bag  Se'feen,  beg  -g,  life,  living. 

le'fcenlaitg,  lifelong. 

bag  Sefcefoofcl',  beg  -g,  farewell. 

Icfctc,  see  le&en. 

bte  Scc'tion,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  lesson. 

bag  Se'ber,  beg  -g,  leather. 

ber  Se'berflirfett,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  leather- 
patch. 

bte  8e'bermo£j>e,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  leather 
portfolio. 

leer,  empty. 

iee'ren,  leerte,  geleert,  to  empty. 

le'cjctt,  tegte,  gelegt,  to  lay. 

leg'te  nie'ber,  see  nieberlegen. 

lelj'tten,  te^nte,  gelefynt,  to  lean. 

ber  Sef>n'ftitl)l,  beg  -eg,  bte  -ftii^te,  arm- 
chair. 

bte  Sefj're,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  apprentice- 
ship, instruction. 

lelj'ren,  leerte,  gete^rt,  to  teach. 

ber  Sefj'rer,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  teacher. 

ber  Setjr'litta,  beg  -g,  bte  -e,  apprentice. 

ber  8eifc,  beg  -g,  body. 


ber  Sei'djetiswg,  teS  -eg,  bte  -jiige,  fu- 
neral procession. 
leidjt,  light,  easy;    fickle;   letcfyt  ^m, 

lightly. 
letfc  t^tm,  to  grieve ;  eg  ttynt  nttr  letb, 

it  grieves  me,  I  am  sorry  for  it. 
lei'bett,  Ktt,  gelttten,  to  suffer,  endure, 

permit. 

lei'ber,  unfortunately. 
leib'fcmH,  woful,  sad. 
lei'fe,  soft(ly),  low,  whispered,  gentle. 
leifyett,  u'efy,  geltef)en,  to  lend. 
len'fen,  tenfte,  gelenft,  to  guide;  ©ott 
•     lenftg,  God  disposes, 
bte  Ser'dje,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  lark. 
ler'tten,  lernte,  gelernt,  to  learn. 
bag    Se'fefcttd),  -beg    -eg,   bte   -fritter, 

reader,  reading  book. 
le'fett,  lag,  gelefen,  er  Iteft,  to  read, 
bag  Se'fen,  beg  -g,  the  reading,  to  read. 
!e#,  last ;  ber  £e£te,  the  last ;  le^'tere, 

latter. 
Ieitd)'tett,  leuc^tete,  geleut^tet,  to  shine; 

leitcfytenb,  shining,  bright, 
bte  Seu'te,  ber  — ,  used  only  in  the  pi., 

people. 

lidjt,  bright,  light. 
bag  Sic^t,  beg  -eg,  bte  -er,  light. 
ber  Si^t'fdjein,  beg  -eg,  light,  blaze  of 

light. 

bte  gtdj'hmg,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  clearing. 
liefc,  dear;   agreeable;   lieb  ^afcen,  to 

like,  love. 

bte  Ste'fee,  ber  — ,  love. 
Ite'fcen,  Uebte,  geltebt,  to  love, 
bte  Ste'feett,  dear  ones,  see  Ue&, 
,  rather. 

lovely,  delightful, 
bag  Stefc,  beg  -eg,  bte  -er,  song. 
lief  ttarf),  see  nadjlanfen. 
lie'gett,  lag,  gelegen,  to  lie,  recline ;  to 

fill,  occupy  ;    bag  Itegt  in   nnferer 

^atntu'e,  that  runs  in  our  family. 
lied,  2dper.  imperative  of  lefen. 


26 


mcift 


Iteft,  see  laffen  ;  Kef?  log,  see 

linf,  left;  bie  gmfe,  left  (haiid). 

lint$f  left,  to  or  on  the  left. 

bag  Sin'nen,  beg  -g,  linen. 

bie  Styj'Jjc,  bcr  —  ,  bie  -en,  lip. 

lo'ben,  lofcte,  gelofct,  to  praise. 

lob'te,  -n,  ~tf  see  toben. 

bag  Sod),  be^  -e3,  bie  £odj)er,  hole. 

bie  gorf'c,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  curl,  lock  of 

hair. 

ber  gjjf'fcl,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  spoon. 
bcr  2ofm,  beg  -eg,  bie  £ofyne,  pay,  sal- 

ary, reward. 

I0f)'nen,  lofynte,  gelofmt,  to  reward. 
So'relei,  Lorelei. 

liifdj'en,  lofd),  gelofd)en,  to  put  out. 
I03'gel)en,t  ging    leg,   toggegangen,   to 

loosen,  to  become  loose;  to  go  off 

or  toward  ;  to  start,  begin. 
103'foffest,  Kef?  tog,  ioggclaffen,  to  let 

loose,  release. 
I03'rennen,t  rannte  log,  loggcrannt,  to 

run  or  rush  at. 
foS'ftiirsen,  ftiir$te   log,  loggeftiirjt,  to 

rush  at. 

bcr  So'Uie,  beg  -n,  bie  -n,  lion. 
Info  eilt,  see  cintabcn. 
bie  8uft,  bcr  —  ,  bie  £iifte,  air. 
liif'ten,  liiftete,  gctiiftet,  to  air. 
bie  Sii'ge,  the  lie,  falsehood. 
lii'gett,  tog,  gelogen,  to  tell  a  lie. 
bie  Suft,  ber  —  ,  bie  Ciifte,  inclination, 

desire. 

merry. 


um'cfjett,  mac^te,  gemac:f>tf  to  make, 
modj'ttg,  mighty,  powerful;    in   pos- 

session of,  controlling. 
bag  2ttab'rf>en,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  girl. 
mag,  care  for,  like;  let;  see  mb'gett. 
bie  Sftagb,  ber  —  ,  bie  2ftagbe,  maid- 

servant. 
ber  Sfta'gett,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  stomach. 


t,  ntaljte,  gemafyt,  to  mow. 
bie  SWa^Pjett,  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  meal, 
bie  Wlatyne,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  mane. 
ber  2ftai,  (the  month  of)  May. 
bie  2ftaib,  maid, 
bag  9WaJf  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  time. 
ma'Ieit,  matte,  gemalt,  to  paint, 
ber  8fta'(er,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  painter. 
man,  they,  one,  people. 
mono),  many,  many  a,  much;  ntan* 

c^eg,  a  great  deal,  a  lot  of  things. 
manoymol,    sometimes,    often,     fre- 
quently. 
mait'g.elcn,  mangelte,  gemangelt,  impers. 

with  dat.,  to  want, 
bie  aJianiec',  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  manner, 
ber  attaim,  beg  -eg,  bie  Banner,  man, 

husband. 
bag  S^ann'd^cn,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  little 

man. 

man'wit^,  see  ntanrf). 
bag  aftmm'fcm,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  little 

man. 
ber  man'tel,  beg  -g,  bie  3ftantel,  cloak, 

robe. 

bie  afta£'£e,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  portfolio.  - 
bag  2ftaVa)ett,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  fairy  tale. 
SWari'a,  Mary, 
bie   9ftarf,  ber   9)Jarf,  mark,  a   coin 

worth  about  25  cents. 
ber  SWarmor',  beg  -g,  marble. 
bag  SWaul,  beg  -eg,  bie  3ftauler,  mouth 

(of  animals) . 

bag  SWccr,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  ocean. 
mefjr,  more,  any  more. 
mety'rer,  some,  several. 
mei'fcen,  mieb,  gemteben,  to  shun,  avoid, 

keep  away  from, 
bie  2ttei'Ie,  ber  — ,  bie  -it,  mile, 
mem,  my,  mine. 
mei'nen,  meinte,  gemeint,  mean;  say; 

think. 

mei'nijj,  my,  mine, 
mcift,  most. 


meiftettS 


mci'ftenS,  most,  mostly,  generally. 

ber  9)iei'fter,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  master. 

bie  3ttei'fter$t0rf)te*,  ber  — ,  bte  -totter, 
master's  daughter. 

bag  9ttei'fterftitcf,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  mas- 
terpiece. 

tnel'fett,  molf,  gemolfcn,  to  milk. 

bie  9>M0fcei',/o?*  3)Mobie. 

bie  9JM0t>ie',  ber  — ,  bie  -it,  melody. 

bie  Sften'ge,  ber—,  multitude,  quan- 
tity, great  number. 

bcr  Sttcnfrf),  beg  -en,  bie  -en,  man, 
human  being;  fellow. 

ber  3ften'frf>ettfreffer,  beg  -g,  bie  — , 
cannibal. 

menfdj'lidj,  human ;  humane. 

mer'fen,  meiite,  gemerft,  to  notice,  ob- 
serve. 

ntcrftmivbig,  remarkable. 

bie  2ttef'fe,  bcr  — ,  bie  -n,  mass. 

mef'fen,  mafi,  gemeffen,  er  mifjt,  to 
measure. 

bag  3Reffer,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  knife. 

mirt),  me. 

bie  miltf),  ber  — ,  milk. 

tttilb,  mild. 

tnin'bcr,  less ;  im  tnmbeften,  in  the  least. 

ber  attittift'er,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  minister 
(of  a  king). 

bie  SRtmt'te,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  minute. 

mir,  (to  or  for)  me,  mir  aittf)  rerf)t!  all 
right ! 

mtfi'gimftig,  envious,  jealous. 

mit,  prep,  with  dat.,  with;  adv., 
along  (with). 

mit'bringett,  bradjjte  tnit,  tnitgebrad^t,  to 
bring  (along). 

mitetnan'ber,  together,  jointly. 

mit'wbcn,  gab  mit,  mitgegefcen,  to  give 
(to  take  along). 

mit'gebra^t,  see  mttBringen. 

ntit'gc^cn,t  ging  ntit,  mitgegangen,  to 
go  or  come  along  (with). 

mtt'geritten,  see  mttreiteiu 


ber  amtgefefle,  beg  -n,  bie  -n,  fellow- 
workman. 

mtt'f0ntmeti,t  fam  mit,  mitgefommen, 
to  come  or  get  along. 

mtt'lmtfett,t  lief  mit,  mitgelaitfen,  to  run 
along. 

mit'leit»$t>ol(,  full  of  compassion,  com- 
passionate. 

intt'ncfymcit,  tta^nt  mit,  mitgenommen, 
to  take  along. 

mit'rcitett,t  ritt  mit,  mitgeritten,  to  ride 
along. 

mit'fjrielen,  f^iclte  mit,  mitgetyielt,  to 
play  along  (with) . 

ber  2fttt'iag,  beg  -g,  bie  -e,  noon. 

bag  3Rit'togdcffctt,  beg  -g,  dinner. 

bcr  SWU'tag§f(^iaf,  beg  -eg,  noonday- 
nap. 

bie  SJitt'togSseit,  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  noon- 
time. 

bie  Wlit'te,  ber  — ,  middle,  midst. 

mit'teilett,  teitte  mil,  mitgeteilt,  com- 
municate. 

mit'tcn,  in  the  middle  or  midst  of. 

bie  Stttt'tentodjt,  bcr  — ,  bie  fitter* 
ttacf)te,  midnight. 

t,  see  mitgeSen. 

c,  see  mogen ;  moc^te,  should  or 
would  like,  subj.  of  mogen. 

mij'gcn,  moc^te,  gemoc^t;  id)  mag,  etc., 
may,  wish,  want;  like,  care,  for; 
be  allowed. 

mog'itdE),  possible. 

ber  iVtofjr,  beg  -en,  bte  -en,  negro. 

bcr  2^0'ttat,  beg  -g,  bie  -e,  month. 

bcr  SWhmb,  fceg  -eg,  bie  -e,  moon. 

ber  ajhmb'idfjeitt,  beg  -eg,  moonshine, 
moonlight. 

ber  attiw'&rmtfc,  beg  -eg,  bie  2ftoor* 
branbe,  moor-,  fen-,  or  bog-tire. 

bag  3H003,  beg  9ttoofeg,  bie  a)?oofe,  moss. 

moo'ftg,  mossy. 

ber  9>J0rcift',  beg  -pg,  bte  ^orafte,  mud, 
s"wamp. 


28 


uaJjm 


ber  3W0r'gen,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  morning  ; 

am  2ftorgen,  in  the  morning. 
m0r'gen,  to-morrow  ;  tnorgen  fritfy,  to- 

morrow morning. 
m0r'genfd)im,  fair  with  youth  or  with 

the  freshness  of  morning. 
bie  §9t0r'geitf0tme,  bcr  —  ,  morning  sun. 
mil  'be,  tired,  weary. 
bie  aRtt'Qe,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  pains,  trou- 

ble. 

bie  Wltifyle,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  mill. 
bag  9ftiif)i'rai>,  beg  -eg,  bie  TO&lr8ber, 

mill-wheel. 

ber  aftityl'ficttt,  millstone. 
ber  Sfttmb,  fceg  -eg,  bie  -e,  mouth. 
tmm'ter,  lively,  cheerful,  merry;  mer- 

rily. 
tmrc'meht,  ntnrmette,  genturmelt,  mur- 

mur, mutter. 
bie  SWufiF,  ber  —  ,  music. 
ber  SJhififant',  beg  -en,  bie  -en,  musi- 

cian. 

"2H«fj,"  must. 
tmif'fen,  mufcte,  gemu$t,  id)  mn§,  e£c., 

must,   be    obliged,   be   compelled, 

have  to,  cannot  help. 
iraift,  -t,  -te,  see  tniiffen. 
fcer  Sftiit,  besJ  -eg,  spirit,  courage;  511 
fcin,  to  feel. 
r,  ber  —  ,  bie  gutter,  mother. 


twdj,  prep,  with  dat.,  after;  accord- 

ing to;    to,  towards;    nadj  §cmfe, 

home  ;  nadE)  oben,  up. 
ber  Wtsfy'fMttt  beg  -g,  bie  -n,  neighbor. 
bag  SUac^'aarbDrf,  beg  -eg,  bie  jftad&fcar* 

borfer,  neighboring  village. 
bie  SUac^'barfd^ttft,  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  neigh* 

borhood. 
tmety'&rinaett,  brac^te  nac^,  nac§a,efcrad)t, 

to  bring  (after). 
nar^bcm',  subord.  conj.,  after   that, 

after,  when,  as,  according  as. 


nadj'bettfen,  bad)te  nac^,  nad;gebac^t,  to 
meditate,  reflect. 

ttflrf)'benWidj,  thoughtful. 

ber  9ta't^en,  beg  -g,  bie  -en,  boat. 

tuiffj'f0lgeit,t  folgte  na^,  nac^gefolgt,  to 
follow  after,  succeed. 

ber  9tadE)'f0lger,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  suc- 
cessor. 

',  afterwards. 

ngen,  flano.  nac^,  nac^geflnngen, 
to  resound,  echo,  reecho. 

iwrl)>f0mmen,t  fam  nac^f  nac^ge!ommen, 
to  follow,  come  after. 

ttarf)'la«fe«,t  Itef  nad),  nadjgelanfen,  to 
run  after. 

imrfj'nmrfK'H,  ntadjte  nad^,  na^tgemad^t, 
to  imitate,  copy. 

ber  9Jadj'mtttag,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  after- 
noon. 

narf)'mtttag§,  adv.,  in  the  afternoon. 

ntHty'Jjfctien,  ^fiff  nad),  nacfygepfiffen,  to 
whistle  after,  imitate  by  whistling. 

nadj'ritfett,  rtef  nac^,  nadjgernfen,  to  call 
after. 

nnr^'fe^cn,  fafy  nac§,  nac^gefe^en,  to  look 
(after). 

nadjfi,  next,  nearest. 

bie  %ltofyt,  ber  — ,  bie  Sfta^te,  night. 

bie  9iac^'tiga0,  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  nightin- 
gale. 

bag  9*ad)t'(ager,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  night's 
lodging. ' 

itarf)t$,  at  night. 

nadj'swbeitfen,  see  nat^benfen* 

ber  SRaef'en,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  neck. 

bie  Stta'bel,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  needle. 

na'fje,  nafyer,  ber  nac^fte,  near. 

bie  9Ja'Jjcf  ber  — ,  nearness,  vicinity; 
in  ber  Sftafye,  near. 

na'ljett,  na^te,  gena^t,  to  sew. 

im'fjer,  nearer,  see  na^e. 

nafwt,  see  ne^men ;  —  ab,  —  t>or,  see 
abnel;men,  5?orne^men ;  n^me,  past 
subj.  o/ne^men,  would  take. 


29 


bte  9JaJ)'tmi>el,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  needle. 

ber  9ta'me,  beg  -ng,  bte  -tt,  name. 

ttmu'iid),  the  same,  namely;  for. 

ncmn'te,  see  ttemteit. 

ttar'fifdj,  foolish. 

bic  SRa'fe,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  nose. 

naft,  naffer,  ber  naffcfte,  wet,  damp. 

iwtitr'Iid),  natural  (ly),  of  course. 

ber  9Je'fceI,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  mist,  fog* 

ne'fcen,  prep,  with  dat.  and  ace.,  by, 
close  by,  beside,  next  to. 

tte'&eneittanber,  side  by  side. 

b'er  9ierf,  Nix,  a  water  sprite. 

ber  9Jerf'ar,  the  Neckar,  a  river  flow- 
ing into  the  Rhine  near  Heidel- 
berg. 

ttetf'en,  ttecfte,  genecft,  to  tease,  banter. 

ttefj'meit,  nafmt,  genommen,  er  m'mmt, 
to  take. 

item,  no. 

nen'nen,  ttamtte,  gertarmt,  to  name,  call. 

bag  SReft,  beg  -eg,  bte  -er,  nest. 

nett,  neat,  nice,  pretty,  clean. 

bag  9tc<j,  be3  -e«,  bte  -e,  net,  snare. 

neii,  new ;  auf 9  neue,  again ;  i?on  nettem, 
again,  anew;  ettt>a§  ^eiteS,  some- 
thing new. 

neu'giertcj,  curious,  inquisitive. 

mum,  nine. 

nidjt,  not;  —  etnmat,  not  even;  — 
n?at;r?  is  it  not? 

bte  3Jtd)'te,  ber  — ;  bte  -n,  niece, 
nothing, 
nirfte,  gentctt,  to  nod. 

ntc,  never. 

nie'ber,  down. 

nic^cr^iegett,  bog  nteber,  nteberge6ogen, 
to  bend  down. 

nie'ber&remten,  brannte  nteber,  nteber* 
gebrannt,  to  burn  down. 

nie'bevfaaen,t  fid  nieber,  mebergefatten, 
to  fall  down. 

nie'berfyemgen,  fjtng  nteber,  nteberge* 
^angen,  to  hang  down. 


legte   nteber,  ntebergelegt, 

to  lay  or  put  down-, 
nie'bcrnciflen,   netgte   nteber,   nieberge* 

netgt  to  stoop  down. 
ttte'foerfctymtett,  ftf)aitte  nteber,  nteberge^ 

fd>aitt,  to  look  down. 
ttie'berfdjen,  fat;  nieber,  ntebergefcljert,  to 

look  down. 
ttie'&erfinfett,t  fanf  nteber,  ntebergefum 

fen,  fo  sink  down. 
nie'berftitrjettft  ftiir§te  nteber,  nteberge* 

ftiir^t,  to  dash,  rush,  or  tumble  down- 
nieb'rig,  low. 
me'nwlS,  never. 
nie'manb,  nobody,  no  one. 
ttie'fett,  ntefte,  gertieft,  to  sneeze, 
itimm,  see  ne^men. 
nimmetmeljt',  never. 
ttir'gettb^  nowhere. 
nit,  for  nicfyt. 
tu>r^,  still,    yet,    again,    also,  more, 

longer,  ever;  fteber  .  .  .  no$,  nei- 
ther .  .  .  nor;  noc^  etn,  one  more, 

another;  nod)  einmal,  once  more; 

nod)  Kange  ni(^t,  far  from  (being) . 
ber  Wot'ben,  be^  -$,  north, 
ber  ^orbuft'en,  beg  -8,  north-east. 
t>er  Wotb'pol,  beg  -3,  north  pole, 
bte   Mot,  ber  — ,  bte   Sfto'te,   distress, 

trouble,  need. 
«ii'tfcj,  necessary, 
bte  9J0t>d'(e,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  novel. 
turn,  now,  well,  really ;  mm  gut,  very 

well. 
tun?,  only,  just,  but,  merely,  possibly, 

scarcely,  solely ;  toaS  nur,  whatever 
bic  9ln%,  ber  — ,  bte  Mifce,  nut. 
whj'ltrt),  useful. 
tttUj'foS,  useless, 
bte  9{t)in'pl)c,  ber  — ,  -n,  nymph. 

O. 

O!  oh! 

06,  subord.  conj.,  if,  whether. 


30 


puncn 


o'fcen,  u  ,  above,  upstairs;  nadj  —  , 
upwar  ;  fcmt  —  big  imtett,  from 
top  to  bottom,  from  head  to  foot. 

o'l'cr,  upper. 

o&gletdj',  subord,  cony.,  although. 

0uirf)mt',  subord.  conj.,  although. 

bcr  C&ft'fcmim,  beg  -eg,  bie  £)fcftbanme, 
fruit-tree. 

ofctuo!)!',  subord.  cow/.,  although. 

fccr  C$3,  beg  Ccfyfen,  bie  CvfyfenJ  ox. 

o'Ser,  or. 

ba«  Cel,  beg  -g,  oil. 

ber  C'fen,  beg  -8,  bie  £)fen,  stove. 

of  felt,  open. 

of'fen&ar,  open(ly),  evident,  manifest. 

bcr  Cffisiet',  beg  -g,  bie  -e,  officer. 

ijff'ncit,  offnete,  geoffnet,  to  open. 

oft,  often. 

9fyne,prep.  with  ace.,  without. 

ba3  Cljr,  beg  -eg,  bie  -en,  ear. 

bie  Otyr'fetge,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  box  on  the 
ear. 

bag  C'$nimt,  beg  -g,  opium. 

or'bentltc^,  orderly,  proper,  respect- 
able. 

bev  Ort,  beg  -eg,  bie  -c  or  £>rter,  place, 
spot;  village. 

ber  O'ftett,  beg  -g,  east. 


bag  ^5aat,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  pair,  couple. 
Jwar,  few  ;  ein  £aar  mat,  a  few  times. 
Jmrf'en,  ^adEte,  geparft,  to  pack,  seize. 
^jarf  'te  5itfam'menf  see  sufamnten^acfcn. 
ber  9$alaft',  beg  -eg,  bie  ^Jalafte,  pal- 

ace. 

bie  $pal'mef  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  palm  (tree). 
ber  ^ofmgei',  beg  -eg,  bie  -e  or  beg  -en, 
bie  -en,  parrot. 

',  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  paper. 
,  beg  -eg,  bie  ^o>fte,  pope. 
',  Paris. 

liaf'fcn,   £a$te,   ge^a^t,   suit,    fit;   be 
proper. 


ber  spaftor',  beg  -g,  bie  -en,  pastor, 

parson. 

bie  ^mt'fe,  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  pause. 
bag  ^ed),  beg  -eg,  pitch,  shoemaker's 

wax. 

bie  ^eiit,  pain. 

bie  ^erfon',  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  person. 
Wter,  Peter. 
ber  9*fob,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  path,  foot- 

path. 
ber  9Jfar'rer,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  pastor, 

parson,  priest. 

bie  spfei'fe,  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  pipe. 
Jjfei'feit,  pfiff,  ge^fiffcn,  to  whistle. 
bag  ^3feri>f  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  horse. 
bag   $fcrb'$en,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  little 

horse,  pony. 
Jjfiff  nad),  see  nadj^feifen. 
^flan^en,    pffanste,    gc^ftanst,   plant, 

graft. 
^fliicf'en,   ^ffiirfte,   ge^fliicft,   to   pick, 

gather. 

ber  tyfliiQ,  beg  -eg,  bie  ^ftiige,  plow. 
ber  ^tjtiofo^t)',  beg  -en,  bie  -en,  phi- 

losopher. 
bie  ^il'fe,  bcr  —  ,  bie  -n,  pill. 

beg  -eg,  bie  ^lai^e,  place. 
t,  ^(auberte,  ge^Ianbert,  to  talk, 

chat,  murmur. 
bag  9Mau'ber«,  beg  -g,  talking,  chat- 

ter,  murmuring. 
Jrfofc'Ud),  sudden  (ly). 
^racfi'ttg,  splendid. 
ber  9$rei3,  beg  ^Jreifeg,  bie  ^reife,  prize, 

price. 

ber  9$rtnj,  beg  -en,  bie  -en,  prince. 
bie  ^mtsef'fttt,  ber  —  ,  bie  -nen,  prin- 

cess. 
ber  sprofef'for,  beg  -g,  bie  ^rofeffo'ren, 

professor. 


,  psalm. 
fmnft,  adv.,  just,  exactly,  of  time. 

,  ^u^te,  ge^n^t,  to  clean,  polish 


qucllcn 


31 


cu 

quel'Iett,  quoit,  geqnoflen,  eg  quittt,  to 
gushj  spring. 


ramt'fe,  -n,  see  rennen. 
rafd),  quick  (ly),  swift(ly). 
rafd)'e(tt,  rafcfyelte,  gerajcfyett,  to  rustle. 
rafte'ren,  rafierte,  rafierr,  to  shave. 
bag  9fafiev'meffe¥,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  razor. 
ber   Sftat,  beg  -eg,  bie   State,  advice, 

couucil. 
va'tcn,  viet,  geraten,  er  rat,  with  dat.t  to 

advise. 

trtt'l0§,  helpless,  perplexed. 
bag  SHtit'fel,  beg  -8,  bie  —  ,  riddle,  mys- 

tery. 

ber  SRmi'fcer,  beg  -3,  bie  —  ,  robber. 
bcr  Waurf),  beg  -eg,  smoke. 
rmt'fijcit,  rancfyte,  gerancfyt,  to  smoke. 
taudj'gefdjhwrst,  blackened  by  smoke. 
rmtl),  rough,  harsh,  coarse. 
ber  OJmwt,  beg  -eg,  bie  Sftanme,  place, 

space,  room. 

bie  SRou'Jje,  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  caterpillar. 
bag  SKedjt,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  right. 
vctf)t,    right,    just;     quite,    real(ly), 

very;  bie  $icd)te,  right  hand,  right 

side;     Sftecfyteg,     right,     excellent; 

rcdjtg,  to  or  on  the  right. 
re'bcn,  rebete,  gerebet,  to  speak,  talk. 
bie  3tegel,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  rule. 
ber  9ie'gcnf  beg  -g,  rain. 
rctj'nen,  regnete,  geregnet,  to  rain. 
t£'gtnt83I03,  motionless. 
rci'licn,  rieb,  gerieben,  to  rub. 
rctc^,  rich,  wealthy. 
bag  Weid),  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  kingdom, 

realm. 
ber  SRei'dje,  acT;.  wse(i  as  noun,  rich 

man. 
rei'rfjett,  reic^te,  gereicfyt,  reach,  give, 

hand,  extend. 


teirf)'Hrfj,  abundant(ly) .       <V 

bie  SWei'fje,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  rofa,  number, 
series;  dance. 

tcin,  clean,  pure,  clear. 

bie  SRei'fe,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  journey. 

bie  9tei'fefcefd)m&img,  ber  — ,  bie  -en, 
descript:on  of  a  journey. 

bag  9tei'fef(eifc,  beg  -eg,  bie  -er,  travel- 
ing dress,  pi.,  clothes. 

rei'fen,  reifte,  gereift,  to  travel,  journey. 

tetfi'ett,  rift,  gc  riff  en,  to  tear. 

rei'ten,t  ritt,  geritten,  to  ride. 

bag  SRei'ten,  beg  -g,  inf.  used  as  nount 
riding. 

ber  SHei'ter,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  rider,  horse- 
man. 

mt'nett,  rannte,  gerannt,  to  run. 

ret'tcn,  rettete,  gerettet,  to  save,  rescue. 

ber  Sftfjein,  beg  -eg,  the  Rhine,  Ger- 
many's most  famous  river. 

tid)'ttg,  correct,  right,  genuine. 

bie  SHtd/ttmg,  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  direction. 

tieff  see  rufeiu 

ber  fRie'gel,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  bar,  bolt. 

ber  ftiie'fe,  beg  -n,  bie  -n,  giant. 

rte'djen,  rod),  gerocfyen,  to  smell. 

rin'gen,  rang,  gerungen,  to  struggle. 

bie  Otmjj'mauer,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  sur- 
rounding wall. 

ritto^imt^er',  around,  round  about,  all 
around. 

ber  Sttif?,  beg  Sftiffeg,  bie  ^iffe,  rent, 
hole,  gap. 

tift,  see  rei^en ;  rifj  auf,  aug,  see  auf* 
rei^en,  angreij^en. 

titt,  see.  reiten ;  ritt  ang,  fort,  mit,  see 
augreiten,  fortreiten,  mitreiten. 

ber  SWtt'ter,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  knight. 

rtij'en,  ri^te,  geri^t,  to  scratch. 

ber  Otorf,  beg  -eg,  bie  Sftb'cfe,  coat. 

bag  Dto^'ri^t,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  reed-bank, 
reeds. 

bie  Dto'fe,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  rose ;  ber  8to* 
jenftotf,  beg  -eg,  bie  9fofenftorfe,  rose- 


rofig 


32 


bush ;  ber  9tofen5fr>etg,  beg  -eg,  bte  -*, 

twig  of  a  rosebush. 
ro'fig,  rosy. 

bag  'Jtite'letn,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  little  rose. 
rot,  red  ;    —  fcacf tg,  red-cheeked ;  — * 

fopftg,  red-headed, 
ber  vJJurf,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  jerk, 
ber  SRiuf'cn,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  back. 
riirf'en,  riirfte,  geriirft,  to  move,  push, 

pull. 

riitf'ttngS,  backward, 
ber  SWiirf'toeg,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  way  home, 

return. 

ru'fen,  rtef,  gerufen,  to  call. 
bag  IRu'feit,  beg  -g,  inf.  as  noun,  call- 
ing. 

bte  9ta'f)e,  ber  — ,  rest,  calm,  repose. 
ru'fjen,  rufyte,  gerufyt,  to  rest. 
ru'tyig,  quiet,  calm,  peaceful, 
ber  dhrtjnt,  beg  -eg,  fame. 
riifj'ren,  riifyrte,  geriityrt,  to  stir,  move, 

touch. 

rwtfo,  round,  fleshy,  corpulent. 
rii'ftig,  robust,  strong. 
Otui2'lani>,  Russia. 


ber  3aal,  beg  -eg,  bte  (Sale,  hall. 

bte  «a'rf>e,  ber  — ,  bte  — ,  thing,  matter, 
affair. 

ber  Sact  beg  -eg,  bte  @acfe,  sack. 

bte  Sa'ge,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  saying,  tradi- 
tion, legend. 

fa'gett,  fagte,  gefagt,  to  say,  tell. 

fag'te,  -t,  -n,  see  fagen. 

\3fy,  see  fe^en ;  fafy  an,  aug,  see  anfet)en, 
aitgfefyen. 

bte  Sai'te,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  string,  stringed 

.   instrument. 

ber  Safriftan',  beg  -g,  bie  -e,. sexton. 

fal'fcen,  falfcte,  gefalfct,  to  anoint. 

bag  Salj,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  salt. 

iam'meltt,  jammette,  gefammett,  to 
gather,  collect. 


ber  3awmt,  beg  -eg,  velvet;  bet 
@amnttrocf,  beg  -eg,  bte  @ammtro'cfe, 
velvet  coat. 

ber  8am§'tag,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  Satur- 
day. 

ber  Smtb,  beg  -eg,  sand ;  fanbtg,  sandy. 

fang,  see  fingen. 

ber  Sarg,  beg  -eg,  bte  6arge,  coffin. 

fa&  see  ft^en. 

ber  8a^,  beg  -eg,  bte  <3a£e,  sentence. 

fau'fcer,  neat,  clean. 

faurer,  sour,  hard. 

fmi'men,  fdittnte,  gefaumt,  to  tarry, 
stay. 

ber  ®rf)a'fce(tt),  beg  -ng,  bte  @d)aben, 
damage,  harm,  loss. 

fdjaf'fen,  fc^uf,  gejd^affen,  to  do,  create. 

ftfjal'lett,  fc^ott,  gefc^otlen,  or  fcfyaflte, 
gefc^attt,  sound,  resound,  echo; 
jcfyaflenb,  resounding,  loud. 

fief)  fdja'meit,  fd;amte  fic^,  gefc^amt,  to 
be  ashamed.  ^^ 

isgraceful (ly). 
arfer,  ber  fc^arffte,  sharp. 

ber  <3d)at'tett,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  shadow, 
shade. 

ber  3ffj(rt,  beg  -eg,  bte  (Sc^a^e,  treasure ; 
sweetheart. 

fd^au'en,  fcfjaute,  gefcfyaitt,  to  look. 

frf>au'tc,  see  flatten  ;  fc^aute  t^tnaug,  511, 
see  fjtnaugfcfyauen,  ^ufd^aiten. 

bte  3(^cirbcf  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  pane. 

fdjei'ben,  fcfyieb,  gejc^ieben,  to  part,  sep- 
arate, depart. 

ber  3rf)cm,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  shine,  light, 
brightness. 

ftfjei'nett,  fc^ten,  gefcfyienen,  to  shine, 
seem. 

ber  3d)ei'tel,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  parting  (of 
the  hair). 

fdjel'ten,  fcfyalt,  gefc^olten,  er  fc^iKt,  to 
scold,  find  fault  with. 

bag  Srfjelt'toort,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  scold- 
ing. 


33 


bie  Srfjen'fe,  bcr  — ,  bie  -n,  inn,  tavern. 
fdjen'fen,  fcfyenfte,  gefc^enft,  to  present, 

give-, 
ber  Sdjer'&etrtel,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  barber's 

bag. 

bie  Sdje're,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  scissors. 
fdje'reit,  fdjor,  gefcfyoren,  to  shave,  cut. 
fdjett,  shy,  anxious,  timid. 
frfjirf'en,  fcfytdte,  gefcfytrft,  to  send;  re- 
flex., to  be  proper. 
fdjie'fcen,   fdjofc,   gefdjofcen,   to    shove, 

push. 
fd)ictt,  see  fdjeinen ;   fc^ten  ^erafc,  see 

fyerafcfdjeinen. 

fdjiefe'en,  fcfyo$,  gefd)offen,  to  shoot, 
bag  <Sd)teft'ett,  beg  -g,  inf.  as  noun, 

shooting,  to  shoot, 
bag  Sdnff,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  ship, 
bcr  Sdjtf fer,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  sailor,  skip- 
per, 
bag  SdjilfgraS,  beg  —  grafeg,  rushes, 

reed-grass. 

t,  Schiller. 
tt,  see  fc^elten. 
ber  S^in'fctt,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  ham. 
ber  3rf)laf,  beg  -eg,  sleep. 
frfjla'fen,  fd^ltef,  gefd^tafen,  er  fc^Iaft,  to 

sleep. 

frfjla'feit  au§,  see  aitgfd)tafett. 
f^ltif'rtg,  sleepy. 

bet:  S^lag,  beg  -eg,  bie  <Sdjlage,  blow. 
fd^a'gen,  jc^Iug,  gefd^lagen,  er  fd)Iagt,  to 

strike,  beat,  fight. 
fd)lmtf,  slender. 

fefyledjt,  poor,  mean,  ill,  bad,  wicked. 
fd)Iei'd)ettf  jc^lttf),  gej^tic^en,  to  sneak, 

slip. 

fcfjleuJjt  ^tnein',  see  fnneittfd)tetcfyett, 
bcr  ^t^lci'cr,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  veil. 
fdjlet'fen,   fdjltff,   gefc^ttffen,  to  whet, 

grind,  polish. 
frf)Urf)t,  smooth ;  simple. 
fj^Iicf,  see  fc^lafen;  fc^ltef  em,  see  etn* 

jc^lafen. 


,  gefc^loffen,  to   lock, 

close,  shut. 
fdjltmm,   bad;    bag    ©c^limmfte,   the 

worst, 
bag  8djfof?,  beg  ®djfoffeg,  bie  ^t^toffer, 

castle. 

see  sitfcfyliefjen. 

e,  gefd)(ucr;$t,  to  sob. 
ber  Od^litrf,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  draught,  sip. 
fdjlttg,  see  fdjlagen;  jc^Ittg  suritrf,  see 

5itrii(lfd)lagen. 

ber  ©t^lum'met,  beg  -g,  slumber. 
?d)UMjfeit,t  fd)Iil^fte,  gefdjlityft,  to  slip, 

glide, 
ber  3rf)(uf?,  beg  -eg,  bie  ®c^(iiffe,  end, 

close. 

fdjtttar,  narrow. 
fd^med'cn,  fcfymerfte,   gefd^medEt,  taste, 

savor. 
fdfjmci'rficln,    fdjmetdjelte,    gef^meicficlt, 

with  dat.,  to  flatter. 
fdjmel'sen,t     fc^mols,    gefc^motsen,    er 

fdjmtlst,  to  melt, 
ber  3d)tttcr5,  beg  -eg  or  -eng,  bte  -en, 

pain,  sorrow. 
fdjjmers'ltdj,  painful, 
ber  Srfjmieb,  beg   -eg,  bie  -e,  smith, 

blacksmith. 
fd^mte'bcn,   fc^mtebete,    gefcfymiebet,   to 

forge,  make. 

fd^mttrf,  trim,  pretty,  handsome, 
ber  Srfjmucf,  beg  -eg,  ornament,  attire, 

jewels, 
frfjmucf'cu,     fc^mMte,    gefd)miicft,    to 

adorn,  dress. 
fdjmui^ifl,  dirty,  unclean, 
bie  Sd^ttal'Ie,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  buckle. 
fdmal'len,  fc^natlte,  gefc^nattt,  to  buckle, 

strap. 
fdjnar'djett,    fc^narc^te,    gefd^narc^t,   to 

snore, 
bag  Sdmerf'cn&auS,  beg  -eg,  b 

enpttfcr,  snail-shell, 
ber  «rf)itee,  beg  -g,  snow. 


fdjneefg 


fcf)h>eifctt 


frfjttee'ig,  snowy. 

fdjnee'toei^,  snow-white. 

fdptei'Dcn,   fd)nitt,   gefo)nitten,   to  cut, 

carve. 

ber  Srfjnei'ber,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  tailor. 
frfmei'bem,   fdjneiberte,  gcfd}neibert,  to 

do  tailor-work, 
bte    ©djnei'fcerfht&c,    ber    — ,   bte  -it, 

tailor's  room. 
fctynei'ett,   jd)neite,   gefd)neit,  eg  fd)nett, 

impers.,  it  is  snowing, 
frfjnell,  quick,  swift,  rapid. 
bag  Scfjiti^'toet^  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  wood- 
carving, 
bte  3dinur,  ber  — ,  bte  @d)niire,  string, 

cord. 

fdjofc,  -see  fd)iefcen. 
fdjoit,    already,    ever;    really,    soon; 

fdjon  gut!  very  well!  fd;on  eimttal, 

once  before. 
fdjiin,    beautiful,    nice,    fine;    ettoag 

@d)oneg,  something  nice;    @d)onen 

2>anf!  many  thanks! 
fdjimft,  see  fd^on. 

ber  Si^o|>f'l3ffcl,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  ladle. 
fdjor,  see  fdjercn. 

ber  «d)otn'ftem,  beg  -g,  bie  -e,  chimney. 
frfio^,  see  fd)ie£en. 
ber  2if)of>%  beg  -eg,  bte  <§d)o$e,  lap; 

bosom, 
bte  «rfjram'me,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  scratch, 

scar, 
ber  Sd)retf'ett3tnf,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  cry  of 

terror. 

frfjrerf'Ud),  terrible. 
fdjrei'&en,  fd)rteb,  gejd)rieben,  to  write. 
bag  Sdjrei'fceit,  beg  -g,  z/?/.  as  noun, 

writing,  to  write. 
fdjrei'en,    fd)rie,    gefd^rieen,    to    cry, 

scream. 

ber  3rfirem,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  casket,  cof- 
fin. 
f$rei'ten,t  jd)ritt,  gefd)ritten,  to  walk, 

stride,  step. 


fdjrie,  see  fd)reien. 

fdjrtefc,  see  jd)reiben. 

bte  Srf>riftf  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  writing. 

fdjrift'ttdj,  written,  in  writing. 

ber  SeJjrttt,  beg -eg,  bie  -e,  step,  stride. 

fdjritt,  see  fdjreiten;  jd)rttt  (;inaug,  see 
tjtnaitgfd)retten, 

fd^ud)'tcrtt,  timid,  shy,  bashful, 

ber  3rfiuf),  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  shoe. 

bag  Srfiity'fem,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  little 
shoe. 

bie  Sdjulb,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  debt,  fault, 
guilt,  blame. 

fdjtil'bti},  indebted,  owing;  guilty; 
fdjufbtg  fetn,  to  owe. 

ber  2d)itl'&ifler,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  debtor. 

bte  Sdjit'le,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  school. 

ber  @dt)ii'fer,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  pupil,  stu- 
dent. 

bag  Sdjul'ljaitS,  beg  — ^aiifcg,  bie  <Sd)ul* 
fjaiifer,  schoolhouse. 

ber  Srfjitl'fcfjrer,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  teacher. 

bie  Sdjiil'ter,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  shoulder. 

ber  Sdjul'je,  beg  -n,  bie  -n,  mayor, 
judge,  magistrate. 

bie  ®d)uffel,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  dish,  plat- 
ter. 

ber  ^djn'fter,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  shoe- 
maker. 

fdjiit'teln,  fdjiittelte,  gefd)itttett,  to  shake. 

ber  «d)ui?,  beg  -eg,  shelter,  protection. 

fc^ii'^cn,  frf)ii£te,  gefd^ii^t,  to  protect. 

frfjUmd),  weak. 

bie  Sdjhwi'fce,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  swallow. 

ber  3d)Umit5,  beg  -eg,,  bie  ®d)tt)an5e, 
tail. 

ber  3rf)Umrm,  beg  -eg,  bte  0d)lx>arme, 
swarm,  crowd. 

f^toarj,  fdjtoarser,  ber  fdjnjar^efte,  black, 
dark ;  fdjtoars&raim,  dark-brown ; 
fd)h?ar5feiben,  of  black  silk. 

fcf)toe1>cn,  fd)\x>cbte,  gefd)ft>ebt,  to  hover, 
soar. 

fr^toci'fcn,  jd)toeifte,  gejd)rt>eift,  to  stray. 


35 


fcfyftneg,  gefdjftriegett,  to  be 
silent ;  fdjtoetgenb,  silent, 
bag   3d)U>em,   beg  -eg,   bie  -e,  hog, 

pig- 
bag  ^rfjtoet'ttefletfdj,  beg  -eg,  pork, 
ber    Sd)h)ei'nei«nge,   beg   -n,   bie  -it, 

swine-herd, 
ber  SdEjtuei'neftrtH,  beg  -eg,  bie  0djft>eine* 

pile,  pig-sty. 
fdjhJel'Ien,     jcfytooa,     gefdjtootten,     eg 

fcfytoiftt,  to  swell. 
frfltoen'fett,    fd)ft>enfte,    gefcfytoenft,    to 

swing,  wave. 
fdjtoer,  heavy,  difficult, 
bag  Sdjfeiert,  beg  -eg,  bie  -cr,  sword, 
bte  Sdjtoeft'er,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  sister. 
fctjtoieg,  see  fcfytoeigen* 
frf)Uiim'men,  fdjtoamm,  ge[cfyn?0mmen,  to 

swim. 
fctyhrin'gejt,    fd)toang,   gefd)touttgen,    to 

swing. 

tt,  fcfytoor,  gefd)n?oren,  to  swear. 
%,  six. 

bie  See'Ie,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  soul. 
feeleitS'frol),  heartily  glad,  extremely 

happy. 

fe'geln,  fegelte,  gefegelt,  to  sail. 
fe'fjen,  jafy,  gefet;en,  er  fie^t,  to  see. 
f e&n,  /or  fe^en. 
fe^'nen,  fel^nie,  gefel^nt,  also  reflex.,  to 

long  for. 

fefnt'lidj,  longing,  anxious. 
fefjr,  very,  quite,  much. 
fci,  jetb,  be,  do  be ;  see  fein. 
bie  Sci^e,  ber  — ,  silk. 
feten,  be,  do  be ;  see  Jem. 
bte  @ei'fe,  ber  — ,  soap. 
fci«,  -e,  -em,  -eu,  -er,  -eg,  his,  its,  her ; 

see  §  94. 

fetn,  tuar,  getoefen,  er  ift,  to  be. 
fei'nen,  feinig,  his,  its,  her. 
\t\t,prep.  with  dat.,  since,  for. 
fctt  or  feitbcm',  subord.  conj.,  since; 

feitbem,  adv.,  since  then. 


bie  Sei'te,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  page;  side; 

auf  bie  (Seitc,  aside, 
bie  Sehm'be,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  second. 
felfc,  same. 

fel'fcer,  j  myself,     yourself,    himself, 
felfcft,    i     herself,  itself. 
felfcft,  even. 
fel'ten,  seldom,  rare. 
felt'fam,  rare,  strange,  odd. 
fen'fceit,  fanbte,  gefanbt,  to  send. 
fen'fen,  fenfte,  gefentt,  sink,  let  down, 

lower. 
fe^'en,  fe^te,  gefe^t,  to  set,  place,  put ; 

ficfy  fe^en,  to  sit  down. 
fdj'te  fjittjit',  see  tyinjitfelgen. 
feufsett,  feufete,  gefeufst,  to  sigh,  groan. 
fcuf'5tc  awf,  see  aitffeufsetu 
fid),  reflexive,  self. 
fid)'er,  safe(ly),  sure(ly). 
bie  ^idtf,  ber  — ,  sight. 
fie,  she,  they. 
©te,  you. 
fie'^ett,  seven, 
ber  @te6enmei^cttfttefel,  beg  -g,  bie  — , 

seven-league-boot. 
fie^ent,  seventh. 
fieb'je^tt,  seventeen. 
fte'gen,  fiegte,  gefiegt,  to  conquer, 
fie^,  -ft,  -t ;  see  fefyeru 
bag  ^il'fcer,  beg  -g,  silver. 
ftl'&erit,  silver,  of  silver. 
fil^etretit,  pure  as  silver,  silvery. 
©im'fmt,  Samson. 
finb,  are ;  see  fein. 
ftitg'en,  fang,  gefungen,  to  sing. 
bag  ^tttg'Ctt,  beg  -g,  singing. 
fin'fett,  fan!,  gefunfen,  to  sink,  droop, 
ber  Gimt,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  mind,  sense, 

meaning, 
ber  ©tim'f £rud),  beg  -eg,  bi> 

aphorism. 

ber  @t<j,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  seat. 
fttj'en,  fa$,  gefeffen,  to  sit., 
bie  8fij'$e,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  sketch. 


36 


,  fftjjterte,  fft$$iert,  to  sketch. 

f0,  so,  thus,  as,  such,  then ;  fo  em, 
such  a;  fo  ettoag,  such  a  thing;  fo 
lattg,  in  the  meantime. 

fofcalb',  subord.  conj.,  as  soon  (as). 

fofort',  at  once. 

f0gar',  even. 

fogleid)',  at  once. 

ber  2oi)u,  beg  -eg,  bic  (Sb'tyne,  son. 

fold),  such  ;  ©olcfyeg,  such  a  thing. 

ber  «0tbat',  beg  -en,  bte  -en,  soldier. 

fol'ien,  fottte,  gefolft,  shall,  should, 
ought,  is  to,  is  said  to. 

ber  »0m'mer,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  summer. 

fon'ber&ar,  strange,  singular,  pecul- 
iar. 

fon'bertt,  but. 

ber  30n'na&enb,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  Satur- 
day. 

bte  30n'ne,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  sun. 

fott'ttett,  fonnte,  gefonut,  to  sun,  bask 
in  the  sun. 

bte  «0u'ncitbhtmc,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  sun- 
flower. 

bag  3on'nenltrf)t,  beg  -c3,  sunlight. 

ber  90n'ncnfc^ein,  beS  -8,  sunshine, 
sunlight. 

ber  »0n'nenftraf)I,  be§  -$r  bte  -en,  sun- 
beam. 

ber  San'ttemmtergmtg,  be^  -e8,  sunset. 

fon'ntg,  sunny. 

ber  «omt'tag,  be^  -e§,  bte  -e,  Sunday. 

ber  Somt'tagmorgen,  beg  -8,  bte  — , 
Sunday  morning. 

ber  Sonn'trtfliwrfjmittrtg,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e, 
Sunday  afternoon. 

fotm'tag§,  on  Sunday. 

fonft,  otherwise,  else,  formerly,  even. 

bte  Sor'ge,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  care,  trouble, 
worry,  uneasiness. 

for 'gen,  forgte,  geforgt,  to  care,  worry. 

forg'fdlttg,  careful  (ly). 

fljunn,  see  fptmten. 

flini'fig,  funny,  queer. 


ber  @Jwfc,  beg  0^affeg,  bte 

fun,  sport;   h?enn  eg 

tnac^t,  if  you  enjoy  it. 
ftmt,  late. 

ber  2*mij,  beg  -eg,  bte  -en,  sparrow. 
fjws«'rot,t   f^asterte,   f^a^tert,   to    go 

walking, 
ber  Sjmsier'gmtg,  beg  -eg,  bte  <Spa$ier= 

giinge,  (pleasure)  walk, 
bte  Sjjei'fe,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  food. 
f£ie'jjelf(ar,  clear  as  a  mirror. 
ft$  ftne'geht,  fptegeite  fit^,  fic^  gefrtegelt, 

to  be  reflected. 

bag  3|)tc(,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  game,  play. 
ftrie'len,  f^tettc,  gef^telt,  to  play, 
ber  Sjriel'famerab,  beg  -en,  bte  -en,  play- 
fellow. 

bte  Sjriei'feitte,  see  ©ptelntann. 
ber  @piel'mamt,  beg  -eg,  bte  <S^teUeute, 

musician. 

bte  S|jin'belf  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  spindle. 
fjritt'nen,  fpcmtt,  gef))onnen,  to  spin. 
bag  (S^inn'rab,  beg  -eg,  bte  ®ptnnraber, 

spinning  wheel. 
f£ttj,  sharp,  pointed, 
ber  3p0rit,  beg  -g,  bte  0^)oren,  spur.  - 
bte  8^ra'(^e,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  language, 

speech. 

less. 
see  fpringen;  f^rang  attf,  see 

aitffprtngen. 
f£redE)'ett,  f^rac^,  gefproc^en,  er  fpric^t, 

to  speak. 

fjmdjt,  see  fpred^en. 
bag  Sjmd)'&>0rt,  beg  -eg,  bie  -toorter, 

proverb. 

f^rief'fen,t  fpro^,  gef^roffen,  to  sprout. 
f^tingren,t     f^rang,     gefprungen,     to 

spring,  jump;   to  sprout,  bud. 
ber  Sjmmg,  beg  -eg,  bte  0£riinge,  jump, 

crack. 

bie  3 pur,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  track,  trace. 
fjw'ren,  tyiivtc,  gefpiirt,  notice. 
t  beg  -eg,  bte  -en,  state. 


Stab 


ftrcidjctt 


ber  Stafc,  beg  -eg,  bte  (Stabe,  staff,  stick, 

cane. 

fted),  see  ftedfyen. 

bie  Stabt,  ber  —  ,  bte  Stable,  city. 
fta%  see  ftefjfen. 
ber  Staff,  beg  -eg,  bte  @tafle,  stable, 

barn. 

ber  Stmnm,  beg  -eg,  bte  ®tamme,  trunk. 
ber  Stanfo,  beg  -eg,  bte  (Stanbe,  station, 

standing,  position. 
ftanb,  see  ftefyen;  ftanb  auf,  see  auf* 

ftefyen. 

bte  3tana/e,  ber  —  ,  bte  -it,  pole. 
ftorft,  see  fterben. 
ftarf,  ftarfer,  ber  ftarlfte,  strong. 
ftarr,  stiff,  stubborn,  staring. 
ftott,prep.  wu£7i  ^e?i..  instead  of. 
ber  3taub,  beg  -eg,  dust. 
ftedj'en,  ftacf),  geftocfyen,  to  sting,  prick. 
ber  ^terf'eit,  beg  -g,  bte  —  ,  rod,  stick. 
fterf'eit,  ftetfte,  geftetft,  to  put,  stick. 
ber  @terf  ling,  beg  -g,  bte  -e,  slip,  cut- 

ting. 
fte'tjen,  ftanb,  geftanben,  to  stand,  be- 

come ;  ftefyen  fcletfcen,  to  stop,  stand 

still. 
ftelj'Ieit,  fta^I,  gefto^len,  er  ftte^tt,  to 

steal. 


ftci'gen,t  ftteg,  gefttegen,  to  rise,  go, 

climb. 

ber  Stein,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  stone,  rock. 
ftein'ero,  stone,  of  stone. 
ber  ®tein'f)mifen,  beg  -g,  bte  —  ,  pile  or 

heap  of  stones. 
ber  <8tem'me^,  stone-cutter. 
ftdn'reid),   immensely  rich. 
Die  Stel'le,  ber  —  ,  bte  -n,  place  ;  fcon  ber 

<StelIe  fommen,  to  get  ahead,  move. 
ftel'lert,  ftettte,  geftetlt,  to  set,  place. 
fter'&en,f  ftarb,  geftorben,  er  ftirbt,  to 

die  ;  fterbenb,  dying. 
ber  3tent,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  star. 
ftcr'nenljen,  starlit,  starry,  starbright. 


ftctS,  always,  constantly. 

ber  Stie'fel,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  boot. 

bte  Stteftmitter,  ber   — ,  bte  -miitter, 

stepmother. 
ftieg,  see   ftetgen;   ftteg   fytmmter,  see 

t)tnitnterftetgen. 

ftief?,  see  ftofjen ;  ftte^en  ab,  see  abftofcen. 
ftifl,  still,  quiet. 

bte  Stil'Ie,  ber  — ,  calm,  silence. 
fttt'len,   fttttte,   gefttttt,    to    calm,    to 

quench. 

bie  Sttm'me,  ber  — ,  bte  -nf  voice. 
ftimm'te  eiti,  see  etnfttntmen. 
bte  Stim'mmttj,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  mood, 

frame  of  mind,  disposition, 
bte  3 tint,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  forehead, 

front, 
ber  Stocf,  beg  -eg,  bte  (Sto'rfe,  stick, 

cane;  bush,  stalk. 
ftorf'ftttfter,  pitch-dark. 
bag  Storf'inerf,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  story  (of 

a  house). 
ftol$,  proud, 
bte  Stojjf'iwbel,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  darning 

needle. 

ftii'mt,  ftorte,  geftort,  to  disturb, 
ber  8t0ft,  beg  -eg,  bte  ®to$e,  thrust, 

blast,  gust. 
ftoft'eit,  ftte^,  geftogen,  er  fto^t,  to  push, 

thrust,  kick, 
ber  «traf)(,  beg  -eg,  bie  -en,  ray,  beam, 

light. 

,  radiant. 

Strasburg    (a    city    in 

Germany'). 

bte  Straft'e,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  street,  road. 
ftre'fcen,    [treble,    geftrebt,    to    strive, 

aspire. 

bte  <§trerf'e,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  stretch. 
ftrof'en,  ftrerfte,  geftrecft,  to   stretch, 

extend, 
ber   «tretcf),  beg  -eg,  bie   -e,  stroke, 

trick,  prank. 
ftm'djen,  ftric^,  geftric^en,  to  stroke. 


ftteic^eln 


38 


tief 


ftrei'djeltt,  ftreid)elte,  geftreicfyelt,  to 
stroke,  pet. 

ber  Streif,  beg  -eg,  bie  -en,  strip,  streak. 

ber  Streit,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  quarrel, 
strife,  dispute ;  battle. 

ftm'tet,  ftritt,  gcftritten,  to  quarrel. 

ftreng,  severe,  stern,  strict(ly). 

ber  Strtc^,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  line,  streak, 
stroke. 

bag  «trof),  beg  -eg,  straw. 

bag  <§ta>f)'badj,  beg  -eg,  bie  (gtrofybacfyer, 
thatched  roof. 

ber  ^tront,  beg  -eg,  bte  <Strome,  stream, 
river. 

ftrii'men,t  ftromte,  geftromt,  to  stream 
(from),  run,  flow. 

bie  ^tu'fce,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  room,  sitting- 
room. 

bag  Stiib'Iein,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  little  room. 

bag  «tiirf,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  piece,  part. 

ber  Stubent',  beg  -en,  bie  -en,  student. 

ftufcie'ren,  ftnbierte,  ftubiert,  to  study. 

ber  3tul)(,  beg  -eg,  bie  @tia)(e,  chair. 

ftttmm,  mute,  dumb,  silent.  - 

tic  «ftm'be,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  hour,  hour's 
journey ;  lesson. 

ber  Sturm,  beg  -eg,  bie  @tiirme,  storm. 

ber  Sturm'twnb,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  storm- 
wind,  tempest. 

ftiir'sen,f  ftiirjte,  gcftitrst,  to  fall,  tum- 
ble, rush. 

ftii^'en,  ftii^te,  geftitl^t,  to  support, 
prop. 

fu'djeit,  fucfyte,  gefuc^t,  to  seek,  look 
for,  search,  try. 

bag  Su'djett,  beg  -g,  inf.  as  noun,  seek- 
ing, search  (ing). 

ber  2um£f,  beg  -eg,  bie.  <®nnt£fe, 
swamp. 

fttmjj'fig,  swampy,  marshy. 

bag  <§itmpf'ttmffe?,  beg  -g,  swamp- 
water. 

bie  SuJj'Jje,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  soup,  broth. 

fiift,  sweet. 


,  beg  -g,  tobacco. 

ber  'Sag,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  day. 

tag'Udj,  daily. 

ber  $aft,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  time,  meas- 
ure. 

bag  Salcnt',  beg  -g,  bte  -e,  talent. 

bie  3!an'ite,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  pine,  fir. 

ber  San'nenljitgel,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  hill 
covered  with  pine  forest. 

ber  Sans,  beg  -eg,  bie  Sanje,  dance. 

tmt'jen,  tan$te,  getan^t,  to  dance. 

ber  Sander,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  dancer. 

ber  Sanj'faal,  beg  -eg,  bie  £an$fate, 
dancing  hall. 

teji'fer,  brave. 

bie  £afrf)'e,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  pocket. 

bie  £af'?e,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  cup. 

tmt'ett,  tante,  getant,  eg  tant,  impers.,  it 
is  thawing. 

tou'mehtb,  reeling. 

taw'fd^en,  tanfd)te,  getanfd)t,  to  deceive. 

tmi'fenb,  thousand ;  taujenbnml,  a  thou- 
sand times. 

ber  3?ett,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  part,  share. 

ber  Selegtapl)',  btg  -en,  bie  -^n,  tele- 
graph. 

ber  ^cl'Ier,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  plate. 

bag  Xfjal,  beg  -eg,  bie  Staler,  valley. 

ber  Slfc'rer,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  thaler  (Ger- 
man dollar). 

ttyftt,  see  tfjnn. 

bte  Sfjot,  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  deed,  action. 

ber  ^^ce,  beg  -g,  tea. 

bag  Sfjor,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  gate. 

bie  ^^ra'nc,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  tear. 

ber  Sljroit,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  throne. 

tf)tm,  tfyat,  getfyan,  ic^  t^ne,  bn  tf;nft,  er 
t^ut,  tt)ir  tfwn,  etc.,  to  do,  act,  make ; 
eg  t^nt  tttir  letb,  I  am  sorry. 

bie  £!jii'r(e),  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  door. 

tfmft,  t^itt,  see  ttjitn. 

tief,  deep,  far. 


Siefe 


39 


bie  Sie'fe,  bcr  — ,  bic  -nf  depth,  deep, 
bottom. 

bag  Ster,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  animal. 

ber  Si'ger,  beg  -8,  bie  — ,  tiger. 

bie  ^in'te,  ber  — ,  ink. 

ber  Sifd),  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  table,  meal. 

ber  SifrfKgenoffe,  beg  -it,  bie  -n,  com- 
panion at  table,  fellow-boarder. 

bag  Sifdj'Iettt,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  little 
table. 

ber  Si'tel,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  title. 

to'fcen,  to&te,  getobt,  to  rage,  roar,  be 
noisy,  storm. 

bag  ^o'fiett,  beg  -g,  inf.  used  as  noun, 
noise,  uproar. 

bie  Softer,  ber  — ,  bie  £od)ter,  daugh- 
ter. 

bag  Siidj'tcrleitt,  beg  -g,  little  daugh- 
ter. 

ber  3!ob,  beg  -eg,  death. 

to'be^nwtt,  very  tired. 

bie  ^mtet'te,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  toilet. 

toU,  mad,  crazy. 

ber  ^on,  beg  -eg,  bie  £one,  sound. 

to'tten,  tonte,  getimt,  to  sound. 

bie  Soit'tte,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  tun,  barrel. 

ber  SJorntft'er,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  knap- 
sack. 

to'fen,  tofte,  getoft,  to  rage,  roar. 

bag  So'feit,  beg  -g,  inf.  as  noun,  roar- 
ing. 

tot,  dead ;  ber  (bic)  £ote,  the  dead  per- 
son, corpse. 

tii'tett,  totete,  getotet,  to  kill. 

to'tcuatynlirf),  deathlike. 

bie  ;$0'tetU»aljre,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  bier. 

tut'irtrfjctt,  to  die  with  laughing. 

bie  Srod^t,  bcr  — ,  bie  -en,  costume, 
dress. 

tra'geit,  trug,  getragen,  er  trcigt,  to 
carry ;  to  bear,  wear. 

ttmtf,  see  trin!en. 

trot  -en,  see  treten;  Irat  ^ert>or,  see 


ttau'en,  traute,  getraut,  to  trust;    to 

marry. 
bie  Srmi'er,  ber  —  >  mourning,  grief, 

sorrow. 
bag  ^rau'erf  Ictb,  beg  -eg,  bie  -er,  mourn- 

ing (garment). 
trmt'ern,  traucrte,  getrauert,  to  mourn, 

grieve,  be  sad. 
ber  Srcmm,  beg  -eg,  bie  Srawne,  dream. 


trtw'rig,  sad  ;  bag     raurigfte,  the  sad- 

dest (thing). 
tref'fen,  traf,  gctroffen,  er  trifft,  to  strike, 

hit,  "meet  ;  to  make  a  good  likeness 

of. 
trei'fem,  tricb,  getrieben,  to  drive,  drift, 

carry  on,  perform. 
tren'neit,  trcnnte,  getrennt,  to  separate. 
bie  S&p'pe,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  (flight  of) 

stairs  or  steps. 
tre'ten,t  trat,  getreten,  er  tritt,  to  tread, 

step,  walk. 
treu,  faithful. 
trie^,  see  trciben. 
ber  Sriefc,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  inclination, 

impulse. 

frtn'feit,  tranf,  getrimfen,  to  drink. 
bag  Srin'len,  beg  -g,  inf.  as   noun, 

drinking,  drink. 
ber  Srttt,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  step. 
tritt  Ijerem',  see  fyereintreten, 
twwf'ett,  dry. 

bie  ^rom'mel,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  drum. 
ber  $n>$j'fen,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  drop. 
trijft'ett,  troftete,  getroftet,  to  comfort. 
trot?,   prep,   ivit/i  gen.   (or   dat.),  in 

spite  of. 

ber  ^ro<j,  beg  -eg,  defiance. 
trit&e,  troubled,  gloomy,  sad;  muddy. 
Smb'djen,  diminutive  of  Gertrude. 
trug,  see  tragen. 

bie  Zvum'meVfpL,  no  sing.,  ruins. 
ber  Struts   (from   Sro^),  @(^u^   imb 
,  defensive  and  offensive. 


Surf) 


40 


ttttfreunbUrfj 


bag  $«d),  beg  -eg,  bte  Stiver,  cloth, 
kerchief. 

ttidj'tig,  .fit,  able,  effective,  thor- 
ough (ly),  excellent. 

ber  Stiff e,  beg  -it,  bte  -n,  Turk. 

ber  Strnn,  beg  -eg,  bte  £itrme,  tower, 
steeple. 

ber  Stofdii,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  flourish  (of 
trumpets). 

It 

i't'bef,  evil,  bad,  ill. 

bas  it'&el,  beg  iibteg,  evil. 

ti'&ett,  iibte,  geiibt,  to  practice,  exe*rcise. 

u'foer,  prep,  icita  cfa£.  a??d  ace. ,  over,  be- 
yond, across ;  iiber  unb  iiber,  all  over. 

ti&eroll',  everywhere. 

ber  U'fcer&ltrf,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  view,  sur- 
vey. 

ii&erben'fen,  iiberbadjte,  iiberbacfyt,  to 
think  over,  reflect. 

ti&erge'&en,  iibergab,  ubergeben,  to  give, 
deliver,  yield  up. 

tifcertyrwjjt',  at  all,  after  all,  in  gen- 
eral. 

fid)  tiberlje'&ett,  itberfyob  ftdj,  fid)  iiber* 
Robert,  to  be  conceited. 

iiberfom'mctt,  uberfcmt,  iiberfommen,  to 
come  over,  seize,  attack. 

fid?  ti&erftt'geln,  iiberhtcjefte  fic^,  ftc^ 
uberfitgelt,  to  roll  over  and  over. 

ti&erle'gett,  iiberlegte,  iiberlegt,  to  re- 
flect, consider,  deliberate. 

bag  U&erle'gen,  beg  -g,  inf.  as  noun, 
deliberation. 

ii'bermorgen,  the  day  after  to-morrow. 

it&crra'fd)en,  itberraft^te,  iiberraft^t,  to 
surprise. 

iifcerfe'ljen,  iiberfa^,  iiberfel^en,  to  over- 
look, view,  command,  survey. 

ti&erfet'sett,  iiberfe^te,  itberfe^t,  to  trans- 
late. 

ti&ertcm'fcen,  iibertaitbte,  iibertdubt,  to 
deafen,  drown. 


iiberjeitgle,  iiberjeugt,   to 

convince. 
,  see  iibel, 

over,  left,  other,  remaining, 
bte  U&'rt<jen,  the  others,  rest ;  see  iibrtg. 
bte  it'bun^,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  practice. 
bag  tt'fer,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  shore,  coast, 

bank, 
bte  tttyr,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  watch,  clock ; 

ftinf  Ufyr,  five  o'clock. 
urn,  prep,    with    ace.,    about,   over, 

around,  in  order ;  adv.,  about,  past, 

up ;  unt  511,  in  order  to. 
itm  »  »  *  ftril'lett,  prep,  with  gen.,  for 

the  sake  of. 

ttttwr'men,  itmarmte,  iimarml,  to  em- 
brace. 
imtfle'&ett,  itntgab,  imtgeben,  er  imtgtebt, 

to  surround. 

imt'getoaitbclt,  see  wntoanbefn. 
nnvfticncn,  90^  um,  itmgegoffen,  to  re- 
cast. 

',  around,  about. 

trrte  itm^er,  itmfyergetrrt, 

to  wander  around. 
uml>etrfrfia«enf  fcfyaitte  um^er,  um^erge=« 

jc^aut,  to  look  around. 
mnljer'hJerfen,   h?arf  umtjcr,  itmfycrcje* 

h)orfen,  to  cast  or  throw  around. 
imt'fdjmieit,  fd>aute  urn,  iimgefcfyaitt,  to 

look  around. 

ttmfonft',  for  nothing,  gratis ;  in  vain, 
ber  Um'ftmtfc,  beg  -eg,  bte  Umftdnbe, 

circumstance ;  ceremony, 
itm'itmuticfn,  tvanbelte  itin,  umgett>an* 

belt,  to  change. 
um'tticrfen,  n?arf  itm,  umgetoorfen,  to 

upset. 
mt'bcfntt^cn,  natural,  na'ive,  artless, 

unaffected. 
tmb,  and. 

im'tmnfbar,  ungrateful. 
int'freunblic^,      unkind,      unfriendly, 

gruff  (ly). 


•  nuflcfieucr 


41 


ucrfubcltt 


wt'gefjeiter,  monstrous,  frightful,  enor- 
mous. 

tm'gefegett,     inconvenient,     inoppor- 
tune. 

tm'gefdEtftft,  awkward. 

iw'nettJ0l)ttt,  unaccustomed,  unusual. 

bag  ttn'glutf,  beg  -eg,  misfortune,  ca- 
lamity. 

itn'ijctmttrf),  uneasy,  dismal. 

bte  tttttoerfitat',  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  uni- 
versity. 

tm'ttitt?,  useless,  unavailing. 

tin'redjt,  wrong. 

bag  ttn'rerfjt,  beg  -eg,  wrong. 

wi'rufyig,  restless. 

im$,  us,  to  or  for,.us. 

tm'frf)litffig,  irresolute,  wavering. 

mt'jer,  our. 

im'ten,  below. 

un'ter,  prep,  with  dat.  and  ace.,  un- 
der; among. 

imterbre'dfctt,  nnterbradj,  nnterbrocfyen, 
to  interrupt. 

im'tergeljen,t  gwg  unter,  untergegangen, 
to  go  down,  set. 

tmtetfjal'ten,  itnter^telt,  untcr^alten,  er 
unterfyalt,  to  entertain. 

untcritctj'mctt,    unterttafym,    itnternom* 
men,  er  unternimmt,  to  undertake. 

tm'tetmejj§,  on  the  way. 

imterfcfjei'bett,  unterfc^teb,  unterjc^teben, 
to  distinguish. 

ber  ttn'terfdjieb,  beg  -e«,  bte  -e,  differ- 
ence. 

mtimUfitr'ltdf),  involuntary. 

bte  ttt'foc^e,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  cause,  rea- 
son, motive. 

bte    Ur'=ttr=<&r0fetmttter,    great-great- 
grandmother. 

#. 

t,  be^  -9f  bte  SBater,  father. 

t>erad)tete,  tteracfytet,  to  de- 
spise, scorn. 


fcetan'bern,    t>eranberte,    t>eranbert,   to 

change. 
fcer&er'gen,  t)er6arg,  i>er6orgen,  er  »er- 

fctrgt,  to  hide. 
tierbeff'ern,  ijerbefferte,  fcerfceffert,  to  cor- 

rect. 

bie  $8ert>eu'gtm0,  ber  —  ,  bte  -en,  bow. 
ber  Skrbadjt',  beci  -e8,  suspicion. 
tictbcr'Ben,  berbarb,  s?erborben,  er  i>er* 

birbt,  to  spoil. 
fcerbie'tten,  t)erbiente,  i>erbtent,  to  earn, 

deserve. 

&evtoieff?ett,  t)erbro^,  i>erbroffen,  to  vex. 
tierbrie^'Ut^,  vexed,  cross. 
t>erb«t'ften,t  fcerburftete,  t>erbnrftet,  to 

die  of  thirst. 

fcem'nen,  t>eretnte,  ^eretnt,  to  unite. 
fcerfelj'Iett,  t>erfef)tte,  5?erfe^U,   to   fail, 

miss. 

feergaft',  see  s?ergeffen. 
fcerge'fcen,  t^ergab,  t>ergeben,  er  Dergtebt, 
to  forgive. 

,  in  vain,  vainly. 
,!  merging,  i>ergangen,  to  pass 
(away),  disappear. 

fcevgcf'fett,  ferga^,  s^ergeffen,  er  t)ergt^ 
to  forget. 
ing',  see  i?erger)en. 
see  fcergeffen. 

forget-me-not. 
ba^    23ergttit'gett,    beg    -$,    pleasure, 

amusement,  delight. 
fcergttitgt',  amused,  pleased,  merry. 
fecrgol'bcit,  tjcrgolbctc,  t>ergolbet,  to  gild. 
Hcr^al'Icn^t  ucr^aKte,  t)er^attt,  to   die 

(away)  . 

t>cr^ci'ratenf  s?er^etratete, 
marry. 


to  die  of  hunger. 
fcerir'reit,  fcertrrte,  t>ertrrt,  to  lose  the 

way,  to  go  astray. 
fcertit'&elit,  fcerjubelte,  tjerinbett,  to  waste 

in  riotous  living. 


tjerfaufett 


42 


SBogelftetter 


fcertoit'fest,  fcerfaufte,  fccrfauft,  to  sell. 
DetfriMj'Jjeln,  fcerfritypelte,  fcerfritypeft, 

to  cripple. 
fcertott'gen,  fcerlcmgte,  fcedcmgt,  to  long 

or  wish  for,  desire,  ask. 
fceriaf'fen,  t>erlie§,  fccrlciffen,  er  i>erldfct, 

to  leave,  forsake,  abandon. 
fcerle'geit,  embarassed,  confused. 
fid)  t»erlte'&en,  tterliebte  ficfy,  fid)  fcerliefct, 

to  fall  in  love  ;  fceru'ebt,  in  love. 
iierlte'rett,  fccrlor,  fcertorert,  to  lose. 
ber  £3erluft',  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  loss. 
,  see  fcerttefymett. 

fcernafym,   fcernontmen,  to 

perceive,  hear. 
fid)  fcernei'gen,  tjerneigte  fid;,  fid^  fcerneigt, 

to  bow. 

tfetnitnf'itg,  reasonable,  sensible. 
fcerfa'gen,   t>erfagte,  i>erfagtr   to   deny, 

refuse. 
feerfamaueln,  uerfammelte,  ^crfammett, 

to  assemble,  gather,  collect. 
fcerfau'men,    fcerjcmmte,    sjerfciumt,    to 

miss,  neglect. 

foerfdjamt',  bashful,  modest. 
ticrfr^ie'ben,  different. 


to  swallow,  ingulf. 


benf  to  vanish,  disappear. 
iierfrfjtntm'bett,  see  i>erfc^rt)inbcn. 
iievfen'feitr  fcerfenfte,  sjerfcnft,  to  sink. 
tierfic^'crn,  t>crfid?erte,  i)erfic^ert,  to  in- 

sure, assure. 
fcerfor'gen,  i>erforgtc,  ijerforgt,  to  pro- 

vide for,  endow. 

fcerftredj'en,  fcertyradj,  t>erf^ro^en,   er 
,  to  promise. 

,  be§  -^,  promise. 
ber  Skrftenb',  be«  -c^,  reason,  mind, 

sense. 
fcerfterf'eit,  t)erftcrfte,  fcerfterft,  to  hide, 

conceal. 


frerftcmb,  i>erftanben,  to  un- 
derstand; eg  fcerftefyt  fic^,  impers. 
reflex.,  it  is  a  matter  of  course. 

fcetftum'mett,  fcerftummte,  s?erftutnmt, 
to  become  silent. 

ber  Wet \\xfy' ,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  trial,  at- 
tempt. 

feerfttrlj'ctt,  fcerfucfyte,  ^crfuc^t,  to  try, 
attempt,  tempt. 

bie  SBerfti'djung,  ber  — ,  temptation. 

fcertra'gett,  fcertrug,  i>ertragenf  er  t>er* 
tracjt,  to  endure,  bear,  stand. 

iierttmift',  orphan. 

ticrltie^'rett,  ^ert^e^rte,  t>erh?e^rt,  to  hin- 
der, prevent,  deny. 

t>erfc)el'fett,t  fcertoelfte,  i?ertt>etft,  to  fade, 
wither,  decay. 

t)erttrilt>ert,  wild,  disorderly. 

fceriwt'tert,  weather-beaten. 

ticrttiim'bett,  t)errt>unbete,  t)ertt>unbet,  to 
wound. 

fcerfcMit'bern,  t>erit)unberte,  t5ertt)uitbert, 
to  astonish,  surprise;  fid)  fcertoun* 
bern,  to  wonder. 

tiertuiinfd^t',  cursed,  damned,  be- 
witched. 

fcersou'&ern,  bergauberte,  fcerscwfcert,  to 
enchant,  to  transform. 

fcerseff'rett,  i?er5ef)rte,  i^erse^rt,  to  con- 
sume, eat. 

fcerjei'ljett,  tJerjie^  tjerjie^en,  w.  dat., 
to  pardon. 

— ,  pardon. 
,  ^ergogen,  to  disap- 
pear, move  away ;  fcer$og  ben  2ftunb, 
made  a  wry  face. 

fce^og',  see  ijerjie^en. 

t»iclf  many,  much,  a  great  deal,  lots  of. 

trieHetrfrt',  perhaps. 

trier,  four ;  irier$el;n,  fourteen. 
,  violet  (color) . 

l,  beg  -g,  bie  356'gel,  bird. 

ber  SBo'gelfteUer,  beg  -gr  bie  — ,  bird- 
catcher. 


43 


bag  *00'8'(eitt,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  little  bird. 
ba§  $B0If,  beg  -eg,  bie  golfer,  people, 

nation. 
WO,  full. 
twlUmtt'gett,  fcoflbracfyte,  fcoflfcracfyt,  to 

accomplish,  fulfill. 
t>0Hf0m'mcn,  perfect  (ly). 
ber  £30E'm0ttb,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,   full 

moon. 

t)0U'fimtbig,  complete  (ly). 
&0n,  prep,   with   dat.,  from,  by,  of, 

about,  since;    fcon  tyter  aug,  from 

this  place. 


i)0r,  prep.  m£/i  dat.  and  ace.,  before; 

ago  ;  t)or  fangen  $afyr:enf  many  years 

ago  ;  fcor  ferf)g  SSocfyen,  six  weeks  ago  ; 

fcor  ficfy  fyitt,  to  himself. 
fcormt',  ahead. 
i)0vbei',  by,  past,  over,  up. 
&0rfoei'gef)cn,t    ging    Corbet,    twbeige* 

gangen,  to  go  past  or  by. 
fwrfcci'tragctt,    trug    Corbet,    fcorbeige* 

tragen,  to  carry  past  or  by. 
tior^crcitett,  bereitete  s?orf  t>orberettetr  to 

prepare. 
bag  SBor'berteU,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  fore- 

part, prow. 
tHjr'brmgeitft  brang  t>or,  feorgebrungen, 

to  push  on,  advance. 

',  before,  first,  previously. 

',   before,    just   now,    a   little 

while  ago. 
toff  0mmcn,t  lam  t>or,  i)orgefomtnen,  to 

happen,  occur,  seem. 
Ii0t'(egctt,  (egte  fcor,  s?orgelegt,  to  put 

before,  to  help  (at  table). 
ber  $80r'mittag,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  fore- 

noon. 
ber  fttot'namc,  beg  -ng,  bie  -n,  given 

name. 
t>0vfnef)mctt,  nafym  s?or,  s?orgenommen, 

to  take  in  hand,  put  before  one, 

determine. 


,/or  s?or  bag. 
i>0r'firfjtt{j,  cautious,  careful. 
t)0r'ftelfett,  ftettte  i>or,  i>orgeftettt,  to  put 
before,   present,   introduce,   imag- 
ine. 

ber  $80r'tett,  beg  -g,  bie  -e,  advantage. 
ti0rtref?'Iid[),  excellent. 
ti0r'trctcn,t  trat  i?or,  t)orgetreten,  -to  step 
forward  or  to  the  front. 

,  by,  past,  gone,  over,  done. 

gtttg  fcoriiber, 
gegangen,  to  go  past  or  by. 


,  to  chase  past. 


to  howl  past. 

frfjrttt  fcoriiber, 
itbergefc^ritten,  to  walk  past. 
&0?ii'foev5te!)ett,t  §og  t>oriiber, 

gejogert,  to  go  past. 
ber  930r'iwte*,  beg  -g,  bie  5Bcrt)ater,  an- 

cestor. 
t)0r'Umrt$,  forward,  ahead,  on. 


bie  928adE)'e,  ber  —  ,  bie  -it,  guard,  sen- 

tinel. 
iiwrf)'en,  tt>adt)te,  geiuac^t,  to  be  awake, 

wake,  watch. 
Uitw^'fen,  f  nnicfyg,  gen)ac^fen,  er  it)dc^ 

to  grow. 
ttwrfj'te  auf,  see 
bie  $8affc,  ber  —  ,  bie  -it,  weapon. 
ber  £8a'geit,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  wagon,  car- 

riage. 
tam'gen,     toog,     getoogen,    to     weigh 

(active). 
Hmljr,  true. 
tofi^rcnb,  subord.  conj.,  while;  prep. 

with  gen.,  during. 

r  —,  bie  -en,  truth. 
),  probably,  likely. 
bag  aSSai'fenfmb,  beg  -eg,  bie  -er,  or- 

phan. 


44 


toeit 


ber  S£a(b,  beg  -eg,  btc  SBcilber,  forest, 
woods. 

bcr  SSSolb'toonb,  beg  -eg,  bte  SBalb* 
branbe,  forest  fire. 

28alb'mamt,  proper  name. 

bag  28al'Iett,  beg  -g,  surge. 

btc  2Gcmb,  ber  —,  bte  SSanbe,  wall. 

ber  £8an'berer,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  wan- 
derer. 

bag  SSSan'berjaljr,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  year 
of  wandering;  pi.,  travels. 

ttKm'bertt,t  ftanberte,  getoanbert,  to 
wander. 

ber  a&an'bernbe,  wandering  (man), 
wanderer. 

ber  £$att'berftf)ttf),  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  walk- 
ing or  wandering  shoe. 

bte  23att'berwtg,  ber  — ,  bte  -en,  wan- 
dering, journey. 

hwnb'te,  sse  toenbcn, 

bte  28attg'e,  ber  — ,  bte  -tt,  cheek. 

ttmtm,  when. 

bag  $$a£'£ett,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  coat  of 
arms. 

toar,  -en,  -ft,  -t,  was,  were ;  see  fetn* 

ttmrb,  see  tcerben. 

tuci'rc,  were,  would  be;  see  fetn. 

tomrf,  see  njerfen ;  iuarf  au£,  lint,  see 
au^toerfen,  nmltjerfen, 

ttmrnt,  -e,  -em,  -en,  -er,  -e^,  iuarmer, 
ber  it)drmfte,  warm. 

toar'ten,  rt>artete,  geiuartet,  to  wait  (for). 

ba3  ^Bar'tcn,  be^  -g,  waiting. 

ttmrttm',  why ;  the  reason  why. 

toa$,  what;  for  ettoaS,  something, 
anything;  tx>a^  fiir,  what  kind  of; 
tt?a3  fyut'Sl  What's  the  difference ! 

toafdji'ett,  hju|"d),  gett>a|c^en,  er  h)dfc^t,  to 
wash. 

ba§  SEBaf'fer,  be^  -8f  water,  body  of 
water;  bte  SSafferblume,  ber  — ,  bte 
-n,  water-flower ;  ber  SSafferfatf,  beg 
-eg,  bte  S&afferfafle,  waterfall;  ber 
SBaffermcmn,  beg  -eg,  water-sprite; 


bte   28afferpffan5e,   ber   — ,   bte   -n, 
water-plant. 

toe'fcen,  toob,  getcoben,  to  weave,  twine. 

ttieff'ett,  tx>edtte,  geiuecft,  to  wake,  wake 
up. 

toe'ber,  neither;  iueber  ,  .  »  noc^),  nei- 
ther .  .  .  nor. 

toeg,  adv.,  away. 

ber  $$eg,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  way,  road, 
path;  beg  Segeg,  adverbial  geni- 
tive, that  way,  along. 

iue'gctt,  prep,  with  gen.,  on  account 
of,  for. 

toeg'reiftett,  rt§  toeg,  tueggertffen,  to 
tear  away. 

ttieg'ftttfen,t  fan!  tx>eg,  tx>eggefnnfen,  to 
sink  away. 

ber  £8eg'ttietfer,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  sign- 
post. 

toelj !  woe ! 

toefj,  sore,  aching,  painful ;  toefy  tt)nn, 
to  hurt. 

toe'^cn,  toefyte,  getxje^t,  to  blow ;  float. 

bte  SSMj'tmrt,  ber  — ,  sadness. 

metj'ren,  tt>ef)rte,  gen)etjrt,  to  defend. 

tocirf),  soft,  tender,  smooth. 

luei't^en,  tt>tc^,  geitjic^en,  to  yield  to, 
with  dat. 

bte  SGei'be,  ber  — ,  bte  -n,  willow; 
pasture. 

toei'ben,  toeibete,  getoetbet,  to  pasture. 

ber  SSJci'bcnboiim,  beg  -eg,  bte  -fcanme, 
willow-tree. 

ber  SSSei'fjer,  beg  -g,  bte  — ,  pond. 

SSeifj'narfjten,  Christmas. 

toeil,  subord.  conj.,  because. 

bte  £Gei'Ie,  a  while ;  delay. 

ber  28eitt,  beg  -eg,  bte  -e,  wine. 

tuei'nen,  tuetnte,  getcetnt,  to  weep,  cry. 

toet'fen,  tuteg,  geftnefen,  to  show,  point 
out. 

white, 
now ;  see  totffen* 

toeit,  far,  distant,  wide ;  toett  unb  6rett, 


toetter 


45 


far  and  wide;    fcott   toeitem,  from 

afar;  ttjeiten  SSeg,  long  journey. 
tuei'ter,  further,  farther,  on ;  else ;  bag 

SKeitere,  the  rest. 
tt>ei'tergei)en,t    ging    toeiter,    fteiterge* 

gangen,  to  go  on  or  farther. 
tueiter'mtett,t  ritt  toetter,  toeitergeritten, 

to  ride  on. 
Kield),  which,  what. 
suel'fen,t  toelt'te,  getoelft,  to  fade,  wither. 
tie  £$el'Ie,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  wave. 
Me  WQeit,  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  world, 
bie  S&elt'mfe,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  a  long 

journey. 

n,  toanbte,  getoartbt,  to  turn, 
few,    little;     toeniger,    less, 

fewer ;  toenigft,  least ;  toenigfteng,  at 

least. 
hjenn,  when,  if ;  toenn  audj,  toenngleicfy, 

even  if,  although. 
toer,  who. 
tt»er'bett,t    ttjarb   or   iuurbe,  getoorben, 

shall,  will;  to  become,  get,  be. 
toer'fett,  tx>arf,  geiuorfen,  er   ftnrft,  to 

throw,  cast, 
bag  %Qetlf  be§  -e§,  bie  -e,  work,  deed, 

act. 
bag  SBet'ratJial,  valley  of  the  Werra 

River. 

ttiert,  worth,  worthy. 
bag  28e'fett,  beg  -g,  bie  — ,  being,  man- 
ner, conduct. 
toe$f)alb'f  why,  wherefore, 
bie  SiSeft'c,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  vest, 
ber  SBeft'en,  beg  -g,  west, 
bag  25$et'ter,  beg  -8,  bie  — ,  weather. 
tuet'tergrou,  weatherbeaten. 
ber  aS)i'berf^rit^  beg  -eg,  bie  SStber- 

fpuiid^e,  contradiction. 
toic,  how,  vvhat;  as,  like,  as  if;  tt>te 

fyeifjt  bit?  what  is  your  name? 
hne'ber,  again,  back. 
tuiefcerijo'lett,  ttjieber^oUc,  ttjieber^olt,  to 

repeat. 


h»terberfc»mmen,t  !am  toieber, 

fommen,  to  come  again,  return. 
bag  SSte'berfeljett,  beg  -g,  the  meeting  ; 

auf  SSieberfe^en,  in  hope  of  meet- 

ing again,  au  revoir. 
hrie'geti,  tuog,  gett)ogen,  to  weigh,  be  of 

weight. 

bie  9SMe'fe,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  meadow. 
totlb,  wild,  fierce  (ly). 
bag  £$«b,  beg  -eg,  game. 
XQH'falm,  William. 
ttiitt,  will,  want  ;  see  tootten, 

e,  beg  -ng,  will,  mind. 

»  tDiden,  prep,  with  gen., 

for  the  sake  of. 
futHfom'mctt,  welcome. 
t,  see  iuotlen* 

,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  wind. 
imn'fcen,  toanb,  gettmnbett,  to  wind. 
ttiin'fen,  iuinfte,  getoinft,  to  nod,  beckon, 

make  a  sign. 

ber  SSMn'ter,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  winter. 
ber  XQty'fcl,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  top  (of  a 

tree). 

ttur'&eln,  ftirfcefte,  gettrirfcett,  to  whirl. 
mitb,  see  toerben. 
mir'fcn,  tt)ir!te,  gen^irft,  to  work. 
ttrivE'ftdj,  real,  genuine  ;  in  fact. 
ftrirr,  confused,  tangled. 
ttnrft,  will  ;  see  toerben. 
ber  QSitt,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  landlord, 

host. 
bie  2Gi*'tftt,  ber  —  ,  bie  -nen,  landlady. 

hostess. 


inn,  tavern. 
ber  ^irtS'ttf^  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  tavern 

table. 
bie  2$trt$'tod)ter,  ber  —  ,  bie  -totter, 

landlord's  daughter. 
toif'fett,  ftwfjte,  geh)ii^t,  ic^  U>ei^,  know. 
bag  tSHffen/be*  -g,  knowledge. 
tuo,  where,  when. 

ef  ber  —  •,  bie  -n,  week. 


46 


Settretcn 


bie  £80**  "\  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  wave. 

tourer',  4  ^m  where,  whence. 

tt)ol)tn',  whither,  where,  which  way, 
to  what  place. 

hioljf,  well,  surely,  perhaps;  I  sup- 
pose, indeed,  probably,  I  hope, 
certainly,  fully. 

tvobtbclciW,  corpulent. 

toofj'nen,  toofmte,  getoofjnt,  to  live, 
dwell. 

bie  aStotm'ftwfce,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  sitting- 
room. 

btc  £80f)'tttmg,  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  dwell- 
ing. 

ber  28olf,  beg  -eg,  bie  SSb'lfe,  wolf. 

bie  SSSol'fe,  ber  — >  bie  -n,  cloud. 

toal'len,  toottte,  gctoottt,  icfy  toil!,  will,  to 
want. 

bie  aSSon'ne,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  delight, 
rapture. 

foHJtmif,  on  which,  on  what. 

bag  £80rt,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e  or  Sorter, 
word. 

bag  2Giirt'dt)ett,  beg  -8,  bie  — ,  little 
word. 

ftwdj$,  ttmcfyfen,  see  toacfyfen ;  tondjg  anf, 
see  auftoacfyfen. 

bie  28un'be,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  wound. 

ttwn'berfcar,  wonderful,  strange. 

tmm'beritrf),  odd,  queer,  strange. 

fief)  tuun'bern,  e^  ttmnbert  mid),  I  won- 
der; impers.  with  ace.,  to  wonder. 

nnm'fcerfam,  wonderful. 

toun'berft^ijn,  wonderfully  beautiful, 
very  beautiful. 

ber  S&mt'berfttefer,  be§  -S,  bie  — , 
magic  boot. 

hwnt»ert>0Il,  wonderful. 

ber  $Sunfd^,  be3  -e«,  bie  SSiinfc^e,  wish. 

tuiin'fc^en,  ftmnfcfyte,  gett>iin|d^t,  to  wish. 

tuur'bc,  see  toerben. 

toiir'bc,  would ;  see  toerbett. 

bie  SS^ut'bc,  ber  — ,  bie  -n,  dignity. 

toitr'big,  worthy ;  dignified. 


bie  9Shtrft,  ber  —  ,  bie  SSiirfte,  sausage. 
bie  SBitr'ftel,  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  root. 
ivitfrf),  see  Voafcfyen. 
itiu^'te,  see  njiffen, 
toii'tenb,  furious,  in  a  rage. 


bie  3<tfjl,  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  number,  fig- 

ure. 

jafj'Ien,  soifylte,  ge$al;lt,  to  count. 
5(tf)m,  tame,  domestic  ;  cultivated. 
ber  ,3^ttf  beg  -eg,  bie  3^ne^  tooth. 
ber  ^a{)n'ftoc^e^  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  tooth- 

pick. 

jart'lid),  tender. 
ber   3««'^erf   beg   -g,  bie  —  ,  magic, 

charm. 

ber  3<*u'&erer,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  magician. 
5C^n,  ten. 

bag  3ci'd)cn,  beg  -g,  bie  —  ,  sign,  signal. 
jeidj'nen,  ^eidjnete,  gejeic^net,  to  sketch. 
bie  ,3eid)'mmg,  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  sketch. 
jei'gett,  seigte,  geseigt,  to  show,  point; 

fic^  seigcn,  to  show  one's  self,  ap- 

pear. 

bie  Qti'ltf  ber  —  ,  bie  -n,  line. 
bie  3cit,  ber  —  ,  bie  -en,  time. 
5ett'Icmg,  for  a  time,  for  a  while. 
jerfcradj',  see  jerbrec^en. 
jerfcredj'ett,  §cr&rac$,  jerbroc^en,  er  jer* 

bric^t,  to  break  in  pieces,  crush. 
$erfa('len,t  jerftel,  gerfallen,  er  jerfatlt, 

to  fall  to  pieces,  go  to  ruin. 
Serle'gen,  sertegte,  jerlegt,  to  pick  to 

pieces. 
jerretft'en,  serri^,  jerriffen,  to  tear  to 

pieces. 

Serrif'fett,  see  jerrei^en. 
Scvf^rmg'cn^t  jerf^rang,  serj^rungen,  to 

crack,  split,  burst. 

,  see  jerf^ringen. 
see  jertreten. 
5ertre'ten,  jertrat,  jertreten,  er  gertritt, 

to  crush,  trample  down. 


jtcfjc  an 


Sttfamtttenfterfett 


jte'lje  an,  see  an^iefjetu 

Sicken,  503,  gejogen,  to   draw,  pull; 

move,  go,  pass;  make,  form, 
bag  gief,  beg  -eg,  bie  -e,  aim,  goal. 
jte'ien,  5ielte,  gejielt,  to  aim. 
jiem'ttrf),  rather,  pretty. 
bag  3im'me¥,  beg  -8,  bie  — ,  room. 
5tt'tetm,  sitterte,  gejtttcrt,  to  tremble. 
509,  see  $iefyen  ;  509  ab,  fyerfcor,  see  ab$ie* 

fjen,  fyer&orjiefyen* 
511,  prep,  with  dat.,  to,  at,  on,  for,  as; 

ac?w.,  too. 
gu'&tittftes!,    bracfyte   511,   gugebracfyt,  to 

spend,  pass. 

5iidj'ttg,  chaste,  modest,  bashful. 
SHtf'en,    gitcfte,  gejucft,   jerk,    twitch; 

shrug. 

ir,  beg  -eg,  sugar-cane. 
tt,  beef tc  511,  sugeberf t,  to  cover ; 

put  back. 

juerft',  at  first,  first. 
Sis'foIIig,  accidental,  incidental. 
5«fric'ben,  satisfied,  contented, 
ber  3u0r  beg  -eg,  bie  3u3ef  train ;  pro- 
cession ;  feature ;  pull ;  movement ; 

draught. 

SW'gefnityft,  buttoned  up. 
5W'f)ih?en,  fjortc  gu,  sitgefyort,  to  listen. 
5ttle^t'r  at  last. 
jum  =  ju  bent,  as,  for. 
jti'madjett,  marf)te  §u,  $ugema$t,  to  shut, 

close. 

5iin't)cte  mt,  see  angiinben, 
5it'ntrfen,  nidte   511,   sugentrft,  to  nod 

to. 

jur  =  51:  ber. 

jiircrtjt'  ftn'bett,  to  find  one's  way. 
5ii'rid)ten,  ric^tete  511,  jugeric^tet,  to  fit 

up,  use  up. 

$itriirf',  back,  backwards,  behind. 
&uritrf'af&eiten,  arbeitete  suriicf,  surudC* 

geavbeitct,  to  work  (one's  way)  back. 

5imicf'&let&en,t  blieb   guriicf,   juriicfge* 

**     blieben,  to  stay  behind ;  be  inferior. 


bonnerte  §ur 

gebonnert,  to  thunder  bac 
jurutf'gcfccn,  gab  juriirf,  suru 

to  give  back. 

bie  &utMfQebliebenen,  those  left  be- 
hind. 
5tmirfytjeljett,t  ging  juriirf, 

en,  to  go  back. 
$wriirf'fd)mt,t   fefyrte   guriicf, 

fe^rt,  to  return. 
juriirf'Iaffeit,  lie^  juriirf,  juritcfgetaffen, 

to  leave  (behind),  abandon. 
jurM'iegen,  Kegte  juriicf,  suriicfgelegt,  to 

put  back,  travel  over. 
jimirf'leljnen,    le^nte    sitritd,    jitriitfge* 

\efyntf  to  lean  back. 
Sttriirf'fdjrtttett,  fd;aute  sitrii^  priicfge* 

fcfyaitt,  to  look  back. 
Stiriirf'fr^ie^ett,    fd;ob    juriicf,   suriicfge* 

fd)oben,  to  shove  or  push  back. 
SUtiirf'fdjtogett,  fcfylug  giirucf,  juriicfge^ 

jd)Iagen,  raise,  open. 
jurutf'ftofiett,    ftfef     suriicf,    juriidgc* 

fto^en,  to  push  back. 
SUtiitf'toanbcrit,t  toanberte   sitriitf,  511* 

riirfgeix>anbert,  to  wander  back. 
5«fam'mett,  together. 
jufam'mcn^afiett,  baftte  gufammen,  511* 

fammengebatlt,  to  clench. 
&ttfam'men&mbe«,  banb  jufammen,  511* 

fatrtmengebimben,  to  bind  together. 
Sufatn'ntcnOnUcH,  ^iett   gufammen,  gu* 

fatntnenge^atten,  to  hold  together. 
5«fam'menfommen,t  fain  sufammen,  511* 

fammengefomnten,  to  come  together. 
$ttfam'men£arfctt,  ^acfte  sufammen,  511* 

famrnenge^arft,  to  pack  up. 
S«fam'me«£reffett,  ^re^te  $ufammett,  511* 

fammengc^re^t,  to  press  together. 
jttfam'menfdjlagett,    jd;lug    sufammcn, 

5itfammengef4)Iagen,   to    strike    to- 
gether. 
•jufmn'mcuftccfcn,  ftecfte  jufammen,  511* 

fammengeftecft,  to  put  together. 


48 


ju'frfjaucn,  fcfyautc  511, 5itgefd)cmt,  to  look 

on. 
S«'frf)lageit,  feeing  $u,  $ugef$lagen,  to 

strike,  to  shut  (with  a  bang). 
juWtefcen,  fcfyloS  511,  sugefcfyloffen,  to 

close,  lock  up. 
5it'fdE)reitett,t    jcfyrttt    511,'   gitgefcfyritten, 

walk  towards. 

$i!'traitlidj),  confiding,  familiar. 
5iitfor'f  before,  previously. 
5utt»ei'(cttf  sometimes,  once  in  a  while. 
jttmn'stg,  twenty. 
5tt»eif  two. 
t»cr  3^^0f  ^e^  ~e^/  fcte  -^/  twig,  branch. 


5it>ei'malf  twice,  two  times. 

5tt>cite,  second,  other. 

ber  3^crg,  be^  -e8,  bie  -e,  dwarf. 

bag  3toer0'feitt,  be^  -«,  bie  — ,  little 
dwarf. 

jhrntu'en,  s^ang,  ge^Jpungen,  to  force. 

ber  Bh'ifJt,  beS  -c8,  b"ie  -e,  thread. 

jttiifc^'en,  prep,  with  dat.  and  ace., 
among,  between. 

bie  3totfri)'ftt$eit,  ber  — ,  bie  -en,  inter- 
val. 

Stoitfd[)'ern,  §h)it(c^crtef  gcjtoitjd^ert,   to 
twitter. 
iilf,  twelve. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


Eoman  numerals  after  nouns  indicate  the  class  to  which  each  belongs.     A  dagger  (t} 
after  a  verb  indicates  that  it  takes  fcin  as  auxiliary. 


A. 

a,  art.,  cut* 

able,  to  be,  fo'n'nen, 

about,  prep.,  urn,  with  ace.,  Sort,  with 

dat. 

abroad,  adv.,  cmf  Sftei'fen. 
account,  on  —  of,  toe'gen,  with  gen. 
acquainted,  to  be  —  with,  tett'nen* 
admission,  ber  Cntt'trttt,  II. 
advise,  ra'ten,  with  dat. 
affair,  bie  <Sa'dje,  IV. 
afraid,  to  be,  ficfy  fiirdj'tett  ;  of,  fcor,  with 

dat. 
after,  prep.,  na$,  with  dat.  ;  after  all, 

bocr> 
afternoon,  bcr  9fai$'mittag,  II.  ;  in  the 

—  ,  nadj'mittacjg. 

again,  adv.,  toie'ber,  rtocfy  einmaf. 
against,  prep.,  ge'gen  or  hn'ber,  with 

ace. 
ago,  adv.,   fcor,  prep,  preceding  the 

noun  in  dat. 

agreeable,  adj.,  cm'cjenefjm. 
air,  bie  Suft,  II. 
all,  adj.,  gcm$,  aft. 
allow,  to,  erlau'ben;  to  be  allowed, 

biir'fert* 

aloud,  adv.,  laut. 
already,  adv.,  fcfyott. 
although,  conj.,  obtuo^I',  cbfcfyon',  ob- 


always,  adv.,  ttn'mer. 
am,  bin  (see  jcin). 


among,  prep.,  un'ter,  with  dat.  or  ace. 

an,  art.,  eitu 

and,  conj.,  wtb. 

angry,  adj.,  bc'fe. 

animal,  bag  £(;ter,  II. 

Anna,  5lnma. 

annoy,  to,  t>erbne$'em 

another,  ad;.,  an'bcr  ;  nod^  ein. 

answer,  to,  ant'ftorteru 

any,  adj.,  ir'gcnb  ;  anything,  et'toaS  ; 

anybody,  any  one,  jemanb  ;  not  any- 

thing, ni$t£  ;  not  any  one,  nie'manb. 
appear,  to,  fd^eimen,  auS'fefjen  ;   s?or'# 

fommen,t  with  dat. 
apple,  ber  Sty'fel,  I. 
April,  ber  2fyrtl'. 
are,  finbf  (see  fein)» 
arm,  ber  5lrm,  II. 
around,  prep.,  um,  ivith  ace. 
arrive,  to,  an'fommen.f 
art,  bift  (see  fern). 
as,  conj.,  ba,  benn  ;  as  .«.  .  as,  e'benfo, 

.  .  .  h)ie  ;  as  with  compar.,  at§,  n?ie. 
ashamed,  to  be,  fid)  fcfyci'men;  of,  t>or, 

with  dat. 
ask,  to,  fra'cjen  ;  ask  for,  btt'ten  urn, 


49 


astonish,  to,  erftau'nen. 
astound,  to,  erftau'rten. 
at,  prep.,  bei,  neben,  with  dat.;  at  all, 

gar,  ja  ;  at  home, 
August,  ber  SUt'guft, 
avoid,  to,  mei'ben. 
away,  adv.,  h>eg,  fort, 


back 


50 


castle 


B. 

back,  bcr  Sttirf'cn,  I.  ;  adv.,  §uriicf'. 

bad,  adj.,  bo'fe,  fcfyled)t 

bag,  bcr  ©arf,  II.  ;  ber  Seu'tel,  I. 

bake,  to,  bacf'en* 

band,  bag  Sanb,  III. 

bathe,  to,  ba'ben  ;  fid)  toafd^'en. 

be,  feint  (see  Lesson  J.);   of  health, 

fid)  befin'ben, 
bear,  ber  Sar,  IV.  ;  to  bear,  geba'ren  ; 

(carry),  tra'gcn. 
beard,  ber  Sart,  II. 
beat,  to,  fcfyla'gen. 
beautiful,  adj.,  f$on. 
because,  co?ij.,  toeil  ;  —  of,  ttegen, 


become,  to,  tuer'ben.f 

bed,  bag  Sett,  IV. 

been,  getocfenf  (see  fetn). 

beer,  bciS  Sier,  II.  [Sorter'. 

before,  prep.,  fcor  ;   co?y  .,  efye  ;   adv., 

beg,  to,  bitten  ;  for,  urn,  with  ace. 

begin,  to,  begin'ncn,  an'fangcn. 

beginning,  bcr  3ln'fang,  II. 

behind,  prep.,  tytn'ter,  with  dat.oracc. 

believe,  to,  glau'ben,  loith  dat. 

belong,  to,  gefyo'ren,  with  dat. 

bench,  bie  Sanf,  II. 

bend,  to,  btc'gen,  fid;  bic'gen, 

Berlin,  ba«  Serlin'. 

beside,  prep.,  ne'bcn,  with  dat.  or  ace. 

best,  adj.,  ber  beft'e,  am  beft'en. 

between,  prep.,  §toifd?en,  with  dat.  or 

ace. 

big,  adj.,  grof?, 
bind,  to,  btn'bcn, 
bird,  ber  So'gel,  I.  , 

birthday,  bcr  ©eburt^'tag,  II. 
bite,  to,  beifj'en. 
black,  adj.,  fdjtoar$. 
blow,  ber  "Sc^Iag,  II.  ;  to  blow,  bla'fen. 
blue,  adj.,  blait. 
blunder,  ber  ^efy'fer,  I. 


boat,  ba^  Soot,  II.  ;  ba3  @c^tff,  II. 

"bolt,  ber  Sftie'gel,  I. 

book,  bag  Sucfy,  III. 

boot,  ber  @tie'fe(,  I. 

both,  adj.,  bei'be  ;  both  .  .  .  and,  fotoofyC 

.  .  .  alS. 
bother,  to,  fid)  fummern,  —  about,  urn, 

with  ace. 

bottom,  ber  So'ben,  I. 
bought,  gefauft'* 
boy,  ber  ^na'be,  V. 
bread,  baS  Srot,  II. 
break,  to,  brecfy'en  ;  —  to  pieces,  $er- 

bredycn, 

breakfast,  ba^  ftrity'frM,  IL 
bride,  bie  Sraut,  II. 
bright,  adj.,  fyelf,  flar. 
bring,  to,  brin'gen,  ^o'len  ;  —  up,  auf- 


broad,  adj.,  breit, 

brook,  ber  Sad),  II. 

brother,  ber  Sru'ber,  I. 

brown,  adj.,  bratm, 

build,  to,  bau'en. 

bundle,  ba§  Siin'bel,  I. 

burn,  to,  brcn'nen. 

burst,  to,  berft'eru 

bush,  ber  Snfcf),  II. 

but,  conj.,  aber;  contrasting  with  a 

negative,  fonbertu 
button,  ber  $nopf,  II. 
buy,  to,  fau'fen, 
by,  prep.,  ne'ben,  with  dat.  or  ace  ' 

of  agent  after  passive,  fcon, 

C. 

call,  to,  ru'fen  ;  nen'nen  ;  i^ei^'en, 

came,  famf  (see  fomnten). 

can,  lon'nen. 

cane,  ber  <Stotf,  II. 

card,  bie  $ar'te,  IV. 

care,  to,  ficfy  fitm'mern  ;  —  about,  wn« 

carry,  to,  tra'gen* 

castle,  ba3  @^lo§,  III. 


cat 


51 


dress 


cat,  bie  $at'$e,  IV. 

catch,  to,  fan'gen;   —  sight  of,  er* 

fclirf'em 

celebration,  bag  fteft,  II. 
cellar,  bev  $eWev,  I. 
certain,  ac^./gfloQf. 
chair,  ber  ©titfyl,  II. 
chamber,  bie  @tu'fce,  IV. 
chase,  to,  ja'gen, 
cheat,  to,  betrii'getu 
child,  bag  $mb,  III. 
church,  bie  $iv'd)e,  IV. 
city,  bie  ©tabt,  II. 
class,  bie  $laf'fe,  IV. 
clear,  adj.,  flav. 
clever,  ac#.,  fliig. 
climb,  to,  ftei'gcn.  f 
clock,  bie  Uf)V,  IV. 
close,  to,  jcfytiefl'ett,  su'macfyett;   adj., 

ertg. 

cloth,  bag  Sitcfy,  III. 
clothes,  bie  tlei'ber,  III. 
club,  ber  $ttity'pel,  I. 
coarse,  adj.,  gvob. 
coat,  bev  9tocf,  II. 
cold,  adj.,  fait, 
collar,  ber  ^va'gen,  I. 
come,  to,  forn'menf  ;  come  again,  to, 

hne'bevfommen.  f 
command,  to,  fcefefy'feru 
compel,  to,  §twn'gen, 
completely,  adv.,  gan$  unb  gar* 
comprehend,  to,  fcegvei'fen. 
conceal,  to,  fcerfcer'gem 
contented,  adj.,  gitfrie'ben. 
convince,  to,  u&erseu'getu 
correct,  to.  fcerfcef'ferrt. 
cost,  to,  foft'en. 
count,  ber  ©raf,  V. 
country,  bag  £attb,  III. 
couple,  bag  ^aar,  II. ;  a  -—  of,  eitt  ^aar. 
course,  of  course,  adv.,  ttatur'licr> 
cover,  to,  berf'en. 
cow,  bie  ®ul),  II. 


create,  to,  fcfyaf'fen. 
creature,  bag  £>tng,  II. 
crowd,  bie  SJRett'ge,  IV. 
crown,  bie  ^ro'ne,  IV. 
cry,  to,  toet'nen* 
cry  out,  to,  fcfyrei'ett. 
cultivated,  adj.t  ja^tru 
cup,  bie  ^af'fe,  IV. 
cut,  fcfynei'ben. 

D. 

dance,  ber  Xant,  II. ;  to  — ,  tan'seru 

daughter,  bie  Socfy'ter,  I. 

day,  bev  Sag,  II. 

dead,  adj.,  tot. 

dear,  adj.,  ltefc» 

debts,  bie  ©cfyul'ben,  IV. 

deceive,  to,  fcetvii'gen. 

December,  bev  S^em'fcer,  I. 

deep,  adj.,  tief. 

demand,  to,  fccilan'gett. 

depart,  to,  fd^ci'ben*  f 

deserve,  to,  fcevbie'netu 

desire,  bie  £uft,  II. 

dew,  bev  Salt,  II. 

did,  tyat  (see  fyun). 

die,  to,  ftev'()en.t 

difference,  bev  ttn'terfdjieb,  II. 

difficult,  adj.,  f(f>n)ev, 

dig,  to,  gva'fcen. 

direction,  bie  9ttd/ttmg. 

disappear,  to,  t)evjc()n3in'ben.  f 

distant,  adj.,  toeit,  fern. 

do,  to,  tfyurt,  jd^affen;  in  sense  of 
"travel  over,"  burc^vei'fen ;  to 
strengthen  an  imperative,  bodj> ;  to 
be  (in  health),  fid)  fcefin'ben. 

doctor,  bev  2)of'tov,  IV. 

dog,  bev  £unb,  II. 

door,  bie  £l;iiv,  IV. 

downstairs,  adv.  (rest),  imten ;  (mo- 
tion), bie  £ve£'pe  Ijinun'ter. 

draw,  to,  sicken, 

dress,  bag  ^teib,  III. 


drink 


52 


folk 


drink,  bag  ©etranf',  II. ;  to  — ,  trin'Ieru 
drive,  to,  intrans.,  fafy'renf;  active, 

trei'ben. 

during,  prep.,  ftafy'rettb,  with  gen. 
dust,  ber  @taub,  II. 
dwarf,  ber  3^er3f H. 
dwelling,  bie  2M/mmg,  IV. 

E. 

ear,  bag  £)§r,  IV. 

early,  adv.,  friify. 

earn,  to,  tterbte'neit. 

earth,  bic  (£r'be,  IV. 

easy,  adj.,  Ieid)t, 

eat,  to,  ef'fen. 

eight,  adj.,  adj)t 

eleven,  adj.,  elf. 

else,  adj.,  an'bcr, 

embrace,  to,  umar'men, 

emperor,  ber  $ai'fer,  I. 

empress,  bie  ^ai'jeritt,  IV. 

enchant,  to,  tte^au'fcertu 

end,  bag  (£ube,  IV. 

enemy,  ber  ^etnb,  II. 

enjoy,  to,  genie^'em 

enough,  adj.,  gemtg', 

entertain,  to,  imtcrfyal'ten. 

entire,  adj.,  ganj. 

entrance,  ber  (Sm'tritt,  II. 

even,  adv.,  felbft,  gar, 

evening,  ber  2l'benb,  II.;   in  the  — , 

a'benbg* 

ever,  adv.,  je.  . 
everybody,  every  one,  pron.,  je'ber* 

ntaru 

everything,  al'Ieg. 
everywhere,  adv.,  U6eraH'* 
exact,  adj.,  gera'be,  genau', 
exercise,  bie  Sluf'gafce,  IV. 
explain,  to.  erfld'ren. 

F. 

fairy  tale,  bag  9ftar'djett,  I. 

fall ,  ber  £erfcft ;  to  — ,  fallen  f ; — down, 


fyerun'terfaflen  f ;  —  asleep,  etn'* 
fd;lafemt 

family,  bie  ^ami'tte,  IV.  (four  sylla- 
bles). 

far,  adv.,  toett,  fern. 

farmer,  ber  SBau'er,  IV. 

farther,  adv.,  toei'^.r. 

fast,  adv.,  fdjnelt 

fat,  adj.,  bid 

father,  ber  SSa'ter,  I. 

fault,  bie  0d;ulb,  IV. 

fear,  bie  SIngft,  II. 

feather,  bie  ^e'ber,  IV. 

features,  bie  £&'&,  II. 

February,  ber  $eb'ruar,  II. 

feel,  to,  fidj  fii^len,  fic^  fceftn'betu 

fence,  to,  fecf)'ten. 

festival,  bag  fteft,  II. 

fetch,  to,  l^o'Ien* 

fewer,  adj.,  ttje'ntger. 

fiancee,  bie  SBraut,  II. 

fiddls,  bie  ftte'bel,  IV. 

field,  bag  ^elb,  III. 

fifteenth,  adj.,  fiinf^e^nt 

fight,  to,  fecfy'ten* 

figure,  bie  ©eftatt,  IV. 

finally,  adv.,  enb'ttcf). 

find,  to,  fm'bcrt ;  —  out,  aug'ftnben, 

fine,  adj.,  fetnf  fc^on* 

fire,  bag  ^eu'er,  I. 

first,  adj.,  ber  er'fte ;  in  the  —  place, 
er'fteng. 

fish,  ber  fttfcty,  II. ;  to  — ,  ftfcty'en. 

fisher,  fisherman,  ber  $tfd/er. 

fit,  to,  ^af'fen,  with  dat. 

five,  adj.,  fiinf. 

flag,  bie  ^*at)rne,  IV. 

flatter,  to,  fd)mei'cfyeln,  with  dat, 

flee,  to,  ffie'^en.  t 

floor,  ber  SBo'bett,  I. 

flow,  to,  flte^en.  f 

flower,  bie  33Iu'me,  IV. 

fly,  to,  flie'gen.  t 

folk,  bag  ®olf,  in. 


follow 


53 


hat 


follow,  to,  fol'gert,  t  with  dat. 

food,  bte  @pet'fe,  IV. 

for,  co  rc;.,  berm  ;  prep.,  fur ;  auf. 

force,  to,  jhnn'gen. 

forenoon,  ber   SBor'mittag  ;   in   the — , 

fcor'mtttagg* 
forest,  ber  28atb,  III. 
forget,  to,  fcergej'feru 
forgive,  to,  fcergefcetu 
fork,  bie  ©a'fcel,  IV. 
former,  the,  je'rter* 
formerly,  adv.,  fonft,  fritter, 
fortune,  bag  ©Uicf,  II. 
found,  gefun'ben  (see  firt'ben). 
lour,  adj.,  tner. 
Frederick,  ^rteb'ncf;,  $r% 
free,  adj.,  fret ;.  to  set  — ,  fcefret'etu 
freeze,  to,  frte'reru 
fresh,  adj.,  frtfrf). 
Friday,  ber  ^rei'tag,  II. 
friend,  ber  ^reurtb,  II. 
friendly,  adj.,  freimb'ttdj, 
frightened,  to  be,  erfdjrerf 'en*  f 
from,  prep.,  fcon,  aug* 
front  of  neck,  ber  <£>atg,  II. 
front,  in  —  of,  fcor. 

G. 

game,  baS  @^tel,  II. 

garden,  ber  ©ar'tett,  I. 

gate,  ba§  S^or,  II. 

gaze,  to,  fdjcm'en. 

general,  ber  ©eneral',  II. 

genuine,  adj.,  ed)t» 

German,  adj.,  beutfc^ ;    noun,    (baS) 

35eutfcr; ;  Germany,  bag  2)eutfdjlartb. 
get,  to,  tt»er'ben,  t  fcefom'men ;  get  up, 

auf'ftefyen.  f 
giant,  ber  ^te'fe,  V. 
gift,  bag  ©efcfyeuf',  II. 
girl,  bag  2ftab'cf)en,  I. 
give,  to,  ge'&ert ;  —  up,  auf'geben, 
glad,  adj.,  frofy  ;  be  — ,  fidj  freu'en, 
gladly,  adv.,  gern» 


glass,  bag  ©tag,  III. 

gleam,  to,  gldn^en. 

glide,  to,  glei'ten.  t 

go,  to,    ge'fyenf;   —  to   sleep,  etn'* 

fcf)Iafen  t  ;  —  and  get,  fyo'teru 
Goethe,  ber  ©oc'tfye. 
gold,  bag  ©olb,  II. 
golden,  adj.,  gol'bem 
good,  adj.,  gut 
goose,  bte  ©ang,  II. 
grasp,  ber  ©riff,  II. ;  to  — ,  ergret'feru 
grass,  bag  ©rag,  III. 
grateful,  adj.,  banf'fcar, 
gray,  adj.,  gran, 
great,  adj.,  gro$. 
green,  adj.,  griin, 
greet,  to,  grii^'en, 
ground,  ber  53o'ben,  I. 
grow,  to,  toer'ben,  t  toacr/fent;  grow 

pale,   erblei'c^en  t ;   grow   up,   auf* 

ix>ac^jen.  t 
guard,  to,  ^ii'ten, 
guest,  ber  ©aft,  II. 
gush,  to,  quel'fen.  f 

H. 

hair,  bag  £aar,  II. 

half,  bte  JcHfte,  IV. ;  tyalfc  (see  Les- 
son LII.) . 

ham,  ber  (Scfym'fen,  I. 

hand,  bte  £anb,  II. ;  to  — ,  ret'cfyen, 
with  dat. 

handle,  ber  ©riff,  II. 

hang,  to,  fyan'gen. 

happen,  to,  gcfcfye'fyen,  f  with  dat. 

happiness,  bag  ©Uirf,  II. 

happy,  adj.,  gtucf'Itc^,  frot;,  fro^'ttc^. 

hard,  adj.,  fc^tt>er,  of  difficulty ;  fyart, 
of  material  or  texture. 

hardly,  adv.,  faum, 

hare,  ber  £a'fe,  V. 

has,  hast,  had,  etc.,  see 

hat,  ber  ^ut,  II. 


have 


54 


know 


have,  to,  tya'fcen ;  have  (done),  cause 

to  be  (done) ,  laf'jen, 
have  to,  to,  miif'fen, 
he,  pron.,  er, 
head,  ber  $opf,  II. 
heap,  ber  «£>ait'fen,  I. 
hear,  to,  heard,  etc. ;  tyor'en, 
heart,  bag  §cr§,  IV. ;  by  — ,  ang'toen* 

big, 

heaven,  bcr  $tm'me(,  I. 
heavy,  adj.,  fcfytoer. 
help,  bie  -£>il'fe,  IV.  ;  to  — ,  tyelfen,  with 

dat. 

her,  pron.,  ifyr ;  fie. 
here,  adv.,  fyier. 
herself,  pron.,  fid) ;  fefljft 
hide,  to,  fcerftecf'eru 
high,  adj.,  tyocty,  inflected,  tyotyer,  tyotye, 

tyotyeS. 

him,  pron.,  his,  e£c.,  see  cr» 
himself,  pron.,  ficfy;  fel&ft* 
hit,  to,  trcf'fen. 
hither,  adv.,  tyer ;  —  and  thither,  tyin 

imb  tjcr. 

hog,  bag  @d)toein,  II. 
hold,  to,  tyal'ten  ;  take  —  of,  an'faffetu 
hole,  bag  Serf),  III. 
home,  btc  £>ei'mat,  IV. ;  at  — ,  511  §cwfe  ; 

(to)  — ,  natty  $aufe, 
homely,  adj.,  tya^'ticty, 
honor,  bie  (Sf)'re. 
hope,  to,  fyof'fen. 
horse,  bag  ^ferb,  II. 
host,  ber  Strt,  II. 
hot,  adj.,  tyetp. 
hour,  bie  (gtuu'be,  IV. 
house,  ba§  §au^,  III. 
how,  adv.,  fcne. 
howl,  to,  tyeu'Ien* 
hundred,  adj.,  tyun'bert 
hungry,  adj.,  fyung'rig. 
hunt,  to,  ja'gen, 
hunter,  ber  3a'3crr  I- 
husband,  ber  Sftann,  III, 


hut,  bie  §ut'te,  IV. 

I. 

lt  pron.,  icty. 

ice,  bag  &\3,  II. 

ill,  adj.,  frant 

impart,  to,  ntit'teiten, 

improve,  to,  fcerfcef'fern. 

in,  prep.,  in,  with  dat.  or  ace. 

industrious,  adj.,  ffeift'icj. 

inform,  to,  tntt'tetlen. 

in  order  to,  nm  *  *  *  su/  with  in/in. 

inside  of,  in'nerf;atb,  with  gen. 

instead  of,  an'ftatt,  with  gen. 

into,  prep.,  in,  with  ace. 

iron,  bag  (£t'fen,  I. 

is,  tft 

it,  pron.,  eg  ;  after  a  prep.,  ba(r). 

itself,  pron.,  ficty  ;  felbft 

J. 


January, 

John, 

journey,  bie  ^tei'je,  IV. 

joyful,  adj.,  frofy. 

joyous,  adj.,  froty'u'tfy. 

July,  ber  ^n'li. 

jump,  to,  fprin'genf  ;  —  up,  anf'tyrin* 

gctuf 

June,  ber  $nfni. 
just,  adv.,  gera'be,  e'6en  ;  with  other 

adv.,  erft  ;  just  now,  efcen  jet$t» 

K. 

keep,  to,  fcefyat'ten. 

kill,  to,  to'ten. 

kind,  what  kind  of,  n>ag  fiir. 

king,  ber  $o'nig,  II. 

kingdom,  bag   9leictyr  II.,  bag  ^o'nia/ 

reicty,  II. 

knapsack,  ber  Sormft'er,  I. 
knife,  bag  2Kef'fer,  I. 
knight,  ber  lifter,  I. 
knock,  to,  !Io^'|en. 
know,    to,    to    have    knowledge    of, 


lady 


55 


mistake 


hnf'fen;    to    be    acquainted  with, 
fen'nen. 

L. 

lady,  bte  2>a'me,  IV. 

lamb,  bag  £amm,  III. 

lance,  bte  £an'$e,  IV. 

land,  bag  £anb,  III. 

landlord,  ber  SGBirt,  II. 

language,  bte  ®w&'<fye,  IV. 

large,  adj.,  grofc* 

last,  ad/.,  let$t;   last  evening,  geft'- 

ern  a'fceitb ;  to  — ,  bau'ern. 
late,  adj.,  tya't 
latter,  the,  pron.,  bie'fer* 
laugh,  to,  fa'cfyen. 
lay,  to,  te'getu 
lead,  to,  fiify'rert* 
learn,  to,  Icrmen. 
least,  adj.,  toe'mgft,  mm'beft ;  at  least, 

toentgftenS ;  not  in  the  least,  nicfyt 

im  minbcften. 
leather,  bag  £e'ber,  I. 
left  (hand) ,  lint ;  to  or  at  the  left,  ftntg, 
leg,  bag  SBetn,  II. 
lend,  to,  let'fyeru 
less,  adj.,  toe'ntger. 
lesson,  bte  0tutt'be,  IV, 
let,  to,  (af'fen. 
letter,  ber  SSrtcf,  II.;    letter  of  the 

alphabet,  ber  SBucfy'ftafce,  V. 
lie,  to,  lie'gen ;  to  tell  a  lie,  ftigen. 
life,  bag  £e'fcen,  I. 
lift,  to,  Ije'fcen ;  —  up,  anf'fyefcett. 
light,  bag  £trf)t ;  adj.,  tyft,  !lar  ;  letcfyt 
lightens,  it,  eg 
lightning,  ber 
like,  to,  (gem)  mb'gen ;  to  like  to,  gern 

(see  §  132,  a) ;  adj.,  ctfm'Itcfy. 
lip,  bte  £tfc'£e. 
listen,  to,  laufcfy'en. 
little,  adj..  ftein ;  toe'mg. 
live,  to,  to  have  life,  le'fren ;  to  reside, 

toot/uen. 


load,  to,  la'ben. 

long,  adj.,  tang  ;  adv.,  lan'ge. 

look,  to,  je'fyen,  fc^ait'en;  to  appear, 
aug'fefyert ;  —  for,  fu'd)en ;  —  on, 
au'jt^auen ;  —  at,  an'fefyen,  an'j^auen. 

lose,  to,  fcerlie'ren. 

loud,  adj.,  tout* 

love,  to,  lie'fcen, 

luck,  bag  ©iiid,  II. 

M. 

magnificent,  adj.,  ^rad/ttg. 
man,  ber  SUJann,  III. ;  human  being, 

ber  3Renfc$,  V. 

many,  adj.,  s?te'(e  ;  —  a,  tnatufy* 
March,  ber  $?ars* 
Marie,  3D^ari'e* 
marry,  to,  fyci'ratetu 
master,  ber  SKei'ftcr. 
matter,  bte  6a'c^e  ;  it  is  a  —  of  course, 

eg  fcerftcfyt'  fid), 
may,  biir'fen,  of  permission ;  Jon'nen, 

of  probability. 
May,  ber  2Jtoi, 
meadow,  bte  SSte'fe. 
mean,  to,  bebcu'ten ;  fol'lcn  (Sag  fofl 

bennbag?). 
measure,  to,  inej'fen* 
meat,  bag  gfetfd),  II. 
meet,  to,  fcegeg'nett,  f  loith  dat.,  —  by 

chance  ;  —  with  intent,  tref'fett,  with 

ace. 

melt,  to,  fd)mcl'sctt. 
mend,  to,  fticf'en, 
mere,  adj.,  lau'ter,  nur. 
messenger,  ber  SBo'te,  V. 
midst,  in  the  —  of,  tnmtt'tcn,  ivith 

gen. 

milk,  bte  2)Wrf) ;  to  — ,  mel'feru 
minister,  ber  Sftmtft'er,  I. 
minute,  bte  SWinu'te,  IV. 
misfortune,  bag  Itn'gtticf,  II. 
mist,  ber  SKc'fcel,  I. 
mistake,  ber  ^e(/terf  I. 


moment 


56 


pardon 


moment,  ber  Slu'cjcnfrltcf,  II. 

Monday,  ber  9fton'tag,  II. 

money,  bag  ©elb,  III. 

month,  ber  Wlo'nat,  II. 

moon,  ber  3ftonb,  II. 

more,  adj.,  ntefyr,  nod). 

morning,  ber  2ftor'gen,  I.  ;  in  the  —  , 


mother,  bte  3ftut'ter,  I. 
mountain,  ber  23crg,  II. 
mouse,  bte  9J?ang,  II. 
mouth,  ber  2)hmb,  II. 
much,  adj.,  met. 
music,  bte  -Jftufif. 
must,  miif'fen. 
my,  pron.,  mein. 
myself,  pro?i.,  tnta)  ;  fel&ft 

H. 

name,  ber  9to'me,  beg  Sftameng,  V.  ;  to 

—  ;  nen'nen  ;  to  be  named,  fyev§'en. 
narrow,  adj.,  eng. 
near,  adj.,  naty  ;  prep.,  nefcen,  an,  with 

dat.  or  ace. 
neck,  ber  §alg,  II.,  throat,  as  distin- 

guished from  nape,  ber  Sftarfen. 
need,  to,  fcraudj'en. 
needle,  bte  Sfta'bel,  IV. 
neither  .  .  .  nor,  toe'ber 
net,  bag  9?e&  II. 
never,  adv.,  nie'mal§, 
newer,  adj.,  neiu 
news,  Dleu'c^. 
next,  adj.,  ncid^ft* 
night,  bte  5«a^t,  II. 
nine,  adj.,  rtcun. 
no,  adv.,  rtetrt  ;   «c?/.,  fetn;  no  one, 

nte'manb. 
nobody,  ntc'manb. 
noise,  ber  £artrt,  II. 
noon,  ber  2fttt'tag,  II. 
nor,  noc^» 
not,  adv.,  rttd)t 
nothing,  nic^t^  ;  —  but,  lau'ter. 


.  nod). 


November,  ber  Sftofcem'fcer, 
now,  adv.,  je^t. 
number,  bie  3aH  ij- 

0. 

obey,  to,  gef;orrf)'en,  with  dat. 

obliged,  to  be,  mitf'fen. 

occupy,  to,  fcefct'$en. 

occur,  to,  etn'taae^t  with  dat. 

o'clock,  tlf;r. 

October,  ber  £)fto'fcer. 

of,  prep.,  t>on.     C7.se  the  gen.  wher 

possible  for  of. 
offer,  to,  fcte'tetu 
often,  adv.,  oft. 
old,  adj.,  alt 

on,  prep.,  auf,  with  dat.  or  ace. 
once,  adv.,  ein'mat ;  at  once,  gletd). 
one,  adj.,  em  ;  man ;  no  one,  nie'manb  ; 

the  ones,  bteje'ntgen. 
only,  adv.,  nnr. 
on  to,  prep.,  auf,  with  ace. 
open,  adj.,  of 'fen;   of  th*  sky,  frei  * 

to  — ,  off'nen,  anf 'madjen. 
order,  in  . .  »  that,  bamtt' ;  in  ...  to. 

itm  . . .  $n* 

other,  adj.,  an'ber;  ncdj* 
otherwise,  adv.,  an'ber^;  conj.,  fonft. 
ought  to,  folt'te. 
our,  adj.,  im'fer. 
ourselves,  pron.,  un§ ;  feI6ft 
out  of,  prep.,  an3,  with  dat. 
outside  of,  prep.,  an^'erfyalfc,  with  gen. 
over,  prep.,  ii'fcer,  with  dat.  or  ace. 
ox,  ber  €d)3,  V. 

P. 

page,  bte  ®ei'te,  IV. 

pail,  ber  (gi'mer,  I. 

pair,  ba§  $aar,  II. 

palace,  ber  ^alaft',  II. 

pale,  to  grow  — ,  erblei'cfyen*  f 

paper,  bag  ^apter',  II. 

pardon,  to,  tjersei'^en,  with  dat. 


parents 


57 


recover 


parents,  bte  (Et'tern,  pZ. 

Paris,  bag  $arig', 

part,  ber  Sfyeil,  II. ;  to  — ,  fcfyei'ben.  f 

pass,  to,  reid/en  ;  of  time,  t>erge'fyen.f 

patch,  to,  fticf'etu 

path,  ber  ^fab,  II.,  ber  28eg,  II. 

patience,  bie  @ebutb',  IV. 

pay,  ber  £ofyn,  II. ;  to  — 

peasant,  ber  SBau'er,  V. 

pen,  bie  $e'ber,  IV. 

penetrate,  to,  burd;brin'gen. 

people,  bie  £eu'te,  pi. ;  bag  35otf,  III. ; 

ntatu 

perhaps,  adv.,  inefteidjt'. 
permit,  to,  erlau'fcen,  with  dat. ;  to  be 

permitted,  bur'fen* 
person,  bie  $  erf  on',  IV. 
peruse,  to,  burcfyblat'tern. 
pick,  to,  vffiirf'en ;  —  up,  anf'fye&en* 
piece,  bag  ©tiicf,  II. 
pig,  ba$  @d)toein,  II. 
pile,  ber  $au'fen,  I. 
pinch,  to,  fnei'fen. 
pitcher,  ber  $ritg,  II. 
place,  bie  ©tel'te ;  to  — ,  ftel'fen  (see 

also  put) . 
plant,  to,  ^ftan'^en. 
plate,  ber  £el'ler,  I. 
platter,  bie  ©ctyuf'fet,  IV. 
play,  bag  @piel,  II. ;  to  — ,  ftrie'ten. 
pleasant,  adj.,  an'genefym. 
please,rto,  gefaCIen,  with  dat. ;  (if  you) 

please,  bit'te. 
pluck,  to,  £f(M'en* 
pocket,  bie  Safcfy'e,  IV. 
point  out,  to,  ftei'fen. 
pole,  bie  ©tan'ge,  IV. 
polish,  jdj)(ei'fen. 
polite,  adj.,  fyo'f'u'cfy. 
poor,  adj.,  arm. 
possible,  adj.,  mb'a/ftdj. 
pouch,  ber  33eu'te(,  I. 
pour,  to,  gieft'en* 
praise,  to,  lo'fcen. 


pray,  bot^,  with  the  imperative. 

present,  bag  ©efdjent',  II. 

press,  to,  brin'gen.  ^ 

pretty,  adj.,  fd^b'n ;  adv.,  jiemlufy, 

prince,  ber  ^rinj,  V. 

prison,  bag  ©efana/nig. 

probably ,  adv.,  toofyl;  bot^  (see  Les- 
son L  XIV.). 

proper,  to  be,  ficfy  fdfytrf'en. 

proud,  adj.,  ftof$» 

pull,  to,  5ie'^>en. 

punctually,  adv.,  ^Sunft. 

pupil,  ber  <Sd)U'ler,  L 

push,  to,  britt'gen ;  fcfyie'fcen,  fto^'en, 

put,  upright,  ftet'len  ;  set,  fe^'en ;  lay, 
le'gen ;  stick,  ftetf'en ;  —  out  (of  a 
light),  lo'fcfyen. 

Q. 

quarrel,  to,  ftrei'ten, 

quarter,  bag  iBier'tef,  I. 

queen,  bie  ^o'nigin,  IV. 

queer,  adj.,  fon'berfcar. 

question,  bie  ^ra'ge,  IV. ;   it  is  a  — , 

eg  fragt  ftd^» 
quick,  adj.,  fd^nett. 
quiet,  adj.,  ru'fyig  ;  to  be  — ,  f^toet'* 

gen.f 
quite,  adv.,  gan$,  gar;  gans  unb  gar. 

R. 

rain,  ber  Sfte'gen,  I. ;  it  — s,  eg  regnet 

raise,  to,  fye'fcen,  auf  fyefcen. 

rapid,  adj.,  fd;netl. 

rather,  indep.  adv.,  Iie'6er ;  modify* 

ing  an  adj.  or  adv.,  jiem'fid). 
reach,  to,  rcird;en. 
read,  to,  le'fen. 
reader,  bag  ^e'fctntc^,  IIL 
ready,  adj.,  fer'tig. 
real,  adj.,£fy* 
realm,  bag  9leic^,  II. 
recommend,  to,  em^fe^Ten. 
recover,  to,  gcne'fen.  t 


red 


58 


shut 


red,  adj.,  rot. 

rejoice,  to,  fidj  freu'en,  with  gen.  or 

with  lifter  and  ace. 
remain,  to,  Met'bett.  f 
remember,  to,  fid?  eritt'nerrt,  with  gen. 
repeat,  to,  fcneberfyo'Ien. 
resemble,  to,  glei'cfyen,  with  dat. 
resound,  to,  fcfyal'len. 
rest,  bie  Sht'fye ;  to  — ,  ruT;en. 
reward,  ber  £ofyn,  II. ;  to  — ,  fcefol/nen. 
ribbon,  bag  25anb,  III. 
rich,  adj.,  retdj. 

ride,  to,  faf/ren  t ;  rei'ten,  t  of  a  horse. 
rider,  bcr  Defter,  I. 
right,  bag  Dtccfyt,  II.  ;  to  be  —,  rec^t 

fyaben;   adj.,  recfyt;    adv.,    gerabe; 

to  the  — ,  adv.,  reefy  tg. 
river,  ber  $lu$,  II. 
road,  ber  Seg,  II. ;  bie  @tra$'e,  IV. 
roast,  to,  bra'ten. 
rock,  ber  ftelg(en),  I.  or  V. 
roof,  bag  2)acfy,  III. 
room,  ba3  £im'mwf  *•»  ^e  ®tii'be,  IV. ; 

(ber)  «ptafc,  II. 
rose,  bte  Sfto'je,  IV. 
row,  bte  Sftei'fye,  IV. 
rub,  to,  rei'ben. 
rule,  bte  SRc'gel,  IV. 
run,  to,  (au'fen,  f  rcn'nen  f  ;  —  through 

(a  book) ,  burcfyMat'tertu 
Russia,  bag  9tufj'lanb. 

S. 

sack,  bcr  t£arf,  II. 
sad,  adj.,  trau'rtg. 
said  (see  say) ;  is  —  to,  foHetU 
sail,  to,  fc'cjelru 
salt,  bag  ea($,  II. 
same,  adj.,  berfel'be. 
sand,  ber  <Sanb,  II. 
Saturday,    ber   (Son'nabenij,   II.;    ber 

(Samg'tag,  II. 
sausage,  bte  SSurf^  II. 
save,  to,  ret'tett. 


saw  (see  see). 

say,  to,  fa'cjetu 

Schiller,  ber 

school,  bie  @d)u'le,  IV. 

scold,  to,  ft^el'tcn. 

sea,  bag  9}?cer,  II.  [fet'^en. 

seat,  ber  y$tat&,  II.;  to  take  a—,  fidj 

second,  adj.,  jtDeit;  in  the  —  place, 

adv.,  jtoeiteng. 
see,  to,  fe'(;em 
seek,  to,  fit'cfyen. 
seem,  to,  fcfyein'en,  t»or'fontmen.  t 
seize,  to,  ei\3rei'fen,  grei'fen. 
self,  ft^ ;  felbft. 
sell,  to,  fcerfau'fen. 
send,  to,  fcfytcf'en,  fcn'ben. 
sense,  ber  iBcrftanb'. 
sensible,  adj.,  t)ernitnf'tig, 
sentence,  ber  0a^,  II. 
September,  ber  @e£tem'ber. 
servant,  ber  S)ie'ner,  I. 
serve,  to,  bie'uen,  loith  dat. 
set,  to,  fet'5cn;   —  a  table,   berf'ett; 

—  free,  befret'en. 
seven,  adj.,  fie 'ben, 
seventeenth,  adj.,  fieb'3efmt. 
several,  adj.,  mef/rere. 
sew,  to,  nafy'en ;  fticf'en. 
shall,  fol'len;  see  also  future  tense. 
shave,  to,  fcfye'ren. 
she,  pron.,  fie. 
shear,  to,  fcfye'ren. 
shine,  to,  gltin'$en  ;  fcfyeimeiu 
ship,  bag  <£cfytff,  II. 
shoe,  ber  ®d)u^,  II. 
shoot,  to,  fcfyiefj'etu 
shore,  bag  U'fer,  I. 
should,  foU'te ;   see  also  Subjunctive 

and  Conditional  Modes. 
shoulder,  bie  ^cfyul'ter,  IV. 
shove,  to,  fcfyie'ben,  ftofc'en. 
show,  to,  sei'gen,  vtjei'fen. 
shun,  to,  mei'ben. 
shut,  to,  jc^lie^'en,  ju'macfyen. 


sick 


stupid 


sick,  adj.,  franf. 

sight,  catch  —  of,  erbltd'etu 

signify,  to,  fcebeu'ten. 

silent,  adj.,  to  be  — , 

silk,  bie  ©et'be,  IV. ;  adj.,  fei'ben. 

silver,  bag  ©ttfcer,  I  ;  adj.,  fil'bern. 

similar,  adj.,  afyit'itd). 

since,  prep.,   feit,  icith  dat.;   conj., 

benn ;  ba,  toeil. 
sing,  to,  fin'gen* 
singing,  bag  ©efang',  II. 
sink,  to,  fm'fett.  f 
sister,  bie  @d)toeft'er,  IV. 
sit,  to,  fifc'en  ;  —  down,  fi$  fe^'etu 
six,  adj.,  fecfyg* 
skim,  to,  burdjblat'tern. 
skin,  bie  £aut,  II. 
sky,  ber  §im'mel,  I. 
sleep,  ber  ©cfytaf ;  to  — ,  fcfcta'fett ;  to  go 

to  — ,  eitt'jdjtafen.  t 
slip,  to,  gtet'tent,  fdj)leid/en.t 
small,  adj.,  fletn* 
smash,  to,  serbred/etu 
smell,  to,  rte'cfyeru 
smith,  ber  <Sd)rmeb,  II. 
smoke,  ber  Sftaud),  II. ;  to  — ,  raucfy'ett* 
sneak,  to,  fcfyleicfy'eru f 
sneeze,  to,  nte'fen, 
snow,  ber   0cfonee ;  to   — ,   fd)nei'en, 

impers. 
so,  adv.,  fo  ;  adverb,  conj.,  dtfo;  isn't 

it—?  ntcfyt  toatyr? 
soap,  bie  @ei'fe,  IV. 
soldier,  ber  ®olbat',  V. 
some,  'for  pi.  of  tin,  eimge;  —thing, 

ettoag ;  —  one,  — body,  jemanb. 
somewhat,  adv.,  gtem'tt^. 
son,  ber  Sofyn,  II. 

song,  bag  2teb,  III.,  bag  ©efang',  II. 
soon,  adv.,  fcalb. 
sorry,  to  be,  leib  t!^unf  impers.  with 

dat.,  I  am  sorry,  eg  tbitt  tntr  (eib, 
sought,  see  seek, 
sound,  to,  flin'gen,  fcfyal'len. 


speak,  to,  fprec^'en,  re'ben. 

spin,  to,  fptn'nen. 

spite,  in  —  of,  troi£,  with  gen. 

splendid,  adj.t  l^crr'ltc^. 

spoil,  to,  i>erber'6en. 

spoke,  see  speak. 

spoon,  ber  gof'fel,  I. 

spring,  ber  ^vii^'ling,  II. ;  to  — ,  fprtn'* 

gen.f 

sprout,  to,  f^rie^'en.  f 
stairs,  bie  XuWe,  IV.;  upstairs  (mo- 
tion) ,  bie  Sre^pe  btnauf ;  (rest) ,  oben ; 

downstairs     (motion),    bie    Xre^e 

{;munter ;  (rest),  imtett, 
stairway,  bte  Sre^'pe,  IV. 
stake,  bie  @tom'cjc,  IV. 
stall,  ber  ©tail,  II. 
stand,  to,  act.,  fteflen ;  intrans.,  fte'* 

^en ;  —  up,  auf'ftefyen*  f 
star,  ber  ©tern,  II. 
start,  ber  Sln'fang,  II. ;  to  — ,  an'fangett, 

begin'nen. 
stay,  to,  fclet'ben.  f 
steal,  to,  ftel/len. 
step,  to,  tre'ten^f  f^ret'tetuf 
stick,  ber  @tocf,  II.,  bie  ©tan'ge ;  to  — , 

act.,  ftecfeit. 

still,  adj.,  ftttt ;  adv.,  noc^>. 
stone,  ber  <Stein,  II. 

stop,  intrans.,  aitf'()6'ren;  act.,  bal'ten. 
store,  ber  Sa'ben,  I. 
storm,  ber  ©turin,  II. 
story,  bte  ©ejdjtd/te,  IV. 
stove,  ber  C'fen,  I. 
straight,  adj.,  gera'be. 
strange,  adj.,  jcn'berbar,  fremb. 
stride,  to,  fcforet'ten.  f 
strike,  to,  fdjla'cjen. 
stroke,  ber  ©c^Iag,  II.;  ber 

to  — ,  ftretcfy'en. 
strong,  adj.,  ftarf. 
struggle,  to,  rm'getu 
study,  to,  frubte'ren* 
stupid,  adj.,  bumm» 


succeed 


60 


tone 


succeed,  to,  geltn'gen,  f  impers.  with 

dat. 

such,  adj.,  fold), 
suddenly,  adv.,  ^fotj'ltdj. 
suffer,  to,  lei'ben. 
suit,  ber  2ln'$ug,  II. 
summer,  ber  <Som'mer,  I. 
sun,  bte  ©on'ne,  IV. 
Sunday,  ber  6onn'tag,  II. 
sunshine,  ber  (Son'nenfdjettu 
surface,  bie  $lad)'e,  IV. 
surround,  to,  ttmge'ben. 
sweet,  adj.,  fitfj. 
swell,  to,  fdjtoel'Ien.  t 
swim,  to,  jdjtwm'metu 
swing,  to,  fcfytotn'gen. 

T. 

table,  ber  £tfdj,  II. 

tail,  ber  0d)toan$,  II. 

tailor,  ber  ©d^nei'ber,  I. 

take,  to,  nefy'men ;  —  hold  of,  cm'faffen ; 

(of  time) ,  bau'ern. 

tale,  bte  ®efd)td/te,  IV. ;  bag  3ftar'djen,  I. 
talk,  to,  re'bert,  tyredj'en. 
tall,  adj.,  l;odj. 
tame,  adj.,  gafmt. 
taste,  ber  ©efcfymarf',  II. 
taught,  see  teach, 
tea,  ber  £l;ee. 
teach,  to,  lefy'reru 
teacher,  ber  £el)'rer. 
tear,  bie  £l;ra'ne. 
tear,  to,  serretf^en,  retj^en. 
tell,  to,  erjafy'Ien,  fa'gen. 
ten,  adj.,  jefyn. 
thank,  to,  ban'fen,  with  dat. 
that,  demon.,  ber,  bte,  bag;  je'rter, -e, 

-e§  ;  conj.,  fca$  ;  in  order  — ,  bamtt'. 
thaw,  to,  tau'en,  eg  taut,  impers. 
the,  art.,  ber,  bte,  bag ;  correl.,  the  .  .  . 

the,  je ...  beft'o. 
theatre,  bag  £f>ea'ter,  I. 
their,  pron.,  i^>r. 


them,  pron.,  fie,  tfyrten  ;  —  themselves, 

W  ;  fie  felbft 
then,  adv.,  bann. 
there,  adv.,  ba,  bort  ;  there  is,  eg  gtefct, 

eg  tft. 

they,  pron.,  fte,  man. 
thick,  adj.,  btcf. 
thin,  adj.,  bimn. 

thing,  bag  3)ing,  II.  ;  bte  ©ac^e,  IV. 
think,  to,  ben'fen,  glau'ben* 
third,  adj.,  britt  ;  in  the  —  place,  brit* 

teng,  adv. 

thirsty,  ac?/.,  bitrft'tg. 
this,  bie'fer,  -e,  -eg. 
thither,  adv.,  fytn;  hither  and  —  ,  fytn 

unb  ^er. 

thorn,  ber  2)orn,  IV. 
thorough,  adj.,  tiid/ttg. 
thou,  pron.,  bu. 
though,  conj.,  Qbt^of)!',  obgleid/,  06* 


thread,  ber  $a'bett,  I. 

threaten,  to,  broken,  with  dat. 

three,  adj.,  bret. 

throat,  ber  ^>alg,  II. 

throne,  ber  Styron,  II. 

through,  prep.,  bitrd),  with  ace. 

throw,  to,  toer'fett. 

thrust,  to,  ftecf'en,  fc^te'ben,  fto^'en. 

thunder,  ber  £>on'ner,  I..;  to  —  ,  bott* 

new,  eg  bonnert,  impers. 
Thursday,  ber  £>on'nergtag. 
tight,  adj.,  eng. 
till,  prep.,  big;  conj.,  big  ba$. 
time,  bte  3ett,  IV.;  bag  JiDtal,  II.,  bte 

SSet'te,  IV.;  what  —  is  it?  tt>te  s?tel 

U^rtfteg? 
tired,  adj.,  tnitbe. 
to,  prep.,  ju,  and  dat.  with  persons  ; 

nad)  and  dat.  with  places  ;  anf,  auf 

bag  @d>foij  ;  in  order  —  ,  nm  .  .  .  $u* 
to-day,  adv.,  fyen'te.  *• 
to-morrow,  adv.,  mor'gen* 
tone,  ber  Son,  II. 


too 


61 


why 


too,  adv., 

tooth, 

totally,  adv.,  gans  nnb  gar* 

toward,  prep.,  gegen,  with  ace. 

tower,  ber  £urm,  II. 

town,  baS  Serf,  III.,  bte  @tabt,  II. 

train,  ber  £ug,  Ife 

translate,  to,  iiberfet'^etu 

tree,  ber  SBaum,  II. 

trip,  bte  SRet'fe,  IV. 

true,  ae(/.,  tuafyr. 

truth,  bie  Safyr'fyett. 

try,  to,  fcerfu'djeit. 

Tuesday,  bee  2)tertS'tag. 

twelve,  adj.,  jtootf* 

twenty,  adj.,  gfcan'gtg. 

twice,  adv.,  s^ei'mal. 

twig,  ber  3it)e*&  H- 

twine,  to,  fled/ten,  twn'betu 

two,  adj.,  jtoei,  bei'be. 

U. 

ugly,  adj.,  fya^'lid). 

under,   prep.,    nn'ter,    with    dat.   or 

ace. 

understand,  to,  fcerfte'fyen. 
undertake,  to,  untcrncfy'meiu 
ungrateful,  adj.,  im'banfbar*. 
unless,  conj.,  toentt . . .  ntct)t» 
upon,  prep.,  auf,  ivith  dat.  or  ace. 
upstairs,   adv.   (motion),  bie   Xu$$e 

^>inauf ;  (rest),  oben, 
us,  pron,,  un§» 
use,  to,  gefcrcw'djeiu 

V. 

very,  adv.,  fetjr. 
vest,  bte  Seft'e,  IV. 
vex,  to,  fcerbrie^'en. 
village,  bag  2)orf,  III. 
violin,  bie  ©ei'ge,  IV. 
visit,  ber   SBefudj',  II. ;    to  — ,  -befit'* 
cfeen. 


W. 

wagon,  ber  SSa'gen,  I. 

wait,  to,  tcar'ten ;  —  for,  atif,  with  ace. 

wake  up,  to,  aitf'roacfyen*  t 

walk,  to,  gefy'enf;  go  to  — ,  fpaaie'ren 

ge'fyen.  t 
waut,  to  (need),  brau'djen;  to  —  to, 

tcol'len ;  ftmnfcfy'en* 
warm,  adj.,  tuarm. 
was,  toar,  see  jetn. 
wash,  to,  toafcfy'cit. 

watch,  bie  Ut;r,  IV. ;  to  — ,  5u'fd)aucu. 
water,  ba3  Staffer,  I. 
wave,  bie  SSel'le,  IV. 
way,  ber  SBeg,  II. 
we,  pro n.,  h)ir» 
weak,  adj.,  f(^tt?at^. 
wear,  to,  tra'getu 
weather,  ba^  SSet'ter,  I. 
weave,  to,  ftedyten. 
Wednesday,  ber  SDZttt'toocfy. 
week,  bie  ^oc^'e,  IV. 
weigh,  act.,  toag'en ;  intrans.,  tt)ie'gen. 
welcome,  you  are,  bit'te. 
well,  adv.,  gut;    (of  fiealth),  koo^t; 

expletive,  nun. 
went,  ging  ;  see  ge'fyen* 
were,  toa'ren  ;  see  fein. 
what,  interrog.,  h?a^  tx»e(d; ;  —  kind 

of,  n?a3  fiir? 
when,    conj.,   a(§,   roenn ;   interrog., 

hxmn? 
where,  interrog.  and  subord.  conj., 

too  ;  —  to,  toofyin' ;  —  from,  toofyer'. 
which,  interrog.  and  relat.,  h?e((^. 
while,  subord.  conj.,  ba,  ivat/renb. 
whistle,  to,  pfei'fen. 
white,  adj.,  n)ei§. 
whither,  interrog.,  toofjtn'. 
who,  interrog.,  toer;  rel.,  ber,  ttjetc^er. 
whole,  adj.,  gan$» 
why,  inter rog.,toamm';  expletive,  fa, 

bod)  (see  Lesson  LXIV.). 


wicked 


62 


youth 


wicked,  adj.,  bo'fe. 

wide,  adj.,  fcrett. 

wife,  bie  $rau,  IV. 

wild,  adj.,  ftnlb. 

will,  tool'lcn;  see  also  future  tense. 

William,  ber  28il'f;eint* 

willing,  to  be,  tool'len, 

win,  to.  geftnn'nen. 

wind,  ber  SStnb,  II. ;  to  — ,  hrinben. 

window,  bag  #cnft'er,  I. 

wine,  ber  SSetn,  II. 

wing,  bei*  ^tti'gel,  I. 

winter,  ber  SSJin'ter,  I. 

wish,  ber  SBunfd),  II. ;  to  — ,  ft>iinj(i)'ett. 

with,  prep.,  ntit,  with  dat. 

without,  prep.,  oh'ne,  with  ace. 

wolf,  ber  2Sctf,  II. 

woman,  bie  $rcw,  IV. 

wonder,  to,  fid)  ftmn'bertt. 

wood,  ber  2Balb,  III. ;  ba§  §0(5,  III. 

word,  bag  28ort,  III. 


work,   bie    2lr'6eit,  IV.;   to   — .   or'* 

betten. 

world,  bie  Selt, 
worth,  to  be,  f 
wound,  bie  SSun'be,  IV. 
wrestle,  to,  rtn'gen. 
write,  to,  fc^rei'ben. 

y. 

year,  bvi§  ^af)r,  II.  [tives,  bcc^; 

yes,  adv.,  ja ;    in  answering  nega- 

yesterday,  adv.,  geft'cnu 

yet,  adv.,  bod), 

yield,  to,  toet'djen.  t 

yonder,  adv.,  bort. 

you,  pron.,  bu,  tbr,  @tc. 

young,    adj.,    jung ;    —    man,    ber 

3un'ge,  V. 

your,  pron.,  bein,  citer,  3^r. 
yourself,  pron.,  bt^  @te,  fic^  ;  felbft* 
youth,  ber  ^un'ge,  V. 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 

AN  INITIAL  FINE  OF  25  CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.OO  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


- 


trOV" 


itm 


77T1 


7JuWDC 


24iul51i 


^ 


LD  21-100m-7,'39(402s 


YB  01437 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


